P R EF A C E
.
THE Gramm ar h ere of ere d to th e learn ers of Germ an is inten de d
to se rve a d oubl e pu r p ose
I t is to be a th orough ly p rac ti c a l book ,
.
l ea d ing th e b eginn e r i n Germ a n , ac c ordi ng to th e ne west a nd b est
m eth od of ac qu iring th e p ra c tic al u se of f oreign l angu ag es , f rom th e
p e rf ec t u se of Germ a n i n con v e rsation ,
tran slation , a nd w r itin g , e i th er w i th or w i th ou t th e aid of a teach er ;
v er y c om m e n c e m e n t on to th e
a nd i t i s to b e a comp lete syste m of
Germ an gramm ar, according to th e
la test di scov eries and v iews i n gram m atic al scie nc e, — com plete a t le ast
as f a r as a cor rect and el egan t u s e of Germ a n c a n be m as ter e d by
th e aid of a gram m ar , — w i th a di li gen t regar d to th e Ge rm an e qu iv
al e nts f or
English idiom s
Th e re are
a
.
nu m ber of
c on si de rable
g th em a re se v eral th a t de serv e n o sligh t
p rais e on accou n t of th e sch ola rsh ip a nd p rac tic al u tili ty th ey e xhibit
We feel u nder obligation esp ec ially to m e n tion th e f ollowing
th e p u blic ;
and
Germ an Gram m ars bef ore
am on
.
1
Heilner s (Th e Gramm ar of the German Lang uage philosophic ally
’
.
,
d e v elop e d, Londo n , 1 8 4 1 , ne w i ssue ,
a w ork
f ull of i n dep e n
2 K
F Becker’s (pu b
de n t a nd philosophic ally digested l earning
a in a n d
r Ber n h Be ck e r, i n Fra nkf ort on th e
l ish ed by h is son,
M
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
Lon don , 1 8 4 1 , se cond e di tion ,
-
-
M
— a w ork w hose m erits no one
th a t is con v ersa nt w ith gra mm atic al m atters w ill dou bt f or a m om e nt
’
3
A ne s (Gram m ar of th e Ger m an La ngua ge , London a n d Ed in
.
.
bu rgh , Ch am b ers ,
a
m eri toriou s work , base d
e n tir ely u p on
Bec ker s system , a n d m ore c om p le te with re gard to de tails an d to A n
’
c
k
r
s
4
h
a
n
B
e
e
Gla u benslclee s
glic i sm s a n d G e rm an ism s e ve n t
nth etic Gram m ar of th e Ge rm an Langu age, Ne w York , Ivi son a nd
S
y
(
’
’
.
a
as
.
iv
P REFA C E
.
c om pl ete
d ev is ed to
gram m ar,
th e
a scientific abri dgm e nt of
Ph in ney, 1 8 5
Woodbu ry s
’
principles of Germ an
se ries
of
Ge rm a n te x t
All th e se work s, an d m a n y m ore of lesser note , f oll ow th e
books
h ow e v er
synth eti c or sc ie ntific m eth od of gra m m ar , a n d are th er ef ore ,
r eat th e ir m e rits i n thi s r e sp e c t m a y be , u se f u l o nly to su ch p u p il s a s
g
already u n de rsta nd th e elem e n ts of Ge rm an , a nd th ose of gramm ar
i n gene ral, f rom th ei r p re vi ou s ac qu ai ntan ce w i th an d stu dy of oth er
f oreig n langu ages
I t is a m erit of Woodbury in th is cou ntry c on clu siv ely to h av e
sh ow n th at th e sc i entific or th eore tic al w ay of te ac hing a f ore ign
la ngu age, w h en ex c lu siv ely p rac tised, is to o te di ous to a ttrac t th e
u th f u l m i n d, too slow of p rogre ss to r ea c h i ts aim , a n d to o m u ch at
o
y
Th e
v ar ian c e with our i m p rove d m odern system of i nstruc ti on
.
.
.
m n atural
youth m u st learn f oreign la ngu age s, m ore or l e ss, i n th e sa e
He m ust begin
w ay i n wh ic h h e ac qu ires h is ow n m oth er tongu e
wi th h e ar in g it spoke n i n sim p le , th en in m ore diffi c ul t and c om pou nd
.
h e m ust l earn to u nderstan d th em by a n aly z i ng a nd re
Th e pu pil m ust
com p osi ng th em i nto o th er se n te n ce s and p e rio ds
s en te nc es ;
“
.
le ar n
at
th e
sam e
Sp oke n , an d
to
tim e to
speak
th e f ore ign
u n der stan d
it h im self , to read
an d
l a ngu age wh en
transl ate th e f o re ign
to ngu e flu e ntly i nto h is m oth er tongu e , and to wr ite i t like h is ow n
.
But h is system i s c arrie d too f ar
This was th e aim of Woodb ury
Th e re are too m any p ra ctical lessons, and conse qu e n tly to o long
.
.
a p re
paratory p eri od is required f or th e p u pil to le arn to translate and
read
Germ an b ooks, to c on v e rse i n th e lang ua ge , a n d to m as ter its
Besides, th e ex am pl e s c h osen to illu strate
gramm ati c al c o nstru c ti on
th e rul es ar e ofte n tediou s a n d m eaningl ess, and th e th i nki ng or a na
.
lyzin g f acu lty of th e h um a n m ind is too li ttl e c alle d i nto ac tiv ity
A m o ng th ose w h o know
Mg
.
a er s m erits i n r e la tion to th e th eor
y of
th e tru e m e th od of lear ning f oreign lan gu ages , th ere c an b e n o doub t
th e p ra c tic o tkeoreti c a l syste m ,
th a t th ere is b u t one system p ossibl e ,
’
.
-
h inte d a t by O lle ndorf , Ah n, and Woodbu ry, a nd as p erfec ted by
'
as
Mg
a er, an d e v en f urth er sim
p lified in th e present work
.
.
Th e begin
is m a de w ith an em inently p racti c al c ourse ; th e pu pil h ears th e
f oreign l angu age Spok e n a nd sees i t w ritten i n a seri e s of sen ten ce s
n in g
gra dation f rom th e sim pl est an d e asiest to th e
m ore d iffic u lt and c om p ou n de d
It is o f im p ortance th at this c ou rse
sh oul d not be p rolon e d b eyond tw enty f our l esson s, at l e ast n ot w ith
g
th at f orm
a m e th odic al
.
-
able
pu pils ; and th at the latter should find th emselv es competent at
,
PREFA C E
.
th e end of th is c ourse, to translate a f oreign book , and to un ders tand
little stori es w h en told i n th e foreign l angu age , a n d to repe at th em i n
This p oin t on c e gai ne d , e veryth ing is ga in ed ; th e pu p il
f e els alre ady hi s rapid profic ienc y, and consequ en tly a li v ely i n te rest
th e
sam e
.
in ex erting his own powers, and i n stu dying th e f ore ign langu age f or
him self
He can h elp him self along, ev en wi thout a teach er, and h e
will progress m u c h m ore rapi dly th an c omm on p u pils
He is now
.
.
abl e
to
un dersta n d a sc ienti fic or m e rely th eore tical g ramm ar, an d to
y i t wi th profit
For th is p u rp ose i t is indisp en sable th at th e firs t or practic al c ou rs e
sh ou ld b e w ell elabor ate d , so as to com ri s e all th e im or tan t f orm s
p
p
stu d
.
a n d syn tac ti ca l r u le s of
th e la ngu ag e , a nd to b e i n itself
Gramm ar with th e om ission
of
a com p le te
detai ls, and th a t all
all c u m b er som e
th ese f orm s a n d ru les sh ou ld be em bodied i n short se nte nc es, th at m a y
be comm i tte d to m em ory to geth er wi th th e corr e ct pro nu n c i ation of
Th e pu p il m us t b e m ade to read and to tra n sla te th e
th e teach e r
.
se n te nces of eac h
lesson , b eginning with th e v e ry fi rst, th e teac h e r c on
fi nin g him self to correc tion s ; after tr an sl ati on c om es Ana lysis, so tha t
th e p u pil m a y p oint out th e m e a ni ng of
each
w ord ,
as
well
as
th e
gramm atical form a nd rule em b odie d in it Wh en rea ding, translating ,
a nd an aly z ing h as b een rep eate d , if necessary e ve n a se cond tim e ,
.
th e p u pil i s p r e pare d to com pose
n e w se nte n ces
f rom th e ele m e nts of
.
th os e give n , th e tea ch e r con fin in g hi m se lf to c orrec tion s an d a f e w su g
gesti on s, or to f urnish in g th e p u p il wi th a sm a ll n um be r of n e w w ords,
th at enabl e h im to f ram e as m an y n ew se n ten c e s f rom th e elem e nts of
No new lesson
th ose first gi v en as possible
b efore th e p rece ding one is f u lly m astered
sh ou ld
be comm en ce d
Eac h f ollow ing lesson
sh ou ld be cal cu lated to rep ea t th e ele m e nts of th e p re v iou s on es as
If this m e th od i s co n siste n tly c a rrie d ou t, and if th e
ofte n as p ossible
.
.
.
te ac h er i s
n e v er satisfied
wi th a less on im perf ec tly rec ite d , a rul e i m
p e rf e c tly u nd erstood, a f alse p ron u n ci ation , etc , h e may b e m orally
sure th at tw e nty f ou r l esson s will b ring his pu pil or p u p ils to a ce rta in
.
-
f ac ility in tran slati ng f rom th e f oreign i nto th e m oth e r tongue , a nd vi ce
ding all little tales or de
versa , i n re ad in g all easy books, in u n ders tan
sc ri tions i n th e f ore ig n to ng u e wh en sp oken , a n d i n b ei ng able to
p
Th e second cou rse m ay th en begin
re e
p at th e m
.
.
In thi s Gramm ar a fir st c ours e of t wen ty f our l essons is dev ised,
w h ose e ffi c i en c y f or th e p urpose m e ntion e d th e au th or k now s th rou gh
Nay, his exp eri e nce h as
his own ex peri ence as a p rac tical teach er
-
.
vi
PREFA C E.
taught him that ev en as m any as twenty4f our lessons are not indispen
te en
sable, and th at th e tas k m ay b e p e rf orm ed with abl e p u pils i n six
lessons
The first te n se ntence s of e ach le ss on are those to be trans
.
lated , read, analyzed , rep e ate d, a nd fi nally comm itted to m emory by
th e pupil ; th e su bse qu e nt gram m a tic a l re marks are m ere sug
c h er, or f or t h e abl e r p u p il who wish es to l earn
a
r
t
h
e
t
e
e
s
t
i
on
s
o
f
g
German f or himself w ith ou t th e ad van tag e of th e aid of a teac h er
They contai n the rules o n gramm a tic al f orm s and construction embod
Th e teac h er sh ould not go a step f urther u ntil
i ed i n the se ntences
.
.
.
He may be able to give m ore
T he re is no real progress in
of th em —h e sh ould n ot giv e less
learning f oreign la ng uages u ntil th e pupil u n dersta nds th e reasons for
th e
pu pil has compreh ended the rules
.
.
,
No language can be
each form a nd each c om bi nation of f orms im plie d
.
perf ectly learned wi th out putti ng in requ is iti on th e thinking f ac ulty
of
the h um an m ind ; m u ch l ess th e
m ore diffi cult th an th e Engl ish
Ge rm an ,
— l ng age
a
a
u
so
m uc h
Th e m ore f u ndam ental and thorough
’
f
or
i
n
l
n
a
i
u
i
l
e g
i s th e f oundation of a
a gu ge n th e p p s mi nd, th e more
rapid i s th e systemati c al p rogre ss after wards
.
.
Germ an and English
m
f ollowing th e gra m atical
rem arks of each lesson a re to b e tra n slate d, an d c are sh ou ld b e taken
by the teacher to add a nu mber of English sen ten ces to be translated
The
sente n ces
i nto Germ an , f orm ed ou t of th e el e m e nts of th e first ten sentences,
perhaps with th e addition of a f ew words if h is pupil sh ould not h ave
This is a c om parati vely easy task f or
becom e suffi ciently profic ient
a teach er of av erage ability
The second cou rse, as de vi se d b y th e au th or , sh ould be a th eoretical
one, conti nuing at th e sam e ti m e th e p ractic al ex erc ises on a lar er
g
scale
The teac h er expla ins th e ru l es of th e Th eore tical Part , a nd
e x e c ises his pupils i n u n dersta n d ing a n d applyi ng th em b
y English
r
se nte nce s to b e tra nslate d i n to Ge rma n
O n th e oth er hand, h e
m akes th em re ad and translate easy Ge rma n re ading matte r i nto
English , alte rnate ly telling th em sh ort s tories, su ch as th ose given in
th e f ourth part of this b ook u an d at a la te r p eriod short d esc ri pti ons,
whi ch th e m ust f orth w ith ora lly tran sla te i nto English , and im m edi
y
ately after , or one l esson l ater , re p eat i n Germ a n
All mi stakes m ad e
by th e pu p il sh ould b e corrected b y re f err ing to th e rule ; and at “th e
e nd of e ach lesson, one or two i m portan t rul es em bod ied i n th e re adin
g
m atter, or sinned against in repeating th e story, sh ould be illustrated
b y ref erenc e to th e correspondi ng sec tion in th e Gram mar, and by a
.
.
.
.
-
.
'
vii
PREFA C E.
ples to be m ade on th em Th e declensions conju ga
tions pre positi ons adv erbs an d c o nj un c tions m u st be committed to
m em ory by repe a ti ng th em th re e or f ou r tim es a year and fixed in th e
mind by exam ples
The teach er should be care f ul not to c rowd th e
m em ory of h is pu pils wi th rulm bu t to ha v e as m an of th em as
y
th ey ha ve learne d u n derstood fu lly a n d de eply im pressed
nu mber of exam
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
The second course sh ould confin e itse lf to Etym ology, and not enter
on th e d etails of S ynta x , w hi c h re m ain s f or a third course
Toward
th e end of the sec ond c ou rse , tra nslati ons in writi ng f rom ch oic e
English reading ma tte r i n to Ge rm an, to be correcte d by th e teach er
wi th ref erence to th e pa rag ra p h s of th e Grammar , should be attemp t
ed
If no oth er English book fit f or t h at pu rpose is at h and, th e
Fairy Book will do Tal es , fa bl es, and desc rip tions sh oul d b e pre
f erred to all oth er li te ratu re
Th e thi rd c ours e sh oul d h ave f or its obj ect Syntax , tre ated in th e
sam e way as Etym ology w as i n th e se c ond
Th e m ore difficult
German au th ors sh oul d be re ad an d expla in ed by the te ach er , in part
c ursorily , in part m ore f u n dam entall y ; i n th e latter c ase th e p u p ils
h av e to prep are th em se lve s with Vocab u lary and Gram mar f or the
Th e teach er
task of the lesson, in th e f orm er c ase th ey h av e not
sh ou ld insist th at al l words m et wi th i n tran sla ti n g , and u nk nown to
the pupil , b e commi tte d to m em ory, toge th er with th e ge nder of sub
sta nti ves
O ral transla ti ons f rom good English writers i nto Germ an,
always with ref erenc e to th e sec tion s of th e Gr amm ar, are i ndispensa
ble' to give th e pu pil a c orre c t an d fl u ent u se of th e f orei gn to ngu e
At th e sam e time Ge rm an conv ersa ti on mus t b e begun
To c arry it
on so th at com mon pla titu des m ay be avoid ed , th e te ache r sh ould sel ect
a top ic for conv ersati on , ta ken fi o m som e Germ a n or English classic,
and by adroi t qu esti on s oblige th e pu pils to sp eak ou t th e ir own mi nd
and to f orm Opin ions
Th e stu dy of langua ge tr eate d i n this way,
b ec om es one of th e best m eans of dev elop ing th e th inking fac ulties
and propensiti es, and of corre cti ng th e logi c of th e pu p il
From time
to tim e th ose topi c s of th e Gramm ar th a t w e re omitte d i n th e f orm er
stu d ies as conv eyi ng too .m a ny d etails, p artic ularly th ose on th e gen
d er of substanti ve s, on the f orma tion of w ords, on th e construc tion
o f sente nc es, th e use of th e v erbals , e tc , are i n tro du c ed , e xplain ed ,
a nd th e p up il e x erc ised b y m ean s of e xam pl e s, u n ti l , at th e end of th e
thi rd cou rse, n o topic i n th e Gram m ar is l e ft u ntou c h ed
S uch pu pils, on the oth er h an d, as ar e constrai ne d by sheer usees
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
v ii i
PR EFA C E
.
Ge rm a n w ith ou t th e a id of a teach er, an d f e el com peten t
Th e y
to do so , c an p ro fit by thi s Gram m a r m ore th an b y a ny oth er
si ty to l earn
.
sh oul d by a ll m ean s h av e a f e w p ronou nc i ng le sson s, an d
f rom tim e to
ti m e som e of th eir w ritte n ex e rc is e s c orr ec te d , b y som e able Germ a n ;
h
ot er wi se th e y w o u ld n ot h ave su ffi c i e nt c o n v ers ation al
“
the y w ill fi nd i n th i s book th e fi rst
tim e
pra ctic e
.
S till
Germ an Gramm ar at th e sam e
p racti c al and sci entific ally com ple te
.
M
uch as h as of late
O n th is h e a d w e m u st sa y a f ew words
b een don e i n th e sc ie nc e of gra m m ar in gen eral , an d i n Germ an
gram m a r p arti cu larly, th e re i s to day n o c om ple te an d r eliable Germ an
.
-
’
m
n
n
r
l
n
t
h
u
B
i
n
t
h
e
e
r
an
o
r
i
a
o
e
a
e
ec
k
e
r
G
G
s
y
g ag
a dm i rable w orks , it i s tru e , h av e ref orm ed th e whole system , a n d di s
ra m m ar , e i th e r
.
‘
c losed
m an y f acts bef ore
Germ ans ,
ov erlook e d ;
bu t, written , as th ey are , f or
f or
im p ortan t topic s,
instan c e , wi th regard to th e sex a nd d ec lension of substanti v es, th e
a rran
th e y d o
m en tion
n ot
som e
ve ry
gem ent of words th e v as t field of Germ ani sm s , an d th e render
,
ing of Engli sh idiom s into Germ an
In th i s r e sp ec t th e present book
is m u c h f u ller th an a n y pre v iou s one , and, if n ot perf ec t, is a t
le ast suffi ci ently c om ple te to en able th e atte ntiv e pu p il to c orrect
.
c on clu s i ons acc ordin
All th e lists of exc ep
g to gi v en an a logies
ill, by c om p ari son wi th oth e r Gramm ars , be f ou n d f ar ri c h
tions w
.
p
th at th e p u il c an now , f or th e first tim e , kn ow
Th er e a re m any
b e gins a nd th e e xc eptions end
e r, a n d so reliable
wh ere th e
rul e
im porta nt f ac ts,
stated
.
o v e rlook e d
i n all Gra mm ars exta nt,
h ere f or th e fi rs t tim e
.
e xpla i ne d and
We need not enlarge u pon this ; th e
'
c ar ef ul r ead er will fi nd it ou t f or him self .
Th e au th or o wes a great debt of g ratitu de to th e be tter Germ an
Gramm a rs nam e d abov e
O n th e wh ole , h e h as, i n c om piling this
book, c om p are d
o re th an twe n ty e xi sti ng Gram m ars
S om e things
.
m
.
in a sh orter and m ore f orci ble or p roper m an
’
n er , are alm ost ver ba tim co ie d f rom Bec ker s En lish edi tion Au e
p
,
,
g
He iln er , and th e Germ an edition s of Becker Th e au thor h as likewise
th at cou ld n ot b e
said
v.
.
deriv e d th e wh ole skeleton of th e gram m atic al s s tem from Becke r to
y
,
wh ose prof ou n d works a ny
English sch olar of Germ a n wh o wish es to
m as ter i t th orou ghly m ust
at
i
.
las t
a
He does no t exp ec t to
pply
This work b ears in itse lf suffi
.
proac h f or h av i ng done so
c ie n t e v iden ce of i nd e en d e n t stu di es a n d vi ew s to shi eld h im fr om
p
th e c h arge of plagiari sm
S u ffi c e i t to say, th at his a im was not ori gi
nality ,
w hic h i s l east of all d esirable i n ramm atic al sc ience
bu t
n cu r
‘
re
.
.
g
use f u lness
.
,
—
ix
PREFA C E.
S o m e ru l es are n e c essar ily gi v en , som e f ac ts m en tione d, twi c e , or
e ve n th ree ti m es, i n this book
Eac h of th e th ree p arts th e Pr a c tic a l
Lessons , th e T h eoreti ca l P a rt, a nd th e Syn ta x — f orm s a wh ole or
c ou rs e of ins tru c tion in i tse lf , a
pp rop ri ate for th r ee su cce ssi v e c lasses
.
M y p pil wh
an
s
u
.
o c a nnot
h av e .th e b enefit of th e
secon d
an d
third
will th us b e e nab led n e v erth ele ss to c arry th eir p ractic al Ge r
c ou rse
m an stu di es f ar e nou gh f or th eir pu rpose ; ma ny oth ers , wh o can afi ord
'
.
to go th rough th e
first a nd second cou rses, wi ll fin d i n th em syntac
tic al re m ark s whi c h w il l e na ble th em to
u ndersta n d
e v en
m any dith
Ge rm an au th ors, a nd to ca rry on Germ an c o nv ersation by prac
tic e with Ger m an s
A t th e sa m e tim e , th e th orou gh s tu de nt, wh o
c u lt
.
goes o v er th e w h ole b ook , w ill fi nd am fl e a nd reli ab le i nstru cti on i n
a ll th e i ntric ac ie s an d d iffi c u ltie s of Germ a n Gramm ar
.
O ur th anks are du e to Prof Jam es R Low ell of Cam bridge to
rs Ju lia C H
ow e of S ou th Boston , to
r Edm u n d Da na of Bos
to n , an d to
r
T Bigel ow , th e c orrec tor at th e Univ e rs ity
Press, f or th eir kind a
n lish redac tion of this work
ssista nce i n th e E
g
M
M
.
.
M M
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
A
.
DOU AI
.
My“ O wing to th e f ac t th at th is w ork w as introdu c ed i n several of th e pu b
p i ate i n tit tions of Boston and ic i ni ty before th e p rinti ng w
fi ni h e d th Index a nd th e s hort Germ a n Rea der a t th e e nd do not app ear i n
the fi rs t c op ies pu bli sh e d
li c
a nd
s
r v
,
s
u
.
e
.
v
as
MMA R
G RA
.
I NT RO DU C TI ON
.
I
REMA RK S
.
PR O N UN C I A T I O N
ON
.
THE Germ an Al ph a bet consi sts of th e f ollowing tw enty six
-
Le tters
91
58
5
(
Q
6
.
a
A
a
ah
ill
b
B
6
b ay
c
0
c
tsay
i)
D
d
e
E
day
D 0
5
p p
S q
e
a
Si
s
f
55
(
g
I)
t
F f
G 9
y
eff
11
t
i s fi t
t
H h
ga y
h ah
11
u
I
13
cc
5
b
1
J
j
R f
53
I
K
[c
y ot
ka h
L
l
e ll
g;
t)
em m
8
3
I;
3
3
972 m
Mm
enn
13
933
m
r
S ev era l of th ese l etters a re sim ilar i n sh ap e, an d car e sh ou ld
be ta ken n ot to conf ou n d th em
For in sta n c e, 23 a nd $ 3
.
G a nd G ; Wa n d E
R; D a nd Q ; Band I) ; f and f ; b a nd t) ;
-
r a nd r.
1
.
Pr on u n c i a ti on of
tire
Vow els
QI, a, pronou n ce d a lw ays lik e th e Fr en ch
f a ther, a r e
.
.
at, or
Engli sh
a
in
MA N G RA MMA R
2
GER
.
(
5, e, p ronou nce d a lw ays li ke th e Fr en c h
e, or En gl ish e,
’
e or
better , n a m e
a , in
.
3 , i , pr on ou nc e d al w ays l ik e th e Fren ch
i n hi t, w e
i,
En gli sh i , e,
or
.
D, o, p ron oun ced al w ays li k e th e French 0, or Engli sh 0 in
m or e,
r ose,
s o.
11, a , p r onou n c e d a lw a ys lik e th e Fr e n c h on , or En gli sh
u
in
i p si lon ) i s n e v er u se d as a con son ant, li ke
Th e Ge rm an 1) (
Th e pr on u nci a ti on
th e En gli sh y, b u t i s a lw a ys a v ow el
.
I t oc cu rs on ly i n w or ds of Gr e e k o ri gin,
i s al w ays th a t of i
w hi l e i n Germ an w ords i t h as, of l a te, f all en e n tirely in t o
.
dis u se
.
2
a,
a
D
Pr on u n ci a ti on of tbc
.
Mdifi d V w l
e
pronou nc ed lik e th e Fren ch 5
is
,
y in la i r, p r ayer , or e i n ther e, w h er e
ce d li k e th e Fren c h
c, i s pr onou n
e s.
or
En gli sh a i or
.
ea
i n h ea r d, ker
e) , 11, i s p ron ou n ce d l i k e th e Fren ch u
11 (H
n othi n
ea , or
En gli sh e or
.
'
th e En glis h h ave
g lik e thi s soun d
.
3
i
o
.
Pr on u n c i a ti on of the Dip h th ongs
.
pronounce d l ik e th e Engli sh y in my w hy
(
Si, ci, i s
,
,
i in
or
li ne
.
Gil , eu, is p ronou n c e d lik e
th e
Engli sh oy in boy
or
,
oi
in
oi l.
9111, an
,
is
pronou nce d li k e th e English on i n Il ons e or ow in
i
,
n ow , bow
.
211:
flu, i s pron oun ce d lik e cu
gi t, at, w hi ch oc c urs o nly i n a b ou t a do z e n s u bs tantiv e s i s ro
,
p
.
no u n ce d l ik e ei .
Di p h th o ngs a r e al wa ys lon , w hi l e a ll oth er v o w els m a
g
lo n g
or
s h or t.
y be
3
I NT RO D U C TI O N.
4 Pr onu n ci a ti on of th e S i mp le Conson a n ts
.
English ; 6 i n th e m i dst
5
8 , b, and I) , b, ar e p ron ou n c ed a s in
of
a .w or d lik e
.
to
,
a pp ea rs on l
(
E
, c,
y i n f orei gn w or ds , a nd i s pronoun ced, b ef or e
th e sa m e as
as i n Gi ar, fi t t er,
a, e, i , c, i) , li k e ts (
f
i cero, Gurus, (
Sfil efti n ; b ef ore all oth er v owels an d th e
(
E
as i n (
conson a n ts, lik e Is
Sate, Goncert, (
Sui tur, Grebi t
f, m, m, 272, 11, ii) , p, 52, t, and E, r, are pronoun ced as i n
'
.
Engli sh
.
69 , 9 , al th ou gh p ron ou n c e d diff eren tly in diff ere nt p or tions of
Germ an y, s h ou l d a l wa ys, b y th e f or eigner, b e pr on ou n ce d
En gli sh g i n g a rden , geese
l ik e th e
thi s
pron u nci a tion
b ein g e veryw h er e i n Ge rm a ny e asily u n derstood
A fter
.
i t sou n ds as i n Engli sh ; a s, lang, long ; fi ngen, to sing
an n
is
pronounce d a s i n Engli sh
com m en cem en t of
a
w ord,
,
b u t i s ne v er m u te a t th e
o r, a s
i t, i n th e An la u tfl‘ I t i s
c alls
.
Germ an Gram m ar
th e
not sou n de d af ter a
t, as in
tha n, to do, glu ti), fl ood ; b etw een tw o v ow e ls, as i n feben,
to
a f te r
or
s ee ;
or af te r a n t , a s
and a t
a
v ow el , as
in
i n Si bein, Rhi ne
b ui m h en Rut)
,
,
cow ;
,
i n a w ord, in th e m idst
th e en d of ra di c a l s yll a bl e s a n d w ords
.
h
a s th e sam e soun d a s th e En li sh con so na nt y, in
ot
3 , j, (
g
y )
yea r S abr ; yes, ia
R, f, i s li k e th e English 7c b u t i s nev er m u te before it Th e
,
,
.
.
gn cf i s a double lo
£2, q, i s al w ays f ollow e d by a u
si
E
R, r
is
,
.
pron oun ced dike th e
sh rill e r th a n
in En gli sh
qu h as th e sou nd of lav
Fr ench a nd I ta lian r to wi t,
.
.
6 , f, 6 , i s pron oun ce d l ike th e En gli sh
‘
Th er e i s n o difi er
s.
h at c onson nt or v ow el w h i c h b egins a r d i l syllabl is
In
A sl t
c ll e d
Anl au t
th t w hi c h term i n a tes a s yll ble i s c lle d
A la t
th e e th e
Anla t
th e w o d bfis b ad th e b is there fo e th e
like fB i nt
A a di al s yll ble m ay h ave tw o or m e c onsonants f or
‘
k
t
li
e
l
au
A
u
e
p
m
i
n
d
t
w
o
o
r
i
e
n
t
o
s
n
a
p i mftb p nc h
blood fp ng
g;
k e tamm l am b iBalI b all bii tr dry
i
p
l
t
l
A
u
s
l
au
r
i
n
s
or
a
d
ou
b
e
s
t
i
n
t
;
g
fp g
In Germ an, t
”
a
r
c
’
r ,
r
"
”
.
us
,
u
,
”
.
,
or
r
”
,
au
u
or
a
.
,
,
,
,
u
e
ca
a
a
a
,
r
a
a
“
s,
s
,
”
,
,
,
,
u
,
,
.
MA N GRA MMA R
4
G ER
.
be tw e en a h ar d and a sof t s , as in Fr en ch a n d oth er
Th e l etters if a n d fi h av e n o sh arp er pro
l an g u a g e s
n u n c i a ti on th a n th e s im pl e f, b u t a r e a u dibl e as a dou b l e
e nce
.
p ar ti c ularly so th e if whi ch i s only orth ogra ph i ca lly
oc cu rr i ng only be tw e en tw o
es s ts et
d ifi ef ent f r om g (
)
s,
,
'
-
sh ort v ow el s
,
.
25, b , s oun ds lik e f
233 , n) , i s p ron ou n ced l ik e th e Fr en ch
.
li k e En gli sh w
doubl e 3
nothi n g bu t a
5
th e
Th e l etter
.
nev er
5(
) is
ta y tset
-
.
Pronu n ci a ti on of the Comp ou n d Conson a n ts
.
(
Si) , cti, i s
Engli sh v
.
pronou nce d lik e ts i n gets
8 , 3, is
and
.
g u ttu ral, wh ose p ron u nci a ti on re se m bl es th at of
S cotch c h in Loch , i n a ll c as es w h en i t occ u rs af ter
a
'
one of
th e
vow el s
Th e p u pil m u s t, th er e
a, 0, u, or an
.
f or e, r ef er to a Germ an teach er f or th e corre ct pronun
Af ter on e of th e oth er v ow el s (e, i, ei, an, an)
c i ati on
'
.
or af ter a
th e
a bov e
con son a n t
i t soun ds
v ow e l s .
Bef ore
m u ch
a ll
s of ter
th an
af ter
v ow el s a nd c o n son an ts
i t sou n ds lik e It , and so i t soun ds wh e n i t i s f oll owe d by
M
an
i or 6
.
E) pl) occu rs only in Greek words and is pronoun ced like f
,
,
,
,
Engli sh
6 d), id), lik e th e En gl ish s h i n ship , © d) i ff ; a shes, fi fths
i f) , ti) , h as n eve r th e sou n d of th e Engli sh th, but only th at
as i n
.
.
of a
6
.
t
.
Pr onun ci a ti on of the Long a n d S h ort Vow els
.
Th e Germ an orth og ra ph y i s not v e r c on si stent still som e
y
ru le s m a
y be es tabli sh e d, w hi ch sh oul d al w ays b e obs erve d,
to f ac i li ta te a corr ec t p ron u n ci a tion
I A ll syllabl es a r e lon g w hi ch h av e f or v ow e
ls
.
.
,
1
.
(in abou t tw el v e w ords) ; as b ear h air ; QIal ee l
ea (
i n about e igh te e n words ; a s g et sea
Gi sel e soul
)
ea
,
2
.
,
.
,
,
.
5
I NTRO D U C TI O N
.
3
no
.
(in f our words) ; fiBoot boat ; 502006
,
,
moor
m oss ;
,
m oras s ; 2 006 , l ot
.
4
.
Th e
ia
.
e
is
n ot
pronounc ed
h ere
bu t
,
to m ake th e pron u n ciati on
s erv e s
onl
y
1 lon g, i n all c a se s ex ce pt
th e pron ou n s i br, h er, th ei r ; ibm, i bn, h i m ; i hnen, to
th em ;
wh ere th e
I)
of
th e
serves
sa m e
purp ose
an d
,
is
th er ef or e n ot pron ou n ced
.
"
at), at) , i t
) , of), a t), at), BI) , 16)
S
I
l
”
a u t,
Th i s
.
of a lon g syll a bl e , occ urs only a s “ A u s
th e si gn
), a s
(th e I) b ein g m u te)
or b ef ore one o f
m, n, I, r Ex
b al m, c ock ; Iebren, to
A u s lau ts
th e
”
.
.
Si abm, c ream ; Baf fl, n um ber ;
tea c h ; fubl en, to f eel ; Iehnen, to l ean ; Si d), roe ; gal),
tou gh ; 53 5e heigh t ; frii l), e arly ;
cow ;
frol),
gla d ;
6
In
naf), ni gh , n ear
.
One of th e dip h th ongs ; a s, an, at, ei, an, an
-
.
.
all
oth er ra di ca l syll ab les or wor ds,
wh ere th e vow el i s
pi cu ous by or th ogra ph y ; as i n fi ab,
Bu t th ei r num
bath ; E
BIut, blood ; 23 29 , way ; 2 05 pra i se
long, thi s i s not m ade
.
cons
.
,
ber i s lim i te d
.
Th e p ronu n ci a ti on of l ong 2 i s like th at of th e Fr en ch 23 in
p ér e, or li ke th e En gli sh
w h er e, th ere
Thi s i s th e
.
.
ai
an d
cas e
in
y i n la i r , p r ayer , or e i n
a ll ra di cal sy ll abl es en di ng
a
”
“
p
l
e
li
u
i
f
r
A
u
s
l
a
u
t
sim
; as bet th e ; met wh o ;
q d o
h
wen, wh om ; 972851 m ea l ; fteblen to steal ; nebmen to tak e (
bein g m ute) ; and in a f e w op en syllable s ; as l efm to re ad ;
5153 46 11, be ing ; E
Beien broom ; febea to see ; © d me, sh ears,
w i th
a
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
sci ssors ;
Q ueue, bi as
,
.
pronu ncia tion of long e is a cute, an d like th e Fren ch é
or Engli sh ey an d ay i n th ey gr ay in all op en syllables ; as
i l enb m i sery ;
Icgen to l ay pu t ; 9 26211 to go ; fteben to stand ; (
Th e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
(
Shel, di sgu st ; a nd wh en th e e i s dou bl ed or pro
l on ge d by a m u te f) ; as , b eer, h ost ; S
mear, sea ; mcbr, more
ebeI, n obl e ;
.
II
All ra di c al syll abl es a re sh ort w hi c h
.
1
.
Dou bl e th e
stabl e ;
A u slau t
.
”
Ex 2 1 mm, la m b ; 6 m“, stall,
.
b et s, m a ster ; g d fifi, shi p ; bofieu, to h ope ; boll,
1 as
MA N GRA MMAR
6
G ER
Null
f u ll ;
,
bi d, thi ck ; 6
z ero ;
.
m
,
mufi, m u st ;
se at ;
tart s tiff ;
(
,
2
Whi ch h av e t w o or m ore con son ants f or A usl au t
sal t ; R
i nb ch i ld ; [charf sh a rp ;
Ex QBaIb w ood ;
.
.
-
.
,
,
,
Rarte, ch art, m ap
Th e f oll ow i n g a re th e fe w
.
ex ce p
211 1, ki nd ; Qi art, b ear d ; imam, m oon ; Q bft,
i d gb, m a i d servant ; S agb,
fil ogt, i n sp e ctor ; W
ti ons :
f ru i t ;
-
b a be, fl ock ; b arb, h earth ; (Srbe,
e arth ; Rt cha, crab ; S
JD
ferb, h orse ; merbm, to becom e ;
®eberbe, gestu re ; fi rst, ph ys i ci an ; gart, tender ; QBarae,
w art ; g d mert s word ; wertl) , w orth ; tobt, dea d ; i rvft,
con sola ti on ; m
u ft, w a ste
3 Th e f oll ow i n g p re p osi ti ons, a dve rbs, and conj unction s
ch a se
;
er t,
f
fir st ;
,
.
.
mi t, w i tli, bin,
thi th er,
yet, still , um, ar ou n d, bbd), sti ll , ye t, bis,
i n com p oun d
till , 06 , i f , w he th er , bai t, of , f rom , 3 11, to (
a re
i n, in , a h, off ,
a l so sh ort :
.
an, on,
pre posi ti ons an d a dv erbs) a nd th e v erb al f orm bin am ;
th e pron ou ns i d) I eé i t ; th e a rti cl e h ué th e ; th e n eg
a tiv e s lla bl e a n un
in c om p ou n d w ords and th e i n
y
te rj e c ti on s ad) ! a la s ! a nd meg ! a way !
4 A ll prep ositi on s arti cl es pronoun s a dverbs, an d con
j u nctions a re li abl e i n ra p id u ttera nce tob e pronounce d
,
"
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
sh or t, even
are
All
,
,
th ou gh th ey are n a tu ra lly lon g, wh e n th ey
n ot ac c en tu a te d.
ra di cal
yll a b le s n ot m ention e d un der t h e rule s con
c ernin g sh or t s llabl es a r e th er ef ore l on , ev en th ou h th e
y
g
g
y do
s
not e x h ib i t th e or th o ra
g
phi cal sign of a long v ow el
l a tter r ule does n ot h ol d
pl e
A uslau t
Bu t th is
.
good of r adi cal syllabl es wi th th e sim
T h e pu pil
d), wh i ch m ay be long or sh or t
.
.
onl
y by ref e ren ce to a tea ch er l ea rn wh en th e f orm er or
th e l atter pron u n ci ati on of ra di cal s ll abl e
s w ith th e si m pl e
y
A u sla u t ” d) i s th e ri h t on e
g
can
'
.
III A ll syllable s n ot ra di cal
.
ar e
ei th er sh ort, ex ce
p t w h en
l on g by orth o ra ph , or pronoun ced s h or ter th a n th e woul d
g
y
y
b e in r adi cal s l labl es
y
.
MA N G RA MMA R
8
G ER
.
All su bs tan ti v es i n t i h av e , f or th e sam e reason, th e acce nt on
th is ter m in a ti o n
.
In a n a l ogy w i th th e s e tw o l a tter c l as se s Of w ords, e v en v erb s
i n i rcn a nd s ub sta nti v es i n ei of Ger m a n o ri gi n h a v e ta k e n th e
s a m e a cc e n tu a ti on
.
C om p ou n d a dv e rb s are i n m a ny cas e s e x c e p te d For i n stan ce ,
ba, li k e bami t, th e re w i th , bahei,
a d v e r bs
c om p ou n d e d w i th
th e r e b y, bafur, th e re f or, baburd), th e reb y, and s im ilar on es , m ay
.
'
h a v e th e a c c en t on th e sylla bl e
M
,
p re posi ti on com
th e
on
or
‘
p ou nded w i th i t j u st as th e f orm e r or th e l a tter conve ys i n
e a ch i n s ta n ce th e p r in c i p al m e a n i ng
h i th er
A dv erbs com p ou nde d w i th th e pr efix es D
i rt an d h er (
For th e
th i th e r ) do n o t a llow o f a n a cc en t on th e se syll a ble s
,
,
.
,
,
.
a c c ent on a dv erb s, s ee
63
th e T h e or e tic al Pa rt
of
.
’
Th e w ords Iehen bi g, li vi n g, ali
s u b s ta nti v es a nd v e rb s
s om e
v e, a n
com
d Q
i nt t‘
oort, an sw e r , and
’
p ou n de d w i th 11n a nd 93 2m
=
p ti ons to th e ab ov e rul es
Th e pre fix e s ba rd) th r o u gh hi nter b eh in d h ind
u nter u n der u m arou n d mit er a g ai n s t mtg m i s
a re th e on ly rea l e x ce
.
,
,
,
,
a r e, ac cordin g
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
u ber, ov e r,
b oll , f u ll
to th e i r di ff e ren t v al ue , e i th er acc en ted wi th th e
prin c i pal or th e secon dary a c ce nt
On accoun t of th e i m p or tan ce of th is su bj ec t w e i nsert h e re
.
,
w h a t th e c el ebra te d Germ a n gra mm ari a n, K
T B e c k e r, i n h i s
Engli sh Ge rm a n Gra m m ar (pa ge
s a ys on th e sa m e to p i c
.
.
-
.
Th e a cc en t of Ge r m a n w or ds i s r e gu la te d a ccordi n g to th e
pri n ci pl es b y w h i c h th at of Engli sh w ords Of A nglo S axon
o ri g i n i s r e gu l a te d
Th e pr i m i ti v e syll abl e w h i ch i s in ge neral
s am e
-
.
th e firs t
syll a bl e Of
,
th e w ord, ta k e s th e p ri n c ip a l a c cen t, w hilst
pr efix es an d af fix es tak e ei th er th e s u bor di n a te a c cent or none
a t a ll ; e
.
g
.
’
Qi a ter, f a th er
'
QBet ter, w e a th er
’
gol ben, golde n
mii cb’ tig, m igh ty
$
’
fh f
p
Qbrr ftentbum C hr i s te ndo m
reu nb c a t, f r i en d sh i
’
,
’
er tau nen, as toni sh
f
trma chen, a w ak e
’
’
beavei ncn, to be w a il
’
(
E
rl auh ni fi, a ll ow a n ce
’
unterneb mer, u n dertak e r
’
unternebmung, u nd e rtakin g
.
9
I NTRO DU C TI O N
.
I n p art i cular, all term i nati on s
a n d a ffi x e s
are u na ccented,
Iei, Iain, l ing, bai t, tei t, fcbaft, thu m, faI, ri ng, Bar, fam,
haft, i d) i, wh i ch take th e s em i a ccent, a nd t i, i ren, whi ch take
th e pri nc i p al a ccent
Th e p refixes he, er, h er, ca t, get , a n d th e a u gm e nt ge=, are nu
p
ex ce t
-
.
ac c ented ;
b oll , are
prefix es burd) timer fi ber mi ter, u m, mit er mtg,
th e
,
semi accen ted, or
-
to th eir diff erent v al ue ;
,
,
,
take th e p r i n cip a l accent ac cording
all
oth er
prefix es tak e th e p ri nc ip a l
acc ent.
“
Th e p erson al pron ou n s, a rti c l es , an d th e m on o syllab ic f orm s
fein (to be ) are una cce n te d All oth er auxi liary
a nd conj u n cti o ns are
sem i a o
v erbs, p ronou ns, p rep osi ti on s
of
th e v erb
.
,
”
c anted.
-
MAN GRAMMA R
10
G ER
P A RT
I
.
.
L ES S O NS
P RA C T I C A L
LES S ON FI RS T
.
.
EXERC I S E I —®er i i ater, th e f ath er ; bi e mutter, th e
m oth er ; but Ri ub, th e c hi ld ber 6 0511, th e son ; hi e i nchter, th e
dau gh ter ; SBruber, b roth er g ri mefter, si ster ; ei u a , on e; i n, i n
mei n, m y ; bei n th y ; fai n, hi s ; i hr, h e r ; tft i s ; but h as ; mar,
w as ; gut, good ; febr, v e ry ; a i d) t, n ot ; fi ub a r e ; bg beu hav e ;
th e h orse
bier, h ere ; ba, th ere ; has b ans, th e h ou se ; has
1 D er Q
Sater tft gu t 2 Sb i c Sh utter tft fete gu t 3 Q ue
teiu QSater war gut 5 © er 23 am: unb
Riub tft ui d)t gut 4 W
‘
7 6mm
6 fil ater uub Smutter rmo gut
tie M
utter [i nt gu t
‘
9 Whine i nd u
ct
E
Bruber hat eiu Ri uo 8 6 eiu 6 0611 i ii ti er
m!) ba 1 0 Whi ne ©d mefter bat eiu Ri ub,
u ub bei u e 6 d mefter r
{I n Riub { ft gu t
.
x
-
,
,
,
,
-
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1 From th e ab ov e sentences it
Gr a mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
a pp ea rs th a t th e
Germ a n l an gu a ge h as th r ee f orm s f or th e
.
.
first j oine d to m ascul ine, th e
d e fin i te a r ti cl e, ber, bi e, h as, th e
s econ d to f em in i n e , th e th ird to n e u ter n ou ns.
2
Fr om
.
th e
5 th
a nd
6 th
sen ten ces
i t a pp ea rs th a t th e
d efin i te a rticl e m a y b e o m i tte d j u s t a s w e ll a s emp loye d, wh en
t w o or m ore n ou n s f orm th e su bj ec t, th e m e a n i n
g b eing th e
/
s am e
3
i n b oth c as es
.
.
From th e 5 th , 6 th , a nd 9 th sentence s i t a pp ears th at
th e su b ec t w h e n f or
j
me d by tw o or m ore p ersons or th ings m u st
b e c onn e cte d w i th th e p r e di ca te i n p l ura l
4
.
From
th a t th e
th e 4 th , 7 th , 9 th , a nd
.
1 0th
se nten ce s
i t a pp ears
p osse ssi v e p ronou ns mei u beiu fei u fin a nd a ll oth e rs
ta k e th e pl ace of th e a r ti cl e ; in oth e r w ords c a nno t b e j oi n d
e
,
,
,
,
,
,
PRAC TI C A L
LES S O NS
11
.
_
w i th
a ny
Wein bein fein it) t are th e m asculine and
articl e .
,
i
n e u ter, mei r e, beine,
nofi n
,
,
ieiue i l)re th e f em in ine f orm s Of thi s pro
’
,
Gin, a , th e i n defini te a rti cle , h as w ith f em inine
.
n oun s
eine.
§ 5 From
.
th e
5 th
sen te n ce
i t a pp ear s th at th e
j
a d ecti v e,
pre di ca te h as th e sam e f or m wh e n conne cte d w i th a
s u bj e c t i n th e plu ral or i n th e s i n gu l a r ; an d f rom th e 2 d an d
wh e n a
,
3 d se n te nc es , th a t i t h a s th e s a m e f orm w ith
wh en conn e cte d w i th a f e m i nin e or n e u te r
.
m asc ul in e
a
as
T hi s un ch a ngeabl e
pre di ca ti v e f orm
6 Th e a rra ng em en t of words i n th e se s im p le sen ten ces i s
Th e su bj e c t com es firs t ; th e
qu i te th e sa m e as i n Engli sh
or th e v e rb w h e n a si ngl e f orm
a ux i li a ry v e rb o r cop u l a
In
secon d ; a dv e rb s a n d obj e c ts th i rd ; th e p r edi c a te i s f our th
k es pla ce as i n Engli sh the
qu e s ti ons th e sa m e i n v e rsi on ta
s e con d taking th e pl a ce of th e fir st a nd th e first of th e secon d
m m i tt d to m em y o f
w i th
Th e ab e ten entences s h ou l d be
de ive d f m th e m ou th of a teac h er
Th e
th e c or ec t p on n i ti n
”
f or m Of th e a dj e c ti v e i s c a lle d th e
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
ov
r
co
s
r
u
c a
o
,
as
e
or
c ou rse
,
ro
r
.
f ollowi ng s ente nc es , f orm ed o u t of th e el e m ents of th e a bov e ten, m ay be orally
u i l f o rt wi t
c orrec te d by th e
tra ns late d, a nd th e m i s tak es m a de by th e
teac
p p
her
h
h
.
Ex ER C I S E II — S it ber QSater gu t ? S it bi e E
ll i utter fete
gut ? S it h as Ri ub ni cht gu t ? QBar meiu {h ater ni cht gu t?
‘
6 i
2i am uuo imu tter ni cht gu t ? b ut mei u éBruber eiu Riub ?
S it ieiu 6 0511 bi er ? 6 111 1) meiue Euchter u ub bei ne 6 d) meiter
‘
S erit
au
d
n
e
i
u
E
meiu e ©d)meiter
u
o
e
i
u
t
t
e
r
a
a
e
n
t
Q
S
t a ? Si l
b
b
S
i
a
u
a
a
d
ct
t
e
u
e
t
mear Ri ub
i
e
i
n
e
n
i
e
r
®
i
n
b
i
r
R
a
b
t
u t
b
h t)
.
M
.
.
.
tit ui cbt gut
y m oth er a n d
M
.
.
n ot
h e re
.
Ar e
not
th y son and
Has not h i s son a c h ild ? Her b roth er h as a
dau gh te r th e re ?
h ou s e i n Bosto n
s i ster a r e
.
T h e f a th e r, th e m o th er, th e so n, a n d th e
Wa s n ot th e h orse h ere ? Wa s not a h ou se
da u gh ter a r e g oo d
I s n o t th y f a th e r v e ry good ?
th e re ?
h
T
e c h i ld i s n o t v e ry g oo d
od
o
g
.
My m th
o
‘
er
w a s v e ry
'
.
.
h
h h
p
—
p
NO T E It is f or th e teac er to de c ide w e t er th e ec u li ar s ta nd oint of
ol e t eory of th e
h is u ils w ill all o w h im to re d u ce f rom th e ou tse t th e w
h f ollowi ng si m le standard rule :
arra ngem ent of words i n a sentenc e to t e
.
p p
p
h
h
MA N GRAMMAR
12
G ER
.
s ber
In a ll of th e ab ove sentenc es th e re di ca te c onsi s ts of two w ord ,
i s al w a y s i nfl ec te d , 15 th e a zum h arg
i f! g u t
Th e fi rs t o f t e se w ord s , w i c
fl ec te d , a nd u ay
a te p r op er , i s s el dom i
i
e
d
c
r
ver b o r 00
e
c
o
n
d
t
h
e
m
m
t
h
e
s
g
,
,
p
1
n
o r W i t ou t a ttri b u tes ,
e re ; of a su b s ta n ti v e w i t
cons is t o f a n a dj e c ti v e , a s
‘
or o f a n
I a v e been
i
n
as
i
l
e
c
r
t
i
a
as
or o f a
m y f a t er i s a g ood f a th er
,
re os i ti o n, as i n Id
a
) gebe all
i nfi ni tive , as I s a ll be
or of a n ou n w i t
’
u
B etween c op ula
t
a
n
d
s
p
6 t u n b e , I go to n a ug ht ; or o f a re o s iti on, a s I
a/nd p r edi c a te a l th e obj e cts a r e i ns er ted , a nd li kewis e a l ad ver bs
Ween c op u la a nd p r edic at e ru n tog eth er i n to O NE wor d, a s i n the bi r d
’
’ ‘
th e m a n D i ED , th en th e p r edi c a te p r op er is omi tted, but ever ythi ng els e
S I N GS ,
p
h
.
h h
h
h
h
p
h
h
p
h p p
p p
h
:
.
.
k eep s i ts p la ce
.
Wh en a n i nversion of the s entence ta kes p lace a s i n ques tions ‘is m y f ather
“
.
,
good ?
’
th e whole cha n g e consists
fi ect a n d cap u la cha nging p la ces ; ev ery
O r w h e re the re i s no c Opu la su bj ec t a nd p red
f
o
su
hing el e is lef t n h anged
i c te pro per c h an ge p laces e e ry th i g els e em i ni ng nal tere d
Th e te c h er sh ou ld prac tise th ese u les an d di ec t th e ttenti n of th e pu pil
th m to b e om e
to th em b y m
n
of ex a m p le s f
of a su ffi c i nt nu m b
th o ou ghl y
tion b e fore th eir in trod c ti on
d in th ese tw o k i nds of c onst
to th e su bordina te (
de p endent a e o y ) se ntenc e
t
s
u
c
.
a
,
a
a
r
ea
r
r
n
v
,
s
u
a
ru c
cc
ss
o
or
er
v erse
,
.
r
e
.
s
e
c
u
,
r
.
LES S ON S ECOND
.
EXERC I S E III — 1 S d) bi n (I am ) bei u (Si rofib atet (grand
f a th e r)
2 i bu t i it (
th ou a r t) meme gute G
r
i t ofimutter 3 (
E
‘
h e i s) metu C
sh e i s) mei ue
i ii (
i nf eI (
te i it (
gra n d son ) u ub r
‘
4 93 h ii no ®eid)mi iter (
broth er and
Qui el in (
gra ndda u ghter)
‘
s i ster
) 5 S br ieio befler (better) are Mr (th an w e) 6 ©i a
‘
itao (th ey a re ) ni d) t io grog al e ibr 7 S ci) mar ieiu Gi rofigrois
8 C
i rofigrofimu tter
i r war iei u 6 ti ef
rater uub bu merit iei ue G
‘
n
iobu (s te p so ) u no if e mar fei ne © ti eitvcbter 9 215i: mareu alt
r ma ret (
o r wart i u u
1 0 6 h wareu unmet (
ev er,
(old) uub { D
)
g
al w a y s
) iehr rai d) (r i c h )
Th e pu p il s h ou ld b e m a de to i nfiec t th e Presen t a nd Im perfec t te nses of t in
(
.
.
.
.
.
.
“
.
.
'
'
.
.
.
.
.
s
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Gr a mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
bu hi it, bu mer it, m a y b e
.
7
.
Th e
se c o n d
p ers on singular
transla te d as w e ll b
y y ou
,
,
you
w er e
Am o ng th e Ge rm a n s, p a re n ts a n d c h i ld re n h u s ba n d
,
a nd w if e , i nti m a te f ri e n ds a n d r e l a ti
o ns , a dd r e s s ea c h o th er b
y
bu
S til l th e p u p il sh o u l d, a s a r u l e , tr a n sla te bu a l w a s b
y
y
th ou
S hr i s th e pl ura l o f bu, a n d i s e m p loy e d w h e n a dd re ssi n
g
s e v era l
p e r s on s, e a c h of w h om w o u l d b e a ddr e ss e d b
y bu
a r e,
.
.
.
.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
13
.
Wh en a ddressing p ersons n ot conn e cted with th e S p eaker by
r e l a ti on o r
f r i en dsh i p , th e thi r d p er son pl ura l i s u se d, th e w ord
fie w ri tten w i th a cap i tal le tter, so th at 6 k mareu m eans you
w er e g i t fiub yo u a r e
8 T h e 1 st 2d, 7 th , and 8 th s entences sh ow th a t com pou nd
s u b s ta n ti v e s are i n Germ an f o rm e d as a r u l e b
,
y s i m p l y c om
p ou ndi n g tw o or m ore diff erent w ords in to on e and wri ting
th e m as on e w o r d w ith ou t th e u s e of a h yph e n (
as in step s on
)
9 From th e 3 d sen tenc e i t a pp ears th at th e m ascu li n e
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
-
,
.
.
f orm
of
a
n oun
m ay b e
con v erte d
i nto
a
f e m i ni n e
on e
by
Rouig ici ng i s f orm e d Rfiui gi u qu een ;
f rom greu nb f r i en d, St eunbi n, f em a le f ri en d ; f rom (
Si am,
h u s ba n d (b utti n, w if e. I n d oin g so, m os t m as c ulin e n ou ns,
a ddi n
T h u s f r om
g in
,
,
,
,
,
a
,
h a v ing f or
r a di ca l v o w el a n
Um la u t,
a, o, u, or au, tak e th e
th a t i s to Say, th ey c h an ge th ese v o we ls in to d, 5, u, or au
;
as , 6 d) n
> ager, br oth er eu la w , ©d mageriu, si ster i n la w ; 52 m;
-
-
-
6
'
dog , h ou n d,
b unbiu, bi tch ;
$ au er, p ea sa n t, 23 61121 111 , p ea sa n t w om a n
EX ER C I S E I V —S di bi n ni cht betu 6 01 m
Wu i d) ni cht
f ool
,
i bfiri u, f em a le f ool ;
-
b unt
,
-
.
.
.
iDu Bi it a i di t metu Ri nb
S it er ni cht metu
te ni c
ill l ein @ tieib ater tit
6 ti efiobu ? S it r
ht ei u e ©tieimutter
f ath er i n la w)
a t th e sa m e ti m e) mei n 6 ®
mi egerbater (
au gl ei d) (
to m orrow) 3 u
5 ei b the morgen (
6 nd) mi r ui dyt © éiduvtiter ? C
bei ne l odi ter ?
.
-
-
.
-
S ci) mar ietue
b au ie (a t h om e) ? 6 te i mb i mmer juug
‘
Q u tourit { li re fiebreriu
Sreuuoi u uub b el ieriu (h elp er)
lli utter
t
each er) uub gu gIei d) i bre E
(
E
r mar mei u © d mi egeriobu
(
‘
h ad) ei u b ans i n m
ew g ort
233 m ite ni cht fei ne
u no batte (
mi chte (ni ec e) uub mar er nicht metu Weffe (n eph ew) ? QBir
S
mart {tr ni cht ieiu
mareu guiammeu (togeth er) i n 6 aIem
‘
‘
s
s
perh aps)
i t ofimutter ? ill aceu fie ettoa (
G
i rofib ater uub ieine G
wi s e)
QBareu 6 te
ub i mmer gu t u ub mei ie (
©eicbmi iter ? 6 te R
‘
r
n
v
r
o ni emal é ,
e e ) i n b artforb ?
ui e (
b r oth er
He i s m y
I a m hi s n e ph e w a n d th ou ar t h i s ste p —
Is sh e th y f ri end
s te p ch il d b u t (
abet ) sh e i s m y da u gh te r
.
.
.
.
.
l
.
,
-
.
,
a n d tea ch er ?
Ar e w e a t h om e h e r e ?
2
Yo u a re n o t be tter th a n
MAN GRAMMA R
14
G ER
Are th ey h usb an d an d w if e ? I
tim e h er s er v a nt
sa m e
a nd at th e
Was t th ou n ot e v er m y God ?
y
I am (a m i s not tra nsla te d)
p da ugh ter
(S iener m al e ser vant)
w as
h er
ste
.
‘
M
-
.
,
.
g Hi s m oth er i n l a w w a s not a f ool
Were w e
Yo u r s i s ter in l a w a n d ste p si ste r w e r e n ot th er e
W
er e you h e r e ?
m
o th e r ?
n ot h er f a th er a n d h e r
( )
h orse w as
you n
v e ry
-
-
-
.
.
-
-
.
LES S ON T HI RD
.
S cb babe etnen fi at“ 131 923 mm 2 13 11
3 (
i t bat einen E
Bruber, eine 6 d meiter unb
or a
4 g i e bat ei nen Dbeim (
el, u ncl e ), ei ne
ei n Ri nk
) bi er
5 QBi r baben meinen
a u n t , uni) eta {Jane i n 6 LSaute
l ante (
)
s e en
Qi ater; metne S’Ru tter, unb metn Rtnb geieben (
) 6 : S bt
Rater (m ale c at)
babt metnen b unt) unb
f em a l e cat)
7 6 te baben bei nen Staci (
coat ,
u nb fei ne Rage (
)
ta ble ), unb beinen 6 tubI (
ch a i r
beinen Sa id) (
) 8 Rein (no)
9 3 d) batte S
ber tit beiier ate b u
Rocf e, I i icbe, unb Gtuble
i
1 0 23 11 batteit greunbe, abet f etnen Qi ater nub f ei nen S
Bruber,
book)
f eine fl u tter unb f eine 6 d) tb eiter, f eta Rinb ri al) f eta 25nd; (
(Th e pu pil Sh ou l d i nfl ec t th e three p ers ons S ingul ar a nd Pl ura l of th e
EX ERC I S E V
‘
bait einen greuno
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
‘
.
.
.
‘
.
.
.
.
''
.
.
.
.
.
,
Present a nd Im
perfec t tense of babeu )
.
Gra mm ati ca l Rem a rlcs
1 0 From th e
-
.
a b ov e
.
i t a pp ears th a t th e a c cus ati ve case of
ti v e
,
(se e f or th e e xc e ptions 5
n ou n s
s en te n ce s
i s l ik e th e nom in a
th a t th e acc u sa ti v e of
an d
pron ou ns i s f or m e d by a ddi n g en to th e m as culi ne f orm of ein
h e r) a nier (
f eta meta bei n ieta i br (
ou r
) eu er (your) {be
(th e ir) w hil e th e f em inin e f or m eine f ei ne, mettl e beine feine
or eure
i bre u niere euere (
) i bre (th eir) an d th e n e u ter f or m
ein f ein mein bein iei n u nier euet i r a re th e sa m e i n th e
b,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
a cc u sativ e a n d i n
.
m a sc u l i n e
of
c a s es,
a nd
an d
th e
9 th
,
,
,
,
,
th e n om in a ti v e cases
§ 1 1 Th e 7 th
m aj ori ty
,
,
sen ten ces
plura l of
.
S h ow
h ow , i n
m ono syll a bi c
n o u ns
a
of
great
th e
gen der s i s f orm e d, v i z b y a ddin g e to
th e s i ng ula r, a n d i vi n
g
g th e r a di ca l v ow el th e Um la u t, w h e re
i t i s a n a, o, u , or an ; as , 6 nd ba
‘
li ocf , gidde 3 C
S mbl,
( g) , 6 316 9 5 E
n e u te r
.
MA N GRAMMAR
16
GER
.
wit gar telne {gree nbe (no f ri ends at ali ) ? b aht {hr nnfere fi et ge
M
'
e
e, e ase nub
p
§
t
re e s ) u nb nam
n ds
au
m
e
o
B
ll
(
)
n(
e ars)
at en 6 “
en Dbren (
e
w
all s ) { w
h
a
n
e
e
e
a
n
l
e
i
B
b
?
b
glb
(
or) unredl t
righ t) obet (
5) e (
li echt (
m oney) ? natte i d) E
E
ei n (
Wh at) batteft bu
aé (
Q
B
I
ri gh t or wron g ?)
n
as
w
ro
?
W
(
(
g)
gefeben
I h a v e a ste p—
f a th er in Ham burg an d a m oth erim law in
Ha st th ou not a m al e cou sin (fli ettet ) in Europe
Hall e
(Qut opa), and a f em ale cou sin in A m eri ca ? Has not your
We ha v e three
gran dson two son s ? Our sis ter h as no chi ld
(brei) bags Hav e you not see n th eir fish ? Hav e th ey f ound
) our m oney ? Had I n ot th y coat ? Thou h adst m y
(gefunben
nnb s ei
e
,
.
‘
-
.
:
’
.
.
Ha d not you r fri end a m oth er an d broth er ? Hav e you
l ost (berl oren) your w if e ? Hav e you ch a i rs and tables enough
(genug) ? Hi s h ou se h ad only (nut ) one room I h ad a
dog
.
.
ph ew and a ni ec e i n En gl and, and a broth er and si ster in
Denm ark (fi anemarf ) You h av e h a d (
gehabt) a m ale cat and
Th eir aunt
Rut) f ) an d a sh ee p (g d mf,
a h orse, a cow (
m ) i n Edi nburgh
h ad a h ouse and a garden
”
ne
.
.
,
.
.
LESS ON FOU RTH
.
f ellow) batte ben
EXERC I SE VI L—l SDi efer (thi s ) Rerl (
nnnb, ble Rage unb has ©chaf 2 SDiefe gran (woman) batte
3 4 m
nnfer Rinb
mb ane {ft Beflet ale iener (th at) Glat ten,
m eadow) unb i enee 8 e (
field)
4 3 d) metbe
Bi efe (
vber j ene Q
s oon) t iefen 8 n
h ana (
a) , bi efe G
halb (
goose), nnb blefes 23 nd)
tat en 5 13 11 wirft j enen gi nger, j ene Rub, nnb jenee {p fetb
6 Q
t: mi rb Qi ni ber nnb g m
mfiger batten 7 23 h
baben
8 S he werbet tente enre
merben belne N ae! Balb genng ham
th e saddle, ber 6 attel) bahen
9 unfet e Qi i tet merben
6 attel (
l i ne 6 85m wi eberbat en (miebet , again)
1 0 21W batten fei ne
Starten, {be hattet nnfere fill e er h as W
(
i en
er, th e knif e , unb te
fl (
)
r
batten enre 6 tlefel (ber 6 ti efel, th e b oot)
Gr a mm ati cal Em a rlcs
1 4 Th e defi ni te a rti c l e h as i n
,
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
th e a ccusati v e
case, f or
.
th e m as culin e g en der th e f orm
,
D
en,
PRA C T
I C A L LES S O NS
17
.
In an analogou s way are f orm e d
bi eier hi efe, bi efed, thi s, a n d j ener j ene j en
eé , th a t ; accu sa tiv e
bleien bi efe, ti efes, an d j enen, iene, j enee
1 5 Th e p l ural of n ou ns term in atin g i n er, el en, Iei n, of th e
f e m in in e bie,
has
ne u ter
.
'
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
m a scu li n e a n d
ge n de rs, i s f orm e d by a dding n o ter m i n a
th e r a dic al v o w el th e Um la u t ; a s, i i ater,
n e u ter
ti on , b u t g iv ing to
23 am, sBagel, i i ogel, Qi ruber, §Bril hem
Th u s
a re
a l so
m
f orm e d
f e m i n i ne s , S hu tter, pl Sill ii ttee, a n d S u ter, p l i t cbter
S uch w ords, th ere f or e, as cann ot tak e th e U mla u t, h av e th e
tw o
.
6 ti efel
§ 16
.
plu ral a s in th e sing u lar ; a s ©tiefel, pl
lli efler p l m
E
E effer
From s e n ten ces 4 —9 i t a pp ear s h ow th e Fu tu re i s
f o rm i n th e
sa m e
.
,
.
.
f orm e d i n Ge r m a n
.
,
.
Th e a u x ilia ry v e rb,
.
-
i cl) werbe, I sh a ll, bu
wi rft, th ou w ilt, er wi t h, h e w ill, wit? merben, w e sh all, thi lverbet,
ou
y
w i ll , r
te inerben, th ey w ill,
— i s con n ec ted w i th th e i n fini ti v e
(a ll i nfi ni ti v es a dd en to th e root of th e v erb ) w h i ch i n si m ple
se nte n ce s ta k es th e l ast p l ac e ; an d I s h a ll be i s th er ef or e i d)
werbe fei n ; I sh a ll ha ve i d) merbe baben ; I sh a ll lea rn i d) merbe
,
,
,
,
,
Iernen
.
17
.
Th e plu ral of a l l pr on ou ns i s f orm e d b y a dding e to th e
Bt ii bet , m y bro th ers , beine i fid fier,
ylla bl e ; a s, meine 5
‘
s
th y d au gh te rs, {ci ne 6 6 bne, h i s Son s, i bre p feroe, h er or th e i r
ra di ca l
s
or
h or ses, a u let e (
S aran, our ga rden s, euere (
boo ts,
) 6 tiefel, your
f ei ne fi fiume no trees, bi efe Rerle, th ese f ellows j ene
eu re
,
,
th ose fi sh es ;
aw
gn
,
an d
th e defin i te
ar ti c l e
i s b i e Qi fiter, b i e
Smittter, b i e ‘
Dferbe, th e f ath e rs, th e m oth ers, th e h orses
.
I t wi ll
b e se en th a t th e p ronou ns and th e arti cl e h av e in th e p lura l th e
sam e
te rm ina ti on f or all th ree gen ders, i n th e a c cusa ti v e a s w ell
as in th e no m i na ti v e c ases
.
EX ERC I S E VI II — b at bi efer Sh aun (m an) gar f ein ©elb ?
s eci e
l
e
a
r
f
e
t
n
n
e
e
a
tt
e
e
n
r
{K
i
n
p
fi
i
(pri c e) ? b atten wit f ei ne
g
w i sh ) ?
b ride ) ? b attet lbr, o %t enure, f einen QBnnfd) (
23 m in (
b atten bi efe $ ii d) e f eine gi fd n? b atten 6 te bi efen flBalb (woo d,
f or est) nod) (
p ferb ni cht
ye t) ni cht geleben ? b ahen © te j enee E
mi eber g efunben ? flBet be i d) (or ful { ch} biefe §8 erge ni e mi eber
2 an
MA N GRAMMAR
18
GER
.
S ut
t? ilBirb
o ura g e) baben cber ni c
c
e
b
t
n
see
?
u
Q
B
i
r
m
b
t
b(
lb ( )
f
to
0r
I“ ) ”if an ibm (
QBas werben (
er ni cbt a
n b aufe feta ?
find ) ?
h im ) fagen (
513 0 treebet { be ben i 5am finben (
s ay) ?
fiBerben fi e ben i i ger fangen (catc h ) ? QBerben ©te nlcbt bie Gfel
(ber (Efel, th e as s) fucben (se ek ) ? w as werben 6 te morgen baben,
tull e Sli fitter baben entmeber
m e at, fl e sh ) ?
a, (
{Si fcbe ober aren
(eith er) e obne abet 3 6 m Unfet e mode finb befler ale ent e
'
W
m
Had w e a book
'
-
.
.
You h ad no f ath er, no m oth er, no ch ild
.
(6 mmwi th out Uinlaut)
Th ey h ad one dog a n d two sh ee p
.
Had you a m ale and a f emale cat ? We sh all h ave a h elp er
-
to m orrow
-
You w ill h a ve
.
.
I Sh all catch the Se ti gers
(flirt
,
'
wh at 1
say.
Th ey will h ave th eir
m ea t
Wh o (tree) h as see n m y kni f e a nd m y axe
again.
broth er
no
-
.
Th ou wil t h ear (
bfiren)
He will se e hi s u ncle and hi s au nt and th eir
M
Sh e will al w ays b e good and true (
treu)
y
fo ref ath ers (
i i orb fiter) w ere fr om (s on) England Your sons
wi ll be ri ch
Th e m oth ers w er e on ce (
ei nmal ) daugh ters
Her sh oes (ber @cbnb, th e sh oe) are new
Th e dogs will
Th e h ogs (
bas © cbmei n, th e h og) h av e f ood (
be h ere
gutter)
Th y wi sh es a re m ode ra te (
e nough
bill i g) Th y ai d (
bii lfe, f )
O ur w in dow s (
tbeuer)
baa if enfter, th e window)
i s v ery dear (
d au gh ters
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
will be too hi gh (
an boch)
.
We sh all find th ese f ellows
.
Have
you f ou nd th ose as ses ? We h a v e se e n you r m ounta i ns, ri vers,
Ha v e you h eard th e ir w ords (23 01 1,
and brooks
He h as
Has h e forgotten (vergeflen)
the b oots a nd th e coa t on (
an )
.
’
.
th e wi ne a nd th e fish es
Ha v e you ea te n (gegeflen) th e bread
‘
and c h ee se (
Rii fe,
Yes, w e
'
éButter
bu tter (
Brot
(E
h a ve (
S a l We ha ve is not tr ansla te d)
,
,
.
.
LES S O N FIFT H
.
EXERC I S E I X
1 S eb l i ebe (
I lo v e) bi efe fl ame (
flower)
m ore) al e (
mebr (
th a n ) j ene
2 iti ebft bu j ene Qi l umen mebr
3 fiBec e (
ale bi efe ?
w h at, w h i c h ) g arbe color , vber welc e
( )
b
aeben (
col ors
{E
) Iiebt eure ©dnveftet ? 4 QBec et mann Ii ebt
(l ikes) mobI (pray l) bi e Ragen ? QBir Ii eben unfere é bmeftern
.
-
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
R CTIC A L LES S ONS
P A
6
19
.
‘
Q ie iyranen Ii eben
’
’
iii ebt 3 51? febfine (
b eau tif ul) grquen ? 7
fe
bie éBIumen
9 Rbcbi nnen (
8 an: maren {st ennbinnem
m al e cooks) E
th e m ale cook, ber
cook) befiet al e Rfid n (
b dmt (
te ach ) Gngli fd)
Roch)
1 0 QIlIe blefe Sebreri nnen Iebren (
Gra mm a ti ca l Remar ks
1 8 Th e abov e sentenc es sh ow
th e i nfl ecti on of th e Pres e nt Te n se of th e regul ar Germ an verb
T h e p u pi l sh oul d find ou t hi m s elf th e te rm i nati on of each of
th e th re e p ersons, singul ar a n d plur al
S uch v erbs as h a v e
f or A usla ut b, t, f, or fl, or gn, dyn, ff a, bit, but, tbm, h av e
i n th e second p erson s ing ul ar eft, i n th e thi rd ct, a nd i n th e
second pe rson p lu ral ct as , i d) rebe I s pe ak , bu t ebe , er t ebet,
(
)
;
fl
wt: rebut, i br rebet, [it reben The present of th e i rregu lar
v er bs h as ; wi th a f e w ex c eption s, th e sa m e te rmi nati ons in th e
pres ent tense ; as, id; finbe, bu fi nbeft, er finbet, wit finben, { In
eft) , wi t
finbet, fie finben ; i d) Iefe (I rea d), bu Ii efeft, er Itefet (H
I dri nk) , bu tt tntft, cv
Iefeu, i t): Iefet (
left) , fi e
en ; i d) trinf e (
tri ni t, wit trtnf en, i bt tri ni t, r
te tri nf en
1 9 Th e abov e sentenc es exhi bit th e plural of f em in ine
n ou ns
Th ose h av i ng two or m ore ra di cal syllabl es a ssum e in
th e p lural an n or en ; n am e ly, th ose term inati ng i n e or cl
or er, a n 11 ; th ose term i n a ti ng i n i n, an en, wh il e th e f or e
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
'
.
M
.
.
.
goi ng n i s doubl ed ; a nd a f e w m o nosyll abic nouns, i nfl ecte d
floor, fi eld) , germ, ubr (
wa tch ) ,
i n thi s w ay, like 8 m
m , glut (
ti m e) , as s um e en
w orld), Belt (
flBelt (
w hi ch , wha t), is both an
§ 20 QBel dyet , melcbe, mel cbee (
in terrogati ve and a rel ati v e p ronoun , and i s infl ected lik e biefet ,
.
.
.
enet
x
.
In th e fif th
it
ppe ars th at adj ectives em
ployed wi th out any ar ti cle h av e 9 i n th e plural, Nom and Acc ;
as
fd fin, pl febfine gut pl gute ; wei fe, pl weife
I pra i se) 911m was gut i ft
EXERCISE X —3 d) Iobe (
work)
d ea r) mutter ? S
w h om ) Iobft bu Ii ebe (
Dae 233 m (
QBen (
w h y) l oben ma eure
m aste r)
Iobt ben imetfter (
QBat u tn (
midpten fo febr ? Eobt { I n ni cht metne QBeri e ? Etc mutter
I li ve) i n E
li oftvn fi le iBi enen
Ioben fibre Ebdyter 3 d) Iebe (
21
.
senten ce
a
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
‘
.
.
MAN GRA MMA R
20
GER
.
to
i th (
l on g)
(
i
t w
e (
é
l
n
a
t
e
b
e
e
i
d
bi
e
h
l
e
e
n
i
b
B
e
n
e
n
n
c
,
(
)
‘
s
t
a
e
fi
e
r
i
n
l
e
Jtem
a
e
n
w ork ) b i el (
m u ch ) ©u lee
QBi t mi t t
( ) h
tru e )
QBas
fp anen
23 c m i l) r fegt i ii nul l): (
(
i t fagt ni d) te
'
.
.
.
.
ev er
S he finbet Qi lnmen fibet all (
y
finbeft tft ni d) t bein
f e a th er s) u nb fingen
w h er e)
sen
i bi e QSBgel bitt en §§ ebern (
‘
t
{clfon fi e fing ! ( Ho w b e au ti fu ll y sh e sin gs ! Th e pre di ca tiv e
f or m of th e a dj e c ti v e i s a l so th e f orm of th e a dv erb )
©ie
Ubt macl m mad) en
Wh at does th e cook
Sh e i s cooki n g apples
(sh e cooks a ppl es ) Th e r ose s (bie Si ofe th e rose ), tuli ps (bie
I ulpe, th e tu li p ), p in ks (
bi e gi rli e th e p i nk ) a n d lili es (
bit
bu
.
'
.
.
’
'
.
.
,
,
,
Elli e th e lily ) a re blossom i ng (blossom to blossom blfiben)
Th e se tre es b ear (
tragen) fi n e (
ld wn) p ear s (bi t 58 m m th e
p ear) Wh a t does sh e Sin g ? (w h at sings sh e ?) S h e sings
n e w tu n es
Th e tim es are com ing a nd goi ng
(Wi el obi e
(com e an d go ; to com e f ommen ; to go geben) Sh e h 0ps
l ennen) thi s
(bu pfen) l ik e (hats) at roe (Stab) Do you know (
He goes to (i n bte) sch ool (©cbul e,
str eet (
g a uge fl) ?
A nim al s (
baé i bi er th e a ni m al ) do liv e plants (
bit
S l an e th e plant
Di a
) do not you say ? Ti gers ca tch roes
sh ee p, h orse s ; bu t n o m i c e n o ra ts (
My
bi t Si atte th e r a t)
f ri en d s eek s h er si sters
I h ate (
bafien) (th e ) cats bu t not
e, th e ch erry)
(th e ) dogs He prai ses h i s ch erri e s (bi t fl irfm
‘
a nd p l u m s
b
i
e
( Pflaume, th e plum )
,
,
,
.
,
'
“
.
,
'
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
LES S ON S IX TH
.
EX ERC I S E XI —l
.
.
l ov e d) meine 5
Braut
3 d) li ebte (
.
2 $ 11
.
bridegroom ) 3 (
l i ebtefl belnen éBri uti gam (
i t li ebte frifcl)e S
hi ite
(f resh , fetid) ; ble Su ft, a i r) 4 QBit l i ebten grvfie g tfibte (c ity,
bi e 6 tabt) mel)t al e f l ei ne (
li ttle on e s)
5 S br l i ebtet marine
l i ti cl n
e (
E
bi e y acht, th e n igh t)
6 6 k l i eben mei e (
w hi te )
.
.
.
.
'
.
«
.
'
fi
J
bi e b anb th e h a n d)
7 (
E
r r
oar menn (
wh e n ) i cl) rebete,
pic nbe (
[ti ll 8 SDi e I lfiire (door) i ll ofien (Op en) ; met offnete bi e
itt en ? 9 QBtt l anbeten (
to la nd) l) eute (
to d a y) i n 5
8 01
1011
10 “
Di e E
w h ole) 92mi n
f rau en beteten (pray) bi e ganse (
.
.
'
,
M
.
.
,
.
.
-
.
.
.
P
RACTICAL L ES S O NS
Gr a mm a ti ca l Rem a rks
22
.
.
21
.
From th e
1
sente n ces
6 it
pp e ars h ow th e Germ an Im p erf e ct or Past te nse is f orm e d
Th e p u p i l m a y fin d i t ou t f or h i m self
Ve rbs th a t h av e f or
A u s la u t gn, cl)n, fin bn but tbm b or t i nser t bef or e th e
term i nati on an e f or eu ph ony s sak e ; as ofiu e te, b et e t e l an
a
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
b e t e, l i ugnete, gei cl mete, orbnete, mibmete, atlynete
.
5 23
T h e p l u ra l
.
of
m on osyll abi c f e m i n i ne
i s f orm ed
n ou n s
by a ddin g th e te r m in ati on e to th e root, and gi v i n g to th e ra dic al
'
v ow e
l th e Um la u t
.
On ly a m in ori ty of f emi ni n e m onos yll abi c
n ou n s a re i n fl e c te d a f te r
§ 2 4 T h e l 0th
19
se n ten ce
.
.
sh ow s
th a t th e
a ccu sa tiv e
ca se
p re p osi ti on se rves, i n Germ a n, to e x pre s s th e ti m e
a t wh i c h Som ethi n g i s don e , or th r ou gh w hi c h a n a c ti on i s
w i th ou t
a
c on ti n u i n g
.
Th e 4th
sente nc e
sh ow s
f ol lowi n g an a dj e cti v e
on e s
tiv e , i s
not n e e ded i n
th a t th e
Engli sh
“
on e
or
(or pronou n) w i th ou t a sub sta n
.
Ger m an , b ecau se
th e
Ge rm a n a dj e cti v e
h as a term i n a tion , th e En glish h as n ot
.
i l) n ni d) i i n atttaberpbta, mo
EX ER C I S E XI I
(w h e re ) er mar b u l obteft bi efe Qi raute (Er geigte (geig“en, to”
bu t ;
bu t,
h ide , skin ) fonbern (
l)t e i n e b unt (
sh ow ) u nb ni c
.
.
.
,
‘
fonbecn) mehrere (s ev e ral) lg i u te
h our) wfil uenb
to l au gh ) ei ne gauge 6 ta ube (
sen l acbten (
i
to w ee p
Q
e Re gen iagten
t
oei nen)
h
il
e
r meintet (
w
i
l
)
)
(
all th a t
i
ue alleé (
u fe
m
Q
h
a se to h u n t u p) bi e E
t
o
c
e
n
a
)
(j g
a f te r n e ga ti v es, i s tra nsl ate d
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
mi rl te ni cl)t
lebten
ilisir
.
mi e
H
Bae er fugi e war gut unb mai n
.
,
Sente i mmer l eben
‘
s ch ol ar, pu pil
i ber Gd fltl er (
)
at me
.
meinte bi tterli d)
.
He w e pt m any ni gh ts S h e si gh ed (feufgen) lou d (laut) and
pow e r bi e mast) of (b un) Europ e Sent
T h e p o w e rs (
l on g
to deny
S h e den i e d (
nacb) En gland
to s e n d leuben) to (
hi m (
We pra i sed th e pu pil s (m a le an d f e
lii u gnen) e v e rythi n g
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
(uné ) you r pi geons (bi e I aube dov e
pi geon) I c h as e d t h e ti ger f or on e da y (ber S ag) Th ou
We si gh ed f or (nacb)
to b l am e , tabel n) h i s w ork
bla m e d st (
Yo u
m al e )
.
sh o w e d
us
,
.
.
.
,
22
MA N GRA MMA R
G ER
.
.
Th ey sh ow e d th eir h a nds a nd w e ap on s
an dmoth er cloth ed h im i n
r
w ea p on
y g
assi s tan ce
(bie QBaffe th e
lin en (
Qtnnen)
M
)
.
,
.
LES S ON S EVENTH
.
EX ERC IS E XIII — 1 S ebbabe meinen mefien gefncbt 2 b aft
'
.
.
.
lion ) bat ben fi fien
3 g et S
Zbtve (
bu meine E
li effen gefeben ?
(ap e, m onk ey, ber fil fie) gefangen 4 QBir baben f einen c ien
'
.
.
.
(th e ox ber c fe) gefnnben 5 b abt tbr i bm ben b afen (th e
h erds:
h ar e ber b afe) gegei gt ? 6 i bi e Semen baben ben bi t ten (
m an ber A
lli efe (
Kran
bate) gej agt 7 S et E
gia nt) batte b i el e E
th e Fr en ch m an ber $ran3 0fe) getbbtet (
tbbten, to ki ll)
gufen (
8 3 3 h batten einen Staben (
Rabe, th e rav e n) gegabmt (to
ber E
ta m e gabmen)
9 m S uben (
ber S ube, th e Je w ) batten bi e
1 0 3 be battet ben
E
Ruflen getanfcbt (tau fcben to decei v e)
th e boy th e k na v e ber a be) getabeIt
23 113 211 (
Gr a mm a ti ca l Rem a r ks
2 6 Th e Perf ec t ten se i s f orm e d
i n th e s a m e w ay as i n En gli sh
th e p u p il m ay describ e
it
th e Parti ci pl e Pas t be in g f orm e d by prefi xin g to th e
r oot th e s ll abl e
A u gm en t
a n d a ffi x i n g t to th e
calle d
y
ge (
,
.
.
.
,
‘
.
.
,
’
-
.
,
‘
.
.
.
,
.
'
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
root of
v erbs
‘
of
th e m odern , en to th at of
of
v e rb s
th e
an
Th e t b e com es ct, f or eu p h ony s sak e, w h en th e
root h as th e Au s la u t b, t, gn, fin, (
bn, bm, i bm ; as, getfibt= et,
f orm
c i e nt
’
.
gel fiugns et, gebab= et
‘
(bat h e d
— baben to bath e), geaei cbn et ge
e i oms et, geat m= et, g
ort n er
, g w
=
=
,
,
=
e fn et
b
z
.
Th e Plu p erf ec t i s f orm ed in th e sam e way,
th e p u pi l m ay
'
sh ow h ow
27
.
.
Th er e i s a n um b er of
E
Ri efe c fc 23 115 2, &c
,
,
.
,
nou n s na tur ally
m as cu lin e, li ke
w h ich term i n a te i n e
S uch h av e, i n
.
plu ral bu t th e Nom si ngul a r, th e term i
n ew or w eak de cl en s ion
na tion en (
) In th e sam e way are
i nflec te d th e n ou n s Wenicb m a n b err m aster si r gentle m an
fpelb h e ro G
i raf c ount Starr an d fi ber f ool 23 am bear
55m pri n ce Smobr n egro ; and a nu m ber of f ore i gn words
de notin g m al es like fi bb of at, advo c ate, Ranbtbat, ca ndidate,
a ll case s, s in gu l a r
an d
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
MA N GRA MMA R
24
G ER
.
h onor )
i bre (
flBi r werben mie bi e ®otter Ieben, u nb i br merbet (
ri ch e s, ber Si ei c
u nb E
li ei cbtbinn er (
btbum, dom , tbnm) bef ommen
)
th e i m a g e, p i c tu re ) merben
5
§
t
e
1
0
m
i
a
i
e
l
b
e
t
s
3
h
Q
B
,
g
(
( )
b e l ost )
b erl oren geben (
28 Th e Pe rf e c t te n s e of th e
Gr a mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
to b e ) i s n ot com p oun de d w i th baben, a s in
a u x i li ar
y v erb fei n (
En gli sh , bu t w i th fei n ; th e sa m e h olds good, of cou rse, of th e
Plu p erf e ct
Th e p upil m ay i nfle ct both f orm s i n all si x
9
.
’
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
p ersons
.
§ 2 9 Th e Fu tu re
.
f orm e d fr om th e
ten s e i s
i rre gul ar v erb s i n th e
sa m e
.
w a y a s f rom th e
gu lar an d
au x ili a r
y v e rb s
re
—
th e pu p il m a y e x p lai n h ow
Th e I n fin i ti v e ta k es
(
i n sim p l e sen ten ces th e las t p l ac e, lik e th e p a rtic ip l e p re dic a
ti v e nou ns an d a dj ec ti v es
Th e Englis h languag e e x presses th e Eu tu re te nse b y I sh a ll thou
NO T E
h e w i ll do it
S h a l l I do it
an d
wi lt h e w
ill we sha ll you wi ll they will
s ee
_
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
”
,
,
,
.
,
m ay each m e a n t wo di ff ere nt thing s ; nam ely , Am I (ordere d, b i d ) to do i t
h e i s w illi ng to do it ,” a n d
w ill my doi ng i t go on a t a f u tu re tim e ?
a nd
”
“
In o th er w ords, th e Englis la n
h i s doi ng i t w ill go on at a f u ture time
‘
In Germ a n th e
g u ag e h as only one f orm f or t wo di fl ere nt a u x il iary v erb s
h
.
.
Fu tu re tense i s al w ays ex p ressed by id) i nerbe, nev e r by i tb wi l , i t!) foil (see
a nd th e
3 3 a nd
p u pil sh
ou ld c are f u lly noti ce t
‘
his
.
3 0 A m in ority of m onosyllabi c n eu ter an d m ascu li ne n ou n s
w i th th e Um la u t i n a ll
tak e in th e pl u ral th e te rm i na ti on er (
.
n d m u st, th ere fore, be fi r ef u lly comm i tte d
f
a
d
n
t
ea
o
e
i
s
,
),
cas e s
to m em or
y
.
n ou ns h a v e er :
Th e f ollowi n g m asculi ne
mann flBalb Seth
S
,
,
,
body, ©etft, sp ir i t, 23 m m, w orm , Si anb, e dge, 6 traucb, sh rub,
Stei cbtbnm, and S t rtbtnn
Th e f oll owi ng n eu ter
.
Rial) , Q Ot f v ill age,
©e SDacb $acb dra w e r,
21mt 23 1att leaf 23 nd) melt fSe
‘
Ebal Ri eth dress (cloth ) E
ll i nb bullock Ral f) , c alf Qi eb son g
fi
li al) wh eel 23 ab ba th g d flofi ca stl e l o ck 6 6mm
“ s w or d,
2 m m l am b, b ane QBeib w i f e 23 th) Qanb, 23 am) r i bb on
s ania p a w n
I nd) cl oth , 523 ml} b eas t b anpt h ea d G
i raé
©l ae Serb h ole QIae, c arrion (
i t egg gag, v at, c ask (
S h ah,
l ut, good, b abn, h en, chi cken, Rom , gr ai n, corn , Rraut,
grav e, G
n ou n s
h av e
,
,
er :
,
‘
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
M
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
PRA C T I C A L LES S O NS
h erb, maul, m ou th , Sh el a, tw i g,
25
.
n ati on,
p eopl e O emutb
,
,
m i n d, ®efid) t, © efpenft, s p ec tre , ©efcbl ecbt, f a m ily, sex ;
te rm i n a ti n g i n tbn ln , a n d tw o i n m a i 3
S entinel, m onu m e n t, (
Si aflmal, colla ti on
§ 3l
Th e 2 d
.
assu m e s
i l
a rt c e
(se e
a nd
6 th
sen tenc e s
th e term inati on in
en,
th i s i t do e s i n
c a s es,
3 5)
or , i n
oth er
a ll
th e n e w or w eak de c l en si on
32
T h e p r efi x e d
.
r en de rs n e u te r v erb s
a l s o al l
a s, §
Bi é tbum, bi s h op ri c ,
.
Sh ow
e x ce
pt th e
a s su m e s
j
th at th e
w hen f ollow i ng
w ords , i t
‘
a d ectiv e
p r on ou n or
Nom s in gu la r
a
.
th e term in a ti ons of
.
s ylla b l e
be
(s e e 6 th an d 8 th sentenc es)
l acben
bel acben, to lau gh a t ;
f rom fprecben, to
befprecben, to di sc u ss (
tr an si ti v e
bewei nen, to w eep f or ;
f rom geben, to g o ) ; bereben, to
sp e a k ) ; begeben, to com mi t (
p ersu ade
.
‘
—
EX ERC I S E X VI
E
L
Berbe teb bi e mei fien Ri ether bef ommen ?
‘
oth e r
S n wi rft anbet e (
) QSBIf et {eben (i t 'miro neue fii eber fin
sh arp
gen flBir merben fcbarfe (
) g cbmerter fcbmi ngen (to sw ing,
w hi r l )
QBet bet i br bi e Qi ogel nelter befingen ?
SDi e Jpnbner
.
.
'
'
.
‘
weroen Gi er Iegen (to l ay ) fi n teb ntcbt frob (gl a d, f rom frenen,
‘
to r ej oi ce ) gemefen ?
li eifer nno G
Etc Qi anmblii tter unb E
i rli fer
.
onl y ye s
6 trancber u nb Rt li nter finb nocb (
y e t ) geftern (
ter da y ) gra n (
© etne S rrtbit mer marten {etn
green ) gemefen
unb
’
.
i lii d, n , good l u ck, ll nglii cf , b a d l u ck ) gemefen
unglfid (G
SDi efe
br own ) Ember maren b orbet (
previ ou sly ) rotb (re d )
brannen (
.
.
gemefen
.
We sh all get guests (ber Gfiaft) I sh all v i si t th es e old
Wi lt th ou l a ugh a t th ese c alv es an d l a m bs bul lock s
grav es
He w ill vi sit f orei gn (fremb) nations Wi ll you
a n d w or m s
.
,
.
.
(Gi efcbl ecbt) p rin ci palitie s (if urfl entbnm)
Th e y
bi efeé Qanbeé )
m on um ents a n d c as tl es of th is cou ntry (
dis cu ss th e f am ili es
,
,
,
w i ll dra w a ll th e bea u tif u l f a c e s
(f aIt) b a th s
green as
thi s year
and
cou n
.
‘
.
.
s s es h a v e h ol es
l
a
g
h ea ds, v illa ges
We sh all ta ke (nebrnen ) w a rm a n d
We m ade w ry (fcbi ef) f a c e s (maul ) Th ese
tri es , w h i c h th ey sh a ll se e
c ol d
a nd
.
Th e w oods h av e
(has S abr)
.
3
n ev e r
b e en
s o f resh an d
Yo u h a v e im p rov e d (gebefiert,
'
MAN GRA MMA R
26
G ER
.
You
f r om beflern) you r b odi e s , b u t n ot yo ur m i n ds a nd s p iri ts
m
m)
912
G
ood h usb an ds (
h
e el s
w
h
t
ese
wi ll bre ak (
r
r
e
n
e
b
e
c
g
b )
We h av e grow n (bau en) m any
w ill al w a ys h a v e good w i v es
'
.
.
.
LES S O N NINTH
.
EX ERC I S E X VI I — 1 S cb will ni cbt mebr macben, are i cb
(macben) mué 2 fi n mi IIft ni cbt naeb (to ) %rantt ei cb geben ?
3 Gt will bi e bi ttere 21r3 nei ni r
Q n mnfit
bt nebmen, wehbe er
4 233 k molten ntcbt mebt é pracben (
lan g uag e ,
nebmen mug
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
(ab solu te ly) mii fien
5 S be i boren moll t bi elen grofien §§ ebl er begeben (
isebler m
th e f aul t f r om febIen to f ail ) mel tben i br ni cbt begeben mi t
6 S tefe brab en (
l tern (
parents ) w h en 23 ii cber fiir ibt e Rtnber
E
f anfen mec e fie ni cbt tanfen mit fien 7 S eb wu ste ni cbt tri nf en
8 $ 11 mnfiteft grangbfifcb fprecben abet bn
abet teb moll te
mofiteft ni cbt 9 i 3 h wei fe fi rst (ph ysi ci an ) moIIte i bm f eine
1
0
ron
e
e
r
m
n
t
e
QBir woll ten
s
t
I
I
e
n
e
b
e
n
a
b
t
a
r
f
e
t
n
t
D
S
g
fi
g
(
)
f
S l ei n ober ein
ei nen gu ten K
gntee §Bi er trinten ; abet i br woll tet
ni cbt u nb wi t mu fiten baé fcbl ecbte (
fcbl ecbt ba d ) QBafler (water )
fd flncf en (sw all ow )
bte 6 pracbe) Iernen,
bnrcbane
al e x
vi r
.
’
.
.
,
,
’
,
.
,
.
'
'
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
Gra mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
th e i nfl e c ti on
a ux ili ary
obli g e d
of
v e rb s
33
.
th e Present
moll en (to
Th e abov e senten ce s e xhibit
.
an d
I m perf e ct of th e i rre gular
b e w illi n g)
Th e Pe rf ect, Plu p erf ec t,
)
.
an d
mil fien
an d
(to be
Fu tur e do not exi st
i n En gli sh , b u t th ey d o i n Ge r m a n , b e ca use th i s langu a ge ca n
f orm a p a rti ci pl e , gemnfit, gewoll t, a n d an I nfi ni tiv e, mnflen,
'
moflen
3 6) babe gemnfit, I h a v e b een obli ge d to ; S eb merbe
I sh all h a v e to ) go ; 3 d)
geben mii flen, I sh all b e o bli ge d to (
babe gewoll t I h av e be en w illing I h av e i ntende d to S cb merbe
wollen I s h all be w illi ng to
.
'
,
,
,
.
§ 3 4 From
th e
.
a rra n g em e n t of
j c et ; 2
.
l st, 3 d, 4 th , 5 th , a n d 6 th
w ords a pp e a rs : are i c macben
b
Obj ec t a n d A dv erb s ; 3
arr an g e m e n t
s e nten ces
tak e s
.
Pr e di c a te ; 4
mu fi
.
.
a
1
C o p u la
.
.
ne w
S ub
Th i s
pl ac e wh en e ver a rela ti v e p ronoun or a
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
con unction
j
i ng
as, si n ce ,
35
.
su bor di n a te s entence
a
Th e f oll ow
.
ex am
are
menu, if
comm en ces
27
.
pl e s of su ch conj un c ti ons : ale, as wh en, ba
because, mei I, b ecause bag, th at, obgl etd), a lth ou gh
,
,
,
,
. .
From sentenc es 3 d, 4th , 6 th , 9 th , and l oth i t app ears
h ow th e a dj e ctiv e term in ates i n th e nom inati ve of th e sin ula r,
g
w h en connected wi th a d e fini te a rti c l e or an adj ecti ve pronou n,
to w it : ber mei fe fi rst, bi t
bi ttere 2l r3 enet, has fcblecbte flfi affer,
th e two l a tter bein g alik e i n th e Nom and A ce ca ses
EX ERC I S E XVIII
S ci; wi ll bi d) (th ee ) met bagn (there to )
bereben QBtrft bu molten, bag i d) bi d) bewei ne (
be w ail ) ?
wirb f ein ©e filt bi efen S i enft (servi ce, f rom bi enen, to serv e )
nebmen moIIen
G
i t bat tbn getbbtet ; er bat ee nigbt gewa gt,
—
.
.
.
.
.
‘
fonoern er bat ee gewoll t ilBili ft bu bier ilgen ? illein (n o)
f or ) i d) mug bort r
sit )
benn (
i sen (
S te gute 8 ran mofite ee (i t)
conf ess a v
f r om fteben i n th e m ean i ng of to be
ni cbt gefteben (
hi ch i t i s obsol ete ) aber fi e mufite fl i er m ute mobl
known , i n w
days ) Sanbgirter befigen ?
S cb mufite i bn
bentantage (now a—
as of ten as
Ioben fo oft ale (
) er gel obt feln rooflte QBtr mofien
e very each ) Qanb geben menn s
i n iebee (
t ir mfiffen
S br mii fit
‘
r
m
f
r
o
m
o
o
e
e
n
toobnen to dwell to
bad bl ane S i mmer (
) b mobn (
,
th e day b ef ore ye s terda y ) mufitet ibr has ge e
li v e ), b orgefiern (
to di e )
S er fcbts arae
bemobnen S ae arni e Ri nh wa gte fterben (
(bl ack ) b engft (sta llion ) mu g gut (well ) rennen (to run ) S n
mufit einen Snobren ntcbt mei fi mafcben moll en
Must I now (iegt) Sh oot (lcbi efien) ? Thou needest not (do
Th e poor (
arm) f ellow (
do i t)
S nrfcbe) i s
i t) , i f th ou wil t not (
h e m u st h av e lost
h alf de ad (
bafbtobt) wi th f ear (b ut
We m ust d ie e v en (felbft fogar) if we wi ll
all h i s courage
Will you v isit th e si ck (tranf)
not
You m ust not stan d sti ll
Ieicbt ligh t) you
I t i s so e a sy (
do it )
c hi ld or w ill you n ot (
m u st com preh en d (
begrei fen f rom grei fen to grip e gra sp )
I h ad to
th i s sentence (
ber g ab, f r om ieben to p u t to sta te )
Th ou didst i ntend to slee p
d
o so )
ut w as not willi ng to (
b
o
g
Th e n ext (
t
nat
h
ou w as t obli ge d to conf ess it
T
a
e
n
b
fl
d
f
(f f )
.
,
’
-
.
,
,
,
.
,
’
-
.
,
’
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
‘
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
-
.
.
,
MAN GRA MMA R
28
GER
.
f
rom
f
ol gen, to f oll ow )
l
e
o
,
$
,
f
( g
w as , th at h e w as ob li g ed to fl ee (
fli eben) We w ou ld n ot ob ey
i s ni ce (
T
u bfcb)
re
i
t
e a chin g s (
w
t
h
e
s
e
s
e
e
l
e
b
n
o
b
e
( f g )
h
f rom nab, ni gh )
con se qu en c e
.
.
,
(i fi gefall en) ; I h av e f e lle d (fall en) i t ; I h a v e
Th ou w i lt
to do s o )
I w as not at al l willing (
to do i t)
h ad (
p erh ap s (bi ell eiebt) b e willi ng to go b ut th ou w il t n ot b e com
h
e sa id th at sh e h a d b ee n o bli ge d to m a rry
t
o
S
e
ll
e
d
p
()
(beiratben) al th ou gh sh e h a d not b een wi lli ng
tre e h as f al le n
.
,
.
.
,
LES S O N T ENTH
.
EX ERC I S E XIX — 1 3 d) full geborcben (obéy, f rom boren a nd
borcben, to h a rk, li sten ) abet i cb tann ntcbt 2 S n {oll fi ni fien
(to know — th e root prese rv e d in th e English w i t to w i t w i t
3 QBaeb er ficbte (
n ess) bafibu fcblecbt l eleu tannfi
ge n ui ne f rom
4 flBlt
Ulann fell baa lann er and)
ac
bten to deem to e ste em ) E
h ea vy , gra v e ) S erbrecben (
c ri m e, fr om
i bua cu bae fcbmere (
mel cbee wit gefieben foll en, ni cbt gefieben
bretben to break
de c e i v e by li es, f om
5 S br (
i ltern ni cbt belugen (
ollt enre C
r
6 S te Ra aben tbn
l itgen, to li e ), and) (e v e n ) menu i br tbnnt
f ru i t, bi e $t urbt) ni ebl
ri p e , rei
rinbte (
nen bi e u nreifen (
f) {E
to e at f ro m nu b, u sef u l ) mel rbe fie geni efien fall en
gentefien (
7 S eb f unnte t i t l es (
to w i n gai n,
3 e gewinnen (
th e Germ an
.
.
-
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
’
.
.
'
,
,
.
.
,
wi nnen i s obsole te ) ; aber mei n 23 011 1111111) (tutor, g u ardi an ,
p l S ormii nber) moll te, i d) loll te ea ni cbt 8 S n tonntefi ee
a t l east
meni gfiene (
) mlfien, aber mir tonnten ee telneemege (by no
m e an s )
9 Gr folIte etn ®ebi tbt (
p oesy, f rom bi cbten, benten,
root
.
.
.
.
.
to th ink, to f e i gn
) berfagen (reci te f rom ber h i th er and fagen)
er f onnte es aber {o weni
1 0 3 d;
g al e bi e 2Inberen ee tonnten
babe mein fieben l ang (all m y li f e ti m e ) gel onnt mas i cb gefoll t
babe unb werbe i mmer f finnen was i cb fall en werbe
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
Gra mm ati ca l Rem a rks
of
th e tw o i rre gular
.
36
.
a u x ilia r
.
T h is l e ss on sh ow s th e f o rm s
y v erb s
{oll en a nd f bnnen
'
.
Th e
Pe rf e c t, Pl u p erf e ct, an d Futu r e ten se s a re analo o u s to mull en
g
’
‘
a n d mii en
3
3
i
s
so
c
o
ll
t
e
m
e
t
i
m
e
s
t
r
a
n
s
l
a
t
S
e
d
,
I
b
h
u
l
d
s o
fi
{
,
’
’
‘
n
of te er I w as to,
I h ad to , ‘
i t w as m y d u ty to
as, i d) babe
.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
29
.
gefoll t, i t h as bee n m y du ty, or m y f ate ; i d) werbe foil en, I
sh al l h a v e to, i t sh a l l be m
y du ty or f ate ; i d) f ounte, i d) babe
"
h a v e bee n) a b l e to, etc
3 d) f ann i s of ten
gef onnt, I w as (
‘
e qui val e nt to
I u n dersta nd, ‘
I kn ow h ow to ; a s, i d) f ann
l efen, I k now h ow to rea d
‘
.
’
’
‘
‘
.
37
.
De ri vati v e v erbs an d n ou n s are f orm ed by th e p re fix
ge, thi s l atter n ot alte rin g th e m eani ng of th e root a t al l, or only
f ro m
i nten sif yi ng i t ; a s, geminnen, gefieben, geni efien, gebrau cben (
root i n th e En li sh to
m ,
brancbemto u se
g
.
fr om nab), genug, etc
genau, a c cura te, pr ecisely (
§ 3 8 Th e w ord fiblecbt i n th e 2d sen ten ce h as th e fii ncti on
Al m ost a ll a dj e c ti v es i n th eir p redi ca ti v e f orm
of an a dve rb
.
.
.
m a y b e e m pl oyed as a dv e rbs
-
3 9
Th e 7 th
.
se nte nce
.
s h ow s
th at th e
j
a d e cti v e, wh en not
pre c eded by an article or pronoun m ust a ssum e th e infl ec tion
,
of
th e art i cl e in a ll cas e s
'
as , gu ter Q
Bein, becau se of
ber QBei n ;
mild) (m i lk ) becau se of bie mild) ; ga lee Ciflen (f ood )
en ; gu te manner Q
Bei ber u nb Rinber b e cau se
b ec au se of bae ( W
'
gute
,
,
,
,
bi e W
tfinner, QBeiber unb Rtnber For th e sam e reas on, th e
a dj e cti v e m u st, a f ter th e Nom i native cas e of th e arti cl e ei n, ei ne,
of
.
ein, whi ch
h a s no i nfl e cti on i n th e m a sc u l i ne an d n e u te r ge n der,
fcbii ner (Bat ten, ei ne reine
‘
(cl ean) b ano ei n genaneé Eefen (readin g ) Th e sam e rul e
obta i ns a f te r mei n, betn fetn nnfer ener i br an d beta
EX ERC I S E IC C —G ull teb etn anberee 2i nd) gebraucben ?
ni cbt
fi ber i d) tann ni cbt S oll fi bn, grofier §§l egel
s we et
wri te) nnb tannfi bu etma ntcbt ? S fifie (
)
gu t fibreiben (
f rom rennen to run cu rdl e) fell ee aber
97ltl cb f ann g eri nnen (
ni r
bt (ibun, to do m ay as w ell be om itte d ) QBir foll ten bad
nf e ss , tonnten ee aber ntc
co
11nrecbt betennen (
bt S vll tet tbr
)
sou n d — th e Ger m a n root i s l ost
ni cbt balb wi eber gefnnb (
be com e ) ? S br n treu e grennbe tonntet mir
h ea lthy) werben (
:
t
h
o
er
r
i
t
a
n
b
e
é
c
i
n
m
d
u
n
t
e
f
i
e
o
d
m
e to m e ) ntr
t
e
n
b
3 )
)
(
b b f
(
QBabre Qi ebe u nb i reue (lov e a nd fi delity) mtrb
w i se ) bebel fen
cl ear) fi
Bi er mtrb
Steiner QBein unb f l ares (
ni cbt l itgen foll en
a ssum e th e ab ov e
'
in fle cti ons ;
a s, etn
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
e
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
”
’
,
,
'
.
,
’
-
.
'
.
3 as
MAN GRAMMAR
30
GER
.
S
D
n fvfift ni cht
nen
n
o
e
t
u
t
b
u
n
ut
e
b
f
) gf
(
ehebrechen ( y, w edl ock )
or (
fli et geben ) ; bu t I
You sa y, I shall commi t n o m is d em ean
Nob ody (E
lli emanb) i s obliged
cann ot d o i t, ev en if I w oul d
k
n ow som ebody S emanb wh o
I
h
at h e cannot (
d
o)
t
o
d
o
w
(
(
)
)
‘
Th ou canst la ugh
cou ld not rea d al ou d, w h en h e o u gh t to do it
ni d uanbet e are not
.
M
.
.
.
.
at
sh oul ds t
m y w ords, wh en th ou
w ee p ?
Th ou
shal t
be m y
(flet) f ri end and com pani on (QSeQIetter, f rom 52 9 2 reiten
Can a m ere (blog) gh ost (
to l ea d)
©eift) h ave real (mate)
a rm s (
ber fi rm) and legs (
baa 23 ein, bone )
Sh all a m ali cious
(19 56 ) en em y rob (berauben, fi om rauben) our fields an d plun der
(pl i mbern) ou r h ous es ? We cou ld n ot easily deceive (tii nfiben
bett ii gen) h er (
fi e) You sh ould not f orget everyth ing (whi ch ,
was) you h a v e learned We ha v e not been able to order
(beflell en, f rom ileum, to pu t, pla c e ) Wh at (it) was our duty
Th y
(to do ) A noble (ebel ) lif e ca n do no h arm (Si am
f ut a) h en c ef orth (
l ong coa t sh all be sh ort (
binfort) Hi s lam e
l
e
uld not b u t (
n
r not bu t) stu mbl e (
n
co
m
a
I
g
ftolpet n) O ur
b
(
)
stro ng a rm sh ou ld a dj u st (
id fli cbten fi om fcblid fl sli gh t sim pl e )
Wh y shall we wai t (marten) f or (auf) h er ?
th a t
stea dy
:
5
,
.
.
'
,
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
'
,
,
,
.
LES S ON ELEVENTH
.
m ay ) {pt ecbemwas i d) will ,
EX ERC I SE XXL —1 3 d) mag (
2 $
011 magft eé
dare, m u st) f ein nenes Rl eib et marten
i d) barf (
.
.
.
m u st) bann ni cht gant ern
bn barflt (
(tarry ) 3 (it mag ein grofier 912mm fein, abet er barf (ough t)
boas t)
4 238 i: bummen (
th ere of ) ni cht prahlen (
bumm,
bawi t (
abet
erl angen
.
'
.
.
du m b , d u ll , s tupid )
.
enfd un biirfen (
are p ermi tte d to ) e
m
rrei dm
t
‘
(re ach ) w e note mim feben abet mir ini gen ni cht 5 S he bii rft
(are perm itted to) fcbmimmen geben (go), abet {be wogt es nicht
«
w eak ) 21m unb
launcher (
magen (to ri sk, to wa ge ) 6 Q ei n (
mei d ufi (w e ak, sof t) (S emfitl) mii gen erj agen was nnlet ftarf et
Bells unb bober Wa tt) ni cht bet fucben (
to seek to tr y ) burfen
7 3 6) mochte Iei fe (
l ow ) fpred un mi e i d) mofite (
h ow low soev er
I m ig h t s p eak ) ; er bnrfte f ein einaigee i Bort b et nebmen p er
(
,
.
,
.
.
.
'
,
,
.
,
.
G ER
MA N GRAMMA R
.
b eli ev e ), but
EX ERC I S E XXII — fDu barffi ni d) i gl auben (
neII Iaufen,
r mag i mrner fc
(
E
i d) Dir fei nb (
o r grant a v e r s e bi n
b
)
E
lli ii cbtefi bu
to rid ) i bn ni d)i
reti en, to sa v e
baa errettet (
wifien mi e i d) mi d) befinbe ? S br ru bgt beni en mae i br moat, i d)
e bei ten mag i d)
d e s pi s e ) eu re G
i ebauten (th o u gh t)
b eradne (
to g o b e ggin g ) {Cbatne i d) mi d)
ni cbt u nb an beitei n (
S br
s ak e , th in g
morbi er nur bi e 6 arbe (
) ni d)i red)t (righ t) bebeni en
ii gen
(c onsi de r, r e v ol v e i n you r m ind ) Qt mocbte Eugen fi ber SE
u ni d
erbeni en, baa f onnte i br
bt an 65e b erbei fen @i e mocbten
h ones t) finb
steal , mei i fie gu ebri i d) (
23 11 f annfl
ni cbt fi ebl en (
)
to travel ) ; 0, i d) babe baa geftern (
d wn
nad) Qi ofi on rei ien (
QBirb bi efer febmii cbl i cbe, f rfini li cbe
gei onnt, aber ni d) i gemocbt
Wi enicb mi d) tragen i bua cu unb mbgen ? 3 d) mag nicbt gern
mein E
mi ttagefien b erIi eren (m idday noon, 9Ji i ttag)
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
'
,
.
You dare not sa y a Si n gl e (einaig) w or d
’
I don t lik e to w ai t
.
f or h im
.
h av e you
I f you a r e all o wed to e arn som e th in g (
etmaé ), w h y
to do so ) ?
He w as n ot all owe d to a sk
not a m i n d (
You m u st n ot b e la zy
(fragen) a singl e qu estion (grage
(fauI) He dares riot b etra y (b erratben f rom ratben to gu ess
a dv i se
) m e He did n ot li ke to prom i se w h at h e cou l d n ot
k e ep (
bal ten) He did n ot dare (rb agen or birrfen) to Sh ow hi s
We m u st not r ead such (folcb) book s He m i gh t be f our
f ace
o r si x
ecbé ) years old
or fi ve (
fi
er
b
i
(
f
f
a
( )
,
.
-
,
,
,
.
'
.
,
.
.
.
LES S O N T WELFTH
.
h oarse )
EX ERC I S E XX II I —1 S ci) wurbe (bec am e ) bei fer (
so
er mi rb ea (
b orn 6 precben
) ni e 2 b u murbeft alter unb
.
.
.
.
.
f rom H
uger (
ug, pr u de nt, sag e) unb
grbber u nb fti ri er, aber ni d) i H
Si r murbe i mmer i i einer u nb c mi c er aber e murbe
3 (
befler
fb b ,
fi
f rom arg, a rra n t, ba d )
ti gi i d) biunmer u nb firger (
4 ilBir
.
.
'
.
.
wurben bi e grbfiten unb fi dri ften, abet ni cbt bi e i i ugften Ri nber i n
5 S br mnrbet bi e ii i teften Seute melt (
Si orburt)
f a r) u nb brei t
l i e wei ieii en u nb beflea W
i enfcben
(broad, f ar and n ear) 6 E
murben u nb werben oftmal s bi e u ngiirdi i dften 7 3 d) bin burd)
mei ne (
E
or worben
brIi cbi eit uni rci Iicb geworben (
) 8 SDi e mei fien
.
.
.
.
’
.
.
'
.
.
PRA C T I C A L L ES S O NS
33
.
(m ost) ©cbul er finb bei obnt (rew ar de d) bi e menigfien befiraft
h a v e b e en re w a rded p u n i sh e d )
morben (
9 Di e Ubren werben
e v er wh ere
iiberaII (
y
) gefucbt ; fi e [i nb bieil ei cbt gefi obi en (stolen)
1 0 S te borbfi en u nb febii nfien b fiufer wurben mi t
morben
roof e d
Rupfer (c opp e r) gebedt (
)
Gr a mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
4 3 He re ar e th e I m p erf e c t and
,
.
,
.
'
.
.
.
.
Pe rf e ct
of
th e i rre gu lar
.
a u x ili ary v e rb
tnei ben, tcr b e com e,
‘
th e p u pil m a y in fl ec t th em , — togeth er w i th th e Pr e s ent a n d th e
Wi th th i s a u x ili ary v erb th e Ger
m an Pa ss i v e i s f orm e d — th e p u p i l m a y i n fi e ct i t
S ci) werbe
Fu tur e , i d) werbe werben
'
.
.
,
"I
not
gel obt, m e a ns,
p ra is e d
am
’
a l th ou gh
,
th u s tra n sla te d, bu t ‘
I
.
m etim e s
so
i t m ay
‘I b e c om
r
i
d
p
se
or
a
be
e
pra ise d ; i d) inurbe gel obt i s ‘I was bei ng p rai s ed or ‘
I be
c a m e p rai se d a n d so on
Th e Ge m an Pas sw e i s som e wh at diff erent i n m e n ing f rom th e Eng
NO T E
h e i s k i lle d noth ing
l is h ; I am p i s d m ea ns noth i ng b t I e nj oy p i
;
B t in G rm n 3 d
h e i s dea d b y oth r th n n tu a l m ns
b t ‘
) iverbe
‘
m
n
I m b ei ng p r i e d I b ec ome p aise d I am p assi e u nder th e
e
e
i
o
b
t
g
p n m e Gt ib irb getbbtet m eans
om b dy el s e w h ic h i s going on
ac ti n of
b ein g
am
’
'
,
’
’
,
’
,
-
r
.
ra
e
e
o
a
s
e
s
ra se
u
u
a
a
-
a
a
a s
o
r
’
ea
u
,
,
u
.
e
a
’
r
,
’
’
v
,
o
,
.
‘
s u fi erin
’
u
n
d
er
i
t
h
e
b
e
c
o
m
e
s
d
ea
d
h e i s dyi ng by th e a c tion of a su bj e c t,
,
g
Great a i ns s ou l d b e ta k en by th e u il, i n tra ns la ti ng f rom English i nto Ger
’
‘
ra i s e d ,
h e i s? k ille d ,’ b y i d) bin gelb bt, er tft
m an , n ev er to re nder I a m
’
‘
r
i
d
h e h as b ee n k ill ed a nd is
a
t
r
I
a
ve
b
e
e
n
s
e
e
a
n
s
r
a
e
b
t
i
s
m
,
,
getb tet, (
’
p
h
h
.
p p
p
h
h
'
-
p
b u t b y itb in er b e gel obt, er i nirb getbbtt t, a nd s o on
4 4 Th e
.
s e c on d
a nd
th i rd
fi
se n te n r s
.
e x h ib i t
th e
Ger m a n
C om p a ra ti ve , w h i c h i s f o rm e d, like th e En glish Com pa rati ve i n
th e ter m i na ti on er to th e
A n glo S a x on a dj e c ti v es, b y a ddin g
-
roo t,
g iv i n g ,
at
th e s am e ti m e , i n m os t c as e s, th e
Um la u t to
grog, grofier ; ilug, i lii ger
Th e S u p erla tiv e is f or m e d by a ddi n g efi or ft w i th th e
a s, ber
r e gu la r a dj ec ti v e te rm i n a ti on , a n d w i th th e Um lau t
—
t
h
e Au sla u t t, b,
e
r
i
e
e
r
i
l
ii
o
r
b
t
o
b
e
e
r
t
r
e
b
al teii e ;
f
g
3
g b ;
g fif
re qu i ri n g eff, th e A u sla u t ci a n d a ll o th e r A a s la u ts ft, f or
th e ra di c a l v o w e l ;
'
as , al t, r
il i er
.
g
te rm i n a ti on
§ 45
.
.
Th e
f ollow i n g
—befier ber beli e (g
a nd
S u p erl ativ es
ar e
) ; f rom
—
f
r
o
m
s
t
m
d
o
o
r
e
h
m
o
m uc ,
b ) b6ber,
mcbr, ber mei fte (
,
)
i rre gul ar : f r om gu t
ri eI
C om p ara ti v e s
,
.
oo d , b e tte r, b e st
34
GEK
MAN GRA MMA R
.
m
—
b niiber
ma
, i
high , h i gh er, hi gh es t) ;
ber bodfli e (
e, th e l a s t, a n d b er erfte, t h e
t
l
e
n
i
r
n
x
t
et
r
h
n
r
n
ea
e
e
S
e
a
g
,
,
(g ,
)
la te , l a tter ) an d eb
first, are al so S u p erl a ti v es, w h os e r oots ; l at (
f rom
na
.
(e r e ) a r e l os t
.
,
of
§ 4 6 T h e Germ an I n fin i ti v e
.
of
e m p l oye d as a su b s ta n ti v e
n e u ter
al m o s t
v erb s
a ll
ge nder ;
m ay b e
i n th e l st sen
as
bred) en, s p e a ki n g ; bae Qefen, r ea ding
EX ERC I S E XX IV — S cb werbe i mmer armer
te n c e , ba a 6
.
Du
.
tvirft
i ebee S abr alter, ni cbt l unger Gr mirb gemifi (certainly ) ber
rei d fl
i ana i a 9tew i2l or£ flBi r werben taum (sca rc ely h ard
te sD
alrea dy
l y) rei cber, al e wi r fcbon (
) fi nb Sbr merbat gel obt, meii
m aiden ) werben
S i e S ungfrau en (
i br wetter unb befler merbet
b erbeiratbet
8 d) wurbe macbtiger (p ow erf ul mficbti g fr om
SUZacbt, f , p ow er ) al e er i emal é (a t a ny ti m e ) geworben mar
no Um la u t
nmer matter (
matt,
te i n
r tourbe ftete frober (
(
E
) u nb r
S
prou d) gemvrben bi ei
w ea ri e d ; no Um la u t)
(
i r tft recbt ftolg (
s ad fl
ne i h b or
l
e
e
i
n
e
aarn (
iI
o
l
e
r
a
e
a
Ji
g
f
) S br [eib wait (f ar )
fi g
ra w , rou gh , rob) geworben, al e i br mart
6 te war lim iter
rober (
(fanft, sof t g entl e ) geworben al e fie b orbet (prev iou sl y) gemefen
mar flBir [inb bebrobt (f rom broben, to th reate n ) morben meii
wir gabmer (tam e m ild ) finb al e Qi nbere QBerben mi r latter
(f rom fatt sati ate d ) werben al e wit berei té (alr eady ) geworben
finb ? Qiure S a ge merbef t i ntmer falleber (f al se ) S te {tblani jten
l
l
a nk
sl e n d e r
l
n
i
a
c
E
l
,
b
f
(
) i enlcben werben ni cbt fel ten (se ldom )
S i e gefu nbeiten E
lli onate (m onth ) werben bi e tract
bi e ftii ri ften
dr y troden ) fei n bi e ni fleften (
enften (
nab, w e t) finb menigftene
(a t l ea st ) bie u ngefnnbeften
I b eca m e h is b e s t f rie n d
Yo u gro w f a tter (
fett) ev e ry w eek
(bie fiBocbe) He be ca m e ou r w o rs t e ne m y He h as g ro wn m ore
s tu pid th an h e w as
T h e se dogs w i ll be c om e m ore f erociou s
.
=
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
_
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
'
s
.
'
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
w h e n th ey h av e g ro w n olde r a n d s tr o n
l e a n er
My i t
(Inager m e a g e r ) th a n e v e r (ie) b e f ore
,
b a th e d , be c a u se I
s om e ti m e s se en
f as ter
ge r
c a n no t
i n Bos to n
.
e
neli , t a ld) q u i ck,
(
f
b
;
,
b a th e m y se lf
S s e r s b ec o m e
.
I
am
(m i d) fel bft)
.
be ing
He i s
We a re p ra is e d be ca use w e le a rn
f a s t) th an o th e r p e op l e
He w a s
.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
35
.
(Perti ) k ill e d becau se h e becam e wilder ev ery h our (6 tunbe
Hi s you ngest sons turne d o u t h is m ost prude nt on es Th e
(ia) h i gh er a h ouse th e (is) ch ea pe r i t i s b ui lt (batt en) Th e
h i gh e st m ou n tai n s of Eu rop e are f ou n d i n S wi tz erland (
bi e
eb tbeuet ) to m e th e m ore
Gdflveig) S h e becom es dearer (H
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
b ea u tif ul sh e grow s
Th e n e x t a i d i s al w ays th e m ost w elcom e
(tvifif ommen) Th ey h av e b ee n sent to Mi ssouri to b ecom e
Th e l as t e v i l (
f a rm e rs (
u m {f armer a
ll bel, n prov e d
n merben)
.
.
.
th e greatest
.
LES S ON T HI RTEENTH
.
‘
—
EX ERC I S E XXV
1 S ci) wurbe (
sh ou ld
) f rantet werben,
.
.
menu er mid) b erl aflen (qu i t, f rom Iafien, to le t, to l eave ) tvii rbe
m isre pr esen t ) menn bu fo fprecben
2 1011 naitrbeft uné bertennen (
m ost, h i ghl y ) unq c td) (
eta,
wurbeft 3 QBir wiit ben bfidflt (
‘
menn {I n na e a id)t bergeben (or beraei ben, p ardon) muroet
4 Gi e murben a nd num bt tbun, menn ile u né Ehuren a cuiten
(call) mfirben 5 flBerbe meiier ! met bet berftfinbi ger (f rom
‘
6 6 d etn gntet S a nae l feio mu ting,
fli erftanb, m , in telle ct)
meine S a ngca l fein 6 h grofimixtbig (
g ene rou s) , mei ne b erren t
f , p a ti en c e, f rom bui ben to su ff er) main Ri a l) !
7 b abe 65601111) (
mitteib (n , sym path y,
b aht (Sj ebulb, meine Ri nber ! b aben Gi e E
f rom Ieiben, to s uff e r) mit mir, meine “
Damen ! 8 Si ebe bei nen
mam
ften mi c bid) felbft ! Qi ebt eure QBeibet mebr aIé end) felbft !
e ach oth er )
mi e matt e ®atten {ofien t
Bi eben é te ei nanber (
1 0 gerne bi d) {elbft Beberrfcben ! fiernt end) mit ei nanber b er
to bear wi th ), { I n S
Du mmtiSpfe ! Bernau ©te SDeutfd),
tragen (
b
e ar e r, au di e n ce
r
fi
r
e
t
e
t
e
e
u
S
h
b
)
(
g
4 7 S ci) mu r b e i s? th e S u bj u n c
Gr a mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
'
.
'
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
e
.
.
.
’
.
.
,
,
.
.
‘
.
,
.
.
.
.
tiv e I m perf ec t of merben, a nd i s em p loye d w i th th e I nfini ti v e to
Bi n ; you
Condition a l : I sh ou ld b e, i d) wii rbe (
‘
w ou ld h av e, i f)c mii rbet baben ; w e sh ou ld go, wi t tnii rben 9 252 1
ex
pre s s th e
.
T h e p u p il sh ou ld giv e i ts w h ol e i nfl ec tion
48 From th e 5 th to th e 1 0th senten ce , you find th e f orm
.
.
of
th e
Germ a n Imp era ti v e
of
th e
ve rb s
feitt, werben, taben,
MMA R
M
3 6
GER AN G RA
and
th e
re
gul ar v erb .
Th e
f ore goin g re gula r m odern
49
.
p u p il sh ould f orm i t f rom all th e
v e rb s .
Th e a bov e se n te nce s e x h ibit som e of th e Per so nal Pro
.
) Ve g iv e h e re a com pl e te li st of th e m
n oun s.
3 d) h as i n th e
.
Ge n i ti v e mei ner (of m e ), Da ti v e mit (to m e), A c cu sa ti ve mi d)
(m e ) SDI: h as Gen hei ner (of th e e), Dat bit (to th ee ), Ace
th ee ) ; er h as Gen {ei ner (
of h i m ), Dat i l) m
bi d) (
(to h im ),
A ce i [) n (
him ) ; fie (
sh e
) h as Gen { brat (of h er ), Dat i br (to
h er), A ce [i t (
h er ) ; mir h as Gen a nfer (
of u s , Dat a nd (
to
)
u s , A ce a nd u s
( ) i br h as Gen cure: (of you—
)
) , Dat end) (to
th ey ) h as Gen three (of th em ), Da t
you ), A ce end) (
you ) ; fie (
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
i hnen (
to th em ), A c e
.
lf , i ts el
thems elves,
fi e (th em )
.
g it!) e x presses hi mself , h er
.
lf ; th e syllable self not al ways
b eing tran sl a ted by fel bft t i e (
i t) h as Gen (
en
t er Dat i[) n
A c e té
Th e Germ a n m a n (Fren ch o n ) i s tra nsla ted by one
or the ; as th e
y
y say man fagt ; one wo uld thi n k man iolIte
se
’
on e s
se
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
benten
.
5 0 Th e m ost com m on f orm
.
of
addre ss
i n Ge rm a n i s th a t
by 6 h , you , w hi ch i s em p loyed i n address ing ev ery on e e xc e p t
You a r e, you ha ve, you w ere,
rel a ti ons and i nti m ate f riends
.
you ha d, you love, you fi n d, are, th eref ore, tran sl ated b y Git finb,
f
ate batten, ©i e Ii eben, 6 k fiuben, Wh en
6 te baben, 6 te maren, (
e v er w e addr ess p erson s n ot our rela tion s and i nti m a te f riends
ou
y
i s transla te d by S br wh en ev e r we
r el a ti v e
s in gly
f r i end,
or
by bu
e v er
y
on e
of
ad dress
wh om
we
m or e th an
Sh ould
one
a ddre ss
m , plac e, room
EX ERC I S E X XVI —macht mit S
pl at; (
) ibt
.
.
g ca ben g i e ei nen Qi oten nad) E
onbon !
g age bi d)
down , take a sea t), Rl ei ner ! Segt bi e E
oft) unb
ugen ab (
ni ebet (
rebet bi e QBabrbei t !
6 agen Gi e bod) (
pra y), mac (i t: than
miirben, menn i d) S bnen t etne QIntmot t (answ er ) geben ma rbe ?
(
Qrffill t, mas S i n b erfprecbt ! b abe G
i ebulb mi t une, Ii ebe Ena te,
mir muIIen u ns befiern ! 6 d ni cht ungebulbtg, mei n 9J2tibd9en
magb, m a i d ), feib nid) t albern
(g irl , d im i nu ti v e form f ro m E
(ab su rd ), Raineraben (com ra des )
8 d) wiit bt mid) [dfli men (be
Qi urfcben !
.
,
RACTICAL LES S O NS
P
37
.
‘
) mut be i d) etnen fol cben (or {olcb etnen) 5 etfler machen
b e m i stak en to err ) mti t beft bu S ti tches
S u mii t beft bi d) irren (
m
(
E
r mii t be beftt aft merbeu molIte er bit S chaben (
gl auben
dam a ge ) tbun
elbft fd m
ben menu r
te end)
S te mitrbeu nut fict) (
ash am e d
’
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
'
.
,
beIitgen wurben
'
.
B e w el com e , Ch arl es
(Raf i )
Lay
S p e ak th e tru th , boys !
words dow n , soldi er s !
Beli e v e m e , h on ore d gu es ts , I
sh o u l d do th a t, if I c ou ld
(f ounte, su bj u n c ti ve ) S i t down, girls !
th e
s
.
He ar wh at I tell (fagen)
g unbet f rom 6 unbe f sin ) ! He w ou ld gi v e
yo u S i nn e r s (
Wou ld you n ot lau gh a t
h is l if e f or h er h e a lth (
(
fi efunbbei t
m e ? We sh o uld b e t ra i tor s (
S erratber) i f w e sh ou ld c onf es s i t
You w ill be
to you
S h e w ou ld be Sp oile d i n Ne w Orle an s
ki ll e d if you go a m on g (
I tell you gen tl em en
nuter) th em
Will
I wou l d n ot do th a t f or a th ou sa nd (
eintau feub) doll a rs
f )
(Con diti onal ) you te ll (eradblen) us a story
Ha v e m ercy (©nabe f ) on u s 0 Lord Hav e pi ty a nd par
Be com e as (
don u s 1 B ecom e n ot angry (
miIb) li ttl e on e
to)
al e) Was hi ngto n boys !
good a n d grea t as (
Tak e c h a i rs (
ber 6 tuf fl) , m y f r ie n ds I
,
,
.
,
,
,
’
.
.
-
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
LES S ON FOU RTEENT H
.
ltofeu nt tt bent getben
EX ERC I S E XX VII — 1 3 d) bi a be bi e E
.
(
yell ow
.
(
i t banb bi e S tumeu,
batte, nod) etnnt al (onc e
fi
r ibbo n )
b
n
a
u
b
e
b
a
a
S
u
B
,
)
(
2
.
i artner {thou gebunbeu
mec e bet G
.
(
i t faub, mae bu utt genb finbeu wirft, maeme 8reuube
4 b aft bu bent armen 23 am {etu b et tot eneé Rtub mtebet getun
decrease, v ani sh ) bent et nfteu
chmi nbeu (
ben ? 5 S te Betten (
mari ne ratchet , al e fie bent frvhen fi uaben fd manben 6 S et
s now
S chnee (
) tft nor bent betfien (h ot) E mbe tn etnetn mu
3
m or e )
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
(m om e n t ) b erfchmuuben
.
7
.
.
mn mtnben th eat Ii b n
S te mab
e
r
e e
te nod) f etue
Echt er St range (bet Rui ns wreath ) to [than mte r
8 E
mit: baben ber mutter unfet er tbeut en Mutter
manben
éB Iumenftt aufie (
bet S trait s n os egay ) 3 unt S ebut té tage (birth
l BaIbe fo (
dfii u mte
9 S te S ogel tingen tnt E
day) gemunbeu
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
MAN GRA MMA R
38
G ER
.
ang,
angen, i d) (
1 0 S te SBat ben (
ungen batten
fit a nd; a te ge(
bu (
aa g(
ItIe
au g ; mi t (
angen Q
t er (
.
.
'
.
,
Gr a m m a ti c a l Rem a r ks
or, as i t
is l e s s
51
.
.
Here w e h av e th e old f orm
,
prop e rly call e d th e i rr eg ula r f orm of th e v erb
,
,
w hi c h
th e
of
m os t
comm on
verbs
ac cordi n g
to
in fl e c te d
T h e I m p e rf e c t and Parti c i pl e as su m e a m odifi ca tion
of
.
m any
a s , btubea,
r a di c al v o w el ;
th e
banb, gebuabea ;
are
ang,
tngeu, (
(
uagen ; th e f orm er om i ts, at th e sam e tim e , th e t ch arac teri sti c
ge(
of th e Im p erf e c t, a nd th e term i n a ti on of th e first a n d thir d
p er
sons
of th e S in gul ar ; th e la tter as sum es, in stead of th e t, f or
‘
term in a ti on an en ; as , td) na g, er ang, ge ungen
(
(
(
I n th e s ame w a y are i nfl e cte d (
tnben to ski n flay
m
d)unben bi ngen, to barga in bung or bang g ebungea ; bringea
ge(
.
,
,
,
,
,
brang, gebrungen ; gelingen, to su cce e d, gel ang, getna
g
ang, gefl uugea
gen ; tlingen, to sound, H
(d)Itagen, to sling,
to
ur
e,
s
(chl ang ge(d)Iua gea ; (chmta gen, to swing, (amang
trans setvrunsen ; swi ngen,
sefcbm nsw ; tvrinsen to s pri ng (
to f orce, amang gegmua gea ; (
unf ea ;
ant ge(
tuf en to sin k (
s wallow ,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
tt tatea, to drink, trant, getrauten ; begi nnen, to b egin, begann,
begonneu ; gemi na t a , to wi n, gai n, gemaan, gemoa a ea ; rta nea,
ana, ge(
oaa ea ;
get ann, get onnen ; (mum , to m editate , (
(ptnnen, to spin , (pann, gefi mnnea ; (tbmintnt en, to swi m , (thmamnt,
d) montntea ; a n d tonua en, to com e, tam, g ef otnnt en
ge(
5 2 T h e abov e senten c es s h ow th e Dati v e of th e sin gul ar
of m as cu li ne a n d n eu ter su bstanti ves
Th e a rti cle h a s b eat
to
r un,
.
.
.
a n d e i n e m , an d th e a d e c ti v e
pronoun s as su m e th e sam e termi
n a ti on ; as ntetnem betaent
(eluent ua (erent (or un(erm) ent eia
(or current) threat ; bte(etn tenent (al chem merchent f etnent iebem
m anchent e tc
T h e a dj ecti v e h a
s
en th e w e ak or m odern
d ecl ensi on w h e n pr ece de d by a n a rti cl e or pronou n
B ut
w h en n ot pre c ede d by th em i t m ust a ssu m e th e te rm in a tion of
j
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
th e a r ti cl e em, i nstea d of
Rtnbe, bte(
ent
Th e
ap
re as on
p e ar
.
h
t etc ea
en ; as, bent gu ten 25a
m einem armea
,
.
mari ne b ut gutent flBafler ebIetn QBetae
i s, th a t th e
'
,
S i gn
,
of
th e
.
Da ti v e m ust s om ewh ere
MAN GRA MMA R
40
GER
.
ti efer (
ti ef, de e p ) geia ntea
S ch trant QBafier and (ou t of ) bee
ten QBetne
hohl en (h oll ow ) b aab b aht the ni cht b oa m etnent be(
w hen S pend ”
et e 21rbett mtt eta ent (
getrua f ea ? QBtr begta a en u n(
'
’
.
.
e begou nea haben ht
i
t
raa 3 6 ft c
ten
sen tenc e
a
e
r
e
a
t
r
b
Q
Bt
t
b
m
$
h
(
)
(
m ornin g ) beganu nttt (
chit
mtr anbet e getona t ? S et imorgen (
,
.
s a t
e
n
t
a
m
t
233
t
b
e
n
chIec
2Ibeub mtt (
p e bet
h
h
bi e S chei be, target ) gewonnen ? S te S tabt
bent 6 d) etbea (
chte§ en (
f e stiv al )
profit) bteI bet bte(ent % e(
te (
baa (
S ac
Sen
,
gemana (
E
slo wly
BIu t t ta nt Iang(
ant (
) i n bet Qua ge flung ) QIIIe QBafler
a em QBetter, ber
.
.
'
'
.
i ce baé (
firm ) @t(
e (
curdle
tub 3 a (
e(
i ts ) geronnen (
tent (
(
) S te
Huge {E
ran (
aau u ber baa, mas (
i e gu e(
ZBtr
(en machea (olIte E
e arl
§Bta
pona eu
haben (ett bent (t itheii en
y ) morgen ge(
l ak e ) u nb gut itd
a en etaet etngtgen S tunbe mi rb er ttbet ben Gee (
chmonun ea (
eta
chmant nt b oa ntetnetn (
(
Sr (
b at ten bte
(b ack ) ge(
Begl etter aach met
t nebft eta ent S
(u p ) 3 a bent S ant at e S u f atn(
e igh t) vbet
a er fiBohnua g
6 ett bent neuea S aht e (
tub acht (
ni ne
at l as t
f ant anl egt (
nea a (
) Si egea (rain ) gef ontntea
)
an S chubea
Wh o h as f astened (bia bea ) th e crim i nal wi th th e ch ain (fi ette
f )
I f ou n d th e w h ol e ci ty on fire (
Wh at you di d
gett er
n o t fin d w i thi n te n da ys you wi ll n ot fi n d i n e le v en
My h ope
,
.
.
.
'
'
.
=
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
d w i th th e li gh t (
Qi d fl, n ) of da y
w ou n d h i s fi n ge r wi th a th r e a d (
gaben,
v a n i sh e
.
(bee i ngest)
.
He
Th e work h as
He su cce eded b etter w ith sou r
w i ne
w in e )
I c a m e to h i s h ous e w i th a h andf ul
th a n w i th s w eet (
(b aa bb ofl) (of ) fi n e grass We a te th e brea d wi th th e butter
th e ) c h e e s e
Wi ll you n ot r ep ea t (miebet‘hol ea f r om holea
a nd (
to h a ul f e tc h ) w h a t yo u s a ng thi s e v e n in g ?
Th e poe ts (
Di d)
tet‘) h a v e s u n g m u ch of a paradi se (
bae sp arabteé )
S h e sang
w i th a c le ar (
flat ) p u r e (rei n) b e a u ti f u l v o ic e bi e © timine
(
)
n o t su c cee d e d .
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
Nobody f orce d h im to do this
A d w a rf
so n
g
f rom th e b o x
.
(bi e
.
I f or ce d m yse lf to s i ng a long
(Bmet g) s pran g f orth (herb ot )
A p oodl e (S
pubel) h as j u m pe d
‘
f ro m a wi n do w (
baé gent
l er)
(Buflbarf ei t
,
a n d dr ank O f
.
h i s ol d w in e
Th e y w er e a t a fr olic
.
Th e n e w y ear h as
PRA C TI CA L LES S ONS
41
.
be gun a t l ast (
eabl i c
h) wh en th e la st one b e gan , h ow unh a ppy
O ur gr a ndmo th ers Sp u n a nd w ov e (
mebea ) th e ir
li nen a n d w ool (
E
lDolIe, f ) I sw a m se v era l ti m es (
fili al,
w e w e re !
ow n
n
.
.
) ov er
a nd b a ck
pur e h e art com e sob er
Out of a
.
) th ou gh ts Af ter the di nne r nothi ng w as brou gh t
in (
l ommen) b u t (auger) Ol d ch eese r an ci d (
i g) bu tter,
rana
rei n
.
,
f r e sh bread , and r ed w i n e
.
LES S ON FIFT EE
NTH
.
Ex ERC I S E XXD(
23 h: befehlen (com m and) ben fi tt ed)
0, u nb bu befieht(
tea (
t tha ea aa bere ? 2 S et getbherr (
gene ra l )
Of ten er
befiehlt ben S blbaten, mas et tha eu (
thou ofteré (
) befohlen
BefiehI S emaabem (som e body ) mae btt ber S heqi
hatte 3 E
.
1
;
.
'
.
.
.
(colonel ) befahI
tehIe tha ea thee B ett, unb (
te (
tehl ea
3 d) (
h u m or )
5 3S u (
mtt meta e gute flaua e (
ti chI(
t bent Iteben ®ott
6 S et S teb
bi e i age ab, u nb er (
ttehIt ©e mte e ta Stabe
ea Qeu tea a
a fter
tahI bte(
mblf i haler, unb a achbem (
(thief ) (
) er
4
.
.
.
.
.
.
reuabltc
tch (
hatte empfahl er (
h (took le av e ent pfehl ea
Si eben i ft eliget m or e bl es se d ni é $
to r e comm en d)
7 (
(
(
)
e
8 t
men
m {Setuben ni chte ge(
c
h metge bea n (m u ch l ess)
9 3 d) nahnt ben S tebea QIIIeG wi eber mas (
betaea ifireuabea
ie
1 0 h tl f ua é mte helfen bit
nteta ea (
i ttera genomnt eu hattea
mal ; met fl a bet eu hal f bent mirb mteber geholfen
eta aaberee S
e ge o l ea
fih
,
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
'
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
5 7 Th e a b ov e v erb s of th e Ol d
Gr a m m a ti ca l Rem a rks
f orm , befehl en, (
tehl ea, nehmen, and hetfen, ar e i n th eir Um la u t
One i rregulari ty
sim il a r to th ose of th e Four tee n th Less on
.
.
.
i s sh ow n h ere in th e se con d and thi rd p erson
si n gul a r
of
th e
Present, an d in th e Im p era ti v e , th e e bein g u mg ela u tet i nto i or
te
.
Th us are i nfl ec te d empfehl ea , to r e com m end, bu embfi ehl ft, et‘
l
.
fi h Imp erf empfahl Part empfohl en ;
to b ear c hi ldr en ) gebter gebat
to b e
geborea ; gel ten (
gebtit en (
to s c old) (
chilt, (
chel ten (
w orth ) gtIt gaIt gegol ten ; (
chaIt
to c ov er hi de ) btrg burg geborgen (
bergen (
chol ten
terben
ge(
to spo il) berbtt b h erbarb b et
rbea (
e
et
b
e
e
r
t
t
b
a
r
b
o
b
a
n
t
t
t
;
g
f
( (
t0 su e f or ) mtrb, mat b, gemot ben ; m
et fea (
to
borben ; merhgn (
emp i e l t, I m p era t
f h
.
emp e l,
.
.
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
:
GERMAN GRA MMA R
42
.
muf f, gemot fen ; Bet ften (to burst) , “ti ff barft,
en, fpt i d), fprac
ocben ; fprec
e
b
r
e
ra
r
d
b
o
e
n
r
e
e
r
i
b
t
c
b
n
b
b
d
b,
;
)
g
g
h ,
),
f
to
ad), geftvdi en ; et fdyreden (
t
t
i
n g , fti cb, (
t
o
s
e
r
e
i
c
oc
n
e
e
n
t
;
gfi b
)
f b (
to h i t) , tri fi,
be f ri gh ten e d), erfé t tcf , et fcbt at, et lcbt oden ; trefien(
traf getroffen
8 Th e dativ e pl ura l o f all sub stanti v es, adj e cti v es, and
a dj ec ti v e pr onou ns, and of th e ar ti cl es, h as n or en, th e f orm er
wh e n th e n om i nativ e of th e pl u ral h a d al ready an e th e la tter
wh en n ot ; wh en the nom i n a ti v e plur al h as al rea dy an n, th e
’
thr ow ) , (
vh f,
,
,
'
'
.
,
.
,
guten 23 m m , ben guten
firem en, ben guten Rtnbet n ; bi eiexr armen Rnaben Th ere i s
dati v e does n ot a dd on e m or e ;
n ot a sin gl e e x ce
as, but
pti on to thi s r ul e a t l e ast
.
Th e English he — wbc i s r en dered by b er
by b et
—wet
tvel cber,
~
th e f orm er bei ng
bet ieni ge
i u tee tbut, b em tbun fi e wieber
often om i tted ; as , wet fi nberen G
s eldom
“
or
‘w h o does
th ers , to hi m th ey do good again ;
good to o
Th e defin ite ar
ti ebl t { ft ein Q i eb, h e wh o steals is a th i ef
tver T
ti cl e i s of ten em pl oyed as a rel ati v e or a dem onstrati v e p ronou n
©uteé ,
’
.
EX ERC I S E XXX —(
Smpfeblen 6 te mtcb btefen b ert en Bef
fing gil t bi el bet ben SDeutfcben ® te preufiticben Si balee geIten
p ota toes ) ?
8 14a Rartofieln (
QBaé galt ber $
and; i n fi mertta
.
'
'
.
s
.
.
wi th out ) ®runb (
é te fcbel teit mi d) obne (
grou nd, reas on ) g d filt
ni c
bt wi eber, toemt bu gefcbol ten mirft; and) t tftue {dyalt aidyt
tri ebet , menu er getdyol ten warb
8 d) bin i n 25mm geboeen
g ei ne bret fl i etber gebaren ibm amol f 6 66m unb beetaebn Ebcbter
(
i t bitft f ei nem ungIfictucben ; abet wit balfen ali en, bie 3 a une
253 11: ftet ben nut ei nmal, befibalb (
f amen
th eref or e ) ftit b getroft
(c on sol e d, f rom th e root Eroft, m , trust) Qt ftarb bieraebn i uge
h olida ys )
nod; ben {Seiertagen (
$ 41 6 ®etratbe (
th e grai ns, f rom
tragen, to b ear ) berbarb auf ben gelbet n
f or) bie
flBirb u m (
“
513 mm, u nb bu mirft fie erwerb n
Du wirfit mtt grugea Gtei nen
e
(m , ston e ) a nd) imm fcben, bi e bi d) ni cht geworfen baben SDie
Renone (gu n ) barft non vi el em G dyi efien
Qi rtd), armee {set s
(h e art), be (since ) beirt QInf er (m , anch or ) gebrod wn i ft ! 6 0
(watt) er u nb banf te (to th ank ), brad) baé $ t ot unb gab ea ibaca
.
’
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
flBtr baben mtt ben fli erfol gern
ni cht wetter mi t tbnen
43
.
(perse cu tor ) gefprodyen fpt tcb
,
’
(
t r traf tbn tn e b erg
.
.
He wh o w ill (molten) l earn to com m and m ust first (erft) le arn
Th e older broth ers com m ande d th e ir
to obey (
gehorchen)
He broke hi s
you n ger on es to hi de w h at th ey h a d s tol en
f a th er s (
to h i s f ath er th e
h eart Leah bor e
m u st b e r endered ‘
to h e r h u sban d (
War m) Jacob ten sons and Rach el bore h im
,
.
.
’
.
,
We re com m ended to th e garden er and hi s w if e cofl ee
He di e d h alf
(Raffee) and to h i s c h ildr en m ilk (Wild),
tw o
'
.
,
(etne balbe ©taube) af ter (nacbbem) h e h a d tak en th e
p oison ((Si tft
Th e Gr ee ks sa id to Di a gora s : Di e Diagoras
Liv e
f o r a ll th y desi re s (
ilBunfd) m ) are f u lfille d (erfii ll en)
Th ey
so as th o u w il t rej oi ce to h av e l i v e d w h e n th ou di est
b roke th e door o p en w ith a c lub (fi eule, f ) A ch ill es h i t Hec
Do not b e f ri gh te n e d
tor w i th hi s l arge spe ar (
C
5 peer
an
h ou r
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
Do not b e f ri gh tened, m y dear sir ! Wi th w h a t gentle
With none at
m an h av e you s p oken of th e m a tter (
6 acbe, f )
a ll
S h e sp eaks La tin very w ell ; I sp oke i t on ce m u ch b etter,
boy
.
.
.
Th e ros es sti n g th e
b ut I h a v e not sp ok en i t f or a l on g w h i l e
pre tti est (ba bich) fi ngers, lik e th e u gli est (u gly, bafil tcb), wi th
.
He i s h appy wh o h as enou gh f or
an d tra nqu illi t
fli ube,
y (
(3 11 w i th th e de fini te a rt ) lif e (e en,
g eel e
f ) i n hi s soul (
(33 mm
th e i r th orn s
,
.
,
.
LES S ON S IXTEENT H
.
1 S te i i ogel bee Q
fly ),
BaIbes fitegen (
EX ERC I S E XXXI
abet bi e fii efiegten (
fiegen, to be v i c toriou s, befiegen, to conque r )
b
i
fl
ee
affen (
eQ
B
affe w ea p on )
2
r ben Q
(
i
t
a
n
o
B
e
i
e
n
b
fl
b
)
(
fl
.
.
.
.
,
fetneé ®eguare (adv ersary ) fa [d well bafi er betnabe (nearly ) fl og
3 Di e fcbbnen Eage bee 6 0mmere rmb b erfl ogen unb unfere
dr a w ) ei nen g pi tttet
4 S ci) gi ebe (
Qteben finb u ne entfl oben
(splinter ) and bet QBunbe bee armen Rtnbeé ; i d) 3 0g b orige QBodye
agen btefee bat ten
ta b i n ben Iegten E
funfgebn berau e 5 flBtr (
countr
m au f bae Saab (or w eb bem Qanbe) (
8 0m
QBtntere t on 5
y)
b
en d bi e (
6
i feaftange (
ir on bar )
t
o m ov e )
o
E
b
e
e
o
n
g
(
)
g ag (
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
«
GERMA N GRA MMA R
44
.
te ntcbt
mtt bet 6 tarf e etnee 2 0mm ; bret naieret Seu te tonnten r
be ar d )
bi egen
7 3 d) babe ei nmal gel ogen, abet b e t m §B arte (
8
b
fi
er © 0bn btefer armen
er
i
e
b
e
t
t
w
c
bee sp t m
e
e
t
It
t
n
t
r
t
c
!
b
pb
b g
ev erybod
w i dow ) bei ng u nb betrog S ebet mann (
QBttttt e (
y)
“
Bee gefri eren, fie finb
9 6 abit bte © emti fier bet fai gtgen (
m , com m e n cem en t, b e ginnin g ) ber
i nfange (
ei t bem Q
mentgitene (
.
.
'
.
.
.
'
-
.
.
10
Iegten 233 00
1 ” gefroren
.
.
v i ol en t
f eel cold) hefti ger (
m ore
3 é) fri ere (
) a te i d) b orbtn (a sh ort tim e si nc e ) ft nt
Gra m m a ti c a l Rem a rks
.
6 0 Th e a bov e class of v erbs of
.
.
p u pil m a y ex hi bi t th eir i nflec tion — f orm
th e se cond an d thi rd p erson of th e s ingular an d th e i m perf ect,
r e u lar l
Th u s a re i n fl ected, f ur th erm ore fcbteben fd wb ge=
g
y
ti mber to sh ov e pu sh ; wi egen toog gewogen to w ei gh ; b et Ii eren
th e
old
f or m
th e
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
th e f ol
bi eten, bot, geboten, to oti er, to bid ; —
low in g wi th a sh ort 0 : heben, iott, gefotten, to seeth e , b oil ;
fitefien, ftofi, geftofien, té flow ; gentefien, genofi, genoflen gi efien,
efé ofien, to
t
o p our, to f ou nd ;
e
c
t
t
e
n
w
e
o
e
e
n
o
,
,
g
,
b
,
f
fi
f fi
g fi gg fi
sh oot ;
fd fltefien, ici flofi, geicbl oflen, to sh ut ; fprtefien, (brag,
b et Ior, beri orert ;
'
.
'
'
rout ; b erbrte en b et bro
roflen, to gri ev e ;
p
e
b
t
b
fi
fi
f ff
tttmmen, H
omm getl ommen to cl i m b ; f ri ec
ben trod) gei t ocben, to
cr ee p ; t i m
ber, rod), gerodmt, to sm ell , re ek ; triefen troff ge
troffen to dri p
ge pt o en, to
'
s
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
61
Th e abov e f orm s of th e Genitiv e of th e sin gul ar sh ow
.
th at i t i s in fl ecte d by
-
th ose of tw o syll a bl e s
ex c e
a ddi ng
ed to
m onosyll abi c n ouns, 6 to
f m a scu li ne and n eu ter gender,
or m ore , o
p t th ose of th e w e ak
or
m odern dec l en si on , wh i ch , lik e
Esme a ssum e a n en or n ; th e l atte r bei ng lik ew i se th e inflec
ti on of th e a dj e cti v e pr ece de d by a n arti c le or adj ec ti v e pro
If n o a rti cl e or p ron ou n prec e de th e a dj e cti v e assu m es
nou n
,
,
,
.
,
i ts term i na tion
c l es
ea
t,
an d
h a v e bee a nd
etueé
bef ore f em i nine n ouns
er.
Th e arti
f or th e m a sculi n e an d neu ter, ber and
etner f or th e f emi n in e g e nder , an d a n a logou s i s th e i n fl ecti on of
.
th e
pronou n s ; a s btefeé btefer btefee ; jenee iener,
roec ee t
r ekbet , trelane (
cu
bes, fol cber,foi cbee; metnee,
a d e c ti v e
j enee
j
,
,
metnet , metnee, e tc
.
,
,
,
PRA C TI C A L LES SO NS
62
45
.
Th e 4th an d 9 th senten c es Sh ow th a t by a ddi tion of th e
.
ig (
y)
pre posi ti ons ; a s b ot
b ot ig f orm er ; ubet ove r ubt ig r e m ai ni n g ; — f rom n ou n s ; a s
G ala, sal t falgi g sa line ; tvi flet ig w atery ; — f rom a dj e cti v es ;
—
as gu t gil ti g k i n d ; beil h al e hei li g h ol
f rom a dv erbs ; a s
y
iegt now jegi g p rese nt ; bier bi efi g of th is pla ce ; but t bot tig
Of th a t pl a c e ; beu te D
a n d f rom p ronou ns ;
euti g of to day
as
mein metntg m i ne ; bein, fein, bei ni g fei ni g th in e h i s ;
unfertg ou r
a ff i x
a d e c ti v es
j
,
,
,
de ri v e d f rom
a re
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
-
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
63
,
Deri v a tiv e v erbs are f orm ed by pr efixing th e sylla ble
.
j
f
f
“
ben, to depri v e ; entfi iefien ; enticbi tegen ) to resolv e u pon ;
entfprtefien ; empfebi en ; entnebmen ; enti ommen e scap e ; en tbtn
ben to d eliv er to f ree empfinben to f ee l ; entri nnen to e s c a p e
ent, m eani n g a way ;
as , ent i te en, ent pt tn en, entIan en, ent te
g
f b
M
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
Deri v a tiv e adv e rbs a re f orm ed b y p refi x ing th e
l ables bi n, f r om th e p r es en ce
i n to th e p r esence
f
o
the
the
f
o
sp ea ker ,
sp ea ker ,
hi th er , to
th i th er ,
s
yl
and
bet ,
preposi ti on s ;
a s,
binané out thi th e r beraue out h ith er ; btnuber, ov e r th ith e r
h i th er
bertiber ov er h i th er ; bingn th i th er
6 5 ; Deri v ati v e v erbs c om p oun d ed w ith th e pr efix e s ge be
to p i eces as gergeben to m elt
p er ent em a“ (
) nt t é (m i s
i n En gli sh c om p ou n ds ) t o “ (
f u ll i n English c om pou nds)
miber (r e in Engli sh com pou n ds ) hinter behi n d do not a llow
Of a n a u gm ent in th e Parti ci pl e Past ; a s begonnen f ro m be
gtnnen n ot begegonnen ; genoflen f rom gentefien n ot gegenoflen ;
b et geflen not b et gegeflen f orgotten ; entfi oben n ot entgefi oben ;
3 et borften bu rst not aergebot ften a n d so on
b at tens 3 0g unb {di ob
EX ERC I S E XXXII
§Der b et t bee (
s nab
n
ou n d
e
t
o
m
t
c ar
p
e
i
b
G
i
e
t
o
a
t
t
e
n
t
i
e
n
e
n
fl
p
a
g
i
(
)
(
f
f
)
f
off )
S e mcbr rott b et l ot en befto mebr
gt itnen fi affeeé ab (
(
i t bat ben QBeiIen bee trtiben Sneeree ®ttil ftanb
gewann er
t
e man fagt i n S et
o
enttne murbe n
e
t
i
t
e
Q
a
n
r
e
e
b
t
e
t
o
n
g
b
g
g
en mar
(oil ) geiotten fil l s bae fiBaffer aué ber QBaffet nbt gefl on
a cqu a i nta n c e metnee
Bef annte (
SDet fi
roar etne © tnnbe b erfi oflen
)
mati nee genofi fetbaebn bat tgefottene (ti er i n bet 8 ett etnee Qiu
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
-
.
.
’
.
-
.
,
.
,
'
,
.
'
.
z
o
46
MA N GRA MMA R
G ER
'
.
Qil é baa Del fp tt,
magb aue QBtr fcboflen mebt ere
gofi er ee mtt b itlfe einer E
Rugeln (b al l, bi e Rngei ) tn ben é tamm (stem ) j enee al i en (i tcb
(mom ent f rom bli den to gl an c e )
genbi tdeé
,
,
.
'
.
bau mes (
oak, bi e (
Etcbe) Q er Rrete mat gefcbl offen, unb bet
bl eak , p al e) g tt nbet trod) btnetn
bi ettbe (
S n mentgen JZii cbten
a m pl e
i ft btef et 6 trancb bi e ant Spbbe etner t etcbi tcben (
) (Eli e (ell,
i 3 a etn geft befcbl oflen worben mar, [o
y ar d) aufgeiproflen
f
i
o
er
E
e
re
t
bi
e
t
b
C
5 cbni e
bet brofi bi e i i ot mti nbet tn bee
b
fb fi
‘
.
'
.
'
.
.
Rnaben bag bi e © tt afe (pu nis h m ent) tbn mtrtItd) getrofien batte
ilBobtn tit er gei t otben ? tn baa b interbans bee marbbaré
.
,
.
Wh i th er h as t h e c row d Of boys fled ? Th ey fled thith er
(Dortbin) We c on cluded (fd fli efien) a com pac t (ber 5Bunb) of
.
f ri en dsh i p (
grounbfcbaft, f , w i th th e definite a rti cle)
.
Th e n i gh t
.
(Wacbti gall f ) fle w in to th e bu sh es of th e h e dge (Speci e
Th ey drew th e sw ords f rom th eir sh ea th s (
bi e 6 d) eibe)
He w as drawn th rough th e i ce Of th e f roz en brook Th e n e ph ew
of th e pr ese nt m i ni ste r
(infarret ) h as li e d a n d b etra yed h i s
a c qu ain ta n ce s
Th e b ow (
bet éBogen) w a s so m u ch b e n t th at i t
Th e tw ins (8 tvi lling m ) of thi s you n g w om an
brok e to pi ec es
w ei gh e d togeth er (
gufammen) sev enteen (
fiebaebn) of e i gh teen
(acbgebn) p ou nds We w e re u sh e re d (fcbi eben) in to th e room
i ngal e
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
Of
"
th e
Ea ch of th e bu tc h e r’ s
ou n g g i rl .
y
h as
o x en
She
l os t f rom nin e teen (
ebn) to tw enty (
neuna
ginangig) pou n ds
.
O ff e red m e
tw e nty o ne
-
t i n u nb a
wangi g
) dollars f or tw enty two
(
-
p oun ds Th e
O f th e m iller s
(With er) wi f e boile d h am
Th e r i v er flow e d ov er i n to th e C i ty
We h ave
(©cbi nf en
e nj oye d (
He poured
fi et gnugen
geni efien) m u ch p l easu r e (
oi l i nto th e fir e
Much blood w as s pilled (b et giefien)
’
n ie c e
.
.
,
,
.
.
LES SON S EVENTEENTH
.
ExERC I S E XXXII I
.
S rb tann bretfitg w
funb mi t Sleicb
eas e
tigf ei t (
) beben (to h ea v e , l i f t) ;
fou it (f orm erly) babe i d)
b tergtg geboben j a 1nancbmal bob teb fnnfsi g
2 {Denei ope (
eli te
etn (
b ett ebe t on grofier Stinge unb E
Brette treben ; abet was li e
bet Eage getvoben batte Ibfte fie { t E
li acbt tr i ebet auf
3 iDae
g
'
.
,
,
.
.
.
MAN GRA MMA R
48
GER
ti on er
of
th e
arti cl e ;
.
Sh utter ber guten Rtnber ; bie
as , bi e
E
lll nttet gu t e r Rub en
68
A b stra c t
.
su bstan tiv es
f orm e d f rom
are
a d e c tiv es
j
by
Um la ut, o r by th e a ffix bei t, h ood, wh en
f orm e d f ro m p ri m a ry a dj e cti v e s , a n d b y th e a fli x f elt or i gleit
f rom se c on d a ry a dj e c ti v es, som eti m e s disu se d on e s a s, QBarme,
a fli x
th e
e w i th th e
-
w a rm th , b bbe, h e i gh t, Rdl te, cold, ©ute, goodn ess ;
G
j efunbbei t,
‘
h e al th , Rt anf bei t, si ck ne ss, greibel l, f reedom , gaul bei t or Et figs
bei t la z i ness QBei ebei t wi sdom Dummbei t stu pidi ty Rlugbeit
pru den ce ; Danfbat l eit gra ti tu de (f rom banfbat gratef ul) gt ucbt
f rom
barf ei t f ertili ty é eili gf ei t h olin ess Dulbfamlei t tol era n c e (
‘
bulbiant tole ran t) ff reunbltc
bleit afl abili ty $r6 mnttgf ett p iety
(f rom fromm p ious) , mfibigl eit Wattigleit weari n ess (f rom
f rom febl ecbt)
Al l
mitbe matt w ear y) 6 cbl ecbti gi ei t ba dn ess (
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
e
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
.
,
th ese abstrac t n ou n s a re f em i nines
.
Substa n ti v es ex pressi ng a m easu re, m oney, an d w ei g ht,
‘
s
unb, a
elm
man3 i g
are s eldom e m pl oye d i n th e pl ural ; as , a
69
M
.
Gent, bunbet t snag (bu sh e l)
pre ssin g th e
m atter w e igh e d m eas ure d or c ou n te d i s seld om em ploye d w ith
an a r ti cle or term in a ti on ; a s brei fii g E
p funb B utl er ; ei n D ollar
(
Sente a dolla r s w or th of c en ts ; fecbgi g g tii cl (
p i eces) Rirfcben ;
w h ea t)
bt ei <>Jli afi QBetgen (
7 0 Th e 1 s t se n ten ce {onft babe teb geboben sh ow s th a t a n
or obj ec t or
i nv e rsi on takes pl a ce i n Germ an w h e n a n adv erb (
p re dic a te ) i s ta ke n ou t of i ts proper place a f ter th e copula
a n d f or th e sak e of e m ph asi s p l ac ed a t th e co mm e n c em ent of
th e sen te n ce
S u bj e ct a nd COp u la th en e x ch a nge th e ir pla ce
e x a c tl
Com pare 3 d) bi n nun fet ti g
y a s th ey doi n a qu es tion
s n
i
re
a
d
w
t
h
Ji n bi n teb fet ttg ; S ci) babe bi e Rub gemoli en
( y)
w i th D i e Ru b babe teb gemollen ni ebl bi e S i ege
Th e
.
su b stan ti v e e x
,
,
,
’
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
71
.
T h e defi ni te
w i th a p re p osi ti on ;
ar tic l e
as , i m
an been, bei m
bem, am :
is
.
of ten
contra cte d
n, gu m :
i n bex
bet been, gut
f baa but eb e burcb (
u n de r
baa u nter é (
ab, bvt é
mi ter D
)
au
’
fe
an
’
,
,
th rou gh
’
’
:
:
i n to one w ord
b on
3 11 betn, b om
’
u
er
3 b , tn e : tn baa,
) bae ti bet e
We bab
’
,
.
iibet
PRA C TI C A L L ES S O NS
49
.
EX ERC I S E XXXI V
Der ©tront tfi gefcbtooii ea 3 a m éll anbe
t bfen (
D ie QBuabe fcbto ill t an Di e (E
p e a ) quell en tm QBafler,
fibon fia b fie an grofiet Dtci e gequ oll en Daé fli i et (le a d) febmii gt
ant {tenet eber al e baa S ta n (
pew ter), u nb mea n es gefebmoi sea
i fi, i fi ea b oat fibbnfien 6 ilbertt etfi Der i i errt
i tber bewog tbn
.
.
'
.
.
.
of c ours e
3 a etner 6 d)i ecbttgi ett, natit t i teb (
) bat er tbn anti) an
llsebet
a l l k i nd s o f
all erl ei (
i
r
e
t
t
e
n
e
o
e
n
D
er
i
b
o
m
bat tbt
b
b
)
g
'
'
-
.
(
Si emanb (
QIiIe gegobrenea
ga rm e n t) 3 a m gefie gewoben
li quors) r
on ac cou n t of
(
fi ett i nf e (
i al) megen (
) gl ei cbet g erbfib
eta
.
f
lu
bf ei t (g en )
(f orbid)
(oth er f orm
r idi cu l o us
f or erboben s u bl i m e ) gu m Sli cberl i tben (
) tft nut e ta
pa c e ste p) 6 te {cbto ot en all e bi t ten a ea er u nb al ter
6 d)ri tt (
S
(
i tbe
Dot Rai te et i ofcb baa Bi ebi (ligh t)
(
i t fi ttbt ficb bi tibenbe
bloom i n g ) Strange tn e Sbaar (Gei bel)
Etfcb aué tnei n Ettbt
(
f or e v er) and ! (
Baryer ) Di e (
aa f ewi g (
i tebi umen am §§enftet
li otb
get fcbnt olgen; Dte b itt te bet b ergen ma fi bure
b é §§ euer ber E
(need m isery) gefibmoi gea tb erben Die Rergen finb burab ben
Enftgug (drau gh t f rom ateben) b et i ofiben Der Gi ugi i ng fog
willi ngn ess)
bte gemoli ene S i egea tntl cb mtt btel et élBtli i gl ett (
(
E
r
fofi firb a nter e Gi t aé
We f ough t i n th e h eat of th e su n (com pou n d ) w ith gre at
v i ol en ce (
b efti gl eit) Yester day I th ra sh e d rye (fl ora or bl og
Th ese b eau tif u l g ir ls i nter tw m e d
gen) Of gre a t v a lu e
th ei r h ai r w i th g a rl an ds (
Th e
©ebi nge) o f ros es
h ors es of th e n ei ghbors snorte d li ke e l eph a n ts
He th ra sh e d
th e gra in (
Rorn) to p i eces Th e r i v er sw elle d ov e r i ts ba nk
S ev enty p Oun ds o f ri ce (
Si eié ) a re soa ke d (
(e r
quellen)
in p ure w a te r a n d a f ter w ar ds (nacbbet ) f erm e nted u n ti l th ey
becom e of (
bel ommen) a n a gr e e abl e (angenebt n) sou rn e ss
A
stre am o f m e l ted or es (
0
21 3 n ) sp ra n g f or th f rom th e v ol cano
(Dali an) an d w as e x tingui sh e d i n th e sea He screwe d th e
E
to ge th er w i th a screw (
g tbt aa be,
boards (
Bt et
b erbotea
23 0m Qt babenea
-
,
.
,
.
.
'
’
-
.
,
-
,
«
.
’
,
.
,
.
.
’
'
.
.
”
.
-
.
'
'
,
'
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
MA N GRA MMA R
50
G ER
.
LES S ON EI GHT EENT H
.
EX ER C I S E XXXV
h om e) Qi et ge li egen
li niere beimifibea (
s till
nod) (
) n o fie hamal s (a t th at ti m e) i agen unb tra iner gel egen
baben 2 Du bi ttefi (be g) u rn Gi nabe ? unb bteien btebifiben
ra s ca l
Gcburi en (
) bafi bu barum gebeten ? acb, teb bat tbn ans
f tnbtfi
b er bi ngfi (anx i ety ) 3 i Btt fabea (sa t ) tin ©runen, too
tow ar ds) fil benb toet ben
mtt fo oft geieflea babea u nb aneb gegen (
4 QBit treten (
ste p
toi t ba figen
) in ben 6 cbatten (sh ade),
1
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
trttt tntt une tn bi e Qaube
ste p
(
t r trat (
) oorfitbtig
(cau ti ou sly) auf ; obne {etne Dot ficbt toiit be er auf etne giftige
(p oi sonou s, f rom has ©ift) 6 eblange (snake) getreten fein
6 bl ue S
ra th e r
einbfibaft gegen mi d) afi
i mebt (
E
, ober b te
) frafi
‘
i
n , of a ni ma ls
t
i
s
ea
re
e
n
(f fi ,
g
) er filli ee auf, toaé tcb toeieli cb niebl
to r eserv e , sp are) batte
7 bl u e
gegefien, fonbet n aufgeboben (
l in en cl oth ) nod)
Deforgntfi etnee SBett uge mafi tcb bi e Sei nmanb (
once m ore ), ob bon te
inal e (
b fie ametmai gemefien batte (mefien,
fi
Si ebti cbtnt t 3 a cbtoae
to m eas ur e )
8 © etn (
b ; er oergtfit
fi fi
f
bonne t, c ap) oft fibon bat
etne W
Qlll eé ; gefiern b ergab er (
i ti ge (
or Defia nt
9 © etn Qi efibtbnnt (
s h ir t oerge en
er feta b emb (
)
fi
)
‘
toar bt i cbtig (
Dracbh f , pri de , b ri gh tness, m agnific en c e), i d) fab
m , cou gh )
1 0 i i et gtfini ebl, mi t fitr metnen b ufien (
ea otei mai e
etr
ubri ngen, u nb fieb, toao ee s
i l ent e i n bet 6 tabt gtebt
oae mi ta
5
.
.
.
'
.
.
\
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
’
.
.
.
(w h a t n e w s th ere i s)
.
Gra m m a ti c a l Rem a r ks — fl 7 2 Th e abov e kind of v e rbs Of
th e Old f orm com p ri ses a ls o th e f ol lo w in g v e rbs , all of th em
.
h av in g th e Um la u t al so i n th e
p erson sin
g ul ar a n d in th e I m p era ti v e l eien li es i ae gei efen ; gefcbeben,
gefibteb gefibab, gefcbebea to h app en ; geben, gl eb, gab, gegeben ;
genefen to re c ov er
genae genefen
§ 7 3 A dj e ctiv e s a re de ri v ed by th e a fli x i td) f rom nam es
of p e rson s ; a s f a et ti c
b i b f i laoifib s la vi sh roeibi fib e ff e m inate
f inbi fcb c h ildi sh bi ebi fcb th ie v i sh bet ri fcb i m p eri ous (
a ll Of
—
th em e x pre ss i n g som eth in bla m a bl e
f rom a dv erbs a s bei tn
g
)
bei mi lcb ; — f rom n am es Of cou ntri es a nd pla ces ; as engl ifib,
s e co nd an d
,
,
,
,
thir d
,
,
,
,
,
.
‘
'
.
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
PRA C TI C AL L ES S O NS
frangofifd)
fpaui fd)
51
.
fdwebiid)
f ol nifd), of
Col ogne, bcrl ini fd)
By l i d) from abs trac t nouns ; a s fingftl i d),
a nx i ou s,
fri eblid), p ea ceful (ber gri m) , ebt lld), rebli cl), f aith f u l,
bi e G
j efabr) , abicbeul i d),
l ubrl i d), tdgl i d), gefabt l i d), dan gerou s (
,
fff wf fild)
,
beuf ld),
,
'
,
.
(l
h orri ble
,
c eu, m , f rom
fd nuen, to be sh y), gl ii dli cl); alafid fi
l i d), i ntenti on al (
bi e l fi d fl) —f rom n a m es of p erson s a s, mf mn
l i d), m an ly, m ale , meibl i d), f em i n in e , f em al e , f inbli d), ch il d like,
bruberli d), broth erly, f finigli d), roya l, b aterli d), f ath erly, p a terna l,
mfitterli d), e tc — f ro m a dj e c ti v es ; a s, fil tli d), elde rly, rii tlfli cl),
fd mci rgl id), r eddis h , bla cki sh , f rfinlli d), si ckly, ffifili d), sw e e tish
—
som e of th e m i n a dim in u ti v e sen s e
th e f ollow i n g a r e u se d
(
)
as a dv erbs onl
y : erftli d), fi r stly, folgli d), conse qu e ntly, frei l id), i t
i s tru e, f urgli d) or neul icl), la tely, treul i d), f a i th f ully, gfingl i d),
‘
e ntirel ,
h
d
l
u
r
e
l
r
l
i
ar
e
s
y fd me d),
y, fid) rli d),
y, malnlid), indee d,
ib
s
.
s
-
.
'
'
a n d som e oth e rs
.
7 4 Abstr a c t su bsta n ti ves are f orm e d f rom nam es of p erson s
.
aft b erricbaft
fi xes fdmft an d thum ; a s greunbfm
Rnecbtfcbaft §Burgerfd mft (th e b ody of c i ti zens) $urftentbum
(
E
an d b
bt i ftentbum (Ch ri stia nity) Qfi é tbu m (bi sh opric )
y
th e afi xes nifi an d fal or fel f rom v erbs a n d su bstan ti v es
‘
m em or y f rom bea ten) Qi eburfni fi (
as
©eofid fini fi (
wan t f rom
i m p e di m ent) Q m
ob stacle
bebitrfen bat ten) b inberni fi (
i dfal
(f ate from (charm to se nd) Si atbiel (riddl e fr om ratben), etc
Th ose i n {d wft a re a ll f e mi nin e s th ose in thum fal fel a re
a ll ne u ters ; th ose i n ni fi ne u ters w i th a f e w ex ce p ti ons as bi e
affli cti on f rom trube dark
darkn ess ), bi e Qi etrii bni fi (
i nfierni fi (
{E
,
som bre)
by th rou gh ) fli t gegen mihet
7 5 Th e prep ositi on s hard) (
(agai nst) obne (wi th ou t) um (abou t arou nd ) are always con
nec te d w i th th e a ccusa ti v e ; as, bard) hué b ans, fut ben magen
rmarten obne all eé
i
et mei n E
e
t
b
e
h
stom ach
a
e
e
n
a
ll
e
m
$
)
g
g
(
to b argain)
f or a w are ) banbeln (
(
fi elb u m etne QBaare (
7 6 Th e f ollowi n g pr ep o sition s a r e con necte d wi th th e dati v e
a t on
auf on u pon, bi nter
a n d accu sa tiv e : i n in into an
en ; w ith
b ehin d, nor, b ef ore neben, n ear, by fiber, unter, awifm
by th e
a
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
MAN GRA MMAR
52
G ER
th e f orm er wh en th e
a cti on
.
presses l oc ali ty w i th th e latter
w h en i t ex p r e sses dir ection ; a s ber Qi ogel fl iegt i n has b and
w h en th e bi rd w a s ou t o f th e h ou se ; ber Qi ogel fl i egt i n barn
b anfe l) in unb bar w h en h e i s con fin ed to th e h ou s e ; i d) gebe
au f ben 23 813 5 w h en I w as a t th e f oo t of th e h ill ; i d) gebe au
f
w h e n I a m p aci n g th e m ounta i n
hem
ex
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
EX ERC I S E XXXVI
6 6 Ii egt mir mebr am b ergen, al e ea
“
i
b t l ag
Di e 6 mm ‘
Jtenwfiorf i fi am b ubfonfiufie gelegen
r
(
E
“
n , p it
m
a
tt
e
u
(
E
r
at
m
eu
e
e
b
t
e
n
b
Di e mutter ber Rfinlgi n
b
y) g
(
befafi (
p ossess) einen sp urt i n ber Gj egenb (f , r egi on ) non fibreeben
prop e rty) unb werben Befieflen
6 tlanen finb bl ofiee Gigentbum (
.
-
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
'
.
r oa d
(
i t Bett at bi e gefiibt l icbe {Balm (
n erer Qi ef ii mmet
) mi t fdn
éB etri tt ni e bee flafiere (
f rom fid) f fimmern, to griev e )
n ,
ni fi (
‘
v i ce
as (
path ), einmal betreten, wit h er ni cht Iei cbt wi eber
)
nerl afien (
S fi u nb tri nt unb fei frol fli d) ! b ergi g, was
qu i tted)
bit gefiheben i fi, bei ne Erubfii l u nb bei n Qeib (suff eri n g) ! Qllé er
eiben b ergefien
b er
fi
not bt ei mons ter! genus, batte er ail e feine SE
a wf ul
l i tefe mafi fiebeu unb ei n bulb $u é, b i ell ei d fi
)E
grii uli che (
or B ell e) mcbr
a cou pl e of ) 3 01
(
Sr Iaé i n
1(
n od) ei n paar (
ei nem 923 m
9116 h as Unglii d gefibaf), afi er eben (
j u st) Rucben
e
M
.
.
,
.
.
.
m
.
(m
.
,
ca k e , p i e
)
.
I sa t d ow n beh i nd th e bu sh es an d w ept bitterly, and w h ile I
(w as si tting) h e aske d m e f or a cent Th ey squan
Qi efitgr
dere d by th ei r gl u tton y (au ffrefleu ) th ei r p ossessi on s (
Wi th th e sam e m easu re (S’Rafi n ) w ith
tl)um) i n a f e w yea rs
sa t
th ere
.
'
,
.
.
He sank into
He w as si tting beside th e stov e (Dfen
w h i ch you m ete, i t s h a ll b e m eted to you a gain
o bliv i on
.
,
m ) w h il e w e w e r e figh ti ng th e ba ttl es of f r eedom or serv i tude
.
.
(fi rmee) m arch ed or
r a th er fl ed ov e r th e r iv er
A dea dly h atre d (b ag m ) sp oke
o u t of hi s look s
He ste p s u pon a v olcano Every
(Q3 li d
th i ng u n de r th e s u n i s ex pos e d (
au é gefegt) to e rror (
S rrtbum)
5
S h e c r e pt u n de r (
Th e m on ey was
unter) th e be n ch (
Banf ,
di s tr ib ute d (
deal par t) a m ong (
u nter)
b ertbei l en f rom i bei l
th e m
Th e y r ea d i n m y eye s th a t I h a d f orgi v en (
b ergeben)
O ur room i s
ab o v e
you rs.
Th e
a rm sr
,
.
.
,
.
,
‘
.
,
.
,
,
P RA C TI C AL L ES S O NS
53
.
I am h a ppy in be ing perm itted to si t be side
T
a k e a s ea t
u , w h e r e I h a v e no t s a t f or a l ong tim e
o
n
e
e
n
b
y
(
)
I t i s true, I m ea su re d sev enty tw o in ch es on th e
by m y side
a
Do not
las t of J une (
S uni), bu t I m e asu re d m ore i n M
y
a nd
f orgotten
.
.
-
.
.
p u p on th e i ce i t i s trea ch erou s (nerrfitberifih) ! He r ea d
th e story b ef ore a l arge (
Bulfi rerfd mft) Look
grog) a u dien ce (
o n th e r oa d bef or e you w h a t l i es th e re ? Giv e m e th
y f ri e ndsh i p
ste
,
.
.
,
LES SON NINETEENTH
.
r esem bl e
EX ER CI S E XXXVII — 1 $ 11 glei dflt (
Sh i ft,
) bent (
.
.
'
G)
com p reh en d , a i d) t mi r
ben bu begrei ffi (
)
2 6 i e gli d) en i n
.
.
.
E
rfi
i bren Eemegungen wunberbat en C
beinungen (app earance, f rom
=
m
t
o a pp ear
3
see
t
o
23
m
m
a
e
e
i
n
m
d
e
i
n
e
n
b
i
e
a
r
i
d
d
)
,
,
b
)
)
f)
f
amen Ri nbl ei n gegli o
ben ? 4 fl rbeitfixme unb fiei fiige mdbdnn
fd)leid)en (sneak) nid fi binter bie 6 d)ule 5 (fibrenbafte 9mm
fd)en finb ni e mte {Seiglinge (cow ard, f rom feig, cow ardly)
.
.
_
[
,
.
gefcbli cben
7
yi eld)
.
to
meii bi e getnoe gemi m
en finb (
“
Due ll ebel mi d) ei ner meifin firatli m
en éBebanbl ung
6
.
.
ent
(treatm‘
.
.
,
{B i t
.
f r om
‘
tr achea,
banbel n, to h andl e
Si r er rei t
(
)
g f
trini t {bu l eer bi é auf ben Iegten
ben goloeneu di ed) “
dr op )
9 Qine unfid fibat e (
pow er, f rom maI
I m pfen (
fi emal t (
‘
Sj e efi d m er t i en
ten, to w i el d) ergri fi ibn unb mii rbe and) bi e (
f f fi g fi
S
b
u
t
f
or
m
1
i
i
ar
e
0
e
n
u
n
t
e
d
c
m
a
b
n
w
ut fie Ieiben
m
h
,
)
(
)
b
,
.
,
to
ac t
.
8
.
;
.
"
.
‘
witfien unb feit gefiem
.
mad ”(la st n igh t) gelitten babeu has
meufd)
Ii tt ni e ein E
Gra mm ati ca l Rem a rks
,
.
a bov e v e rbs of
.
77
.
In th e
sam e
w ay
as
th e
th e old f orm th e f ollow ing a re u mg ela u tet:
grei
—
t
i
n
e
o
c
h
r oo t of kn e
e
i
e
r
i
e
r
i
e
n
f
n
p
u
n
,
f (
f , g ff, g g fi ;
if ), f ni ff,
to stri k e, s trok e) , firi cl) gefiri cben p ei en
gef ni ffen ; firei d nm (
; f f
,
(to wh i stl e ), pfiff, gepfifien fd)l ei fen (to gri nd), fd fli ff, gefiblifien ;
fd meiben (to cu t), fci mitt, gefd mi tten ; Bleicben (to bleach ), i d),
to sm ite ), fibmi fi, gefibmi fien ; gl ei ten to
gebli cben ; {cbmei fien (
(
to stride, step ), fd)ri tt, gefd)ri t=
glide) , gl i tt, gegli tten ; fd mi ten (
M
firei ten (to quarrel) firitt, gefiri tten ; reiten (to ride on
to bi te ) bi fi, gebi en ; rei en
h ors eback) , ri tt, geri tten ; Bei fien (
fi
fi
ten ;
,
,
5
ii
'
MAN GRA MMAR
54
GER
.
(to te a r) rig geriflen ; fibrei fien (to sli t) fcbli fi gefibli fien ; fid)
beflei fien (
to a pply on e s se lf ) befl i fi Befl i ffen
'
,
,
,
,
’
,
78
su b stanti v e s
A b s tra c t
.
.
,
are
m a de
f rom
m any
v erbs,
f em i ni n e )
m os tly com p ou n d on e s, by a ffix in g to th e root nng (
b ofinu ng, f rom buffen ; (Si enefung, f rom genefen ; (i rbolung,
a s,
r ec r e a ti on, f rom
fid) erl wlen
i t fifinng, f rom trfiften, to console ;
Heberfegung transl ation from ii bet fegen
a re
f orm e d by afli x i n g
Concrete su bsta nti v e s
.
,
,
er, w hi ch m ostly f orm s n a m es o
f
m a les
pi e d with th e a ction of th e v erb ; a s g d neili et writer 86 11
‘ —
r,
ru
nn
e
by a ffix ing li ng, denotin g
e
r
a
er
r
m
S
n
g , e
f ,
oc cu
,
m al e s, som eti m es i n a
sli gh ting
,
,
fieigling, g ang
f ou n dli ng), S fingl i ng, Gperlin
sp a rro w , gremb
l ing, gi nbling (
g(
)
m anner ;
as ,
;
‘
f a v ori te ), S willing (
tw i n ),
li ng (f oreigner, stran ger) , Qi finfili ng (
by affix i ng then or l ei n, f orm i n g di m inu tiv e nou ns of
etc
n e u te r gen der, th e f orm er be i n g pr ef erre d a f ter a li qu i d A us
'
-
.
la u t ;
b asden, Rni bl ein,
§Bau md) en,
as ,
mfigbl ein 5Bfid)l ei n $ 5cf l ein (little tr ee li ttle son ch ai
b oy, g irl, b ook, buck)
z
sm al l s i e
79
a ffix
.
,
,
,
,
r,
h ar e ,
Th ey e x p re ss of ten er en dea rm ent th an
.
.
th e En gli sh
A dj ectives ar e deri v ed by th e p refix es but (
‘
m
d
o
n
e
so
e
i
n
lon e
p
x
r
ss
i
n
w
h
a
t
m
a
b
e
a
m
b
l
e
e
e
i
), ( (
,
y
g
heft, ex pressin g h abi t constancy as fid fibar,
bantbar, th ankf u l efibar eatabl e , trintbar dri nkable,
vi sibl e
benf lnn im a gin abl e ; furcbtfam ei nfam lonesome (
barium, sp ar
i ngenb vi rtu e f rom taugen
i n g maabfam w a tch f u l ; tugenbbafi (
l afierbaft,
to b e w or th v al u ab le ) fi anbbaft,
‘
u
fla t
v i ci o s
fclnoagbaft talkativ e, l ebbaft liv ely
From all th e se a dj e cti v es abstract nou ns m ay be
teri n g
A dj ec ti v es e x p re ssing m atter
f orm e d by a fli xi n g f ei t, or i gf eit
a re f orm e d by a ddi ng en or ern to th e root ; as golben filbern
ern fiei nern, i npfern bei nern metallen
ei fern bIei ern gi nnera, bfila
of c l a )
tbfinern (
y
EX ERC I S E XXXVI II — 933 er rei tet iv {pate burcb Si ad nunb
QBinb ? (Go etha ) 6 te ri tten { m G
i al obp uber bi e braune ©eibe
(h eath ) QBir firi tten um bee Staf fers éBart ; ber m was bitten
a nd
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
'
.
.
,
,
,
MAR.
GERMAN GRA M
56
letter) an fd mibeu ? S et ieni ge, 1nel c
ben er
grub, rou gh ) S n ef (
111 11 fi
bri eb, m e la and) grub genug gefcbt ieben 4 QBoil en S te
.
.
n , stra w
b u nc h , b un dl e ) 6 11 01) (
S ii nbei (
) i eiben
mancbeé geli eben ? 5 S et wi th
(lend) , i d) babe S buca bad) {0 E
fibent b erti ei) bent fibmagbafien S emerbet ein glint 11111 ibn fibmei=
S
6
en
a
t
o b e s i l ent) a
n
m
(
i r bet fibmi eg, bag i d) i mmer
c
e
n
b
g
(
a l on e ) u nb ei nfam gewe en war
7 b dttefi bu gefcln
alIei n (
nie
fi
‘
a
re
i
n
e
n
1
b
u
e
m
Dbil oiopb gebli eben 8 S ie b it ten treiben
fi
g ,{
Si ebirge, i 111 b et bfie lverben fie bi erber
i bre 6 d) af[) erben iiber bie (
9 QBaé trieb i bn 3 11111 S elbfimorb ? 1 0 S et
au rii dgetri eben
i ns tin ct) 3 11111 fieben i fi fifirf er, al e j eber anbet e
l rieb (
S
8 0 I n th e sam e w ay as th e
Gra m ma ti c al Rem a rks
11111
ni d) i ei n
.
.
.
.
s
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
f ollowi ng
th e
abov e ,
.
of
v erbs
th e
ol d
f orm
u m ela a tet
are
g
(mien fpi e gefpi en, to spi t ; gebeiben gebiel), gebi eben to prosp e r,
th ri v e ; geiben, aieb gegieben to accuse of ; reiben, ri eb geri eben
to rub
meiben, mi eb, gemi eben to sh u n ; fd niben ichi eh gefdfie
d) einen
ben to p ar t sep ara te ; fieigen fii eg gefii egen to as cend ; (
fd fien gefibi enen, to sh ine to see m ; preifen, pri eé gept i efen to
prai se ; mei fen mi ce, gei‘oi efen to sh ow
8 1 Th e conj un ction bafi th a t i s som etim es om itte d as i n
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
‘
Engli sh
I n th is
.
r e ta i ned
(l S ubj
.
.
c ase
,
,
,
,
th e
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
r e gula r
2 Copu la, 3
.
arra nge m e nt
of
w ords i s
0bj , 4 Fr ed ), wh i ch af te r bag
.
.
.
i s ch ange d
82
.
A ccordin g to th e 9 th senten ce, menu, if ; can be om itted,
i n En gli sh
as
a s,
Th i s c ause s t h e
.
batte i a bae
fb
ge e en,
f
o
sa m e
in v ersion as i n English ;
’
u
e
h
a
d
I
n
t
h
t
l
t
a
b
e
see
a
I
d
i d) ,
,
g
’
b e lie v e i t
.
§ 83
.
Wh en in com pound sentences th e m ain sentence is
,
,
pl ac e d secon d, Wh ile th e se nte nce de p endent u p on i t precedes
i t, thi s i n v e rsion
of
sente n c e s
ca u se s an
i nv ersio n of w ords in
mi egen l) i tte|l , fo ma r e fi bu
mea n bugefm
ei n fl
i bil ofopb gebl ieben (1 Cop , 2 S ubj , 3 Obj , 4 Fre d ;
th e m ain sen te n ce
as,
.
.
.
.
th e s a m e ar rangem ent a s i n qu esti on s and
.
.
.
Th e
c on
j u n cti on fa i n th is case comm e nce s th e m ain sentence but is
,
as of ten om i tted.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
57
.
I m p erf ect ) of i d
8 4 Here app ears th e S u ly uncti ve m ooa (
‘
v
re
a
e
i
i
mar, vi z i d) indi e, bu mi refi, er mi , 11111 m n, b indret, fie
Analogous
inii t en ; and of i d batte, v iz i d bii tte, bu bi ttefi, etc
is th e f orma ti on of i d) inurbe, v iz i d) miit be, bu ib iirbefi, etc ; of
’
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
i d ma bi e, i d niii fite ; of i d but fte, i d biirfte ; i d i onnte, i d
i bnnte ; i d mod te, i d mbdte ; but i d) moiIte an d i d {eli te f orm i d
Analogous wi th th e last two is th e f orm ation
tooll te, id) follte
Of th e S ubj u nc tiv e m ood of th e Im pe rf e c t of all verbs of th e
n ew f orm ; a ll th os e of th e old f orm take th e Uml a u t (
a ii, 0
11 ii ) wh erev er i t i s possi ble, and th e te rm i na ti on i n e ; a s, i d)
or mii r e ; i d
tt anf, tri nf e i d wai f, wdrfe (
f)
gab, gii be ; i d bob,
dob, fdbbe ; i d l og, Ibge ; i d fdiug; [di ii ge; i d trug,
bbbe ; i d (
trilge Th e S ubj unc ti v e m ood of th e Pr es en t tense i s i d) bin
.
.
—
.
i d fei, bu {eifi, er jet, 11111 fei en, i b1 fei et, fie feien ; i d babe
i d)
babe, bu babefi, er babe, wit baben, ibt babet, fie baben ; i d) inerbe
—i d werbe bu merbefi er werbe, 11111 inerben etc
,
,
,
.
An alogou s
wi th id) babe an
d werbe ar e all S u bj unctiv es of th e Present of
th e reg ul ar v erbs
3 d) 111119 h a s i d) mii ffe ; i d) barf, i d) burfe
.
i d mag, i d mbge i cb f ann, i d) i bnne — bu t i d foil , i d (
b il e ; i d
Th e p u p il m a y i nfl ec t a f e w v erbs of ev ery
ib i ll , i d) mode
descri ption in th e Presen t a n d Im p e rf e ct of b oth m oods
EX ERC I S E XL
(
i t tri es ni i r ein 5
8 1i?) (pi ctu re), mel deé er
11111: nod ni di gemiefen batte unb ni e wi eber wei fen m
irb
Ge
h op s) unb
prei fe bee b orfeus (
fdeint mie (i t seem s to m e ) bie a
.
.
’
.
.
(m al t) al fii and) bee SBiercs werben fieigen ; fie fiiegen
gefiet n ein weni g QBii re er i n s S oot gefiiegen iv infirm wit all e
drown ed)
0
26 (
ertt uni en (
di m er batte ein Bufammentrefien
S ee grubi ing {di eb ini t fei nen gem
an bermeiben gemii nfdt
ben Gdeiben unb meiben tbu t web S i e iebi gen Belten finb
Sj iii d at i n art
diff e re n t )
S as (
non ben frii beeen b erid i ebeu (
b b b
h a rd neck e d stiii f rom ber sl i nden n eck p erti naci ou sly)
nii dig (
geni ieben S ie momm a (p ious ) prei fin © 1111 bafiir Gi e bii t
ten une nod inebr gepri efen bi tteu fie ni di bass fl uffeben
d
e ci de d
entidi eben (
ndal b ermi eben
G
6
i
sca
fi
) 11111: beridmei
)
(
Si e debene
S i e S efibmi fier baben Iange im
(
a
a
ufii unb
e
n
b
g
i
,
’
.
,
.
,
s
.
.
.
=
.
-
;
,
,
,
.
.
=
,
’
.
.
MAN GRA MMAR
58
G ER
.
frembe S praden getrieben S i el e bil abden finb beint S anse fiben
gew eben
bat ben S efebl u nterfibri eben ber S erbreder {eli te
bingeri dtet (e x e cu te d) werben Si eben i fi S ilber S dmeigen i fi
.
,
.
,
.
©0111
I
.
c ri ed
a ccu se d
f or thi s th ey
a l ou d, an d
me
Of
tr e ach ery
From w h om h a v e you b orrow e d th i s p a i r (
has
Wh en th e guests p a rte d th ey w ere si l ent
Th e su n sh in es a s bri gh tly (
gl i ngenb) as i t s h on e on cr ea tion
(6 d) opfung) day Wh en th e m oon w as sh ini ng th ey u se d to
s h oes ?
.
,
.
,
(Ciéi pfel m ) of th e h ill Th e pri ces ros e
an
d f e ll v ery f a s t
He h as se ldom bee n silen t f or so long a
ti m e
Wh a t h a ppy a cc iden t (S u fail In ) h a s sh ow n you th e
w ay ? We h av e p a rte d w i th (
non) each oth e r i n tears (
i bri ne
a s ce n d
th e
su m m i t
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
Th e
colors
r u bb e
a re
d
"
on
ston e
a
tabl e
.
Th e w h e e ls
Th e w a nts (
di e
(di ab n ) are dri v en b y ste a m (S umpf
etwas ei ni germafien) d if
bii rfni fi) of e v e rybody a re som ew h at (
f eren t My com pa ni on s s e em e d p e rf ectly (b oll f ommen) h appy
A s soo n a s th e
He sa id h e h a d av oide d a di spu te (g trei t
adern pil u gen) ou r fi elds
s u n sh i n e s a gai n w e sh a l l p l ou gh (
Ha d th e c r0ps th riv en w ell we sh ou l d h av e l ef t som eth ing
plu ral ) Ha d you r em a in e d a wak e w e sh ou ld
f or th e p oor (
.
,
,
-
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
h a v e s ta ye d lon ger
u n a bl e
a l wa
to
,
I f h e w e re ob lig e d to wr ite, h e w ou ld be
.
He sp at i n th e f ace of th e m onum e nt
I h ave
.
.
ys w i ll e d th at h e sh a ll b e ou r tea ch e r
.
LES S ON T WENT Y FI RS T
-
EX ERC I S E X LI
.
a dv i s e
3 d) ratbe (
) i eineé megé , was
bu ratbfi, nod) was Rarl ri tb, nod) was {St ung ri etb nod) 111 1 6
S u fiab geratben bat 2 3 d idl afe Ii nger al e bu {dl ciffi unb
al e er fi
bl i ft unb al e bi e Qinbern gefdi afen baben 3 6 1 fdi ief
au f bei nen Si atb u nb S efebl non illi i ttag bi s mi tternad t
4: 651
fiel, u nb al e er gefallen war fianb er raid non fei nem § all e mi e
5 g ddfi bu 3 u S oben (
ber au f
to th e grou nd) {0 ii il t er al e
f or th w i th ) ebenfalls (
balb (
l ik e wi se )
6 3 d) ba ire bas filt n
1
.
.
,
'
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
59
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS .
f u n, S p ort) ; er bai t es fur
bu bai tfi es fur 6 da g (
b obu (sneer ) ; roi eber QInbere baben es fii r tfiufdenbe S erfiell ung
S
7
s
i
m
ula tion
e
a
l
t
e
n
11
1
lfi arie bi ei t es fii r QBabrbeit
1
1
(
;
) gb
QBenn i d i bn frage (
question) , ober bu ibn friigfi, ober Daba ibn
Bube
frcigt, fii inadi er ei ne Iadenbe, bbbnifde imb ue 8 S er E
frug mi d bi efei be firage, wel de i d ibu gefragt batte 9 QBie er
mi d iebt (
dlfigt, fi) fdlug er mi d {don nielmals, in bat er mi d
(don bunbertmal gefdl agen 1 0 i rage i mmerbi n bie fdivere
Safi, bie bu trfigfi; i d trug fie fe er, S eber non nné bat fie
unb S rug ;
'
‘
.
.
'
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
getragen
.
Gr a mm ati c al Rem a rks
‘
85
.
.
In th e
sam e
way
th e
as
i n sente n c es 1 —6 , th e f oll ow ing a re f orm ed : bi afen, to
v erbs
blow, bu bIafefi, bi i es, gebi afen ; braten, to roas t, f ry, bu bri tfi,
bri et, gebraten ; fangen, bu fiingfi, fing, gefangen ; bangen, to
h ang, bu bi ngfi, bi ng, gebangen ; Iaflen, bu Iii flefi, Ii eb, gei afien ;
bauen, to h ew, cut, bu bauefi, bieb, gebauen ; Iaufen, to run, bu
lfiuffi, li ef, gel aufen ; bei fien, to call or to be called, bu bei fiefi
or bei bi , bi e ,
fi gebei fien ; fiofien, to pu sh , bu fibfiefi or fibfit, fiiefi,
gefiofien ; rufen, rief, gerufen
In th e sam e way as th e v erbs in senten ces 7 1 0, th e f ollowin g
are f orm ed : graben, to di g, bu gri b , er ri bt, rub,
fi g
g
gegraben ;
Iaben, to load, bu Iiibfi, er l i bt, l ub, gei aben ; tragen, to bear,
carry, bu tri gfi, trug, getragen ; fabren, to m ov e, ri de in a
Wagon, bu fi bt fi, fubr, gefabren ; fd afien, to sha pe, create, bu
'
'
'
'
-
.
.
fdafifi (duf, gefdaffen ; inadfen to grow bu madfefi or madfi,
er madfi
ude, gewadfen ; wafden, to w ash , bu ma be , er
, w
fi fi
miifdt, 1vufd gemafden
Of th e f ollowing th e Pas t Parti ci ple onl y (
wi th a passi v e
''
,
,
.
,
m eani ng ) i s
,
con u ga te d
j
in th e
an c i ent
f orm ; th e Pas t
and
Present in th e n ew one i i d fal te, f ol d, gefal ten ; i d) (
mi te, spli t,
gefpalten ; i d mabl e, grind, gemabl en ; i d faige, salt, gefai aen
iBaden, to bake, gebaden, f orms th e secon d a nd third p erson
si ng ul ar of th e Pr e s en t bu bii dfi, er badt
.
.
86
.
Deri vativ e sub stantiv e s w i th ou t a fii x e s and prefix es, or
with th e latter alone, a re f orm e d, as a rul e, f rom th e Past t ense ;
_
60
G
ERMAN GRA MMA R
.
Erich, f rom tri eb ; Bug drau gh t f rom 3 09 ; Qibfdieb leave,
f rom fdi eb Gteg, bri dg e f r om r
é dmi fi blow ; E
li ifi chi nk ;
i leg ; C
28 mbiti ng ; 6 dui tt c u t ; a m
t ride ; g d fl i ti p ace ; 2
pm whis t
ling ; Rni ff pi n ch tr ick ; ©ri fi h a n dl e se i zur e i g tt i d, stroke ;
m eas ure ; 5
f eed ; e dmur,
Gdi id, ruse ; snag
5m g
oa th ; g dur fl
( ) sh e arin g ; b ub lif ti ng ; ®erud, sm ell ;
‘
er
t
fli b ufi, gri ef ; e profi Sp rou t ; g di u fi conclus ion ; g dufi, sh ot ;
(
Si ufi, casti ng ; ©euufi enjo ym e nt ; 55mg ri v er ; fi bfub, decocti on ;
com m andm e n t ; fli eri u t, l oss ; {f ro
©ebot
mfrost ; glug,
f
fli gh t ; Si t i ng, dece p tion ; 2 il g li e ; $ 113 bow ; g dub, p ushi ng ;
SDi ebftai fl, th ef t ; Emm i, drink ; (d efi ant ste nch ; Bmaug, oom
pulsion ; g ang, song ; 6 dwang sh ock ; Ri aug, sound ; S t ung
‘
th rong ; 233 m m
t
r
h
l
w
a
l
as
6
uu
b
;
; B aub, v ol um e ; b i eb
,
d
bl ow ; 6 di eb, p arti ti on
Th ey a re m ascu lines, wi th v ery f e w
ex ce p tion s
S uch o f th em as as su m e wh en th us f orm ed an e or t f o r
as,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
b abe, gif t ; bie
©ti ege, l adde r ; bi e (
Sage, condition ; g prade ; $ubre, l oad ; ©rube ; {Sl udb fligh t ;
Budt, raising ; QBudt, i m pe tu s ; SBu di , b igh t ; (Sj eburt, bi rth
Oth er su ch deri vati v e s a re f orm e d f rom th e Parti ci ple Pas t ;
as,
conf e dera ti on ; fiuub, fin din g ; 6 dmuub, decrease ;
affix, are
f em ini nes ;
as, bi e
~
.
g dwung, swi nging ; 6 13 111111 9 , l ea p ; i runi , p otion ; QBut f, th row ;
fi rud, f raction ; 6 pt ud, l eg en d ; g pai t, s plit ; g di ag, blow ;
fi el afi, S p ace ; b ang, in
fli uf, call ; S tofi, sh ock ; Qau f, cou rs e ; (
f all ; g di af, Sleep ;
cli n ation ; %aug, ca tc hi ng ; S
pel t, h old ;
mutt), a dvi ce ; Qabeu, (b rabeu, Qi t ateu Al l of th em masculines
-
'
'
.
.
Th e f em i ni ne s a mong th em are f orm e d wi th th e te rm inati on e
d ebu t, bi rth
t ; as, b iti fe, fi ni uuft, a rriv al, (
Oth ers are f orm ed f rom th e Present ; as, 6 deiu, sh ine,
Gteig, p ath , Qi erbi eib, abo de, 6 d rei, c ry, gi ei fi, di li gence, fli er
‘
{di cta sal e, Gtrei t, di sp u te, Qeib, n , g ig, sea t, 6 dwela, enam el,
©efledt, n , e dredeu, 6 ti d, Qi efebl, (b emina, §Begi nn All of
or
.
s
.
.
.
th em m asculin es, e x ce pt th e f e w m a rk e d
Th e f emi nines
‘
a m on g
.
th em ar e f orm e d w ith th e affi x e or
t ; as , p fl ege, care, ©cwebe, web, gt age, qu estion , e pal te, fissure,
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
61
.
Babt e, barrow, i t adi h a bi t,
galte, f old, QBafde, w ash , S t age, E
5
Elafe blister, QBei fe, k in d §Bitte, prayer, © dt au be s c re w
6 dwell e, si ll , S uede, spri n g, fiti ge, li e, © dmiuge, win g 6 d et e,
,
,
,
,
,
,
sciss ors, sh e ars, etc
.
T h e Pa rtici ple Pres ent i s f orm ed by a ddin g b to th e
I nfi nitiv e ; as, l i ebenb, l ovi ng, tdufdenb, dece i ving, l adelnb,
87
.
f r om l ad ei a
s m ili n g,
88
.
Th e
a dverb
j
.
wi th i ts a d ec tiv e
.
of
th e
,
com
parativ e h as th e sam e f orm
Th at of th e s u perla ti ve i s f orm e d th u s : am
l ii ngfteu, long est, f or th e longest ti m e, am grofiteu, grea test, am
ipii dfteus, mei fteué , meuig=
t mei fteu, m ost
bfidfteu, h igh est, an
'
.
.
'
fiend lfiugftené fpdteftené ft iibeftené are ex c ep tiona l f orm s
Sit net te
EX ERC I S E XLII
(
d uue burd feine © di ide mte
et uue meui gfteue bt ei mal (
don bet t ad eu bat Gt gt i bt u ad
i n beu 6 palt eu bee (
i t li egt auf bem Ri t dbof
Si ebit gee G
buri e d)
li begt aben (
Qt b et gtub feine Roftbat i ei teu i u
au Si E
einem ©mbeu
(
i s i ft mi t entfall en it s et eiue QBobnuug baueu
Ififit S CI) Befalie (
please ) bit nidi tucd t (
do I n ot) ? Du ge
fii il ft mi t cud ; i d gefiel bit in bot biu ui dt ; babe abet fonft
i d bet u m mi t gemal
S ebet mauu gefaueu (li t ii i efiunb bi eb um r
tigen 6 di ii geu
QBobiu Iii ufft bu (mo l aufft bu bin) ?
SDi e
fiebeube mild l auft fiber S i e Ri unge bet ®Ioci e t iefeu mid iu
bi e Rit dex l
ode biefet
ftfit i fteu u nb Iantefteu {di dgt bi e (M
Ebut mubt (i but m to w er steepl e ) S et fdaffeube (Sh i ft bee
Wi eufdeu fduf Runft (f art) unb QBifleufdaft
(
gr
mii fdt feiue b ii ube i n uufdulb
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
=
,
=
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
(
,
.
How s trongly th e wi nd b low s
,
ble w th e
co w h orn.
S h e i s f ryi n g
stron ger
th an
e v er
.
He
of
(6 nd
fi sh es
When Ch arl es f a ll s as leep (ei ufdlafen) one can h ear
h i m snoring th ir ty yards of
(mei t) Th e se x ton (I obteu
anitofieu) ch urch ard
grfibcr) du g a g rav e i n th e a dj oini n g (
y
-
.
a
.
bag
,
,
.
.
Th e
qu i ck er th a n th ose w h o tr ied to ca tch th em
You w h o h a v e e nter e d (eintt eteu ) h ere, lea v e e v ery h op e be
a nts
ra n
.
(babiu ten) Th e c oa c h m an (Rutfdet ) s tow e d (Iaben)
t welv e p er sons i n a sm all (
fdmal lleiu, tug) coach (Rutfde)
h ind
.
,
6
.
MA N GRA MMAR
62
GER
.
Sh e w ash es h er h an ds a n d f ac e tw i ce a We ek
h a s,
at
My t p b th
s e
.
Th e l ittl e tree
m ost, grow n tw o in ch e s
’
.
of
ro
er
w h i ch
I
-
pok e grew b eh ind a f en c e Wh o of you c ri e d a nd called
lou de st ? He h e w ed a br an ch (
fl it, S meig, m ) f rom th e li ttle
bush
He bade (bei fien) m e f ollow him wi th (in) th e qui ckest
pa ce (Eauf)
S
.
.
.
LES SON T WENT Y S EC OND
.
EX ERC I S E XLIII — 1 QBobi u i d aud gebe, ba gebt unb
fi ebt et 2 3 d babe i bu ftebu uub gebeu Iafieu uub bi u uad
b anie (h o m e, h om ew ard ) gegaugeu 3 (it gi ng (we nt) unb
bat geben mii fieu megeu (on a c cou nt of ) feiueé bbfeu Gj emi flens
‘
n , c onsci ence
4
$3
0
i
t
a
n
b
e
u
a
a
b
e
w fi
i emanbem
b b u tb it W
)
(
s tood
i m ilBege geflaubeu (
) 5 Qiuftatt (instead of ) feiuet tbat
6 flBi bt eub
i d, was i d getbau babe unb babe tbuu f ourteu
s e rv i ce
bee ®otteebi eufteé (
) tbuft bu unb ibut et ui dté ate
al ong
7 flange (
1111 q (
mi schi ef )
) biefet Si eibe (seri e s, ran ge)
b fiufet ftaubeu pt adtige fib dume 8 QBas babt i bt getbau ?
mi dts, al e was wit babeu tbuu ioIIeu unb bii t feu 9 b abeu
6 te i bu u i dt uumei t bee mat i nee fieben febeu ? 1 0 QBit babeu
Sj ebbt é i uuet bal b bee
i n sp ite of ) uufet eé {dIedteu (
i bu tree (
i ngeu boreu
Gaal eé (h all ) r
89 T h e pu p il m ay i nflect th e
Gra m m a ti ca l Rem a r ks
De
thr ee i rregu lar v e rbs ftebeu, geben a nd tbuu all th rou gh
r i v a ti v e n ou n s a r e (
b ang, ga i t, m , ©taub, m , pl a ce, condi tion ;
i bai f , deed, ac ti on
9 0 Th e v erb geben i s rem arkabl e f or i ts bei ng in spi te of
i ts n eu ter m eaning, conn ec te d w i th oth er infini tiv es an d parti
a s iageu geben, to go h u nting , e en
c ipl es
ff geben, to go to dine
s tri ct eu geben to b ecom e l ost
9 1 Th e v e rbs mbgeu, biit feu, tonnen, mufleu foIIeu, moll eu
bot eu febea, bei fen, a nd geben (th e last two only w ith i nfin
i ti v es Wi th ou t a n obj ec t) a ssum e th e i nfin i ti v e gov e rne d by
th e m w i th ou t an a ll o th ers w i th 3 11 ; as , i d ma
g iagen, i d barf
gl auben, i d f arm fdmbt eu, i d mufi beui eu, i d foil mi d freuen,
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
'
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
e
.
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
'
.
,
,
,
,
MA N GRAMMA R
64
GER
.
Wh at h as th e cat don e to th e e
th a t
,
dost
not
.
A m ill (
E
lli ubl e) s tan ds on th i s si de of th e brook
al so.
'
Ou t
.
tow n
le t
Hou s es are stan di ng b eyond th e m ou ntain
h er a lon e (
geben)
of
th ou
(aufierbalb) th ere ar e (ea gi ebt) no stone bui ldi ngs (Gi t
No trees h av e b e en a llowed to s tand i nsi de of th e
bfiube,
He h ad i ntended to h el p hi m by m eans of a rap e bu t
h e w as n ot a bl e (
to ) on ac cou nt of th e n oi s e (
Be
Qarm
low the p ow der—
m ill (
pow der Sp a i nter
a p al a c e
p al aft m )
(S
stood
A n order w as giv en (
mii flen) th a t i t sh ou ld be p u ll e d
d ow n (
ni ebet t ei fien
I h ea rd h im cry ; h e cri ed f or
(nad) h elp I h eard a m ou se scram bli ng (t afdeln) abov e th e
w a l ls
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
'
.
,
.
c ei lin g
For God s sak e, do h im n o h arm !
I sa w h i m
’
.
G
i ang) O f n u t tr ee s (n u t,
g th e alley (
see n h im w a lk in
g n o t f a r f rom th e tow er
a lon
-
ri di n g
I h av e
Stub,
.
LES S O N T WENT
Y THI RD
-
Ex ERC I SE XLV
.
Qi t i ngeu 6 i e mit ben et ften, amei ten,
bt itten, bi et ten u nb funften E
Banb biefee E
meri ta aua b et SBftdet ei
(libra ry) 2 SDen fedften, fiebenten, adteu, neunten, aebnten,
down )
ei ften u nb a
molften bt adte i d S bneu geftet n bet untet (
3 ® eu bt ei aebnten u nb b i et gebnten, amangi gften unb einunbaman=
<
i
e
u
e
t
t
e
u
u
n
b
u
n
b
e
t
u
n
et
e
u
a
b
e
n
b
t
b
i
u
n
i
(
5 i e mi t nod
i
agf , b
b
b
f
f
r eflec t o n ,
4 {B it beni en bat itbet nad (
ni di bet untet gebt adt
)
if ) bu ben ameiunbgwangi gflen Di tobet bi et feiu i annft
vb (
5 lSi me bil ft ea, bag i bt nadbeni t ? tb it badteu ft itbet and, enfei
poss ibl e ), mi t babeu ea abet ii bet badt unb eingefcben,
mogi id (
6 3 d bi dte, bu bt adteft ben Ri nbet n
bob ea unmogi i d i ff
7 bi le baa geuet brannte (
to b urn ) nannteft bu bi e
etmas mit
b ibe u net tt agl id ; j ebt ba ea ni di mcbr brennt unb Iii ngit nidt
8 E
mcbr gebt annt bat, nennft bu bi e Ri Ite u nau cftebi i d
lli ott
bat i bu ei nen mart en genannt, meil et j eber g dut ge (a pron )
nadt anute, et t ennt abet bl ob ben bii bfd en ill i fibden nad, f anu
find f a u lt w i th ) ?
man i bm baa b et benf eu (
3 d f enne i bu
bet S
p et fvn u ad ; bem si tamt u nad babe i d ibu ui e getannt ;
u nb mm i d ei nmaI i annte, ben et i enne i d i mmer wieber
10
-
.
1
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
’
’
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PRA C TI C AL L ES SO NS
65
.
i teri ennen 6 te mi d ni di (
m i sj u dge ), nbmobl i d mi d {dulbi g
bei enne
Gr a mm a ti c a l Rem arks
9 4 Th e com bi n ati on of th e Um
.
.
la ut w i th th e
a lso
.
'
te rm i n a ti on s Of th e n e w f orm i n th e ab o v e v e rb s
tak es
pla ce i n th e f ollo wi n g : t enu eu to run t au nte ge
t au nt ; fenben
fanbte (or ienbete) gefanbt (or gefenbet) ; a n d
mt nben to tu rn manbte (
o r wenbete
) gemanbt (or gewenbet)
T h e S u bj u n c ti v e i s, i d bt adte bii d te brennte i ennte neunte
t ennte ienbete menbete
9 5 A ll v e rb s c om pou n de d w i th pre p o si tion s n ou n s a dv erb s
in a w ord al l c om po u nd v e rb s e x c e p t th os e
a dj e c ti v e s & c
c om p ou nde d w i th th e i n se p ar a bl e p re fi x es b e 9 8
cu t
em p
b e t get m i b b o I I bta t er,it i b e t ar e se p ar ate d f rom th ei r
fi rst com p on en ts a n d th e l atter th r own to th e e n d of th e sen
tenc e w h e n th e v e rb i s a Pre se n t or Im p e rf e c t or I m p era ti v e
no t de p en de nt on any oth er or
a n d th e sente nbe a si m pl e on e (
sub ordi n a te on e )
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
“
Sep a r a ble Comp ound s
‘
8 nd) bet nnter)
mut) bet nutet (bt ii ige id) bae s
3 d bringe ba g s
‘wad bet uutet bt a te i bus ‘
b
a
fl ntbbetuutet )
t
a
e
s
t
b
)
( d
d
d
)
d
3
.
l
'
w
-
F
'
’
wringe (bringen G ie) ba d 28 m]; herunter
.
'
a nd) bermi tet gebt adt
3 d) babe (barre bic tte) bad s
B utb bet i m tet bt i ngen
3 d it et be (ivfit be) bad S
i
l
O
.
,
.
Q Gt wi l l, bafi i d) ba d 223 ml) bet uutet bri uge
'
Q Qi t ie d te id baa Qi ucb bet uutet , {o trfige et ea ini ebet bi uauf
.
Ins ep a r a ble Comp act/ad s
.
.
3 d biutet bt inge baa iB ud
B ud
3 d) bi ntet bt ad te baa s
b intet bt ingeu g it baa % nd
d) babe (barre) bad iBucb bintet bt atbt
3
‘
h ud bi ntet bt iugeu
U 3 d tv et be ba d t
Q (
i t will bafi i d) bar; QBnd) biutet bt iuge
B ud 1b ri fige et ea tutet et biuauf
Q b intet bt fi dte i d baa S
i
-
.
r
i
t
.
.
.
t
.
.
,
,
96
u m,
.
‘
.
Th e sa m e u se obta i n s w i th th e f our p re pos i ti on s, b u i d),
ii i) e r, a n d
u n t e t , w h en th e m a i n a cc e n t or e m
ph as i s li es
i n th e pr e fix ; b u t w h en i t i s u p on th e v erb, n o s e para ti on ta kes
p la c e
a s,
MAN GRA MMA R
66
GER
Im ep arable
.
Sep arable
.
.
3 d but dfnde bie wudet ei
’
3 d fude bard) baa gauge b aud binburd
.
) umarmte beu m um
Gt ni mmt ben mantel um
(
i t rest: mi t bem mat te fiber (film’
f eaen)
’
(
i t legte ei u
att e
t
e
n
a
r
u
m
u
m
m
p t
(
(egen)
'
(
st enc h
3d
3 d fiberlegte’ (consider) ben Gebanten
.
.
.
3 d unterflW (su pport ) meine Gi teru
.
M
.
97
.
Th e Germ an S ubj unc ti v e
u s e of onl y wh e n th e ac ti on e x
pre sse d h as no r eal e x is tence b ut
,
Thi s i s chi e fly th e case
y as an idea of som e one
In or ati o obli qua , vi z af ter v erb s h avi ng th e m eaning to
exi sts onl
1
.
(see 5 th sentence ) i s m ade
.
.
pini on
of s om ebo dy a re rela te d ; as er fagt bafier i n 5
B etl iu gemefen fei ;
i d meine, bab et bi ea ni di getbau babe ; i d bbt e bag et i t ant fei ;
et et a
fibi te, bab et non fli om nad E
li eapel gerei ft tuii t e, ale et
S a l
e
t
a
b
e
t
i
t
b
t
ti
e
b
p bi gefi ot beu ir at e unb et fei befibalb
gb
b , fi
aut iiclgerei ft 2 Af ter verb s e xpre s sing a wi sh or an i nten
as
ti on, a nd af te r bami t i n order th a t
i d wi ll baB bu
aufrieben fei ft ; et beabfidti gt bafi i d Qatein Iet ne ; i d moll te,
3 In con di ti on al senten ce s wh e n th e c ontrary
i d mat e tobt
s ay, to m ean , to dec la r e, to thi nk, a n d w h e n th e w ords or o
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
of
,
wh a t i s real i s as se rte d, e i th er i n th e Condi ti onal , or i n th e
bu t I
Su bj uncti v e of th e Im pe rf e ct ; as, mea n i d) 65e batte (
h av e no m oney) ; in tb ut be i d fi fidet f aufen (bu t I do not
bu t th ou ar t n ot) ; {0 gfibE
buy any) ; t‘odreft bu rei d (
fi bu ben
911 mm etwae (bu t h e does not gi ve to th e poor )
EXERC I S E XLVL fli er iibet bt ingt bem fi oten bi efeu fi t ief,
mpfauger (
rece i v er, ad dresse d p erson
bami t tr ibu bem (
E
) fiber
b utee non bi t bente ? QIber banu i ii es
gebe? ib u mi ll li bag er (
5 1118 6 tbueft QBi t bebadteu ni dt, bab et ba=v
notbmeubig, bab bu (
St {anbte unb t annte felbit nad einem t aste, weil
b onget annt i ft (
or mii t be tet ben
et gl aubte, i d ftii t be (
) 215mmet bod ginge, i d
f
birdi e, et it i t e beidfimt geu ug ! (
i t bat [i d gang u nfet eu gei nben
pri nc i ple ) an (annebmen,
gugemanbt ; et uimmt neue ®t unbfi ge (
as su m e) obet Iegt fi e ab wi e man eineu neuen Si ne
! angiebt obet
abl egt
Wimm mi d mi t, meil bu {agft i d mii fle bie fiBelt febea
ti t manbte ben fl uebtud an, bafi ®ott ein (Bei ft fei
.
s
.
.
.
'
.
.
«
.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS .
Do n ot giv e up th e sh ip !
Pu t
67
(auaieben) your coats !
on
He ran u p th e h ill a nd j u m p ed down
a ai n l ik e a w e ase l
We drink a bottle of C a
(QBi efcl
ta w ba e v e r y d a y a nd e a t u
( p ) a doz en (S ugenb n ) appl es
S he brou gh t u p an u rn (Tobf) of tea a nd i nvi ted (
ei nl aben) u s to
h elp ourse l v es (
gul angen) to as much as w e w anted ; w e h el p e d
o u rs e l v es to on e cu
We proposed (b ut bti ngen) a n e w
p ea ch
n a m el
p lan (E
namli d) th at th e w h ole p arty m i gh t
p l au
y (
b ornebmen) a p la y (
T h e p laye rs p roposed
©pi el
go to (
(fid b ornebmen) to m ak e (ei ngeben) a contrac t wi th th e m an age r
He agre e d to i t and th ey sent f or a notary
(di et iti ai tet )
(molar) pu blic (bffenti icb) th at he m i gh t wr ite dow n th e sam e
(bet fclbe) He wrote it down a nd said e v eryth i ng wa s righ t
Th e m onk ey burned (
b etbt ennen) h i s fi nge rs wh en h e a ttem pted
to roas t ch estn u ts (
Rafi ani e) so h e ca u gh t a cat th a t sh e m igh t
f e tch (bol en ) f or h i m th e roaste d (
bt aten) c h estnu ts f rom (
and)
We p u t th e m eetin g off (auffdieloen) to Th u rsday
th e fire
(Q onnet ftag) th e th irty firs t (of ) Ja nu a ry (S annat ) an d a
se cond ti m e to We dne s da y
(Wittwod ) th e tw enty sev enth of
Fe bru a ry (gebt u at ) a n d th e th i rd tim e to Tu esday (Q ienfi ag)
a rc h
i ra) i n order th at th e wh ole a ss e m
th e e l e v e n th of M
lm
(E
Par don m e m y f ri en d do
anib efenb)
bl a ge c ou ld b e p re s en t (
La y down you r a rm s !
,
g
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
!
.
,
-
,
-
,
,
.
not ta ke
,
i t i ll (ii belnebmen) , I h a v e
n ot well
,
c on si de re d i t ;
th e
(wi eber gutmaden) He
et fdi efien) a
see m e d to th ink th a t i t was e asy enou gh to kil l (
I m i su n derstoo d hi m I di d n ot
S p ar row w i th a S i n gle sh ot
We dre w out (bet aué aieben) our w eapons
m isj u dg e hi m
a nd de f e nde d our sel v e s (
fi d b ertbei bigen f rom tbuu) Had I
b eli e v e d th a t th e p rea ch er (
wt ebi ger) w a s m istaken (i m S t t
Wh o can
bet i dtigen)
i bu m) I sh o uld h a v e c orr e c te d h i m (
n e x t tim e
I sh a ll m a ke
a m en ds f or i t
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
a
.
,
w is h th a t h i s a dv ers ary w as dea d ?
LES S ON T WENT Y FO U RTH
-
EX ERC I S E XLVII
.
1
.
.
li ebet ei b et gebene
3 d wei b, bag abe E
ut vi fien.
n va i n ) i ft, abet bu wei bi es ni di, ot et fdei nft es ni di a
i
(
'
G ERM
AN GRA
68
MMA R
.
fi er bimmel weib, bab i d ni dtc non bi efet 6 duti et ei gemufit
b
babe, unb bafi ti tles, was i d tb ufite, fitt mi d ni dt bot banben
arli t en
(ex ta nt) war 3 { Bit at men Eeufel mifien, bafi ail ee w
unb (
b onit ob et ti t eu unnii g i ft ; u nb menu mi t e nidi mii fiten, {o
’
t
t
mii ben mi e 3 a bulb et fabren (e x peri e nce ) 4 QBiffe, (Sienbet
ei del ei u nb ai dt bitpit en tann t !
(wretch ), bob bu mi t beinet d
f
5 b e: aIte ©ei3 bai a (
ni
ggar d) b erit te u na Bis an {tin unieligee
’
6
(
Enbe
ltet n babeu 8 t an3 eua (befdmiftet befudt
Rad s (E
7 QBit babeu bi e iebt g elefeit 6 di ll et ’ a unb ©6 tbe’ a O ebi dte,
’
’
’
’
S i ed é , Wuifiua u nb (
fi rimm é imiibt den, 3
i
mdier a E
li a
’
t
8 3 d Ii ebe Gdiii et (
mane, unb E
e
ti
a
B n s Qi fidet
or 6 dill et u
)
or (
iben (
b otbe) unb Se i ng (or fieffingen) ben
abet i d gebe ®B
pref er) 9 SDie QBaIIeuftei ne unb I iil ba mitt en gleid=
23 01 311 9 (
’
i
1
0
b btbea ?
3 d toat bei 6 umuet e
aufebeu ben © d ll ers unb (
an éBefud
Th e p u p il m ay in flect th e wh ol e
Gra mm a ti c a l Rem a rks
of th e irr egul ar v erb mi ffen
2
.
’
.
.
.
.
'
.
«
.
.
.
.
s
.
.
.
w
.
.
.
.
.
98
.
Th e gender of
s ub sta n tiv e s
c an
bes t be l ear ned only
by practi ce, a nd th i s i s th e r eas on wh y th e pu pi l finds in thi s
b ook th e gender m ar k e d af ter each su b stan tiv e w h ere it occurs
.
S till th e f ollow i n g ru l e s go f ar towards
f or th e fir st tim e
e stabl ish i ng th e gend er of m ost su b stanti v e s
.
I
.
.
M
asculines are ,
1
.
All m al e
n am es
and
Raabe S ube finenfd
,
.
,
ppella tions ; as , QSatet , $ ut get,
Ex ce pt th e dim inutiv es in den
a
a nd l ei u, wh i ch are n eu ters
2
.
Th e n am e s
of
th e
.
seaso ns,
b et bft, bet 91pm, bet fl outag
m on th s, and da ys ;
as, bet
.
3
.
Th e nam es of
sto nes
a nd
m ounta i n s ;
as , bet
bet Rieiel, fli nt, bet QIt at at, bet 91m m
4 Th e n am es of th e wi n ds, a n d r e gio n s of th e
Q iamaut,
.
.
com
p ass ;
bet ®tut m, bet flBi nb, bet t minb, bet 6 tiben, bet
Dfi eu, bet Worben, bet QBeften, bet Wot boflen, etc
5 All deriv a ti v e noun s endin g in i ng and l ing and all ;
"
as , bet d at i ng, bet S ii ngl iug, bet gall
as,
.
.
.
PRA C TI C A L LES S O NS
6
.
.
A ll der iv a ti v e m onosyll ab i c n ou n s f orm e d f rom th e r oot
of
v er b s
w i th
or
w i th ou t afi xes , w i th
w i th ou t th e
Um la u t
w i th ou t
or
(se e
bi e 6 dmad, bi e QBanb, bi e 23 t
II
69
.
,
an d
a
pre fix e s an d
Ex ce pti on s
,
f ew
oth er s
.
Fe m i ni n e s a r e ,
.
1
All f em al e na m es
an d a
‘
.
u ti v e s
in
ppell a ti ons e x cept th e di m in
,
den an d Iei n a nd th e two w ords baa flBeib
,
,
baa 8 t aueu3 immet , l ady
.
All w or ds
of
-
tw o
or
ylla bl es e ndin g i n e, wh en
‘
(as, ber Rnabe, bet mefie, bet
m or e
n o t na tur a ll
y m a s c u li n e
s
.
Some, bet Ql fie, e tc )
as, bi e Gi de, bi e é
Bud e, b e ach
Qi i t f e, birch , S anne, fi r, E
BIume, sJIeIf e, Sil vie, SZ iIi e, fi it fd e,
s
Dflaume, éBeet e ; bi e Qi ebe, fil t eu e, Gj ii te, 6 dmi de, 6 i mbe,
'
g
QBitte, Dti tte, Sti nge, Qi t ei te, i bi cf e ; bi e Eaube Ex c e p
ti ons : baa bi nge, baa Gabe, bet Rafe, bae é
Bette
All d e ri v a ti v e su bsta nti v es en ding i n ei, bai t, f t i t, (
daft,
a n d un ; as , bi e Gwd mei del ei, Bu t i ebenbei t, Q
Bit tbfd aft,
g
f
h ou seh old, (
Ex ce p ti on s bas
Sbt bat f ei t, g donung
b etid aft, sea l, an d bet b ut nung, Febru a ry
E
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
Al l der i v a ti v e m on osyll abi c su bsta n ti v e s , n o t n a tura lly
m a s c u li n e , e n di ng i n th e a ffi x t
S adt, {Subt b e tc Ex c ep tions :
G
i i idt, bet flBu ft etc
.
,
as ,
g ahrt, 523 mméB ucbt,
bet 2
mb
,
et
,
2
3 aft, bet
.
Neu ters a r e ,
21, but 23 , baa 8 , e tc
e x c e pt bet S tabl, bet l umbaf ,
Th e n a m es of m e tal s (
a s, baé ®oi b, baa 6 tlbem — an d
anna)
baé or bi e
most n am e s of raw m aterials ; as , bad b ola, baé g el,
Th e l ette r s of th e alp h ab e t ;
a
-
y
a s, bad
.
W
bats QBaflet , baa gett
th e ar ti cl e, h ow e v er,
Th e n a m es of cou n tr ies a n d pl a ces (
'
.
i s u sed
j
p r e c e de s th e n a m e )
ftoIge 23 0mm Ex c e pt
onl y w h en a n a d ec ti v e
a s,
bi e
i ngl anb, baé
baa t ei de (
g dmelg, bi e C
p fala, Pa la tin ate a n d a l l en di n g i n ct ; as ,
bi e i ii t f ei, i at tat ei, Smongol ei, e tc
4 Th e Infini ti v e m ood, w h en u se d su bstan ti v ely ; as, baé
.
.
.
M
70
GER A N GRA
MMAR
.
W
a n ol d i n fin i ti v e ), baé ( en, i t inf en ;
g eiu, baé QBeien (
an d ev er
o th er w ord or s e ri es of w ords w h en use d
y
'
su b stanti v el y ;
a s, baé
‘
ein baQ
IBat um baa b ea te bad W
,
,
.
Sj u te, baa " S
(
B ete u nb QIt beite
,
”
.
5
.
6
.
All di m i nu ti v e s i n den an d Ieiu
.
Th ose i n ni fi, w ith th e e x c ep tion of ginflet ni fi, darkn ess
,
fi enntni fi, kn owl e dge, gaulnifi, rottenness, E
Beit ii buifi a n d
5
8 ef ii mmet ni fi, gri ef , etc
.
7
Th ose in tbum and
fai l or (cl ex c ept bet Si eidtbum
bet S t t tbum bie i t fibfal bi e E
miibial bet 6 tobitl
Th e gender of com p ou n d substanti ves i s a lw ays th at of th e
last com p on en t ; as bi e QSvt fduIe bet b aué mit tb baa i i ntefafi
Ex c ep tions a re bi e QInmutb, gra ce bi e fil t mutl) po v erty bi e
S emu tb h u m ili ty bi e ®t o§mu tb m agnanim i ty bi e Ganftinutb
f rom bet ma th)
g entlen es s (
§ 9 9 Th e p u pil m ay f orm th e infl ec tion of prop er nou n s
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
f rom th e a bov e senten c es
c al ,
Th e sayi ng bei 6 a mner’ é i s e lli p ti
.
’
m ea n in g bei 6 umuet e gamili e
.
En gli sh
or
all ow e d, wh en
th e
A ki nd
Fren ch pl u ral , bi e g dillet é , bi e ©5tbeé , i s
of
term i n ati o n of th e pl ur al in prop er n ou n s w ou l d soun d b a dly
.
1 00 T h e a rrangem en t of w or ds c a n i n Germ an , as th e 7 th
.
and
9 th se ntences sh ow, b e inv er te d f or rh etori ca l efi e c t ; e ith er
'
by pla cing th ose p arts of sp eech w h i ch ar e to h a v e a pa rti c ul a r
s tress a t th e e nd of
th e s en ten c e, af te r th e p re di ca te (
as , i d
babe
gel efen g di flet , © 5tbe, e tc ) or by pl ac i ng th em a t th e he ad of
s ee
th e se ntence, and in v erting subj ec t and cop ul a (
.
MA N GRA MMA R
72
G ER
os i ti on s, or
by oth er
ten ce, f or i ns tan ce ,
s u b sta nti v es
.
f
r e e rr e d
‘
th e c h i ld S i n s
to th e m
Th e se n
.
’
g , m u s t b e c om e lim ite d, in
to m ean som e th in g de fi n i te , e i th er by th e arti c le or so m e
ord er
o th e r w or d ;
as ,
ch i ld s i ngs , or
‘
th e c h il d si n s
’
g ,
‘
th e chi l d o
or
.
‘
th i s
child
s in
’
gs,
or
‘m
y
A n d th e Sin g
f m y br other Si ngs
in g m u st be in di vi du a li z e d, if i t i s to b e don e, by an a ddi tion of
’
’
.
w h a t, or w h e re , w h en , h ow, th e c h ild S i n gs
.
All w ords qua lifyi ng or in div idua li z i ng a s u bstan ti ve
a re call e d i ts A ttri butes ; a ll w ords
qu alif yi n g o r i ndiv i du ali z i ng a
5
v er
.
b a re
ca ll e d
.
i ts Ob
j ects
.
A dj e c tiv es, h o w e v e r , m ay a ls o b e
i n di v idua li z e d by obj e c ts , beca use th ey m a y, w h e n co n n e c te d
w i th th e a u x i li a ry v erb to be, take th e pla c e o f a v e rb
.
6
La ngu a ge h as m ou lde d c er ta in f orm s by w h i ch th e i n di
.
v id u a li z a tion of
an d o b ec ts
j
c a s es
of
osi ti on s
7
.
(
’
m a n i n th e m oon
th e
noti on s
of
r el a ti on
a c ti on s i s e x
‘
as th e chi ld s
s u b s ta n tiv e
(as
w hil e th e
by; m eans o f a ttr i b u te s
in telli gible as suc h to th e b ea rer ; as th e
i s m ade
th e
b e tw een
su bsta nti v es a nd ve rbs
bei n gs a n d
b e twe en
w hi ch S h o w th e
n o ti on s
n o ti on s
a n d th e
of
of
p r ep
r el a ti on
be in gs a nd a c tions ,
a c ti ons a n d
n oti on s of
pre sse d b y th e comp ou nd s enten ce a n d c onj un c ti ons
.
Th e Ge rm an la n gua ge dis tin gu ish e s, not, li k e th e En g
li sh , th re e, bu t, l ik e th e Fr en ch and th e Gr eek , f ou r c a ses
th e
Nom i n a ti v e, e x pres sin g th e su bj e c t, th e Acc usa ti v e a n d D a ti v e
,
pressin g th e obj e cts an d th e Gen i ti ve ex pressi ng a ttri butes
a nd Som e tim es obj e c ts
8 La n gu ag e h as m ou lde d ce r ta in oth er f orm s e x pr essing
th e r elati on of n oti on s to th e S p e ak er
Notion s of be ings are
ref e rr e d to th e s p eak er ;
a
) By th e p ers ons of th e v e rb th e first p e rs on b e ing th e
th e se cond th e p erson s p ok en to th e th ir d
sp e ak er him se lf
th e p e r son or th in g s pok e n of e x p re ss e d b y th e p e rsona l pro
n ou n s
th ou h e (
or she or i t
) a nd w h en th e re are sev era l by
ex
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w e, you , they
.
pronoun s a nd th e a rtic le ; as ‘
th e m an
‘
su c h a m a n
p oin ting ou t j u s t th e m an w h om th e
b) By dem onstrati v e
‘
th i s m an
’
,
’
,
’
,
,
THEO RET I C A L PA RT
73
.
S
p
e ak e r
S
p
w h om th e
9
eak s
s
o f , an d
‘a m a n ’
ex
,
pre ssin g th a t h e i s a m an
p e ak er h as not b e f ore S pok en of
.
Noti on s o f a c ti on s a r e r e f erre d to th e sp ea ker by,
.
) Th e Ti m e or Tense e x pre ssi n g w h e th er an a c ti on i s goi ng
o n in th e ti m e P r es en t to th e s p e ak er s m in
d or i n ti m e Pa st
a
,
’
,
Fu tu r e to h i s m in d
or
b) Th e
a c tio n
Md
o
oi n
ex
,
.
pre ssi n g w h eth er th e s pe ake r c onside rs th e
rea l
on e , b
y th e I n di c a ti v e
‘
he
g
(
g oe s
or a
p oss i ble, n ot a r e al o n e, by th e S u bj u n c ti v e or Con di ti on a l
‘
as , if h e w e re g oi n , b u t h e
or a s a n ecess a r
(
g
g oe s
y
g
on a
a s,
.
on e , b y th e
Imp
(as
i
b e go n e I
go !
1 0 A ll th e s e r ela tion s u n de r
8 a n d 9 m a y as w ell b e
e x p re s s e d b
y A dver bs , e x pr essi n g th e Ti m e a n d Jlf ood, a n d
er a t v e
’
,
-
.
i n di vi du ali z in g b y m ean s of th e Pla ce th e Per s on or thi n g or
a cti on con sid ere d b
y th e sp eaker
.
p ou n d sen ten c e th e rel ation of n o tions of
a ctio n to ea c h o th e r i s e x p ress e d
T h e y a re r ef e rr e d to each
11
.
By th e
c om
.
o th e r
(
Jo or di n a ti on or of S u bor di n a ti on
of
by m e a n s
-
.
Two
ply pla c ed
b eside e a ch o th er or w h e n conn e c te d b y on e of th e C onj u nc
tion s u nb a n d abet b u t bea n f or fomobI— al e and b oth
se n tenc e s, e ach i n te llig ibl e w i th ou t th e o th e r, w h e n S i m
,
,
,
w ell a s, weber
as
l on g, baa Beben
l if e is
sh or t ;
.
th e
lif e i s sh or t, a rt i s
-
i ii f urs, bi e R
o r,
‘
a r t i s l on
un i
f
i ii f ang ;
g, f or li f e
‘a rt i s lon
g, b u t
’
i s sh or t ; or, ‘
li f e i s as
or,
’
.
.
th e
on
oth er ,
a
s ub or din a te
com
pou nd
sen tenc e
Th e on e w h i ch i s e ith e r th e O bj e c t, or th e a ttri bu te , or
.
j
s u b e ct
of
th e
o th er i s c al l e d th e
13
,
Wh en tw o s enten ces a re so conn ected th at one i s
d ep ende n t
e x i sts
,
,
nod), ar e co or din ate ; a s,
S h or t, a s a rt i s lon g
§ 12
,
,
.
oth e r, i s
Pr i n c ip a l sen te nc e
Th e f oll ow i n g i s
sp eec h
I
.
c a lle d th e A ccessory s en te n c e ;
a
.
of
table
di ff er en t p a r ts
th e
Noti on a l Wor ds (SBegt i ffé wot tet )
.
1
.
2
.
Ve rb (
Bei tiv ot t)
.
S u b stantiv e (
b auptmot t)
7
th e
.
f
o
MAN G RA MMA R
74
G ER
3
.
.
Adv e r b (Befii mmu ngcmm t)
.
4 A dj ec ti v e (
Gi genfd aftsmot t)
.
11
.
Rela ti ona l Words
.
Ar ti cl e (
Gfiefdl ed té mofi )
i
o
.
Pronou n (
fiti rmort)
s
c
.
u Nu m eral
o
o
Pre posi ti on
o
c
Conj u n c tion (
Qi i abemot t)
.
1 0 Inte xj e cti on (
se e
.
14
Verbs ar e ei th er Tr a nsi ti ve or In tr a nsi ti ve
.
tr a ns i tive ,
wh en th e ac tion goes ov er f rom a s ubj e c t to an Obj e c t w hi ch
i s a cte d u p on or suff eri n g ; in transi ti v e, w h e n th e a c ti on re s ts
j
s u b e c t,
w i th th e
w i th ou t
u nders tood a n d c om
ple te
r e qu ir i ng
an
in
j
O b ec t
or de r
to be
.
Wh en a v erb assu m es th e f orm of an adj ectiv e it i s calle d a
.
,
Pa rti cip le ; w h en th a t of a su b stanti ve , i t i s call e d a n I nfi ni ti ve
.
15
S ubstan tiv es a r e e i th er A bs tr a c t or Con c r ete
A b stra c t
.
.
o ne s are su ch a s
in di c a te th in gs
n ot
p ercep tible by th e se nse s
b u t on ly b y a thinki ng p r oc ess, as th e
n a m e s of
a cti on s, q u a li
ti es , a n d c on di ti on s ; as , dea th , goodn ess , m i sf or tu n e
Con cr ete
su b sta nti v e s
d p erson s ;
ar e
th e
na m e s
as, h ors e, c h i ld, Bosto n,
of
,
.
p e rce ptibl e th ings
Willi am
S uch m a y be
.
e i th e r
Com m on n a m es, or su ch as a re com m on to all th in gs or p er
— or
sons of th e sa m e c l ass ; as , c ity, tree, flo w er, b ear , e tc
.
Prop er na m es, or su ch as a re con fin e d to only on e i n divi du al ;
as, Ne w York , Onta ri o , Ni a ga ra , Fra n c i s , e tc
.
Na m es of
m a teri a ls, or su ch a s a pply to m as se s wi th ou t any
di s ti nc t in di vidu ality;
Collec ti ve
as , m i lk , san d, wood
su bs tan tiv es, or s u ch
i n di vidu al s i n a S i ng u la r
16
bu tes
e m br a ce
or
.
as
p r edi ca tes
.
m u lti tu de
a
as , gov e rn m en t, as se m bl ag e
A dj ec ti ves (
an d Par ti ci pl es
) a re
.
German
as
.
On ly
th e
e i th er
f o rm e r
.
u se d a s
a re
of
attri
i nflecte d in
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
75
.
A dj ecti v e s are e m ploye d ei th e r in th e Posi ti ve, or Comp a ra
ti ve, or S up er la ti v e de ree ;
g reat, gr ea ter, greatest
A dver bs a r e a ttri bu tes of v erb s or p redi c ates, an d define
g
17
a nd
.
.
li m i t th ei r m ea n in g, a s a dj ec ti v es lim i t an d in di v i du a li z e
th a t of
of
as,
by de ta ili n g th e ti m e , pl ace, and m an n er
’
’
I spell fl u ently ; Ch arl es i s v ery dili gen t
s u bsta ntiv e s,
a n a c tion ;
as ,
.
A dv e rbs a r e n e v er i n flec ted
.
5 1 8 Th e A r ti c le li m i ts or i n di v iduali z es th e m ean in g of a
s u b sta n ti v e
Th e Germ a n l angua ge h as , l ik e th e En gli s h , a
.
.
MB th
defin i te a rti c le , ber, bi e,
etne, ei n, a
19
,
e, a n
d a n i n defi ni te a r ti cl e, ei n,
.
Pr on ou n s are repre s e n tati v es of su b s tan ti v e s or n ou n s
.
i n gen eral , u s e d f or th e s ak e of b r ev i ty
Th e y are e i th er p er
.
son a l , or
p ossessi v e, or d em on str a ti v e , or i n terr og a ti v e , or r ela
’
’
ti v e ; or i n d efin i te ; a s , I w a s h a pp y
h i s cour age f a i l e d
.
‘thi s m an
’
Wi ck e d
’
w h a t h av e you
;
’
n o on e i s to b e seen
s ays
’
?
s ee n
‘h e wh o li es i s
.
Pron ou n s
th e
ar e , at
sam e
ti m e , e i th er
su bsta n ti v e ;
as ,
I,
th ou , h e , w e , e tc , th at, th i s , w h i ch , ea ch , e tc , w h en not c on
.
.
n e c te d w i th a su b s tan ti v e
or a d ecti v e ;
j
-
as ,
m y, your , th at,
th i s , w h i ch , w h en connec te d w i th a su b s tan ti v e
Num er a ls
ex
d efin i te n u m er al s ;
as ,
20
.
pre s s
a s , s om e ,
car di n al n u m b ers , as , on e ,
Th e
a s u b s tan ti v e
Th e
f orm
or di n al
th e f orm
.
of
-
or
tw o , th ree ,
on e ,
th e th ird ; — or i n defin i te ;
g2 1
n u m b er
.
Th e y are
qu an ti ty
th e firs t, th e s e con d,
.
m any , s ev eral
.
tw o , three , fi f ty, etc , are o f
.
.
n u m b er s ,
j
a d ec ti v es
as ,
th e firs t, th e
s e con d, etc ,
.
h ave
.
Pr ep osi ti on s m o dif y a n d i n di v i du al i ze e i th er th e
su b
j e ct or th e p re di c ate or th e obj e c t b y c onn ectin g th em w i th a
,
,
m o di f yi n g n ou n ;
as,
,
‘th e m a n i n th e m oon i s to b e s e en
I
you li k e th e tas te of l em on s
p e ak wi th h i m on th i s m atter
5 2 2 C onj u n cti on s conn ect e i th er s ev eral s u bj e c ts or obj e cts
th e
or pr e di c a te s o f th e s am e s ent en c e w i th e a ch oth er ; as
s
’
.
,
.
,
f ath er a n d h i s s on are goo d
,
I rea d a n d wri te Germ an
,
he
M
S
M
GER A N GRA M AR
76
peaks English , bu t not Fr en ch
m or e
sen te n ce s
’
.
— or th ey conn ect two or
h av i ng cer tai n re la ti on s to each oth er ; as, ‘you
l e ft th e c i ty w hen I arri v ed
23
Mt j
.
er ec ti ons e x
.
press n ei th er notions nor rela ti on s a nd
,
in gramm a ti cal conn e ction w i th th e senten ce
T h ey
a re m ere ex cl am a ti ons , i nte rru ptin
g th e gram m ati ca l cons truc
n ot
ar e
ti on ;
.
as, al as ! h urrah ! oh !
CHA PTER II
.
M
OF THE FOR ATI ON OF WORDS
24
.
si ti ou
.
Words are f orm ed ei th er by deri va ti on or by c omp o
.
I
25
ca ll e d
.
.
DERI VA TI O N
.
Th e original germ s f rom wh i ch words h av e spru n g ar e
Al l
r oots .
of
th em
ar e
m onosyll abl es
Th e i dea
.
pre sse d by th em is a certain kind of m oti on or a c ti on
are
th eref ore v erbs
.
ex
All roots
but not all v erbs are roots, beca us e th e re
i s a grea t n um b er of deri v ativ e v e rbs
.
Rad ica l v erbs, h o wever,
pounded wi th prefix e s, a nd th e sim pl e root is
Radi cal and deri v a ti v e
a nti qua ted ; as , verd i ct en ge nef m
Germ an, i nflected af ter di fferent conj u ga tions
v erbs are in
(S ee Ch apter I V )
ar e
often
com
-
,
=
=
.
,
26
.
My
an
.
roots ar e
disuse d i n Germ an, and m any
oth er
o n es
p reserve d only in deriv a ti ve words ; and w e m u st look f or
th e
root
an d
Go thi c
e ral of
.
di al e cts, lik e th e Anglo S ax on, Norse,
oth er cas es th e root i s com m on to all or se v
anci ent
In
-
th e dial ects, bu t h as
ing ; lik e
h
to
as sum e d
in ea ch a diff ere n t m ean
c er= en, to sha r e, w hi c h ori gi nally m eant to di v i de
fb
p
pp
(a
h
T is i s at l east th e o inion of Bec k er, Gri m m, Bo , and som e ot er
renown e d Germ an grammerians ; bu t th e m atter is f ar f rom be ing defini tel y
s ettle d
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
77
.
sh a re,
plou gh sh are gp flttgfd mr) bu t n ow i n Germ an m ea ns only
to ou t of :
27
,
.
,
Th e deriv a ti ves a r e e ith er Pri m a ry or S econda ry
Th e
.
Pr i m a ry der i va ti v es a re su ch as ar e f orm e d f ro m ro ots , w i th or
wi th ou t a c h a n ge i n th e
a ti v es a re th ose
f ur th er
f or m e d by afi xes f rom
of
sta g e
radi cal v o w el
Th e S ec on da ry deri v
.
pri m a ry one s
th e root i s m or e
of
deri va ti on th e m ean ing
I n e a ch
.
i n dividu ali z ed
.
II
.
PRI MA RY DERIV A TI V ES
.
S u bsta n ti v es a n d a dj ec ti ves a r e f orm e d f r om roots , e i th er
by or wi th ou t a c h a ng e of th e r a di ca l v ow el
28
1
.
.
With ou t a ny affix
.
By th e a ddi ti on of on e of th e ter m i nati ons er, er, en, t, e,
w h i ch , h ow e v er , do n ot, lik e th e affi x es of se con dary de ri v a ti ves ,
2
.
aff ec t th e m e a ning of
B
RAD I CA L V ER S
th e roots ; as ,
PRI
.
a
Bi nbm ' to bi nd
MA RY DERI V A TI V ES
) wi thou t any affi x
.
ber fi anb, v ol um e ,
h nb' r i bbon
ba
li f
e
,
,
li ft,
bet b ut,
li f tin g,
g gd
bi e iube, a n
bi e anbc’ a n i
ber Qfi i nbel, bun dle
ber QStnber, bin der
her b ett er, sip h on, eleva
.
.
ele v a ti on,
to r
.
ber b eli ef , l ev er
bet b iibel, h illock
bi e 5 1m , fligh t
.
.
fliehen, to fle e,
gm en,
0
l
g’
engrav e,
fle a,
ber
er, cl, en, t, e.
.
ber 5
8 1ml) , l ea gu e,
babeu to h eav e
h one of th e term i nati ons
b) w i t
m
.
.
bie (
b rut e, pit
b at t en, di tch
ber (
bi e fli u d fi, ba y, bi gh t
of a
bet Qi ogen, b ow , ar ch
bet Qi figel , s tir ru p , h oop
ber 58 11 6 9 1, h u m p ba c k
prim ary su b sta nti v e s and a dj ecti v es,
bad (Bruit, grave ,
.
.
.
btegen, to bow ,
b en d,
ber
sh i
.
p
,
.
.
Th e f oll owi n g a r e som e
w h os e roots , w h en n ot i n di c a te d, a re l o st
.
7 #
MAN GRA MMA R
G ER
.
1 Pri m a ry S u bsta nti v es
.
.
f rom S ans c ri t m a n u , to th ink ) bet Ropf,
S et 972mm , m an (
h ea d (
ki n d re d w i th c up , La tin cap er e) ber 91m , a rm ; ber ga g,
(f rom fli efien to flow ) ; ber 23 m) brook ;
f ro m Bergen, to h i de ) ; ber 5
ber Sl i n g m oun ta in (
8 m m tree
b eam (
f rom to bea m to e m i t) ber QBaIb f ore st wo od (
ki ndr ed
w i th wi th w ild molten to ac t, l el t world r oot to lu xu ri a te)
f rom hwmegen to m ove) ber 6 turm s torm (
bet flBeg w a y (
root
sta r Eng to s ti r
root A n l o S a x
h at), coura ge m ood (
g
) her W
m u o h a n muhen to m ov e) ; ber S
t ranf drink (
tri nf en) ; ber
i nter f a th e r ; ber 5Brubet broth er ; ber h unger h u nger ; ber
h ammer h am m e r ; ber Refier ce llar ; ber t ell er th e pla te ; ber
g d flu mmer s lu m ber ; ber fiinger fing er ; ber W
teifel ch isel ; ber
f oot ; ber 53 111 6,
ri v e r
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
‘
fil ogel, bi rd ; ber g pi egel, look in g glas s ; ber QIoeI, n obil ity ; ber
’
i
n
a
i
l
SlageI,
b at ten, g ard en ;
; ber {gl egeLfla i l ; bet b figel, h ill ; ber(
-
at en, sh op
ber 23 0m , bottom , groun d ; ber Si egen, ra in ; bet E
®te 6 1m m , sun ; bi e i na ne, tun ; bi e Eauhe, dov e ; bie 9mm,
mi ddl e , m i dst ; bi e g ei fe, soa p
f rom thei l en, to
Q ue b ane, h ouse ; had S hel , dal e, v all ey (
.
.
deal , di v ide)
b e w orth ) ;
f rom gel ten, to
) , l and ; baé © elb, m on ey (
bad 2am
f rom ni ften, to
bad fpfanb, p a w n ; bae Weft, n est (
) ; bad 8 2113 fiel d ; but 513 815 wi f e (f rom weben to w eav e )
f rom becf en to cov e r) ; bil e
bad Ralf) calf ; bad S ad) roof (
f rom bilben to f orm
BiIb i m a ge (
Ri eib dr ess (cloth ) ; bad E
do w ; has gem fire has fitebet f ever ;
bu ild ) baa genfler w i n
‘
bad ©1tter gate ; has Ra pier copp er ; bad Saber l eath er ; oae
Sl uber oar r u dder ; bad QBteieI w easel ; has nebel evil ; has
Si fen
© egel sa il ; bad Smi ttel, m eans ; baé Ri fien, cu sh ion ; baé (
n es tle
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
iron ; baé fi ecf en, b as in
syllabl e
Th e
wi th ou t
.
®e= i s p refixe d to m any p rim ary deriv a tiv es
c h a n g in g
-
th e ir m ean i ng, an d i s th en call e d A ugm ent ;
mt
) ; ber
f rom fi ngen to s in g) bi e ©coult p a tien c e (
fr om
®efang song (
‘
f rom fehen, to see)
bulben to sufi er) baé ®efid)t f ac e si gh t (
as
i n bet
,
,
Ch eru b,
(f rom
sm e ll
t i ed
,
,
to sm ell ,
‘
r eek
,
,
,
.
MA N GRA MMAR
80
GER
.
f rom
O chonhei t, b eau ty (
w e ak n e s s (
f rom fdnnach) ; (
g cl mad w
,
fchfin, beau ti f ul ) ; 5Bi tterl ei t, b i ttern e ss (f rom bitter) ; fi t fibet
fd mft, br oth erh ood (f rom fi ruber) ; g tfirlung, streng th ening
(f rom hurl) ; 6 pi elerei, trifling (f ro m Griel, pla y ) ; gi nfterni fi,
f r om trilli ,
f r om fi niter, d ark ) ; Erubfal, a ffli cti on (
dark ness (
f rom t atben) ; Ratferthum,
d ark, m ou rnf u l )
Sl fitlflel , r iddle (
f rom fi ai fer, e m p eror )
e m pi re (
3 2 S econ dary d eri v a ti v e a dj e c ti v e s ar e f orm e d by su ffix ing
i d fi), l i d), f a m, 5 11 1 , en, l i cl), ha f t,
o n e of th e term i na ti on s 1 g (
.
.
a nd m odi f yi ng, f or th e m ost
p a r t th e vow el by th e Um la u t
,
a s,
(f rom b ell h e al th sal va ti on ) ; Bergi g or hergi cbt
f rom
m ou n tai nou s (
meibi fcl) eff e m i na te (f rom
‘
f
l
u tar
rom b ell ; heilbar c u rabl e
f
rom hell ;
l
m
sa
o
l
a
e
i
(
h l
y
(
)
) g
f rom g ob dea th ) ;
f r om
tobtlid) dea thl y (
ben golden (
f rom s merg dw a rf )
amerglmft d w a rfish (
heili g
,
h oly
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
Fr e qu en tly
n ew
deri v ativ es
te r tiary
or
f orm ed fr om
are
l
(f rom banfhar
f rom mfit bi g w or th y ) fiBiit gertn
gratef u l ) QBurbi gf ei t d ig n ity (
f rom SBii rger f rom 58 m g f rom bergen)
S om e
f em al e ci ti z en (
s ec on da ry de r i v a ti v e s
‘
as, Q anl bacl e t, g ra ti tu de
Of th e
one
.
,
,
r oots as su m e
,
,
,
ti m e s
,
su ffix e s, a n d
abov e
f orm w i th
p rim ary deri v ativ es a s 9 28111 1111 9 m e a ning o pi n i on (f rom
f rom efleu to e a t) ; i t i nl er
Ba1 e a ta bl e (
mei nen to m ean ) ; eB
f r om
dri n k e r ; 6 d)neiber tail or (
th em
,
,
,
'
'
,
,
,
,
,
A ll th e
ab ov e
a ffix es
or
su ffix es
th e m e an in g, as i ndi c a te d b elow
are
.
D eri va ti v es i n er (
er
)
Na m es
of
m odif yin g
sign ifica n t,
.
p ersons ar e f orm e d f rom nam es of
th in gs by th e s u ffi x er ; as her
c i ti z en
(b urgh er ) ; ber
si n ger
li i tt
(f rom 6 1 mg) ; bet glitter kn i gh t (f rom E
f rom h as g d mf sh e e p )
r i de )
ber g d mfer s h ep h erd (
Nam es of p er son s th u s f orm e d f rom v erb s a re l ess com m on
‘
f rom fdnwioen) ; fiehrer
th an i n En gli sh ; as Q d meiber ta il or (
f r om l ehren) ; Simm
tea ch er (
f rom
er m ow e r (
Nam es
of p erson s a r e th us d eri v ed f rom th e n a m es of cou ntri es a nd
m al e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
"
THEORETI C A L PA RT.
81
pla ces ; as, her (E
ngl finber, Engli s h m an (
from Qinglanb, En g
l an d) ; ber S rl finber, Irishm a n (
from S rl anb, Ireland) ; ber
6 &
f rom g rin
ni n
910e13 er, S wi s s (
g, S witz erlan d) ; ber fil merii aner
Am e ri can (
f rom l
f rom S tali en,
eri f a) ; ber S tal iener, I tal i an (
I tal y ) ber Si omer, Ro m a n (
f rom 910111, Rom e ) ; ber SBiener
Vi ennese (
f rom QBi en, Vi enn a )
3 4 Na m es of inh abi ta nts of place s are com m only f orm ed
,
,
,
.
.
i n thi s way, b u t i n many ca se s th e r e i s a di ff eren t kin d of na m e,
Dan e, SDentiche, Germ an, 811111
aofe, Fre nch m an 6 16 mmS cotch m an, illufle, Ru ssian , g i mme,
‘
S we de, G
Sd mabe, S wabian , b effe, Hessian, Ea rl e, lhi rk, firanf e,
Fra nconia n, Qi fihme, Boh em i an, sp renge, Pru ssi an, 6 acbfe, S ax on ,
gri ele, Fri se, and oth ers
term i na ti n g in e ;
as , her S t
i ne,
'
,
r
.
Th e suffix er occu rs al so i n a f e w nam es of instrum ents ; a s ,
Beiger h and of a clock QBecrer, alarum ;
a n d i n th e w ords Rater, tom ca t, E
auber, m al e p i geon, G
i anier,
fB obrer, borer, gim l et,
,
,
-
gan der
.
li ng)
Deri va tiv es i n l ing (
35
Th e s e
.
co n tem
a re
ptuous
or
su bstanti v es, n am es of
.
m ales, som e wi th
a.
S ungl ing, youth ,
"
u
il
h
i
r
li
n
e
li
n
l
i
n
fi
t
i
e
Wt b g,
g, S g g, p p f C ii nfb
trifling
si gnifi ca ti on ;
as ,
f rom aivei,
l i ng, f av ori te, b finptl ing, ch i ef ta in, S wi lling, tw in (
th e con
a r e th ose i n wh i ch
tw o )
Th ose m arke d th u s
'
.
tem p tu ou s m e ani ng is in
e x cl us i ve u se.
Deri vati v es i n 111
36
.
Nam es of f em ales are f orm ed from th ose of m al es, by
.
i n, an d th e Um lau t, wh ere i t i s p ossible ;
f rom
firfifin, cou ntess (
from b ell) , h e ro) ; G
as , b elt i n, h e roin e (
f rom giirft, p ri n c e ) ; Rfi in,
G
i raf, count) ; 3 11111111, princ ess (
f rom b unt,
f rom Rod), cook ) ; 51111111111, bitc h (
f e m al e cook (
m ea ns
of
th e
su ffix
m
‘
‘
f rom greunb, f ri en d ) ; 2 6 mi n,
dog ) ; 8 re11nbin, f em al e f rie n d (
i
’
f rom $ei nt ,
f rom fibme, l on ) ; §§ei nbi n, f em al e e ne m y (
l i ones s (
55 am h usba n d, h a s ©atti n, w i f e ; fi ote, m es
Bu t (
e nem
y)
.
s en ger,
,
iB otin ;
an d
th u s
a
f ew m ore
.
Th e final 11 is doubl ed In th e p lural ;
as ,
b eltinnen, h eroine s
.
GERMAN GRA MMA R
82
.
Deri va ti v es i n then a n d (t in
.
(English ki n et and let in la m blci n
h a m let)
,
,
,
m a nni ki n , i slet, strea mlefi
,
.
§ 37
Di m i n u ti ves
.
by th e su ffi xe s
b
c en
f orm e d f rom
ar e
substa nti ves
con cre te
the
and Iai n a nd th e Umla ut
“
su ffi x
h
t an
pref e rre d af te r a final v o wel or li qu id ; th e s uff i x l ein
a f te r a m u te con son a nt a n d esp ec i ally a f ter a p ala ti a l one
as
li ttl e h a i r b ii agl nn
g fibnd nn 6 tubi cben li ttle c h a i r
li ttl e h are Rdmmcben l ittle com b (
Ei d wn li ttle e gg a nd Rni b
b ei n g
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
Mgbl in §Bii l fl in 58 6 1 1 li ttl b y gi l b k b k
,
Iein,
,
a
,
,
e
,
Th i s su ffix h as
e
c
0
,
2 11 ,
not a l ways th e
,
,
e
o
e ff ec t of
r ,
,
a
oo
,
uc
.
m er e dim in u ti v e
pon th e substa ntiv e to w hi ch i t i s a dded ; m ore f re qu ently
e ve n i t h as a car essin g si gni fica ti on ; as Q
n W
i fiterd w
i dttercben
dear f a th e r de ar m oth er ; ‘
mii bd nn,
Dferbcben a n ice h orse E
u
,
,
,
,
.
,
girl , h as en ti r ely l ost th e di mi nu ti v e m e a n i n g, th e root imagb,
m a i d, b ein g r e s erv e d f or m a i d serv a n t
S om e tim es the y are
-
us e d to e x
.
p ress ridi c ul e or contem pt
.
A bstra c t S u bsta n ti ves
e,
.
hei t an d i ei t
,
.
A bstra ct su bsta ntiv es d e n o ti ng a qu ali ty a re f or m ed
Th ose
f r om a dj ec ti ves b y th e Um la u t a n d th e ab ov e s ufli x es
f orm e d f rom pr im a ry a dj ec ti v e s tak e 2 or bei t ; th ose f rom
38
.
.
seconda ry
deri v a tiv e
j
a d ec ti v es
tak i ng
i eit
.
Wh en substan
prim a ry deriv a ti ve adj ec ti v e s
th e syll ab le i g i s i nse r te d f or th e sak e of e u ph ony betw een th e
f rom fromnt pi ous )
a dj e cti v e a n d su ffix ; as §§r5 mmi gf ei t (
Sj w fie grea tn ess ; bi e b i bs, h e igh t ; bi e 58 a m breadth ;
S ic (
“
t
h
l
e
n
h
bi e i i efe d e p
; bi e flange
gt ; bi e b i de, thi ckness ;
bi e 1333 6 13 1112 w a rm th ; bi e fi filte, cold ; bi e mfifie w e tn ess ; bi e
ti v es i n
f eit a re f orm e d f rom
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
w e ak ness ; bi e G
fiitte, goodne ss ;
6 ta1‘f e, stre n gth ; bi e g d miid w
,
‘
bi e G
i cfu nobei t, h eal th ; bi e Rranf bei t, si ck n ess ; bi e $reihci t,
f re e dom ; bi e é d wnbt i t, beau ty ; bi e fiBei é bei t, w i sdom ; bi e
Rubnbei t, boldne s s ; bi e b u mmheit, s tu pidi ty ; bie 6 d madibeit,
'
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
83
bi e E
li einheit, p urity ; bi e i rfigbei t, idleness ; bie
© eltenbci t, ra ri ty ; bi e ©emei ubei t, m eann ess ; bie S
DanfBarf eit,
grati tu de ; bi e Gbrbarf eit, de cen cy ; bi e b eiligl ei t, h oli ness ; bi e
g pariami eit, p arsi m o ny ; bi e Ehrli tbf eit, h on es ty ; bi e 53 m m»
Ii cbf eit, ami ability ; bi e
b adn ess bie gentbt=i g=
f ei t, h um idity ; bi e Unrcin=i g f ei t, filth
Only a f ew in el a nd er as sum e f eit ; as , (
E
itelf eit, vani ty ;
b eiterf ei t, sere ni ty
S ome of th ose in e, bai t, f ei t, ha v e assum ed a concre te sig
weak ness ;
=
.
.
.
‘
.
nifica ti on ;
guise, p lai n ; bi e gl fim
gf ei t, li quid ;
as , bi e 6 5 151111 or
'
bie imm icbbei i, m a nki n d ; bi e (Bei fili cbf ei t, th e cl ergy ; e tc
In
th e ol der la nguage a b stra c t sub sta n tiv es in beit w ere als o f orm ed
“
.
from
nam es of
p ersons ;
th e f oll ow i ng
only
p reserv ed
are
Ri urtati, ch ildh ood ; (Si ottbei t Godh ea d ; i borbeit and Warrbeit,
f olly ; an d wi th a c olle cti v e sen s e (
Shri ftenbei t, Ch ri stendom ;
menfcbbeit, m ank i nd
,
.
{chaft (s kip ) an d tbnm
539
.
Ab stra ct substa n ti v es a re m a de f rom n a m es of p ersons
by th e s u ffixes fd mft a n d 1911 111
m
a s , bi e
m
greunbfdmft, f riendship ;
bi e geinbf aft, en m i ty ; bi e b errf aft, l ordsh i p ; bie fi ned)?
(chaff, sla v ery ; baa Rani gtbu m, m onarch y ; bad b errentbum,
ost of th es e su bs tanti ves,
mi ttertbum, th e f euda l lords h ip
M
.
h ow ev er, h a v e
m ore
or
l ess
of
co ll e c ti v e
a.
grennbfcbaft, gl itterichaft, Bu rget fé aft
and
si gnifica tion,
fcbuft,
rel ati ons) of
m eaning a t th e sa m e ti m e th e body of f ri ends (
duch y)
knigh ts, of ci ti z ens e tc ; a n d mi ttertbum Sbergogthnm (
{Siit ftenthum (p rin c e dom ) m ean i n g al s o a coll e c tion of th ings
Th e s ub
belongi ng to th e p ersons i m plie d
or a coun try
s ta nti v es Qigenic
baft, qua li ty Qanbfcbaft la ndsca p e terri tory
QBiflenfdpaft sci ence Qi aarfdyaft r e a dy m oney (fi ct dtbfcbaften
i nstru m ents fi ri effchaften l e tte rs a n d Qi gentlwrn prop erty
b ailigtbnm (h ali dom ) sa nc tu a ry fi ltertbum a nti qui ty Si ei cb
tbum ri ch es QBat bnm g ro w th S rrtbnm e rr or are th e only
ones m ade wi th th e se s u fli x es f r om w ords not nam es of p ersons
,
o th ers
in
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
s
,
.
M
84
GER AN GRA
MMAR
.
(
Se
.
40 Colle c ti ve su bsta n ti ves
s tan ti v es by th e
pr im a ry sub
f orm e d f r om
are
.
Um la u t a n d th e p re fix 659 an d th e affix c, whi ch ,
.
h ow ev er, i s dropp e d I n m a ny w or ds
.
m oun ta i n ch a in ; has G
SDae
i efi irn, con stell a tion ;
fiet fitl) , f ur nitu r e ; bad (
bad G
i ehii id), b u sh e s ; baa G
fi rtofe, n oi se ;
has ® chi ange, c row d ; had (fiefprii d), c on v ersation ; baa
m in d
.
.
I n th e sam e w ay, bu t w ith ou t th e Um la ut, f requ en ta ti v e s ub
baé (Ba rbe, ®efi nge, ®e=
beul, ®emegeLc ontin u ed or re pe a te d tal ki ng, singin g, crying,
s ta n ti v es are f orm e d f rom v e rb s
a s,
sl au gh ter i n g
.
S om e a re nam es of p e rson s, i m plyi ng a t th e sa m e tim e th e
idea of comp a ni on sh i p ; as, ber 6548112 or © t feil , c om p an i on ,
Si e iil e h elp e r, ass i s ta n t ;
ber G
j effibrte, f e llow trav eller ; ber (
b f,
-
bi e ®efcbmi fte1 3 br oth e r a n d si ste r , or broth ers a nd si s ters
In
of
som e
th e s e w ords
li t ter, G
® er
i an ni)
1cbt, G
a b ou t
fi ful an d fel
,
,
f e w f rom s ub s tantiv e s
h a lf th e
con ti nu i ty ;
y
as,
.
ar e
f orm e d f rom
a d ec ti v e s
(th e U nla u t
A bstra c t su bs tan ti ve s i n n i fi (
m ess)
.
v e rbs , an d a
in
o nl
.
ni
41
G
i t im pli e s
.
c as e s
)
,
a nd
d eno ti n g
a
j
con di ti o n
or
sta te ,
in
a
ery f e w cas e s con cre te n otion s ; as, bi t Qi ebt angnifi, di stre ss ;
bi e fiBeforgni fi, a ppreh en sion bi e (
Srf enntni fi, in si gh t ; b i e Rena ?
dark
ni fi, kn o w le dge ‘
; bi e $au l ni fi, p u tre f a c ti o n ; bi e gi nftt rni fi
,
v
-
ne ss ;
bie i’f ai lbni fi, wi lde rne ss ;
bad Qi u nbni fi,
the
a llia n c e ;
ni fi c ata
Bengni fi tes tim ony ; baa §BiIbni § i m a ge ; but fli crgeim
log ue baa ©efung§ni fi p rison
T h e l as t th r ee a r e con c re te
§ 4 2 T h e su ffix e s {C11 a nd fel f orm ab s tra c t s u bs ta n tiv es
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
w i th a le a n in g tow ards
s tan ti v es ;
a s,
i rfibiul, s uff e r in g ;
f resh m en t ; Ucbet bieibicl,
fate
.
c on c re te
n o ti o n s , f ro m
E
mii
MI
v e rb s
G , tro ub l e ;
an d
s ub
flabfal, re
ri ddl e ;
THEO RETI C AL PA RT.
85
ei .
43
S ubsta nti v es i n at (
y) ar e f orm e d f rom v erbs, an d m ay
.
be f orm e d f r om e v e ry v erb, by a dding
at to th e i n fin i ti v e of th e
v e rbs
hi s g rinnei cbei ei, fl a ttery
i n t u an d In, om i ttin g th e n ;
as ,
(f rom {chmei cbeln} ; fi nanferei ni ggardl ine ss (f rom i nau fern)
,
a n d re
i in
ta nn i n g ;
a ll
oth e r s ;
i erberei,
bi e 6 pi e1erei ; 6 duei bcrei ; G
as ,
6 d flagerei, sc u ffl e , fi gh t ; e tc
a c ti on , a n d
Th ey de note
.
m a y con v ey di sp ara gem en t, or
m e an i n g, li k e th e la tter tw o
ass u m e
re
a
p e a ted
con cr ete
.
Fro m n a m es of
p ersons are f orm e d a b stra c ts in ei denoting
c on di ti o n b u s i n ess reside nce p l ace of bu sin e s s or a c oll e c ti on
‘
fi
h
e
r
of p e r sons ; as bi e g i fr
ere
s
1
li ei terei
b i
y ; 6 fi ab e ei sla v er y ; E
ca v a l ry ; S agerei h u nting ; S t u den t p ri n ti n g Office ; S
Bii cI) erei
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
,
li bra ry
,
,
.
1111 9
-
i ng)
.
44 A bstrac t su bstan tiv es a r e f orm e d f rom
.
v erbs,
f or th e
m ost p ar t f rom d e ri v ativ e an d c om p oun d v e rbs, by th e a ddition
of
v er
11 11 3
to th e
root, w i th o u t th e
Um la u t
.
Th e y m a y b e
c al le d
ba l su bs ta n ti ves, b eca u se th ey h a v e so e ntir ely pr eserv e d th e
m ea n i n g
Of
c ases
th e
as
to gov ern th e s am e p rep o si ti ons an d
l atter ; a n d th ey a llo w th e p a ss i v e Obj e c t i n th e
th e v erb
as
gen i ti v e c a s e to be a dde d w h en th e v e rb i s tran si ti v e, th e a cti v e
O bj e c t in th e sa m e c ase wh e n i t i s a r efl ecti v e or n e u te r v e rb ;
bi e Qi efreiung bee G l ut en ; bi e 3 1 511 11111
; bee Roni ge ; bi e
Grobet ung ei nee Qanbeé ; bu t bi e Ci tnbi lbung etnee i boren ; bi e
a s,
(
i t innernng bee imannee an fei ne i tergangenfyei t
Only a f ew ar e deri v ed from roots ; a s, Wei nung, O p ini on ;
‘
£3 1 11a , bea ring, c arri a ge menfé toerbung, i nc arna tion ; Bi d)
Th ey e x p r e s s e i th er a
1 11 11 9 , e nli s tm ent
u ng, d ra w in g ; 23 21 4
.
.
si m
pl e a ction as a ll th e a bov e or th e re su lt of a n a cti on a n
,
,
,
a l te re d s ta te or con d i ti on , s o m eti m es e v e n a c on c r ete
m ea n i n g
W
‘
i i fcbung,
a s, (
Srfinbu ng, in v en tio n ; Grfabrun g, e x p er ie n ce ;
‘
Srfri fcbnng, re f re sh m ent
m ix tu re ; Rl eionng, cloth i n g ; (
A f ew s ubs ta n tiv es as su m i ng ung be com e collec tiv e s ; a s,
.
8
86
GER
MAN GRAMMA R
.
fiBaIbnng, f or est ; g taflung, sta bl in g ; Rl eibnng, cl oth in g ; 33 015
5
nng, w oods
45
u s e d,
.
.
a nd
wi th
a ll ow a bl e
is
h ow ev er, a plu ral ;
v e rb .
a ny
i s de cli n e d lik e
a nd
a rti cl e ,
ver ba l s u bs ta n ti v e
A s an oth er k in d of
a
th e I nfini ti ve i s
I t ta kes th e/ n eu te r
su bsta n ti v e ,
wi th ou t h av i n g,
Qefen, reading ; bad g pred w
n, S p eak
i ng ; has ®eben, w alki ng
It sh u n s gov erning an Obj e ct
Th e
Ge rm an cannot constru c t, lik e th e Engli shm an, th e r ea di ng a
a s, h as
.
.
book, has E
efen ein
guten Qi ndyea, bu t p re f e rs to
sa
8 mi n S om e f e w su ch i nfini ti v es,
y baé flcien i n ei nem gnten 5
ei nee
or
.
h ow ev er, h a v e be com e
such ;
as ,
pla int ;
r ea l
s u bs ta nti v es , and are em
ploye d as
bad (
Sflen, din ner ; but 2 85 211, lif e ; has Seiben, com
men fli g ben
has fi erbt e
er e
,
,
c rim e ,
m is dem eanor ;
but
i tergniigcn, pl eas ure ; but i terl angen, d e sir e ; baa © d)reiben,
‘
‘
l ette r ; has lBeien, b ei ng ; has fil noenf en, r em em branc e ; bad
.
fi emnfitiein, c ons ciou sn ess ; etc
.
i ng, i g, ri d), i d), i d u; 111i), 11 1i), enb
.
46
.
Th e ab ov e su ffix es a pp ear only i n a v ery li m i te d n um
be r of s u bs ta nti v es, th e first fi v e only i n c on c re te , th e las t th re e
in a b s trac t on es
M
i ng in bet s
.
di ng, shill in g ;
p fenni g, p e nny ; bet g ri n
or S
anni ng
;
ber b ari ng, h e rri ng ; bad Smefli ng, bra ss
Efiig, vi negar ; ber E
Rettig, rad ish
i g i n ber Roni g, k ing ; ber (
Bii
ri d) i n a f ew n am es Of m a l e p e rson s a n d a n i m al s ; as , Q
'
.
.
ti mi d), tyrant ;
drak e
gabnri d), ensi gn
(
b anteri d), gan der ; (
i ntend),
.
i d) an d i d) t i n a f ew n am es of an i m al s a n d i n a f e w coll e cti v e s ;
t) , s w ee pi ngs ;
t), cran e ; ber b abi dfi, h a w k ; Rclni d x
a s, bet Rrani c
g pii li cht, s wi ll S wiil i d), tw ill ; SDi cf idfi, th i cke t
i e si eved), or
ni l) i n bi e fi rmntt), pov e rty ; — att
) i n bet or D
—inb i n bie i ngent, v ir tu e ; bie
n a m e nt ; bi e b ei mgtl) , h om e ;
f rom (
mi sery (
E
bat
lilenbe, f oreign
S ugent , you th
.
co untr
y)
.
GERMAN GRA MMAR
88
.
‘
r
o
E
n
i t l anoifd) , Iri sh ;
eni jdy,
tti fd) , S cotc h ; i ri fd)
glish ; fd w
melfd) or malifd) , Wels h ; fpanifd) S pa ni sh ; franafififfi) , French ;
‘
b tDEblfcl), S w edish ; i talienfid), I ta li an ; Berlinifd), Of Be rl in ;
,
f iilni fd), of Cologn e ; riimi fcb, Rom ish ; atbeni fcb, At h eni an ;
fpartanifdy, Spar ta n ; iubifcb, Jewish ; gri ecbi fd): Greek ; [ utter
i fd) , Lu th e ran ; proteftanti fd), Protesta nt ; f atbol i fd), Cath oli c ;
ah o m e tan ; b umbvlbti d), o f Hu mboldt ; 6 0
mobamebani fd) ,
f
M
f ratifcl) , of S ocra te s ; Sp al meritoni fd) , Pal m ersto ni an ; bimmli fd) ,
h eav enly ; i t bi fcl), earth ly ; 3 6m ) , h elli sh
Form ed from
n am es of p e rsons, th es e adj ec ti v es i ndi cate in cli n a ti on a nd
m
bi ebi fd), thi ev is h ; f uecbtifd), sl av i sh ; f ri egeri fcl),
In m ost c ases thi s i fd) im pli es a blam a bl e, sli gh ti ng
si m il ari ty ;
w arlik e
.
n oti on ;
a re
.
as,
meibi fcb, w om ani sh ; f inbi jd), c hildi sh . A f e w su ch
'
as ,
f orm e d f rom
abs tra ct sub stanti v es ;
neibi d), e nvi ou s ;
f
as ,
— and f rom v erbs ; as, mfit rifd), m orose
ganf i ld) , qu arrel som e
Thi s suffix a l so f orm s a dj ec ti v es f rom a ll ki nds of f orei gn
.
w ords, lik e th e Engli sh
-
i c,
zc a l
'
-
hpfi fd) p h ysica l ; f ri tifd)
bi ftorifd), hi stori cal ; polififd) , p o
as, p
,
,
al
f omi fd), com i c (
)
li ti c (
al
) Ipri fdy, lyri c (al )
f rom b ut, el ev ati on ), ni c e, fine, pretty, beutfd) (
ol d
b fibfd) (
High Ge rm an d i u t i s c ), Germ an, a nd th e a dj e c ti v e sub sta ntiv e
ol d Hi gh Germ an m e n n i s o o , m an , are f orm ed in th e
9722a (
)
c ri tica l ;
.
-
-
-
sa m e w ay
.
From l on g and com p ou n d nam es of
pla ces a dj e c
ti v e s i n at are p ref erre d to th ose i n i fd) ; th u s b ribelbet get gag
(He idelb erg v at) i s pref erable to b eibelbcrgi fcbeé gag, on accou nt
of e u p h ony
c iti e s a n d
,
,
.
l i d)
.
ly ) m akes a dj e cti ve s f rom a bstrac t su bstanti v es
l i d) (
w i th out m odifyi n g th e si gnifi cati on ; as , fingftl i d), a n xi ou s ; pai n
l i d), p a i n fu l ; ebrl i d), h on e s t ; fri ebl i d), p ea ce f ul ; {Cbretfl id}, f ri gh t
f ul ; gl ii cf li d), h a ppy ; a ttt i d), in te ntional ; abfcbeul id), h orri ble ;
gefabrl i d) , dangerou s ; ifibrl i d), y early ; tfigli d), dail y
From con cre te s ubstanti ves it deri v es a dj ec tives im plying
49
.
.
THE O RETICAL PA RT
89
.
mannl i cl), m an l y, lik e a m a n ; mei bl i d), f em in ine ;
c hi ldlike ;
Bruberli d), broth e rly, f ra te rna l ; toni gli d),
qu a li ty ;
f i nbl i cl),
a s,
kin gly , roya l ; b fiterl i d), p a te rnal, f a th erly
From
se n se ;
g
j
a d ec ti v e s
r een i sh
;
a d ec tiv e s
w i th
r e ddish ;
frbwargl i d)
bla ck is h ;
b
fii fili d)
,
dim inu ti v e
(
~
af fl i ct), elde rly ; rei clfli d), li be ral
rei nli d), c l eanly ;
a
grani i ti),
f l einl i d) , m e an
auet l i d), s ou ri s h ;
s w ee tish ;
,
j
i t deri v es
rii t l i d),
a s,
.
.
Fr om v erbs i t de ri v es a dj ecti ves i m plyi n g f e as ibili ty ; as,
bi enl i d), se r v i c eabl e ; nu t
sl i ci), use f u l ; ftet bli d), m orta l ; tbunli d),
f e as i bl e ;
mogl i cl),
met ili cl),
p erc ep ti bl e ; gl aubli d)
c r e dible ; Ifibli d) l au da bl e ; u n fi li d u ns p eak abl e ; nerne mli d
f g )
b
),
a u dibl e ; a n d Ie erl i d) l e ibl e
g
f
(w i th th e syllable ct i nserted )
Th e f o ll ow i ng a r e n e v er u se d a s a dj ec ti v es b u t only as a d
possi ble ;
,
,
,
,
.
,
v e rbs
— bef anntlid as i s w ell kn ow n ;
),
er tli d), fi rs tl y ;
f
fol gl icf),
y ; freili d), i t i s tru e ; gemei nl i d), c om m only ; i nni gli d),
f firgl id), neuli d), la tely ; fdm
nerli d), h a rdly ; fi chet l ld),
con s e qu e n tl
h e a rti ly ;
s ure l y ;
treul i d), f ai th f u ll y ; b orncbmli d), chi e fly ; wabrli d), v er i ly ;
fill i fil i ci), c ri ti cal, dubi ous, i s f orm ed f rom th e
i nseparabl e pr efix mi fi
a nd s om e oth ers
.
en
(en )
.
en
5 0 Th e sufli x en (
) f orm s a dj e ctiv e s f rom th e n am e s
.
m a ter i a l s ;
a s,
o
f
golben, g olde n ; fi lt ern, of sil v er ; ei fern, of i ron ;
woll en, w ooll en
Th e le tter
.
r
i s in som e of th e s e i n ser ted f or
p h ony s sake ; as ei fern of i ron ; Blei ern l ea de n ; 5613 9 1 11,
w ooden ; ftcinern of ston e
’
eu
,
,
,
.
,
Bar, fam, tuft
.
som e , wh en a dde d
Bar, En glis h a ble or t ble , an d {am (
)
to a bstra ct su b stan ti v es a n d v e rbs, p rodu ce a dj ec ti v e s e x p res s in g
51
'
.
p ossi bili ty or i ncl in a ti on ; as [icbtbat v i si ble ; efibar e a ta bl e ;
tri nf bar d rinka bl e ; borhar a u di bl e ; bauf bar g r a tef u l ; fru cbt
l ar f er tile ; arbei tfam i n dustri ou s ; fparfam pa r si m oni ou s ;
furrbtfam ti mi d
A f ew i n fam a re m ade f rom oth er a dj ec ti v es ; a s ei nfam,
lone som e ; gemei nfam com m on m utu al ; genugfam a nd fattfamfl
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
i
y
.
,
,
,
it
"
MA N GRA MMA R
90
G ER
‘
su fli ci ent.
.
ori gi na ll y a dv e rbs, and
Th ey w er e
h a v e, i n a la te r
p eri od be com e li ke wi s e a dj ec ti v es th e su ffix eff e c ting no c h ange
,
of
,
m ea n in g in th e w ord
52
f orm s
.
l) aft, w h en
.
a dd e d
a d e c ti v es, de notin g
j
to
a
a bstrac t
substa nti v es
an d v erbs,
fd mat‘)
ftanbbaft c on stant ; {unb
ten den cy to a n a c ti on ;
l) aft, ta lk a ti v e ; gantbaft, qu arrel som e
baft, v ici ou s ; tugénbbaft, v ir tuous
as ,
,
.
‘
A f ew of th ese e x press f easi bi li ty ;
glaubbaft, cr e dible
A f ew f orm ed f rom nam e s of p er sons e x pre ss r esem bla nc e ; as,
mei fterbaft, m as terly ; fcl ml erbaft, deficien t ; ri efenbaft, gigantic ;
fd mlf baft, w aggish
as ,
.
.
A f e w , f orm ed f rom adj e cti v es an d
po n d
w ith th os e i n l i d) a n d m ay b e e x ch ange d w i th th e m ; as Boé baft
m ali ci ous and bii el i d) ; f ranf baft m orbid s i ckly a n d f ri nll i cl)
wabrlmft tru e v eri ta ble and matrli d) ; fd) met 3 l) aft a nd fclmterg
l i d), p ainf ul
s u bsta ntiv es , corr es
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
.
I V C O MP O UND WO RD S
.
53
.
.
Wh en tw o w ords are so conne cte d as to f orm only one
n oti on a nd w ord, th e w ord obta i n e d i s c all e d a c omp ou n d w or d ;
‘
b auebunb (f rom b utts a nd b uno) ; SBei ugl aé (f rom E d it
“
as ,
pou nd w ord i s a l w a ys w ritten as on e
w or d an d th e h yp h en i s n ot m a de use of as i n Engli sh e x cept
by som e wr i te rs w h en a f or ei gn w ord is com p ou nded wi th a
n ativ e o ne or w h e n tw o f ore i n w ords are co m poun ded ; as
g
a nd
© l aé )
.
Th e
co m
,
,
,
,
,
6 taate= © omtinu flatteri e fi oflef tor
5 4 I n e v ery co m p oun d w ord th e first com pon en t tak es th e
s
.
.
prin ci pal a cce nt (f or a m odifi ca ti on of th i s r u l e see p a ge 7
b e ca u s e i t de te rm i n es or i n di v i du a li z es th e ge n era l m e a n i ng of
th e secon d com p on e n t ; wh i le th e l a tter gi v e s to th e c o m p oun d
w ord i ts
gen der a n d de cl ensi on in a su b sta n tiv e , i ts ch ara cter
a n d in fle c ti on
i n a v e rb
.
A s a n e x ce pti on to thi s r ul e, th e w ords S abt bunbert (
cen tu r
y)
‘
an d S abrtau fcnb a th o usa n d
(
ye ars ) h av e th e pri nc i p al a ccent
on th e secon d com ponent
fi ebeimeratl),
fiangeweite, enn u i, a nd (
.
AR
MAN GRAMM
92
GER
.
f u rn i sh e d wi th a n y u n ex ce pti ona l
ru l e
f or f ormi ng
wor
ds, bu t m ust look f or th e corre c t f orm a ti on of
com
pou nd
p ou nds to
th e dic ti on ary
Th e i nser tio n of th e e u ph o ni e 6 tak es p la ce as
a rul e i n c om p o u n ds w h ose fir st co m p on e nt i s i n i tse lf a c om
pou nd w ord or ends i n e ith e r of th e s uffix es l) ei t l ei t u ng etc ;
com
.
.
,
,
,
as,
,
,
,
.
b om
aei té tag, w e ddi n g d ay ; b anbmerlegeug, w orkm an s tools ;
’
-
f ri en dly s e rvi ce ; flBarnungetafel, w arni ng
poster ; greibei té f ampf struggl e f or li berty ; e mutbegeugni fi
p au per certifi c ate ; Sl el igi oné freibei t reli giou s f re edom
th e w or d 9 am b e in g ou t of use )
In
bri de groom (
ni gh tin gal e (
a n d Sl adfl i gall
gall m e an i n g in old Ge rm an
si ng er ) th e e u ph oni c l e tter i s a n t
5 7 Th e fir st com pon e nt i s u se d as a ru le in th e s in gul ar
nu m ber ; th e pl ur al occ urs w i th m on osyll abi c n e u ters a n d m as
i get oth ee se ek e r ;
c uli n e s h a v in g i n th e p l ural er ; as fil emterit
‘
t anl cl oth es p ress ;
Rinberfreunb fi i end of c h ildre n ; Ri eibet fm
m yth ology ; (
i terfchal e e gg sh ell
5 8 Wh en th e fir st com pon ent i s a n a dj ecti v e i t i s j oin e d
to th e su bsta n ti v e w i th ou t a ny eu ph on i e a ddi tion ; as ®ro§b atm
©t o§muttem QBetfiei cbe w hi te oak ; te am ma t es, dyer in
bl ack ; (
E
bel mutl); m a gnani m i ty
5 9 Wh e n th e firs t com p on e n t i s a v erb i ts root, as a
ru l e i s j oin ed to th e s u bstanti v e a n d onl y i n a f ew cas es a
eu ph on i e e i s i n se rte d or th e w h ole in fin i ti ve i s u s ed ; as Si ei t
pferb riding h ors e ; fi atcbbaue w a sh h ou se ; QBol mort dw e lli ng
di
n i ng room ; bu t martegi mmer w a i ti ng r oo m ;
plac e ; (E
i
mm
e
r
g
fi
Babemanne bathing tub ; S ei é enbucl)
Qefebu d) re adin g b ook ; S
dra win g book ; Sl ecbenbret ca lc ul atin g b oard
6 0 Wh en th e firs t com ponen t i s a preposi tion or adv erb,
i t i s j oi ne d to th e sub sta ntiv e w ith ou t a ny e u ph oni e l e tter
Al l of th e se are de ri v e d fro m com pou n d v e rbs a nd f ollow th e ir
S om e p ar ticl es h ow ev er
or th og ra p h y a nd gra mm a ti ca l f or m
occu rr i n g on l y in com p ou n d w ords a n d h a v i ng th e pri n c i pal
c en t a re com pou n d ed wi th su bs ta nti ves an d a dj ecti v es ; th ey
,
,
-
.
,
s
s
,
'
.
,
.
,
,
-
,
,
'
.
-
,
,
-
,
.
'
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
s
-
-
,
,
,
-
-
,
,
-
-
,
,
-
-
,
,
.
'
.
.
‘
,
.
.
,
,
,
are
th e f oll o wi n g
,
THEO RETI C A L PART.
ia
un
com
im
di s
mi s
93
ne gativ e s
th e
second
'
ungl itcf , m isf ortun e ; ll nred n
n
ll nfi nn,
, wro g ;
non sens e ; Unf rau t, w ee ds
In som e tbw words i t e xpresses
m onstrosi ty, or a de gen erate con di tion ; as , unmen d), a bru te ;
ponent ; a s
,
.
f
Untbter, m onste r ; ungeftalt, def orm i ty ; Untbat, m i sdee d ; ll a met=
ter, tem p est ; ll ngetbii m (
sim ple w ord l ost , h u e f orm , m onster
)
g
identi c al with th e i n se par able p refix er) si gnifies a pro
m (
.
s
.
cee di ng
ori gin a tin g
f ro m ;
ll rfprung, origin ; Urheber,
ori gin a tor ; l
q uell , f oun ta in h e ad ; ll t bi lb, pro totyp e ; ll rfad w
,
ca us e ;
a nd
so m e
o th ers
I n s om e a dj ecti v es i t m erely
i nte nsifies th e idea ; as , m al t, v e ry old ; ut fcbl ecbt, ve ry bad ;
or
as ,
-
.
ut pl figltd), ve ry s u dden
.
(as a v erbal p re fix ent) m eani n g f orth or towa rds i s to
ant,
Mi lls f
be f ound in fil ntmo t t, a n s w er, a nd
,
,
ac e .
ahet s , m eani ng ori g inal ly t h e sa m e a s a ter, and
f
(af ter ), wh a t i s b elow th e m a rk f alse, spuriou s, f orm
fi bergl aut e, su p ersti tion ; l et mi g c r a z iness ; Qlftetrebe slander ;
fi fterpatbt, u nder te nur e ; QIfterf iini g p re te n de r to th e th rone ;
Th e a dv erb abermal é , once m ore,
Qlftet geburt, m onstrou s bi rth
f
a ter=
,
,
-
,
,
.
c onv eys th e sam e i de a
.
p e rl ati v e O f subs ta ntiv es ; as Graeagel arch
an el ; (
ra
E
feinb, a rch fi e nd ; Qrabofemi cht arrant vi lla in ; g rabi eb,
g
arran t thi ef ; (
St abi fcbof arc h bis h op ; Gratergag archd uke etc
But a f ew
mis
enters into com po u n ds wi th v erbs
com p ound su bs tan ti v e s are f orm e d di re c tl y from substa n ti v es,
wi th thi s prefix ; na m ely Wi figt tff m is ta k e ; Sill ififlang, fill i fiton
mi figunft, i ll will ;
E
mifilaut, dissonance ; i lliflethat mi sde ed ; E
fill i fib ergnilgen dis pl easure ; filli fif t ebi t di scre dit ; Wi figefclflcl
Ei filni ratb m i salliance ;
ad verse f a te ; mi figeftal t d ef orm ity ; m
lll i fiwacbé , scarci ty ;
lfi tfitri tt m i sste p ; E
Wifimutl) ill h um or ; E
a nd th e adj e cti v e ml bell i g, di s co rda nt
fi
a r clz, i s a su
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
'
,
,
,
'
-
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
,
,
.
2
.
00mp ou n d A dj ec ti v es t
.
/
A dj e c ti v es ar e com pou n d e d,
t,
1 With oth er adj ec tiv es ; a s, bummbt ei ft, i m p u dent ; grunger
green i sh yel low
61
.
.
-
.
MAN GRA MMAR
94
G ER
.
I Iere m u st b e m enti on ed th ose a dj ecti v es c om pou nded wi th ,
-
1
reid) a n d roll ;
.
a s,
r i ch i n
troftrei cl) (
) con soling ; fren
l eer an d l oé ; as freu
sol a c e
benb oll, j oyf ul ; — a n d th e i r con tra r i es,
,
,
benl eer, j oyl e s s ; troftl oé , i n con sol abl e , com f ortl ess ; — of w hi ch
th e re i s a l ar ge n u m b er
2 mdfiig an d reci) t, d e notin g a c cor d
-
.
i ng
gr eea bly to
belbenmafiig, h eroi c ;
or
a
.
gefegmdfiig, a ccording to la w , l a wf ul ;
fenf recht, p erp endi cu lar ; mintelrufit, re c
as ,
(
tan gul a r ; fcl)ul gered) t w i th th e m eaningle ss prefi x ge= i nserte d ,
-
s tri c t, accor din
g to th e
)
s ch ool .
‘
3
.
f oun d on ly i n
l) alti g (
com
position ) conta i ni ng ; a s golbhal tig 4 fertig r ea dy to ; as
5 met tl)
t ei feferti g r eady f or tra v el ; fegel ferti g r ea dy to sa il
a nd tvii t bi
com p oun de d a l w a s wi th
g worth y (
y
ge ni ti v es) ; a s,
Ii ebené tviirbi g baflensmertl) a m i able h a tef u l
2 Wi th su bsta n ti v es ; as l enbenl abm l a m e i n th e loi n s ;
Af ter th e su fii x e s l) ei t l ei t mtg etc a
arbei tffibeu sl othf ul
e u ph oni c 6 i s i n ser ted ; as
bofinungé b oll h opef ul
3 Wi th v erb s f rom th e r oot ; as
eta beil ig h yp ocri ti c al ;
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
'
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
'
,
.
M
.
,
,
‘
,
,
merf mii rbig, n otew or th y ; gl aubmii rbi g, cre dible
4 Wi th p re p osi ti ons, prefi xes, and a dve rb s ;
as , ubermu t
h au gh ty ; b ot hebad fl,
a cc e ssory
.
.
u ral t, v ery
b
c rim e ;
mi tfcl mlbi g,
c on s ide ra te ;
u nrec t, w rong ;
O ld ;
big,
to
a
era
bu mm, e x tre m ely
pi d Th e e u ph oni e rul es a r e th e sam e a s w ith sub sta nti ves
A dj e ctiv es d eriv e d f rom c om p ou n d su b sta n ti v es a n d v erbs
a re not pro pe rly sp e aki n g c om poun d a dj e c ti v es ; as b urgu gl i c
b
pref era bl e ; anmenbbat‘ a pplica bl e Th e com p oun d a dj e ctiv es
b or nebm g entl e of ra nk a nd ge nehm a gre eabl e a re dir e c tly
f orm e d f rom th e v erb nebmen an d nor or ge
6 2 Th e prefix a n i s as a rul e , n ot a ccen te d ; as unfi et l ”
l i d) im m ortal ; unffig li d), u n u tte ra ble i n efia ble ; u nenb l itb,
s tu
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
’
’
,
,
,
=
:
.
,
,
.
,
,
’
’
,
,
’
B u t w h en th e n e ga tion i s to
l
u
u ng a b li cl), i n cr e dibl e
b e e m ph ati ca ll y m a de, th e sam e w ord s m ay as s u m e a p ri nc ipal
i nfin ite ;
a cce n t o n
.
f a nd a secondary on th e stem
th e syllable un
sam e
h ol ds good of
tra ry
o
w h i c h ex press th e
u n b et c t
i mt, im
’
ib
Th e
posi tiv e con
f th e i r si m pl e a dj ectiv e ; as , un’ gefunb, ill ;
ill b re d ;
-
j
a d ec tiv es
.
’
u n geaogen,
pu dent ; un’ natii rli d) u nn atural ; u n
'
,
GERMAN GRA MMA R
96
.
5
A dv e r bs an d c onj u n c ti on s a re c om b in e d to f orm a dv er bs
.
a nd con u n c ti on s
;
j
’
al abann , th e n, a f te rw a r d s ;
a s,
f ore ; ben’ nocb, n e v e rth el ess ;
4
’
’
l
l
a
s
w
e
l
l
u
b
o
w
;
b,
b , a l th ou gh ;
f
otvv
Com
p ou nd Ver bs
.
’
l
a fu, th e r e
.
6 4 Verbs ar e c om p oun de d, ei th er,
.
1
With nouns ; as
.
tri egfiibren,
to w age w ar ; bant agen,
h ou se ; flattfinben, to tak e p lace ; wh i c h
bané balten to k eep
,
,
f
(
m ay a s w e ll be w ri tten as tw o wor ds, th u s Rri e
,
g fubren, 6 tatt
finben grofifprecben to boast ; moblmoll en to wi s h w e ll ; bod)
acbten to e stee m hi gh ly ; gntfagen to g u a r an te e ; rei l a en to
f
fl
se t f re e
feftbal ten to h old f a st ; e tc Verbs deri v e d f rom c om
p ou nd substanti v es h owev e r and th ere f ore nOt b e ing properly
s p ea ki n
g com p oun d v e rbs m u st be di stin gu i s h e d f r om th e
above ; a s banbbaben
to m an a e (
f rom b anbbabe h a n dl e ) ;
br eakf as t) ; mett
ft ii bftncf en to break f ast (f rom grfibftii cf
‘
‘
f rom QBettei fer em u la tion )
ei fet n to vi e wi th (
2 Wi th a dv e rb s a n d pr ep osi ti ons (
th e l a tter assu m in g th e
‘
n a tur e O f a dv erbs ) ; a s an5i eben
to p u t on ; b ot bet fagen to
p ro ph esy ; au ffteben to sta nd u p natbfol gen to f ol low a f te r
I n th ese tw o cases th e p rin ci pal a ccen t i s a l w a ys on th e first
’
’
com p on ent ; a s banl fagen b orbet fagen a nd th e c om po u n d i s
th en al w a ys sep a rated i n si m p l e ten s e s of th e v e rb
3 Wi th i n s ep a ra ble p re p ositi ons or su ch as do n ot ex ist
ex
e x ce pt i n suc h c om p ou n ds a n d c a nn o t a ssu m e th e a cce nt (
Th e f ollow i ng
c e pt a f e w com p ou n de d wi th ant an d
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
.
-
,
,
,
,
,
g
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
=
b e lo ng h ere : be in bei l a’ gen, to b e w a il ;
un dress ;
ant i n
'
ant tnorten,
to
a n s w er ;
ent i n entf lei ben, to
’
er
in
erma cben,
’
to
’
f
r
i
v
i
n
e ; get
a w ak e ; b et i n verge ben, to o g
set ftv rcn, to des troy ;
’
’
d
i
s
l
i
n
t
o
p
e
ase
llb
n
i
i
l
e
n
b
o
il
v
o
r
n
mi fifa l ,
mi fi
;
gen, to f ulfil ;
’
’
n
i
e
r
ib
e
t
i
t
er
m
m
f ben, to with sta nd ;
binter in
’
t
e
r
e
n
t
b
g ben, to
I
c h eat
.
ge does not m odif y th e s ignifica tion of th e
sim pl e v e rb ; as, branc
ben and gebrancben, to use ; w hen a nd
Th e
a u gm en t
‘
THE O RETICAL PA RT
97
.
Except only gefteben, to conf ess
geni efien, to enj oy
i n se p arabl e , a nd h as no acc ent
.
.
But i t i s
.
65
.
Th e p re fix he m ake s tra nsitive v erbs
as , h el a d nn,
to la u gh
o
f
n eu ter on es ;
Befigen, to p ossess ; begeben, to com
m i t ; bewei nen, to be w a il ; hemad nn, to guar d ; bef ommen, to
ge t, com e by ; Befprechen, to di sc uss ; Berchen, to p ers u ad e ;
Belii gen, to de cei v e by li es
at ;
.
Th e v erb Befohmi chtlgen, to a pp ea se (
f rom fcbtvei gen), ch anges
th e s te m
.
S om e ti m es i t giv es a tra n s i ti v e v erb a dire c tion tow ards
ano th e r obj e ct ; as , B
elfien, Bebauen, B
epflangen (
to sow , c u l ti
’
plant) ein 8 8113 w h ereas th e obj ec t of fi en would b e s eed
of batten, a hou se e tc ; B
a boa rd
emal en to p ai nt o n (
) f rom
a p i c tur e ; B
malen to pa in t (
) erauben, to r ob (a p erson) f rom
m oney ) ; Beratben, to cou nsel (
t auben, to pl un der (
a p e rs on ),
f rom ratben to adv i s e (
a th i n g)
v a te ,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
S om etim es i t i nten sifies only th e si gni fica tion of a tran si ti v e
v erb ; as, henchmen and nebmen
Betreiben a n d treiben ; Bcfd) af=
fen an d fé affen ; Begmtngen a nd swingen ; betrfibcn and triiben
(to afl i ct, from to da rken) Bebal ten, to keep, hal ten, to h old
cau sa ti v e
S om eti m es i t f orm s tra ns iti v e v erbs (
) f rom sub
s ta ntiv es and a dj ec tiv es ; as , bawa han, to troubl e ; B
eneiben, to
‘
e nv y ; B
efrei en, to f ree ; B
etduben,
efreunben, to m ake f ri en ds ; B
.
f rom Smii be, W
ail) , gt enah, fret, tauB
Som e tim e s
a n e u ph onie i g or t i s i nserted be f ore th e term in ation ; as , he
gnabi gen, to par don ; beffinftigen, to app eas e ; Begeiftern, to in
Sk i ff
spir e ; f rom Qi a nhe, fanft, (
to deaf en ;
It
.
occu rs
m ea ni ng ;
,
very
seldom
in
n eu ter
v erb s
w ith
i ntran si ti v e
Bebat ren, to p ersev ere ; hea then, to rest u p on ;
pl eas e ; heftchen, to consi st, s ub sis t
as,
Behagen, to
.
Th e pre fix ent ex pre s ses pri v ati on or se p ara tion , and i s
e i th er com pou n de d wi th a v erb a lre a d}r in u s e ; a s, entbi nben,
to ab sol v e ; entfl i ehen, to esc a p e ; entnebmen, to take out ; ent‘
66
'
.
m
t nben, to ste al ;
tommen, to esca p e
h
entgte en, to
w i th draw ; entfprtngen or ent=
— or i t is com pounded with s ubsta nti ves and
GERMAN GRA MMA R
98
.
a d ecti v es
j
entf t a ten, to
as , ent au pten, to beh ea d
f
h
i nto v erbs ;
pop ulate ; ant
fernen to re m ove ; entfchulbi gen to e x cu se ; entiret tben to de
I n entipt ecben to c orr e s p ond entbieten to b id cut
p rec i ate
bal ten to com pri se ant see m s to h a ve th e sam e m eaning as
th e prep osi tion an
emp occu rs onl y i n th r ee v e rbs : empfelflen to r ecomm end ;
‘
empfangen, to rece i ve ; empfi nben to f eel
Th e pre fix er origina lly th e sam e as and, out, sig nifie s
a proceedi n g out of a nd in tr a ns i ti v e verbs t h e a tta i n in g to
su c cee di ng in an obj ec t ; as , arithfipfen, to e x h a ust ; t raieben
‘
to e du cate ; erretten to sav e f rom ; erfcbaffen, to cr e a te ; er
we ak en ;
entrolf ern, to de
enterben, to di sin h e ri t ;
’
;
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
“
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
=
,
en,
armady
e x ci te ;
to
e arn ;
err
angen, erretd nn, to a tta in
f anfen, to purch ase ;
aw ak en e d ;
to be
regen,
ertvet ben,
to ; erfimren, to
sav e ;
to
era
erami ngen, to e nf or c e ;
er i nben, to i n v e nt ;
f
ermac en, to
grow u p ; erfreuen, to m ake gla d ; erbauen, to
bu ild u p ermeti ca , to a w aken erbetteln, to obtai n by beggin g ;
erIernen, to l earn com pl etely ; erf ennen, to recogni ze ; ct bl i den,
hf
to get sigh t of
I t f orm s
.
v erb s
an oth er state ;
ben,
erl a
bmen
,
f rom
j
a d e cti v es
den oting
tran si ti on in to
a
mei d wn, erhl in
ft f
as , erri t en, erf al ten, er ar en, cr
b
to be com e
r e d, cold, s tron g, soft,
erwei tern, ermu
ntern,
et f li ren
(to
blin d, l am e ;
pl ain )
h
‘
fri fcbcn (to ref resh ) to m ak e glad wi der bri sk cl ear f re sh etc
$ 6 8 Th e p refix b er h as spru n g f rom h er or fort bef ore
f orth, and e x presses a di rec ti on away f rom a subj e ct or obj ec t
as
con se qu en tly a losin g sp oili ng, a nn ihil a ti ng p rocess
ber
gebén, to pas s a w ay ; b erfenben to se n d f or th ; b ertnerfen, to
th row aw ay rej e ct ; berf aufen to se ll ; b erbi eten to f orbid ;
b erl aflen to f orsak e ; b erl teren to l ose ; b efichminben to di s
a ppear ;
b erni chten to annih i late ; b erbrennen to bu rn ; b er
trinf en to sp e nd in drink in g ; b erfpl el en to lose by playi ng ;
b erf ennen to m i stak e ; b ergi ehen to s p oil (
a ch ild ; b errdtben,
)
to betray ; b erfcheraen to lose by sp orti ng
I n ve rbs f orm ed w i th ber f rom substanti ves an d f rom adj ec
a nd
er eitern,
,
,
,
ex
,
,
,
er=
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
=
,
MA N GRA MMAR
1 00
th e
GER
.
‘
QBi berftano, r e si sta nc e ; QBi ’berruf, rev ocati on ;
‘
’
’
a nd a na l o ou sl
n
i
t
a
n
o
s
t
a
r
t
er
a
t
,
; oiberl i d) ,
g
g
y E i berfacher, flBi b p
p
r efix ;
di sg u stin g
’
as ,
y h a v e th e ac cen t on th e r oot
miberfeh’ li d), r ef ra ctory ; miberruf’l id ,r
Th e f ollo w i n g
.
fiBiberIe’ gung, r ef u tation ;
u nwiber te
o nl
f h l i d) ir r esi stible
I n mi eberho l en to r ep e at, th e adv erb wi ther, ag a i n h as also
b ecom e a prefix
7 3 Th e pr efix hi ntet , behi n d occu rs only i n bi nterbl ei’Ben
to rema i n or to re m ai n undon e ; hi nterl a en to l ea v e behi nd ;
ff
'
’
t
l
a
u
i
n
t
r
e
e
o
l
n
e
i
v
r
t
o
i
n
t
e
e
e
d
ece
e
n
i
n
t
er
t
re
h en
i
;
; b
h
g
y p h
g b
to hin der ; hinterht i n’gen to bri ng to n oti ce
Bu t a ll n ou ns
not de ri v e d fr o
m th ese v erbs h av e th e prefix a ccented ; as
Sgin terl i ft cunni ng ; b i n tergrunb, ba ckgrou n d ; b in tcrfufi h in d
f oot ; é i n terbal t, am bush ; b i n terfi g b ack sea t
§ 7 4 Th e pr eposi tion ba rd) thr ough as a p refix m ea n s
thoroughly : burdybrin’gen, to pi erce ; burchiu'dhen but é for fchenu
to searc h th orough l y ; but chi r ren to w an der th r ou gh ; hat chbohk
‘
ut c
t en, to pi e rce ; D
hge ben to go th rou gh ; but cbhl i cf en ba rd)
’
’
r
a
fe lj en bu thich u en, to s ee l ook th rou gh ; bnrcbme ben to
r ev o c a bl e ;
'
,
.
’
,
,
.
.
,
,
’
,
'
,
,
,
,
.
,
’
’
’
,
,
’
’
,
.
,
.
,
,
’
,
’
,
'
’
,
,
’
,
i n terw e av e
A ll
se
,
,
of
j u st as w ell be
th ese v erb s, an d som e m ore , m ay
par abl e
,
c as e th e
.
and
h av e th e a ccent
is
stress
u
on
pre posi tion
th e
p on th e preposi ti on
In thi s
.
i n th e o th er cas e it i s
on th e v erb i ts elf , an d th e m ean i ng i s fi
gura ti v e or abstra ct
com pou nded wi th but c
h
.
S u bstanti v es de ri v e d f rom v erb s
’
h av e (
wi th th e ex c e ption of SDurcbfu dbung, ex a m in a tion, search ,
D
’
t
r
i
e
benhei t,
h
S ut t
a rtf u ln e ss,
sm a rtn ess, an d
a ll
th ose i n ung
f orm e d f ro m th e ab ov e v e rbs ) th e a cce nt on th e pre positi on ;
as , Q ut
mfih
’
c t, S ut
th e a dv erb s, se e
m
’
gnng,
p ass age th rou gh ; SDurch’ ichau
2 6 3 —2 6 7
.
For
.
5 7 5 Th e prep ositi on um, a r ou n d, as a pr e fix , de notes a
i n th e f ollow i n g v e rb s : u mar'men, to em
s u rr ou n di ng , as
.
Ben,
u m an gen, nm a
f fi
to s u rrou nd ; u mge ben
b rac e ;
round
f
’
’
to
com
,
to
av oi d ;
’
abou t ;
u mgii r ten,
’
pri se
en,
to
gird ;
,
to
con ta i n ;
en, to
u mgren a
’
um al en,
h f
’
to
u mge
’
bou nd
em brace ;
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
nmbfil l en,
’
to
’
m
l
u f ei ben, to
1 01
nmtlam mern, umfl a tern, to
env elo
p;
cloth e
wi th ; uml a’gern, to besi ege, en com p ass ;
f
'
’
clas
p;
u ml au en, to r un aroun d ; u mp l an’ en, to
g
f
plant arou n d ; um
f
rei fen to tra v el ar oun d ; u m c
l han gen, to c ircum v a llate ; u m
’
t
o
su
rr
d
m
u
t
t
e
n
o
n
d
w
i
t
h
h
a
d
s
e
m
i
e
u
m
e
n
n
,
;
f
fih f f ,
f geln, to
c ir cu m n av i a te ; u m c l ei ern to cov er wi th a v eil ; u m c li e en
g
fh
fb fi
’
a nd u m c
l
i
e
t
o
e
n
c
l
o
s
e
m
n
n
e
b
r
e
ac
m
r
e
i
hen, to e x press
; u ich
fh g ,
’
a thi n
b
c
i
r
cu
m
l
o
u
t
i
o
n
r
p
p
c
o
a
r
h
r
a
e
a
m
n
a
n
s
g y
fi nen to span
r
f ath om ; u mftel l en to su rrou n d beset ; u mftreu'en to stre w
ar ou n d ; u m tt tcf en to surr ou n d w th sn a res
umme hen to b low
f
’
’
’
,
’
’
’
’
’
,
’
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
i
’
'
,
arou n d ;
,
’
u mmi cf el n, nmwtn ben, to w in d a rou nd ; u mmdl f en, to
'
’
’
u ma
fiu nen, to e n clos e w i th a h edge
ov e rcas t w i th c lou ds
u m:
’
’
aic hen, nmgtn geln, to surrou n d
ost of th es e v erbs, a n d abou t a s m any oth ers, h a v e anoth er
’
.
M
m ean i ng w h en th e
u m ge en, u m lau en,
’
as ,
b
nm gii rten, to
’
’
gird
stre ss
li e
on
u m t ei tenh to
go
a
a ccent
f
and
’
self
’
one s
wi th ;
p re posi ti on ;
th e
roun d a bou t
-
w ay ;
Iei ben, nm 3 i eben,
nm E
’
'
to
'
’
t
o
l
o
d
o
w
n
m
e
e
b
w
m
u
m h n,
; n arhei tén, to do
’
’
a f r e sh ; u m bl a enf to blow d own ; um hred
ben, to break dow n
f
ch a ng e
cl oth es ;
or u p
an d m a ny m or e
o
.
Deri v a tiv e su bsta n tiv es a dopt th e a c cent of th eir v erbs, wh en
term ina ti n g i n ung ; i n all oth er ca ses th e
pre p osi tion h as th e
For th e a dv erbs, se e
263
267
7 6 Th e prep osi tio n fiber, as a p refix, i m pli e s,
a
ove ri n g a su rf a ce or ex te ndin g ov er a sp ace ; as , a bet
C
)
'
'
/
ov erbur de n ; u t er
r
i
d
v
e
a
t
o
l
t
u
o
b
et
u
m
m
m
Ban m , o b
; u
,
b f
i g
’
men, to ov erflow ; fiberma l en, to p aint ov er ; uberftei’ gen, to
’
’
l
k
ov
r
o
e
p
t
o
o
r
e
u
r
l
i
c
f
fi
b
e
en,
s
ass ; u herh
;
f hen, to ov erlook ;
fibernacb’ ten, to pas s th e ni gh t
b) S ur passin g or ov erdoi n g ; as, ubet bi e’ ten, to ov erbi d, out
’
’
’
n
ou
t
li
v
t
o
e
u
t
fl
a
k
l
e
r
e
l
t
o
o
fi
b
e
b
n
fi
h
é
r
i
b id ; ii berflii geln,
;
;
,
f;
'
’
’
e
b
fil
i
e
i
e
fi
r
w ttgen, to
ten, to ou tw t ; fiberman ncn, fib rm n b n,
’
’
ov e rp ow er, ov e rcom e ; fibertref fen, to s u r p a ss ; fiberfti m men, to
’
'
e
r
t
r
e
r
h
a
b
e
r
i
ben, to ex a ggerate ;
t
o
ov
e
c
fi
t
l
b
n
t
a
e
t
vo
e
u
h
e
ou
,
g ;
’
'
e
e
u
f
a
t
i
e
fi
r
d
t
o
b
i )
; r
fit erar beiten,
g
f fen, to eat to o much ; nber‘
ac c ent.
.
.
,
m
‘
.
9 a
MAR.
AN GRAM
GERM
1 02
~
et et Ien, to sp
fuI Ien, t o ov erfill ; nE
'
'
oil
’
t
ut erfu tern,
by h urr y ;
to ov erf e ed
.
’
e
r
t
i
n
b
b
and recei ving ;
fi
gett, to bring ; fiber
)
‘
’
’
t
o
ac
t
c
e
p
Iie fern, to deli v er ; fihn neb men,
; iibet bfin btgen, to
h an d ov er ; fibet ge'ben, to surren der, to tender ; fibet f om’ mett,
Gi vi ng
c
as ,
s
.
to c om e b y
.
d) I t h a s a m eta ph ori cal sens e in fibewe’ben, to p ersuade ;
’
nhergeu gen, to fibnv ince ; fiberl e gen, to consider ; fibu et’ nn, to
i
tran slate ; fiberfcbfit’ aen, to over estim ate ; fiberfal’l en, to bef all ;
'
.
-
’
’
t
o
u
r
fi berra‘
e
n
s
p
r
i
s
e
t
o
r
l
e
v
fi
b
e
r
n
n
o
e
r
t
a
k
e
;
,
; fibertrei ben,
h
fb ,
to e xaggerate ; fibertre’ten, to t r ansgre ss ; fiberge’ben, to om it
Wh en fiber i s a preposition, and ha s th e pri ncipal accent, i t
i s, as a rul e, conv erted into one of th e adverbs biniil’ et or her=
fi ber, or bariiher, or ”wither, and th e m eaning i s c hange d ; as,
‘
’
h
t
h
w
as
W
a
t
o
e
t
h
id
er
e
c
e
m
m
o
s
e
en, to
; fi bergehen,
hinfi h rf hw
y
’
r
to go ov e ; herii berf ommen, to com e ov er h ere ; barii’ hetfall en,
’
to
to f all on or ov er ; b orii bertrethen, to drive
’
r
er
to look over
c oss ov
; ii het lehen
.
.
’
.
Th e p rep osi ti on nnter, as a prefix, i mpli es,
’
'
as , u ntn gt a ben, to underm in e unteti o c
a
B
elow, u nder
ben,
)
’
’
u
o
r
t
en, to s pp
to subj uga te ; untet ftirt a
; w terfé rei hen, to sub
’
'
r
li
n
t
o
u
n
d
e
e
e
i
n
t
e
t
u
c
i
e
n
:s cr be ; unterftt ei x
;
a b nen, to si gn
b ,
77
.
'
'
.
.
6) Prohibi ti on
unterfa gen, to
’
as, unterbtii c
f en,
'
or om i s si on
interdi ct ;
unta
l a gen, to defrau d ; untet tre
fm
’
u nter al ten,
’
y
s
’
t
e
r
l
e
i
un
b hen, to
u n done.
c
) A m etaphorical
ri d ten
ppress ;
'
then, to i nte rru pt ; untet l af fen, to internrit ;
b
su
’
’
re m ain
to
an d
sens e
in
unter an beln,
b
’
to
negoti ate ;
h men, to undertak e ; nnter
to entertain ;
unterne
nntermei en, to
ins truct ; nnterfu'cben, to e xam ine ;
’
f
’
s
’
i
u
i
h
t
o
di
s
e
r
t ng s ; nnt mer fen, to subdue ;
u nterfc
hei ben,
’
fid) a n
s
terre’ ben, to converse
.
Wh en unter is a preposi tion and has th e principal ac cent, it
,
i s,
as
a
ru l e, conv erted
into
barnnter, and
one
of
th e adv erbs hinunter or
th e m e aning i s ch anged ; as , un’ ters
h
’
e
t
n
b
a
n
terfepen, het un terfegen, to put, place under or down
{ bem
erunter, or
'
GERMAN GRAM AR
1 04
.
surf ace of a thin
—b)
g ; as , au fl egen, to i m p ose ; aufl i egen, to li e on ;
an u p ri gh t sta te , or dir e c tion u p w ar ds ; as , auffteben, to
ri s e
au
c
) a di sp lay as aufbeden to nu
ffteigen, to as c e nd
cov er ; au uc en, to s e ar c h f or ;
at
) Op eni ng ; as auffd fli efien,
ff b
to u nl ock ; au fbrecben to b r e ak O p en
e com leti ng or us i ng
)
p
u
p ; as uufefien, to ea t u p ; aufgebm , to gi v e up ; aufbbren
,
,
,
,
'
'
,
to cease
,
.
4 fl a k denotes,
a
) p roceedi ng from out of th e mi dst of a
th ing ; as, aué treiben, to driv e ou t ; au é wfi l en, to sele ct ;
b
b
.
.
'
-
exemp ti on ;
as, aue c l i e en, to e x cl u de ;
ib fi
)
— c) extent; as cus
-
s
,
d) tboroug h ly doin g
ftreden to ex tend ; aué brei ten to sp read
a work ; as aué ii ll en to fill u p ; aue to en to stufi to cram ;
f
f pf
auel aé en to la u gh a t ; auebefiet n to m end ; auel efen to re ad
to th e end ; aué fcbl afgn, to sl eep e nou gh
e ) endi ng ; as , auc
Iiifd nn to e xti ngui sh ; auetri nf en to em p ty th e glass
$ 2? denotes soci ety an d a ttri bu ti on ; as bei ffigen to a dd ;
bei ftimmen to as sent ; beil egen to a ttrib u te to i m pu te
6 fi lm d enotes
a
) di recti on in to th e interior ; as thi
glefien to pour in ; einicbl i efien to in cl u de encl ose ; elnatbmen
—b) contr a cti on ; as ei nfdprumpfen to shrin k ; eln
to i nh al e
down of walls )
trc dnen to dry up ; einfall en to f al l i n (
c
) transi ti on i nto anoth er state ; as ei uweilyeu to inaugurate ;
ei nmei c
ben, to soak ; cinfcbmelgen to m el t down ; ci nmeubeu, to
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
;
,
,
s
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
s
,
,
,
,
,
'
=
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
7
Wi lt denotes p arti ip ati on ; as mitfpielen to j oin in th e
c
s
.
,
,
0
gam e ; mi ttbeil en, to c om m u ni ca te
8 fl atly d enotes afl er i n all i ts s i gnifica ti ons ;
a ) f oflow
i ng ; as in nacbfolgen, to f oll ow ; nacbtbun, to i mi tate
b)
—
.
.
—
i n qu i ry, search ; as , nacbfragen, to i n qu ir e af ter ; nachbeui en,
to reflect ; — c ) yi eldi ng ; as , nacbgeben, to yi eld ; naé l afieu, to
l ea v e off; to dim in i sh
.
Db de notes over, dom i ni on ; as
wal ten, to prevai l
9
=
.
.
1 0 i 3 0i ? denotes,
.
—) bf
a
e or e,
,
ob egen, to conqu er ; of)
fl
bo th in
s
p ace and tim e ; as
,
rorl egen, to l ay bef ore ; b orbebeuten, to f orebode ; rat at beitm , to
THEO RETI CA L PA RT
1 05
.
pre pare a w ork
b) ca u ti on and screen i ng
to be ca u ti ou s
b orbeugen, to obvi a te, prev ent ;
fb
as, b or e en
c
(fi ch)
,
) gi vi ng a n
cl f orw a r d
g rmp le f or im i ta tion ; a s, b orfpi el en, b ormacben ;
)
n ess, em i n en ce ; as , bbrt a en, to proj e c t ; b orbrin en, to pr ess
g
g
f orw a rd
e
.
11
8
.
u= de notes,
— a ) towa rds ; a s aufubt en to lead to ; 3 11
,
,
ali en, to h as ten to wards ;
6 ) fi tti ng, a dj u sti ng ;
b
a s, gu ereiten,
p re pa re ; antreffen to a gree ; —c ) a ddi ti on ; as gurem
nen,
‘
to a dd in c alc ul a ti on ; a
cl c on ti n u ati on ;
u fd fl ei ben to a sc rib e ;
)
as a
u l eien to r ea d on ; gubfiren to li ste n to ; — e) c losi ng ; as
au fd fli efien to sh u t up
to
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
V AN O MA LO U S C O MP O S I TI O N
.
8 0 Th ere
.
p oun d substa nti v es a nom alou sly com
posed th e first com pone nt a pp eari ng i n th e se cond pla c e a nd
th e se con d on e i n th e fir st ; as i n l augeni d fie (
a good f or
di stu rber of th e p ea c e ) © aufaué
n othi n g f ell ow ) 6 t6t efri eb (
—
i
m
fl
h
t
or a ttri bu ti v e parti
m
a drun k ar d)
S
i
e
i
a
u
é
fi
g )
(
(
.
are
com
,
,
,
-
'
,
,
.
ci pl es
.
,
,
b ei ng m el te d w i th
,
su bs tan ti v e
a
i n to on e
notion ;
as ,
(fi l iibmut m (glfibenbet 53 3 m m, glowing w orm ), Gpottb ogel (fpot
tenber fil ogel , m ockin g bi rd ), Gingoogel (
fingenber 23 09 21, sing
z
-
—
p erson b ein g ni ckn a m ed f rom a m em ber of
a p e rson wi th a fla t
h is body ; as, Gtumpfnafe f fl a t no se (
a red coat ; $ Iau
l
u e b e ard ; Si otbroc
b
f
m
n os e ; 5
l
u
b
a
r
t
a
8
,
)
li unbf opf m roun d h ead ; sin 3 t
ftrumpf m blue stocki ng ; E
f opf, a h eadstrong p er so n ; ti n 6 d)reil) alé , a crying baby ;
or a w h ol e s ente n ce be in g em ploye d as a su b stan ti v e ; as ein
‘
n
m
r
e
t
e
o
t
f
o
e
IBi lIf omm th e w el com e ;
r
a
b
nn
i
t
m
e
i
c
i
e
r
;
Qi g fi
g
h
th e Devi l ; 8 cbet ecbt
th e God be w i th u s
ber ®cttfeibei u ne (
Li v e righ t ; gfirdflegott, Fea r God ; and sim il ar p rop er nou n s
in g bi r d )
-
Or a
,
.
,
.
.
-
,
-
,
,
-
,
,
.
,
-
-
,
'
,
-
-
,
,
.
GERMAN GRA MMAR
1 06
.
C HAPTER III
.
or VERBS
81
.
.
W
h erea s are ei th er a u x ili a y v bs or verbs p rop er
r
er
Th e
.
f orm er convey n o noti on, b u t on ly r ela ti on s betw een subj ect and
p
d th e sp eak er ; as ,
h e i s goin g,’
re di c a te a n
w i ll sl ee p,
Ce sar w as m urder ed
‘
n oti on s, and consti tu te th e p re di cate
’
th e
.
’
‘
he
g,
Th e l atter convey ideas or
’
.
82
‘
h e ha s sun
.
Verbs p rop er are e i th er tra ns i ti ve or i ntra nsi ti ve
.
f orm er al ways requi ri ng a dir e ct obj ect, expres sed by an
ple te a nd u nderstood ; th e la tte r are ei th er
n euter v erbs, or such as ex press an action whi ch re uir es n o
q
obj e c t a t al l to be com ple te a nd i ntelli gi ble ; or th e
y are i ntra n
si ti ves p r op er, requi ring an obj e ct in th e dativ e or geni tiv e to
Th us to bea t {d flagem i s a transi ti v e v erb
b e u nderstood
it seems to m e )
b eca u se i t requ ires an ac cusativ e ; to seem (
frbeinen, i s an intransiti v e v erb becau se i t requires a dati v e ;
and to sleep , fc
i flafen, is a n eu ter v erb, because it requi res no
obj e ct a t all to conv ey an idea or n otion
8 3 Transi tiv e v erb s, w hi ch co m prise th e gre at bu lk Of
v e rb s of e v ery language are em pl oye d eith er i n th e Acti ve or
th e f orm er ex pressing th a t th e su bj ect
i n th e Pa ssi ve Voi ce
i s a cti ng or w orking u pon an obj ect ; as , th e f ath er p ra i ses th e
—th e latter expre ssing th at th e subj ect is acted u pon or
ch il d
‘
th e
as
r
l
ea
ki
n
o
b
ec
t
p
p
p
a
n
j
i
s
ro
e
s
su fferi ng som ething, or
;
y
g
i
ra i s ed b
h
s f a th er . S u ch v erbs as express th at
c h il d i s
y
p
su bj ect a nd obj ect a re th e s a m e p erson or thing, are call ed Re
‘
as , I pre p a re m ys elf
ex i v e verbs
fl
Th e En glish la n gu age h as no reflexi v e v erbs
Annota ti on
p rop erly sp eak ing, but only a r efle xi v e use of transitiv e v erbs
B u t th e Germ an is ri ch in reflexi v e v erbs p rop er, whi ch are
‘
u
t
e
e
not i n u s e as tra nsi ti ves ; as i d
i
m d) , I rej oi ce; whil e i t
) f
i s im possi ble to say i d) freue bi d)
All v erbs are inflec te d by Person, Num ber, Yeuse and
ac c u sa ti v e, to be com
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
-
,
,
,
’
’
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
MA N GRAMMA R
1 08
GER
.
I n th e an ci en t f orm , th e v ow el of th e v e rb i s m odi
fi e d by th e Um la u t i n th e I m p e rf e c t an d Pa r tic ipl e Pas t, in
al m ost th e s am e w a y as i n th e i rreg u l a r En gli s h v erb s ; a s ,
89
A
.
.
I mp erf ec t
P ar ti cip le P a st
ici ng sa ng,
gefuugen, sung
gebeten, b i dden
gel ommen, com e
I nfi ni tive
.
.
fi ngen to sin g
,
.
.
,
,
hat, b a de,
f ain, c am e,
Bi tten, to b i d,
f ommen, to com e,
.
B Thi s m odi fication does n ot ta k e p la ce in
of
v e rbs
.
.
th e
pti on of six ) ; bu t both th e
I m p erf ec t a n d Par ti c i pl e Past adop t th e term i n a tion et (
ed i n
Eng li sh ) to w h ich a r e a dded th e term i na tions of th e diff eren t
p erson s ; as
m odern c onj u gati on (
wi th th e
e x ce
-
,
,
Pa r ti cip le P as t
Infi ni tive
Imp erf ect
t ab en, to ta lk,
reb et e, ta lk e d,
red m en, to r e ckon ,
rad
.
.
-
-
ge reb et, ta lke d
-
m
-
.
-
-
-
.
ge t ec n et, reck on e d
et e, reckon e d,
-
b
-
-
.
'
Al l Pa rtic i ples Past bu t th ose com p ou n de d w i th th e i nse p
pre fix e s Be er ent amp get
arab le
,
,
,
,
,
h er,
ge, mi fi, b oll , hi nter,
mibcr, a nd mi ter, fi ber, u m, ba rd), wh e n not accente d, a nd all
‘
th ose e ndi n g i n tren, as s u m e th e a u gm ent ge ; as , garabet, geluu
s
b f
ef ommen, gered met, b orgerebet, nac ge u ngen, e tc
h
t
e
n
e
e
e
n
,
,
g
g
g
l
Th e
v ow e
.
e i n th e te rm i n ati on at of th e Pa rti ci
ple Pa st i s
pt after
t gn bit bm ibm flu or d m; as
gefagt gel eht gebofit gefd fleppt gerei ft; bu t gerebet gebetet ge
fegnet georbnet gemibmet geatbmet geofinet geseid met
Th e fi rs t v o w el e i n th e te rm i na tion etc of th e I m p erf e ct i s
as a ru l e d ro pp e d e x ce pt a f te r I) t 9 11 bit bm i bm ffn or $11 ;
as i d) {agtq Iobte bofite fe
bl eppte rei fte ; bu t i d) rebete Betete
fegnete orbnete mibmete atbmete Bffnete sei d mete
9 0 Th e th ree Persons s ingul ar an d p lural in all s im pl e
om i tte d,
e x ce
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
_
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
te ns es of th e anc ie nt a nd m ode rn f orm s, a re as f ollow s
Singu lar
—e
—e[i
—e
.
or
or
[t
or
t, ar
,
,
THEO RETI C AL PA RT
Th e f ollow ing ta ble
h ow th e se term in ations are
sh ows
tri bu te d am o ng th e ten s es
1 09
.
.
Pr esen t Ten se of both Forms
Indi ca ti ve
S ubj u nc ti ve
—e
.
S ING
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
.
.
.
-
e
— efi or ft
—et
—e
r
t
—2t
—
en
.
.
—e or
— e[i
t
.
Imp er a ti ve
.
or
—cn
2 —et o
3
.
—en
— eu
.
— 2t ar t
.
I mp erf ec t Tense
.
1
.
Of th e Anc i ent Form
2
.
Md
Form , the
s a m e i n Sub u nc tive
j
.
3‘
o ern
Mel
Form
.
S IN G
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
.
2
.
.
.
—
ete
—ci ar t
.
e
—eten
—etet
—
en
Th e v ow el is c h ange d
3
—eft or ft
— ete
— en
—en
—et o t
.
Vowel not c h anged
.
.
I A NC I ENT FO RM
.
.
fi ngen, to sing
I s m g, am sm gm g
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
.
2
.
3
.
.
O
O
MO OD
I sp eak, a m sp eaki ng
.
bu [i ng di
bu t eb efk
-
ng ct,
u
r
mi t r
i ng en
i I)t [i ng ct
te fing eu
r
ct
-
-
-
-
.
.
.
i d) reb e
-
.
.
i d) [i ng e
-
PL U R 1
MD ERN F RM
p
Presen t Ten se
.
.
reben, to s eak
.
I ND I C A TI V E
S ING
.
II
.
.
I NFI N
Vowel of Indie modified;
.
TH
E S I LI PLE T ENS ES OF T HE VERB
0
r
—en
eten.
.
.
e
—
ete[t
— eft or [k
m a. Anczem
a no
-
er reb et,
-
wi t t ab eu
-
{ I n reb et
-
e t ab en.
fi
-
MA R
GER A N GRA M
M
1 21 1 0
.
I ANCI ENT FO RM
.
MDERN FORM
II
O
.
.
.
I mp erf ect Ten se
.
I san g, w as si n gin g
S IN G
I s poke, was sp eaking
‘
i d) t eb e te
bu reb e teft
.
.
id) fang
2 bu {ang eft
1
.
.
-
.
3
f
.
3
.
-
-
wit reb e tett
-
.
2
-
-
PLUR 1 mit fang en
.
-
er reb e te,
er ang,
.
-
-
-
the fang ct
i br reb e tet
fi e fang en
fie reb e ten
-
-
-
-
.
SU BJUN C TIV E
-
-
.
M
o on.
Th e Present di ff ers {Tom th e I ndi ca ti v e only in th e
S ING
3
.
[
er reb e.
er i ng e.
.
-
-
Imp erf ec t Tense
.
I s an g, was si ngin g
I spoke , w as sp eaking
.
S I NG
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
.
i d) fange
i d) t ebete
bu {fingefi
er ffinge,
bu rebeteft
er rebete,
mit {fingen
mit t erci en
iI)t fii nget
i I)r rebetet
free fangen
fi e t erci en
.
.
I MPERA TIV E
S I NG 2
PLUR 2
.
.
MO D
p
reb ci spe ak !
-
-
i ng ct, sin g !
r
.
.
-
-
fing enb, singing,
-
Pa st gelli ng en, s u ng
-
.
.
Ex erci ses
tri nf en, to d ri nk ,
{pringer to S pring j um p,
E
lingen to sou nd
,
y
,
,
.
reb e, s eak !
[ing e, sing !
.
,
PA RTI C IPLEs
Pr es
O
.
t eb enb, s eaking ,
p
gereb et Sp oke n
‘
-
-
.
,
Inf lec ti on.
swi ngen, to com p el,
Babe“, to ba th e ,
Beten, to pray
.
MAN GRAMMAR.
1 12
GER
f undam ental law o f
.
eu
ph ony, wh i ch im perati vely f orbids th e
im m edia te j ux ta posi tion
of
tw o
No tw o vow e ls, tw o m u tes of
of
l etters
th e
sam e
th e
cl as s,
cl ass.
sam e
tw o l inguals,
tw o gu ttu rals, tw o d en ta l s, nor two l abia ls , m ust be sounded
toge th er
ev en if th ey sh ou l d b e wr itten, to sho w th e deri
(
v ati on
)
.
Thi s expl ains wh y th e e i s not dropp ed in rebet, t che i ; f or
f
in t ebft, rebt, two or e v en th ree m u tes w ou ld com e togeth er,
m u te s of th e
son
o ne
sa m e
cl ass, lingua ls or
dentals
Th e sam e rea
.
h olds good f or bu t ei feft, er rei ft, b eca u se only i n rei feft
w ou l d f ollow anoth er
I n fegueft, feguet, atbmeft, atbmet,
.
orbue t, orbu et, w e h ave n ot onl y a crowdi ng of
f
con son a nts th a t
f orb ids th e e lis ion of th e e, bu t a lso on e Of the f e w cases Wh er e
a n oth er
la w
bin ati on Of
f ollow th e
‘
of
eu
ph ony i s i nf ri nge d, nam ely th at in a com
,
m u te a nd a li qu id l etter, th e m u te s h ou ld al w ays
l iqu id i n th e Aus la u t, bu t pr ec ede it i n th e A n la ut
a
.
Bu t th i s i nf ri ngem ent
l aw, th a t i n
su ch
b fl
egue , at me
f
fl
,
Of
th e l aw i s
cases a v ow el
th e f orm ation
a l l ow
.
,
com
p ensa te d by anoth er
i s al ways to f oll ow , so as to
of
one
m ore
etc , are
now
di vide d a s f oll ow s :
.
syllabl e .
Th e w ords bu
eg ue t, at!)
f
-
f
meft, etc , so th at th e li qu id c ea ses to b e Ausla u t
9 2 For th e sam e r eas on, th e Infini ti v e a nd first and th ird
p ersons pl u ral Pr esent a nd Im p erf ect of febeu, gebeu, batten,
.
.
.
geiben, w hen, freuen, a nd oth ers wh ere th e root ends i n a vowel
’
’
or an I
) m ute, drop th e e of th e term ination en ; as , feb u, gebu,
’
bau n, geib a , rub u, fren a , fab u, gi eb n, Wh erev er th e rh ythm
An d
does n ot requ i re it to be k e pt, a s i n poetry or oratory
’
i
i
k
l
a
i
n
t
h
e
P
a
r
t
i
i
l
P
a
t
s
l
n
p
p
m
e
s
o
t
a
es
ce
c
es
s
a
e
e
th e s a e
;
, g f b u,
’
’
’
’
’
.
'
Th e ap ostroph e
in
gesi eb u, gel i eb u, th ou gh n ot so o f te n
feba, gebu, gefebn, geli ebu i s, as a rule, om i tte d Nay, th e e
i s, as a r ul e, w ritten, bu t r em a i ns m u te i n p op ular u ttera nce
Th e l e a rned classes, i t i s tru e , p ron oun ce this e, f rom a ki nd of
’
’
.
.
.
af f ec tation v ery of te n, a nd
in fri nge th ereby
a
well e s tabli sh ed
-
la w of eu ph ony
.
Th at th e term ination en in th e Infin i tiv e a nd first a nd th ird
THEO RETI C A L PART
1 13
.
p ersons plural n ev er su ff ers in a ny oth er v erb an elision of th e
e i s e x pl ai n e d b
y th e it a s a li qu id b ei ng f orb idden to f ollow
a m u te ; as
fageu, Ieben babeu, bofieu fteden, Iadmi , etc , not
fag n, Ieb n Bab u bofi u iled u l ad) n
,
,
,
,
’
,
’
’
’
,
93
(
,
,
’
’
,
,
.
In a f e w deriv a tiv e v erbs, v i z
.
.
a ll
.
th ose e ndin g i n em
) or el n (el eu ) i n th e infinitiv e th e vow el of th e term ina
tion i s dro pp e d i n a ll i nflec tions a n d der iva ti ves e x cep t th e
fi rs t p erson O f th e Pr esen t w h e re th e e of th e stem i s dropp ed ;
as i d) baub I e I a c t ; i d) maub t e I w an de r ; bu t bu baa b el t
f
baubelu gebanbel t banbel te ; bu maub erft manberu geivaubert
cv en
-
,
;
,
-
,
-
-
,
-
-
,
,
,
-
,
,
,
,
,
mauberte
.
§ 9 4 I n tw o v erbs, v i z fenbeu an d meubeu, th e Im p erf ec t
fanbte, wanbte se em s to be f orm e d i n con tr adic tion to th e ab ov e
l a wof eu ph ony, th e m ore so, a s th e se f orm s a re p r ef e rr e d to
.
.
th e
re
g
ul a r
o n es
menbete, w h i ch
eubete a nd
T
-
a re
s till
in
use
.
Bu t i n th e pronu n c i ati on only one t i s h eard ; th e sec on d i s
Th e sa m e h olds
w ritte n to sh ow th e deri v a ti on of th e f orm
.
f or rebate), w h i ch occurs i n p oetry
good of rebte (
.
D
T HE S I
.
MPLE TENSES OF A C OMPOU ND VERB
W I TH A D V ERB S A ND PREP O S I TI O NS
I AN C IENT FO RM
berb orf ommeu
INFIN
.
,
f or th
11
.
.
to
com e
.
I ND I C A TI VE
.
MDERN F RM
O
.
O
.
aué l egeu, to la y out
.
M D
OO
.
Pres ent Ten se
.
I com e) f or th
I a m com in g (
S IN G
i d) f omme berb or
2 bu tommft terror
3 . er tommi berb or,
1 mit l ommen berb oe
2 i l) r tommt terror
3 fi e tommen terror
1 0"
1
.
.
.
.
PLU R
.
.
.
.
.
.
I a m l a ying (
I l ay )
i d) l ege ans
bu Iegft aue
er1
t
aue,
mit Iegeu aue
i t): Iegt ans
fie Iegen nut
.
,
MAN GRA MMA R
1 14
GER
.
I ANCI ENT FO RM
.
MDERN F RM
II
O
.
.
O
.
I mp erfiec t Tense
.
I came (
was coming ) f orth
S ING
I la yed (
was laying) out
.
.
i d tam heroot
2 bu tamft heroot
3 er tom herb ot ,
PLU R 1 mi t tameu harb or
2 the f aint harbor
1
.
i ch Iegte aue
.
bu l egteft and
er Iegte aue,
mit Iegten out
i hr Iegtet and
fi e Iegteu aue
.
.
.
.
.
3
.
fie f ameu herbot
.
.
S UBJUN C TIV E
MO O D
.
Pr esent Tens e
.
S ING
i d l omme heroot
2 bu f ommeft heroor
3 et tomme heroot
Plural like th e Plur al Indi ca tive
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
Enp erfect Tense
.
S ING
i d) tame herb ot
2 bu i fimeft het oor
1
.
.
.
3
.
PLUR 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
S ING
PLUR
Lik e th e Indi cative Imp erfect
.
.
me
er fa
het bor
mit f ii uuu herb or
i met herbor
the R
fie tfimeu hereof
IM
PERA T IV E M
O OD
,
.
Lay out !
Com e f orth !
2 tomm(
e) harb or,
2 tomm(
e)t het oor
Ieg(
e) aue !
1t aue!
.
.
.
.
.
PA RTI C I PLEs
Pres
Past
.
.
herbotl ommeub, com ing f orth
herb ot gef ommeu com e f orth
,
.
,
.
.
auel egeub, laying out,
auegel egt, layed out.
Exerc i ses f or Inflecti on
au etrinf eu , to dri nk u p,
dfpriugen, to s pring a fter,
wohlflingeu, to sou nd well,
na
.
fftefien to pu t up,
b vt fegen, to se t bef ore
au
,
.
M
GER A N GRA
MMAR
.
I mp erf ec t Ten se
.
I had
SI NG
I sh ould becom e
.
.
i d wiirbe
bu mii rbefl
er miirbe,
mir wiirbeu
i hr toirrbet
fie wii rbeu
i d hii tte
bu hii tteft
.
hatte
wit hiitteu
i hr hiittet
fie hi tteu
er
PLU R
.
,
'
.
IM
P ERA T I V E
S ING
2
.
PLUR 2
.
,
.
.
OO
,
,
,
.
.
e
hahe h av e
habt ha v e
fei b e,
feib, be
.
M D
.
ivet t e, becom ,
toerbet, becom e
.
PARTI C I PLES
.
Pres feieub, bein g,
habeub, h av in g, merbeub, becom ing,
Past gem feu, bee n
ehabt, h a d
eworben, b e com e
g
g
g
Instead of gei‘oorbeu, in all com p ound f orm
s of th e Passi v e
worben i s used
.
.
.
.
.
.
§ 96
.
M
M
C O POUND FOR S OF C ONJU GATION
.
The Perf ect and Plu p erf e ct tense s are f orm e d by th e Parti
c iple Past of th e v erb an d th e Pr es en t a nd Im p erf ect tense s of
eta, e xa ctly as in English
on e of th e a u xi liary v erbs habeu or (
Which of th ese two aum l iary verbs is to be used will be seen
.
'
-
f rom
1 1 0, th e
us e
bei ng to
som e
extent
diff erent in both
languag es
Th e Fu ture tens e is f orm e d by th e Infini ti v e Pres ent of the
princi pal verb and th e pre se nt tense of werben
.
.
Perf ec t Tense
.
INFI NITW E
.
gefuugeu haheu, to h av e su ng
gerebet habeu, to h a v e S pok en
gehabt habeu, to h av e h ad
ausgel egt haheu, to h av e l ai d
.
.
out.
gefioruugeu fei n, to h av e spru ng
gemaubert fei n, io h av e w andere d
gemefeu ieiu, to h a ve been
herborgetommeu feiu, to h ave
com e f orth
.
.
.
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT .
1 17
IND I C A T I VE
.
habe (er hat) gefa ngen I h av e (h e h as) su ng
bi n (er i | t) gefpru ngen I h a ve (
b e h as ) sp ru n g
hat e (er hat) gerebet I h a v e (h e h'a s ) spok en
b e b as ) wan dere d
hi n (er i ft) geioanbert I h av e (
habe (er hat) gehabt I h av e (h e h as ) h a d
bi n (
er i ft) gemeien I h a ve (
b e h as ) b een
biu herborg—
ef ommen I h av e com e f orth
hahe aué gelegt, I h a v e l a id out
S U BJ UNC T I VE
i d hat e (er habe) gefa ngen I h ave (
h e h as ) su n g
i d) {ei (
er fei ) gefpruu geu I h av e (
h e h a s) s p r u n g
h e h as ) s p ok en
i d hahe (er hahe) gerebet I h av e (
h e has ) w a n dere d
i d) bin (
er fei ) gemanbert I h a v e (
h e h as ) h ad
i d) habe (
er hahe) gehabt I h av e (
h e h as ) been
i d) fei (
er fei ) gemefeu I h av e (
i d fei herb orgef ommen I h a v e com e f or th
i d) hat e aué gel egt, I h av e l ai d ou t
,
.
’
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
Plup erf ec t Tense
.
IND I C A T I V E
.
h e) h a d sung
i d) (
er) hatte gefuugen, I (
h e) h a d la id ou t
i d) (er) hatte aué gel egt, I (
.
.
h e ) h ad spru ng
er) mar gefprungen, I (
id (
h e ) h a d com e
i d (er) mar herborgei ommen, I (
h e ) h a d sp ok en
er) hatte gerebet, I (
i d) (
.
_
.
h e ) h ad w andere d
er) mar gemanbert, I (
id (
h e) h a d h a d
i d (er) hatte gehabt, I (
.
.
h e ) h ad been
er) r
oar gemefen, I (
id (
SU
.
BJU NC TI VE
.
h e ) w oul d h av e su n g
i d) (er) hatte gefungen, I (
h e ) w ou ld h av e l a id ou t
er) hfitte au egel eét, I (
id (
.
.
h e ) w ou ld h av e s prun g
er) mi re gefprungen, I (
id (
h e ) w ou ld h av e com e f orth
er) mare heroorgef ommen, I (
id (
.
,
GERMAN GRA MMA R
1 18
.
‘
gerebet, I
(h e ) w ou ld h av e S poken
gemanbet t I (h e ) w ou l d h ave wandered
.
,
h e ) wo u l d h a v e h a d
gehat t, I (
h e ) w oul d h a ve b een
ge t efen, I (
.
z
.
Futur e Tense
Mn
InDIC ATv
I sh all
.
oo
i d met be
finger»
{pringem
bu mirft
reben,
er wit h
mant een,
haten,
.
mie met t en
i hr met bet
kin,
fie wetben heet orf ommen,
aué i egen,
S U BJUNCTI VE
I shall
S IN G
i d merbe
PLU R
t n merbeft
er merbe
mit werben
.
i hr mert et
fie merben
M
oon .
inse“,
r
{pringem
reben,
wanbern,
hat an,
fein,
hert orf ommen,
.
ausIegen,
—
CO NDITIO NAL
I sh oul d
l
i d mii rbe
fluent,
fpringen
bu miirbeft
reben,
w
b
mfit be
PLU R
mit mfirben
N { hr wii rbet
Q
fi e mii t ben
er
.
J
O
Moon
.
,
manbet n,
hat en,
fei n,
het t orf ommen,
auei egen,
.
1 20
GERMA N GRA MMA R
.
.
IND I C AT I VE
MD
OO
SU
.
BJUNC TI VE MOO D
.
I mp er
f ect Ten se
.
l ov e d, I w as b ei ng lov e d
I w ere, or I w ould be lov ed
.
2
.
3
.
.
i d murbe gei i et t
i d ma t t e geli ebt
bn mnt befi gel i et t
bu mii rt efi gei i et i
er wurbe gei i et t,
er
e tc
wii rbe geii eti ,
etc
.
.
Perf ect Tense
.
INFI N gel i ett morben fein, or an fein, to ha v e be e n lov ed
.
IND I C AT IV E
M D
OO
He h as been loved
S ING
3
.
.
SU
.
BJUNC TI VE MO O D
.
He h as b een lo ved
.
er i i geli ett mart en.
f
er
.
.
fei geli ebt mart en
.
Plup erf ec t Ten se
.
He h ad been l oved
S ING
3
.
.
He h ad been l ov ed
.
wort en
er war gei i ett
er
.
.
mii re gei iet t mtn ben
.
Futur e Tense
.
He wi ll b e l ov ed
He w ill be l ov ed
.
S IN G 3
.
.
er wit h geIi et t werben
er
.
C O ND I TIO NAL
MD
OO
.
met t e geIiet t merben
.
.
(
i t tourbe geli et t merben, h e w ould b e love d
.
Past Futu re Tense
.
INDI C AT I VE
MD
OO
He w ill h ave be en lov ed
S IN G 3
.
.
et wit h gei i ett
SU BJ UNC TI V E
.
MD
OO
.
He w ill h av e been loved
.
.
morben fein
.
er
C O ND I TI O NA L
M
merbe geIi et t morben fein
.
oo n .
53 : murbe el i ett mtn ben ai m h e w oul d h a v e bee n love d
(
g
{
.
5 9 8 Th e f ollow in g i s a com pl e te p ar ad igm of a verb of th e
.
m odern, an d a lso of one of th e a nci ent conj u gation
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
121
MPLETE PARADI GMor THE MODERN C ONJU GATI ON
CO
.
A
A C TI VE VO I C E
.
.
INFIN Ii et en, an Ii et en, to lov e
.
IND I C A TI V E
MO OD
SU
.
I
I lov e , I am lovi n g
S I NG
1
.
.
BJU NC T IVE MO O D
.
Present
.
.
.
i d Ii et e
.
bu Ii et ft
p
er
PLU R
.
(fie es) Ii et t
,
,
mi t Ii ehen
0
1
i hr Ii et i
3
fi e Ii et en
0
.
II
I l ov e d
b np erf ect
.
.
S IN G
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
i d Ii et i e
bn Ii et teft
er
(fi e eé ) Ii et te
,
,
PLU R 1
wit Ii et ten
2
ihr Ii et tet
3
fi e Ii et ten
.
.
III Perf ec t Ten se
n, to h av e lov ed
INFI N geli chi haben, gei i et t an habe
.
.
.
.
I h ave l ov e d
S I NG
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
2
.
3
.
.
I h ave lov e d
.
i d hat e gei i et t
i d hat e gei i et t
bn haft geli et t
t n hat efi gei i et t
hat geii et t
er
hat e geIi et t,
mit tat en gei iet t
i hr habet geli et t
iia hat en gei i et t
er
,
mit hat en gei iet t
i ht hat t gei i et t
[i e hat en geIi et t
'
.
‘
.
.
I V Plup erf ec t Ten se
I h a d l ov ed
I h ad l ov e d
i d hii tte gei i et t
1 i d hatte geIi et t
.
.
.
.
S I NG
.
.
.
2 bu hati efi geli et t
3 er hatte geIi et t,
.
.
11
bu hiittefi gei i et t
er
hi tte gei iet t
,
1 22
GERMA N GRA MMA R
.
.
INDI CAT I VE
PLU R 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
MD
OO
SU BJU NC TI V E
.
MD
OO
.
hair hatten geli ebt
wit hatten geIi ett
h hattet gei i et t
fie hatten gei i et t
i ht hi ttet geli ett
t e
[i e hatten geii ett
.
.
V Fu ture Tense
.
.
I sh all l ov e
S I NG
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
2
.
3
.
.
i d wert e Ii et en
t n wirfi Ii et en
t n meebefi Ii eten
er wit h Ii et en,
er meet e Ii et en,
mit merben Ii et en
i hr met t ei Ii et en
fi e merben Iiehen
mir meet/en Ii ehen
i hr merbet Ii et en
fi e werben Iiet en
‘
'
.
.
VI : 00ndi ti ona l
Md
.
oo
.
We Sh ould love
l d l ov e,
I sh ou
S ING
.
.
2
.
3
.
.
bn mii rbefi Ii et en
ee
OO
.
.
mii ebe Ii et en,
MD
.
SU
.
.
BJU NC TI VE MO O D
VII Pas t Fu tu r e Tense
.
I sh all h av e lov ed
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
‘
id weroe geli ett hat en
bu merbeft geli et t hat en
er mert e gei i ett haten,
mit merben geli chi haben
i he meebet gei iet t hat en
fie werben gei i et t haten
bu wirft geli chi hat en
ee mit t gei i et t tat en,
mi t merben geIi ett tat en
i he merbet gei i et t hat en
'
fi e mert en gei i ett hat en
.
.
.
Pa st Con di ti onal
SI NGU LA R
2
.
3
.
.
We Sh ould h av e loved
.
i d inii rbe geIi et t hat en
1
.
bu mii rbefi geIi et t hat en
2
.
naii rbe gei i ett hat en
3
.
-
et
bo
.
I sh ou ld h av e l ov e d,
.
Md
PLU RAL
.
1
.
.
i d meroe geli chi tat en
VIII
.
I sh all h a v e lov ed
.
‘
.
.
mit miirben Ii et en
2 i ht miirbet Ii et en
3 [i e mii rben Ii et en
PLUR 1
i d it iit be Ii ehen
1
INDI C ATI V E
SING
.
i d merbe Ii et en
.
PLU R 1
I sh al l lov e
.
.
wi r ivii rben gei i et t taten
‘
ihr ivii roet gei i ett hat en
fi e miirben g ei iett haten
.
MA N GRA MMA R
1 24
GER
MD
INDI C ATIVE
OO
—
.
SU BJ UNCTIVE
.
MOOD
.
I V Plup erf ect Tense
I h ad been lov ed
I h a d b een l ov ed
l
.
.
.
.
i d mii re gei i et t mart en
t n mii refi geIi et t mart en
i d mar geIi et t mart en
w
i
t n marfi gei i et t mart en
er mar gei i et t mart en,
PLUR
.
er miire gel i et t mart en,
mir maren gel i et t mart en
w i hr mart geii et t mart en
w fie maren gei iet t mart en
mir miiren geIi ett mart en
i hr mi ret geIi et t mart en
fie miiren geliebt mart en
.
.
V Fu tur e Tense
.
.
I sh all be loved,
I sh all be lov ed
.
i d mert e geli chi mert en
SI NG
.
PLU R
.
i d met t e gei i et t mert en
t n mert efi gei i et t mert en
t n mi rfi gel ichi mert en
er mirt geli et t mert en,
mir mert engei i et t mert en
ihr mertet gei i et t mert en
ert en,
mert e gei iet t m
mir mert en gei iet t mert en
ihr mert et gei i et t mert en
fie mert en geli et t mert en
er
fie mert en geli chi mert en
.
.
VI Condi ti ona l
.
.
S I NGU LA R
PLU RAL
I sh ould be lov e d,
We sh oul d be lov ed
.
.
.
i d miirt e gel iebt mert en
t n mii rt efi gel i et t mert en
er mii rt e gei iet t mert en,
1
.
2
.
‘
3
.
mir murt en gei i et t mert en
i hr mii rt et gei i ett mert en
fie mii rt en geli ebt mert en
.
VI I Pas t Fu tu re Tense
.
.
INDIC A TI V E
MD
OO
SU BJUN CTI V E
.
I sh all h ave be e n lov e d
MO D
O
.
I sh all h av e b een lov e d
.
.
SI NGULAR
.
i d mert e gei i et t mart en fein
t n mert efi geli ett mart en fein
i d met t e gei i et t mart en {ei n
t n mirfi geli ebt mart en fei n
er
mirt geii ett mart en {ein,
er
mert e gei i ett mart en fein,
PLU RAL
mirmert en gei i et t mart en fein
i hr mert et gel i et i mart en {ei n
fie mert en gei iet t mart en fein
.
mir mert en gei i et t mart en [ei n
i hr met t et gei i et t mart en fein
fie mert en gei i et t mart en fein
.
12 5
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
.
VIII Pa st Condi ti ona l
.
.
S INGU LA R
PLURAL
I sh oul d h av e b e en lov ed,
We sh ould h av e been lov ed
i d mii rt e gei i et t mart en fein
mir miirt en gel i ebt mart en fein
i hr miirt et geli et t mart en fei n
fie miirt en gei i et t mart en fein
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
.
.
t n mii rt efi gel i et t mart en fein
er
miirt e geIi et t mart en fei n,
A nn ota ti on
.
.
Instea d of i d mnrt e gei i et t, t n mnrt e
fi gei i et t,
er wurt e geli chi , th er e
is
a no th er
f orm i n use i n poetry, — i ch
mart gei i et t, t n mart fi geIi et t, er mart gei iett
.
CO
MPLETE PA RADI GM OF THE ANCI ENT CONJU GA TION
.
A
.
d agen an fdi agen to beat
OO D
VE M
S UBJ UNC VE M
O OD
I NFIN
IND I CA TI
A C TI V E VO I C E
.
.
,
TI
.
I
.
I beat, rout
.
.
i d {di age
2 t n fdi i gfi
1
.
i d fdi age
.
.
3
.
PL U R 1
2
.
3
.
.
.
(fie ea) fdi agt
fair fdi agen
i hr {di agt
fie d agen
er
.
Present Ten se
.
I b eat, rout
S ING
.
,
,
,
.
t n {di agefi
er fdi age,
mir fdlagen
i hr fdl aget
'
fie fdi agen
.
I I Imp erf ect or Pas t Tense
I beat, routed (
sh ou ld
I beat, rou ted
.
.
.
S ING
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
.
i d fdi ii ge
t n fdi iigefi
i d {di ng
t n d ngfi
er fdi ng,
{di ii ga
mir {di iigen
er
mir {di ngen
i hr {di ngt
re farugm
i hr {diii get
te a ri sen
r
.
.
III
.
I NFIN
.
Perf ec t Tense
.
gefdl agen tat en, geidi ngen an hat en, to h a ve beaten
11
.
M
126
GER A N GRA
INDI C AT I V E
MD
OO
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
‘
PLU R 1
.
.
SU BJU NC TIV E
OO
hat gefdi agen
mir tat en gefdi agen,
.
h
fdi agen,
mir tat en gefihIagen,
er
,
L e
at e
g
etc.
.
I V Plup erf ect Tense
I h a d beaten
I h a d beaten
1 i d hatte ger
i d hi tte gefdiagen,
di ngen,
.
.
.
S ING
.
.
.
e tc.
etc.
Ei ture Tense
V
.
.
I Sh all beat
i d mert e fdi agen
t n mert efi {di agen
er met t e fdi agen,
mi r mert en fdi agen
i hr met t et d agen
fie mert en fihi agen
I sh all b eat
.
SING ‘
.
.
i d mert e fdi agen
t n mirfi {di agen
mirt d agen,
mir mert en {di agen
er
PLUR
i hr mert et fdi agen
fie mert en fdl agen
.
.
VI
.
Con di ti ona l
.
S INGU LA R
PLU RAL
I Sh ould beat,
We Sh ould beat
i d mii rt e fdi agen
2 t n miirt efid agen
3 er mii rt e fdi agen,
mir mii rt en {di agen
2 ihr mii rt et fdl agen
3 fie miirt en fdi agen
.
.
1
.
i d hat e gefdi agen
t n hat efi gefdi agen
t n hafi gefdi agen
er
MD
I h av e b eaten
.
i d hat e geidi agen
etc
.
.
I h av e beaten
S ING
MMAR
.
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
VII Past Future Tense
.
IND I C ATI VE
.
M
SU BJUNCTIVE
oo n .
I shall h ave beaten
’
M
oon .
I Sh all h a v e beaten
.
.
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
.
S I NG
.
.
i d met t e gefdi agen hat en
t n mirfi geidIagen hat en
er mi rt gefdi agen hat en,
mir mert en gefdi agen hat
e tc .
i d met t e gefdlagen haten
t n mert efi geidi ngen hat ru
er mert e gefdi agen tat en,
mirmert en gefdi agen hat ,
.
etc.
1 23
.
IND I C A T I VE
GERMA N GRA
MD
OO
V
.
1
.
2
.
SU
BJUNCTIVE MOO D
.
Fu tu r e Tense
.
.
I sh all be beaten
.
.
i d mert e gefdi agen mert en i d mert e gefdi agen mert en
t n mi rfi gefihi agen mert en, t n mert efigefdi agen mert
e tc
e tc.
.
VI
S ING 1
.
.
.
I sh all b e b e a te n
S IN G
MMA R
.
Con di ti ona l
.
Md
bo
.
i d mnrt e gefdi agen mert en, I sh ould be beaten
.
VII Fu tu r e Past
.
IND I C A T IV E
MD
OO
.
S uBJUNCTIv E
.
I sh all h av e been beaten
.
S ING
.
1
.
i d mert e gefdi agen mars
t en fei n
2
.
t n mirfi gefdi agen mar=
t en fein, etc
VI II
1
.
MD
OO
.
I S h a ll h av e been bea ten
.
i d mart e gefdi agen mart en
fein
t n mert efi gefdi agen mar
t en fein, etc
.
.
Con di ti onal Pa st
.
i d mnrt e geidi agen mart en fein, I sh oul d h av e b een
'
.
be a ten
.
M OF THE AU XI LIARY VERB
M
C O PLETE PARADI G
fein T O BE
,
.
fein, an fein, to be
SU BJU NCT I VE M
o
O OD
IND I C A TI VE M
INFIN
.
.
.
m ay be, or I am
S IN G
i d fei
PLU R
t n fei fi
er fit,
mir feien
i hr fei et
fie fei en
.
.
THEO RETI CAL PA RT.
INDI CA TI VE
12 9
S URJUNGI I VE
'
M
oon .
I mp erf ect
.
I m i gh t be, or I w ere
.
i d mi re
t n miirefi
er mare,
mir mi ren
i hr miiret
fie mi ren
S IN G
.
.
PLUR
.
INFIN gemefen fein, gemefen an fein, to h av e been
.
IND IC ATI V E
.
Mon
o
SU BJU NC TI VE
.
1
.
.
I m ay h a ve b een
i d ti n gemefen
i d fei gemefen
.
t n fei fi gemefen
er fei gemefen,
mir fei en gemefen
ihr {ei et gemefen
2 tn ti fi gemefen
3 er i fi gemefen,
.
.
PLUR 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
I h a v e b een
.
SI NG
MOOD
mir fint gemefin
i hr feit gemeien
fie fint gemefen
fie‘fei en gemefen
.
.
IV Plup erf ect Tense
.
.
I mi gh t h av e been )
I h ad been (
I h a d b e en
.
S IN G
1
.
.
2
.
.
i d mar gemefen
tn marfi gemefen
'
mar gemefen,
PLUR 1 mir maren gemefen
2 i hr mart gemefen
3 fie maren gemefen
3
.
er
.
.
.
.
.
i d mi re gemefen
t n mrirefi gemefen
er mii re gemefen,
mir mi ren gemefen
ihr mi ret gemefen
fie mi ren gemefen
.
V Future Tense
.
I shall be
S I NG
.
.
i d mert e {ein
2 t n mirfi fein
3 er mirt fei n,
1
.
.
.
.
I sh all be
.
i d mert e fein
t n mert efi fein
er mert e fein,
MAN G RA MMAR
13 0
GER
INDI C AT I V E
M
S UB JUNC TI VE
oo n .
.
.
.
Mon
o
.
mir mert en fein
i hr wert et fein
fie mert en fein
ei n
mir mert en T
2 i hr met t et fei n
3 fie mert en fein
PLUR 1
.
.
.
.
Condi ti on a l
.
We should be
I sh ould be ,
S ING
.
.
i d miirt e fein
2 t n mii rt efi fein
3 er miirt e fein,
.
PLU R 1
.
.
2
.
.
3
1
.
.
mir miirt en fein
i hr miirt et fein
fie miirt en fein
.
Mn
S a nsone-em
.
.
.
i d mei t e gemefen fein
.
2 t n mirfi gemefen fei n
t n mert efi gemefen fein
‘
.
mirt gemefen {ein,
PLU R 1 mir mert en gemefin fei n
2 i hr mert et gemefen fei n
3 fie mert en gemefen fei n
3
er
.
.
.
.
.
.
mf f
‘
mir mert en gemefen fein
i hr wert et gemeien {ein
fie mert en gemeien fein
er mert e ge e en ein,
.
VIII Pa st Con di ti on al
.
SI NGULAR
.
We should ha v e been
.
1
.
.
'
.
2
.
.
3
.
SING
.
2
3
.
fei be !
er,
mir miirt en gemefizn {sin
i hr miirt et gemefen fein
fie mii rt en gemeien fain
.
PLU R 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
,
.
.
PLURAL
.
I sh oul d ha v e be en,
1 i d miirt e gemefen fein
2 tn m
ii rt efi gemeien iei n
3 er miirt e gemefen fein,
‘
fie, ea fei, h e m ay
be !
feien mit ! let us be !
feit ! be !
{elen Gie, be !
X Pa rti cip les
.
Present
.
fei ent being
,
.
I sh all h av ebeen
I sh all h av e be en
1 i d mert e gemefen fein
S ING
oo
.
.
Pas t gemefen, been
.
.
MAN GRAMMAR
13 2
GER
MD
INDI C A TI VE
OO
.
SU BJUNC TIV E
.
MD
OO
.
I V Plup erf ect Ten se
.
.
I h a d h ad
S IN G
I h a d h ad , I m igh t h av e
.
i d hiitte gehatt
i d hatte gehabt
.
i
t n hi ttefi gehat t
er hi tte gehat t,
t n hattefi gehat t
hatte gehat t,
mir hatten gehat t
ihr hattet gehat t
fie hatten gehatt,
er
P LU R
.
mir hiitten gehat t
i hr hii ttet getat i
fie hii tten gehatt
.
V Futu re Tense
.
I sh a ll h av e
SIN G
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLUR 1
.
2
.
3
.
.
.
I S h a ll h av e
.
.
i d mert e hat en
i d met t e hat en
tn mi rfihat ru
t n mert efi hat en
mirt haten,
mir mert en hat en
i hr mert et tat en
fie mert en hat en
mert e hat en,
mir mert en haten
i hr wert et haten
fie merten haten
er
er
.
.
Condi ti on a l
.
We Sh oul d h av e
I Sh ould h av e,
1
.
2
.
3
.
.
t n miirt efi hat en
mir mii rt en tat en
2 ihr mii rt et tat en
er mii rt e
3
i d ma rt e hat en
PLU R 1
.
.
.
tat en
,
.
fie miirt en haten
.
VII Past Futu re
.
.
IND I C ATI V E
MD
OO
I S h a ll h av e h ad
SU
.
I sh all h ave h ad
.
H i d mert e gehat t tat en
N t n mirfi gehat t tat en
O
er mirt gehat t haben
PLU R H mir mert en gehabt hat en
‘
N i hr mert et getat i tat en
O
fie mert en gehat t tat en
S IN G
BJUNC TI VE MO OD
.
J
O
,
.
J
O
.
.
.
i d mert e gehat t hat en
t n mert efi gehat t hat en
met t e gehat t tat en,
mir mert en getat i tat en
i hr mert et gehat t tat en
fie mert en gehatt hat en
er
.
THEO RETI C AL PA RT
VI II
.
13 3
.
Pa st Condi ti ona l
.
S I NGULAR
PLU RAL
.
.
We sh oul d h av e ha d
I Sh ould ha v e h a d,
1
.
2
.
3
.
.
i d mii rt e getat i hat en
1
.
t n mii rt efi gehat t—hat en
2
.
miirt e gehat t hat en,
3
.
er
mir miirt en getati tat en
i hr mii rt et gehat t hat en
fie miirt en getati haten
.
M
I X I mp er ati v e
oo d
SIN G 2 hat e, hat e tn ! ha v e ! PLU R 1 hat en mir ! let us h ave !
.
.
.
.
.
2
.
3
.
X Pa rti cip les
.
Pr es
.
hatent, ha v i ng
.
.
hat t ! h a v e !
haben (d ie ! hav e !
.
P a st gehabt, h ad
.
,
MPLETE PARADI GMOF THE AUX ILIARY VERB
CO
mert en, T O B EC O ME
.
I
.
mert en, 3 “ mert en, to becom e
O OD
OO D
SU BJUNC TI VE M
INDI CA TI VE M
I NFIN
.
.
.
I be com e
SING
1
.
.
.
i d mert e
.
mirt,
PLUR 1 mir mert en
2 i hr wert et
3 fie mert en
.
.
er
.
.
.
.
i d mert e
t n mert efi
2 t n mirfi
3
I m ay becom e
.
met t e,
mir mert en
i hr mert et
fie merten
er
.
I m igh t becom e
.
i d miirt e
S ING
.
t n mii rt efi
er
PLUR
.
miirt e,
mir mii rt en
ihr miirt et
fie mii rt en
.
.
MAN GRAMMAR
13 4
GER
.
INFIN gemart en fein, gemart en an fein, to h ave becom e
.
IND I C A TI V E
M D
OO
I h av e b e com e
S ING
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
i d t i n gemart en
OO
.
.
i d fei gemart en
t n fei fi gemart en
t n t i fi gemart en
-
er i
MD
I h av e be com e
.
fi gemart en,
m
f
er ei ge art en,
mir fint gemart en
2 i hr {eit gemart en
3 fie fint gemart en
PLUR 1
.
SUB JUNC TI VE
.
.
mi r feien gemart en
i hr feiet gemart en
fiefei en gemart en
.
.
.
.
.
I V Plup erf ect
.
I h ad be com e
Sm G
I m i gh t h av e becom e
.
.
.
mi re gemart en,
mir miiren gemart en
i hr mii ret gemart en
fie miiren gemart en
er
.
PLU R
.
.
2
.
3
.
.
i d mii re gemart en
tn mi refi gemart en
i d mar gemart en
2 t n marfi gemart en
3 er mar gemart en,
1 mir maren gemart en
1
.
.
ihr mart gemart en
fie maren gemart en
.
.
V Fu tur e Tense
.
.
I sh all b e com e
S ING
1
.
.
2
.
3
I Sh all b ecom e
.
.
2
.
3
.
t n mert efi mert en
t n mirfi mert en
mert en,
mir mert en mert en
i hr mert et mert en
fie mert en mert en
er mert e
mirt mert en,
mi r mert en mert en
ihr met t et mert en
fie mert en mert en
.
.
VI
.
Con di ti ona l
Md
o
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
i d mnrt e mert en
t n mii rt efi mert en
er mii rt e
mert en,
.
We Sh ould becom e
I Sh ould becom e,
S ING
.
i d mei t e mert en
i d mert e mert en
er
PLU R 1
.
i
.
mir mii rt en mert en
2 ihr miirt et mert en
3 fie mii rt en mert en
PLU R 1
.
.
.
.
.
M
13 6
GER AN GRA
MMAR
.
f orm er com pri sing, not only all deri va ti v e, but als o som e radi caI
v erb s,
wh ilst th e la tter
a re
a ll
ra di cal v erb s, or
v erbs com
pounde d w ith th em Com pou nd v erbs generally f ollow th e
conj u g ati on of th e si m pl e v erbs f rom wh i ch th ey a re f orm e d
.
.
Verbs
th e
of
th e
f orm
Um la u t i n th e
ch an ge
r adi c al
th eir
by
Im p erf e ct T en se and Partic i ple Past, and
anci en t
vow el
th em al so i n th e second a nd thi rd
p erson Sin gul ar of
All
th e Present, a s w ell a s in th e si ngul ar of th e Im p er ati v e
a f ew
of
.
th e se v erbs m ay be di vi ded i nto thr e e cl as ses, according to th eir
i ts ch ange in th e a bov e f orm s ;
ori gin al vowel and
th r ee cla sses
kin d of thi s c h ange
th e se
to th e p ar ti cular
aga in subdi v ided, accordi ng
are
a nd
.
Th e first class agree in h avi ng a dou ble Um la ut, th e radi cal
v ow el i or e, a n d
in two cas e s ii , be ing twi ce modifi ed, in th e
Past a nd Par ti ci pl e Past
.
Th e secon d cl as s a gre e i n h a vi ng a sim ple Um la u t, th e sam e
in th e Pa st and Parti ci pl e Past
.
in taking th e Ru cld a u t, h avi ng th e
cl a ss a gree
Th e third
h
sam e rad ical v ow el in t e Par ti c i
ple Past a s in the Pre s ent
.
Th es e verbs as sum e th e Umla u t ac cordin g to th e f oll owing
table
CLA SS I
.
IMPEREEC T
INFINI TIV E
.
.
S u bdi vi si on 1 i
2 i or e (
a)
.
.
n
.
0
'
CLA S S
a, ii, an) , a
i e, n), e (
S u bdi vi si on 1 i (
2 ei
3 ei
.
.
.
CLA SS III
S u bdi vi si on 1
PA S T PART
.
a
(an a n, ei )
,
,
a
a
sh ort
i(
)
long )
ie(
sh ort
i (
)
lon g )
ie (
.
a
2 a
a
3
e
.
.
i or e
(an a n ei)
,
,
,
THEO RETI C A L PART
13 7
.
Eng li sh Ana logi es
gefungen
geboren
3 26 06 6 11
geri tten
getri eben
gefafien
to sin g
to b e ar
to h eav e
to r ide
to dri v e
to f all
gett agm
gegeben
FI RS T CLA S S
OF
VERBS
1 00
.
to dr aw
to giv e
O F THE AN C I ENT
Fi rs t S u bdi v i si on
Ra di c al vo w el i ; Im p erf ec t a
FO RM
.
.
Pas t Par ti ci ple n:
Imp erf ect
P ast P ar ti cip le
t i nt en, to bi nd
t ant
fint en to find
fdmi nt en to decrease
fant
fdmant
getunt en
gefunt en
gefdmnnt en
mint en, to w ind
mant
t ri ngen, to pre ss, to urge
geIi ngen, to su c cee d
t rang
gri ang
tii ngen, to sou nd
ri ngen, to w ri n g, to stru ggl e
d ingen, to sli ng, to s wall ow
ti ang
Infi niti ve
.
.
,
,
fdmingen to swi ng
fingen to sing
{pringen,to spri ng, to leap
,
,
rang
fdi ang
fdmang
fang
fprang
3 mang
amingen, to f orce
fini en, to sink
fiini en, to stink
[ant
fiant
trant
trinten, to dri nk
.
gemnnt en
get rnngen
gelungen
getinngen
gerungen
gefdinngen
gefihmnngen
geinngen
gefprnngen
geamnngen
gefnnten
gefinnten
getrnni en
’
.
Q i ngen, to h ire, h as i n th e Im p erf ec t t nng or t i ngte,
Q dint en, to skin, flay, h a s
th e Par ti c i pl e Pas t get nngen
NO TE 1
in
.
.
.
ida nt, gefdnnt en
.
MAN GRAMMA R
13 8
GER
NO TE 2
.
Umringen, to su rroun d, i s infle cte d after th e mod
.
1 01
.
S ec ond S u bdi vi si on
.
Radi cal vowel i and e (sh ort or l ong), 1) sh ort (a) ; Past (1 sh ort
or a long ; Pas t Par ti ci pl e 0 sh ort or 0 lon
g
‘
.
Past Particip le
.
Beginnen, to beg in
gewinnen, to win
t i nnen, to run, to flow
fitment, to m e dita te
am a, to s p in
fcbtvtmmen, to swim
begonnm
gewonnen
geronnen
onnen
ger
gefponnen
gefé mommett
M
Subj Imp wf
'
.
‘
Bergen, to con ce al
birg
giIt
fd fii t
Past Par t
.
barge
geborgen
‘
“
a
l
t
e
g
gegol ten
{ i te gefibolten
hilf
bfilfe 1 get) oIfen
ftirB
ftarb
ftfirbe t geftot ben
nerbirb
s u burb berbiirbe b erborben
wit h
sc arf)
miirt e geworben
mi rf
mii rfe
warf
geworfen
bu mtrft a
part) “ miirt e
gemotben
btrft
barft
bfirftc
gebvrften
gei ten, to be w orth
fcbelten, to scold, ch ide
beIfen, to h elp
ftet ben, to di e
b et berben, to sp oil §
werben, to su e f or
met fen, to th row
merben, to become
-
bet ften, to burst
burg
gaIt
fd mIt
half
.
.
M
“
bt adye
livi d)
Brad)
gebrodpen
bt afd;
bri fd)
na e gebt ofdyen
fprid;
{mad} fprfid w gefprocbm
ffld)
find)
fleet“. to sti ng
ftfid w seflod nn
reden, be f ri gh te ned fi
cB
nI
ret fd ni d “ m? et fibt fif e et fd mdm
‘
ti c?
ftat
ftfite
geftodeu
fteden, to stick (in trans ) (
tri ff
traf
tri fe
trefien, to hit, m eet
getroffen
heath en, to break
brefdyen, to th rash
fpt ecben, to speak
m
M
‘
.
1 or flfirbe
5 or to b e spoiled
uor source
1TGt fibt ett m , to f righ ten, and f eblm , to m i ss , err, are c onj u gated i n th e
modern f orm wet beblm , to c onceal , h as b arbelflte, b et boblen ; R
uben, to avenge,
ta
me, gem pen S tat en (trans itive), to pu t, b elongs to the modern conj ugation
e or
1 ar bfitfc
gai n
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
MAN GRA MMAR
1 40
GER
.
tommtfi" S o, b esides gebierft a n d gebiert, th e f orm gebarft, ge;
Wit t i s i n u se
.
NO TE 4 Qi eberbergeu, to h ar bor, and bemifif ommen, to wel
.
c om e, a re i nfl ec te d a f te r th e
m odern f orm
.
NO TE 5 Th e v erbs of th i s cl as s all h av e f or fin al con sona nt
.
a l i qu id
(11 m I r) ; as begluu en febroi mmeu ftebl eu gebdt eu
'
,
,
,
Or a li qu id w i th a
m u te ;
,
,
,
,
biuben, bringen, f mf eu, gel teu, beIfen,
bergen, fterbeu, bet fteu ; — or a sem ili qu i d (f, {d), d), or cf )
non e a si m pl e m u te, as b, , b t,
Th e 11 of th e first su b
b , g, f, f
as,
.
.
di vi sion e nters i n to th e Parti ci ple Pas t al w ays be f ore a li qu id
f ollow ed by a m u te ; th e o of th e se cond su bdivi s i on a lways
b e f or e a sim pl e li qu id or s em ili qui d and b ef ore cf
Th e v ow el
.
i s a l ways l on g i n th e Im p erf ect bef ore one of th e r ou gh
s em ili qu id s ou nds
d), (f , {d}, ff
er gil t, er c
(hili, er birft, th e t of
.
NO TE 6 I n
nati o
n i s thr own off af ter th e ra di a l t
.
or
th e term i
.
S EC O ND CLA s s
1 02
i (
te, i t), —o,
.
e
Fi r st S u bdi vi si on
(ii, ii, an),
.
,
,
,
,
fli egeu, to fly
wiegeu, to w ei gh ,
mug
Ill gen, to tell li es,
betritgen, to de ceiv e,
illeben, to flee,
si ebeu, to pull, tug,
l og
betrog
fl u!)
,
—o
,
P ast Pa r ti cip le
.
l on g 0)
fd wb (
flob
b og
flog
bi egeu, to bend,
a,
o
.
fd fieben to sh ove push
ftieben to di sperse
’
.
I mp erf ec t
Infi niti ve
,
.
l ong 0)
geicbobeu (
geflobeu
gebogen
ger geu
gewogen
gel ogeu
betrogen
ger beu
gegogeu
’
aogr
h
Th e v erb f oin meu i s cl assifie d ere b ec au se th e origi nal ra di c al vowel
‘
:
n
b
ee
n
t
i
m
m
e
t
a
mm
e
t
o
mm
e
u
t
h
e
f
o
r
m
s
u
t
ix
i
ave b
mmfl or timmfi,
s eem s to
,
, g
;
rovi nc i ali s m s
er tfimmt or ti mmt, b ei ng still in u se as
t In
hen, 3 09 , gegogen, and i n fi ebeu, f ott, gefotteu, a m odifi c a ti on of th e
h
,
p
w
.
.
Aus la u t i s re qu ire d b y th e m odifi c ati on of th e vowel g as Aus la u t being a
s tronger as irate t a n I), a nd th e b in th e Aus la ut sou ndin
g al wa ys m u c lik e
t, a nd af ter a s ort vowel lik e tr
p
h
h
h
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
1 41
.
Infi ni ti ve
Imp erf ect
P a st Pamtimple
frieren to f ree z e
fret
b erl i eren, to lo se
b erIor
gefroren
b erl oreu
erf iiren, to e lec t, c h oose,
erf or,
erf oreu
bi eten, to off er,
bot
geboten
fieben, to see th e boil
fli efien, to flow ,
geni efieu to enj oy
gi efien to p ou r, to g ush ,
fci fiefien to sh oot
fd fli efien, to sh ut
{priefiemto sp rbut
b erbri e en, to gri ev e,
sh ort 0
f (
)
gefotteu (
)
fl og p l flofleu
geflofieu
eu
geneg p l genoffeu geuon
gofi p l gofleu
gegoffeu
m eeld wffm
fcbvw l {
fd flofi p l fd floflen ge Iofleu
fprofi p l fprofleu gefprofleu
b erbrofi p l offeu berbrofieu
f riedyen, to c re e p, c raw l,
ri er
ben, to reek, sm ell ,
trod)
rod)
tri efen, to dr i p ,
troff
gefrod un
gerocbeu
getrofien
gl immen, to glim m er,
f li mmen, to c li m b,
gl omm
tIomm
gegl ommen
getl ommeu
beben to h e a v e lif t
hob (long a)
mebeu, to w e av e,
mob
bemog
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
fi
sh ort
ott
D*
'
'
.
,
'
.
,
’
M
.
,
_
'
.
,
M
'
'
'
.
,
,
‘
.
.
=
pflegen, to p ra c ti se,1
‘
fd flt fl t, to sh ear,
gatt en, to f erm en t,
fcbmi t en, to f ester,
fd mfirm, to sw ear,
rflve
long 0)
gehoben (
gewoben
bemogeu
eepfloem
{eber
gobr
{duvet
{obtuse
gefcboren
gegobreu
gefcbmoreu
gefcbmoreu
Infini tive
Imp er
f ect
,
j
,
bewegen, to i n du ce,1
'
'
.
fed fleu to fight
flechten to twin e plai t
en to th ras h
brefm
,
,
,
,
,
Imp er a ti ve
fod u(0 sh ort ) gefocbteu
fl ocht
geflncbteu
broid) (
brafcb) gebrofcben
erl ofcl)
erIofcben
b erIofcben
b erl oid)
i du
r
fltd u
betid)
et l i fd)
b erli fd)
’
,
S ee note Ton
-
P ast Pa rti ciple
.
.
.
page 1 40
.
T beioegen, to m ove, h as beib egte, beib egt, and p fl egen, to nur se and to u se (to
do), h as p flegte, W W“
W
M
1 42
GER A N GRA
Infi niti ve
MMA R
.
Past Pa r tic iple
Imp erf ect
meIf eu, to m i lk
{ti mers
eu
gemoIE
gefcbmolgeu
qu ell
{enr oll
gequ ofieu
gefcbmoll eu
molt
fd melgeu to m el t
quell eu to sp ri n g f orth
{bas eli ne to sw ell
,
,
,
,
,
ll eu to r e sou n d
fd m
{63 011
fanfen to drink (of b ea sts ) {eff
gefcboll en
gefoffeu
faugeu to su ck
fcbuaubeu to snort
fcbraubeu to s crew
gefogeu
gefd mobeu
gefcbrobeu
,
,
,
{cg
{dumb
febrob
,
,
,
,
,
,
NO TE 1
Imp era ti ve
.
.
.
.
mi ll
fdmtilg
qui ll
(chard!
bef l emmeu, to strai ten, a nd racbeu, to
rev e nge, f orm th us onl
y a Past Par ti ci pl e, befi ommen a nd
Of b ermirreu th ere e x i sts
gerochen, a n d thi s on ly in poetry
Th e
.
v erbs
.
'
.
a
Pas t Parti ci ple
b erbebl eu, to
of
c on used ;
f
b ermorreu,
i n tr i ca te, a nd
c once al ,
bb
fiebeu
i nfl ecte d
a re
,
af ter
th e m odern
transi tiv e m ea n ing ; an d th e
v erb
“lichen, to e xtin guish
b erbobl eu, bu t only in t h e
Q uefieu, fbmel aeu, {cbtb ellem
uub er o l eu , u nr eserved.
f orm
t ermit rt,
an oth er,
f orm , w h en
u se d
in
a
h olds g ood of th e sim pl e
(
b ewoben, w ov e n, i s only poe ti cal ;
.
sa m e
getvebt tak es i ts place in p ros e
NO TE 2 Th e se con d and
.
persons of th e singul ar
Pr esent a ssu m e t in fechten fi ed ueu brefc
ben Iofcbeu melf eu
fcbmelgeu quelIeu {tbmell emand som etim es i n glibreu, fci mi reu
or fid t
a n d ii u i n
as bu fi chtft (
e
n
t
e
a
u
u
t
i
n
fl ) fli d flft (or
f
f
;
{
t qui ll t fd mill t ee gi ebrt fduvi ert
fli dfit) briid u er e
6 fdflert bid) baé ? wh at s th at to
£6 fd flet t fin th e
) bu faufil er fauft
you P
NO TE 3
Th e S ubj u ncti v e I m p erf ec t i s f orm ed i n th e u su a l
w ay ; as u s e u se fi ne flfiee, efiffe {but ra
i se, fé ffe, etc
is fire a re ab ou t as f re qu en t as bbbe fdn
b bre
b ii be
NO TE 4 I n p oetry occu r som e a nti qu ated f orm s of v erbs
thi rd
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
'
,
.
,
.
'
M
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
.
w i th th e radical v o w el i e, a ss u m i n g th e Um la u t en i n th e se cond
persons sin gular of th e Pre sent ; as bu beutft er beat
(f rom bi eten) ; bu fleugft er fleugt (f rom fli egen) ; es fleufit (from
a n d th i rd
,
,
,
MAN GRA MMA R
1 44
GER
’
Thi r d S u bdi v i si on
1 04
.
.
.
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
bl eiben, to rem ai n,
rei ben, to r ub,
fd uei beu, to wri te,
treiben, to dri ve,
{theibett to part with divi de,
fcbmeigeu to be silent
fteigeu to asce nd
fcbeiueu to shi n e to se em
preifeu to prai se
meiieu, to sh ow
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
fd ui e
{pi e
gefd ui eu
gefpi eu
gebi eben
geIi ebeu
gegi ebeu
gebli eben
geri eben
gefcbri ebeu
getri eben
gemiebeu
gefcbi ebeu
geicbmi egeu
gefti egen
gefcbi eueu
gepri efeu
gemi efeu
gebi el)
Ii eb
gi el)
bli eb
ri eb
fd uieb
tri eb
mi ab
fd fieb
fduvi eg,
fti eg
fd fieu
_
’
mei beu, to sh un,
,
,
,
NO TE 1
Past Pa r ticip le
Imp erf ec t
.
fd)reieu to cry
(mi en to spi t
gebeibeu to thr iv e , prosp er,
Ieibeu to l end
geibeu to a ccu se of
,
.
i l on g) ; i e
te (
ei ;
I nfi ni ti ve
.
pri ce
tri es
Th e v erb bl ei chen, to bl ea ch, an d som eti m es even
erbl ei chen, a re i nfle cte d a f ter th e m odern f orm ; li k ew i se fdflei
.
fen in oth er m eanin gs th an th at of grinding mei ebeu to soak
b erIeibeu to ren der disagre eabl e bemi tleibeu to pi ty begl ei ten to
f rom gel ei ten l ei ten to l ea d not fr om gl eiten) ; be
a ccom pa ny (
rei ten to pr e pare a nd i ts c om pounds a re m ode rn v e rbs
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
NO T E 2
.
a ddi ng
,
,
,
.
,
Wh ere th e v ow el i s sh ort i n th e Past and th e
.
e or d)
Aus la u t
,
,
Past Par ti c i pl e, th e Au sla u t i s do u bl ed,
an
,
,
p t w h e re i t i s
'
ex ce
In Ieiben an d {obneibeu th e b b ecom es tt as an
Th e S u bj u n cti v e I m p erf ec t i s f orm ed by sim ply
.
e to th e
I ndica tiv e I m p erf e ct ;
i d) befli fle mid), i d)
corr ect, th e fi rst e bein g
'
as ,
th i s f orm i s
gli che, gri ffe, Iitte, {chri ee (
m u te , an d i e n ot bein g adv ers e to eu ph ony) , fpi ee, gebiete, bli ebe,
febtvi ege, fci fieue, bri efe
-
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
THI RD CLA s s
1 05
.
i e, i ;
I mp erf ect
.
.
Fi r st S u bdi vi si on
a;
Infi ni ti ve
1 45
.
.
a.
P ast P a/rt
.
'
.
Pr es Si ng 2 d 4‘3 d p ers
.
.
.
gebl aieu bu bl afeft, er bl fift
brateu, to r oa st,
gebrateu bu brdtit, er brat
ratbeu, to a dv is e,
ri eti)
geratbeu bu rii tlnt, er rat!)
fciflafeu, to sl e e p,
fci fli ef
gefcbl afeu bu feel i fft, er {chl aft
bu ffill ft, er ii iIt
f allen, to f a ll,
fiel
gefaileu
badteu, to h old, k e e p , bi el t
gehal ten bu bai tft, er bai t
— i en
a
e
t
o
ca
t
c
h
n
n
n
i
,
f g ,
f g (f g) gefangen bu ffingft, er fi ngt
baugeu, to h ang,
hi ng (bi eng) gebaugeu bu bangft, er bfiugt
Iafleu, to l e t, l ea v e ,
Ii efi
bu Ififleft, er Iii fit
gei afleu
bl aieu, to blo w,
bl i es
bri et
’
'
'
b
au eu, to h e w , cu t,
~
Iau feu, to r u n,
beifieu to b é c all e d
ftefieu to pu sh
rufen to ca ll
,
,
,
,
NO TE 1
but
Ii ef
gehau en
gel aufen
bu bau ft, er baut
bi efi
fti efi
gebei fieu
geftefieu
bu bei fieft, er east
f
geru eu.
ri e
,
'
f
bu lituffi, er Iii uft
bu ftbfieit, er ftfifit
-
$ rat, t ati), bai t a re , on a c c ou n t of e u ph ony, con
’
’
’
tra c te d f rom brdt t, ratb t, bdl t t, th e f orm s bratet, t athet
I n bl fifeft, l i fleft, th e e i s in ser te d f or th e
b ei n g al s o i n u se
.
'
.
t bu bei fieft
ph ony ; f or th e sa m e reason both bu bei B
a n d bu
e fit bu fte fiefl o c c u r ; a l so bu bfil ft i nste a d of bu bal tft
R
i
s pronou n c e d bfil tft w ri tten )
1
)
(l
2 T h e S u bj u n cti v e I m p erf e c t i s f orm e d by addin g 9; as
sa k e of e u
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
bi lefe,bri ete, e tc
.
fal teu to f old fpal teu to spli t falaeu to sa lt
a n d fd)reteu to sh r e d w e r e pr ob abl y o ri g ina lly i n fl e c te d a f ter
th e abov e conj u ga ti on w h il e th e y h av e n o w th e m od e r n f or m ;
bu t th e r e oc c u rs a Pa st Pa r ti ci pl e gefalten gefpal teu gefalgeu
n a n a dj e c ti v e s en s e
i
u
e
t
ro
e
c
g fb
i eug a n d bi eug a r e now an ti qu a te d fi ug a nd hing b eing
4 S
E
pronou n c e d sh ort
3
.
T h e v e rb s
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
'
,
.
.
,
,
MA N GRA MMA R
1 46
G ER
1 06
.
S ec ond S u bdi vi s i on
a; u
Infi ni ti ve
.
(long ) ; a
.
P as t P a r t
I mp erf ect
Pr es S ing 2 d 4 3 d p ars
.
.
.
.
.
.
fut):
gabudan bu bfidft, er bi cf t
‘
gefabreu bu fi i t, er fdbrt
grub
grabeu, to di g,
Iabeu, to loa d, ch arge , Iub
k, er grii bt
gegraben bu grabr
geIabeu bu Ii bft, er Ii bt
but
batten, to bak e ,
"
f b
*
a reu, to go,
fragen to as k
,
trageu, to ca rry,
trug
fdf ageu to be at
fd mfien to sh a pe
fd flug
,
,
,
,
ftebeu to sta nd
malfleu to gri n d
,
bu fragft, er fragt
getragen bu triigft, er tragt
gefd flagcu bu fdfli gftmr fd fli gt
.
,
,
NO T E 1
bu frii git, er frii gt
gefcbaffeu bu fd mfflt, er fd mfft
tr uths
h ]?
gemaé feu bu mii cbft, er snit c
muff!)
gemafcbeu bu wil irbft, ct wfifd u
ftanb (ftuub) geftaubeu
gemalfleu
,
an, to grow,
mad m
mafiben to w ash ,
,
m
frug (fragte) gefragt
,
.
p erson s of th e S in gul ar of
th e Pr esen t a re l ong w h en th e fir st p erson a nd th e I n fi n i ti v e
a re lon g ; a s bu gri bft er gt abt ; bu tragft er trfigt ; fd flii gft
fd flagt ; Ii bft Idbt ; fragft fragt; frdgft fri gt
.
Th e
secon d a n d
,
thi rd
,
,
,
'
.
,
,
,
In Ifibt th e b o nly i s h eard, th e t b ein g add ed to sh ow
SDu totifd fl
t i s w ri tten,
th e deri v a tion
fiabeft a n d Iabet occu r
2
.
.
.
tb fifd fi i s pron ou n ce d
.
3
ru g a nd fragte are b oth i n us e , th e f or m er esp eci ally i n
{E
.
p oetry
.
fBuf i s w ri tten w i th on e i on a cc ou nt of th e long v owel
.
fi adte occu rs al so T
4 Q d mfien i s i nflec te d a f ter th e m odern f orm wh en i t m ean s
to w ork, to p rovi de f or
.
.
.
g tebcn i s cl assifi ed h ere b e ca u s e of i ts an ti qu a te d f orm ,
ftaubeu ; {tuub i s poe tical Th e v e rb maifleu, to grind, i s
r e u larl
g
y f orm ed a f ter th e m odern conj u ga tion, wi th th e a bov e
5
.
.
e x ce
ption
.
h
I e i n a w a g o n or a ny ot er conv ey ance
T 23 11? is tra ns i tiv e a nd i n tra ns i ti v e, baffl e trans i ti ve only ; n ot bue’ S
B t ot hali te,
.
.
.
bu t but ; a nd fie but or bari te ba d $
3 rot
.
MAN GRA MMAR
1 48
G ER
.
long vow el ; in Iug an d gel egen th e v o w el i s of cours e l ong
All three f orm th e I m p e rati v e an d th e se cond and th ird pe rson s
.
fi ge bu figeft, er
fist ; bi tte bu bi ttcft er bittet ; li ege bu Ii egit er Ii egt 28 4m
th e old f orm of fei n h a d ori gi nall y in th e I m p erf ect was, as in
Engli sh I n gegefleu a g is inserted f or th e sake of euph ony
Pres ent Sin gula r a f te r
th e m od ern f orm ;
as,
,
’
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
.
.
1 08
.
I RREGULAR VERB S
.
Besi des th e irregular v e rb s fei u, babeu, and werben, only th e
f ollowi n g f ew are rea lly irr e gul a r, th e i rre gul arity consisti ng in
th e second cl ass i n a com b ina ti on of th e anc i ent an d m odern
f orm
.
tion
of
Th e r adical v ow el tak es th e Um la u t, wh ile th e term ina
-
th e m odern f orm i s, n ev e r th el ess, added
.
Besides, in
bringen, to bri ng, a n d beni en, to th ink, th e fi nal consonan ts 11 9
and n? are ch an ge d i n to d)
(Th e s am e class of verbs i s m ore
.
English ; a s, to seek, sou gh t ; to work, wrou gh t ; to
figh t, f ough t, etc )
n um erous i n
.
Infi nitive
Imp erf ect
Subj un c ti ve Imp erf
geben, to go,
fichen, to stand,
gi ug
ftanb
ginge
[ti ube
tbuu, to do,
that
tbii te
.
.
brennen, to burn,
tennen, to know,
reuueu, to run,
bri ngen, to bring,
beaten, to th ink,
feubeu to send
,
meubeu, to turn,
NO TE
.
.
gegaugeu
geftaubeu
setbau
.
.
©eubeu and wenbeu a re
a f ter th e m odern f orm
Past Par t
gebrannt
getauut
genannt
get auut
gebt ad u
gebucht
gefanbt
gemanbt
ueuueu, to nam e,
,
.
.
al so
infle cte d
regularl
y
Th e f ollow i ng v erbs f orm th e S ingular
THEO RETI C AL PART
Prese nt by a
ch ange o
f v ow el, a nd with ou t any term ina tion in
th e first a nd th ir d
an c i e n t f orm
)
1 49
.
p e rsons (like th e I m p erf ec t Te nse of th e
oth er wi se th ey f ollow th e m o dern f orm .
Infi ni ti ve
Pr esent Tense Indi ca tive
S ubj wncti ve
biirfeu
i d barf, bu barfft, er barf, mit burien
i d burfe
i buueu
i d f auu, bu tunnit, er f auu, mi t tbuueu
i d f buue
mbgeu
i d mii ge
i d mii ffe
toofieu
i d mag, bu wagfl, er mag, mit miigeu
i d mufi, bu mu fit, er mug, mi t mii ffeu
i, er foil, mi t fofieu
i d foil, bu ivd r
i d wi ll, bu tviIIfl, er wi ll, note mull eu
wi fleu
i d mei fi, bu mei fit, er wei fi, mit mi fleu
fe
i d) tri fi
.
.
.
'
’
mii fleu
'
foii eu
Subj uncti ve Imp erf ect
i d bii rfte, etc
i d mode
Past Par ti cip le
.
i d) burfte, etc
i d f ouute
i d {b il e
.
geburft or biit feu
i d) i buute
gei ouut or i buueu
i d mii dte
gemodt or mbgeu
i d miifite
gemufit or mii fleu
i d ioli te (
foiIte anti qua te d) gefoii t or foIIeu
i d moii te (
robil tea nti du a te d) gemoiit or mouen
te
i d imita
gemufit
.
i d) modte
i d) mufite
i d) foiite
.
'
i d moll te
i d mufite
.
NO T E — Th e di ffer en c e b etw een mifleu an d f euueu, wh i ch
.
'
i n French be tw een sa voi r
both m ea n to kn ow , i s th e
sam e
a n d c onn a i tr e,
si gni f yi ng
th e f orm er
as
th e
kn
ow i n
g of
a b stra ct
tru th s and f ac ts, a n d th e la tter th e kn owi ng of p ersons an d con
j
s i n gen eral
cr ete ob e ct
1 09
.
.
S urfen, tonnen, mogeu, mu ffen, fall en, and mofleu are
y v erbs of m ood,
ple te conj u gation
thr ou gh all te nse s, p ers ons and m oods e x ce p t th e I m p er ativ e
aux ili ar
and
h av e
,
w h i ch i s f orm e d
only
a
com
,
i n tb oli eu ;
a s,
,
mitt, moat, moll eu
The
.
pon di ng English v erbs da re c a n m ay mu st sba ll wi ll
b ein g de f e c tiv e in c onj u gati on an d h a v ing n o Pa rti c i ple Past
corre s
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
and I nfini ti v e , th e
Engli sh
ca n n ot
tran s la te th e Ge rm a n Pa r ti
Past a n d Infini ti v e, n or th e te n ses and m oods f orm ed by
as ,
th e ir aid, ex ce pt by circ u m l ocu ti on
c i p le
13
M
15 0
GER A N GRA
MMAR
.
Infi ni ti ve
Par ti cip le Pas t
.
.
geburft, been all owe d;
mbgen, to lik e
gemodt, lik e d
mfifleu, to b e com p ell e d, obliged
gemufit, com p ell ed, obliged
i bua cu, to be a bl e
gei ouut, be en a ble
foii eu, to b e bid to, to h ave th e duty gefoilt, been bi d to
‘
li
n
ivoIIeu, to b e wil
g
getooll t, been wi lli ng
but feu, to be allowed
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Futur e
.
i d tb erbe but feu, I sh all b e all ow ed
i d met be mii geu, I sh all like to
i d werbe mii fleu, I sh all be com p elled, obliged
i d werbe E
buneu, I sh all b e able to
.
.
'
.
.
i d met be foIIeu, i t w ill be m y du ty
i cb toerbe moll eu, I sh all be willi ng
.
.
Perf ect
.
i cb babe gebut ft, I h av e been allow ed
i d babe gemodt, I h av e lik ed to
i cb babe gemufit, I h ave been obl ige d
.
.
.
i d babe gei ouut, I h av e been able
.
i d) babe gefoll t, i t h as b een m y du ty, I was bid to
i d babe gewoll t, I h av e be en willin g
.
.
’
Wh en an I nfini tiv e i s dep endent on on e of th e Perf ects or
Past Par ti ci ples of th ese au xili ary v erbs , th e Infi ni ti v e bii t feu,
mbgeu, etc i s em ployed i nstea d of th e Past Partic i ple ; as ,
.
f eu I h av e been
en bi u
i d babe, batte, bii tte en
(I was ) allowed
f ,
'
'
’
to eat, etc
.
I w as ) f orced
i d babe, batte, batte geben muffen, I h av e been (
‘
to go, e tc
.
i d babe, batte, bit tte tveiueu mogeu, I f elt di sp osed to w eep, etc
i d babe, batte, bi tte rebeu tbuueu, I h av e been a bl e to sp eak, tc
e
’
.
.
i d babe, batte, bii tte frageu foil eu, i t w as m y du ty to as k, etc
'
.
i d) babe, batte, bii tte bbt‘eu woll en, I was w illi n g to h ear, etc
.
Th e sam e u se ob tai n s w ith th e v erbs Iafleu, feben, boreu, an d
'
bei fen an d som e tim es th ou gh rath er i ncorrec tly, Ierueu and
i ebreu, w h en conn ecte d with an I nfini ti v e as ,
,
,
GERMAN GRA MMAR
152
.
S ic 5
8 l nme i ii s ermeil t, th e flow er h as f a ded
.
3 d bin 3 cim 8 011 gemad ien
I h a v e grown te n i n ch es
,
.
EGG Ether i ii t ingefdrnmpft th e l ea th er h as sh runk
Dar SIBafler i f} gefroren th e w a te r h a s f rozen
SDaé getter i ii ané gegangen th e fir e h as gon e ou t
“
Der am en i ii genefen, th e pati ent h as r ecovere d
Q aé 6 di ff i ii gefdei tert th e sh i p h a s f ou n der ed
S i eieé QBort i fi b eral tet thi s w ord h a s b e com e an ti qu a ted
B at gi eber i ii b erid mnnben th e f ev er h a s di sa pp eare d
(
i t i ii gei ommen h e h a s com e
(
E
r i ii angef ommen h e h as
arri v e d ; a nd a ll co m p ou nde d wi th f vmmen
(f r i ft gefall en, h e h as f allen
(
5 6 i ii mit entfall en, I h av e dropp ed i t, a nd I t h as es cap ed m y
.
,
'
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
«
.
re coll ecti on .
(
E
r i ii gel au fen, h e h as run
.
(
i t ir
i gcfprnngen, h e h as j um p ed
.
Gr i ii gefloben, h e h as fle d
111
1
.
2
.
.
All oth er v erbs a r e i nfl ec ted w i th baben, v i z
A l l tr a ns i ti v e v e rb s ;
All r efl exi ve
Al l
.
n eu ter
v
as ,
v erbs ;
i d i nbcrn, e tc
ben, r
3
.
.
feben gelyen fdl agen bringen e tc
i d firgern li d betrii
frenen r
,
,
,
,
,
.
s
,
.
erb s,
e xce
pt th e abov e na m ed ;
-
li egen, itecf en, e tc
4 Al l i mp er son a l v er bs, wi th
figen
a s,
fieben
,
.
,
.
p
th e abov e ex ce tions ; as, 26
bat geregnet i t h as raine d ; es bat gefdnei t i t h as snowe d
5 All a u xi li a ry v erbs ex cep t fein a nd mert en as mogen
bnrfen e tc
6 Al l i n tra n si ti v e v e rbs wi th th e exce p ti ons m enti on ed in
1 1 0; as gebvren fdaben e tc
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
112
.
,
Th e
us
,
.
e of th e a u x il iary v erb s {ein a nd baben bei ng
de te rm ine d by th e si gn i fi ca tion of th e v erb, i t of ten h a p p ens
th a t th e sa m e v e rb , a ccordin g to i ts di ff ere nt s ign i fic a tio n s, i s
as su m e
a
baben a n d fein
or
th a t
d iff er en t a u x il ia ry f rom th e ir
sim
i nflec te d w i th both
be s een by th e f ollowin g ex am ple s
,
.
com
p o u n d v e rb s
pl e v erb, as will
o
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
153
! gebroden,
8 d babe ben Gi ve
SDer 25am i ft gebroden,
I h a v e brok en th e s ti ck
Th e tre e i s broke n
SDet fi rst bat ben Rranten gebeil t, Sb ic §Bnnbe i ft gebeilt,
Th e ph ysici an has cure d th e Th e w ound is h ealed
.
.
‘
.
pati ent
(
E
r bat bi e S
Dame anegefabren SDi e i 3 am i ff ané gefabren,
He h as giv en a ri de to th e la dy Th e lady h as taken a ride
.
,
.
3 d babe baa inferb geri tten,
(dri v e ) i n a carri age
3 d bin Iange geritten
I ha v e ridde n th is h orse
I h av e ta ken a long ri de
2i3 k baben bet @ efabr begegnet,
We hav e prev ente d th e danger
233 i : finb 0
2nd begegnet,
We h a v e m et (wi th) you
Qt i ll b ut QInait gefl oben,
He h as fled f or f ri gh t
.
,
.
.
.
.
fil ll e QBeIt bat i bn gefloben,
Ev erybody h as sh unned him
SDn baft bente ni di gefdlafen,
'
.
.
Du bi ft nod ni di eingefdl afen?
“
Th ou h as t not sl ept to day
Th ou h as t not yet fa ll en as leep
3 d babe gebnngert,
3 d bin berbnnget t,
-
.
I h av e bee n h ungry
I a m starv ed
3 d babe gemadt,
3 d bin ertb adt,
.
I h a ze b een waki ng
.
I a woke, I am awake
.
mas 8 mm bat gebrannt
SDae $
5013 i ii b erbrannt,
Th e wood i s burned u p
,
Th e fir e h as been b urning
.
.
.
Som e intransitiv e v erbs, ex pressing locomoti on, assum e
baben, w h en no obj ect of th e m otion i s added ; oth erwis e fei n ; as ,
113
.
(
i t bat geei It,
He h as be en i n a h urry
3 d babe bi e! gerei ft
.
,
I h a v e travell ed m u ch
.
(
E
r i ft nad b anfe geeil t,
He h as h astened h om e
‘
5 mi i na
(
r d Rom gereift
He h as gone to Rom e
.
.
,
.
I n th e sam e way th e v erbs fpringen, rei ten, fabren, fdtb i mmen,
ol pern to s tum bl e, rntfd en to gl i de
fegel n wanten to to tter, n
Th e la n
a n d som e oth ers are u se d w i th bo th baben a n d fei n
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
gu age , h owe v e r, is n ot cons i sten t en ough to carry ou t th is dif
Th us , in U pper Germ any fieben, figen,
f ere nce in all cases
l i egen, a nd som e si m ilar ve rbs, are infl e cted wi th {ei n, and poets
.
GERMA N GRA
1 54
im i ta te th i s in a f e w c a ses ;
a s,
MMAR
o
.
3 d bi n b ut boben gurfi en nie
I h av e n ev e r s tood b ef ore great prin ces
geftanben
wh il e gel ingen, get atben, geben as su m e som e ti m es baben ; as, 233 i e
How h av e you be en ?
bat 6 6 bit gegangen
1 14
REFLEXI VE
.
PA RA D I GM o r
A
VERB S
REFLEX W E VERB
Pr esen t Tense
Mn
IND I C AT I VE
oo
SU
.
BJUNC TI VE Moon :
'
I am gla d
.
.
i d frene mi d
2 bn frenft bi d
3 er (
i d) ,
fie, ea) freut r
1
.
i d frene mi d
.
bn freneft bid
.
id
frene r
mi t ft enen nne
i br (
t enet end
id
fi e frenen (
er
.
PLU R 1
.
2
.
.
mit reuen
.
,
)
(f
f
i br frent end
fie frenen (fren n) fi d
I mp erf ec t Tens e
IND I C A TI VE A ND S U BJ U N CTI V E
’
ren n nna
’
3
.
.
I a m gl a d
S ING
.
.
.
.
.
S I NG
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
PLU R 1
i d frente mi d
.
mit freuten nné
.
ibt freu tet end
bn ft enteil bi d
ct
3
frente li d,
Perf ec t Tense
fi e freuten fi d
.
Plup erf ect Ten se
“
.
.
.
i d babe mi d gefreut
i d batte mi d gefreut
Fu ture Tense
Condi ti onal
.
.
.
.
i d merbe mi d frenen
“
.
i d mii rbe mi d frenen
.
Comp Futu re
.
Comp
.
i d werbe mi d gefreut baben
.
.
Con di ti ona l
i d miirbe mi d gefreut baben
.
Imp er ati ve
.
2
S I NG
.
.
rene bi
f
d
,
frenen wi t nné
2 frent end
3 frenen ©i e r
id
PLU R 1
.
.
.
.
Parti cip le
Pres
.
[i d frenenb
.
.
M
15 6
GER A N GRA
WI TH S EPA RA B LE PREPO S IT IO NS etc
,
MMAR
.
WIT H INS EPARA B LE PREFI XES
.
Imp er a ti ves
.
.
gebe and, gebt and, gebu G i e and, go ou t ! b ergebe. b ergebt, b ergeben Gie, erish ‘
fi eli e anf, fi eil t anf, fi ell en G ie anf, p u t u p ! befi eii e, befi eflt, befi el en G ie, order !
p
Infi ni ti ves
P r es
.
.
mgeben go ou t to g o
ausgeben, ane
,
b ergeben,
,
er s
.
.
an h ergeben,
p ih
ou t
Pa st
fein, an fein (to) h ave
ansgegangen
,
go ne bu t
fli eil en,
an gn teli en,
f f
pu t u p
put
to
.
befi eil en,
order,
h
.
an befi eil en,
to
.
f f
(to ) h av e
benefit baben, an babeu, (to )
ordere d
.
h ave
.
Pa r ti czples
Pr es andgebenb, going ou t
P a st ansgegangen, gone ou t
Pr es anfli ell enb, u tting u p
Past aufgefi eli t, pu t u p , arra nged
.
.
pe ish ing
b erqangen peri h d
s
e
.
.
befieli enb, orderi ng
befi eli t, ordered, m ade to order
.
.
r
,
.
p
.
b ergebeh b,
.
'
,
ord er
an ge i eii t baben, gu baben,
.
rs
(to ) h av e
.
'
pu t u p
u p,
p e i h to
b et gangen fei n, an fein,
eri s e d
p
.
an
.
.
.
.
PA S S I V E VO I C E
.
Pr esent Tens e
.
I nd a nd S ubj i d i nerbe anf gefi ell t, l a m p u t u p id i nerbe bel eli t, I am ordere d
.
.
.
.
I mp erf ec t Tense
.
I ndi ca ti ve
an ge i eil t,
I w as
i d i b nrbe beftell t, I w as ordered
pu t u p
i b ii t be anf gefi el t,
I w as
id i b firbe beftelIt J w as
‘
id lourbe
.
f f
.
.
S ubj unc ti ve
.
id
pu t u p
.
P er
f ect Tens e
I nd i ca tive
i d bin
.
an ge teflt i norben,
f f
h av e b een p u t u p
S ubj un ctive
.
id
fei
h
an ge i eli t
ave
ordere d.
f f
id bi n befieli t i norben, 1 h ave been
ordere d.
.
i norben,
be e n p u t u p
I
.
i d fei befi eflt inorben, I h av e been
I
orde re d
.
.
Plup erf ec t Tense
.
I ndi ca ti ve
.
id i nnr nnfgeflell t i norben, I
h a d b ee n p u t u p
i d i nar befieli t i norben, 1 h a d b een
i d wi ne anfgefl eli t i norben, 1
i d uni t e befi eli t i norbenJ h a d been
_
S ubj u nc tive
.
orde re d
.
.
h a d b ee n pu t u p
.
orde red
.
.
Fu tu r e Tense
.
Ind a nd S ubj
.
.
i d i nerbe anfgefi eut i net ben, I
s a ll be p u t u p
h
.
h
i d i nerbe befteli t i b et ben, I s a ll be
ordered
.
15 7
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
.
WI T H S E PARAB LE Pn np o srr roxs etc
,
WI TH INS EPA RABLE PREFIXES
.
Pa st Fu tur e Ind a nd Su bj
.
u
u
p
.
sin, I sh all
id i b erbe befi eli t i norben (
id inerbe aufgefi eli t morben fai n, I s h a ll
h ave b een p t
h
.
a ve b een ordere d
.
First a nd S econd Condi tion al
id
i nfirbe
s
ordere d
.
an ge i eli t
f f
hould h
i vorben
a v e b e en
sin,
(
pu t u p
.
i d i vi rbe befi ell t mert en, I shou ld be
i d i nfirbc aii f’gefi eii t ioerben, I sh ou ld
be p u t u p
.
.
sin, I shoul d
i d mi nbe befi eut moi ben (
h av e been ordered
I
-
-
.
.
In
fi ni ti ves
.
Pr es
.
au ge i eut i nerben,
f f
be pu t u p
P as t
.
an i oerben, to
befteii t snet hen, gi t mert en, to b e or
dere d
befi eflt i norbeir fein, 31: fain, to av e
b een ordere d
.
.
eu gefi eflt i vorben fai n, “when 3 1:
f
fein, to h av e bee n p u t u p
.
h
.
_
NO T E 1 Thu s a re i nflec ted a ll com pou nd v erbs of both c lasses Those c om
pou nded w ith ha rd, fiber, um, mi ter, N 7 5 7 8, a re, of cou rse, ca pable of b e ing
.
.
h
h
h
’
i nfl ec ted i n b ot w ays , a c c ordi ng to t e ir m ean i ng ; w il e i vi e berli oi en, to f etch
‘
’
e
e
e
n
a
n
d
i
lik
u
b
e
k
fl
ec
t
e
d
a
i
u
i
v
e
r
o
bac , is i n
,
b i eu, to r ep ea t, lik e befi ei en
fl
.
NO T E 2 All v erb s c om pou nded w i th nou ns and a dverbs, lik e gu tbeifien, triag
f ahren, emp orf ommen, an d th e nu m erous c lass c om pou nded with ber, bin, a nd
th ei r c om pou nds , a nd w ith com p ou n d p re posi ti ons and a dv erbs , lik e berab, bi n
a nf, b orun lyeri mi rts, e tc , a re als o i nfl ec te d ac cording to audgeben a nd aufli eli en
.
s
’
'
.
,
.
p
p
h
Th e f ollow ing o nl y a re exc e tions , and f orm t e ir Pas t Partic i le a nd th eir
Present Tens e as f ollows
Infi ni ti ve
.
,
~
,
,
,
’
(5a ) liebimgein, to ogle, to look love,
(5a ) (ufl ivanbei n, to take a p leasure w alk ,
(gi t) noflni i d tigen, to rav ish , v iol a te ,
(an) ratbfd lagen, to c ou ns el,
'
not arggeiv
filmt
.
.
.
geargineimt,
fit4
gebranbfda t
‘
e
l
g f fiifif fl fiq
f t, i i
gef robloc
gebof meifi ert,
gebanbba bt, 55
geiangm i i t,
gei i ebtofi ,
’
c ugelt.
geli ebr
gelufli vanbei t,
genotbgfid tigt,
gera tbfdiagt,
i d argi nfibne d
i d brai d fdaae 5
u
iii)
i d f robiocf e i t
i d bof meifi ere
’
1 not id i odi ne erg
1Tn ot f rfibgefi fictt
i t not i d (od e f ret)
.
8 rc mb
d fd afle $
i t or f robiorf t
not i
Pr esent Tense
.
(an) argi nfilmen to su s pec t,
a nbfd afien to sac k,
(an) br‘
(an) f ril bfi ficf en, to b rea kf as t,
(all ) f roblocf en, to e x u l t, tri u m ph ,
(an) lyof meifi ern to c riti c i se s u perc iliou sly,
(an) banbba ben, to h andle, m anage,
(an) i angiveileu to a nnoy ,
en to c are ss ,
(an) l ichter
,
Pas t Pa r ti cip le
.
.
.
.
.
id hanbbabe
id (angioei ie
i d [ i ebtofe
i d i iebf mgi e
i d [ ui iva nbie
i d notini d tige
id ra tbfd iage
.
.
’
.
.
.
.
1 no t branbgefd eet
not i d fi ficf e ai l)
f
.
not
banbgrba br
.
.
M
MA R
GER AN GRA M
158
.
Pas t Pa r ti cip le
P resent Tense
geredtfet tigt,
gemutbmafit,
gei oebtiagt,
gei nettei f ert,
gei vili falnt,
gei oei flagt,
i d redtfertige
Infi ni tive
.
.
(an) red tfertigen, to justif y,
(an) mutbmafie, to su s pec t,
(an) i neli tiagen, to lam ent,
(an) metreifern, to vi e,
(an) i oiii fabreu, to c o m pl y w ith ,
(an) i veiflagen to prophesy ,
’
.
id mutbmafie
i d i velytiage
id i netteifere
id i ni flfabre
i d i oei flage
.
‘
.
~
.
.
'
'
,
Lik e wi se th e i m p ersonal
.
v erbs
ed
'
.
giatteifi , there is a
h ard f st and ed
ro
,
wetterlend tet, there is heat lightnin g ; a nd a f ew m ore of a com i c al s igni fic a
tion , th at oc c u r very sel dom , lik e li ebebienern, f dioeif i oebei n, fp sid eflecf eru
NO TE 3 There are a nu mb er of dou bly c om pou n ded v erbs th a t a re i nflec ted
like berb orl‘
ommen or bi naufli euen, and b ergelmt or befteli en, at th e s a m e ti me ,
beca u se th ey are c om p ou nded of a p refi x a nd a comp ou nd sep ara ble a dverb
-
.
.
'
or nou n
p
Th e f ollowi ng are ex a m les
.
Infi nitive
P as t Par ti cip le
Pr esent Tense
m
anertami t,
i d erteim e a n
i d b ertraue a n
i d ergi eln a n "
id beba i te b a r
.
‘
anertemi en, a
.
uertennen,
‘
.
anb ertrauen, a li sii b ertrau en,
anbertt aut,
au t rgi eben, au guergieben,
aii ergogen,
b orbebai ten, b orgubebalten,
b orbebalten,
f
f
.
.
f
.
.
In th e sam e way are i nfl ec ted anertemi en, to ac kn ow le dge ;
ant ertreuen, to
f beba i ten, antebaitén, to k e e p on ; einb erlei ben, to em bo dy ; abb erlan
gen, to ex ac t ; aust ertml fen, to s ell ou t ; aruebebingcn, to sti p ul ate ; u mbeba ltem
i ntrust ;
aii
s
‘
to k ee
’
p rou nd one s self ; fiberbobai ten to ke p o e one s elf ; ; ri cf behalten to
’
,
’
v r
e
s
u
i
,
p b a k ; anrficf bemblm to pay b ack ; gurii cf b erlangen ; anemp feblen t
k ee
c
,
o recom
,
i ntru st ; a nberau meu, to fi x a term ; d uftes
tr ainee , to reserve ; beibebalten, to reta i n ; bei geieli en, to as s oc ia te ; eiuberid ten,
’
to re ort ; ci ngefi elmi , to c onc ede ; eingeioé lmeu, to ac c u s tom one s self to a
anbe ebi en,
m e nd ;
p
p
f
c o m m a nd,
to
'
place ; f ortbeinegeu ; lyerausbetommen to recei e c h ang ; i nnebebaiten to k eep
b ac k ; fid mi tbeivet beu to c om p ete ; mi tentfleben mi te langen ; mitgeuiefien f d
mi tb erfd i vfiren to c ns p i e ; nadbefieflen nadgeniefien nadb eria ngen nadhe
beaten ; nmgefi a i ten to t ansf m ; b ot bereit en to p e p are ; b o bebenten to por
tend ; b orlierbefli m men to p ede
s tin e ; b oremvfinben to antic i pate h a e a pre
sen tim e nt ; b orentha lten to re f use k ee p f om ; b orbelmiten to reserve ; b ot her
b ertfinben to f o e te ll ; { d i vegbegeben to Wi th d aw ; gubereiten to pre p a e dress ;
‘
v
,
o
r
,
,
r
,
‘
r
,
,
r
r
,
,
r
,
i
,
,
v
,
r
,
i
,
,
or
r
,
,
r
,
,
,
e
r ,
,
aubetommen, to get i n a ddition ; auertennen, to adj u dge ; ; ngeldreu. to belong ;
; ngefel en, to a ss oc ia te ; ; ugeftelnn, to grant ; gurfiif bem fen, to rec all ; ; ufammm
beruf en, to c onv ene
.
NO TE 4
Verbs like b erabfd m en, to detes t, b erunreiuigen, to soil, berani afleu,
'
.
t eranid i agen, to es ti m a te , an d som e m ore, are i nse
oc c as i on ,
to
p ou nd e bs o
v r
p ble com
cou nt of th e fi s t com p one nt of th e c om p ou nd p refix a nd are
’
,
u ac
ara
r
,
i nfl ec te d l ike heftcflen
.
NOT E 5
.
Th e v erbs aubeiangen, anbetreff en, to c oncern, anferbmuen. unfer
p
el c t au ger
‘
i b d i en ar e not i nfl ec ted a s u c h b u t i n th eir sh ortene d f orm beieli gen betrefleu
j
i b ec
f en, mi f erfi eben, ai i feri egen, to e n oin, i m ose , anderi efen, to
c
,
s
s
e
,
'
,
,
,
MAN GRAMMA R
1 60
GER
.
C HA PTER I V
.
S UB S T ANTIVES
116
.
Th e decl ension
s i de r e d u n der
of
th re e h ea ds :
.
su bsta nti v e
nou n s
is to be
Gen der, Num ber , a n d Case
con
Th er e
.
th r e e g en ders , th e m as culin e, th e f em in i n e , an d th e n e u ter,
ar e
f o r e a ch
and
Of
th em a p ar ti cul ar f orm of th e two
arti c l es, th e
defi n i te (
ber, bi e, has, the ) and th e i n defi n i te (
ein, ci ne, ein, a )
Th er e a re tw o n um bers, a Si ngu la r and a Plu ra l, a nd f ou r
.
i n e a ch , a Nom i n a ti v e, a Gen i ti ve or Possessi v e, a Dati ve,
c a ses
.
a nd an
'
A c cupa ti ve
.
1 17
.
S ubsta n ti v es a r e n am e s of sp ecies of th ings or p erson s,
pressi ng th em in a gen eral way Th e arti cle serv e s to sin gl e
f th e sa m e sp e
o u t an i ndi v i dua l thi ng or p erson f rom oth ers O
ex
.
c i es
a g r ee
w i th th e ir
Th e pl ural
of
Germ an, as in all la ngua ges ,
in Gender, Nu m b er, a n d Case
th eref or e, in
ar ti cl es,
Th e
.
su b sta nti v es
.
the defini te arti cl e i s th e sa m e f or all thr ee ge n
d ers ; th e in de fin i te a r ti cl e can , f rom i ts n a ture , h av e n o pl u ral ;
s till
th e in de fin i te
of
.
it
pronou n einige m ay be regarded as a pl u ral
Th e anci en t Germ an h a d n o arti cles ; ber, bi e, has w as
ginally a d em onstra ti v e a nd rel ativ e pr on oun ;
a n u m er al
ori
_
ti n, t ine, t in,
.
1 18
.
DEC LENS I O N O F THE DEFI NITE ARTI C LE
.
M
as cu li ne.
Nom i n a ti ve,
bet
Gen i ti v e,
D ati v e,
bee
bem
A ccusa ti ve,
but
NO T E
e
.
—Th
Plura l
Fem i ni n e
Neu ter
bi e
ber
baé
bi e
t ee
bem
ber
of
ben
bi e
to th e
.
ber
hi s
Germ an h as
.
.
bad
no
di s tinc t Voc ati ve
the
th e
c as e,
.
th e
Nom i na ti v e s er vi ng al ways in i ts s tea d T h e A cc u sati v e of th e
Fem in in e an d Ne uter is a l ways lik e th e Nomi na tiv e , in th e
.
s i ng u l ar
as w e ll as
i n th e
pl ural in th e declensi on of substan
,
ti v e s a n d a dj ec ti ves, as w e ll as in th e a rti c les
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
161
DEC LENS I O N o r THE IN D EFI NI TE ARTI CLE
.
M
a scu li ne.
Femi nine
Nom i na ti ve,
ei n
etne
ei n
Gen i ti ve,
D a ti v e,
ai nee
einee
etnee
ei nem
ei ner
ei neni
A cc us a ti v e,
ei nen
etne
ei n
.
N O TE — Th e defini te arti cl e i s of ten con tra cted w i th p reposi
.
tion s in to one w ord ; as
1
am f or an bem.
.
’
3
.
Bei m f or bet bem
au é
i 111 f or i n bem
b um f or mm bem
ba rd)? f or bard) bad
’
fiit e f or fut has
sum f or 8“ bem
3 1111 f or 3 11 ber
i n e for i n has
’
f
.
’
~
.
.
f or 11111 has
.
.
S om e
ntracti ons of
oth er
.
.
.
.
f or auf h as
.
.
2
an e f or an baa.
thi s kin d
co
are
com m on
to th e
p op u lar tongue b ut m ore or l ess sh un ne d by good writers ; as
’
t
t
e
e
m
e
t
fib m au fier m, f or unter bi nter, fiber, auger
un ee m, bi n
bem ; unter é , fibet é , bi nter s miber é , gegen é , f or unter, fiber
’
‘
B
u
t
u
c
h
s
a s auf m, aué m, au f n
wiber, binter, gegen bad
burcb n f or auf bem au s bem au f ben bard) ben, are f orbidden
as i nf ringem ents of th e la w of euph ony
,
,
’
’
’
,
’
,
,
’
’
‘
’
’
,
,
’
.
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
.
119
Th e defini te
sam e u s e as in
as
.
U S E or
T HE
A RTI C LES
w ell as th e i n defi nite
Engl ish
.
A diff eren ce
.
articl e
obtai n s
h as m u ch th e
i n th e f oll owi ng
cases
1
.
In
enu m erati ons,
om itted ; as ,
b oth kinds
of
ar ti cles
are
com m onl y
M
or
ten fturgen, genfler f Iieeen, Rinbee j ammern,
23 mm trachea,
E
mi tter i rren (Schi ller )
1 ein, ort
93 2c unb Qi er ! (Glei m )
{f ort R111), Ralf) , 6 dm
f
flBte 3 e unb 2111, {0 Bli nf enb 1 111 xbau
’
e
t
r
te
!) unb ®efefie i n b {Eetbett beil gem 6 d)ug
Wh ifter t iibrt r
(S chi lle r
.
.
.
.
.
MAN GRAMMAR
162
G ER
mmS ugenb ui‘d fi (Si efd flecbt ni cht © tanb ni d>t g cbonbei t E
on
57
.
.
nen bi e {B utt} bee ©i egers entmafinen
(S chi ller )
.
2
s
,
,
,
Wh en two or m ore s bsta nti v es of th e sam e gender a nd
u
.
nu m b e r ar e
th e fir st
j oin e d togeth e r, th e ar ti cl e nee d be use d only bef ore
as ,
Der Stowe, i i ger, Sa chs unb flBoIf il uh reifienbe i bi ere
“
b er grangbfild nRal bini ft batte mi t bem reformirten ®enfer,
‘
Ifinoer, S eutié en, ober b oflfinber einen fi erfibrungepuntt
“
.
'
.
(s em en )
Bu t wh e n th e gender i s d iff er en t, thi s omi ssi on i s f a ul ty, a nd
th e a rti cl e m u st e ac h tune be re p eate d ;
as,
Raume mebt Iebenbig ber bodfite
b ody fiber ber 3 eit u nb bem E
(Bebanf e
S chi ller )
«
3
.
Th e a rticl e i s omi tte d i n prov erbi al
.
ph ras es f or th e sake of euryth m y ; as
s ayin gs a n d stan din g
'
,
,
foll ft 23 am unb SUIutter 23 d i i fd n at tabl e
Lu ther )
Haber mad fi ov er n i gh t
tha n. (
Gr bat QBeib unb Ri nb b erIaflen. S n B ei t i n tim e
23 011 Ropf an 3 119 fr om top to Sl ot!) Uri d fi Gi feu
Wtorgenituube bat
toe
$ 11
.
,
.
.
,
'
.
,
.
,
1111
.
mi t 6 m? unb wad
9721111be
.
.
.
nacb) Norbert, to th e
®egeu (
Bette geben to go to b e d
8 11 E
Nor th
E
mit 912m munb snaue ertrinf en,
fi nch) Guben to th e
©eger1 (
to b e drown e d to th e las t
.
,
.
,
m an
Sou th
.
b au e unb b of
§Bei Ji vfe, at cou rt
3 a {Sufi u nb 3 11 et re, on f oot
.
.
M
.
a n d on
h or seba ck
8 11 Jgaufe, a t h om e
.
®ege11
.
(nacb)
Eas t
M
to
th e
mm t
th e
en,
.
®egeu (uacb) 233
West
,
o
.
'
.
NO T E — Bu t i n th e f ollow ing e x c eption al c as es, a nd a f e w
.
o th er s, w e u se
th e
arti cl e w h e re th e
Engli sh does not : bet ber
a t se a ; s1t m H
ebet flu fle, i n a bu n dance ;
351m l) , a t h an d ; gut
3 11m Eros, in defi an c e, i n spi te ; 3 111? B rit ber 910th, i n tim e of
'
MAN GRAMMAR
164
GER
.
‘
Daé © efet3 , law,
ber i ng, day,
n i h t,
bi e Wad ”
,
g
ber (
E
heftanb, m atrim ony,
has g d fldfal , f a te,
a
hi story,
bi e
bi e B ei t, tim e
.
) I t i s a lso u sed b ef ore simi lar nouns, ex pressing th e p erson
}
or thi n g in a
di gni fi e d w ay
as,
SDas fieben tft f urs, bi e Runft { ft Iang (Goethe) , Lif e i s sh ort,
art i s lon g
.
Di e QBeiber [i nt f eufcher al e bi e E
manner, or b aaQBeiBtft f eufcher
“
ale ber
Warm W m n i s m
o
,
a
or e c h a s te
th a n m an
.
SDi e Eu genia, li e tit f eta Ieerer 232511511 (S chi ller );
I nfini ti v es
a nd
ad e cti v es em
j
ployed substan ti v ely h av e th e
'
i n En gli sh , only th e la tter
arti cle
as ,
33 1 6 © pred9en tft bem menfé en natfit li d), Langua ge i s natural
to m an
S
‘
Rf
.
c
i) Ii ebe has . ei en, I lik e trav elling
.
ib i e fi rmen [i 116 oft gi fic i cher ale bi e Steuben, Th e
often h a ppi er th a n th e r i ch
p oor are
.
7
.
Th e defini ti ve
of
n a m es
days
a nd
ar ti cl e
m u st b e
m on ths
and
pl a ced b ef ore th e prop er
sea sons ;
as ,
ber Gonntag, bet
rfibftuch bre akf as t Smud ge
S uni, ber b erbft, a nd th e w ords {E
,
n
'
e en,
di nn er, fi benbeflen, su pp er ;
r iv e rs,
'
l ak e s, sea s, f or ests ;
Vesu v i us, bi e QIbe, bi e
as ,
th e
n am es
of
m ounta i n s,
ber fl rarat, A rara t, ber fli efub,
Werbiee ber 23 0be11 iee ber Gri mm?
,
,
malh ; — a ll m as culine and f emini ne nam es of cou ntri es ; as ,
ber h ang, th e Hagu e, bi e © d) iveia, S wi tz erlan d, bi e Sp falg, th e
ol da vi a, bi e Rri m Cri m ea, bi e i fir
Pal ati n a te, bi e molt en, M
,
f ei, T u rk ey, bie QBaUaci wi, Wallac hi a, a nd a ll nam es of coun
tri e s te rm i n ati ng in ci ; — all n am e s of countri es us ed only
i n th e p lu ral ; a s bi e Qi erei ni gten Gtaaten, th e Un i te d S ta tes ;
th e n am e s of a l l coun
i eberl anbe, th e Neth erl an ds
bi e W
-
tri es, a n d al l p rop er nou n s wh en conne c te d wi th
has fd wne grauf rei d), f ai r France , has gl fidli cbe
Arabi a Felix, ber unfterbli di e 5 nmbolbt, i mm orta l
a d e ctiv e ;
j
QIrabien,
an a ttribu ti v e
as,
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
1 65
.
Hu m bol dt ber b errurhte mere n ef a ri ous Nero ber arme S ohann
p oor Joh n bi e ftolge E
meri e prou d Mar y ; —a n d bef ore a ll
,
,
,
,
,
,
prop er nam e s con ne cte d wi th titl es ; a s bie Rfinigin ill uu e
Quee n A nn e ber ‘
Jbra fibent 58 11 d)ana11 Pr esi den t Bu ch anan
8 Pro p er n a m es sta n d w i th ou t an ar ti cl e i n a ll oth er ca s e s ;
as $ri ebri d)
1)
S ohanna $ranf rei d) ib eutfrbi anb Qimerif a 22 m
B u t in s p e aki n g in a f a m ili ar w a y th ey som etim e s
i ngi on
assu m e th e d e fi ni te a rti c le ; a s
ber QBaIl enftei n ber $ 13 11 bi e
fi gri ppi na ber $ri g Fr e de ri c bi e h enna Ja n e
Th e p l u ral
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
Suri atier,
ys tak es i t ; as, bi e merigi, bi e b oratier unb bi e (
bi e Submi ge 9 011 granf rei d)
An d in th e A cc u sa ti v e , Da tiv e ,
a l wa
.
.
Geniti v e
and
c as es,
th e
ar ti cl e,
w i th
th e
n ou n
p ro p e r u n i n
fl e c te d, i s som e tim e s, on a ccou n t of d istin c tn ess, p ref err e d to th e
ben 8 mm! call Fra nc i s ! {fi che
h e ga v e
bi e 6 11fa1111e ! go f or S u sa n ! (
i t 9 1 1) bem QIuguft
m on ey to A u gu stu s ; (
Safer fegte ben Di tabtan an Ri nbeeftatt
ein, C aesa r a dop te d O cta v i anu s
i d) eri nnere mi d) bee S ab ouft, I
r em em b er Da v o u st ; bee b eer bee E
i et ree, th e arm y of X erx es
i nfle cte d n ou n p rop er ;
f
as, ru e
.
gen iti v e
w h i ch i s pla ced b ef ore i t, i s c om m onl y om itte d ; a s, bee Q
i ateré
‘
C
5 ege11 baut ben Rinberu b fiu fer, aher ber Sh u tter gra d) rei fit fi e
’
Lu th er ), Th e f a th er s b l e ssi ng b u ilds h ou ses f or
wi eber ni eber (
9
Th e
.
a rti cl e
of
a
su bstan ti v e
c o nn ec te d
w i th
a
-
S ee
’
th e c h il dren , bu t th e m oth e r s c u rse destr oys th em a gain
2 9 0, Note 2
.
.
1 0 Th e d efini te arti cl e i s em ployed i n stead of th e in defini te
.
—twi ce a week
amei ma l b i e
ten ce nts a da y, gel m Q
i ent b e n l ag ; f our dol la rs a
p oun d, bi er S ell er b we aul)
in
li k e th e f ollowin g
sayi ngs
M
11
.
T h e En gli sh a is
not
,
.
tran sla ted i n Germ an i n
"
lik e th e f ollow in g z— a f e w book s , weni ge
sayi n gs
(or einige tveni ge)
bunbert SRaIe ; a th ou sa nd ye ar s tau
Th
enb S abre
e En gl i sh th e in th e f o llow i ng i s n ev er tra n s
f
erf011m
l ated ; as, Th e f ol low i n g p er sons w er e p r e s e n t, folgenbe w
a h u n dr e d tim es,
,
.
touren gu gegen
.
12
.
Th e
Engli sh arrangem ent of w ords
.
i s not i m i tated i n
MA N GRA MMAR
166
GER
.
Germ an in sayi ngs lik e th e f oll o w i n g : to o great a danger, eine
3 11 grofie Geh br ; so larg e a c i ty, etne {o grofie 6 1am; h alf th e
‘
u
n
t
r
rfiber
co
y, has halbe Qano; b oth th e bro th ers , bi e beiben QB
.
13
.
Th e a r ti cl e i s som eti m es a dde d to in di ca te th e case, wh er e
p ointe d ou t ; a s baé fieben ber E
meu
Wenichen th e lif e
fdwn th e li f e of m e n (bu t i n has Sl eben grofier E
i t coul d, n ot o th e r w i s e be
,
,
,
of
r ea t m en , th e arti c l e
i s not re qu ired, becau se th e Geni ti v e i s
g
poi nted ou t by th e te rm ination of grofier)
-
.
14
.
Na m es of Abstr a c t nou ns do not, as
a
r u l e, re qu ire
an
p t w h en th ey signify a ctions ; as ber W
i enfd) mufi
Stu hm 11 11 11 i abel ertragen Iernen (Goeth e) m an m u st learn to
b ear both pra ise a n d blam e ; (
Si l ei cbeé Q treben bi nbet 53 e
‘
11111) Di c
btet (Goethe) a lik e s tri vi ng u ni tes h ero a nd p oet
Bu t h e r (
Qi fenbammer (S chiller ) th e w alk to
551 119 11 nd) bem (
Bu t ev en
th e f orge ; e i n g dw
ei ertfinte a cry r e sou n de d
a rtic l e , ex c e
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
n a m es of con di ti ons an d qu a liti es f re qu e ntl y tak e th e arti cl e , not
o nly w h en th e
a bstrac t n oti on
i s in div idu ali zed,
—
= a s,
ber gri e
f
ben ber Geel e, th e p ea ce of th e sou l ; bi e Si ebe ei ner mutter, th e
l ov e of a m oth er, — but al so w h e n th e a bstra ct idea i s gen
-
pressi ng th e wh ol e Of th e s p ec i es or ge nu s as
bie fii ebe 111 acht li eu Qi ettler rei d) (Ti eole) l ov e m ak e s th e be ggar
r i ch ; bie S ei t b ergebt tim e p as s e s a w a y
era li z e d,
ex
,
,
.
,
Na m es of materi a ls do not com m onl y re qui re an a rticl e ;
as , mil d) tri nf en ;
b ola brennt ; 6 tei11 e ni cht ; faurer 23 11111 ;
15
.
fei ner 6 am)
.
Th ere are
of
se v eral
is
y two ex ce p tions
in di v idual i z e d
as ,
onl
1
ei n
.
Wh en on e speci es out
©1 15 unb
eine
e am
co m bin e ch em i cal ly a sal t an d a n aci d ;
i
e111 hat teé b ol a au ewfibl en to c h oose a h ar d ki nd of w ood
2 Wh en th e wh ole of a gen us or s p e c i es i s tak en toge th er i n a
enb erg (Goethe )
general w ay ; as ber QBei n erfreut bee Sh enfm
w i n e gladde n s th e h ear t of m an ; h as Duedfi lber i ft ein flufligeé
metall qui cksilv er i s a li qu i d m etal ; has flBafler { it farbi oe,
Wa te r i s c olorl ess
c emi cl) b erbtnben, to
h
.
,
.
,
,
'
,
.
16
.
Oollec ti v e su bsta n ti ves a re u sed wi th o r wi th ou t a n arti cl e,
MA R
A N GRA M
GERM
168
.
imabchen,
th e gi rl ; has 8 rdu le1u, th e y oun g la dy ; has Rnfifidmt or 3 11 111»
rein, th e li ttl e boy ; h ue (9 1111 6 153 1, th e li ttle goos e
Also, all di m i nu tiv e s of m a le s an d f e m al es ;
as, baé
.
Som e large r, as w ell as th e d om esti c a ni mals , h a v e a m as
cu li ne
gender f or th e m al e , a f e m i n i ne g ender f or th e f e m al e
i ndi vi duals, an d a n eu te r gen der f or th e generi c na me, wi thout
rega r d to sex
as,
2
.
her 45619 1, stallion,
m 9 9 11111 111, geldi ng,
t n s tate, s tee d,
t ar p ferb, bad mos,
25:£212
bie
has
,
‘
c o w,
1
’
t ee Ghee, b oar,
b“ QBtbber,
h
ram , wet er,
ber fi nd,
her si egeubod,
h —
g t
e
oa ,
ber 6 1 11111 1 11 ,
ber
c ock , m aster,
5
i
gander,
m
ber (
2 11m ), drake,
ber Z auber, m ale igeon,
p
has e rbium , h og, s wi ne
h as mutterfrbaf, e we,
bad Grbaaf, s h ee
bie siege,
.
sh e goa t,
t ie 0
3 9 113,
bre 6 11 113 , goose ,
11113
bi e Gute, du ck ,
b ad Gutenbolt
bad q
beubolt
bi e l au be, dov e
( aufebolt
S
.
ber
ha d met) , roe
.
ber p uub
.
bie fi aee,
bie h ate
bie 16111111, lioness,
bie I i germ. tigress,
her
.
'
bi e c an", sh e b ear,
-
ber t iger
ber $ 31 1
.
.
bi e QBB
ifru, sh e wolf ,
bet E olf.
bie Sfitb fin, sh e f ox,
ber stubs
'
bet QBol f, wolf ,
bet 8 1104, f ox,
e
.
bie 93 eQe,
'
.
.
bie 9 11110111,
ber mar, be ar,
c
.
h ick en
bed
ble gl eef ul) , doe
h er I iger, ti ger,
.
has Bregeub tety, goats
h ie b enue, th e h en,
ber method , roe b u ck ,
ber Rater, m ale c at,
her
teu, th e l ion,
p
‘
ber b tt fd
) , stag, deer,
ber 4111 1111, dog,
.
c a ttle.
bie 6 1111, sow ,
bie b irfcbtul),
bie 5511113 111,
-
horse
-
-
.
Wh ere th e langua ge h as n ot f orme d generic neuter nam es
,
th e m asculi ne serve s as su ch , an d i n a f ew cas e s (
lik e bie Rate
)
th e f e m i ni ne
as , h as
.
In a f e w oth er c as e s com pou n d no uns are use d ;
.
S iegeub lei), baa (b li nfeb olf
a re onl
y g en eri c, a nd
A ll o th er n am es of ani m als
.
wh e n th e m al e
or
f e m ale i s to b e di s
poun d i s m a de u se of ; a s has Glepbanten
i i ephanteuwfi bd nu the m a le a nd th e f emale
mfiuncbeu, baa G
ti ng uish ed, a
com
,
,
T HEO RETI C A L PA RT.
1 69
ph an t or has mannl i cln a n d has lveilal i dn Rameel th e m al e
a n d f em a le c a m e l ; bet fi anari cnhabn a n d hi s Ranari en 6 i e or
has Ranari enmannchen a n d has Randrtcnmei bdwn th e m al e a n d
A f e w n a m e s of a n i m a ls w i th u n—
f em ale C an ary b ird
Ger m a n
el e
,
,
=
,
,
-
.
n a m es a re n e u te rs, v i z
but , th e drom edar y
th e l a m a ;
k a n ga roo ;
o n es
baé glu fipfet b,
as ,
:
has 3 ebra an d has Q uagga ; baa Ranguruf), th e
baé ©1111 , baé gl guti, bad Si binogeroé — a n d al so
Germ an
su ch
bad Ramet i , th e c a m e l ; t oe ® rome
baé Rrbf obi ll, th e c roco dile ; has 53 mm ,
.
pou nde d w i th n e u ter n a m e s ;
th e h i ppop ota m us ; bae Q3 tlamfdn
vei n th e
as
a re
c om
,
gen eri c n a m es of a n i m a ls a re e i th er
m as c ul ine or f e m i nin e, a n d th e p u pi l m u st l ea rn th e g en der i n
b eg u d i ,
A ll
e tc .
o th e r
e v er y case b y c o m m itting i t to m e m ory
.
You n g a nim al s a r e by th e lan gu a ge in ten de d to b e n eu ter,
be ca u s e th e se x i s in th e m n ot ye t dev el op e d ; a s , bad gii llen,
th e colt ; baé Ralf) , th e ca lf ; bad g erl el, th e sh ote ; bat flamm,
th e la m b ; D
1 3
b al m, th e ch i ck en ; bad Bi cf l cin, th e k i d ; hué
I n a ll c a s es
A n d so hué Rinb, th e c h i ld
Steffialb, th e f a w n
.
.
.
w h e re th e l a n g u a ge h as
f orm e d
no t
a
p ar ti cular n am e
,
ex
pre ssions obta i n li k e h er j unge 2 6 m ; has flowcnjunge ; bass
Ratchen ki tten ; has b filtbclwlt
fi le QBai fe th e or ph an i s f e m in in e w i th ou t re gar d to s e x
‘
s
Der Wfinocl a n d Die imii n
A nd so i s bi t p et fl
m th e p erson
bel th e w a r d p up i l of m al e a n d f em a l e w ards p l ur a l bi e 9mm
m as cu lin e ) f or bo th s ex es
bel (
1 2 1 We s h ou ld n atu ra lly e x p e c t al l n a m es of th i ngs to be
of th e n eu te r ge n de r ; b u t by a k in d of p ersonific a ti on th e Ge r
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
as si g n s
m an
th e m asc u l in e
or
f e m i n i n e gen der e v en
to m an y
Th e ge nder of such su bstanti v e s m a y b e
a sce r ta ine d p a rtl y f rom th e i r c l as s, bu t pri n c i p all y f rom th e i r
n a m es
fbrm
of
a nd
1 22
.
thi n gs
.
deri v a tion
Th e
c la ss
f
o
th i ngs deter m i n es th e g en der i n th e f o l
l ow i ng c a ses
Th e nam e s of sea s on s , m on th s , a n d da ys a re m a sc u li n e a s,
her g cfibling, ber 53 6 113 , th e spring ; ber G omlncr; th e s u m m er ;
1
.
'
15
MA N GRA MMA R
170
G ER
.
ber b ert h, a u tum n, f a ll ; ber QBi nter, ber S anuar, ber Desem
‘
Bu t has {Srii bj ubg th e
bet , bet 6 vnntag, ber 6 onuaheno
.
has S abr, th e y e a r, a n d a ll i ts c om p ou n ds, a re n e u te rs ,
an d
b i e SIll i ttmocl), We dnesd ay, i s as of ten f oun d as b e t
S
p r in g
,
imi tat ed)
2
.
Th e n am es of s ton es an d m ou nta i ns are m ascu li n e
.
as , bet
Si rani t ; bet Qi a al t ; ber Stu bi n, th e r ub ; ber <z
(
ill i mtbl t mc ; ber
y
f
Ex ce pt th ose com pou nde d with baé Gfiebi rge ;
Gt G
i ottbarb
as , has Grs ebi r e, th e O re
ou nta i n s
g
g
.
3
M
.
.
Th e n a m e s of w i n ds a nd p oi n ts of th e c omp a ss a re m as cu
.
mm ber ©itben ber Eeften ber 9 lot h
’
li n e ; as , ber t
en, ber 920
o ten, e tc , ber
t mi nb, ber Bepbtyr ber Gturm bet QBi nb th e
-
f
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
wi n d, ber Drf an, h urri cane ; bu t bi e fiBinbebraut a nd bi e 256, th e
gal e, are f em i n i n e
4 All p r op e r n am es of ri ver s wi th Germ an n am es are f em i
.
.
Eb
Danu b e , bi e Q fina bie R
ena
D
bi e flBefet bie S t et bi e QBei chfel bi e memel ; e x c e pt ber E
li hei n
Rh in e ber Wai n, Ma i n bet E
A ll
ll ecf at , ber Sp rutl) , ber ficd)
o th e rs a re m as c u lin e b ec a u s e th e a pp ell a ti v e 5
3 mg (m es a ) i s
a dde d i n th ou gh t ; a s h er lgu b on h er a n ber S
p a, ber Ether, ber
,
f ,
Wi i ffinippi, bet l aaonenfl ufi, a nd m oreov er bet 2a atty b et
umna an d m os t ri v ers ou t of Eu rope
Duorra, bet S im
5 Pr op er n am es of c ou n tri es, c i ti es, town s a nd p la c es ar e
n eu ter ; as, Q
B ut th os e e ndin g
Imerif a, maflacbufetté E
Bofton
ni n e ;
as , bi e ( l e, bie S onau, th e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
'
M
.
,
'
-
.
,
.
,
.
,
i n a, e, a, or an a re f emi n i n e ;
as ,
bi e at ri a, bi e sa
m
e,
bi e
ll frai ne, bi e QBetterau, bi e Qi ul omi na, bi e b ergegomi na ; also bie
E
ll i ot t, bi e t m, bi e 6 d mei3 , bi e E
asc u line are bet
Dfalg
M
.
b ang ber sDel opnnnee and a ll com p oun de d wi th her (55cm, th e
,
,
c ou nty ;
6
.
a s, bet
QSreiegau
.
Th e n am es of m ost flo w er s, f rui ts , a nd tr ees a re f em i n i ne
m
Si ofe, bi e 9111 3 , n u t, bie Qi e, oak
Th os e com p oun ded
w i th bet 5
Bau m, ber 6 trau ch, ber 23 q , a re ex cep ti on s ; as, ber
fil pfelbau m, ber E
ll efenftrau d), ber b afelbufd)
7 T h e n a m es of m eta ls a nd m os t m a teri a ls i n a r a w sta te a re
n eu ter ; as, h as G
i olb, baa G il ber, baa (
i fen, i ron
E
e x c e p t bet
z
as, bi e
.
.
.
-
GERMAN GRA MMA R
17 2
.
m
bie 55m , flood
h i ft, “ p l ea sure
bi e S
bi e Warbt, m igh t
bie fi
b rin , f orm
bie grad ”
, f re igh t
bi e grift, term
bi e firucbt, f rui t
bie fia rc
h t, f righ t, f ear
bie 8 1 m
, f ord
*
*
m arch )
hi rl, boundary (
bi e W
bi e sJfi arfd), marsh
fl it E
maft, m ast, f attening
bi e mane, m ou se
bi e 912mm
) , ex ci se
bit mild) , milk
w
bi e (
S te , gout
bie (
9 m, gre edin ess
bie (
Wa tt) , glow
bi e ©t uft, grav e
bie (
fi nnft, f avor
fl zie b aft, p rison
bie b anb, h and
bi e b aft, h as te
bie Spant, hide, skin
bie b ulb, gra ce
“
bie fia t, guard
bi e S ad a, yach t
bie S agb, ch ase
bi e Rluft, cl eft
bi e Raft, f ood, f are
bi e Rraft, f orce
bie smug, m il t
bi e macbt, ni gh t
bi e Waht, seam
bie mutt) , n e e d
ull , z ero
bi e m
bie Slug} nut
bi e S
p ain, p ain
bi e Sp eft, p estilence
bie sDfl i cbt, du ty
‘
Di e S
p oil, post
pride)
bi e Sp rad fl, (
bi e Q ual , torm ent
bie Si aft, r es t
hi s mai n, dysentery
,
,
bi e g aat, se ed
bie 6 6 mm, sham e
bie Runft, art
‘
bi e Rut , cure, el ection
”
bi e Sufi, load
bie 53 m m
, l ouse
bie 6 d) ar,5 h ost, troop
sh ow
bi e
bi e Gdi eufi sh yness
bie Gdai cbt, l ayer, stratum
bie g d flacbt, b attl e
bie Si ft, cunning
bi e fia ft, air
Also bie S
IBi fltflt , arbitra riness
2 fi
b er S aflafi (derivation u ncertai n) i s m asc u line
8 Also bie QBollu f lu st
Bu t n
i erti a
l , loss , c om es f rom berlieren, to lose, and
f,
is m as c u line
4 Der mu i s a rov inc i al i sm
g
5 ib is
ar, lou gh sh are, i s al so f em i nine
p fi ugfw
6 fiber fl b d mt ab horrenc e is m as c uli ne
,
f
,
1
.
.
.
.
‘
p
.
p
.
.
THE O RETIC AL PA RT
17 3
.
bie Erad fi, loa d, costu m e
bi e
6 cbl u ft, ra v ine
bi e 6 dmmd), d i sgra ce
bi e 6 6 mm , c ord
hi s g d fli ft, w ri ting
bi e 6 6 mm debt, gu il t
bi e d
r, sh earin g
bi e 6 d mul ft, s w elling
se a
bi e
“
si gh t
bi e t
u
,
bi e 6 mm , ch a fl
bi e 6 pm , trace
6 tabt, c ity
bi e C
bi e 6 tatt, stea d, pl ace
6 ti rne) , f oreh ea d
bi e © tim (
hi s g treu, l itter
bie g a i t, p assi on
bi e fi at, deed
i hitt e) , door
bi e Elfi n (
bi e Eri ft, p a stu ra ge
bi e 11617, w a tch
hi s QBad fi, w atch , gu ard
bi e fiBal fl, el ection
bi e QBanbf” wa ll
*
bi e flBebr, def ence
bi e QBelt, w orld
bi e 5& t , w eigh t, im p etus
bi e flBul ft, pa d
bi e fiBurftfi sau sage
bi e flBu tl) , ra ge
hi s S abl , n um ber
'
p
bie S ei t, ti m e
bi e B i er, orn am ent
bi e 8 m , di sc i pline
bi e Bunft, guild
m
.
p
h h
Also th e f ollowing c om ou nd su bstantives, of w ic th e si m le su bstantive i s
lost : 2Iubatbt, devotion (th e o t ers i n bad) t a re m as c u li ne, as merbatb t, sus
p i c ion, B ebad fl, cons idera tion ) ; a nd t ose com ou nded w it f uuf t (f rom tom
h
'
p
h
h
‘
a rriv a l , é t rtuuf t, 2Cbtuuft , li nea e
m eu) a nd ficbt (f rom febea ) ;
g ,
Butunf t, f u tu re, etc ; and 2l nfitbt, as ec t, Qinfitbt, res ec t, Ji l l eficbt, ros ec t,
Z i nrt t, i nsi ght, fi bfitbt, in
93 0
, cau ti on, f oresi ght , gl ut
b fitbt, i ndu lgenc e, (
t i al”
: and D
i e QBi ebertebr, retu rn, bie b ei mtelyr, th e retu rn hom e,
tention ; bi e mar
bu t but iB ertebt , i ntercou rse ) ; bi e Gagemoart, res
a nd bit ll mtebr, turni ng (
resent ; bi e morbbut f t, w a nt, nece ss ari es ; bie 2 m “
enc e, th e
re aration,
,
es tabli s hm e nt ; bi e Stac
britbt, i ntelligenc e (bu t bet iB ericbt, re ort, but ll utert idx,
i nstruc tion, bad fi ericbt, cou rt of j u s ti c e, m eal ) ; bie Q i nfa lt, sim pli c i ty ; bie
g orgfalt, c aref u lness ; bie iB et m mf t, re ason ; bie 91atbtigall, ni gh ti ngale ; bie
l tnbifl, i nj u ry
p
'
.
mm
p
p
“
p
p p
m p p
p
.
NO T E
.
Th e seem ingl y abnorm al gender of so m any m onosy llab ic f em ini nes
h
i s to be a ccou nte d f or b y t eir deriva tion
.
Th e m aj ori ty of w ords i n th e above
fi er G ee m eans l ak e
b
2 iDi e S i t occ u rs o nl
dy
y i n th e phra ses bei G itbt, a t si gh t ; nail) G idj t, a f ter
s igh t ; i n S i d ”
, i n s igh t
‘
8 S
Borioaub, retenc e, and a ufioanb, ou tlay , e x ens e, are m ascu li ne
4
b audtuurft, j ack u dding, i s of course m ascu li ne
1
.
.
p
-
p
p
.
.
15 *
’
17 4
GERMAN GRAMMAR
.
l ist i s m ade up of w ords ending i n t (or tty or fl ) derived i m m edi ately f rom
h or wi thou t th e Um l t w ith th e additi n of t to i t and a e on
ac co nt of this a ddi tion f em i n ines ; w h il e a l l si m ilar d e i a tives f orm e d wi th
ou t this te m ina tion an d th ose in w hi c h th e t w as al e dy th e A usla u t of th e
roots ,
wit
o
au ,
r
,
r v
u
r
r a
,
Th e l angu age see m s b y th e diff erent ge nder
m as c u lines or neu ters
Besides, all of t es e f e m inines
to ave oi nte d to th e diff e renc e of de ri va tion
i n t are, or w ere ori gi nally , a bstr a ct nay/as , a f eatu re w i c disti ngu i s ed t em ,
root, are
.
p
h
h
.
h h
h h
B art b ea d ; b er ib m (
n ot only f om th e m asc u li nes i n t ; — as bet i
t th irs t ; be:
‘
Duft vapor f ragr nc e ; ber G af t sap j u ice ; be; Gcbctf t s h af t ; ber I af t
tafi e ty ; ber p ort h oard protec ti on ; bet St a nf t e dge of a b ea d c ru st ; be: m m
r
.
,
a
,
,
-
r
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
r
,
,
-
,
m atto c k , h oe ; ber fi afl , h as t ; bet illi cit, m u s t ; bet I t ofl, solace ; ber ‘
Duufl,
s tea m , m ist ; ber Sh ift, d u ng ; ber ®i ftbt or Gdfcbt, f rot , y e as t ; ber 1
9 m , wi re ;
ber Q uail, tassel ; w hi c , w i t th e ex c e tion of $ urft, t roll , are concrete nou ns ,
.
h
p
h
m
h
h th e exception of ‘
Drabt 6 af t Gdfil f t Sil anf t Qi i ftbt have t i n their
a nd, wit
root ;
,
,
,
,
— bu t also f rom the f e w n eu ters in t ; as has 2am , ofii c e ; bad meet, flow
s r bed ;
-
,
.
t ett, b ed ; S
B
B latt, l eaf ; S
mut, blood ;
,
moot boat ; fB ret board ; fi rst
,
,
p
,
h
b read ; S
Dorbt, wi c k ; Sell , f es ti val ; S ett, f at ; Gif t, ois on ; p anut, ead ; f i ef f ,
andl e ,
af t ; fi t aut,
erb ; tic
t, nest ; Dbft, f ru i t ;
bt, li g t ; sort), ou nce ; Star
p ult, desk ; Sl ed”, rig t ; S elt, log of w ood ; S tbw t, s ot ; S tewart, swp rd ;
G ri f t, f ou ndati on ; QBort, w ord ; 3 m, tent ; a m ong w hic , w it th e ex ce ti on
‘
of a mt and met
b t, no abstra c t nou ns are to be f ou nd, and w i t th e ex c e tion of
J
bauvt, fi ef t, Q if t, none i n w i c th e fi nal t does n ot belong to th e root Th e
i ntention of th e la ngu age seem s, t eref ore, to ave been t is, — t a t w hi le th e
m onosylla bic na m es of t i ngs deri ved f rom roots, w e n m ascu line or f e m inine ,
s ou ld be abstra c t nou ns , and w en neu ter, conc re te nou ns , t os e m onosy ll a
bic na m es of t i ngs deri ved f rom roots by a ddi ng t s ou ld be f em i ni nes a nd ab
s trac ts, a nd w e n th e t be lon e d to th e root, m as c u lines or neu ters a nd c onc rete
g
h
h
‘
h
h
m
h h
'
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
p
p
.
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
.
h
h
h
.
Am ong t ose m onosy llabic f em i nines not term i na ti ng i n t, a nu m ber i n a n
c i ent H
ig Germ a n te rm ina te d i n a. a nd w e re t ere fore w ords of t wo syllables ,
and fe m ini nes ; as, fi nal, p ei n, G r
imm,
5 a , —ln anc ient Hig Germ an
Q uota, p ina, S au na, 6 mm, 3 am; a nd th e resu m ti on is t at all suc h words
h
'
-
h
‘
'
‘
have th e sam e origin
p
m
p
h
.
6)
M
Qiaé , c arri on
fil mt, offi c e
5
8 s t, b ath
) , r ibbon, ti e
3 um
5 eet, flower b ed
B
-
h a tc h e t
$ ein, l eg, b one
$ ett, be d
5
8 ter, b eer
ylla bi c Neu ters
on os
.
has E
Bilb, p ic ture
had 5
Bl att, leaf
has fi l ed), ti n pl ate
-
baé $ lei , l ea d
bad fi lut, blood
bad Qi oot, boa t
has 23 t d , boar d
has
‘
-
bread
baé fi nd), book
h
-
GERMAN GRAMMAR
Wal l m arrow
97mg measu e
932m m o th m a w
S
meet se a
Smel fl m eal flou r
ree d, cane
has
baa Sl og, h orse
has 6
, s a lt
1 6) , c h e ck, ch ess
has 6 6 x
,
r
,
u
,
m
,
,
,
bad 6 6 nd , log of w ood
baé g d flfi, sh i p
,
m
.
972m ) , w e nch
972ml, m ark, si gn
97l ove, m oss
93211 3 , pa p, j a m
bae g d filb, sign boar d
bad Gd fil f, rush , reed
bad g d flofi, lock, c a stle
*
-
Wag w et su bs ta nce
Weft n est
meg n et
,
has 6 dmt ala, grease , lar d
has 6 69 06 3 th r ee score
,
baé Gehrvt, sh ot, gre ats
,
Dbft, ga rden f r u i t
Dlnt, e ar
baé Gdn
v ert,
-
hué © eil, r op e
) , si ev e
baé 6
hué g pi el , pl ay
M
S el fl, ear of a nee dl e
Dbm, a w i ne m ea su re
Del , oil
‘
Daar p i
,
a r, cou
has 6 tift, e n dowm ent
h as g trol) , stra w
has 6 6 1 6 , p e a ce
c a bl e
has i au, to w
,
pl e
p ) pi tc h
S an‘
p f o, pa w n , pl e dge
S un
p f b, pou nd
S un de sk
p
Q uart, qu a r t
s ed
sw or d
,
has i bul , v all ey, d ale
*
ba6 i bei l , d ea l, sh ar e
,
h as i lnet , ani m a l
*
Sl ab, w h eel
ifi echt, ri gh t
E
ll ei d wem pir e
bae fi ber, door, ga te
h as i ncl), cloth
has Qi i el) , c a ttle
baa i i oll, na ti on , p eople
‘
bad fl md fi, w a x
E
li ci a, twi g
Sl i eb, r ee d
baa QBQmmG, v est
Si tes, r eam
Sl i fi, r eef
baé flBel) , w o e
p
m ark , a nd i ts com ou n ds S
Dentma l, m onu m ent, iB ranbmal , b rand, s tigm a,
SUl ertma l, m ark , si gn, e th anbma l, s tigm a , Sli ti ttet mal, m ol e , a re lik ewi se
n eu te rs
.
‘
p
fib er QBereid) , reac h , extent, c om as s , is m as c u l ine
2 Gc m
b f , th re es c ore, and l tfcborf , score, are u sed of th i ngs sold by nu m ber ;
as , ei n G d fltf S
B irnen, th rees core of ears
1
.
“
p
.
THE O RETICAL PART
*
17 7
.
”
bae QBel n, weir
baé QBerg, tow , oaku m
has 23 0t h wor d
baé QBrad, wreck
has B elt, tent
baa QBerl , w ork
h as B eug, stuff
has QBi lb,
has B i el , lim i t, m ark
has S lim , tin
'
has flBerft, w h arf
‘ am e
g
well b ei ng
h as QBolfl,
-
.
And all th e generic na m es of ani m als and you ng ani m als m entioned i n
1 2 0;
‘
etc ; also h as Stiub
nd al l a dj ec
p f erb Sl ot} S tbtoein tamm fi atb
ti es i n di c ti e o f c lor w he n s b ta nti ely u se d ; s has (
Bri m bas mott)
as ,
,
,
v
a
,
v
o
,
,
u
,
s
.
,
v
a
a
’
,
,
,
ba d 5
8 m i n", ba d S
wai n bad Getb, bad mofa, th e green ,
re d , w i te , bla c k , bro wn , b lu e , y el low , rose c olor
has QBeifi, bad d
h
NO TE 1
arg,
-
.
p
p
h h
Th e f ollow i ng c om ou nds , th e sim le su bstantiv es of w i c are lost,
a re also neu ters : ba d wat tle, f ac e , ba d t
B egeln, des ire, bad t
B efi ec
t , c as e of i nstru
m ents , bae‘Dreied, tria ngle, S
B ieretE
ou nded w i t
, s u a re , a nd ot ers c om
Gute,
.
q
c orner, nook
p
h
h
(ba d Git being a prov i nc ialism ), bae (Z ntgett, cons idera tion
’
‘
.
has
Bebot, c om m a ndm ent, bad SBerbot, p roh l
Si tei nob, j e wel, p rec iou s th ing, bae (
bi tion, baa Ql et li efi, du ngeon, bas Q t rbfir, trial in c ou rt
iDas Q’ teub, m isery ,
i s c ontra c ted f rom th e old High Germ a n e l i l e n t i , e l l e n d e , a noth er , or a
f or eign la nd , exile
’
’
.
-
-
.
N TE 2 Th
O
.
e ab ov e
h
list e x i bits no
abstra c t su b stantiv es b u t 2tmt,
6 m, fu ll, tell) , Z eb, Stee
bt, Gpiet, G tif t, SIBel), QBotfl
pp
i et,
Qu
h
Th enc e it a ea rs t at
th e l a ngu age di d not inte nd to crea te a neu te r gen der in order to ex ress ab s tra c t
nou ns
Bu t a m aj ori ty of th e a bov e w ords a re nam es of m aterials, l ik e ‘
J as,
B ei u (m eani ng orig inally bon e), t
S
B ted) , 93 m , tBtatt, mint, t
B tei , (
5 0th, sinn,
( y, S eth, Sett, Sel , S tei fd
§3 ret, S
Bt ot, 23 mg, Gi , (
i ts, b
b lue, fi rs t , b oar,
) , 6 um , (
fi mrg, b en, b ira, b ots, b orn, fi leib (i n th e original m eaning of c loth ), fl ow
.
p
.
.
lli eer E
mcee mafi Dbft b et ‘
mE
p edJ mice mote
tant , tant , 93a
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
G a la, Gdfitf, C
ab in e t} , Gdfiot, S n ot), I a n (i n th e m ean ing of to w, oa k u m ), I nd),
QBatbd, QBet g, QBitb, aeng ; w h ic h , ta k en togeth er w i th th e f ac t, that, am ong th e
h
h
w ords of m ore t a n one sy lla ble, alm ost a ll m e tals and ot er m aterials i n a n nu
h
h
h p
m anu f ac tu red s tate are neu ters , goes f ar to s ow t at th e language s a ed th e
neu ter gender f or r a w m a teri a ls, g eneri c na m es o
f p er son s a nd a ni mals, i nf ant
f or concr ete su bs ta ntives not deri ved f r om verbs, l i ke S
B eet,
Q ett, SBei t, S
B oot, 23 0 , (
s lice, fi aue’ , b emb, Sate, 3 0d) , Rule, Si ren , tieb, ted) ,
a ni ma ls, a nd nex t
W
mam fill et Sil ent gl ee Q tr S ela Sl ab mete t ltp t uf I bat I bier“
fBiel) molt QBort Belt ; and nex t to th a t f or der iva tive nouns gt a concr ete
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
“
,
,
,
,
,
m ea ni ng , l ik e S
S wab,
B ab, S
B itb, 23 nd) , b ad) , Sad) , Sufi, S tofi, Qj etb, Gif t, (
b auvt, é ef t, tolm, Loos, £itbt, mart, anus, Stitebt, what, o ne, meld) , Sti f ,
Gcbi fl, S tbtofi, ® ¢mat3 , 6 i et, G rif t, I tyei t, QBatbe, QBebr, gen t, Bei ng, aiet,
(from babeu, bitt en, biegen, bett en, f figen, f aflen, fli efien, getreu, geben, graben,
'
'
p
b ad QBitovret, ve nis on , i s a c orru tion of QBi tbbraten, roas te d ga m e
9 fl ntivort, ans we r i s f emini ne
,
1
'
.
.
178
G
ERMAN GRA MMA R
.
beben, babeu, tobnen, tcotea, teucbten, merten, meflen, matflen, ntfl en, reitben,
rauf en, fdmff eu, ft
b tiefien, fcbmetgen, fieben, fleifen, tbeiteu, i nacbfen, i nebren, mit ten,
aeugen, aletea ) ; la s tl y , f or ab s tr a cts wi th a m ea ni ng i nc li ning towar ds the concr ete,
as 6 15& (
f rom gel ingen), (Gib (f ro m teiben), etc
'
.
1 25
S ub stan ti v e s wi th th e a ugm en t ©e= are n eu ter, wi th
.
th e f oll owi ng ex ce ption s
a
) Ma sculi n e
.
Sj ebraud), u se, usa ge
ber (
bet Qi ebanf e, th ou gh t
ber (
S a nd) , sm ell, odor
bet (
g etti ng, son g, si n gin
Sj e dm
ber (
f t acf, taste
ber (
fi eftanf , stench
Si m i a n, gain
bet (
ber G
i etvinnft, prem i um
ber (
Si efalten, f a vor
*
bet (
fi ebatt, v a lu e, contents
bet (
fi el afi, sp a c e i n a h ouse
bar 69 2a
j
en oym ent
,
.
6) Fem i n i n e
.
bi e (
fi cherbe, gestu re, b earin g
bi e ®enuge, su ffi ci e ncy
bi e G
i ebfiln, p ropri ety
bi e © eburt, bi rth
‘
bi e © e0ulb, p ati en ce
bi e
’
bi e ©efd>mutf h s w ellin g
bi e ©eftatt, sh a p e
bi e (
Si emfihr, s e curity, guaran ty
bi e ® efat)r, d a n ge r
bi e ©emei nbe,
Of
bi e ©ewalt, pow er
com m u ni t
y
all
a b oy e ,
th e
.
m a s culin es
tow ards th e e x p re ssi on , a t th e
th e
f e m i n i n es
d enotin g
a l so
c on cre te
hi s tory, story
al l
ar e
n oti on s .
ar e
sam e
ab str ac t nou n s,
ti m e , of
con cr e te
a bs tr ac t n ou n s, a t
Of th e
th e
al l
n e u te r s
i n cli ni ng
n
noti o s
sam e
tim e
i tera tiv es and
p re ss c onc rete noti ons
m any m clin i n g tow ar ds abstra ct m e ani ngs ; a ll oth ers ex pr ess
c ollec ti v es
f orm e d f r om
su bsta ntiv es
ab stra c t n oti on s , i n cli ni ng 1n u sa ge
Th e n a m es of
ex
,
tow a r ds con c re te m ea ni n gs
.
p e rsons are al so e xcepte d th eir gender bei ng
,
determ in ed by th e m eani n g ;
a nd
likewi s e
su bsta n ti v es
end ing
se e
eft tam (
as ber Q
i etpi ete, bi e
belt tei t W
©efpi etin p l aym a te ; ber ©effibt te bi e ©effibrtin, m a te ; ber
G
i enofle bie ®enofii m associate ; bet ©efette h elp f ellow ; bi e
Si etegenbei t occasi on ; bi e G
(
Si enefung r ecov e ry ; bi e (
i ewi ffenbaf
tlgf ei t con sci enti ou snes s ; bi e ®emeinfd) aft, comm uni ty ; ber
in
ung,
,
,
,
,
,
,
~
,
,
,
,
,
,
s
GERMAN GRAMMAR
1 80
‘
*
bi e Q illel , th is tl e
'
bi e © roflet, th ru sh
'
.
bi e manget, m a n gle
bi e Sfi i epel , m edlar
bi e mi ll et, m i s tl e toe
mord nl, toadstool , m oril
bi e E
bi e Wufcbel , sh ell, m u s cl e
bi e (
Sa
h el, a cor n
bi e (
Epi ftel, e pi stle
bi e $abel, f a bl e
bi e gadel, tor ch
bi e Wefiet, n e ttl e
bie $albel , fl ou n c e
bi e Sleftet, l a ce
f
a
'
all et, n e edl e
bi e W
bi e 8 eflet, f e tter
'
bi e gi ebel, sp ell in g book
bi e illubet, v erm i celli
bi e E
Si ebel, fiddle
bi e Drgel, orga n
bi e gi ftel, fis tu la
bi e E
Dappel, p oplar
-
p
bi e gl oef et, flow e r of
bi e gormel, f orm u l a
s e e ch
bi e {E
uc
hteh fl at of th e sword
bie
mullet
,
s c a b,
pustule
bie Sp am bel, p ar a bl e
bi e E
namel, p rim rose
bi e (
Sl ei ficl, s cou rge
bi e manunf el, ra n u n c ul u s
ll aé pel, r as p
bi e E
bi e © onbel, gon dola
bi e Si aflel, r a ttl e
bi e G
i urgel , th roa t
bi e ill egal , r ul e
bi e b e spel ,
bi e fli unaet, w ri nkl e
bi e (
b abel, f ork
'
r eel
bi e b a bel, h a ckl e
bi e g d wcbtel , bo x
bi e b u mmel , h u m bl e bee
bi e 6 d wufel , sh ov el
Di e S nfel , i sl an d
bi e g d muf el , s w ing
-
bi e Rachel ,
sa u ce r til e
-
bie 6 d)i nbel,
sh i ngl e
bi e Rangel , p u l p it
bi e 6 d)fifiet, dis h
bi e Rartoficl ,
bi e g emmel , roll of brea d
bi e Rapid ,
bi e © i d)el ,
'
p ota to
c a psu l e
s i ck l e
bi e fi l ingel ,
s m a ll b e ll
bi e © pi nbet,
bi e Sl oppet,
co u pli ng , ti e , l e a sh
bi e g tafiel, ro u n d of a la dder
p indl e
s
bi e fi rfimpet, ca rdin g in stru m e n t bi e Gtoppel , stu bbl e
bie Rugel , b all, globe
bi e Ruppel , c u p ola
bi e 6 tri egel ,
bie Runl el , di sta ff
bi e i arantel , ta ra n tu la
bi e Ra t hel ,
bi e i robbel , ta s se l
c ra n k
bi e Ru ttel , tri p e
*
bi e W
i enbel , a lm ond
y com b
c urr
bi e i afel, ta ble
bi e I rommet, dru m
‘
i
e
E
l
fifiel, truffl e
b
THEO RETI C AL PA RT
1 81
.
bi e di ettcl, b elda m
Ne QBinbel, sw a ddling cloth
bi e QBacbtcl , qu a i l
bie QBurgeI, r oot
-
bi e QBafiel, w af e r, w a fl‘
le
bi e S wi ebel , oni on
.
S
bi e IB
ei fel, qu een bee
A l so s om e p rov i nc ial ex p ressi ons, li ke Q uebtel, Raf ter
etc
,
-
2
Neu ter Excep ti ons i n el
.
.
baa Draf el , ora cle
baé gld flcl, th e e igh th p a rt f
'
baé S
B im beI, bu n dle, b u n ch
bad Sp éh bel , p en dul u m
bad S unf el, da rkness
hué Si fitbfel , ri ddl e
h ué Grembel ,
bad Si ubel, h erd, floc k
we Rapi tel
,
e x am
cha
'
ple
p ter
bar
s e tharmii gel, skir m i sh
bass Raiser, ca ble
*
.
hué g egel , sa il
baé manbcl , n u m be r of fif te en ; baé g iegel , seal
bae gri cfef, p u r ple s
baé ll ebel, ev il
baé get ter, you ng p i g
bad ilBi efcl , w ease l
baé mi ttel, m e a ns
hué QBi é peI, a m easure
has 9 25 , p in t
”
.
W
3
.
Fem i n i n e Exc ep ti ons i n ct
‘
bi e QIDer, v ein, artery
bi e 21mm“ , th e b u n ti n g
bi e after, a ste r
bi e fil uftcr, oy ster
.
bi e 3 ol tet , rack, tor tur e
bi e glunber, th e floun der
bi e b alfter, h alter
bi e Rammet , ch am ber
bi e $ latter, sm a ll p ox
bi e Raver, c ap er
bi e fi utter, b u tte r
Saber, ce dar
bi e (
‘
bi e Dauer, du rati on
a fter, m agp i e
bi e (
bi e fi cl ter, Wi ne p ress
-
-
bi e Rlammer, c ram p iron
-
bi e f l apper, r a ttle
*
bte Ri efer, p i n e
bi e Rl after, cor d, f a th om
bi e C
i der, alder
bi e g f
bi e 8 21 m, f ea th er , p en
‘
bi e E
acbter, cord, f a th om
bi e gem , c e l e b ra ti on
bi e giber, fibr e , n er v e
bi e fieber, li v er
a er,
fibre
1 And similar f rac tional nu mbers
16
bi e Qauer, l urk i n g pla ce
-
bi e fit ter, lyre
’
.
I Use d of things sold by nu m ber
.
182
GERMA N GRAMMA R
‘
.
bi e Setter, la dder
bi e 6 dmter, barn
bi e fletter, typ e , l ett er
bi e g d mefter, si ster
bi e 6 cbl euber, slin g
bi e E
lli arter, to r ture
bi e Wafer, m e as les
bi e W
i ener, w all
.
bi e © cbttlter, sh oul der
*
bi e E
lJl utter, m oth er
bi e Sl a mmer, n u m ber, ci ph er
bi e matter, a dder, v i p er
ble 6 teuer, tax
bi e i od fier, dau gh ter
bi e i rauer, m ourn i ng
bi e Dper, op era
bi e fl i eé per, v esp ers
bi e Qi iper, v i p er
bi e flBimper, eye las h
bi e Droer, order, com m and
Rii fter, elm
bi e ‘
bi e g i ffer, c i p h er
bi e 8 i tber, guita r
bi e Dtter, a dder
‘
.
NO TE 1
.
s
h
In som e of t ese su bstanti ves th e term ination i s not a u ffix , bu t
bauer, Saber, Sma rter, 8mm ,
an A us la u t b el o ngi ng to th e root ; as i n Seter, E
6
m “ , I rauer, i n old High Ger ma n v i r a , d u r a , f e d e r a m u r a , l u r a ,
A nd th e res u m ti on i s, t a t m os t, if not all, of t em en de d
s c i u r a , e tc
origina lly i n a, a nd a re on t is a ccou nt f em i nine
.
m
-
p
h
.
NOTE
p
h
h
.
Th e na m es of riv ers in er an d it a re als o f e mi ni ne
4
.
.
S ee
12 1 4
.
.
Neu ter Excep ti ons i n er
enteuer, a dv enture
fillter, a ge
23 min , bir d ca ge
Q Otter, yolk
(
fitter, p us
-
(
i nter, u dder
{f enftm w in dow
eber, f e v er
W
getter, fire
‘
fiaoer loa d
§ utter, f ood f odder
,
,
rauena
i mmer f em a l e
E
E
,
.
baa Rupfer,
pp er
co
bae E
ager, l a yer, c am p, cou ch
baa fiafter, v i ce
baé e er, l ea th er
has Qui nt , carr ion
lll e er, kn if e
bae E
ff
baa Wi ener, bodi ce
baé E
muftcr, p attern
but Dpfer, sac rifice
‘
baé p fl after, p a v em e n t, pl aster
baé E
Dl ter, cu sh i on, b olster
h tlb er, p owder
bad sJ
©atter, ga te, grate
(
b i tter, ga te, grate
has Si egi fter, register, i n de x, li st
baé fli uDer, oar, r udd er
Rl ofter, cloi ster
Roll er, collar, bi b
baé Q ilber, silv er
baé Q uedfi lber, qu i cksil v er
M
184
GER AN GRA
‘
ber G
j ebante, th ou gh t
Sj l auhe, b eli ef , f a ith
ber (
ber b au fe, h ea p
MMAR
.
ber Game, seed
ber 6 ti9abe, dam a ge
ber flBi lIe, will
Il awe, n a m e
ber ‘
.
6 ) Al so a nu m b er of nam e s of p ersons and m al e ani m al s ; as,
wortugi eie P t g
i n
reu fie P
ber w
her Qi arbe, ba rd
ber
ber 23 ok , m essen ger
ber fiBuhe, kn av e
ber E
Birrge,
'
or u
,
,
u ese
ru ss a
ber g dflr abe, S wabi an
ber 6 acl)fe, S axon
s ecuri t
y
ber $ urfcbe, f e llow
E
ri n, h e i r
ber (
ber (
ti the, idol
ber b eibe, h ea th en
ber QBeftpbal e, Westph a li a n
her b irth ), h erds m an
ber S niafle, i nh abita nt, Iodger
ber S ube, Je w
ber Rnahe, b oy
ber E
li ufle, Ru ssian
ber Sette, Le tti an
ber 6 amoj ebe, S am oye d
'
‘
ber Runbe, cu sto m er
ber strife, f 0p
ber Stef fi, n e ph ew
ber athe, godf a th er
w
h er Si i eie, gia nt
ber 6 6) ente, cu pb earer
ber g dfitge, sh arp sh oote r
ber ©tlab e, slav e
-
e, Hes si an
ber b en
ber ©ri ecbe, Greek
'
Also som e w ith th e au gm e nt
‘
ber i artare, Ta rtar
ber i ii rte, Tu rk
ber ‘
p ol e, Pol e
'
rante, Fran coni an
ber iE
ber fil fie, a p e, m onk e y
ber Qi ufie, b ull
ber b rad ”, dra gon
ber 53 am, f a l con
her {E
arre
bull ock
ber fpafe, h are
ber Shir e, li on
ber c ie, ox
ber Sl at e, r a v en
ber SRappe, bla ck h orse
.
(
h e, as ®eftil9rte, ©efell e, ©enofle,
'
©efpi el e, and a n u m b er of p a tronym i cs
’
.
Neuter e x ce p tions i n e a re bad fil uge, e ye, has a e, end,
*
b ed, h as b emb(
i rli e, inh eri ta nce, has
bae G
e), shi r t
2
.
.
Exce ption s i n mtg, febaft, enb, are her b era ti ng, Febru ary,
‘
s
l
etid m
baé J
D
ft, seal, ber ilbettb, ev e nin g, bad Q u eenb, doz en bad
‘
l eno m is ery, baé i aufenb, th ousa nd, has S abrgebenb, de ca de ,
(
E
3
.
'
,
,
te n y e ars
.
THEORETI C A L PA RT.
185
Non a —Th e term inations a t!) (at) an d at!) (at) occur only in th e f ollowi ng
originally Ge rma n w or ds : bi e fi rlmttb, p ov ert , bi e b etmatb, h om e bi e é eira tb,
y
,
m a rri age , bie or bet steratb, ornam en t
For f oreign words i n at a nd at, see
u se
.
.
1 28
.
NEUT ERS are th os e en ding in rhea, l eln, ful, fel, ni fir
the m, i du
.
1
‘
.
Excep ti ons i n ni fi
.
bi e (
E
rfparntfi, sav ings
bi e Bebrci ngni fi, di stress
a u th ori t
bi e iBefugni B
,
y
.
bi e §Betfimmerni fif
bi e gfiul nlfi, pu tr ef acti on
bi e ginftern
i fi, da rknes s
s orrowf ul
bi e Renntni fi, know le dge
n ess
bi e fli eforgni g, a ppreh ens on
bi e SBetrfibni B
, af fli c ti on
‘
bi e éBewanotni fi, conj unc ture
t mpffingni fi, concepti on
ble (
*
bi e Grtenntmfi, cogni tion,
i
bi e fi rodni fi, dro ugh t
bi e 23 erbammuifi, da mna tion
bie fli erberl mi fi, corru pti on (
ai
so ne u ter
)
bi e fli erfi umntfi and © aumntfi,
ne gl e ct, om issi on
j u dgm e nt
ifi, p ermi ssion
E
rl aul m
bi e (
bte flBtlbntfi, wil dern ess
.
Nor m — Th e great m aj ority of those i n a t}? are neu ter, and h av e, lik e ha s
st ima te
h a s seugnifi,
Gebarbtnifi, m em ory , has tB ebdrf ni E
, w ant, h as e
, a ll i anc e
,
tes ti m ony , bad mergernifi, sc andal , e tc , a m ore dec ided lea ning tow a rds co n
s i n ni fi
enntui fi, cogniti on,
c re te notions t an th e above feminine
T u s bie Grl‘
.
h
.
h
rtenntnifi, j u dgm e nt
intell ec t, lea ns m ore to an ab strac t notion t a n has (
E
S till, w ith th e ex ce ti on of Saulnifi, Grinnbni fi, met hammnifi, lu ral s m a y be
f orm ed f rom all f emi ni nes ; and wi t ou t ex ce tion f rom all neu ters in nifi
h
p
2
p
p
h
.
.
.
Exc ep ti ons i n fal a nd fel
bi e SDrangfal, di stress
bi e W
tfihfal, p ai n, troubl e
bi e i rirbial , a ffli c ti on
.
ber C
i fel, ass, donkey
ber é tfipfel, cork, sto pp er
.
’
Also all in
fel un der 5 1 2 6 1 not f orm ed by th e suffix fel,
.
,
wh ere th e te rmi n ati on bel on gs to th e stem
3
.
Excep ti on s i n thum a n d i t
her S rrtbum, error
t Si ei t
hthum, ri ch es
16
M
.
/
é
.
ber b abi ebt, h awk
ber Rebrtd fi, sweepings
.
GERMAN GRAMMA R
18 6
.
To th e rul e , u n der § 1 2 2 9 , th a t a ll c omp oun d su b
h
ei r la s t c omp on en t, th e f ollow i n g
sta n ti o es
ll
o w th e
en der o
t
o
f
g
f
5 1 29
'
.
.
s ev en, com
pou nde d wi th bet mutt) cou ra ge a re ex ce pti on s
,
,
bi e QInmntf) , gra c e
bi e 6 anftmuti) , m e ek ness
bi e Q emnti) , h u m ili ty
‘
bi e G
i rofini nti) , gen er osi ty
bi e E
nngmntb, f orb earance
bi e 6 dn
v ermnti) , m el an ch oly
bi e QBebmntf) , m elanch oly, re
gret
.
§ 1 3 0 GEND ER o r FO REI GN SU B S TANTI vEs
t
.
For eign su bstanti v es ke e p, as a r ul e , th e ir origina l ge nder ;
a s, bi e S n ei
f (f rom La t i nsu la ), has Ri ofi er (La t cla u stru m ),
Lat m ona stem um ), bet Rerf er, pri s on (Lat c a r
bad W
ifinfter (
eer
) He nce all substanti v es i n one, fine, i ne (Fr a n e, a i n e,
n e , i e Lat i n , i on (
Lat zo) , tat (
Lat ta s ), i f (Lat t c a ), ens
E
(
)
)
(Lat entza ), { no (Lat i n a , Fr i n e), e (Lat i ssa , Fr esse),
Fr on e), fine (Fr a m ), a t (La t u m ), ar e
Lat odu s ), one (
obe (
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
'
.
'
.
W
'
f
.
.
f em i ni nes
all
n a m es
of
.
.
.
pt bet moment ; all in i emné
or or cut , a nd i f
i
n am es
.
.
at, ent, i n, i i , i t, i n , aI, l og)
s i m il ar
.
Lat m en tu m ) a n d ma or m (
La t m a )
i n ment (
n eu ter s, e x ce
a re
.
.
.
.
.
m al es, a re m a scu li n es
of
(Lat ton s )
.
w h il e
a nd
,
a ll
i n i er, n ot
p pi cr, Si appi er,
la m a n i ér e)
ex ce pt bi e E
lRani er (
S a
m al es, a re n eu ter ; as , has
6 charni er, i nrni er ;
01, an, ant, at,
,
‘
Reb ier
,
.
.
‘
igrant , bi e mi ni m (ru i n, of
b ie b ttomaue (a k i nd of sof a ) bie M
Examp les
‘
‘
a b u ild i ng ) bi e p bilofop bi e, bie Sri ttion, bie p ietdt, bie I et
b ui t, bie fi abeng bie
l elonie,
melifft , (and so th e Germ an fi ernifle, horne t, ) bie ‘
p eriobe, bi e some, bie m
t i e S et tli ng bi e fib reflnr, gl e a n ; ber Gntbufiasmue, ber 6 m m, 9 m m ", ber
‘
B aF
fi a nbibat ber St omet, ber e
Qant, Gtepbant (S iamant), ber ‘
p ni fi bm t, (bet
fi ami n), be: ‘
p ingui n, ber ti uguift, ber Sefnit ber Q anoni er, ber fi at binal, ber
lement, has (
a mong, her fb of tor, be: S ouff leut ; baa (E
magma, bad ‘
p riema,
.
,
'
,
,
'
'
’
-
’
-
,
,
’
baa G pmvtom, ba r
; 6 9
mm
.
Excep ti on —S ad fi rgan, (bad ‘
p atent, has ‘
p oraeflana has? ‘
p rfnrcnt ; bet and
bas atrfeni l‘
m ; bas st eal, bad G igna l, bad S oflit, bas fi rtbib bad SDuell,
, ber 2 u
‘
‘
bad naftefl has Q uabrat ha s ib ett et w
bad G ubflautib ,
ae 5 m m) bad
h
bas fi bjef tib ; a ll o f them b ec a u se of their ge nder i n th e orig ina l langu age
’ “
’
’
,
,
.
,
’
.
Th e f ollowin g, b ei n g as sim ilate d i n th ei r f orm to Germ an
gies take th e corre sp ondi ng gender
a nal o
.
MAN G RAMMAR
1 88
G ER
th e bottom
.
do not all ow of a plu ral,
Th ose m ark e d wi th a
.
becau se i t woul d h av e th e s am e f orm i n bo th cases, a nd
or f o r oth er reas ons
lead to m i stak e s (
se e
e i th e r
.
has $ anb, ribbon, ti e
bow er)
baé Qi aner, c age (
bi e 58 mm, b oss
has 23 m m
, bun ch , bun dl e
bet $ anb, v ol um e of a book
ber 5
Bauer, p ea sant, boor
ber Qi u cf el, h um p
bet fi nnb, alliance
bet Ebot , ch orus
'
*
*
il t he, h ei r
bet (
*
bte Gri enntni fi, intellect, cog
u pper p orti on
E
baé (
l fin, ch oir (
of a ch urch
)
ri n
E
baé (
, in h eri ta n c e
baa fli rtenntni fi, l egal sente nce
n iti on
‘
fi ebalt v al ue conte n ts
bet (
,
baé G
j ebalt, s alary
,
ber ®ei fiel or Gki iel, h o stage
fi ei fiel , scourge
bi e (
*
bie b aft, cu stody
bat ti ara, re sin
*
bet b ait, h ol d, clas p, riv et
a
"
oun ta i ns
bet b ars, Harz
ber b eibe, h eath en
her b ut, h a t
ber Ji tefer, j aw
.
M
bi e b eibe, h e ath
*
bte b ut, h e ed, p as tur e
bi e Ri efer, p ine
bie Ranbe, n ews, in tell ig ence
bie getter, ladder
bet Rnnbe, c us tom er
bet fielter, c ondu ctor
”
ber fiobn, r eward
ant el , al mond
bi t
ber mangel, wan t
has flobn, w ages
bat Wanbei , numb er of fif te en
M
bie Sil angel, m angle
ii
has? gnarl, m arrow
bi e 912ml, m ark , boun dary
(eigh t ou nc es of si lv er )
bie Warfd) , m arsh
*
bi e 5m , f a tteni ng of cattle
has Slll enfcb, w ench
baé W
i en
er, knif e
has fill ets, twi g
has Di m, a wm
lb, si gn board
has g d n
bet Sk at id) , m a rch
ber man
, m as t O f a shi p
mear
ber s
s, m an
*
lli eflet, m eas u rer l
be1‘fi
*
ber fli rts, r i ce
ber Dim o; Dbeim, u ncl e
'
m
''
ber © d) ilb, shi eld
-
t Bu t bie Selbmefler, geom eters , oc cu rs
'
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
189
i i“
g cl mml ft, bom bas t
bi e g dnvul it, sw elling, tu m or
*
ber g ee, l a ke
bi e g ee, sea
ber 6 profle, s pr ou t, descen da n t bi e g pt ofie, ste p o f a l a dder
bi e g teuet , ta x , c o n tri b u tion
bad g a m e, h el m
ber g ti ft, ta g, p eg, p en cil
has g ti ft, ele em osyn ary f ou n
bet
dati on
bet S hed , pa rt of a w h ole
bi e QBebr, d ef enc e
bad fi bri l, sh are, deal, porti on
has fi ber, gate
has Qi et bi enft, m eri t
has QBebt , w e ir
ber fiBei be, ki te
bi e QBei be, c onse cration
ber I bor, f ool
*
ber fli erbi enft, e arnings
.
NO T E —Th e f ollow i ng com p ou nds w i th i beil are m ascu lines : ber S
B ortbei l,
.
mawtlyeil
ha e i nte e t
Th e
f ollowi ng are neu ters : has 6 cgentbeil, th e c ontrary , rev erse ; has un v
eil, j u dg
m e nt, sentence ; bad Grbtlwi l, eredi tary ortion ; has E
B orbet tbei l, f ore a rt ;
has fai ntet tbeil, hi nd
art ; has (
th e la tter t ree occ u rring als o a s
firofitlnit;
a dva ntage ;
bet
,
p
h
p
m as c ulines
ber 2tntbeil,
disa dvantage ;
s
.
.
p
.
Th ere
are
.
i n Germ a n two d e cl e n sion s , th e
m odern , f orm e d by
a n d th e
r s
,
h
DEC LEN S I O N O F S U B S TA NTI V ES
13 2
r
tion s to th e su bs ta nti v e
a ddi ti on
of
a n c i en t
th e f ollow i ng term in a
.
MDERN DE EN
ANC IENT DEC LENS I O N
CL
O
.
Sing u la r
Plura l
.
.
—en
or
n
r
n
or
n
—en o
Geni ti v e,
—
en
Da ti ve,
SI O N.
— en or n
A c c u s a ti ve,
I n a ddi tio n to th e ab ov e term i n a tion s, w ord s b el onging
a,
to th e a n c i en t de cle n s i o n as su m e th e Um la nt i n th e Pl u r a l (
13 3
.
a; v, 6 ;
u, u ;
an, an , w ith
)
a
f ew ex c e p ti ons
(see
MAN G RAMMAR
19 0
C ER
.
th o se b elon gin g to th e m ode rn
.
an c i e n t
Th e
d e c l e n si on
m asculi n e and n e u te r, w i th b u t
of
do
Words
.
.
c om
pri ses th e gre at bulk o f
li m i te d n um ber of f em ini n e
a
th e m odern decl en si on
s ub sta nti v es ;
n ev e r
Um la u t
an, ca n tak e n o
h avin g n o a, o, u,
13 4
de cl en sion
com
“
,
pri se s th e g rea t b ulk
f em i ni n e, w i th but a li m i te d n um ber of m ascu li n e sub stan
ti ves
.
13 5
.
NO f emi ni nes of e i th er decl ension h av e any te rm in a
ti ons i n th e singular
13 6
.
Th e l a w s
.
of
eu
ph ony di rec t wh en th e e of th e term i
i h b oth de cl e n s i on s i s to be
n a ti ons
omi tte d ;
m o dern dec l ension, i n a l l w ords term in a ting i n th e
i n e, el , er, a n d in th e
r oot stem
-
a n c i en t
decle n sion , in
y, i n th e
no m in a ti v e
n a m el
all
w ords wh ose
h as as su m e d one of th e term i n ations el, en, or er, a n d
th e ref or e consis ts of m or e th an
one syllabl e , w h il e
l a bie w ords, or m onosylla bles c om p oun de d w i th
m u st b e r eta i n e d
in m onosyl
prefix es th e e
,
.
h p ecu li ari ty of th e l anguage w hi c h m k es th e decl ensions
th w i e s im pl e a nd log ic l om p lic a te d a nd d iffi c l t i to be cc
te d f
not li k e th e h y th m i
l o m e t i l f o m of
b y th e f t th a t th e G m an d
h e D tylus
one l ng o
ented s yllabl e f ll w e d b y tw o short or
a
nac e nted one ) b t de ide dl y p ef rs th e T ochwus
one ac cented s yl
l ble f oll ow d b y ne h rt or u nac cente d one ) a nd nex t to i t th Sp ndeus
ne ac cente d a nd one h lf ac cented s ll abl e ) a n d th e B
hi us
y
f oll ow ed b y a weakly o
alf ac c e nte d a nd a n a e centless
one a c cente d
h
NOT E
T is
.
o
er
s
a , c
ac
er
ac
u
v
c
,
a
e
u
o
u
oes
o
v
s ,
r
o
e
a
r
ou n
or
r ca
r
e
o
o
r
o
,
a
a cc
-
v
,
r
,
)
,
s
ca
cc
c
s
,
r
r
o
s ylla bl e
a
,
’
Thi s i s th e reas on w h y bee Gobnee’ , t ee b anfee‘
, bem S olut e, bem
.
enes, bem Gi r
Bateres bem iBatet e bee Gi r
ene are
{ made are a pprov ed, and bed E
,
,
i ntolerable ; bu t we meitb tlmmee, bem meic
b tlmme,
and
t ea meitbtlmmd, bem
meidptlmm, a re e qu all y of ten u sed
.
13 7
.
A s m a l l n umbe r of m ascu lin es a nd ab ou t on e h alf of
,
th e m on osyll abi c n eut er s , an d a ll w ith th e s u ffi x tbntn, f orm th e
p l ural i n er i nstea d of e f or th e sak e of e u phony
1 3 8 A sm all n um b er (
si x O f m o n os ll abi c n eu ters
)
y
,
.
.
0
an d a
n u m b er of
m onosyllabi c m a sculi nes
f orm t he
plur al af ter th e m ode rn decl e nsion
1 3 9 Th e diff ere n t p rincip les u p on whi ch th e Germ a n de
.
.
19 4
G ER
MA N GRA MMA R
.
p a ra digm ber ©0511 a re in
fl ec te d all m onosylla bi c m asc ul in es ex cep t th e f ollowi ng w hi ch
1 43
A ccordi ng to th e fir st
.
,
,
,
,
diff er only i n taki ng n o Um la u t
.
Si ng u la r
“
‘
ber ztar,
Singu la r
bi e 2£ale
bet w
i eld) , sa lam ander,
.
bet i tal, e el,
“
ber 2a m, arm ,
bie 2mm
ber fi efud) , v is i t,
bie S
B ef utbe
‘
ber s
B ot n, well , s
p i ng
r
b er b ody, w ic k ,
p e s re print bie L
Druf e
,
i
,
h b elt
b er 6 nu , girt
,
bie 9 m
bie Dalme
bi e S ome
ber (
fireb, degree,
bet S et,
bet Sl ur
, c all ,
bet 5
9 0m, dom e,
.
,
ber SUR
orb, m u rder,
bi e Gut te
bie ‘
Dolcbe
r s u
bie E
mokbe
bi e ‘
monbe T
bie {morbe
bie g rabe
bie fi
b erbte
ber b old} , dagger,
bet S t uff }
.
pl a e
bet ‘
p at t p a k
bet ‘
p fab p ath
ber ‘
p fau peacock
ber ‘
p ole p ole
na w p u lse
bet g
ber fp uutt p oint
bi e S
B orne
,
.
ber ment , m o on,
bi e d are
e a gl e
P lura l
P lu r a l
.
c
,
r
,
‘
bie ‘
p faue I
bi e p fabe
,
,
,
bi e p ole
‘
bie w
antte
,
,
bie p ul fe
,
’
,
'
bi e fp arf e
,
,
1
,
bie Sh i r
e§
ber b aud
) , breat ,
bie b autbe
bie e chaf re
ber g tbll f t, ras c al ,
ber (
s ei ne, dra m , drau g t, bie t ltuf e
bet b ur
, h oof ,
bie { Juf e
ber 6 4m!»s
bie b i mbe
ber S tac
i e. s te rling,
bie fi nal e
b et G toff, stu f f , m aterial , bie t
(h alm , ) b l ade,
bet
h
.
ho nd
b et b l urb, dog,
u
,
b ee Si ne“
, k nell ,
bie fi orl‘
e
bet fi crl‘
, cork ,
p lley
be:
u
bie fi re bne
,
bie wer
e
ber se d
ge, s alm on,
bet t act, lac qu er, v a rni sh , bi e l att e
'
hoe
h
bie G d
Jube
,
bie Gtaat e
ft e
ber S nub, s ou nd, s tra i t,
bie G unbe
bet l ag. day,
bie I nge
ber l a te, ta c t, m eas u re ,
bie l atte
bet I bron, t
bie I brone
ho e
r n
,
be: t au t, s ound,
bie tau te
ber Q3 erfncb, tria l, a ttem t, bi e met (
tube
bet tucbe, l y n x ,
bi e { mo
e
r
ber Sell, i nc
'
1 4 4 A ccordi n g to th e
.
h
p
-
m
bi e scu
,
para digm bi e b anb a re in
se co n d
,
,
fl ec te d th e f ollo wi n g f em i ni n e m on osyllabl es, al l of th em takin g
Um la u t
th e
.
Si ngu kzr
P lur al
.
a ngu is
bi e
‘
h
bie (
Seueré bt uuft), confla
,
bie a ueftmbt, evas ion,
bie 25m ax e ,
b ie want, b enc
h
bie 5
8 m m, bri de,
bi e Srfitbte
bie QSc
m e’ , goose,
bie 6 3 1111
bi e (
5 t uf t, grave,
bie Grfifte
bie 353 mm,
bie Scuff , fi st,
bie b unt. sk i n,
bt ltc
fi, re
pl
u ral of
th e
c om
s
,
.
h a nd
bie b dnbe
,
bie b ii ute
’
pou nds fi bbruct copy fl uebt ucf ex p e sion 9 2nd)
,
p int h a th e U mla t
r
brm
x fle
bi e {St udmf ru it,
ruft, b reas t,
bie QB
Th e
bi e {Setters
'
gra ti o n,
,
.
u
.
1 See g 1 5 4
i Or ‘
p fauen
.
.
An d bie fi erufc, 2tne’ rufe
.
,
,
r s
,
MA N GRA MMA R
19 6
GER
ba d S ad
) , roof ,
P lu r a l
bie f ub er
bi e a
fer
.
P lu ra l
bi e t r
i mmer
ba g snub, l a n d, cou ntry , bi e ti mber
bie i itbter
ba a net; lig t,
bie t ieber
ba s t i cb, song,
S i ngu lar
ba e ta mm, l a m b ,
bus b ans, deu c e ,
a ce
(a t c a rds ),
bag fi
Dorf, v illage,
.
.
.
h
bi e fb é rf et
’
ba d tad
) , h ole,
bie 16d
)“
bad (
Sad) , c om artm e nt,
bie Glee
bie
had Gaflmabl, di nner,*
bi e Gafllndblet
ba s Sa fi, v a t, c as k ,
bi e 3 51 113 :
ba d Selb, fi el d,
bie S elber
ba e b entmal, m onu m e nt , bie fib entmft ler
bie manic:
ba d imam, m ou t ,
ba a Gt, egg,
p
ba a (
Belb, m oney
baa 6 m , gl as s,
,
ba s’ (
Blieb, li m b,
h
bi e Q3 elber
meu fcb, w enc
bad E
bi e 6 13 k:
bae ca n
, n es t,
bie
bie Gliebet
baa p fanb,
bie p ff mbet
‘
p wn
Ra b w h eel
bad E
m
ba d 6 rd »
, gra ve,
bie (
E ber
ba d Gu t, e s tate , b oon,
bie 6 rdfer
bie (Bit ter
ba a“ {ac uan
,
bie b dnnter
,
bi e a
bns‘fi re d, gras s ,
h ead
b a d b ane h ou se
a
,
bae‘S kid, t wig,
h
bie till enftber
,
,
mail er
‘
bie 9 15m:
,
bie meifer
bad minb, ne a t c a ttl e ,
bie mime:
ba e’ e (bi lb, s ign b oard,
bi e t
-
i lbet
'
bad JD
nbn, f ow l,
fet
bie {other
bie fi brner
bi e b filmet
bae‘G
bas’ I bal, v a lley,
bi e z lfi
i lerf
bas’ fi alb, c a lf ,
bie fl atter
bae' fi inb, c i ld,
bie fi inber
ba d I nd) , c loth ,
ba e‘(B olt n a ti o n
bie I da
)“
bi e Q3 f> ltet
bas‘fi leib, g arm ent,
bi e fi leibet
bar
; S
IBa mme’ ,
bad fi orn, gra i n,
bi e fi fit net
baa QBeib, w ife,
bie S
IBei ber
bad fi rant,
bi e Strai ner
baa 93 m , w ord ,
bi e 28 6t ter¢
,
bag {p ol}, w ood,
ho n
bad b orn,
r
,
h
2
.
he b
r ,
wlofi l
,
oc k , c as tle ,
ba d G ame“ , sw ord,
bie G iblfiflet
'
bie d
et ter
ter
baa S tir
t, e c c l es f ou n d , bie Gar
.
,
,
j ack et
bi e QBfunfet
,
Furth e r, th e f ol lo w in g six , w i th th e au gm ent ®e
P lur a l
Si ngu la r
Si ngu lar
bad (
b emdtber
ba e’ (
S efid n, f ac e ,
5 emad) , a artm ent, bie (
bie Gemi ni) “
bas‘6 9 1p euft, s ec tre,
ba d Gemi ni), m ind,
bad (
S efcbtetbt, sex , gen bie QSefcbletb ter ba a (Bewanb, ga rm ent,
.
.
P lur a l
.
.
p
bi e Gefitbter
p
“
bie (
Befvenfiet
bi e (
S etof mber
.
c ra tion,
3
.
Fur th er , all su b stan tiv es w i th th e su fli x tbnm
.
.
Plu r a l
bie Stea bfimet .
.
.
m
bet meicbtlmm,
bie {i fit fiei i tbfimer
-
h
S i ngu la r
P lu r a l
Singu la r
bad S il t fienflmm,
bet 3 rrtbnm,
as ,
bie 3 rrtbfimer
p
T ere i s no a b s tra c t nou n a m ong th e ab ov e w ords , ex ce t 2um , éB ab,
On th e c on
Gut, G tif t, all wi t a dec i ded leani ng tow a rds c onc rete notions
NO TE
.
h
Ot er c om
M
h
.
po nd of SUl aI a d 97mm and these wo d them el
u
n
s
r s
,
s
v es ,
h ve
a
able
sma le a nd
Go eth e h as onc e , bi e I bale bauwf en, bie
f I ba le f or I bdler i s a rovi nc ialis m
m, th e v a lley s are steami ng, th e ills glowi ng
{ 3 60m gli n
.
p
I S ee
1 54
.
.
h
.
19 7
THEO RETI C A L PART.
h
h
h h
ph
trary t ey almost all belong to t at c la ss of c oncrete nou ns w ic are m ost i n
u s e i n da il
y l i fe , and t ere f ore mos t liable to as su m e t is eu oni e t , w i c h
indee d grea tly re li eves th e ard p ronou nc ia ti on of th e fi nal e, a nd a ea rs
al m os t s onta neou sl
For t is rea son several Germ an di ale c ts av e a grea t
y
m any ot er m onos yll abic mas c uli nes and f emi ni nes ending i n or i n th e lu ra l,
w i c th e w ritten la ngu age h as not a lw ays s anc ti oned ; as, 3 3 ”, wi c ks, f or
h
p
h
h h
h
h
h
.
h
.
p
m
‘f uner thorns f or om e
E
botbte; D
S
,
,
Na m es of m a teria ls do not lik e th e term i
.
p
h
pp
h
h
h
i m ly ing a stric tly c oncre te notion ; or w en t ey ass u m e
T u s th e l a n
i t, as i n Grain , é film, t ey ex res s distinc t i ndivi du ality
g uage f ou n d a m eans of ex ress i ng difi ereut meanings by di ff erent f orm s of
th e l u ra l ; as , QBorte, words c onnec te d i n s entences, 28 6m m u nc onn ec ted
w ords ; S
Dot nen, th orns as a w ole, lb dm er, t orns tak en singly ;
v isi ons , Gefi ter, f a ces ; ticbte, c a ndle s , f atter, lig ts ; want e, ti es , winner,
ri bbons ; Q rte, c onn ec ted
la c es , S et ter, si ngle laces
Th e generi c nam es
na ti on
in
er, as
h
p
p
p
'
h
'
-
w
.
h
p
p
h
.
p
you ng a n im a ls , l i k e th e f orm er i n th e lu ral ; as ,
Sti nber, s um , (dunn er, Rather, Gier, sti nber, QBei ber, a
a nd so do
li enfd m ;
th e a bs tra c ts i n tbnm, w en bec om ing c onc rete in th e lu ral ; as, su
a
o f a nim al s , a nd th e nam es of
-
mm
p
h
met , Sn tbdmer, meiotbdmer
.
1 47 : A ccording to th e
s i x th
p aradigm
sev enth
or
are
i nfl ec te d all m ascu l ine and n eu ter su bstantiv es of tw o or m ore
i n th e suffix es er, el, en, (ben, a nd
ra di c al syllabl e s term i na ti n g
bu t on ly th e f ollowi n g a m on g th em h av e th e
l ai n
1
.
M
Batet‘
a s cu li n es , li ke f
Plu r a l
bet
aget , b r i n la w, bie S
u dge:
bie 9 3 3 m
bet mater, f a th er,
ber 93 a
“, farm er,
bie 9 31 m
P lur al
bit 2Iad er
bie Q ritbet
bie b dmmer
.
ber fi tt er, ac re,
ber mt nben b rot er,
bet fi a mmer, a mm er,
h
h
ber iB oben, bottom , floor, bie t
h
m
bie magen
bit { fift h
,
bie 2Cevfel
,
be: aammet, w e th er,
bet fi anbet, c om m erc e,
afl ai r, u arre l,
bet Sm
antet, c loa k,
q
,
,
,
,
bet Dfen, stov e, ov en,
be: S
waben dam age
,
,
bie b ammel
bi e Qanbet,
qu arrels ,
bie Sh ame!
bet fi na bel, beak,
bet moget, bird,
.
,
,
ber Nat al, navel ,
bet magel, na il,
be: G arret, sa ddle,
2
M
m
ber f l at
ten, c
ber fi ragen, colla r,
be: b afen, arbor,
m
-
hest box
bet taben sh op
ber image" stom ac h
ben
ble ®r<i ben
h
ber 2tpfel a pple
.-
m
-
h
'
.
bie Sdbm
b le (
Bi nten
be: Saben, t re a d,
b et (
Sat a n, garden,
ber (
S tat en, ditc ,
.
.
bie f al en
bie (dben
bie anti gen
en
bie Q er
bi e G cbdbeu
.
w
Neu ter s
‘
p
.
p
‘
l as ter, bi e p flafter ; a nd
ail er, pl bi e a new ; baa p flaflet , th e
O nl y bad
ber, (in th e m eaning of m e d ic i n al owder, bie p nlbtr, and ) bie p filb er
bas’ p nt‘
et , bi e S
ZBsi fler and bie QBafler
bad QBatr
‘
.
'
'
.
17
‘
‘
MAN GRAMMAR
19 8
GER
§ 1 48
.
.
A ccording to th e e igh th , ni nth , tenth , or / el eventh
p ara digm are decli ne d all m as c ul i nes and n e u te rs of m ore th an
one rad ic al s lla bl e no t te rm i n a ti n g i n ct el en t
h an, a nd Icin ;
y
ch ie fly th ose wi th th e su ffix e s i g i ng, i di t, ri d) , l i ng, fem, ar
f ,
(e igh th ,) and th ose wi th th e au gm ent ©e term ina ting in none of
th e f em in ine s uffix es (
fd wft bai t, f eit, mtg i n) but in e (tenth )
o r th e si m pl e A us la u t
(el ev e nth ) wh en not naturally mal es
A ccording to Rafe n o oth er w ord is declin ed
But only th e f oll owi n g h a v e th e Um la u t vi z :
addi e“
,
iUiarfcbi ll e ; 43 81 3 03 b erafige du ke ; Qi i fd wfi, bi sh op ; a f ew
f orei gn w ords (
1 5 5 ) an d of th ose wi th th e a ugm ent @e ,
see
,
,
,
,
=
,
,
,
,
M
.
.
,
,
,
=
th e m asculi nes
mmed Gi ftant
Cti ebraudi , (
S ha rd), (
fi shi ng, (
he
e
,
,
(Beri ng
.
1 49
al w ays
com
.
A ccording to th e tw el f th
wi th ou t Um la u t,
ar e
p ar adi gm, her 23 1th , and
i nfl ecte d a ll m ascu li nes in
plete li st of th e m i s gi v en u nder
1 27
.
e
(a
b), an d also th e
f ollow i ng
1
.
A num b er of
now th rown off
nally term inated in 2, but h ave
such a s or ig i
th is term in a ti on , v i z
bet Q fir, bear,
thri ft, Ch ri s ti a n ,
ber (
her state), finch ,
bet 8 ii t ft, p rin ce,
her that, f op,
b raf, coun t,
ber (
her ear»
, h ero,
her b u t , m as ter, sir,
ber Ramn ab, com ra de,
h erd sm a n,
be;
ber 2 m, li on,
ber a
rena), m an,
m oor,
ber
ber mart , f ool,
bet Stern, nerv e ,
ox,
bet
.
a ll o th er ca ses ,
i i i ren
Ghri ftm
ginf en
fiizrftm
G
l eam
G
i rafm
b abeu
'
b at t en
Ramerabm
b it ten
8m m
Mmb
e
er
:
Wuha n
Warren
mert en
en
Dd fl
a
MAN GRAMMA R
2 00
GER
.
h
pp
ber (
Ru bbe r, neig bor,
ber fp a ntoff et, s li er,
ber G ri ef et, b oot,
b et S tra in
, ra y , beam,
ber p fiw , ea c ock,
bie misc), c rac k ,
h er si te (
ber fi tra ufi, ostri c
ber l l utertban, s u b ect,
b er G ee, l a k e ,
ber SBet ter, c ou sin,
‘
p
ber S pou t, s
,
j
p r
u
h
ber 8ierratiy, ornam ent,
,
ber si ne, i nte rest
ber G taat, s ta te,
.
ber G tatbel, s ting,
Als o a l l f orei gn w ords denoting m al es endi ng i n or ; as , b etter
.
15 2
pa ra digm baé QIuge a re
A c cording to th e e i gh te e nth
.
,
,
shir t ;
i n fl ec ted baa 23 ctt(
e) , b e d ; h as
? (
t ube, e n d ; h as
‘
baa S br, c ar ; but? Seib, w o e , su ff e ri ng
.
p ara digm ber fl ame a re
i nfl e c te d th e f oll ow in g m asc u li n es i n e or an (
both term i n a tion s
15 3
.
A ccording to th e tw e nti e th
,
,
b e i n g i n u se )
ber fi i l tbfiabe, le tter of th e a l
ber 3 3 mm
ph ab et
ber b anfe,
,
(or mai rmen) thu mb,
p k
ber St iebe pea e
ber Geba te th ou gh t
bet S a u te, s
ar
c
,
u
t erf
f en), f ri ght,
(or GQrec
,
be: t
,
ber S a me, see d,
,
,
p
roc k ,
‘
ea
ber (
Raine, n am e,
er} ,
a in,
bet G rimm
.
ber S ela (or
h p
ber S chube, i nj ury ,
,
'
ber QBilIe, will
ber 6 Iaube, f aith , b elief ,
Th e i rregula
r i ty i n t i s
.
h p aradigm consi ts m erely in th e nom i ti e
m ; i n ll o th
p ts
ing lar b e i ng om etim
of th
s d i n th e s ho t ne d f
He e b elong al th e
ding to th e
i x th p a dig m
th ey a e i nfle t d
n ber momen
t) North ber Dr
S th ber QBefuen)
n
um ) Eas t ber
Wes t a nd their com po nd as morbofl en) etc Th ese t k e end i n th e G ni
bi e
ti
a tive a nd w i th th e ex c ep tion of QBeft (
en i n th e D ti e a nd Ac
S till wi th p e posi ti ons m y b e f u nd b on
QBefte th e ze phy rs ) f o m no pl ural
gl ot t a nd; g i b gen DIEunb SIBefi ( a th er p oeti c al )
NO T E
.
e s
u
s
c e
r
ou
,
u
a
,
,
c us
r
,
l
,
a
,
so
ou
,
,
a
.
v
ec
er res
r
.
,
s,
v
or
ra
s
,
,
ve,
r e
es u e
a c c or
s
na
s
e
,
.
r
r
.
a
o
,
A ccor di ng to b et a, no oth er w ord i s i nfl ec te d, an d a ccord ing
m
to 972mm, onl y bi e S
im
er.
Notes to the Pa r a di gm s
.
NO T E 1 Secon da ry deriva tiv e su bs tantiv es f orm ed by th e su ffixes i ng, ling,
thum, nifi (n e u ters ), i (bt, re u i re , b ecau se th es e su fii x es have a se c ondary a c ce nt,
th e te rm ina t ion e (th os e i n tbum, er) i n th e Pl u ra l, a nd ed, e i n th e Ge ni tive and
Da ti v e s ingu l ar ; as bee S fingl in’ ged, bem fifing’ lin’ ge, bie Sfiii gli nge ; bee (i hr?
'
’
’
’
’
’
’
e
n
t
u
m
e
b
i
e
n
n
e
s, em Glyr fl tbu me ; bed é e ri gee, bem Q ri u ge, bi e i nd ulge ; ber
:
fl b
’
f
’
’
’
’
b
i
b
u
bem Gleidyni fle, i e Q
Sleitbn fle ; ee b bicb tee, bem b u bid te, bie
.
q
,
’
'
'
h
h ou ld not be i n the
Bu t i t i p itively i nto le raw i n
T i s e m a y b e om itte d i n th e Ge ni tiv e , b u t s
Da ti ve, and i s nev er om i tte d i n th e Plu ral
.
s
os
2 01
THEORETI C A L PART.
‘
th e Ge nitive and Dative sin u lar of w ords i n lg ; as, bed fi duige
nig, t ed
, bem fi fi
g
‘ 11 i e e en
°
fl
i
3
b
e
m
e
9
9 ,
b ing, alt ou g Schiller h as , bad mnfiid) bem fl 6 g g b
h
h
.
.
NOT E 2 In m any m onosyllabic m as c u l ine and neu te r words th e e of th e
.
Ge ni ti ve and Da ti ve of th e singu lar is lik e wise om i tted, not only i n poe try , bu t
p p
p
Bu t e ven
Th e u il s houl d not f ollow this bad rac ti ce
in
oe try i t c a nnot be om i tte d af ter th e li n uals and dentals b, t, ti), , d,
f
5, if,
g
It, 3 , Q, and s hou l d be om itte d only af ter th e li u ids m, n, t In rov erbial
sa in s a
y g
), w i th erfect
grea ter l iberty is al lo we d ; as, mi t Sag“
) unb 91
righ t ; b ut fi rth ) a
n O rde) , f rom l ac e to l ac e ; i n QBalb nub Seth, i n f ores ts
a nd fie lds
: s on Q
i olb, a gol d w atc h ; ein b ane t on b eta, a wooden
; cine no
i n ev ery day talk
-
.
p
q
p
h u se
o
.
p
.
mm
p
p
.
NO T E 3
Th e si ng ular of m onosy llabic f emi nines w as Originally i nflec te d
a f ter th e m odern dec l ensi on
a f e w e x a m l es o f w h ic h d e c l e ns i on a re
,
pre
s er v ed i n s a y i ngs lik e thes e : anf Green, o n earth ; a
n(
S unfien, i n f a v or And
i n oe try , meelei n enf ber b e i t e n (Goefl wJ
Gcbcn loi e bad fi intert in Del
G u nm e n
(Schiller )
.
p
.
.
p
.
.
NOT E 4
When th e terminati ons ed e en er are joined to Su bstanti ves
.
,
,
,
,
wi th th e Auslaut fl (fi nal dou ble 1) or 3 (fi nal s im ple f ), the f orm er is c ha nge d
i nto fl onl y w h e n th e radic al v owel is s h ort, and i n th e snfi x nifi; th e l a tte r
‘
a lw a ys in to
as , ber 8 1115, bee S lan
es, bi e SIdn
e; bet one
, bed miflee, bie Sl i m;
has b and, bee Qanfed, bie b dnfer ; ba d b i nbernlfi, bee b inbernlflee‘
, bi e 9 i nber
e
Bu t g p afi h as Graded, é p fifie; 6 t n5, (
a lfr
becau se th e ra di
S t il fies’ ,
'
'
'
'
’
'
.
.
c al v o w el is long
here
.
1 5 4 Th e f ollowing substa
nti v e
s h av e a doubl e plur al w ith
.
Plural
.
bie a
bie i8 0nbe, ties
bie SBant‘
en, b ank s
bie SBa nt, b a nk, benc , bie l nte, be nc es ,
‘
bad Ding, t ing, ma tter, bie S inger, (nice ) t ings , bie b i nge} t i ngs , m at ters
bi e fi
bie ib firner, t orns,
ber b orn, t orn,
b ornen, t orns *
bas‘OSefi tbt, f ac e,
bie Gefi dfier, f aces,
bie Gefitbte, v is io ns
bie b orne, k inds of orn
has b orn, orn,
bie b firner, orns ,
bad Q anb, ribbon, ti e,
.
bet , ri bbons,
h
h
h
h
.
.
h
h
h
h
.
.
.
h
h
h
bie manner, m en,
bie taben, sho s ,
ber imam , m an,
bie Sh annen, arm y , warriors
p
ber taben, sh Op ,
.
bie Saben, s
bie Saut e,
has (ant , la n d, cou ntry , bie fi nber, cou ntri es ,
.
hu tte
portions of a
rs .
c ou ntry .
t i e i dnbereien. l ands
bie ticbte, c andl es
bie ont en, m onth s (
po e ti c )
bie O t te, la c es }
bie 9 am ", s wine, h egs
.
h
h
tent , m oo n , m ont
be: in
ber Q t r,
pl ce
bie G an,
so w ,
a
,
h
bie £id) ter, l i g ts , fl a m es ,
ba d t id u, l ig t, c an dle,
,
bie
Mnh m
o
e,
oo n s,
bi e Derter, si n gle
bie 6 5m, sow s ,
v
plac es
C oll ec tively
,
M
.
.
p
.
.
GERMAN GRAMMA R
2 02
.
P lur a l
bie S trange, ostri c hes
bie e naufier, nosegay s,
bi e S traufien, ostri c hes
bie Gfl di tfie, ba ttl es,
bie B ritt en, f ra gm ents
bie G tiuf e, ieces ,
IBorte, co heren t words
bi e m
i srter, s ingle w ords , bie S
bie st il e, inc hes
ble stil e, tolls , du ti e s,
Si ng ula r
.
.
ber S trai ns, nosegay ,
b attl e , ostri c ,
bae’ G rinc
h , ie ce ,
h
p
.
p
has QBort, w ord,
ber soil , inc , toll,
.
.
h
13 1 ) form of
S u c h as h a e alre ady a d b le ge nder in th e singular
c ou
e diff ren
t pl ra ls ac c ording t th ir ge nders ; as bi e c ttet n p ea ants
‘
i be iB i mbnifle
bi e fi m er ages ; bie t
f eln bos ses ; bi e Qi m
B uttel h u m p bi e iB nc
a lli
c es bie iB u nb e b u nc h es ; bi e setter
ondu c tors bi e teitet lt l dd ers ; bie
.
ou
v
rs
e
u
o
,
e
s
,
,
,
'
r
,
an
c
s,
,
,
,
c
,
,
,
,
a
,
,
i8 elolmungen, rew ards, bie L
ayne, w a ges ; bi e S tif ter, f ou n dations , bie G tifte,
‘
egs ; bie G dfilbe, s h ields, bi e t
ilber, sig n b oards ;“ bi e I boren, f ools, bi e I bnre,
lli enftben, m en, bie Sfii enfdl er, wenc h es ; bie Debat e, u nc les , bie s ome,
gates ; bie E
aw m s
Bu t th e same lural ob ta i ns i n bie b eiben, h ea the ns, a nd t ie { aeibem
hea ths ; bie fi ief ern, j aws, bie fi iefem , ines ; bie Geroffen, s rou ts , bie S proflen,
rou n ds o f a l a dder ; bi e I beile,
arts , bi e Zi ntbeil e, I beil e, sh ares
p
-
p
.
p
p
NOT E
.
93 m m als o h as , i n
.
h
p
'
c om
pou nd words th e Pl m ! leute (people;
u
,
m en ) w e n u se d i n a c ollec tive se nse ; as ,
fl rbei té leute, w orking
eo l e ; S
B et gmann, m iner ; Goril malm, f ores ter ; Sulnmamt, tea m ster ; Gbelma mt,
‘
e dl er ; fi auf mc a n, m erc a nt ; l anesmamt,
n oblem an ; b anbelsmann, tra der,
a ve Q3 er
ill i etlwmcmt, l odger ; gi mmermann, c ar enter ; w i c
c ou ntry m a n ; S
g
p p
p
p
h
h hh
B t oth ers f th is descri ption h e th e g ul ar
leti te S orfllettte Bubd eute etc
pl ural i m ply i ng a m oral p raise ; as SB iebermi nner h onest m en ; (Ehrenmf mnet
m en of h o ; 6 taat s‘
mf mner st tesm en ; nd (
Ebemdlmer hu sbands as dis
tingu is h e d from Gli elettte hus bands a nd w i ves
,
,
,
,
c
,
on r
,
,
,
,
.
DEC LENS I ON O F FO REI GN SUB STANTI VES
15 5
sub sta n tiv e s in
Mt
.
giv en f or th e decl en si on of f ore ign
1 49 3 and
1 5 1 , th e f oll owi n g rul e s ob ta in
B eside th e
.
re
,
a
a
,
av
o
u
.
rul e
.
.
p ersons a nd th i ngs of th e m as c ulin e and
n euter g en de r n ot com p ri se d i n th e abov e l i sts f ollow th e
an ci e n t de cl en si on a nd fir st p ar ad ig m w ith e i n th e Pl u ral a nd
th e e omi tte d
as or s e in th e Geni tiv e and Da ti v e S in gular (
as a ru l e only after th e li qu i ds I m, n, r) ; as , her l
abor bee
‘
s
e
m
b
(
Shore, bi e
er S nftinl t, bee S ufti nitee bi e
Ghat b
S nitintte ; has fl onument, bee illi cnumentes bi e monuments ; has
‘
SDi abem bee S iabems, bie SDi aDeme ; has Em met , bee I urniere,
bi e l u rni ere ; ber i nma bi e i opale ; ber um , bi e ai s le ; ber
Gaping bee Gaphlt s, bi e 6 arbit e ; bet meteor, bee meteors, bi e
1
.
os
n am es of
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
Wi eteore
.
MMA R
M
2 04
GER AN GRA
.
w
l owi ng neu te rs : baa Snfef t, s
p runom, 6 tatat, QBerb, baa rits
Dogma But Rlima h as i n
ma, baa {p anorama
antaé ma, S
M
.
th e Plu r al Rlimate
.
A ccordin g to th e m ode rn f em ini ne decl en si on are de clined
atultfib
Bafe, basi s ; {E
atur 8 cm , S
al l f e m i ni ne s ; as, i i nf tur, W
4
.
E
maieftat But th e Greek w ords in i s h av e en added in th e
plu ra l i n stead ; as, ‘
Bafié , Plu r 58 afen ; S hafts, S hem
.
5
.
.
.
.
,
A f ew Lati n n am es h a v e
r e ta i n e
m
d th e Lati n declens ion ;
(
Sa
Seine, bi e Gaj ue, bi e 912m
, bee (
6 A f e w Engli sh an d Fr ench w ords f orm th e pl ural i n 6 ;
Sm
8 0mm , bie 3 0m ,
i e5
as , bi e
arts, bi e Greets, b
eetings, bi e (
bi e 6 m m , bi e Sorbé , bi e G ol oé or 6 oh
as , ber
.
M
.
'
.
7
Dad S nterefle, th e interest, con cern, adv anta ge, h as anoth er
“
.
'
m eani n g in th e
plural, na m ely
,
bi e S ntereffen, th e in terest of
’
m oney
.
15 6: F
V
or ds u sed on ly i n th e Si ngu la r
1
a
.
.
Th e f ollow ing abstra ct su b sta n tiv es are not su sceptible of
pl u ral
a s su m e
,
a l th ou gh
th e
ponding s ubstanti v e s i n Engli sh
c orr e s
i t, a nd m ust b e us e d i n th e
sin g ul ar
w h erev er
su c h
En gli sh plu ral is to b e tr an sl a te d, or m ust tak e th e pl ural
of s om e s non
y
ym ou s n ou n
.
Plural
.
'
bie 2Inf cmge,
bi e
(fB imbe, a ntiqu ated ) bie mfinbnlfle,
bie SDa nl‘
fagungcn, manteebmugungen,
bie fi ebrfufiungen,
bi e Glm a eugungeu,
'
bie Grblcbaf ten,
'
2 05
THEO RETI C A L P ART
.
S ing u
lar
.
bie Gef fifli gteiten,
bet S er
ene",
f av or,
ber ®la115,
s
ba d 6 1
f ortu ne ,
bi e (
S lfiif dfci ae,
m ercy ,
g rief ,
bie Guat enbei euguugen,
W
,
bi e 6 1mm,
ber 6 m m,
plendor
,
bi e (
out,
h at e d
dis p te
heed p as ture
ber ga mmer,
w a ili ng,
ber fi n mmer,
a ffl i c tion ,
bie fi flmmem i fle,
baa teben,
bie tiebe,
l i fe,
bi e Lebens’ lfi uf e,
ba d { Ob'
p ai e
b er (elm,
re w a rd ,
ber b a fi,
r
‘
ber b uber,
.
,
u
,
,
p
s
s
h
,
a dv i c e ,
ber mati b,
s
cin,
ber t
poil
a
’
t i e iB em fibungen, Sh ii tfale,
bi e Qui ntet ,
plendor
be: 9 24 th,
ppe anc e
ar
,
wnnuf ratben
orna m e nt,
bi e G
ber G egem
ble ss ing
bie G egnungen,
,
p i de
ber G tra nb,
s tra nd,
th e G tt eben,
s triv i ng,
ber G trei t,
dis u te,
th e f a ll,
bet G tuq ,
muti ,
bet l abel,
bet t
i
,
,
bie weflrebungeu,
bi e 6 trci tigl‘
ei ten,
p
di rt,
t ie u tteranfc
bnngm,
bet I nt,
p oac h
x h nge
d ea th
ber I roft,
c onsola ti on ,
bi e I rtfi ungen,
ba d ll nrecbt,
bas l l nglfif ,
ber l l ntet ritb t,
w rong,
bie l l ugeretbtigteiten,
m i s f ortu ne,
bi e l l nglficf df fi fle,
i ns tru c tion ,
bi e l l ntertueifungen,
ber l h laub,
f u rl ou g ,
bi e S
B eut laubungen,
ber I aufcb,
’
’
ber mat t e d”
,
ber ‘
B erbi enft,
ta nt ,
ber met (
ber ‘
B erbrufi,
-
re
r
e
c
,
a
,
,
h
s us
p ic ion
,
u n ders ta n di n g,
v e x a tion,
bi e ‘
B orforge,
bet
i llu sion ,
b ie S
Borfid fl,
h
bi e l obeef fifle, deat s
e arnings ,
pl
p
p
bad QBergnfigen,
,
bie mattbet eien, iB eraubungen,
ber S tbmuct,
b e: Eton
,
p ains trou bles
bie matlyfcblfi ge,
,
r
M
bi e éB elobnml gen (bi e ( me m eans wag es ),
a i n, trou ble ,
bie
,
,
bie souf vrficbe,
m ou t ,
au
p astu res
'
,
bar ma nt ,
m l”
t i e p util ngen,
lov e,
r
bie main,
,
e as u re ,
rec au ti on ,
rov i s i on ,
18
bie fi erbriefilitbf eiten,
bi e S
B ergnfigungen, a m u s em ents,
b ie morfitb tdmafi regeln,
,
MAR
AN GRA M
GERM
2 06
.
Plura l
.
m
w i t, smartness,
t ie QBi ee, S
ZBieetei en, wi tti c is m s,
ber swung,
co ns trai nt,
bi e smai i gdmafiregeln,
ber swift,
dis ute , di ssensi on,
increase ;
bet 9 33
,
bie sfintm ien,
h er aunt,
p
bie Suns hin e,
bi e smiftigtciten,
a nd s om e oth e rs .
2
.
Lik ewi se th e substanti v e infi ni ti v es 53 25231, lif e , (
E
ntfcgen,
-
f ri gh t, (
Entfteben, th e com ing i nto
ii den, ra p ture,
Sinf ommcn, revenu e, fli ergeben, fil m
h as a feben, au th ori ty, (
fibwinben, di sapp earance, baa (Sinfeben, insigh t, has Wuef ommen,
com p e te n ce , fli ermfigen, f ortu ne, fil erl angen, d e sire, a n d s om e
oth ers ; f or som e of th em pl urals are ta ken f rom oth er abstrac t
nou n s of th e sam e deriv ation ; as, (
i ntgiidu ngen, fli ergebungen,
mi sdem ea nors, Gi nfié ten, bi e (
Si nnabmen, recei p ts
exi s tenc e, Qntg
.
Nor a — Properly speak ing, all ab strac t noti ons c an b e conc ei v ed only as
si ngu lars
.
Whenever an abstrac t nou n i s u sed i n th e plu ral it h a s c eased to
,
b e a m ere a bstra c t ; i t h as got at l eas t a lea ni ng towards c onc re te noti ons , a nd
h as, eve n i n th e si ngul ar, b esi des i ts abstra c t m eaning, as su m ed a l at eral c oncre te
s i g nifi cati on
T u s , swift m eant origi nally th e condi tion or sta te o
f gu arr elli ng
bu t l a te r i t h as assu m ed als o th e l a teral m ea ni ng of quar r el, a s i ngle u arrel
l ing ac tion, a nd m ay t ere f ore
av e a
l u ral , aielfiigteiten, qu a rr els
T us
.
h
h
p
th
h
m t bs tra ts m ay i n som e wa y r
f orm a plural b u t al w ys w i th a
Wi th gard to those abstrac ts f o m ed w ith th e
leaning to c onc rete notions
s ffi x es mtg bel t fi
b eft h it nifi an d c or t tha t allow of a pl u ra l th e voc b
os
a
h
q
c
o
,
,
,
er
a
,
re
.
u
o
.
,
r
,
,
u lary m u s t b e c onsu l ted.
Th e f ol low i ng abstrac t nou ns a dm it of a
a
,
pl ural in German w hile th e c rre
o
,
Englis h do not : Geftbfif t (S eftbafre, bu siness ; Qrfabw ug, Grfabrungen,
‘
e x p eri ence ; B erldumbung, merldumbungen, s la nder ; miebertrdtbtigteit, {Rich er
‘
t rdt
b tigl eiten baseness; l l ngerecbtigteit l l ii gerecbtigteiten, i nj u stic e
He re belong th e f ol lowing p h ras es : i n bet b of nung (not plu ral ) ibu w f eben,
i n h opes of se ei ng h i m ; zi ne l l eberfeeung i n 93 ema, a transl ati on i n ver s e
obne l l mftdnb t , wi thou t c erem ony ; an sli m ; ib ieul
teu, at your serv i ce ; in
Guglifd fln ib ienften, i n th e Engl is h s ervi c e
sp ondi ng
,
,
,
.
.
.
3
.
Lik e wi se m ost nam es of m a teri als do not, as a rul e, admi t
pl ural ; as, but 6 am) sand
bet 6 6mm snow , ber Rubi ,
c a bb age, ber fin
als, m al t, baé Dbft, f rui t, h as G d fl f, ree ds ,
Due ua i rc ut, weeds, bet fiBeiaen, wh eat, bi e G
i erfl e, b arl ey
Wh en, h owev er, diff erent s p ecies of a genus are to be ex
of
a
,
,
.
GERMAN GRAMMA R
2 08
0
bie met matti ng , b otbgelt, th e nu tials
bie gauge, a p a r of tongs
be: mflcf fl anb, arrears
i
i
bi e saw, a p air of c om p asses
bad Q uart er, th e qu arters
bad merl fibnifi, th e es p ousal s
15 8
.
p
-
bi e © ¢eere, s c ssors
i
.
.
T h e na m es of m ea sure s, num b ers, an d w ei gh ts, w h en
p re cede d b y n u m erals , do n ot a ssu m e th e pl u ral ; as brei g d mtt
wai t th re e p a ces di stant ; funf {Su fi Iang fi v e f eet long ; fed fl
s
i
x
a
r
f
h
s
s
p
i
s
o
s
oe
e
e
b
aa
r
n
;
fi
Dfunb se ven p oun ds ;
D
S
acht n enb, e i ght doz en ; m un g tud Q
Iepfel,n i ne a pple s ; ad) t
of sol dier s
taufenb mam» eigh t th ou san d m en (
) A nd th e
obj e ct m eas u re d or w e igh e d, w h en a m a teri a l, does n ot a ll ow of
‘
‘
d e cl e n sion ; as , ein p funo Budet , elf infunb fi affee
Bu t wh e n
n ot a m a te r i al , i t a l low s at l e ast, of a pl ur al No
( m ) as , gebn 6 tud
Qi irnen brei Qenmer magel th ree h u n dred w ei gh t of na ils
F em in ine su bstantives, h owever, a nd nam es of m ea sure s of
tim e a nd m one y, a r e e x ce pted f rom th i s rule ; a s {eché (
fi lm
St ud), amei fiat bé geta wanb, fieben 931mm , funf S ab re, fea
ts
e tunben newt I age, bi er fl atten, am t W
i l ma“, {ecbe Sp fennige
s)
3 am
ft mfaig (Sea m
“
Th e ex p ressi on eé tft bi er
i t i s f our o eloe
i s elli p
tical, in ste a d of ee i ft bi er an bet um
,
,
,
.
,
'
=
.
.
,
.
-
,
.
,
,
,
'
.
’
.
DE C LE NS I O N or PRO PER NAMES
159
.
Th ose p oper nam es wh ich are
r
u se
.
d onl y wi th th e
icle as a ccording to 1 1 9 7 th e nam es of rivers seas lak es
m ou n ta i ns a nd f or e sts an d th e n a m e s of cou n tri es of th e m as
culi ne or f e m in in e gen der ar e de cl ine d li ke com m on n am es
Bu t th e f ollow in g r ul es are obser v ed w ith regard to th ose
p rop er nam es com m onl y u se d w i th out th e a rticle ; th at i s
n a m es of p erson s p lac es a nd ne u ter n a m es of c u ntri es
o
art
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
1 6 0 Th e f e m ini nes am on g th em endin g i n e, and th e m al es
.
ta k e end i n th e Gen itive
(6 Q r fd)
a n d en in th e Da tive a nd A ccu s a tiv e s i n u l ar ; w h il e th e f or
g
m e r h a ve en th e la tter e i n th e Pl u ral ; as M
ari e M
arlene
Sfi ari en bi e M
arten
b ug Si nflene, b ufien bi e b uffet Si tar
ter m i nati ng i n a s ibilant
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
'
,
Sh an na, smarca, bi e SlRare
.
,
,
,
THE O RETICA L PA RT
§ 1 6 1 A ll oth e r nam e s of
m al es an d f em al e s h a v e in th e
.
Ge n i tiv e S in gu lar 13 , i n
th e
.
2 09
.
D a ti v e an d A ccu s ative
en or n o
te rm i na tio n , i n th e Plural e or 6 or n o ter m in a ti on ;
as ,
fi arl,
Rarle, RarI(en) , bi e RarIe ; Wi eland), {Sri ebricha if t i ebri d nn, bi e
bi e Q3 ertbae ; 6 eneca,
grtebri dn ; fli ertba, éBertbaé ,
’
6 eneca e,
’
QImerif a, QImeri f a é , s21merif a,
bi e fil mertf a’ e ; QIfi en, Ql fi ené , Ql fien, bi e QIfien ; éBerIi n, S
BerItne,
fli erli n, bi e 58 erIi ne
bie g enecaé
’
.
F ore ign nam es en di ng i n one of th e u n a cce nte d term i
n a ti ons aé eé té u é ta k e n o te rm in a ti on s a t a ll bu t h a v e r e
cours e to th e defini te a rti cle ; as f a red beé bem ben Di e i n
1 62
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
Qieneae, bee, bem, ben, bi e Q
Ieneae émacenae, bee, bem, ben,
bi e (macenae (
com ica ll y bi e Smacenafle, bi e f errefle) ; I bemi e, ber,
'
tree
'
s aui u e th e
m
i
e
e
e
e
b
b
b
n
b
e
,
D
,
D
,
(
‘
s aul i
s ani c
ani a m, a nd (
i bfi itue, (
Shri fti,
p
, p
,
ber, bi e, bi e i tera te ;
La tin de cl en s ion
'
s anni e
,
m
Qbri fto, (
i brtftum i s ra th er an ti qu ated)
Th e sam e e
.
xp edient i s em ployed e ven with nam es th at can
ke of gre ater certain ty as to th e case
p oin te d ou t ; as bi e Qi riefe bee Gi t ero a nd bi e E
Bri efe (
Si cero e ;
Qt aiebt
b e m (BBtbe nor h e pr ef ers S ch ill er to
Goe th e ; w h er e a n am b ig u i ty i s a voi ded Wh en h ow ev er th e
Ge n i tive p re c edes th e go vern ing n oun th is e xp e die n t i s n ot
resor ted to ; as s
p lato e 6 d)riften 6 eneca e i rauerfpi ele g ott a
th e l a tte r an d sim ilar f orm s be ing le s s a greea bl e a nd
teé $01) (
com m on be cause th e 6 of th e Genitive cannot b e h ea rd i n th e
p ronun cia tion and th e a p ostrop h e used i n i ts stea d can onl y be
seen i n rea di n g)
1 6 3 Wh en p rop er n am es of pla ce s term ina te i n a sib il an t
th e Gen i tiv e c an n ot tak e a n 5 an d a comm on n a m e i s p la ce d i n
a pp os i ti on b ef ore th e p r op er nou n w h i l e th e l a tter r e m a i ns u m
i nfl e c te d ; a s bi e
ore ber 6 taht S
Dari a ; ber Qi efebf é baher ber
eftu ng E
maina th e com m an der of th e f ortress of Mayen ce Or
{E
S arta bet
th e p r ep osi tion mm i s re sor te d to ; a s bi e E
ore
b
u
n
;
p
b
E
Sabix th e
B efebIebaber non mai ng; bi e Sage b un 6 m ; u nb (
s i tua ti on of S u ez a n d Ca di z
f or th e
in fl e cte d
be
,
sa
.
’
,
L
,
.
,
,
,
’
’
,
,
,
’
,
,
.
.
,
,
M
,
l
,
.
,
,
,
.
18
2 10
GERMAN GRAMMAR
N TE 1
x pedient has l a gel y ob tai ned even i n w ords wh ich
th
G n i tive h as b ec om e
do n t term i nate i n a s i b i lant so th at th e regul
p o tic l ; as bie {oer ftber h on Srantr id) (G a ntrei tbe m e p ti c l ) ; ber fi f mig
h on weigien ; ber fi a ifet t on Si nfilanb ; b em fi tnigt eit
b S paniel; iff Su mm i t!) fi ber
legen F nc e i s su p e i t th e k ingd m of S p ain
Th e Lati fo m of th e p lural is p artl y re ta i ned i n bi e Gcipio
NOTE 2
O
i
.
Th s l a tter e
.
r
o
e
ar
,
a
or
r
e
r
,
ra
e
oe
er
a
.
r or
ra
,
nen, bie
.
r
n
.
o
o
.
meroneu bi e Gfifat eu
.
,
NOTE 3 —Th ose i n ct en er take no term inati on i n th e pl ural ; as bie
,
.
,
,
,
i lIer, bie Sm itten (th e three Fra nc oni as )
G dflegel, bie t
.
N TE 4 — I th
yi ngs Gauti er? flab 3 11 b anfe th e f m ily of S ch ill i
IT
tii Uet e
a t h om e ; Goetiye d f nb b erreift th e Goeth e fam il y a e f om h om ; S
illers h ve vis itors ; ib ir geben jefi t ; u t mibt s w
babeu iB efutb th e M
— w e h ave an el l ip s i s f ami ly be ing omi tte d and th e
going now to Sm ith s ;
a b ing t h e S ign of a Geni tiv e n ot of a pl u al
O
n
.
e sa
’
.
,
i
a
,
r
,
er
r
’
e
’ ’
a
,
s
e are
,
’
,_
’
e
.
164
r
h
,
.
Wh en th e nam e of a p erson i s pre ceded by th e definite
.
icl e wi th or w i th ou t a n a dj e cti v e or b y a comm on nou n ex
pre ssi n g th e p erson s ti tl e or occu pa tion th e nam e of the p erson
i n bee g chi ll er bem ben 6 d9i ll er ;
i s not de cli n e d ; as bet 6 6m
ber grofie © cei b e bee bem ben grofien ®6 ti) e ; bee Ratiere S o
fepb bem ben Ratier S ofepf) (ber) Rfini g Rarl
B ut w h en th e Gen i tiv e pre ce des th e govern ing sub stan tive
t i ebt i d fii S taten, th e
th is rul e i s dep a rte d f r om ; as bee grofien {E
SDof tor E
utber é fi fthgefpracbe Dr
great Freder ick s dee ds
T h e Chr isti an na m e an d th e titl e i n th is
Lu th er s dinn er talk s
case a re not infl e cted ; as Qubmig ubl anb é F
BalIaben ; Q
i uguft
flBi IbeIm t on 6 d flegei é é d ntften
a rt
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
’
’
,
’
-
.
.
’
,
’
.
C HA PT E R V
.
ADJEC TIVES
.
A dj e ctives sin gl e out a n i n divi du al or a sp e ci es am on
g
th e diff erent i ndividuals or sp e ci es bel on in
th e
g g to a g enu s (
g en us bein g e x pressed by th e sub s tan tiv e ), by a ttr ibu ti ng to th e
g en u s a single p e culi arity ; a s , tke g ood m a n, a la rge h ouse, fi ne
p ea ches
1 65
.
.
212
GERMAN GRAMMAR
tion of
th e an ci en t de cl en s ion
all oth e r
In
.
.
cas e s th e y ar e i n
fl e cte d a c c ord in g to th e a n ci e n t or m ix e d de cl en si on
Onl y
wel cber,
th e d e fin i te a r ticl e ber,
bi e, bad, th e
.
p ro nou ns bleier
,
foi ch er j ener (th i s Wh ich th a t su ch ) berieni ge th a t
(w h ic h ) berielbe (th e sa m e ) an d th e i ndefin ite num eral s as
maneher (
m a n y a m a n y ) b i d et (
m u ch m a n y) meni get‘ (
l ittl e
f ew ) a n d th e p artici pl e fol genbet (
th e f oll ow ing ), are f oll owe d
by th e m odern de clen sion of th e a dj e ctiv e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
INGULAR
S
M
as cu
.
Mnn
.
a
Neuter
.
bee guten ream s,
Dent guten SUtanne,
A ben guten Sh aun
.
ber gu ten gran,
ber gnten S
h un,
bi e gute gran
‘
bae gute Rtno
.
.
PLU
RA
.
has gnte Rinh
‘
bee gu ten Rinbeé ,
bem guten Ri nbe,
bie gu te gran,
,
.
.
Femi nine
li ne
N ber gute
’
L
.
‘
N b i e gnten manner, grauen, Rinoer,
G ber gnten Sk i nner, $ranen, Rinber,
ben gu ten mann eru, iE
rauen, Ri abera,
‘
’
A bi e gnten W
i finnet , if rau en, Rinoer
‘
.
.
.
.
N TE
O
and
i ts
.
i
i
i
j iv
i
Th e la w wh ch u nderl es th s dou ble dec len s on of th e Ad e ct e
s ngle
orm s i s eu p h on c , —th e d efi n te a rt c le , a nd th e ab o e p ro
i
f
i
i
i
v
vi ng l dy th e fo m of th e an ient d c le nsion of th e
a dj c tive a nd so nds l i ke ber gnt er M
ann ba a gntee fl i nt bie gnte manner
n ou ns a nd n u m era ls h a
e
a re a
r
u
,
s
,
c
e
(
,
,
Seanen, fi iuber bee ga ted sli mmed fi tnbee, ber gater manner, St aii en, fi iii ber,
,
,
i
b e ng i ntolerabl e to th e Germ an ear
II
17 0
.
.
.
ANCIE NT DECLE NSI O N O F THE A DJ EC TIV E
.
Adj e ctives not p e ceded by an article tak e thi s de
r
cl en si on
Neuter
gnter SBein,
en) E
ZBeinee,
gntee(
s eine
u
m
t
e
lB
,
g
g
s e
u
t
e
n
l
B in.
g
.
Brvt,
gutee S
en) 5
Bt otee,
gntee(
gntem Qi rote,
Brot
ga tea E
.
THE O RETICAL PA RT
213
.
PLU RAL
.
N gate sllSeine, SZii fte, SBrote,
.
G guter QBei ne, Qii fte, 23 cm,
D guten E
IBeinen, E
ii ften, 5
8 m m,
A gate flBei ne, Bii fte, éBw te
.
.
.
N TE 1
.
form is not Onl y in us e w ith nam es of m ateri al s and nou ns
not p re
d d b y an arti cle or one of th e p ronou ns m enti oned i n 1 6 9 b t lso
w h en a G ni tiv e p ecedes th e nou n ; as i n mei nes iB rnbet d alter
tet G oon unb
f lei nes Sillfi btben my broth er s eldest son and l ittle gi rl ; Rat ld nener {out unb
O
This
.
ce
e
,
e
u
,
a
’
r
’
,
al te fi leit er
.
i k w ise after one of th e indefi nit neu ter nu mera ls etions som e b i ei
m c h nitbte‘n th i ng genug e nou gh a ll eri ei of all k inds elneri ei f
k i nd
bu glei cben su c h l i ke folc
b su c h lauter m e e nothi ng bu t ; a n d ft th e def
i i te n m a ls met two beet th re e b ier f u e tc ; as «was alter S
ZBei n b ie!
fibledmr ‘
p feff er mand) armer 93 m m f old) neuea wier; b i er gnte 9 16th etc
A nd l
u
e
,
,
’
e
o
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
h
u
,
,
er
,
,
,
r
,
,
o
,
,
’
o
,
,
a
,
r,
.
,
,
on e
,
er
,
,
’
,
,
,
.
,
mit genng {478m m I ntbe, etc
‘ u :
O
2 —ou ac cou nt of eu ph on y gl uten S
IBei neo
um s, i s pre ferred
, g m m
to g ates QBeinee, gnm‘fi rm s
S t ll, th e la tter form is in us e w th good
wr ters
O
8
Th e Nomi nat e and Ac cu s at e of th e neu ter s ngu l a r often
dr o p th e r term nat on in p oetry a nd c om m o n c on ers at on ; as , gut S
B rot, f ri fib
6“ S
QBafier,
metter, fi ne weath er Gang, wh ol e, and ball) , h alf, om it th s as
al w a ys b e fore nam es of cou ntr e s a n d p l ac e s w th ou t th e de fi n te a r t c l e ; as ,
Englanb, balb mom Bu t wi th th e art cl e : has gauge Gngianb, baa baibe
gan; (
mom A nd so does all } all , be fore a posses s e or demonstra t e p ro nou n ; as ,
’
en, all m y l ong ng (
see
a ll me n S em
.
N TE
.
i
.
i
i
.
N TE
i
M
'
iv
.
i
i
iv
i
i
iv
.
i
i
17 1
.
.
i
i
.
.
II I
v
i
MXED ANC EN
I
I
T
i
i
iv
MOD ERN DECLEN SI N
AND
Th e indefinite article
i
O
ein, etne, ei n, a nd th e
.
p osse ssi ve
p ronouns main, my, bein, th y fei n hi s, if ”, h er, a nfer ou r eu er,
your, ihr, th eir, S i n, you r, a nd th e num eral lei n, no i n th e
Nom in a tive singular of all th r e e gen ders, and i n th e Accus a tive
s i ng u la r of th e n eu ter gen der are f ollow ed by th e a dj e ctiv e i n
i n all oth e r cases, by th e ad j ectiv e i n
th e a n ci en t de cle nsion
th e m odern de cl ens ion
S INGU LAR
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
Neu ter
N
ei n gu ter illi ann,
etne ga te gran,
ari nes, ei ner gu ten gran,
G eines guten M
D einem guten Sl i anne, ei ner gnten gran,
t ain
ei ne gute {S
A einen gnten Warm
.
.
.
.
.
.
Rinb,
etnee guten Rinbee,
ei nem guten Ri nbe,
ein ga tes
etn gntee fl inb.
2 14
GERMAN GRAMMAR
PLU
.
RAL
.
N f etne guten manner, grauen, Rinber,
G l ei ner guten manner, %rauen, Rinbet,
<
i
u
t
llttinnern, grauen, Rinbet n,
D f e nen g en a
A f ei ne guten manner, grauen, Rinbet
NO TE The reas on u nderl ying thi s mi xed declension i s that th e Nominati ve
i n fetn nnfer euet ihr tein has (e xc ept th e feminine ) no term i
of t in mei n t w
n ation i ndic ati ve of th e ge nder a n d c as e and nu m ber wh i ch m us t th erefore
And i t is th e sam e w i th th e Ac cusa ti ve
be pointed ou t by th e Adj ec ti ve
Neu ter s ingu lar In all oth er c as es th ese pronouns and nu merals ha ve th e
anc ient termi na tion a nd eu ph ony re qu ires th a t in th e Adj ec ti ve th e m odem
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
,
.
.
,
declens ion sh ould be s bs titu te d f or th e anc i ent one
1 7 2 A dj e ctives w ith th e A usla ut e drop th i s e b ef ore th e
termi nati on of th e a ttrib u tive f orm ; as miibe etn mith er ber
—a nd adj e ctives with th e
e
mith e; meife, ein toci i et ber meif—
‘
as ebel n obl e
Au sla u t el, en, er (
goloen thenet dear ) om it th e e
of th e Aus la u t in th e i n fl e ction ; as etn ebl er S
menfd) ber goi bne
5
8 ccber, theat er QBein A dj e ctiv es w ith th e Au sla ut at and er
h owe v er m ay j ust a s w ell om it th e e of th e term in ation i nste ad
as
etnee ficbern ©afené
of th at of th e Aus la u t
of a secure
h arbor ; bem bi ttern ©efcbmacf e to th e b itter ta ste ; bi e ebei n
'
u
.
.
-
,
-
-
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
b arren, th e nobl e l ords
.
Nor a —Th e law of eu ph ony objec ts to su c h dac tyli c rh yth m s as ebete
fill enfdpen al th ou gh Schille r h as ei nen golbenen iBecber u mf id) bi nab
S ti ll
anot her l aw of eu p h ony th a t i n th e A usla t a li quid m
t not follow a mute
p re fers su ch dactyli c rh yth ms as ficberen (Ream maren bie Lenten i nn M
aren
r m Bur er
p
g ) and th e h ard p ronu nc iation f tbem bi tt ern ebeln to th e form s
fi tbren bitm n st i nt in wh i ch th e liquid f ll ows th e m a te in th e Auslaut 3 a
’
,
.
u
,
,
i
,
,
,
bitternt acm e
.
us
,
.
,
,
,
o
.
,
(Uh la ud ) Gr fist in {since fid mn se em (Schillem
.
.
Af ter eini ge, etl i dj e, som e, roentge, f ew, meij rere, se veral,
anbere, oth ers, fol dj e, su ch , b i el e, m a n y, mambe, m any, meldn,
5 173
.
w h ich , th e adj e ctive ta k es th e
cient or th e m odern de clen
sron Indifi erentl y i n th e Nom i n a tiv e a n d A ccu sative p l ural, an d
e v en in th e Gen i tiv e p l ural
Th e p u p il h o we ver, sh ou ld not
im i tate th is b ut stick to th e r ul e th e l a w of e uph ony b ei ng
i nf ringed by h ea p ing termi na tion s i n e a nd er as , ei ni ge anbere
an
'
.
,
,
,
GERMAN GRAMMAR
21 6
17 6
.
Th e f oll ow in g a dj e c tives lik e w i se
.
in
n ot
ar e
as
u se
pred ica te s
Der iv a t ives i n en a nd era , as goiben, fi lt ern, a t l eas t not in p r os e Bu t
ai n, fiei li eru, i n th a t of obdur a te,
03 mm in th e s i g nifi c a tion of clumsy, a nd str
1
.
.
oc c u r a s
pred ic ates
.
follow ing de iv ativ in lid) i td) an d ig rduberifd) rap ac iou s bend)
e so
d);
(erifd) h yp o it i c l p lwf fd) (bemi fib (b t tri ti fd) nd s i m il a one
bent lid) and i m i la r ones a e so ed ) ; ganglid)
jabrlitb raglitb (b t moi ta ti itb i nbr
d in te d ) ; ueulid) mini b
(gang is u sed i n tead ) ; ii dd tlid} bitterlitb (bi tter i
l id) bauptfi cblitb (bu t i m i lar ones li ke ftbri ftlid) idngiitb Bff eutlitb ini rtlid) (ri b
doption
Th e l ngu age te nds e vi dently t th i
lid) cc ur as p ed i t )
p ed i tes N t w ith a djec tives f m ed f m adve bs of tim pl e etc in
i s li ke ba fig lyieji g fouftig gefi rig hulbi g i n te d of w h i c h th e d v b i tse l f can
b e s ed as p ed i a te
O l y fi b r i g le
f t em i ni ng (f om fi ber over ) is in dis
p en ble a a p ed i ate on a cc n t f i ts ignifi ti n
3 Th p a ti i pl
p e ent w i th an (Ge ndi m see
as ba e 3 1! fiberfefi
‘ ebit t i i
enbe Gebi r
b
t
n
l
a
t
e
d
b
t
n
t
b
h
p
y
a
t
e
oe
t
r
t
o
e
e
t
(5
b
b f ; u (t e r (e a
c u b ; i n te d of w h i c h we m ay s y bad (
i b er f e Qe n
F r oth
S ch icbt ifl su r
p a tic i ples see 1 77
Nor m — Th e f ll w ing adj ec tiv s on th e oth er h an d c annot b e u sed as
a ttrib u te s b u t onl y a s pred i c ates :
dy rea dy m a de
irre m i taken wrong
bet ei t
tuub k n wn
brad) f ll w
l eib sorry
f ei nb h til
nod) n df l (h otbtbun)
gar e dy (boi le d or done )
nii i (
e) u sef l
gang u nb gat e c ur ent
quer b l i q ue (q e e )
getrofl c nfident
qui tt q i t
geis abr w a e
wool w ell (of h eal th )
geivdrtig ex p ec tant
vers e
gra in
Th e s m e is tru e of th e followi ng de ivati v a nd co m p o nds
abholb di inc l i ned
banbgemein h an d t h an d
a bfveufi ig al i ena ted
theilbaf t pa ta k i ng
2
.
'
Th e
es
r
a
cr
,
i
,
s
s
,
,
,
a
u
,
u
,
:
,
,
,
s u se
,
s
,
r
s ar
r
us
u se
a
,
'
,
r
s
c
,
o
r
ca
c a es
o
.
,
r
sa
.
r
n
.
ou
r
c
,
c
es
r s
ra
,
,
, r
o
s
’
s
,
e,
a
a
r
ca
u
u
o
as
e r a
r
a
s
,
ac
.
,
er
,
,
.
’
,
,
i
o
:
a
a
r
s
ru
"
s
ro
,
,
,
c
s
e
or
,
u
o
a
.
so
,
,
,
,
,
o
.
er
.
,
o
e ,
o
,
,
,
re a
,
a
,
os
o
e
o
,
a
,
o
,
ee
r
,
,
,
,
r a
,
s
,
,
u
u
,
, o
r
u
r
u
,
,
,
.
, a
r
a
,
es
u
s
,
,
a nru
an t tig, ge tt n g s gh t of
i
b eriuflig,
ei ngebent, m nd u l
,
i
i f
r
Fnai r obi u nw ell
abtveubi g, es tra nge d
fib
o
,
,
,
f fei ti ng
b erleibet d isgu ti ng
bablmf t, p osse ss ed of
or
s
.
Com p ou nds are orm e d, nstea d, f or attr bu t e u s e ; as , bereiti b iil ig, Q3 ratb
feib, f einbiid) , gargeto t (gat es { eber occ u rs ), gelf mfig or Ianblf mfig (ns tead
of 3 3 119 u nb ga
te) ; gett ofl oc c u rs a ttribu t el i n getroflcu Wi l tbes’ , c h ee r u ll ;
‘
b erhm bigt (f or lamb) ; nii ai id
) (f or mi c, bu t mi nds is p re erre d to unnfifllitb ) ;
f
quertiegeub
.
m
i
i
iv
i
'
iv y
f
f y
b olt oc c u rs as a pre di cate, an d gebeut is as c om m on as eingebeut
.
THE O RETICAL PART
§ 17 7
217
.
A ll
p artici pl es b e i ng verbal a dj e ctives th ey m ay
a ssu m e th e de cl e n s i o n a n d us e of a d e cti v e s ; as ber terbeube
,
j
f
gutter th e dying gl adi a tor ; bi e t eigenbe grail th e ch arm i ng
l a dy ; bus bebenbe Ri nb, th e tre m bling ch i ld ; ei n rafenber
Ti m id), a r a gin g m a n ; ei ne gl dnsenbe 6 0m m a bri ll i a n t s u n ;
ei n Iddw
l nbes mat chen a sm il in g g irl ; bus gepri efene S tal i en
(S chi ller ) ; ein anftofienbee S i mmer an a dj oi ni ng room (S chi l
ler ) ; bus t erl orne (
b erl orene) s
p arabi es (Gl ) ; ber b ermunbete
Si ri eger th e wou nde d w a rr i or ; ein gel eerter
a n e m p ti e d
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
c up
.
p ar ticipl es c an b e u sed onl y i n th e attribu tive con
f r om l on g u sa g e a ssu m e d
n ec ti on ; a n d on ly su ch a s h a v e
e n ti r el y th e na tur e a n d m ea n i n g of a dj e ctives m ay al so b e
u se d as
Th e f oll ow i ng a re of th e la tter de
p r e dic a ti v es
s cri p ti on :
Pr es e n t
,
,
,
.
p
fi
fl iefi enb flu ent
ive
h ng i ng v a i e d
abfio eub, re u l s
bfelub c a
,
a bi oeit
b enb, di ff erent
abi oefeub, ab sent
a ui uef eub, p res ent
a biuet
,
,
r
i
auma eub, arroga nt
fi
a n pret enb, angi ebeub, a ttr ac t
b
f
i
a nftectenb, c ontag ou s
flabreub, i rri table
auf a l eub, s tri k i ng
'
au
ansbauernb,
p erseveri ng
aud t i b ei enb, e
fb
f
i
xt v gant
ra
a
bebeutenb, m portant
bei eibigenb, off ens e
iv
i
beguil bernb, e nc h ant ng
bringenb, p ress ng, u rgent
'
briut enb, O pp ress e
i
i
iv
i
burcbbringe nb, p erc ng
ei nnebmeub, c a
p tiva ti ng
v i
i iv
el tftbeibeub d
emvfirenb, re ol t n g
i
,
ec s
e
p
entwfirbigenb, degra di ng
vi h ing
f eflelub i nterestin g
t enb, ra
enta
fic
'
,
s
ive
i i
vi i
i i
i
ii
i i
rafenb f an ti c
h m in g
rei genb
,
r
,
c
ar
(th reat enb, (i n com pou nds )
ftbi b ebenb, s u s p end ed, continu ing
fpa nnenb, f as c i nati ng
’
fi breub, trou bl i ng
fiberei nfli mmeub, h arm oni ous
fiberf fibrenb, convi c ti ng
fibeq eugenb, c onvi nc i ng
fiberruftbenb, su rpris i ng
fiberindl tigenb, overp ow eri ng
fiberivi egeub, p repon dera nt
'
entfp ret enb, a da te d
b
i
'
auba l tenb, ass du ou s
i
gebfihrenb, gegiemenb, prop er, becom ng
genti geub, su ffi c e nt
stri ngent , b r ll a n t
bi nreifieub, ra sh ng
enb, m or t fy ng
f rdnl‘
la benb, refresh ng
(ar
benb, sm l ng
(oif enb, e nt c ng
f fl
u m u enb, c om
p reh ens ive
i i
u nte nebmenb ente p is ing
uni vi fienb i g o n t
b arbeerenb desolati ng
u nt erba l tenb, e n terta n n g
r
,
'
,
,
n ra
r r
MA N GRAMMAR
2 18
GER
.
y
predom inant
i vfitbenb f i
b i d fagenb e x pressiv e
d d w i th 1111 as unbebeutenb w i th
Al
m e oth
h i efly th o e c om p
b orberrftbenb, b ortni egenb,
b ermfigenb, w ealth
'
’
so
so
nenb,
tB
i
u r ou s .
,
,
ou n
s
ers , c
e
,
,
Hingenb (au teur) as more (fi bel ) t Bnenb bell f liugenb i vvbflautenb and
,
’
,
l
,
i
w th prep os i ti ons , as a bfcbreif enb, de terr ng
'
,
,
.
p a s t p artici p le of th ose i n tra nsitive verbs wh ich re qui re
th e a u x i li ar y v erb babeu c a n b e u se d n e i th er i n th e p re dica tive
on
ne cti on ; su ch p h ra s e s as
nor i n th e a ttri bu tiv e c
geftanbener
‘
S till, gclrgen h as
QBein, gefeflfenee b emo, bein g un Ger ma n
i n r eal ity be com e an a dj e ctive, wi th th e m eani ng Opp ortu ne
A nd th e f ollo w ing a dj e ctiv es, ori gin a lly p a r tici ples of n euter
a n d of tra n si tive ve rbs m u st b e com m i tte d to m em ory ; as, cin
b er b i en t e r menu, a deser vin g m an ; ein b erfm
mi egcncr, er
abrener, u u uberl egtet (
u nbcbadfler)
berbroflcner, unbcbol fener
f
Ti mid) , a di sc reet, ex pe ri en ce d i n con si dera te, l is tless, h elp
l e ss m an ; ein gcl ebrtee 58 nd), a l ea rn ed b ook ; ei n F
B ctrunf ener,
a n aff e cte d w om an ; ein ent
a drunk en m an ; cln ge i et tee
a
fri flofiener Wi enid) a resolu te m an ; ein ret irt tea 6 d)af a stra yed
f rom th e r efl exiv e v erbs, fi d) betriuf cnr fid) alarm , fi ci)
sh ee p ; (
i d; s eaman ;) cin au egcbi enter 6 0m ma soldi er
entfd fli efien, r
wh o h as se r ved c u t h is tim e
Th e
-
.
.
,
'
'
,
,
'
,
,
'
.
j cti ve s and p arti c ipl es can b e u se d as
h ow e ver th e de cl en sion of
r e ta in i n g
al w a ys
s ub sta n tive s
Th e m as cu li n e and f em in i ne a re use d i n b oth
a dj e ctiv es
am
bi e St all ) to denote
n um b e rs su pp l yi ng i n th ou gh t ber im
(
m al e an d f e m a le p erson s ; th e n eu ter i n th e singul ar to denote
a bstra c t n oti on s i n a gen er al w ay
Th e G rm a n c a i es th i p c ti e to a f r greater ex tent th an th e English
‘eut c e a G m n w m an bie
‘ be th e Ge m an einé D
r Deutfi
Examples M
fb
fib enrftbett th e Ge m n ; bie QSrofirn n ble di ti ng i h ed p sons ; ei n 65 m
m o t l m n ; b ie figben QBei fen Qi fl er
btic
b enlanbd th e sev en wi e m en
ber
vell ; bie l l mflebenben the bys tand rs ; ber
of G ece ; ein mei fenbcr a t
p k e ; eill fi elelfl tet‘ bet fi elebvte th e ( ) l ea ned m n ; t in
91 21 2113 2 th
webi entrt ber iB ebiente th e ( ) servant ; bet weamte eiu S
B eumter th e ( n )
offi i l ; ber (
ad
b efanbte ei n QSefanbter th e ( n ) am b
; ber St einer si n st em
17 8
ad e
Both
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
:
r
r a
n
a
e
s
o
s,
er
,
.
,
,
.
s
a
o
,
er
u s
a
s
,
ea
ra
er
r
,
e
,
,
,
,
c a
r
,
,
a
c
s
re
5
ra
,
.
,
,
s
rr
e
a
,
a
a
r
,
,
a
a ss
or
,
a
,
ber, th e (a ) s tra n ger ; ber GIenbe, ei n (
Elenber, th e (a ) w retc h ; ber Qi efangene, ein
Gefaii gener, th e (a ) p ri soner ; ber Qi gifliicbe, eiu Geifilicber, t h e (a ) m i n is ter, c lergy
.
MA N GRA MMA R
220
GER
.
qu ality th e l atter m ay b e prop er to b oth i n an e qu al degree
or i n a n u n e qua l o n e
I n th e f orm er ca s e a n i mp r op er Oom
p a r a ti v e i s u se d w h i c h i s f orm e d a s i n En gli s h by a dd ing
S
c e r ta i n p a rti c l es to th e P os i ti v e ; as b u t R { ft [ 0 rai d) a l e
r N i s a s rich
(gang 1s rai d) ale gerabe {o rai d) al e) b u t 9k M
j u st as rich as ) Mr M Th e sa m e k ind of com para tive
as (
ob ta i n s w h e n tw o or m or e qu al i ti e s of th e sam e p er son or th in
g
a re as c r ib e d to i t i n th e sam e de ree ; as et t t 0 cbel a I G H
ug
g
f f
h e i s a s n obl e as p ru den t — or w h en th e y a re a sse rte d Only i n
diff er en t de gree s; as, er i ft ni cht f o alt a I 6 i d) h e i s not as ol d
a s I a m — or w h en tw o qu al i ti e s ar e p re dic a te d of tw o p ersons
or thi n s one of e a ch bu t b oth i n th e sa m e de re e o r o nl y i n
g
g
d iff eren t d egrees ; a s at i ft {0 W i fe al e bu theri cht Bi ft h e i s
j u st as sage as you are f oolish ; or QIlcibiabeé mar ni cht fo the
ri c
ht ale 6 oft atee meife mar
1 8 1 Wh en th e qu al ity sp ok en of i s as crib e d i n a h ig h er
d egr ee to one p e rson or th in g th a n to a n oth er th e Comp a r a ti v e
p r op er i s u se d w h i ch i s f or m e d as in E ng l ish b y a ddi n g at to
th e Positiv e i n i ts p re d ica tiv e f orm ; as at i ii mci iet al e bu h e
is w i ser th an th ou
Bu t w h e n two qu al iti e s of th e sam e p ers on or th in g are
com pa re d w ith e a ch oth er and one of th em as cr ib e d to i t i n a
h igh er degre e th e c omp oun d Comp a r a ti ve i s used ; as er { ft
mebr gl ii dl i d) al e mei ie h e i s m or e l u cky th a n wise
1 8 2 Th e Comp a r ati ve p r op er i s n e ve r f orm e d by pl a cin g
mehr m ore b ef ore th e Pos i tive as in E ngli sh w h ere adj ec
ti v es not of Anglo S a xon ori gin a re th u s transf orm e d in to th e
com p a ra tive
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
'
.
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
‘
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
-
.
Th e Um la u t (
a in to a, 0 i nto 0, it
in to 11 an into an)
tak e s pl a c e i n all com pa ra tiv e s p rop er e x ce p t th os e a dj e ctiv es
‘
—
x
f
r
fi
e
s
a
n
d
u
ffi
e
s
n
p
e
x
s
m
e
a
s
o
as
f or m e d b y
gewanbt skille d
‘
munter bri sk bunf cl da rk gol een golde n
erbaben e l eva te d
t uhig qu i e t trauri g dre ary s a d — a n d th e p ar tici p l es a dj e c
ti v ely u s d as l achenb, —a nd th e f oll owi n g
g
183
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
T HEO RETI C AL
P A RT
i
bat ftb, h arsh
blau, bl ue
fart sati ated
fetal, i ns i p i d
fcbla ff , sla c k , l angu i d
{(blanf , l ank , slender
ftblmt s m art, sly
fabroff , rugge d, rou gh
flaw , sti f f
flols, prou d
flraf , ti gh t,stretc h ed
t gh t
,
(abm, lam e
i
bran, b raVe
bunt, v ari ega teo
bnmp f, du ll, m u fl‘
l ed
2 21
.
full) , fa ll ow
f abI, fallow
fa lffb fa ls e
f le d) , fl at
f lan i ns i p i d, du ll, fl at
f rol) , gla d
Is fi , t red
(ant, lou d
(oft, loose
mager, l ean, m eagre
matt, we ar ed
morfd) , rotten, fra l
“Gif t, n a ke d
pla tt, fi a t
plump, c lu m s y
rafd
) , qu c k , ras h
glatt, sm ooth
t aut) , rou gh , ra w
toll , m a d
rob, rou gh , ra w
taut, de a
rtm b, rou n d
b ol ,
fatb t sl ow
fanf t, so ft, gentle
tna br, tru e
f at e, i ns i p i d s tale
,
i
,
,
.
i
ftm mm, tigh t, s tretc h ed
ftumpf, blu nt
filtmm m u te
i
gran, gra y
0001, h ol low
bolb, fa orable
f abl. bald
tars, sti ngy
v
Th e
,
,
,
f ll
f
u
antm, ta m e
p rac tic e vari es wi th bang a fra i d blag p ale
.
i
gerabe, stra gh t, fromm,
p ou s, gentl e, gelunb, sou nd, h ealth y, “or, c lear, tmfi, w et, am t, tender
NO T E —Th e Engl sh l angu age p resents an analogy to th s Umla ut i n old,
elder , eldest
i
,
,
,
,
'
.
i
.
i
.
Th e
com p a ra tive wh e n u sed as a p redica te r em a in s
w i th ou t in fl e c tion l i ke th e pr e di c a tive p os itive
B u t wh e n
u s e d a ttr i bu tively i t assu m es th e de cl e n si on o f th e a d e ctiv e
j
For in stan ce b en 523 i ff mei fer ale i br Mr B i s w i ser th an
mann al e ihr Mr B i s a
you ; bu t b u t 23 { fl ei n mci ferer E
W i ser m an th an you
or S
i am? 23 { ft ber mei fere (wei fefte) 912m m
r B i s th e w i se r m a n o f
non cu d) Beibeu M
you two
NO TE Th e last ex m p le h ows th at th e Ge m an c an als o u se th e Sup erla
tiv e w h en onl y two p ersons or th i ngs are com p are d
Wh at w e said of th e Positive h olds good of th e Com p arative
1 7 0 Note
a l so
th at th e term i nati on as of th e Nom in ative
an d A ccusativ e s ing u l ar of th e n eu ter i s om i tte d som e tim e s i n
p oetry as w ell as i n com m on conve r sa ti on ; a s f ain {cb ii ner
(fibfinereé ) §Bilb {ab i d) i n meinem Stat en (G ) n o fin er pictu re
e v er s a w I i n m y l if e ; — a n d th a t i n p o etry i n th e Ge n i tiv e
s i n gu l a r of th e m as cu l i n e a n d n eu ter th e terrhi n a ti on en i s
efiet en Sh i nes, fd w
rfet en ©al3 e6
em p l oye d i ns tea d of eé ; as , B
184
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
a
.
.
.
s
r
.
‘
,
,
,
“
1 7 0, Note
.
GERMA N G
22 2
NO T E 1
v
i
RAMMAR
.
i
y
Adj ec ti e s w th th e Ausla u t cl, er, en, al w a s om t th e c of th e
A usla u t w h en ele a te d to th e c om pa ra ti e degree ; as , be: eblere, ei n eblet et,
Pre d c a te cb ler ; ber mtm trere, ei n muntr erer, red c a te muntrer ; ei u golbm rer,
bet golbnere, Pre d c a te golbuer
o te 2
Ad ec t es in e, as toeife,
Bu t see
.
v
i
v
i
N
.
i
P
i
j iv
.
i
NO T E 2
S ch f m s of th e a tt ibu tive c om p arat ive as sin grfifiet er 93 mm
b eflerer S
IBein b e ing of di fii c lt p onu nc i ati on both on a cc ou n t of th e two
s yll bl
er follow ing ea h oth er
an d of th e d c tyl ic rh yth m
sh ou ld be
a voi ded ; th e y becom e i n tol era bl e a nd th e l an u a e d es not l i ke th em wh en
g g
th e a dje c tive h as one of th e su ffi xes er cl en ; a s ch: eblcret Wea t
l h tin mant
rerer 5
3 03 9 1 golbuet er QBein ; and s till less a fte r th e su fli xes ig i(bt (i(
b i fcb
ta rt bar (am ; s h rh yth m as ei n f teifiigerer e ddies ein tbtricbteret swea r
d)
mfibe, dro p th e fi n al e before th e term n a t on ; as , i neif et
es
,
r
u
,
a
.
r
or
u
.
-
c
a
,
,
o
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
uc
,
s
,
,
,
,
,
i enftb en, ebrmbaf teres S
gtflif litbere Buh mf t, tnecbti fcbere w
B enebmen, f urcbtbarerer
8 0mm , etc , b e ng orb dde n i n a ll c ases, genders , a nd n u m bers , by th e law s of
5
e u p h on
an d eu r th m
Th e m ay eas l be a o ded by tu rn ng th e a ttribu
t e into a pred c a t e a d ect e ; as , ein Slll enfc
b, weld) “ nod) ebl er ift; eiu SIBein,
nod
) golbner ; eiu meat bmen, b el ebrenbaf ter, etc
’
i
.
y
iv
i
NO TE 3
Th e
.
y
f
y
iv
i
.
j
iy
y
iv
i
vi
i
.
p a rtic le than a fter th e com p arative is ex pressed by old or
i
y
y
hell "; b u t th e l a tter i s rat h er a nt qu ate d, a nd u sed onl w h en th ere is alre ad
‘
a noth er e (
s w th n th e sentenc e ; f or ns tanc e ct: tnit b met): 6 i dcf babeu a l d
,
Sebrer, b e n n a (d g tbrif tfiellet , h e w ll h a e m ore lu c as a teach er th a n as a
i i
i
i
i
’
v
k
w r ter
.
i
iv
iv
the b efore correlat e c om p a ra t es is transl a ted
Th e p art cle the
b y ie
beff o (or um fo) m ore rarel y b y is
ia ; as , je alter be: QBei n, befto heifer
if? er ; ie fi lter ber E
menfd) , am (0 meifet ; abet ie filter bu w rd, it Di mmer ivirfl bu
NO T E 4
.
i
1 8 5 Th e S up er la ti ve f orm of an a dj e ctive i s u se d wh en a
qu al ity i s a s cribe d to a p e rson or th ing in th e h i gh est degre e
e i th er th a t is p os s ib l e
(Absolu te S up erlati ve) or am ong all oth er
Rela ti ve S ap erla
bein gs o f th e s a m e clas s or th os e m en tion ed (
ti ve )
f i e i s u tter ly w retche d 21‘ { ft hfidflt el anh i s an exam ple
Of th e absol u te ; h e i s th e m ost w r etched of a ll m en or o them
f
er { it h er el enbefte aIIer W
tenfdyen or untet tinten of th e r elative
S u p erlative
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
186
.
Th e Abs olu te S up er la ti v e i s f orm e d b y a ddi n g to th e
Pos itive de gre e on e of th e f oll owi ng a dverb s, w h i c h a re ar
r an ed a c cordi n
g
g to th e ir f orc e of m ea n i n g , b e gin ni ng w ith th e
l e ss a n d en di n g w ith th e m ost
febr very ;
,
xpre ssive
b m u ch ri gh t ;
indeed ;
gar febr and t ecbt feb r, very m u ch , very
e
t ec t,
,
MAN GRAMMA R
22 4
G ER
1 88
.
.
On l y th e f oll ow i ng com p a rativ es an d su p erlatives are
i rregu la r i n th e i r f orm a tion
W W“
Posi tive
.
fi
gro
,
gre at, grand, tal l,
ber grii fite or gri fiefte,
groper,
b i g,
ber befte,
hes i tate,
ber nii d e,
it
gu t, good,
he er,
h igh ,
,
if
Wm
m
s a er,
not) , n i gh , near, n e igh
b
bori ng,
bi d , m u ch , ma n y,
meiyre or mebreref r ber mei fi e,
ment3 , l i tti 6 ’ f ew’
weni ger,
mini m,
ber meni gfte,
ber minbefte
.
ive bet erfle th e firs t is f Orm ed from cl) early before
p l tive bet Irate th e las t l atest
(com p arative eber r th e r b f r ) nd th e
e)
From th ese two su p erla ti ves th ere are
(from th e old (at late n w o t of
agai n form ed new c om p arativ es ber erfiere ber (
en
ters th e form er th e l a tter
NOTE 2 Th e follow i g djec tives de ived f m dve bs of place h ave the
form of c om parativ es bu t the m eaning of p ositives and make the following
su perl atives
mfierfte th e extreme u tmost
ber dufiere (from aufieu ou ts i de ) ou ter exteri or ber F
be: i une fie i utime i nm ost
i nt i
bet i mi m (from iunen in i de ) i n
ber bi i terfie th e h i ndm ost
ber binten (from ti nten beh i nd ) hi nder
ber b orbtt ff e th e fore most
be: b ot hers (from h ow fo e ) f
ber s t eril e th e u pp erm os t
h er t here (
from t hen u p ) ppe
her unterfle th e u nderm ost
b e: mu m (from unteu do wn ) u nder
ber mi ttelfic th e mi ddlem os t
ber mittlere (from mi tten am i dst ) m i ddl e
NO TE 8 Th e adj ec t ives w i th th e Ausl t cl er en f orm th e su perlati ve
regularl y as be: ebelfi e ber u nterfi e ber golbenfie
Non e 1
.
Th e su p erla t
,
a
,
,
e o e,
,
o
,
a
u
su
us
n
er a
,
,
,
,
,
,
a
,
.
,
.
,
,
r
,
ro
.
,
r
a
,
-
,
,
,
s
,
,
,
r
,
,
,
,
n er,
er or,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
au
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
i
.
1 89
t
r,
,
,
,
,
ore,
u
,
,
.
,
.
Th e Rela ti v e S up er l ati ve is n e ver f orm ed by adding
Engli sh , wh ere m ost adj e cti ve s not of Anglo
S ax on origi n f orm i t by p lacing the m ost b ef ore th e positive
v
a n ad erb, as i n
fi
e
.
most unf ortu n ate, th e m ost s uc c es sf ul, the m ost deservi ng,
i s, th eref ore, al wa ys trans la te d by ungl fidli lb fte, bet t rfol grtitbfie,
bet b et bi enfi b oll fle
.
916
S e e, h ow e v er,
1 9 1 , Note 1
.
From an a nc ient p os i tive, bafi, good, whi c h is still in use as an adverb if
i p oetry
com c
.
1 mebrert m eans severa l
'
.
4
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
2 25
.
1 9 0 Th ere are som e ad j ectives wh ich do n ot adm i t of th e
f orm a ti on of th e com p ara tiv e p rop er a n d th e re la tive su p er
.
l ativ e , b e ca u se th ey e
of
xpress q alities th t c nnot be con ceived
a
u
a
‘
in crease d or dim ini sh ed ; a s t6 Dt de a d Iebenbi g al ive
fla mm dum b taut deaf blinb blind l eer e m pty red fl righ t
abeli g of n obl e b ir th ei n i
g g only sole ; a lso som e derive d f rom
a dverbs of ti m e an d p l a ce as
eu fi g of to day morgenb of to
h
‘
m orrow oafig bortig bi efi
g abermali g bamali g b ori g nacbberi g;
a n d all ex pr essive of m a te r ia l s as teinern
bfilgern golben
f
Wh en h ow e ver su c h adj e ctives as su m e a figu ra tive si gnifi
ca tion th e y a lso adm it of th e degrees of com p ari son com m onl y
i m p lyin g a c om ical m e a n in g ; a s her f errite Ropf th e em p tiest
h e a d ; fein ‘
Betragen mar biilgem er ale ia h i s be h avi or w as
‘
m ore a w kw ard th a n e ver ; tobtet are tobt
m
e
u
m
t
al e t i n
; ft
i nt er aIé ei n b elle ; has etngi gfte
gi fd) ; tauber ale ein g ai n ; M
fili al th e on ly on e ti m e
On ly recbt n e ver a dmi ts of a com p ara
tive prop er an d r el ativ e su p erl ativ e
as
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
.
O nl y su ch
p articipl es, p resent and p ast, a dmi t of th e
f orm a tion of a co m p ara tiv e p roper a n d r el ative su p e rl a tiv e as
h a ve en tirel y assu m e d th e n a ture of a dj e ctive s
For th e par
ti ci p les prese nt, see th e l ist i n
177
of th e p a s t p a rtici pl es
th e f ollow in g l ist i s as com p l ete as p ossibl e
19 1
.
.
(abgenei gt), d is i ncli ned
audertoren,
abgeml fit, w orn ou t
angerle eu,
abgefagt, renou nc ed
’
ausgela flen, e tra agant
angefeben, d st ngu sh e d
aude
m fiblt,
x v
i i i
'
andgebrei tet, l
xtended
ausget ebnr
andgegeio
bnet excellent
aufgef ldrt e nli gh t n d
au fgera
u mt
b isk l iv ly gay
,
'
,
iv
e
,
,
i
e
’
ff en, afl ec ted, w ea kened
a ngemeffen, fi t, a p t
aufgeblafen h a u gh ty , v ai nglori ou s
aufgeregt, e x c i ted
a ngegt i
i
c h osen, c h o ce
f
,
f wecf t,
r
a u ge
y
i
e
,
e
,
Of th e W h ole l s t th ere g en , onl amb efeub a nd abloefenb c a n u nde rgo,
Bu t a ll o f th em a re a d erse to a
on accou nt of th e r m ea n ng , no c om p ar son
1 84
e u se , l
e ei n t eigeubered t
ote
e i n a ttr b u t
c om p ara t
B i lb (see
O n th e oth er h and, th e re la t e su p erla t e of t h ese p a rt c p les m ay be u s e d
B itb, biefed with ift we
b oth a ttr bu t el a nd pred ca t el ; as , bad reigeubfl e z
i
iv
i
t ei geut
fle
.
iv y
i
i
iv
i
iv
ik
iv y
.
,
iv
i i
v
N
GERMAN G RAMMAR
22 6
iv
fi
i ff en tou ch ed
bebaut, c u l t ate d
bef reunbet, r endl
begabt, g te d
béglficf r, bless ed
begrenat, l m te d
w e al th
(behaf tet ), a mi c te d w th
if
ergr
y
b
f ortgefcbri ttenmmgressive , advanced
gebilbet, edu ca te d
gebuuben, t ed, ettere d
‘
e
g ordngt, c ro wded
i
befi ommen, Oppres se d
i
i
k
i
befonnen, p ru dent
befof eu, t ps y
beforgt, a ppreh ens e , c are ful
beftba ff eu, qual fie d, of a k nd
beftbdft igt, oc c u p ed, bu sy
bt fli mmt, de fi n te , certa n
befud fl, s te d, frequ e nted
bzf t dntt, l m ted
hem mten, nebr ated
‘
ltert, p eopled
beb B
(beinanbet t), ers ed
belnolmt, nh a b te d
belmmbert, a dm red
iv
vi i
m
i
i i
v
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
bei ndbrt, tr e d
burtbbacbt, w ell p on dered
burtb triebeu, c unning
entartet, d egen era te d
i
ent ernt, d sta nt
f
(entlegen), rem ote
ent ftbi eben, dec i de d
entfi
b loflen, resolu te
entb filtert, de pop u lated
'
v p
enttoir
f elt, de elo ed
enta
ficf t, ra
i
vish ed
y
erb ttert, erbo t, angr
f
x pe ienced
ergeben devote d
f
er abren, e
,
r
v
'
(berficbtigt), fam ous
berfibmt, celebra te d
(berebt ), eloqu ent
i
get iegen (from gebeilnn), genui ne
geebrt, honored
eh , collec ted , com p os ed
gefa fit, gelan
gelegen, opp ortu ne
gelehrt, l ea rned
gel ebt, belo ed, c h eri sh ed
gelungen, we ll done
gemdfiigt, m o derate
b t, m e d u p
gemi fr
gene gt, nc l ine d
geratlmt, a d s able
m, gra e
ger
(gefcbicf t), s k l fu l
(gefi ttet ), m oral, dec ent
gefpmmt, ntense
gefut , sou gh t f or
gefibt, p ra c t se d
gemunben, w ndi ng
getb olmt, a c cu stomed
gewogen, fa orabl e
fiberei lt, rash
fiberlabm , o erfrau gh t
(fiberlegen), su per or
fibertrieben, e cess e
fiberlegt, well re ec ted on
unbefangen, free , u nb ased
tmbefl ectt, u n ble m sh ed
(unbefltgt ), ill c t
u nbebolf eu, c l u m sy
‘
u nbel annt, u nk nown
(unbeftbotten), u ntarn sh ed
ttnbefw
m n t,
u nli mi te d
‘
u ncmgeftbt a nl t,
unerbé t t, u ntold , u nh eard of
un
terfcbrocten, ntrep d
unerwartet, u ne p e c te d
unertoi efen, not p ro en
ungegogeu, i ll bred
i
y
i
f
'
betfimmert, sorrow u l
(belefen), erse d in boo s
belebt, enl i e ne d
(bel ebt ), c h er sh ed
(bem ttel t ), w ealth
i
i
erprobt, tr e d
(benefi t ), c ou rag eou s
(beiabrt ), a ged
(beta nut ), kno wn
v
v
i
erleuc tet, e nli gh ten e d
i
f
,
erba beu, el eva te d, s u bl m e
y
i i
.
ix
i
v
m
vi
i
i
i
i
v
v
x
i
fl
i i
iv
i
i
i
'
t
i
-
x
i
v
MA N GRAMMA R
2 28
G ER
.
ive is in m ost c ases c on i d re d m ore elegant th an th e oth er a nd even m e
p ti l ; a bie a m meiflen b errufenen unb am meiften nbfiofienben wi eli fcbeu finb
nid) t i mmer bi e ( let te en th o e m n m o t dec i d an d m os t re p u l ive are n t
{b b fi
a l w y th e w
t
An d o i f m d th e
p e l tiv f th e a dj ec tives in i fd) b ec se h er betrfi
but a m mei ften l etr ger
f m w ld
d to b dl y ;
geri ftbte a nd i m il
i ftbe QBa lm t ;
d nl y as p di c te ( e
1 7 6 n te 3 )
d ll dj c tiv s
n fo m th i c om p
ti v e nd s p e la t iv e onl y in th is w y
N O T E 2 Th e r lative su p e lative of th p ti i ple p e sent and th o p t
m i n th i fl ec ti on n t eff b t fl ;
p ti i pl t mi n ti ng i n et
en as
h is beb entenbfien Setter lvurben bega ngen th e m t i m p t an t blun de
w e c om m i tt d ; bie b erbfi tetr
ten iB Bfgiuitb ter i b firbell fi d) beflen fdi fimm th e
m t b du ate vi ll i n w ld b
h m d f it ; $
0 “ b e gogenfte Sti ne B t
th e te m i nati ng in t
m e ell ;
be: gelabrtefie Smar " bie b et tra uter
le
l at
s
oe
ca
a
s
ors
s
or
, e
r
c
e
.
es
r a
or
s,
.a n
a
a
s
er
e o
o
e
e
u se
a
u
r
e
r
a
or
au
,
a
o
sou n
ou
ara
e r
c
su
ar
.
ar
s
r e
s
e
,
.
s
,
ca
or
,
,
s
s
e
as ,
o
re
a
su
,
ar
c
e
o
.
se
n
o
,
os
,
lt
,
r
e
as ,
se
s
a
e
'
i
as
u
,
or
rs
’
er
e
os
o
os
r
r
a
s
,
ou
r
e as
as su
a
e
o
r
.
as ,
t
u
,
{Sreunbim
N TE 3
iv
iv
iv
i i
i
p tic ip les i n th e b ove l ist m ay b e em ployed as s bstantiv li ke th p i tiv s
be: QBei fefte f ann irren th w is e t m n m y e ; bi e E
mi nfte bleibt
ti n fcbtnacbes S
mell) th e p u est w m n m a ins a w eak on ; bie fi elelmeften pi nt
m t l
of t bie fD fim mfl en th
d m n are often th e d ll es t ; has SBefE
e ifl
“i(
w y
b t i mmer has a m mi tb fi en Si egenbe th e m o t obvi ou th i ng a e ( b i
Th e c om p ara t es prop er a nd rel at e su p erla t es of a ll th e a dj ec
tiv es a nd of a ll th e p ar t c p les present i n th e l s t i n
1 7 7 , a nd of a ll th e p as t
O
.
ar
a
u
,
a s,
e
,
r
,
o
a
s
es ,
a
a
re
os
e
v ou s
a
e
rr
e
.
,
e
os
ea rne
e
u
s
,
s
s
si n iB e eret i nirb nitbt ge uuben i m ga
ff
i s ) not a l w a ys th e b es t ;
f
f
y
o
r
mer! { c ube (S chi l
ler ), a be tter m a n w ill n ot be ou n d i n th e w h ol e c ou ntr ; b er fi l fi gere h on
e lds ; S chli mmeree li m b ni t et
beiben gi ebt a nd) , th e w ser (m a n ) of th e tw o
i ll bet S einb beg
Doubt, w orse th ngs w ere ne e r th ou gh t o f (S chiller ) ; bad
i
i
yi
v
P r over b), th e good i s th e e nem
eren (
§ e|T
B
y f th b tt
o
e
e
er
.
E ngl i sh on e pla ced a fter a dj e ctiv e s w h en th e
su b s ta n ti v e i s n o t r e p ea te d i n c om p ar i s on w i th o th er a dj e ctives
j oin e d to sub sta ntive s i s su p erfl u ou s a n d not i n u se i n Germ a n
Th u s th e
w h e r e th e i n fl e c ti on m a k e s t h e r e f e re n c e e v i den t
‘
w e h a ve a b e tter
h e ta k e s a n old h a t f or a n ew on e
s en ten ce s
th i s i s a g en u in e d iam o n d b u t th at a f alse
m ean s th a n thi s on e ; ‘
‘
Henry s h ors e w h i p i s u gl y b ut yo u rs i s a ye t u glier
one ;
on e — a re to b e tra ns l a te d er ni mm t ei ncn al tcn b u t fii r c i n c n
n e u e 11 ; mi r b a beu ei u bcflereé 9fi i ttel al e 1) i e f e 6 ; bi ee { ft ei n
oE
li ei tpeitfcbe
fidfier SDiamant, abet h as i ft ei n fal lcher ; b ei nti m
i ft bi fili cb abet eure i ii ci ne nod) bli fil i dme
1 9 3 Th e com p ara tive pr op e r an d th e r el a tive su p er la ti v e
19 2
Th e
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
’
,
’
’
,
’
,
,
'
.
’
,
.
.
o f te n
g o v e rn th e c omp lem ent of
a n o b ec t to
j
m a ke th e m
u nde r
THEO RETI C A L
PA RT
229
.
i s th e better m a n of th e two er tft ber 5Befiet e (23 efte)
h on fi
li eiben ; h e i s th e best m an of a ll er i ft ber befte imam h on
ali en ; Na p ol eo n w as th e g rea tes t of all ge n e ral s, Sl apoi eon mar
elbberrem
ber grbfite b en ali en gelbberren or ber grofite alter {E
Th is com plem e nt i s as th e above exam ples sh ow alw ays ex
p re ss e d by th e Ge n i tive or th e p re p osi ti on s on w i th t h e Dative
a f ter th e s u p e rl a tiv e ; a nd a lm ost e x clu s iv el y i n th e la tter w ay
a f ter a c om p a ra tiv e
stood
as , h e
,
_
,
’
,
,
,
-
,
,
.
Th e su pe rl a tive w h en p re dicativel y
19 4
.
u se d assu m e s a n
i ively u se d a s f ollow s
am
fé finfl en am heften am mei feften th is b eing th e pre p os iti on on
w i th th e Dati v e of th e S u p erla tiv e ; a s bi e E
li atbé bet ren finb
Pr ov er b) th e
am f l ii gften menu fie b em Si atbbaufe f owmen (
Cou n cil m e n a re w i se st w h en com i ng f rom th e Cou n cil h ou se ; (
0
wit h ea am Beften fei n th is w i ll b e th e be s t w a y ; bee Smorgene
tten am Iangiten bee mi ttags am f iir
u nb filbenbe [lab bi e 6 d m
aeften th e s h a dow s ar e l on ge s t i n th e m orni n g an d e v en in g
sh or te s t a t m idda y
S till th e attrib u tiv e f orm m ay j u st a s w e ll tak e th e p la ce of
Pr over b)
th e p re dic a ti v e as h er gerabe ‘
lfi eg i (
t i mmer ber hefte (
th e stra igh t w a y i s a l w a ys th e b est ; bi e neuen b i u fer finb ni cht
{ min er bi e gefunbeflen n e w h ous es a r e no t al w ays th e h e al th ie st
Th e sa m e i s of ten th e ca s e i n th e co m p ara tive ; lvehb er h on ben
‘
ber l u ngfte) ? w h ich of th e tw o
heioen SB rubern i ft ber l ungere (
on e ? b ei n g j ust as good a s weld) “
broth ers i s th e youn ge r (
)
Brfibern i ft l unger ? S ti ll thi s latter u se of th e
non ben beiben 5
a ttribu tiv e su p erl a tiv e i s l ess Germ an e x c ep t i n se n ten ce s l i k e
th e f ollo win g : i d) mert e fur ben fil teiten u nter una fi
Brii bern ge
b al ten I a m h eld to be th e ol des t of u s b roth e rs ; man fiebt bi efe
‘
m an th ey consider th is ch urch
thii nfte i n bet 6 m
ii irche fi n bi e (
th e fin est i n th e c ity
No m —T h dj tiv al w ays p ec ed th
b t ntiv w i th w h i c h i t is
t d
nn
B t i n p oetry w h n th
e tw
mo e
dj ec
g amm ati c lly
b t ntive th e y m ay f llow th e l tte i n th e p ed i tive fo m ; a
tiv s to ne
t
sw
d p i nted nd
ei n n i oert (
barf nub (p ieig ti ng fiber fibmnotlee h aunt
f or m
o th er
th a n
w h en
a ttr b u t
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
,
=
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
'
,
.
,
.
r
a
r
a
o
su
e a
ec
co
ec e
s a
e
r
u
.
e
,
e
ere a r
a
r
o
,
su
s a
es
e
r
’
,
,
20
o
,
a
or
r
ca
or
a
r
o
s,
a
MAN GR AMMA R
R
GE
23 0
.
p h u ng over th e h ead of Dam ocles ; ein Ghettnetbt fanf t unb tetf
sh ar
a
p age gentle and bris k ; em b and will up b it batten grbfiet u nb ftbbner ala has h er
’
'
,
i
i
Bu t
bt‘almte, a h ou se I ’ ll bu ld f or you , large r a nd fi ner th a n th e one b u rnt
th e su p erla t e i s, i n th s c a se , al wa s u s e d i n th e a ttr bu t e orm ; as , man.
ner, bi e {ti ntr
i er; unb befien, b ergagten, m e n, th e strongest and bes t, h es tate d
iv
-
(See
.
i
y
iv f
i
-
2 9 0,
19 5
.
Note
.
Wh at th e adj e ctive is to th e substantive a com ple
,
p ee ch , in di vidu ali z in g th e general notion of th e sam e
th e a dv erb i s to th e gene ral noti on of th e v er b ; i t s ingle s o
ut
th e in divi du al or p articul ar sp e cies of th e ac ti on or p r edica te
as , bi e er G
i arten i ft f ebfin angel egt, th i s garden i s bea u tif u lly
f
a rr an g ed ; bi e Q
i bgel fingeu I t e b l t d) , th e bir ds a re si nging
m e n t of
s
,
/
'
c
h ar m i ng ly
.
§ 1 9 6 Alm ost e very
j ctive m ay be converted into an
a dve rb — i a En gli sh b
y a ffixi n g in m ost case s ly to th e s te m ;
as r ich r ichl y ; fin e fi n el y ; nice n icel y — in Ge rm an b
y u s i ng
si m p l y th e p r e dicat ive f orm of th e a dj e ctiv e as th e a bo v e
A n d th i s h ol ds go od of th e com p ara tive and
e x a m pl es s h ow
‘
su p erl ative a s w ell as of th e p os itive ; a s Bofton i ft u nregel
‘
mafii ger gebaut al e all e g taote 2Imeritae ; ber 6 pottb ogel fingt
For p a rticula rs se e § 2 6 1
am {cbfinften a utet ali en 1969 2111
.
ad e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
z
.
’
C HAPTE R VI
PRO NO UNS
19 7
.
.
,
.
.
.
Pronoun s are sh ort w ords u se d i n th e pla ce of
nou ns,
f or th e sak e of br e vity and eu ph on y, a nd e xp ressin g a t th e sam e
k
ti m e th e rela tion i n w h ich th e p erson or th i ng sp o en of
k
to th e sp ea er
stan ds
Th ey m y be divided i nto S bst n ti e a nd Ad
a
.
u
a
v
j ecti ve Pr on ou ns th e f orm er h a vi ng th e i n de pe n dent nature of
su b s tan tives w h i l e th e l a tter m u s t b e j oi ne d w i th a s u b stantiv e
To th e f orm er cl as s b el ong i d) bu er wit e tc mer maé ‘
Rie
mant S ebermann e tc ; to th e latte r mein, bei n wel d m e tc
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
RMAN GRAMMA R
23 2
GE
.
PER S O N
Tm RD
.
Neu ter
’
ll tzs culine
i
N
.
ee, i t
er, h e
.
G fei ner (feta ),
D i bm, to h i m
’
feiner (feiu) , of i t
i bm to i t
.
.
A i bu h im
.
,
R
,
eé , i t
.
.
R
FI S T PE SO N
G
D
nus, to u s
A
11 11 6 , u s
fit of u s
eurer
,
.
fie th ey
,
(euer) of you
il) rer, of th em
i bnen, to th em
,
end), to you
"
.
IRD PERsO N
TH
.
i br, you
.
un
R N
N
SEC O D PE SO
.
JV mi r, w e
.
.
end) , you
fie th em
NO TE L Th e Genitive mein beta feiu euer is th e anc ient form and th erefore
th e m ore p oeti c al oc c u rri ng a ls o i n a f ew sa y in gs ; as b ergifi mei u nitbt f orge t
m e not ; i t!) gebente bei n I th i n k of th ee ; man (
potter fei n p eopl e s neer a t h i m
.
.
.
.
,
'
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
i
i
,
.
i iv
Th e corres p ond ng Ge n t e ihr, f or i hrer, i s no longer in u se
l l nfer is now
generall su bst tu te d f or unferer, on ac c ou nt of th e dac t l i n th e l a tter
.
y
y
NO TE 2 Th e neu ter ed is f or th e sake of eu ph ny oft n j ined by con
trac tion to th e p ece d ing w ord or at th e c m m n m nt of ent n
to th e
foll w ing one ;
toad
wh t is th e m atte ? i r
t e and) toabr ! is i t t e
in deed ? 6 ifi 3 a ftb li mm t is too bad ; 6 tommt mega ;
ra in is c ming
.
o
.
r
,
as ,
o
o
,
e
a
ce
e
o
s
e
’
r
’
’
e
c es ,
'
ru
’
o
,
-
,
.
v y substantive h as in Germ an a d istin c t
gender th e Engl ish u se of r ef err in g th e n e u te r pron oun of th e
th ird p erson i t to pre ce din g su bstan tiv es n ot n a m es of p ers ons
Th e su n does n ot re
cannot b e im ita te d Th e sen te n ces ‘
volve round th e ea rth i t s tands still and th e e arth re vol v es
I h a ve los t th e key w h er e i s i t ?
Co w ardice i s to
r ou n d i t ;
be desp ise d i t m u st be con sidere d a s a vice — m ust b e trans
la te d : bie 6 0m m breht fid) ni cht um bi e (
Srbe f i e fiebt fii l
i) b abe ben g d fififiel b erl o
u nb bi e Qrbe brebt fid) u m fi e ; S c
ren mo i fi er ? geigbei t i fi 3 a verac
hten f i e i fi ale ei n fiafier
3 a betrachten
NO T E
B t w h e n p no n
fe to d im i n tive n m es of p ons th
e d ; as i n QBae mad ni br I fit
n t
l g n de i p f
b tercben (G blmc
b eu ) ? i d) (wif e
fie (er) ifi befler How i s y u l i ttle d u ghter (son ) ? I h op e h e (be ) is be tter
fi at (d un se cure uicbt f olgen abet e r mufite Ch arley wou ld not obey b u t be h a d
§ 2 00 S in ce
.
e er
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
'
,
,
’
’
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
=
,
,
.
a u ra
ro
u
.
e
r s
u
s
re
r
u
a
e rs
re err
,
e
,
'
o
,
r
a
s
.
-
,
,
,
T
i
H EO RETI C AL PA RT
23 3
.
An d s o w th bad QBeib, bad fl nt , bad {Sm um gimmeu bie wh e never
to su bm t
.
(on bie QBeibep erf on
,
i
i
:
.
2 01
.
Ge n itiv e
Th e
and
Da tive
l ia b le to b e m istak e n f orth ose of
Th e y
of
es
(fein a n d i bm) a re
i
f orm
er, b e n g of th e sa m e
.
y w h en ref erri n g to a n e u ter su b
s ta n ti v e n o t w h e n r ef erri n
g to a n eu te r p ronou n or a se n te n ce
or f a ct a nd i n th e la tter case be en a n d bem
fl
(Geniti ve an d
Da tiv e of th e n e u ter de m on stra tive p ro noun ) a re em pl oye d ; as
has ®ebei mni fi i fi b erratben mert en i cb eri nnere mi d) fain n i cbt
mcb r i eb b abe i bm fol eb ein g ibi dfai b orbergefagt th e se cre t h a s
b een b e tra ye d I thi n k n o m or e of i t I a lwa ys p roph e s i e d f or i t
‘
su ch a f a te ; Di eé i fi bei n Rinb h ergi bt bu ei ner
{
gang ? gi ebfi bu
i bm f ei ne Grgi ebung ? th i s i s you r ch ild do you f orge t i t e ntire l y ?
don t you gi ve i t an y e du ca ti on ? S
mae er ini r {ebulbgi cbt i cb
bi n mi t befien ni cbt bemufit w h at h e ch arges m e w i th I a m n ot
c on s c i ou s of ; Q M i
fi tr ab t i d) bi n befien gemi fi th a t i s tru e I
a m su r e of it
S ti ll b o th k i n ds of ex pr e ssion ar e a v oide d by
g oo d w r ite r s an d sti ll m or e in com m on con v er sation a s m a y be
m os t ve rbs a n d a dj e ctiv e s go ve rni n g a Gen itive
eas i l y don e
b e in g c a p abl e of tak in g th e A ccu sative or a p re p osi ti on in stea d ;
as i cb b ergefie eé i c
b erinnere mi d) baran
2 02 Th e n eu ter p ron ou n of th e th ird p erson cann ot b e
j oin ed to a pre p os ition I n i ts ste a d th e a dv e rbs bie ba (bef ore
vow els bi er bar) a re com bi ne d wi th th e pre p osi tion f orm ing
a dve rbs
a s bi erin i n i t i n th is barin i n i t i n th a t ; b i et au on
it (
at i t
) on th at (a t th at) bi emi t (biermi t) w i th i t w ith th is ;
bami t w ith i t w ith th at ; bi erbut cb (
bieburcb) th rou gh i t,
th rou gh th is ; baburcb throu gh i t th rou gh th a t ; bi erb on (
bie
s on) batten bi et nacb (
bi enacb) banad) (barnacb) bi erau s bar
au e bi et a
u (
bi ej u) basil bi erbei (bi ebei) babei e tc of af ter
ou t O f to
at b
th i s th at )
E x a m pl e s : 6 te i rren bi eri n
y it (
(bari n) you are m i sta ke n in i t (in th is th a t) er mar aufri eben
bami t h e w a s sa ti s fie d w i th i t (
th a t)
er fragte mi cb baru m h e
a s k e d m e abou t i t qu esti on ed m e a bou t i t ; 6 i e i bua cu
ficb bar
auf beri afien you m a y de p end on i t
S u ch adverbs m ay be
ar e
th er ef ore u se d on l
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
=
,
,
.
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
'
,
,
,
.
,
20
M
R AN GRAMMA R
23 4
GE
re f err ed both
not of
.
to f oll ow in g an d to pre c e din g n a m es of th i ngs, bu t
p e rson s
mufif, b erfiebt aber ni cbte ba
b mm E
pri c t
f
as, er
s
son, h e ta lk s o f m u s ic, b u t u n ders tan ds n othi n g of i t
4
.
2 03
Qe a n sw e rs to th e En gl i sh so, w h en th e p ronou n is
.
p re dica te in s u ch p h rases as I h op e so i d) b offe
ee ; I b eli e v e so, i cb gl aube es ; 3 t
feib i br fret, i br {eib e bard)
Sj e eg n ow a re you f r ee
bi eé (
f
you a re so thr ou gh th is la w
(S ch ) ; bann maren ib i r g flab en u nb verbienten e s an {tin
(S c h ) th en sh ould w e be sla ves a nd des er ve to be so QB!)
bi e (Befabr eine gemobnli cbe (
5 rfcbei nung i fi ba i fi e e aucb ber
(Ja cobs) , wh ere danger i s of f re que nt occ urr e n ce, cou rage
th e obj e c t
or
,
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
.
«
,
is so also
.
ca nn ot be th e subj e ct wh en one of th e p ersona l or de
m on stra ti v e pronou ns i s th e p re di c a te
Who i s i t ? i t i s I i t
(
56
.
;
i s th ou, i t i s he, i t i s w e, you , th ey, i t i s thi s, i t w as th a t, m u st,
mer i fi es ? i cb bi n e bi t bi fi e er i ft e,
’
’
’
’
bi efee) i fi e, iener (
ivi r finb e, i br feib e, fie finb e, bi efer (
j enee)
’
mar e
’
th e ref ore , b e tra n sla ted :
’
’
,
,
.
Bu t i t ca n be th e su bj e ct e ve n wh en a m al e or f em al e p er so n
i s th e p redica te , provi de d i t i s n o p ronou n ;
as ,
wet i fi has ? e e
And in s en ten ces l ike
i fi ein frembet 33 m , ei ne innge gran
these a r e p ea ch es, th ose w ere si ster s, w e m u st n ot tran slate
.
‘
i et or es finb
bi efe finb p firfcben, iene maren g rimefiern, b u t D
s
p firfiben, baa (es) maren 6 cbmefiern
finb bi e ti m er bie
.
Iiingfien faumen (S ch ) , i t i s th e m e n of U ri th a t delay
longest
li i cbtet f i tt b £ 6 nut , bi e i d) b et werfe, i t i s onl y
Q ie E
'
am
’
.
th e
j u dge s th at I rej e ct
.
2 04 Th e r egul ar f orm of a ddress ing p erson s i s
.
Mm b
f m li y sc h ool fell ow s love and intim ate friends
t an d w h n a dd
ing m ore th an ne ibr Te c h
a ddress e c h oth er w ith bu
n t f ll g r w n
m s te s th i
e s a d dress th e i r p u p ils as l ng as th e y
pp ntic es em ployers th e ir servants and adu l ts al l you ng p e sons in th i
fam ili r w ay
th i d p erson pl u l ) nd o too
2 Al l oth ers a ddress each oth er w ith G i t (
p u p ils address th i teac h e
pp ntices th eir m as te servants th e ir em pl y
ex
pt ne ar rela ti ves
l e y u ng th e ir eld
e
a nd
fi
1
.
e
ers of
th e sam e
a
-
,
rs ,
,
'
a
e
,
res s
o
r
a
re
are
o
u
a
,
r
e r
r
s
,
.
r
.
e r
rs , a
re
e rs ,
ce
ra
rs ,
'
rs ,
o
a
.
,
,
,
a
o
o
.
,
a
s
,
,
o
RMAN G RA MMAR
23 6
GE
.
lf , h erself , our selves, your selves th ems elves be translated by
myself ; thysel , hi mse
f
,
k
micb felbft. bi d) felbr
id
t, (
) felbft ; as , er tfibtet fi d) {e(bft, nicbt Qi nbere, h e i lls hi m
self , not oth e rs ; er tbbtet i d) fetb t, nid t cm zi nbcret t ébtet i bu, he
ills h ims elf ,
f
(
no one els e does
k
'
.
NO TE 2
e
Th e re
.
fl iv p
ex
e
ronou ns
x press a r eciproc l ac ti n b tw
a
o
e
of
een
plural nu m ber are used also to
th e
tw o
or
as , bie fi nabm
j
m ore
su b ec ts ;
ftblagen li d) or ftblagen fit!) einanber th e boys are beating each oth er, are fight
i ng w i th one anoth er ; tnir mert en uns‘wiebet feben we shall see one another
,
,
,
j
i
Ginaubet is added, h owe ver, wh ere ver th e ob ec t m igh t be m is ta ken ;
as , fi e l i eben (
i d) ei nanber, th e y l ove each oth er, wh ere
fie lichen fith migh t be
m ista ken f or th ey love eac h one himself ’
aga n.
.
NOTE 8 The English h e is goodness its el f may b e im itate d : ct ifi bie o ne
‘
e
(
T
h
l
s
u
s
b
i
e
E
n
h
e
o
f
e tc
i
w ith th e I m pe a ti ve m ay be
{ f
g
you melf
i m i ta ted say yoursel f fag: bu felbfi ragt it): felbfi fagen Git felbfl
Com pou nds are fo m ed w i th felbfi as i n Engli sh ; as Gelbftliebe sel f love
Geibfltfiuftbmm self del us ion ; G elbfimorb
ic i de ;
independent
fclbfltbci tig felbfltb irtenb sel f ting ; firb felhli erlyaltenb self p es erving ; baa‘
S afar
i bet Geibfi erbalt nng th e la w of self p e v ti on ; G elbfi bertlnibigung sel f
defenc e ; baa gefc
biebt (gebt ) b on felhit th at goes of i tsel f ; bad if! in fitb felbfl f lat
th at is evident i n i tse lf sel f e vi dent
’
.
.
:
,
,
r
,
.
'
,
,
-
,
r
.
,
'
-
,
su
,
,
'
,
-
,
ac
-
,
-
-
,
r
res r a
.
,
-
,
,
.
The Eup honi c
(En gli sh there)
eé
.
5 2 06 Th e Engli sh ther e i s, ther e a r e, i s tra nslated eé gi ebt ;
.
there w a s, ther e w er e, ed gab
ther e h as been , ther e ha ve
been, eé
but gegeben
In both l angu a ges, th e su bj e ct i s m ad e pre di ca te
of
c
.
th e
sen ten e,
in cas e s lik e th e f ollowin g : th ere w as
c
on e
p on a tim e a f airy, eé mar ei nmal cine g ee Th e subj e ct h ere,
properly sp ea king i s the f ai ry ; th e pre di ca te, was But th is
p re di cate, m entioning onl y th e em s te nce wi th ou t any qu ality, is
consi dered too i ns ignifi cant, and th us alm os t e very lan guage has
a p articular m eth od of a vo idin g i t ; th e Engl ish and Germa n by
turni ng th e su bj e ct in to a pre di ca te and m ak ing i t (
ea) th e sub
j ect, wh ich in Engl ish is su ppl ie d m enta lly, in Germ an e xpressly
But i n Germ an i n m os t ca ses ee gi ebt, eé gab, e tc (
sta ted
the
s ubj e ct f ollow in
g i n th e A ccu sa ti v e, b e ca u se geben i s a transi
tive v e rb ); are pref erre d to es i ft es war ; as ea gi ebt biel e R
eute,
th ere are m any p e opl e es gi cht ei nen W
ag th ere i s a pl a ce
Nor m —Sentences l ik e th e foll owing h owever are tra nslated by ed ill 03
war ; as th ere is a son of th e deceas ed l iving eat if! eln Gobn bee werftorbenen
u
.
.
,
'
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
“
,
THEO RETI C A L
P A RT
23 7
.
fo nd a corp e i n th e street es iff ein trirbnam emf ber
G trafie gef unben mert en ; th e e w i ll be a f tiv al 9 6 wit h ein Sell 1t i n In
‘
sente nces l i ke th ese ee e l) l e n brel G ibii ler th
i ng ; es maren
e p u p i ls a e m i
f
th e p lu ral of t h e p e di a te h ows
tei ne $
23 ii d m: be th e
w e e no b ooks th e e
th t th l a ng
ge is c onsc i ous th a t not eel b t th e foll o wi ng p lu al i s th e real
b orbanben; th ere h as been
s
u
,
'
es
r
:
“
a
j
e
r
r
ua
ss
r
,
c
s
r
u
,
,
See § 2 9 2 2
su b ec t.
r
re
,
re
,
.
,
~
.
i
.
fl
i
i
x
Th s eu ph on e u se of th e su per u ou s ed obta ns to a greater e tent i n Ger
m an, p arti cu larl i n p oetr , th an i n Engl sh , a nd a lm ost e er sentence m ay
y
y
i
v y
th s b e g am m ati c all y i nverted ; as ed f ngen bi e 23 3 9 9 1 b i ds a e si ngi ng ; es t ai l
(than bi e Q ueue“ th e S p ings are m u m rin g ; es tommt ber I ag ber Wil es
[ 3 11 mloirb (S ch ) th e day i com i ng wh i h w i ll sol ve all th i ngs ; es erbt ber Gl
t ern 6 9 3 m nitbt ihr S il l d) G ) th p aren ts bl ss i ng i s i nh e i te d not th ei c u s e ;
es mutt bie Si lage ben I obten ni c
l am e nt ti n does not a w k n th e
h t auf
e al u bj ec t
dead
In all th e s ntences ex
? i s nl y eem i ngly th e su bj ec t th
b ing w h at seem s to be th e p r edi ca te bi e 513 89 21 bi e Queue" ber l ag ber 6 c
u
r
i
,
,
,
,
r
r
s
c
.
es
’
e
o
e
r
e
a
o
e
e r
,
s
,
,
,
r
r
,
s
,
gen, etc
s
,
a
.
r
u
e
.
r
.
II
207
.
Po ss ns s w E PR O NO U NS
.
Th e p ossess ive p ronou ns re p resent th e p erson or th i ng
.
poken of as bein g in th e p ossession of , or i n som e w ay con
n ecte d in tim a tely w i th on e of th e th r e e p erson s, — th e p e rson
s p e a kin g s pok en to or sp oken of
Th e y are f orm ed f rom th e
Gen itive of th e se p ersons th e la tter assu m in g th e f orm of a d
j e c tiv es, an d th eref ore a gree in g with th eir su b stantiv e i n gen
d er n u m be r, an d case
2 08 Th e p os ses siv e pron ou ns are de cl in e d a ccording to th e
a n ci e n t de clen si on of a dj e ctiv es or ra th er a ccord i n
g to th a t f orm
of i t a f te r w h ich th e in defin i te ar ticle, t i n, ci ne ti n i s i nfl e cted
,
,
s
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
vi z :
S
M bulin
INGULA R
PLU
.
e.
Femi nine
Neu ter
G meta as
D mei n—
em
A main en
mai n e
meta ar
meta er
meta e
main
mai n as
main em
as
N mai n
-
.
-
.
.
-
.
.
Th s a
.
-
L
.
.
-
-
-
-
RA
mei n
.
.
i nfle cte d beta th y fai n h is i hr h e r u nfer o ur
eu er yo u r i hr th e i r (
S i m you r) unfer a nd Bu tt h ow e ver
om i t th e r of th e A us la ut i n all cas es th at a s su m e a th ir d syl
l a ble f or th e sak e of euph ony and to a voi d th e da ctyl a s
u
re
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
RMAN GRA MMAR
23 8
GE
Nam
.
l (not unlere) u nler eucr sure (n ot
less a cc e p ta bl e unlt eé on a ccoun t
w ere) m et ; Gen u nlet é (
se ldo m un erer
of th e li qu i d a f ter th e m u te) u nlrer (
l ) u nlcrs ;
unlerer)
cures
cut er
cures ; D a t u nlet m, unlrer (
nnlern ;
unfere) un er ; enren
eurem ent er eurem ; A ec unfern anjra (
l
nnlere), cure ; Gen unfret (
cure eu er ; Plu r Nam 1111 e (
un
‘
D
a
l
A
cc
t
f
e
r
n
e
u
re
un
unlere) , cure
en er ;
n;
unlce (
,
NOT E Th e c au tion c onta ined i n § 2 00 not to refer back to m ascul ine
nd fe m i n i ne nam es of th ings the p ron u n es h olds good l i k e w ise of th e p s
sess ive p ronou ns of th e th i d p e s on
Th e sentenc
th i w a t h i b r k n i ts
lli e
m u t be tra nsla te d bi ele llln‘ i l l erbrotben i l) r e fi
m ac h i nery is i n d is orde
f tbinerie ill in l l nct bmmg 9 “ fi sh ill nnb et meiblid} { e i n e (fielnalt ll ll ib ibel fl el)
‘
li d) death is navoidable i ts pow e r i re i sti ble ; Die 91am: f orbet t i lli e gl etbte
n t re d em a nds h er ri gh ts ; one S
Dorl uni t l e i n e n éB elvobnern th e vi ll ag e
:
w i th i ts i nh ab i tants ; has t i fi
l annltbaft th e sh i p w i th
mi t l e i n e r gmi l en SD
i ts w h ole c re w
Bu t th e ru le g ive n i n 2 00 note al so h olds good h e e
S i ng
.
l
nn er, u n i e
.
,
,
,
,
.
’
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
a
o
r
r
,
,
e,
.
o
,
s
c
s
o
e
,
’
’
r,
s
s
,
‘
.
u
,
’
,
r
,
'
s
.
'
’
a u
,
'
’
,
r
.
2 09
,
.
,
Wh en th e possessive pronoun i s not attributively con
.
ively u sed re
f errin g ba é k to a substantiv e n am e d or u nderstood th e p ronou n
tak es a som e wh at diff er en t f orm v i z
1 Wh en not p re cede d by th e defin i te ar ticl e it ta k es th e
f ull an cie nt de cl en si on of th e a dj e ctive ; as Nam S i ng mei ner
th i ne )
m in e)
a nli er
bei ner bri ne, bei nes (
m ine meineé (
ours ; ent er eurr cures (
w ere) (
your s) e tc ;
nnlre u nlere (
)
Acc S i ng mei nen mei ne, ntei nes, unfern unlre unlers a nd
2 08 ; a s bei n Qi ater i ll tobt
so on ; an d th e oth er c as e s a s i n
mei ner i ll am E
at en ; lei ne Rut
) mar gran, li ne mar mei fi; unler
b au e ll eil t bod) cures tlef
2 Wh en pre ce de d by th e de finite articl e i t adds th e a ffix lg
wi th th e m ode rn d ecl ension of th e a dj e cti ve as f ollows
i
n ec te d w th a
i
i s i tself
su bstan t v e , b u t
s ubstan t
,
'
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
.
,
.
.
,
ber, bi e, has unlri ge, ours
bet: bi e, has euri ge, you rs
ber, bi e, has i llri ge, th ei rs
ber, bi e, h as S tri ge, you rs
ber, bi e, has meini ge, m in e
ber, bi e, has beini ge, th ine
ber, bi e, has fei ni ge, h i s
~
ber, bi e, has i hri ge, h e rs ;
EXAMP LES
i ll b e r m e
.
‘i l meiner has i l bei ner or bi e es‘
—
e
e
s
i
b
i
e
r
l
n
i
b
e
l
i
t
e
h
M
l
b
{
l
l
l
l
l
’
’
i n i g e bas‘ill b e r b e i n i g e h ere th ere are two be ta—th is one
.
,
,
,
,
RMAN GRA MMAR
2 40
GE
.
fl
pronoun i n Germ a n w h ere ver n o m ista ke ca n b e m a de as to
wh ich i s th e p osse s s ing p erson ; a s i d) ltecl te has (
b i ll) i n b i e
S afcbe (
inste a d of mei ne I alche be cau se e v e ryb ody p resum e s
th at i t i s m y p oc k e t as lon g as n o oth er i s m enti on e d ; li e
)
BIu mcn i n e b oar sh e p u t her
(eli te b en b ut au f unb li edte fi
“
h a t on a n d a dorn ed h er h a ir w ith fl ow ers ; b abeu (
file b en Ii ul clt
fi rm gebrochen ? h a ve you broken you r l e f t arm ? furtbtbat i ll bi e
lpi mmei ef ralt (
baa getter), menu fie ei nbertri tt aul b er elgncn
6 pm (S ch) , f earfu l i s th i s p ow er wh en i t ch ooses i ts own p ath
B u t n ot so w h en a m ista k e wo uld be po ssi bl e or wh en th e pr o
n ou n h as a
grea ter stress la id u p on i t ; a s li e bruci te ben Borbeer
aul l c i n e © ti rn ni c
ht aul ibre ei gene sh e bound th e la urels on
his brow, not on h er own ; i d) gab i bm lei n ©e (
to w h ich h e
w a s e nti tle d n ot m in e )
,
,
,
'
.
.
,
,
’
,
,
.
,
Even wh ere th e Pronou n seem s to be i ndisp ensable to i ndi c ate th e p oss essi ng
p erson th e Germ an fi nds a w ay to do w i th ou t i t by pl ac i ng th e c orres p ond i ng
p ersonal pronou n in th e Dative (in som e c ases t h e Accu sative ) be fore th e Obj ec t
p os sessed ; a s ein G tein li el i !) m anf b e n fi ovl a stone fell u p on his h ead ; ber
,
’
,
,
9 13 ml) “ ll iefi i l) t‘ei li en SDoicb i n’ e’ b erg, the robb er th ru st a dagger th rou gh her
h ea rt ; f ell toie ber (
fi rm as th e
Z rbe (
B runt {l ent m i r b e d b attled p ratbt
ou ndat on of e arth s ta nd s th e s pl e ndor of m y h ou s e ; i ll ) b eri mi nbete m i d) i n
‘
.
f
i
i
b e fi anb, a nd id) b erwunbete m i t b
good
.
i e b anb I wou nded m y h and a e e qu ally
,
r
,
NO TE 1 —Exp e sions l i ke a friend of m i ne ‘a relation of you rs are trans
l ated ei ner mei ner {firema n (one of m y f iends ) ei ner 3 9 m S
B ernaubten
NO T E 2 Th e plu rals bie Sill einigen bie fib einigen bie Geiuigen etc denote
m y (th y ) f m i ly rela ti ons o follo wers ; and
th ose b elongi ng to m e to th
th e n eu ter s i ng u lar ha s fili ei nige bad S ei nige bad l l nlt ige s ig ni fies my thy ou
ben Wri tten nail) Srantfurt I
lli e i n i g e n (
o
) e mi t 73 e n E
p r op r ty d ty ; i d) ge(
a m goi ng w i th m y fam i ly to F a n kfort ; ei n ma
thtiger b er b i e 6 e i n e n i i it
bt
‘
r
o
e
r
e
n
i
h
n
b
one in p ow
th at does
u
i
e lelbll getabelt (G
b
w
e
w
t
t
e
e
m
o
l
l
B
S
;
l g
fi
n ot k no w h ow to c are f r h is f llow ers i s blam ed b
y th e p eople th em elv es ;
bad i ll mei ne b fitte i d) fi che tni eber anf b e m Sli e i n i g e in(S ch ) th at s m y h u t
I stand onc e m e p n m y ow n p operty ; id) babe bas‘lili ei nige getimn tlmt SI)!
1) a e‘G ii 1‘e
I h ave done m y du ty d o you rs ; Sebem bad Geine (Prove b)
to e ve y one hi s own !
.
’
,
r s
.
t
r
’
,
i
,
,
.
,
a
.
,
,
ee ,
.
’
r
,
,
,
’
,
,
e
u
,
,
r
r
r
,
,
-
,
,
’
,
er
.
o
.
s
o
’
.
,
or
u
,
,
o
r
,
r
,
,
r
III DEMO N S TRATI VE PRO N O U NS
.
Dem onstra tive p ronou n s p oin t out
.
p articular or
ind ividual th i ng or p erson m ea nt by th e sp ea k er ; th e first clas s,
211
.
th e
T
H EO R ET I CA L PA RT
2 41
.
bar and bi clet‘, i n divi dua li z i ng
p erson or th ing near to th e
s p ea k e r ; th e s e con d
iener th ose m ore distan t f r om th e sp ea k
e r ; a nd th e th i rd
lolcher berj eni ge berlelbe a p er son or th ing
w i th ou t a ny r ef er e n ce to i ts di sta n ce f rom th e sp eak er b u t
a
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
on e
m eant by h im
212
.
i
Q er, bi e, bad i s th e
.
icle, th e la tter h a vi ng
de fin te art
“
i
y no e xisten ce in an cient Ge rm an and th is p ronou n
h avi ng tak en i ts p lace
Th e de clension of th e p ro nou n i s
th er ef ore th at of th e a r ticle ; bu t w h en i t i s s u bs ta ntive ly
e m p loye d, th e Gen i tiv e s i n u la r h a s bellen i n th e m a sc u line an d
g
n eu ter
berm i n th e f em in i n e ; th e Ge n i ti v e pl u ra l h as beret
or beren th e Da tive p lural benen
fi efi i nstea d of bellen i s
poetica l ; as befi riihme ber Blu tge Enrann fid) ni cbt
th e
bloo dth irs ty tyran t m ay not boast Of th is
S erer r ef ers to p er
sons not previou sl y e xp r ess e d bu t to be m en ti on e d l a te r berm
to persons before m en tioned
2 13 f or e xam ples
S ee
b er unb bet bie unb bie a nsw ers to th e Engli sh
fi
ori g nall
-
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
su c h and s uc h .
,
’
SDi elet , bi ele, bi eleé , an d lett er, iene, j ett ed, a re de c li ne d a ccord
i ng to th e ancie nt de c len sion of
twof old de clen s ion
j ctives
ad e
Q oi dm‘, s uc h , h a s
.
ci ent one w h e n not pre ce de d by
th e i ndef i nite articl e an d th e m i xe d on e w h en pre ced ed b i t
y
Instead of ei n lol cber ei ne (
ni che ei n lol cbeé th e d e clension m a
y
a lso ru n th u s :
fold) ei n fol d) ei ne lvld) ei n p lura l loi che etc
th rou gh all cases an d ge nde rs ol d bein
f )
g th e n an a dv erb a n d
i nde cli nable
a
th e an
,
,
,
,
,
’
.
,
’
’
,
,
,
,
.
,
’
,
.
© er1enige an d berlelbe are de clined like
'
j ctives w i th th e
ad e
defini te article , as f ollows
M culi
as
S
INGULAR
Femi nine
ne.
.
s
s
berieni ge
bi ei eni ge
beé ieni gen
berieni gen
a
bemieni gen
s
benieni gen
bet i eni gen
bi ej eni ge
.
.
21
.
P LU RAL
.
RMAN G RAMMAR
2 42
GE
S
M
G
D
A
.
ballelbe
bell elben
bemlel ben
ballelbe
berlelben
berlel ben
bi elelbe
benlelben,
.
R
AL.
eu er .
bi elelbe
bemlel lsen
.
Nt
.
berlelbe
bellelben
.
PLU
.
Femi nin e
as cu li ne.
N
ING ULAR
.
.
bi elelben
berlelben
benlelben
bi elelben
.
.
loltbee th e neu ter of bieler (eith er drop in th e nom inative
NO T E
'
’
,
.
,
,
ive th e te m ination es a nd are w i tten biea
th e fo m r both
w h en su bst ntivel y a nd w h e n a dj
tivel y u sed th e l att
only w h n u ed
dje t iv ly ; as biee i l ber l ag ba d b erm U M
) th is i th e Lo d d y ; bi er
arme molt ha t tei nen z roll th ese p o p eop le h ave no reli ef ; lold
) l l nglfidf ware
nocb nid
) t erbbt t su c h a m i f tu ne w as nev er h ea d of
2 1 3 S et bi e bad, h as of al l dem onstrative p ronouns th e
m ost general sign ifica tion as i t m ay stan d f or bi eler j ener or
berj eni ge Exa mp les 9 0 i ll ber EeII b e r la bel baa E
li ubet and)
(S ela ) th ere i s th at m an Tell h e (th at one ) also m an a ge s
th e h el m ; ber belle Raulmann i ll ber Rri eg ber macbt and (
l
E
th e b est m er ch ant is w ar h e m ak es gol d of
fen ®oib
i ron ; b ed QBegeé l am er
ca m e th i s (or th at ) w ay ;
S ch ) th y F ath er
bort brvben i ll bei n di al er b en rul an (
i s above c all on h i m ; b a a i ll bee Rai ler é b ani) unb 6 i egel
ai n
th at i s th e em p eror s h and and seal ; gemei ne W
ren begohl en mi t b em was li e li ub ebl e mi t bem w e li e tbuu
v ulgar ch ara cters pay w ith w h at th ey ar e nobl er
‘
©elb i d) bebat l b e l len
one s w i th wh at th ey do ; ni mm baé
en
tak e th e m one y I need i t not ; bi e S rof elen lcimi t a
ni cbl
J R ) th e
bae G
fieli cl nb el le n ber Iii genb ei nen {pelben beli egt (
Iroqu oi s bla cken th e f a ce of hi m w h o th ough l yin g con quers a
h ero ; l anle l ei ne QB
Iumen i d) babe b e r e n genug do not bu y
a ny fl ow ers I h a v e enou gh of th em ; baa fil ii lelmt b er et bi e
th e h i gh ra nk of th os e wh o sur
erlon u mgaben
leine w
rou nded h i s p erson ; ber b er? i ll m il b en en
lo (mel ehe) il)n
lucben (Lu ther) th e Lord i s wi th th e m wh o see k h im ; bad
J
©Iii cl bil lt b en en bi e li d) lellsll bellen (
NO TE 1 Th e geni tive of th i s dem onstrative pronou n in i ts l ngth ened form
belle" beren i s som e ti m es em ployed f or th e p ossess ive p ronou n of th e th i rd
a nd a c c u sat
r
a
a
c
r
,
ec
e
er
,
,
'
s
s
a
’
s or
r
.
,
,
.
r
o r
,
e
e
s
'
,
,
r
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
’
,
,
’
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
e
,
GERMA N G RAMMAR
2 44
.
i nsi gni fic ant or ridicu lou s
obj c ts a e t
nt
ies som etim e biefer e eel is
b e com p a e d w i th th e i
e m pl ye d to denote th e l tt
jener e ed to d n te th e fo m ; a lener Glenbe
‘
but mid) nnglli cfl id) gewan
bt a bet biefer eble n ew but mid) gerettet th t w t h
m n h
v d m ; f an" er jene
h
h a ppy w h ile th i ge
e de ed m
(armfeiigen) fi eleibigungen notb i mmer nitbt b ergeflen l c a n h e not yet forget th e
p i tifiu l i ns l ts ?
NO T E 1 Th e ne te biee‘or bad i s l i ke th e n eute ed oft n em ployed i n th e
Nom i native and Ac c ative to i nd ic ate th e m ost genera l a nd indefini te notion
O f a p erson or th i ng w i th ou t a ny rega rd t
i ts gender or n m b er wh n th t
p erson or th i ng foll ow s i mm edi atel y i n th e p dicate ; as biefee (bled) ift ein
‘
SUlenr
t i u m ph ! bi ee tai n
tb ienee tft ei ne S adi e bae i b at ein gubei ! th at w as
nn t b e
f ei n S entftber fei n th i s m n
Germ a n ; bi ee i nfigen wi chtige ‘
p api ere
‘
fei n ; bi ea bi er iii mei n t wefl erfolm (S h ) th is i m y i t s son ; bad i f!
‘
bee‘fi finige QBille i i itbt
th a t i n t th k i g s w i ll ; bad fi ab bes‘é i m melo
‘
u
r
ar
e
e
i
e
S
c
h
t
h
o
e
a
e
t
h
e
f
f
j
d
m
v
n
c
r
c
t
l
e
t
b
e
n
t
s
o
f
h
ea
e
n
e
e
Q
i
b
b (
)
; i
f
g
fallen i23 ucbfi aben fein th o e a e m eant f l tt ; QBarnm {thiei eu bi e s ome
nitbt l bled i ll and
wh y don t a ni m l
) ei n moi ga g ber nnenfc
b licb en mutant
s q i nt ? th is is al so a p erog tive of h u m an na t re
NOT E 2 Th e u se of th e Geni tive s ing lar and pl al Of bleier e ed and
it
iener e ed w h en s b stantivel y em ploy d i c a f lly v i d d b
nd (
c
an beflen
beren i u s d i n
i s eas ily c onfou nded w ith th
i ts ste a d ;
i d) bi n fei n G obn or beflen 6 01m n t biefee‘G ai n Bu t i n a f ew
ph rases th e Geni tive of b iefer b tantively em ployed oc c ; a ber l l ebe bt in
l e tter) ; ben gib altgigfteu bi efes th e t went i eth of
es th e be a er of th i s (
get bi er
th i s m onth
i
And f or th e s am e reas on, wh en c ontem p t bl e or
e
r
o
r
r
o
a
er ,
,
ra r
co
e
,
s
,
o
,
er
r
s,
e un
r
a
,
,
as r n
nerou s
s
,
a
as sa
,
e
re c
e
'
os
u
u
.
r
r
,
us
e
,
,
”
o
,
u
re
,
a
a
ca
o
,
s
s
r
,
t
e ar u
or
e
s s er
'
n
e
r
’
s
,
o
s
r
’
a
c
’
u
ers
’
-
u
r
"
a
u
ur
e
u
,
,
s
,
a s
.
u
.
,
a
,
,
,
e
,
,
re u
a
o
e
,
,
,
ec au se
'
_
o
er
a s es , a
, or
,
e
s
'
as ,
,
, su
o
,
s
.
,
urs
r
,
s,
r
s
,
.
poi nts ou t an i n divi du al qu al i ty of a
p erson or th i ng, su ch a s th e sp eak er m eans or des crib es i n a
r ela tive s e n te n c e ; f or i nsta n c e, fol d) en flBein l ob i d) mit ! i n
l
a zed
i
ei n ni c
t
m
ehr (G
n a ll
i
ol d)
ei n Q
B
a
uro
i
i
a
n
(
E
h
p
f
)
g
i
g
Europ e th ere i s n o s u ch w ine ; fol d) ei n QBetter i ii fel ten 3 a
s u ch w ea th e r h a s n ot O f te n w a ite d
fol d) “ Qu i te gei ommen
é Q
3 ud) mi c bu ed mii n
u p on su ch a h arve s t ; i ii bad ei n fol d w
i
s th i s su ch a book a s you desi re ? Rei n fi ner bat iol
d
?
t
n
f
f
Pf ) n o ani m a l h as s u ch
m 211 c b erli cl) (
(
ben 58 1k? a le 8 2116 M
a si gh t as Z eu s gran ted to th e Ly n x
§ 215
e, ed,
.
.
,
'
’
’
,
’
c
,
.
i
i
i
e t
Th e u se of (
h er nstead of th e p ersonal p ronou n of th e th rd p erson, or the
de m ons tra t e ba d, is a nt qu a te d ; as , an g eleh auf bee’ e gnen R abes' Jbauvt i
iv
f
etc
h ed tverb
i
th s w as ne
i
i
re nem 9 3 am
i
i
i
i
nod) geboten (S ch ), to a im a t h i s o w n c h ld s
’
h ead,
ver comm anded to any fath e ; laflet bie fi inblein an mit tommen
'
r
,
T
H EO R ETI CAL PART
‘
2 45
.
‘
i
i
benn foicber (ibrer) ifl bad b i mmelt eicb(Lu ther ), sunet l ttle c h ldren to com e u nto
.
m e , f or of su c h i s th e
k i ngd m of heaven
o
.
NO T E 1 In te d of foitber 2 ed i n com m on conversation and om ic p etr y
f o ei n f o etne fo ein i u e d or w h en s b tantively used fa ei ner e ed ; as fo
ei nen {Utenftben babe i d
) nod) nicht gefeben suc h a m n I ve nev er y et seen ; fi ber
bad ifi in and) fo ei ner
b t h e i li ke w ise su c h anoth er
NO T E 2 G old? i s never u sed as a p edic ate l i ke th e Engl ish su ch in sen
h w
h is condu c t th at h e soon b ec am e desp ise d
t n e li ke th e follow i ng : s
‘
m st h av e for ed h im i nto d i sti nc ti n
Th e or ect
l i talents w ere suc h
t an la ti on w i ll h e e b e fei n S
B etmgen war f o (o ber e m f th at k i nd or less
pt ble ein folcbed ) bafi er bulb b et atbtet innrbe ; fei ne 2tnlagen maren ber
c
(fo
[0 bebeutenb bergeflalt f th at k in d ) bag f e ibm u nfeben ermi ngen mafi
nit
t en
Th e Engli h no su ch thi ng i s nitb td ber
b td bet gleicben l
‘
NO TE 3 Th e Engli h h
in
ntences l i k e
suc h as th e f c t w
‘u c h as h e i s a id to be w h n i t m eans
f th at ki nd is
o
f th t d crip ti on o
tr n la te d fo i nie bie Go
l di e te ar fo tvi e er geloefen f ei n foil
NO TE 4 Th e Engl ish su h be f e an adj ec tive w i th a su bstantive is t ans
l dies of s c h h i gh b eed i ng in s h a v u lgar
la t d by foltber o foicb
f o;
‘
c ow d ! Damen eon f olcber li chen s
B i Ibung (foicb li cher foltb ei ner li chen ei ner fo
(
when (0 li cher) SB ilbnng i n foitbem gemeinen ®etnfili le (in ma
y gemei nem fokb
ei nem ei nem fo gemeinen (
S ub ti tle)
s
.
,
a
,
,
s
,
s
,
u
,
s
‘
uc
as
i s
r
,
c
u
ce
a
r,
,
c
.
o
r
,
,
'
,
,
,
o
i
s
.
s
.
s
’
a
e
,
s
es
c
e
’
r
as ,
,
,
.
,
.
’
a
se
as ,
suc
s
a
’
o
‘
a
,
as
r
s
,
.
r
o s
,
’
a
s
.
e
,
,
,
u
o
c
,
or
or
as ,
r
a
u
r
.
’
’
r
uc
,
,
’
,
,
,
.
21 6
S erfei be, bi efelbe, bafielbe, th e
j ctiv ely a nd
sub stantive l y u sed and p oin ts to a p ers on or th in
g as b e i n g
identical w i th anoth er b ef ore m en ti one d or y et to b e m entione d
or u n ders to od b
y th e sp e ak er ; as , iDlt effen non bemfel ben §Brcte
u nb trini en b en bemfel beu S
ZBeine w e a re ea ti ng of th e sam e
bre a d and dri nk i ng of th e sam e w in e ed i nb bi e elben bie mit
,
f
f
gefi ern faben, th ey a re th e sam e th a t w e sa w yesterday
NO TE 1 Th is pronou n is frequ entl y used ins tead of th e personal pronou n Of
.
sa m e, i s a d e
,
,
.
.
i person and instead of the possess ive p onou ns fein his and ihr h e
th i (
i n th e l atte case i n th e Geni tive ) es pec i al ly w h en a pre p os iti on i j i
o n ed
to i t r wh en a m i sta ke i n th e p erson or th i n s p oken of i to
be av oi de d
g
In
th i cas e th is p onou n refe s enerally to th e last m e ti
n one d p erson or th i n
g
g
F ex ample bie I oe
h rer (We!) ibrer mutter bafi b i e f e l b e in tonbon erinartet
i nerbe th e da gh t
w rote to h
m oth e th a t sh e (th m oth ) w
xpe ted i n
L nd n ; ber 93 am frrad) b on ei nem G o ne nub rii l nte bie
f
b
I ai ente b e f f e l b e n
n
( beflen o fei ne l atente) th f th e p oke f h i
n nd p rai e d hi
(th e s n )
tale nt ; nirgenbd farbte ber Griecbe i n ber fi lei
ii i tigtei t gegen bad teiben f e i n e n
dm
th e th rd
e r,
,
r
,
r
,
,
s
,
o
s
s
r
r,
,
.
r
.
or
:
u
,
o
or
er
er
'
r
e
er
as e
c
'
o
'
r
,
e
a
r s
o
s so
a
s
s
o
’
s
s
m om fonbern i n ber Grtm gnng b e f f e b e n bei al em (be ii li i
f
,
f it r b a f f a I b e
Greek never sou gh t hi s glory i n i n dif erenc e to su fi eri n
g bu t i n
e ndura nce of i t wi th th e fu l l consc iou sness of the a
s me ; bi e b ent t en rtennen
fb
th e
’
;
2l *
R MAN G RAMMAR
2 46
GE
.
‘
bei auer S
c met banned
B erebt ung ibm grogen SOi n
) and
) bi e e (bmfic
ben b e t re 1 6 e n
(K n ), th e Ge rm ans, i n all h om age to th e ir great m en, neverth eless ac k now le dge
th e i r (th e grea t m e n’ s ) w ea k nesses
b er QBei n i ff gut, it!) tann Slni en b e n f e
fi
ben empfebi en (ins tead o f ibu ), a nd ate bie Sma rter i li re I ocbtet fab, Inb fie biefelbe
.
(i ns tead of fie) ein, a re tw o e x am ples w h ere eu ph ony requ i res th is us e
.
NO TE 2 In stead of berteibe biefelbe buffelbe th e p oets som etim e m ak e u e
of {e(
ber e es i fl ec te d fter th e m od n d l ns ion w h n th e a ti cl e p ecedi ng
i c ont c te d w i th
p ep osi tion ; as nnb er b erliefi te i n t f e (b e n t ube (
an d h e fo s
k h r th e selfsam e h o ; am f e l b e n Du e;
ant felbi gen)
i m f e t b e n fi eifie i n th e sam e S p iri t
NOT E 3 1Derfclbige biefelbige baflelbige i nstead of berfefl w etc is anti qu ated
b er bi e ba d nnmlicbe th e se lf m
fi
d ebenbet felbe ebenbiefelbe ebenbaflelbe
a nd einnnbberfel be ei nnnbbiefel be ei nnnbba ei be ( om ti m e s i n i i nfle c t d ei ner
ff
‘
unb bet r
el be ei ne unb bi efetbe ei neo nnb baflelbe) th e ve y
m e j t t h e sam e
e and h a ve a greater em p h
is th an berfeibe
are s t i ll i n
’
,
.
,
s
a
n
,
,
,
ra
a.
er
r
s
,
ec e
r
or
e
,
r
i
,
r oo
e
,
s
ur
.
'
.
,
,
,
,
,
sa
,
,
,
e, a n
.
,
s
,
.
,
‘
,
e
s
,
s
e
,
'
,
,
us ,
217
.
r
,
as
sa
,
us
,
.
S eri eni ge, bi eieni ge, baé ienige, he (
tha t, wh o ), are em
,
ploye d onl y w ith a su bse qu ent r el ati ve pronou n (toec er e, ed),
th e la tter p a r ticul ari z i ng th e pe rson or th in g Of w h ich th e sp eak er
i s S peak in g ; as b et i e n t g e grofite Rrei s tr e I d) e n man r
i d)
,
,
,
u m bi e Sil i i tte ber Qrbe fiberall gl ei dn
nei t b on ben S oken geaogen
p
.
beni t,
‘
i
t
I
e
i
e
er
a
be fi ber ® cb r ob Qq u tm , th at gre a test cir cl e w h ich
w e im a gine to our sel v e s as dra w n arou n d th e m i ddle p ortion of
ys at th e sam e d istan ce f rom e ith er p ole is
cal l ed th e e qu a tor ; and) bet t obefie Wi enfd) bi ntergebt b e n i e
Jo
n i g e n ungern b e n er fur ei nen t echticbafienen Sh aun béi l t (
Mi ller ) e ven th e r udest p erson does not willingly de ceive hi m
w h om h e cons i ders a righ teou s m an ; man foil baé ientge am
K n ) w e are s aid to
mei ften Ii eben was man am mei ften pflegt (
th a t w h ich ) w e n u rse m ost
Bu t s e e 2 22
love m ost w h a t (
S erj eni ge w i th ou t a subse que nt re lative pro nou n i s th eref ore
com ical ; a s ia i d) bi n berjenige ! a y J a m th a t m ap But
th e r e i s n o com ical f orce i n se nte n c es l ike th e f ollow ing : h ere
i s m y ga rden a nd tha t Of m y c ou sin bi er tft mei n G
i arten unb
or ber mei nes Q
beri eni ge (
Settere ; th e b attle of Au ste rl i tz w as
)
call e d th e battle of th e th re e e m p erors be ca u se th e Em peror
Na p oleon engag ed i n i t th ose of A u stria and Pru ss i a bie
g d fladpt s on Qq terIi g murbe SDreiE
ai ferfcbIac
bt genannt, writ ber
th e
e a rth ,
al w a
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
s
,
,
,
,
,
,
RMAN GRAMMAR
2 48
GE
.
{W
i ser an d was are only su bsta ntivel y em ploye d ; as in
wet mi fit bem QBinbe fei nen Bani ? met; bei fit bi e b i mmel regnen
21 9
.
rbe anf, mi t S
h orratI) and an irguen ?
mer fdfli efit ben e chofi ber (E
(Geller t ) w h o m e te s ou t to th e w inds th e ir cou rses ? wh o bi ds
th e h eav e n s to ra in ? w h o O p e ns th e l ap of th e ear th to bless u s
w ith s tore s ? was { it ber Ti m id) bag bu fei n gebenf ft ? w h a t i s
m a n th at th ou ar t m in df ul of h im ? me i t mehr i n bet S
Ratnr
fi f
ber {St eube ober bee Glenbs ? (
E ) of wh ich is th ere m ost in
n a tu re j o
y or m isery ? men mei nen 6 te ? tvem bertrancn 6 k ?
wh om do you m ean ? i n w h om do you con fide
,
,
,
,
,
,
‘
,
NO T E 1
QB“ oc c u r i n a v ery f ew cas es w ith a su bstantive ; as, i t n 5 (Bulb,
.
.
s
E
i y of ) gold wh at ( n m be f ) p i s stone !
a nd in th e om m n p op l
xc l m ati n was I aufenb (wh t a w onde !) i b ae‘
bet
bad ifl ia bi e 6 am
! b on iB Iafetb iQ! (S h ) b y Jove ! (by th e li g h tning ! )
th is is e tc
m m on conversati on of ten u ed i nstea d of
NO E 2 ‘
Z fias‘is i n poetry a nd
to a 6 ( bclfieine ! wh a t (a qu a nt t
c
o
u ar e
a
,
a
u
r o
o
rec ou
a
s
r
c
.
,
T
.
co
,
s
,
i narnm ! in a s Iat
b ft bu t w h y dost th ou lau gh ? in a s ; anberft bn I
i
why
dost th ou h es tate ? i n a e ; agt mem b erg? (Geller t, ) w h y does m y h eart
2 20
'
was fur ein, ci ne, ein, are a dj oe
e, re, an d
.
fear ?
ti v ely u se d, a n d seem in gl y as
ives onl y w h en re f e rri ng
to a p re ce din g su b stan tive th e f o rm er in qu ir in g af ter a p artie
ul ar p e rson or th ing th e l a tter af ter a pa rticu l ar k in d of p ersons
For e xa m pl e : to e I th e c Sh a d) foil i d) auerft Iefen
or th i n gs
G dnll er e QBi IheIm i s“ ober QBaIIenftei n ? w h ich book a m I to
r ea d fir s t S ch i ll er s Wi ll ia m T ell or Wal len ste in ? Q
Ba e f u t
Sfiefd n
emrri ?
eb efie eber ei n (
dn
e i n 58 nd) {oil i d) Iefen etne W
w h a t k in d O f a book a m I to rea d a n ovel or an h is torical w ork ?
2B e I d) e a 5New moIIen ©te rei ten ? ben Qi raunen ; w h ich h orse
S tt b
a re
ou go ing to r i de ? th e b ay h orse
Q
B
a
i
t
r
e
t
n
e
J
y
f
t
i ft bi eé ? ei n amber w h a t k i nd of h ors e i s th i s ? an A ra bi an
iDer braune u nb ber rt ) e I i id) fi nb bi er
to e I d) e n mei nft bu ?
w h ich do you m ean ?
su b stan t
'
,
,
,
.
’
’
,
,
,
’
.
.
NOT E 1 Th e sam e m ode of e xpres i on as th e Germ an tuna f fit sin ? is t be
m e t w i th al so i n old English ; as i n
Wh a t a t th ou f o n ani ma l to s c k th y
livelih ood o t of m y c arcass
fool th at bet oths h im self to
Wha t i h e f o
u n q ui etness ?
Shakesp e
) It i s w orth y of notic e th at as i n th ese e xa m ples
o
s
.
r
,
u
s
ar e
.
r a
u
r a
r
,
,
,
,
T
2 49
H EO RETI C AL PA RT
.
h e pronou n was is som et mes separa te d rom fist t in ; as in
QB a d fol! id) f ii : c i n iB nct
en !
as“ iii bad fa: t in meant, bafi ibm QBinb
m m{mm geborfam if} ! (B wh a t m anner of m an i s th s, tha t e en th e w nds
and sea obe
h im ? QBa s but bus tidyt f ur Gemeinfibc f t mit ber Bi nftem ifi3
so also i n Germ an
, t
i
M
f
i
.
y
v
i
(Luth er , ) wh at fellows h i p h a s l igh t wi th dark ness ?
NO T E 2 anew or m id) t in (weld) bei ng indec li nable ) is sometimes used
i n th e s i gni fic ation of toad file t i n e pec i ally in e x p ess ions of wonder ; as fem
see wh at a feast ! i neld
m a sin Sefi
) Gcbif fal aber wit h has cure feiu ?
be ? B t i nelcb is infl ec ted w i th su bs t n
b t wh at a fate wi ll yo
t ivsa of th e fem i nine gender an d s om e ti m es als o w i th m asc ul i ne and neute
inelcbe Sfiae i n t i efem fl at ter m id
su b stanti ves ; as in blefer
) : g eligtei t l
i n thi s pove rty w ha t a bu nd nc ! i n th is d ngeon wh at bliss ! ib eltber thi
firm ! w ha t nonsense ! troupes Glfuf ! wha t lu c k !
NO TE 3 28 9 W“ and was far tin may seem to be substanti vel y em ployed
w h en re f rring to su bs tanti ves of eve ry ge nder and nu m ber ; as in teams i ii mer
Gam a ? m id) “ if} {ci ne mutter ? m id) “ u m ber grfifitc {Selbbm bee 2am
‘ When was r t in is th s em ployed t i ll is i nflec ted as i n m e i f bad
tlmms !
;
f
fa
fdr einer f at cine f itt t i lted (bad bei ng here su bjec t in“ ffir t i lt predicate ) w h at
k ind 0? one is this ? fi gamemnon war t in b elt abet toas inst fil tet fites
f ist ci ner i Agam em non w as a h o b t w h at sort of a one was Th ers i tes ? Gd
wh i ch
giebt metrere ‘
p i tt —ib a6 f i n tine“ meinft bu ! th ere are several Pitts —
’
.
r
s
,
’
y
i
,
u rs
u
,
,
’
u
a
r
,
,
,
,
a
e
u
s
.
e
:
u
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
er
u
,
.
,
one do
,
you m ean ?
V RELA TI VE AND C O RRELATI VE PR O NO UNS
.
.
A relative p ronoun i ntrodu ces a n e x planato ry sen
te n ce to sh ow wh at par ticu lar or i n divi dual p erson or th in
g
th e spe aker is sp eaking of ; as in ‘
a m a n who stea ls i s call e d
a th ief
Th e Germ an h as, li ke m ost la nguage s, no pe cul i ar
word f or th e re la ti ve pron ou n bu t u s es f or th i s p urpos e l ik e
,
th e Engli sh , interroga tive and de mo nstrati ve pronouns vi z
,
fl i er, wh o, and was, wh at
wh ich are used substantivel y
QBeIcIm, meIcI)e, mari ne who, wh ich , and bet , bie, has, th at,
wh ich are u sed adj e ctiv ely
Th e de clension i s i n all cas es th e sam e as wh en th ese ro
p
n ou n s are i nterr o atively and dem on strativ
el y u sed (
ber, bi e baa
g
ha vin g in th e S in g Gen be en berm be en a nd i n th e Plu
,
r
fi ,
fl ,
Gen berm , Dat benen)
NOT E I The form befi f or beflen is m et w ith onl y in poetry ; as in too bi l bu
l
22 1
.
.
’
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
Sc uff, b £ 5 Q timmc mit « fl ung !
resou nded
to me ?
w h e re art thou, Faus t whos e
,
h ort first t o: g auge:
s
,
voi e
c
f be: ta cti c, b e 5 t imber mant
au
25 0
GERMAN GRAMMAR
M) th
tein tieb begilmt (U
beg i ns no s ong
,
ere
.
pal e month
h
l i es th e m i nstrel on th e b i er, w ose
.
NO TE 2 Ins tea d of th e oth er rel ativ e pronou ns , in th e Nom i native and Ao
.
c u sa ti v e
in
p
Germ a n , a nd s om e ti m es i n oetry, {0 (i ndecli nable ) is
f ou nd ; as , fl i nber, fo i hren (
Eltet u gebortbeu, c il d ren w h o obey t eir arents
In som e arts of S ou t ern Germ any th e v u lgar di al ec t em loys i n th e same
way too i ns tea d of mer, tb eltber ; as i n bet E
vian", mo mid) befutb te, th e m an wh o
a nc i e nt
p
h
h
p
h
p
.
c a m e to see m e .
22 2
.
Wh en th e rel ati v e pron oun to be in trodu ced i s pre
c e de d
by a dem on stra ti v e, both togeth er are calle d Oorr ela tzve
Pron ou n s
Th e f ol lowing com bina tion s of thi s n ature m ay
'
.
o ccu r
SDerienige,
SDerj enige, bet ,
h e wh o, th at wh ic h
.
Der,
(ber)
fiBer
(ber) wh o
”
,
(h e ) nev er ber mer except wh en som e
,
w ords i nterv ene
,
,
,
.
SDaé ieni ge, tr achea,
Q aeieni ge, was,
(th at whi ch ) wh at
.
59 016 , was,
whi ch )
13 21 1216 2, W i therf th e sam e wh o (
.
EX AMPLES —1 SDerienige, ber, ant i th et z—Derienige fi reie, lumber i mfi bflanbe
b en 2 3 } (
S t abm u m ieben ber beiben ‘
p ole gebatb t wit h, beifit ber ‘
p olartreis, th at
.
.
h ic h we im agine to o el es to su rou nd eith e pole at a distance of 23 }
B
degrees i s c a lle d th e p olar c i c le
3 th bin mi t ei nem Drittel brdienigen 6 9 1M
suff i cben i neltbed i tb b erbi ene (Eng ol) I m ontent w ith one th ird of su c h
Di ejenlgen
c s tom e d to earn
G eine Sreunbe maren gembe S
m ney as I a m
i nelcbe i bu guerft b erli efien hi s f iends we e p ec isely th e w h o ab ndoned h im
c irc le w
u rs
r
,
r
v
.
,
a
,
ac
o
r
u
c
,
.
,
r
r
os
r
a
b erj enige, ber ben QBliQableiter et fonb ? w as i t not
QBar {Srauf li n nitbt fi
bad,
i ii gerabe bas’ jenige, was (
Frankli n wh o in ven ted th e lig tning rod ?
0 (ange b ermifit hat e, t is is w a t I av e m i sse d so long I
lveltbea) id) (
T is f orm of c orrela tion i s n ot in u s e i n oe try, on ac c ou nt of th e anti
eu
oni e r yt m a nd sou nd of berienige, and i t i s avoi de d i n c om m on lif e ; i t is
fi rs t
‘
.
h
h
ph
-
h
h
h
p
.
h h
As the ab ove e xam ples sh ow ber
c onfi ne d p ope ly to th e s c i entifi c s tyle
jenige as a c orrel a tive p ronou n is u se d su b stanti vely as well as a dj ec ti vely
r
r
.
,
.
S et , weldm, her zl fi
b ei u $
28 9 3 i f! t i n ambercv, es‘i f! ber, meld) “ ben iglufi ent
(a ng f film, you r roa d is a nother one, y ou rs i s th at w h ic h lea ds a long th e river
g2m her i f} f ret, bem etcbtung f ar bi e p fikbt i m rei nen {9 9 m mtoolmt (Dem me)
fib er tft ein «
s om e , ber (
w ither) mebr giebt ale’ er but (Pr over b), h e is a
ras c a l w h o
53 4 6 if! bad b aud,
g iv es m ore th an h e h as (beyond what h e o wns )
has bu metur
i
2
-
.
“
‘
.
.
.
.
GERMAN GRAMMAR
.
Q
i ll eé , ina s bu ba fugit, i ii trai n 6 6 i ii au
di ts gt efi, wa s nidfl
gut i li, unb t s i ft ni cbts mabr, wa s ni cbt beftebt (Clau di u s )
(
i s geirhai)
Qt fagte fli erfcbiebenes, b a s (was) mi t ni cbt gefiel
.
.
.
(was) man ni cbt ermartet hatte
was (
bad) man eon i bm Iernt i ii ni cbt mttgutbetl en
mancberl et, h a s
58 9 0
9,
.
th e
‘
,
b est th i n gs on e can l ea rn of h im a ll ow of no com m unication
§ 2 24
e, es, a grees, as
.
i ts
su bsta nti v e
pronoun with
a d e cti ve
j
an
.
,
in gender, nu m b er, a n d case, an d i s, u nli ke th e
Engl ish whi ch, also u se d i n ref ere n ce to persons ; as , sin 932m m,
a m
an w h o, a wom an w h o w e canno t
cine gran, wel d ”
,
(
sa y t in im
Bu t i t i s al ways replaced
am mer, cine gran mer)
.
by her, bi e, has i n th e th ree f ollowin g ca ses
Wh en th e relativ e pron oun stands in th e Genitive singular
or pl ural ; a s her 932mm 1»e
t boll war bel eudy
f i e n 6 d)ei be far
1
.
,
,
,
,
tete bi e mtnben ®lpfel bee ©ebirgeé , i n b e i l e n s hal e (
Som me
'
“
f l um boldt), th e m oon, wh ose di sk w a s nearly f ull, illum i
li egt (
n a te d th e rou n d top s of th e m ou n tain s i n wh ose v alley Caracas
li e s ;
S eugen
bi e
,
‘‘
b e r e n i d) beoarf,
n, th e
angei omme
int
(
b et eu
Renntni fi [0 mld fiig tft, h i story, th e knowledge of wh i ch is so
w i tnesses w h om
I w an t h a ve a r riv e d ; bi e
i m p orta nt
.
age mit bod
No r a —In su c h sentenc es as (
) , weitbed gre
fieu ‘
p bilofopbtn
G dfl i f tm bu gelefen baft i pleas e to te ll m e w hic h great p h ilosopher s wri ti ngs
y ou h av e rea d ? i b eltb t s is a n i nterroga ti v e , not a rela tive pronou n ; and such
s ente nces as Q im o, weld xs groficn mebm rs QBct tc i(
b seleim babe, Cicero, th e
’
h h great o ator I have perused
w ri ti ngs of w ic
r
,
-
m ns t be avoi ded as awkward
and ti n Germ a n.
-
2
.
Wh en th e relativ e pronou n r ef ers to i d) bu mit ihr S i c ;
,
,
,
recogni z e
me
‘
o t e i d) i n mandi e QBunbe bee <eebene bit
(
E
rf ennft bu m i d)
h al fam gofi?
ben reinften S
as ,
.
dos t th ou
(th e
to m any a
Goddess of truth ), w h o p oure d th e purest bal m i n
i emfen iagen
w ou nd of th y l if e ? 59 06 mi ficn mir, b i e t
o i r bit G
‘
9 11, Di e b u alle
w e know th at wh o h u nt th e ch a m oi s
th ou
arte b ani)
eficit, ber { firunbf aft l ei le, a
fib unben D
.
m
w hi ch h eal est all woun ds, th e
sof t,
’
te n der h and
of
f ri endsh ip
.
25 3
THEO RETI C A L PA RT.
fli erad n
eft bu fo bei nen Rai er, t ell, unb m i d)
b e r bi er an get
f
net 6 tatt gebi etet ?
dost th ou th u s despi s e th y e m p eror,
Te ll , a n d m e w h o ru l e h e re i n h i s stea d ? Gud) b i e l if t [0
{anft i n euren (Si ri bern rubt, to you, w h o so tran qu illy repos e i n
a al ter 6 ii nber, b er 6 t e fo Iei d fiferti g reben,
6 n
y our gra v e s
,
.
y ou o ld sin ner , wh o are so lasci v iou sly talkin g
.
225
i n th e
Th e relati v e p ronou n m u s t a l w ays ta k e th e first pla ce
.
pre positi ons
in
.
c onn ec ti on
’
pre cede d by
lik e by m ea n s of w h i c h
i n tro du c e d by it, a n d
s e n ten c e
ca n on ly be
Ex pre s sions, th ere f ore ,
w i th
to b e a v oi de d i n
,
wh om a ll of w h om a nd si m ilar ones ough t
,
,
,
Ge rm a n, a n d tra n s lated i n a diff er en t w ay ;
as ,
th e m e e ti n g, one of w h ose m e m be rs
(or one of th e m em bers of
w hi ch ) I a ddre sse d bae fl eeting b o n me I d; e m i d) ei nee fei
,
net
,
G
j li eber a nt ebete ; h e h a d th r ee c h ildren, a ll of w h om die d
i n th e ir in fa ncy, er batte brei Ri nber, me c e a I I e frui) flat t en ;
th er e w e re se v e ral
ba ttles, i n on e of whi ch h e w as di sabled, eé
gab metrere © cbl achten, i n b er e n e i n e r er f ampfunfi hig ge=
i n ei uer b un wel d wu occu rs i n good au th ors)
macht murbe (
‘
cou n try lif e , th e pra i se of wh i ch fills u
aé Qaa e
p h is p oesy, D
i ebi ci ue fii IIt
ben, befien 2 06 feine G
.
5 22 6 Th e rel a ti v e p ronoun i s nev er om i tted i n Germ an, as
i t s o of ten i s i n Engli sh ; as, we fi nd) , wel lh ee er ebri eb, th e
f
.
'
m
book h e w rote ; bi e 6 tunben, bi e mit gu fammen gubra ten, th e
h ours w e S p en t toge th er
Th ere i s, h o w ever, on e e x cep ti onal
.
cas e, w h er e th e re la ti ve
pronoun i s a s a r ul e om i tted and w h ere
i t i s not al w ays don e in Engli sh n am e ly a f ter th e p a r ti cles th a n
,
,
,
,
,
,
f or i n sta nce , i d) f aun mit f ei nen rii eren Si ei d tbum
g fi
y
mel eben) E
b orftellen, al e (
li otbfcbilbé Befigeu, I cannot i m agine a
grea ter w ea l th th an th a t whi ch th e Ro th sch ilds o w n er i ft nod)
ein eben [o gu ter flll enfc
l), aIe (inelcher) er b ot her war, h e i s sti ll
j u st as good a m a n as h e w as f orm e rly Qi n ® d) urf e gi ebt mebt‘
al e
as ,
.
ale er
but (th a n wh at h e owns)
NOT E 1 Bu t th e de m ons t ati e pron u n is m itted
often as i n E
n li h
g
w hen f ol lo we d or p eceded b y a el a ti e as s m e f th e x m p le i n § 22 2
2 a 4 sh ow
Whe n i n s c h c ases bet jenige i s m itt d th e article is su bsti
.
r
.
r
,
,
.
v
o
r
u
v
o
,
o
as
o
o
e
e
,
s
a
s
,
.
A N GRA
GERM
25 4
tu ted w
MMAR
.
here thi s pronoun w a adj ectively an d ed w here it was substantively
s
,
‘
! bi n mi t ei nem fi
b ritteI bed (bedienigen) Gelbec gufri eben, ineltbes ic
b
’
b erbi ene ; (
etne St eti nbe i vat eu es get abe (
gernec biejenigen), i neltbe i bu guerfi b et
Iiefien
u s ed ; as , i t)
.
h owever th e dem nstrative pronou n m t not be
mi t bem was id) hatte wi th w h a t
om i tted w h e n g v e n d by a p e posi tion ; a
I h ad ; bie { Jci If te b ou bemjenigen was er befafi one h alf of w hat h e owned
NO TE 3 ‘
D erj enige i nelcbet i s often th e c orrect translation of such as when
l nt to those who ; a
h e w o ld ddress w i th a serm on s h p eop le as h e
equ i
NO TE 2
In Germ an,
.
o
r
e
us
o
,
s,
r
,
,
'
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
va e
s,
u
uc
a
c ou ld fi nd i n t h e s treets , er prebigte a
n
b en i e ni g eu (ben) (eaten i n e (d
) e er auf
hen th e accessory sen tenc e i s ex pressive of an eff ec t i t
takes th e conj u nc tion bafi; as h e enj oy s suc h a re p tation as to f eel e m b a
ber © tm fie f anb
.
Bu t w
,
u
,
r
by i t, er geni efit ei nen { oc en Sl ur
, bafi er fi t!
) babut rb in Q) erlegenbeit
rasse d
gefei t fi cht
.
NO T E 4 Th e correlatives fokber
i nelt
ber w ere more in u se in anc ient
Germ a n th an th ey are i n m odern, wh ere th ey are av oided, ei th er by u s i ng i oie
i ns tea d of i neltber, or by usi ng ei n fo grofier (tlei ner, or any other a dj ec ti ve e x
pressi ng th e p ar ticu lar qu ali ty in qu es tion ) w i th a su bse u ent mic or ale For
i nstance , foltbe t ente, inie bu bifi ; miexnanb ifi {0 t i n geeter s
e a m en tote er iii ;
otc
sel dom , es gi cht r
he tente inelcbe
.
q
.
.
Af ter t i s We i n
p et y a p rsonal pronoun of th e thi d per on i Of teu em
ployed referring t th e su bstantiv e connec ted w ith 1eItber {0 gt ofier (Elei uer
o w h ate er a djec ti e i t m ay b ) ; f o i nsta nce bad [i ub (
cu
be Sehl er i s le f e
) gi i emaub f fir mégiid
nod
) gebalten bat th e e a e s c h f a lts s nob dy h
th
o b ergmei fel ten mi tt l e is i bu nod
) QBenige
gh t p ossibl e ; er madgre ei nen (
gemad n babeu i nerben h e t ok o de p e te a ride as f e w p e son w ill h av e
tak en
3 m ti ef en snub wi t er f e and) gefunben (S ch to th e deep tranqu illity
wh i c h h e h as f nd t last
h
o
r
e
s
r
‘
s
'
o
,
v
r
or
v
e
r
,
,
s
.
r
u
ou
a
u
,
i
o
as
,
o
,
s
i
,
.
ou
§ 2 27
.
Th e
r
ra
s
a
s
.
.
a dv erbs
womit, moron, wean, mobei, moburd),
mori n, moran, worauf, e tc , a re a lso in u se as rela ti v e a dv erbs,
.
plac e of th e corresp onding preposi ti ons wi th th e rel ativ e
pronou n Th e y m ust not b e em ploye d h ow ev er rela ti v ely to
p erson s mit melcben mi t bem mi t mem or b en mel cbent b un
wel cben b en bem b en ber e tc b eing alw ays use d f or th is pu r
pos e (S ee 2 18 note 21 3 note 2 and
To th e English p ronou n s whosoever w h oever w ha tsoever
w ha tev er whi chsoever whi chever corr e sp on d th e Germ an pro
in
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
mer and) i mmet , mer i mmer, met and) ; was and) i mmer,
mac immer, was and) number and) i mmer, mel d) “ and) meld) “
i mmer ; was nut , mer nut ; was nur i mmer, mer nut i mmer
noun s
,
.
GERMAN GRAMMA R
25 6
.
Th e adj ecti ves all er, e, ee ;
i
eher, e, ee
-
ein, eine,
i rgenh eln ;
etli c
E
ei n
ei ni ge mehrere, b i el e weni ge
he,
aieml i cber, e 26 are p rop erly sp eakin g, n u m erals a nd are trea ted
f ei n, f ei ne,
ein
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
25 7
2 48
of un de r th at h ea d in
.
lii emanh are decli n e d as
§ 2 3 0 S chermann, S emanh, a nd E
.
f oll ows
N
S emanh
S emanhee
S emanh (em or en)
S emanh (en)
S chermann
G S ehet manne
D S ehermann
A
S chermann
.
’
.
.
.
.
mi emanh
Wi emanhee
s
Jli emanh em or en
(
)
.
Th e ter m inati ons em an d
en of
.
S emanh and fl i emanh in th e
Dative and A cc u sa tiv e m ay be added or omi tte d, i n ev ery cas e ,
as eu
ph ony r e quires
.
man is indecli nable and occurs only in th e Nom ina tiv e ; f or
,
th e Dativ e
A cc usa ti v e
i d) i s i n use wh e n man i s r efle x
r
i v ely u se d, an d (
inem, (
i nen in th e Geni ti v e Dativ e
Si nes, (
E
E
and
,
a nd A c cu sati v e wh en
th e senten c e is n ot reflexi v e
,
.
I nstea d of S chermann m ay be u se d S aber e eé , declin e d af ter
th e an c ien t f orm
I ns tea d of
.
S emanh and Wi emanh are i n u se Qinet , 6 , es, a nd
Rei na , e, 86 both de clin ed af te r th e anc i ent f orm
“
Jl i cbte are n ot decli nable , bu t c an b e j oined to
G
i mme and ‘
preposi ti ons S nni cbte exhibi ts an old dati v e of Wi d fie, and
m eans i n to nothi ng ; as, 3 11 ni dyte mert en, to di ssol v e i nto nothin g,
,
.
.
to naugh t
.
Q
i flee i s th e n eu te r of all er, an d i s de clin ed as such
.
S chermann a ns w ers precisely to th e Engli sh everybody,
bu t th e English a nybody a ny on e, i n affirm ati v e sen ten c es, wh en
23 1
.
,
th ey m ea n th e
sa m e
ybody, ev ery on e, a re als o tran s
‘
e
b
e
t
; as, ask anybody h e re wh e th er
S
as
ever
late d by S ch u mann,
I a m n ot a p rinter, fragen 6 i e S ehen (
S chu mann)
ni d) i ein ® rnder bin ; a ny o ne w ill a n s w er in
h is
bi er ob i d)
pl ace S eher
,
f fi e, her Q
mann (
i eite) f ann fei ne 6 telle b ertreten
S eher or her (E
Likew i s e a nyth i ng, in su ch a ffir m a tiv e sen ten ces, is transla ted
.
25 7
T HEO RETI C A L PA RT .
by Qlfl ee, and a ny by j eher, e, ea ; as , ®ehnlh nnh QInehancr
ri d) ten fafi Q
i ll eé and, p ati en ce a n d en du rance can p erf orm a lm os t
a ny th i n
g ; ieh e Sehee tft hasu gut, a ny p en w i ll do
.
23 2
th i ng
.
S emanb an d etmae correspond to som ebody and som e
Bu t a nybody an d a nythi ng m ay also be th us transla te d,
.
g in con di ti on al or i nterrogativ e se n ten ces ; as,
’
S
venn S emanh (
a
i t genh S emanh ) ein J
Ji ann i f}, {0 i ft er e, if a ny
w h en
occ u r ri n
mea n etwae (i rgenb etmaé ) mabr i ft, fo
i ft é hi m i f any th in g i s tru e, th i s i s ; i d) mbd fle mob! tvi ffen, 05
S emanh (i rgenh S emanh) ei nen (b ciii gefeben bat, I sh ou l d l ik e
b ody is
a
m an , h e i s ;
'
’
,
‘
i rgenb
gh ost ; i ii etmae (
etmae) nad) év i na mi ignnebmen ? i s th er e anythi ng to b e tak en
to k now w h e th er
a nybody
h as
seen
a
to Bos ton ?
23 3
.
Wi emanh nd ni ebté corresp ond not only to n body n
o
a
one, an d n othi ng,
,
o
n ot a n bod , n ot a n
bu t a l so to (
) y y ( ) y on e, a nd
(n ot) a nythi ng in n egati ve s enten c es ; as I do not know a ny
,
body h er e, i d) l enne bi er sJi i emanhen ; h e cou l d n ot a gre e wi th
h er in
a nythin g ,
m mit ibr iibereinfti mmen
f onnte i n ima
er
Bu t w h e re th ere
ar e
tw o
senten ce, th ey ca n
be
so
or
.
n e ga ti on s w i th in
m ore
transl ate d the firs t ti m e
a gain o ccu rrin g th ey a re tran sla ted by
S
‘
th e
sa m e
on ly ;
w h en
ema nh, etmaé , ei net
’
as ,
(
Si far bat ni emal e eine © cbl acbt gegen i rgenh S emanh en b erl oren,
C aesar h a s n ev er los t a ny ba ttl e a ga i nst any on e Wi emanb bat
tbnn feben, nobody e v e r s a w
j e h en 6 vf ratee i t genh etmae 23 6
S ocra tes doi ng any bad th ing An d th e sam e rule ob tai ns af ter
m
.
gov ern in g an accessory sen ten ce ;
as, I de ny th a t a ny m an can poi n t to an y c ri m e a s com m i tted
v erbs o f a ne ga ti v e m eani ng
by m e, i d) Iii ngne, hafi S emanh (
irgenh Giner, i rgenh S emanh)
i rgenh ei n fli erbrecben nennen f finnte al e h on mir begangen
.
Wan i s translated by on e th y p eop le as man fag]:
ee gebe W
i enfcben mit g ami ngen abet man bat ee nocb ni cbt
23 4
.
,
.
e
,
,
,
bemi efen, th ey say th e r e ar e m en w ith
ta i ls , b u t th e y h av e not
prov ed i t ye t (bu t i t h as n ot ye t b e e n prov e d ) menn man mu f fle
wet er Wi re [0 ffinnte man, etc i f one (we) kn e w w h o h e i s,
‘
one
(we) could etc man meifi ni cbt, mer her nacbfte Wfiflhm t
.
,
,
'
-
,
.
22
25 8
G
ERMAN GRAMMAR
.
fein wit h th ey do not know wh o i s to be our next President
(it is uncertain p eople do not know who i s to be etc )
w e mu st h elp along our
hem E
li ficbften mnfi man belfen
,
,
,
.
f ellow m en ; ®emei nli cb henf t man an hi e © ei nen nnr, menn fi e
'
-
einem be onheree i i et gnii gen oher fli erhrn
fimacben
i
m en are accustom e d to thi n k of th eir
as a rule,
rela tions onl
y wh en th ey
c aus e th e i r p ar ti c ul ar pleas ure or gri ef
23 m m man Qinem
Gi ntee tbnn wi ll, mnfi man ee ibm nad) feiner eigenen QBelfe tbnn
(Wd ), wh oev er likes to do good to any one must do i t in h is
way (
as th a t on e desir es i t)
was ei nem wlrll id) sa u n
t er i ft, balk
man fid) [i cber and) h am Beihe (Rochli tz), wh ate v er a nnoys a
man h e i s sur e to kee p al oo f fr om ; QBei fi man, mer hi efe blutge
i s i t k nown wh o c om mi tted thi s bloody
i bat h et ii hte ?
deed ? man i ii b ergmeifelt weni g, menn man ni cbte al e ebrlicb
Lesa ), one i s v ery, v ery littl e wh o i s only h onest
{ ft (
.
NOTE —From th e above exam ples th e pu pi l w ill perc eive th at man, wi th its
complem ents (
f ined, Ei nem, Ginen, and i ts refl exi ve f orm fic
b and th e corre
sponding p ossessi v e pronou n fein, ex presses only persons and th ese i n th e m ost
.
,
p
general way , wi thou t ointi ng ou t gender or nu m ber Th e Germ an m akes
on di t, on sui t) ; still h e
nearly as f requ ent use of i t as th e Fre n c h m an of h is on (
‘
u ses as readily , in i ts l a c e, d ifi erent f orm s of e x ressi on , as hair, wh enev er th e
th ird ers on
s eaker sees fit to i nc lu d e h im sel f i n th e s u bj ec t or obj ec t, or fi e (
ents (
lural ) in c om m on conv ersation, as fie (
prec
ererben i mmer (h i e L
ben i mmer),
t nitbt, abet es mnfi geben !
eo le al w ays say ; or es, as i n es beige i ma m, es gen
h e thnue, aber man mnfi es tannen, or
(Vom it o
(man fagr, hafi man es nic
i t) : fast, hafi it): aid) t taunt, abet ibr mfifit fi nnen) ; or th e se ntenc e is ex ressed
i n th e assi ve voi c e, as ei n Goncert wit h gegeben (man giebt ein C oncert) Th e
Or th e refl ex iv e form is u sed ; as,
la tter m anner is, erh a s , th e m os t f re quent
her Galilflet bat (
id
) gefnnhen, th e key has b ee n f ou nd (man bat hen 8 0m !
.
p
p
p
p p
.
p
“
p
.
p
'
p
.
p
p
.
m
'
gefunhen)
.
5 23 5 g ia nt
.
an d ni c te can
and substanti v es ;
b
wi th
be
th e latter,
conn e cte d
of
wi th
ad ec tiv es
j
wh ate v er ge nder, wi th
th e f orm er only wh en em ployed i n th e n eu ter gender substa n
g cbfinee, som e th i ng be a utif u l ; etwae Si lence,
etmaé
som e n ew s ; etmae ll nerbiirtee, s om e th i ng u nh e ard of
QBein, etwae Wild), etmae fli rot, s om e wi ne , som e milk, som e
bread
Bu t wh en th e substanti v e i s a pl ural , che at and nichte
are om i tted, or th ei r pl a c e su ppli ed by ei nige, etli c e ; as , Si
s,
h
ti v ely ;
as , etivae
.
m
GERMAN GRAMMA R
260
.
Qill eé m ean s not only every thi ng , bu t som eti m es als o
ev e rybody i s a m use d ;
t
a ll
er sons ; a s , 911
t
n
ii
e
1
2
8
i
b
i
,
g
{t in
g
p
i
®eiang reifit fi ll ed mi t fi d) fort, hi s sin gi ng throws e v er y one
th ou lov est w h ere
in to rap tu res ; bu l i ebft, mo Q
IIIeé i i ebt
23 7
.
'
e v e rybody is
l ovi n g
Bu t in thi s cas e i t m ust not b e j oi ne d to
.
pre posi ti on
NO TE
On pl ac ed bef e pro p er nam es of p ersons as i n one Jam es Eu
on Jenny Li nd
ch n n
is transla te d in th ese e x am ples ei n gemifler Sames
éB ntbanan t ine getoiq
Te 3 m m) tint nd h as al w ays a c m ic al force w h n th e
pers on i s a w ell k now n o c elebra ted one ; as one Fre d S c h iller i s id to
h av e w ri tte n thi s stu d (trash ) ein getoiflet Sri ebrid) t ili er foil biefee‘fieug ge
a ny s u bs ta n tiv e or
e
.
a
a
.
’
,
or
,
’
e
’
,
,
,
a
o
r
-
sa
.
,
’
e
'
s
,
(cbrieben baben
.
CHA PT ER VII
NUM
ERALS
23 8
.
.
Num eral s are e ith er de
fini te (as two, three, the secon d,
fin i te (as som e a f ew all)
the thi r d , or i n de
)
,
I
23 9
.
.
,
.
DEFI NI TE NU MERA LS
.
.
Defin i te num eral s ar e e i th er Ca r di n al , indi ca ting th e
num be r i n w h i ch th e cl as s or s
p eci es of p ersons or th i ngs spoken
Or di n a l, in di c atin g th e p ar
tic ul ar pl ac e whi ch , i n a nu m b er of thi n gs or p e rsons spoken of ,
of e x i sts, as on e, two, thr ee, etc . ; or
on e of
th em ta k es, as
ti ve, in di ca ting
e m ean t
or c la ss
,
.
of s u ch
h ow m any a t a tim e
or
Di sh i bu
-
persons or things
p eak er as tw o at a ti m e etc or di sti n cti ve
enumera tin g e a ch p erson or thi n g i n i ts tu rn
by th e
ifyi ng
the fi rst, second, thi r d, e tc ;
s
,
,
.
,
fi r st s econ dly e tc ; or v a r i a ti ve answeri ng to th e qu estion
‘
h ow m a ny ki n ds ? as of tw o ki n ds of thr ee ki n ds ; or m ulti
as
.
,
,
,
’
,
i
y tim e s e ach ? as
p li c ati ve, an sw er in g
si m ly, dou bly, tr ebly, e tc ; o r rei ter a ti v e, a n s we ri n g to th e ques
p
”
h
t
i
o
n
t
a
k
l
i
e p ace
as on ce, tio i ce,
tion h ow m any ti m es do es t e ac
to th e qu est on
’
h ow m a n
.
f r a cti on a l answ ering to th e question
ti on of a w h ol e ? as on e h a lf , on e thi r d on e qu arter
thri c e, etc
.
or
,
’
,
.
w h at por
T HEO RETI C A L PA RT
2 40
.
1
.
2
.
3
.
4
.
1
Ga r di n a l Nu m er a ls
.
29
met two
3 0 brei fiig,
brei, th re e
3 1
,
.
f ou r
b i er,
.
6
.
7
.
8
.
.
ei n unb bt ei
fiig
,
4 0 si ergi g,
.
fi mf fiv e
fiche six
fleben, seven
acbt eigh t
50
fii nfais
6 0 fed ais
.
,
.
,
70
.
,
Maia
,
8 0 adi tais,
.
,
m un, nin e
10 3 21 m, ten
1 1 elf, elev en
givfilf, tw el v e
9
.
.
neununba
manaig,
ei n, ci ne, ei n, or ci ti es, on e
'
5
26 1
.
9 0 neungi g,
.
.
1 00 haubert,
.
.
1 01
.
125
.
bunbert (unb) cine,
ha ubert (unb) fi mfunb
'
.
’
mantis
bretaebn, thi rte en
,
b i er3 e n, f our tee n
b
ffinfsebn fifteen
{ad mi n six teen
fiebgebn sev e nteen
ad figebn e i gh te en
teen
neungebn ni n e
bunbert (unb) funfaig,
2 00 ameibunbert,
,
3 00 breibunbert,
400 b i erbunbet t,
,
5 00 fii nfbun‘
oert,
6 00 fem
ebunbert,
,
7 00 fiebenbunbert,
amanaig tw en ty
ein unb a
manaig twenty one 8 00 antbunbert
9 00 neunbunbet t,
met unb awangi g,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
-
,
,
22
.
23
.
.
,
.
brei unbamangi g,
taufenb,
24
b i erunbgmana
i g,
taufenb einbunbert,
25
.
26
.
amei taufenb,
gebntaufenb,
27
ffinfunbgwangig
iecbé unbatvanaig
‘
.
28
.
.
,
,
flebenunbgmangig,
acbtunba
v angi g
t
bunberttaufeub,
etne
,
mill i on
.
prono nc ed ci ne million (unb) gi veilmnbert (unb) gel)"
I aufenb (unb ) b i et bunbert (unb ) fieben Th e w o d i n pa en th ese m ay b e nd
l wa ys in a p id tte a n e
om i tte d
Th e unb b ef e 7 w h i h h ws th at
Th e nu m b er
is
u
,
a
r
.
r
u
r
c
a re ,
.
s
r
or
, a
s
c
,
s
o
In th e n u m be r 1 1 0, (ein) lmnbet t
unb 3 am, and si m ilar ones, th e sin m ay also be omi tted w ere no mi s tak e i s
ossibl e
th e teens are m i ssi ng , is less of ten
p
.
om i tte d .
h
MA N GRA MMA R
262
GER
NO T E 1
.
p
h h
C ardin al nu m b ers are not de cl ined , ex ce t ti n, w i c is declined
l ike th e i ndefi ni te arti cl e 3 1nd a nd brei a ve a Nom i na tiv e, posi t , t rai t , a nd a
Genitiv e a nd Da tiv e, gi m let , not i on, bt ei et‘, bt ei ell , w en not a c c om ani ed by a
av e
s u bsta ntiv e ; i n th e sa m e w ay th e n u m b ers f ro m f ou r u p to a m illion m ay
.
h
.
.
p
h
h
Nom i nativ e biere, f finf e, etc , a nd a Da tiv e i n en, w hen u sed su bstantively ;
as , i d
ab es f ii nf en gefagt, er but mi t met) : ale gl oa ii gi gen gefprodpen, l h av e sa id
) n
i t i o‘
fi v e p ers ons h e h as s p oke n to m ore th a u t we nty p e rsons ; i t!) fat ed
) ber
a
.
,
’
,
‘
Si ofentrfi nge t iers r
iit
h lf
I sa i d fou r pa terno te s
f fir has fine
unb
ener
s
r
l ba let
beiratben tooll en,
y our a n d h er s alv ation ; i renn
(o mert en in Die fecbfe nicht tbét id n f ei n nub ben ; inanfigen ei nen fi orb geben
i n be
of
a
h
if t we nty t ou sa nd doll ars w i l l m arry six t
ho
he e six w on t I
u sa nd , t
’
s
,
hope be f oolish eno gh to ef se th e twenty ; Gr f aint mit G etbfen h e goes in
a c oac h a nd si x ; Ge finb in
t er ad
) te eber nenne th e e a e e igh t or ni ne of th em
S ti ll thi s is b e tter a o id d by th e p p i l w h en su bsta nti e m ay j u s t as w ell b e
a dded
In anc i ent Germ an and h a d three genders ; m a c sat een f em als o
u
,
r
u
,
’
r
,
v
e
u
r
a
,
.
v
s
.
,
.
.
,
neu t. a
inei .
NO TE 2
.
men; nd fiebgebn m y als b p
s e
a
a
o
e
ronou nc ed and w ritten
f ecbdgebn
i ebengcbn an d f fi nfi en
n f fi nfgig als o f nnfgebn f unf gig wh i c h i s m ore c om
(
m on as, for i ns tance , i n nnf unbf unfgig
Glf i s som eti m es wri tten ei lf
Nor a 3 The nu mbers bunt ert a nd tanfenb wh en u s ed su bs ta ntiv ely a re of
a nd
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
milli on, fi i flion,
gender, a nd t e n dec li ne d accordi ng to § 1 48
Tril i on, etc are f em inines , a nd al ways e m loyed wit th e i ndefi ni te ar ti c le ;
th e
h
neu ter
.
p
“
.
as , som e
h
hu ndreds th ou sands milli ons cine imillioii einige fi nnberte I anfenbe
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
Sili i fli onen
.
In si m ly c ou nti ng one two, thr ee, ei ne‘i s used f or ei n, wh en th ere
l u ral of t i n, n am ely , bie Gintu,
T ere i s a
i s no su bsta ntive j oine d to i t
The on e
th e
w ic h as also a singu l ar bet Gina, bie (Z ine, b aa (
Z i ne (see
Nor a 4
p
.
'
,
h h
other corres
p
h
.
pond to bet (Z ine —bet u nbere f o w h i h m ay also be ub tit t d
s
r
,
s
s
c
u e
Gi ner, e, cd —ber, bie, bad fi nbet e (Th e w ord bet 2Iii bere w as , i n anc ient Ger
m an, i n u se f or ber awai ts, th e second ) Th es e w ords a re su b stantiv ely u s ed,
a nd onl y ex c ep tionally as a dj ec ti ves
(
f in wi th ou t any arti c le i s also som e
.
.
.
ti m es, as i h Engl is
h
,
u s e d i ns tea d of
th e sam e
.
‘ ’
one th ing I f eel
Exam ples — E
t Gine f ii bi itb unb eri enn ea f iat
b er
a nd u ndersta n d c lea rl ; es maren gi nei i
Briiber
(
f i ner war ein e nn, ber 2tubere
y
'
’
’
’
h
ein
ph
h
h
u potbetet , t ere w ere tw o brot ers , th e one w as a
ys ic i a n, th e o t er a
dru gg ist; fi irbt bann and) (
f i ner t on uns, nub bleibt nut (f iner nod) fibrig, bi n ber
Gina balm id) (K lop st t en, w e n one of u s dies, o ne only i s lef t, a nd am
-
h
h
I
‘
th e one ; ; ebn iB ei ge, bicbt t on so beern t oil , gi lt einer mit b oll meben (Berg er ),
r
-
ncov ered w ith gra pe v ines i s w orth to m e ten m ou ntai ns c overed
w i th la u rels
{Di e (
Blouse, fie bonnert ei n mi tb tigee (Sine (Cha misso), th e c h u rc h
one m ou ntai
-
’
.
p w e f l one ! G in?) inir nich t Q firger unb 6 80116 b on Q inem
0
(a nt e ?
a e w e not c i t ize ns a nd sons of th e am e c o nt y ?
tafit in icb (
‘
ed iff a l (
Z ine (G let m e em ai n s i t is all one th i ng (th e s am e ) Die { ci ne
h
b el l t u ndered a
o
r u
"
s
r
’
r
.
o,
u
r
:
.
.
naeber (
(blad mn ail e Salyr givei G dn
ngi n ; bus ci ne i f! gefi obl en, baa anbre i ft nid
):
f ei n (P op ular Song ), th e lin en weavers ki ll eac year two s wi ne, the one is
’
-
h
MA N GRAMMA R
264
GER
.
‘
p isoner w e e tied together by th ee
SUi a nn QBatbe at
c h O f th e fi
ga te a
th e
r
s
r
r
ea
,
ve
ben f ii nf i beren (
s
i eben ie f finf
re fi ve m e n o n g u ard ; i nir ebcn inei
s
g
g
.
nub ; i vei, nub nicht i m (
Bdnfemarfd) , w e a re g oi ng t w o a nd t wo, a nd no t i n Indian
a nf r th e
ai oiebeln wet ben ; u fib reien (auf ei u mal) b erl‘
on i ons a re s ol d b y three s ; bi e 93l enft
b en fi at ben an b u nt erten m e n die d by
hu n dreds: an SDutenben, by dozens, ; n S chmi en, i m S tood, i m SUianbei nod) bem
fili a nbel (by th re esc ores , by fif teens )
O r, w ith sta nda rd nu mbers : busei wmeife
fibort ineife, mant elmeife lmnbertineife, by dozens , th reesc ores etc Distribu tiv e
rela tion is al s o ex p res se d b
y th e i n de fin ite nu m eral j eber ; as iebet britte l ag
th at ei u Sei et tag every th i rd day w as a h oliday ; a nd by b oth th e artic l es , as
i n Englis h ; a s i n bet sur
f er tofter ei nen t illing has (less a cc ep table ei n) ‘
p funb
fi le (geese m arc h ) ; bi e
'
-
-
,
“
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
th e
s
su gar cos ts one s
h illing eac h p ou n d
hilling a p o nd (the p ou nd ) whi ch is identic al w ith
u
,
a
’
.
3
242
.
Va r i a ti v e Nu m er a ls
.
.
Varia ti v e n u m era ls, i n dicating h ow m a ny diff er ent
descri pti ons
p ersons or thin gs a re spok en of are f orm e d by
a ddi n g th e s u ffix l ei to th e anci en t eni ti v e pl u ral of th e cardi n a l
g
n u m b ers ;
of
,
as ,
ei nerl ei , of o ne k i nd,
b i et et l ei, of f our ki n ds, e tc ,
amei erl ei, of two kin ds,
bt ei erl ei, of thr ee k inds,
b i el erl ei, of m a ny diff ere nt k i n d s,
.
mancbet l ei, of se v eral sorts
.
Th ey are n ot declin e d
.
4
2 43
.
Mltip li ti
ca
u
ve
Nu m era ls
.
f rom th e v erb fugen)
Th ese a re f orm e d by a ddi ng fad) (
-
.
to th e car din a l n um b ers ; as,
ei n ac
l) , sim
f
bt eifad), treble , th reef old,
pl e
,
bi erfad), f o urf old, e tc ,
eln, si ngl e,
eina
”
Md"
a
hoppel t,
dou b le, tw of old
MW”
.
manntgfad),
Th ey ar e de cli n e d l ik e, a n d are , a dj ec ti v es
.
m a nif old
.
i
i f
b
a s , e n e n ac er,
amei faaer, brei facbet @ d)i lb, a si m pl e, dou ble , treble sh ield ; eine
b i erfacbe, fii nffacbe b ani , a f ou r or fiv e f old sk in ; b i ei facbee ll n
-
f e
d
n, m a nif old wrong ; manni gfachet 5Betrug, v arious deception
.
S ubmi t m e a n s tw i ce th e sa m e, amei fad) , of tw o d ifferen t ki n ds ;
as ,
ei n
amei facbee fli erbreci un,
a
twof ol d cri m e
(f or instanc e
,
2 65
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
.
a rson a nd m urder
bet hoppel te Q3 etrag, th e dou ble
a m ou n t tw i c e th e si m pl e
instei n, si ngle, m ean s one , i n c on
(
) (E
tra di sti n c ti on to a nu m b er or coll e c ti v e noti on ; ei nfad) , s i mp le,
connected
)
.
m e a n s on e , in
c on tra di s ti nc ti on
to dou bl e , tw of ol d, or m ani f old,
p r eten ti ou s, gr a n d ; as , bi e ei ngel ncn
finb u nabbangig non ber Uni on i n
an d th eref or e n ot lu x u r i ou s,
Qu
i nl an (
or Gi mel aaten
)
fl
5
8 e3 u g auf i bre ei genen fi ngel egenbei ten, th e si ngl e s tates ar e i n
d ep en d en t of th e U ni on w i th r e ga rd to th ei r o wn a ff a irs ; ei n
facts
f murmur b fiufcr Rleiber Ei tten, si m ple
an pruc el o e
b
f
,
u nassu m i n
,
,
,
g m en, h ou ses, c lo th es, m a nn ers
,
.
I nstea d of ei nf ach, ; i veb, t rek, b iets , mmm igfad
) , m ay b e a lso u s e d th e a dj e c ti v es
ei n i ltig,
al veif fi ltig, breif altig, b ierfdltig, etc , b icI=, m annigf ultig ; a s , lnm bert
to bear ah u n dred fol d f ru i t ; b icl fd l tige l l nterlucbungen,
f dltige Srucb t trageu
e x a m i na ti ons
Bu t emf dltig h as as s u m e d e xc lu s i ve ly
v ariou s d isqu is i ti ons
Z
‘
‘
th e m eani ng of stu i d, du ll
Di e fib rei faltigtei t or ‘
Dreieinigteit i s th e Tri ni ty
fi
s
.
’
-
'
.
p
.
.
.
.
NOTE 1 These nu m era ls are a lso a dv erbially u sed i n thei r pre di cati v e f orm ;
as, er but m id
»glueifad) , ia bunt ertf dltig beleibigt, h e h as done m e a tw of old,
“
nay , a h u ndre d f ol d Wrong ; — and p re di catively ; as, bee u n
fi ll ed Gdfilb lus t
.
-
netl nfad
)
.
Instead of gib eif atb, th e older f orm miefacb is m ore i n u se , and
W e t er
i nste ad of ; lneifd ltig, th e ol der f orm ; lniefdltig a lm ost ex c lu si v ely
artic u la r c as e on th e c u s tom
f altig or f fi ltig i s to be u sed, de ends i n ea c
ob tai ni ng ;
e nce th e le arne r ou g t to abs tain f rom th e u s e of t ese f orm s , u s ing
th e com ou nds wi t f at!) instea d
NO TE 2
-
.
h h
.
h
p
p
h
h
th e
.
h
.
5
2 44
h p
.
Rei ter a ti ve Nu m er a ls
.
How m any tim es an a cti on tak es place i s in dicate d b y
r e i ter a ti v e nu m er al a d v e rbs
.
T h ese a r e f orm e d by a ddi n g
m al to th e car din al n u m bers, an d ar e not de clin e d ;
ei nmal, on c e, once u
pon a tim e
ameimal, tw i ce , tw o tim es,
brei mal, th r i ce, th re e tim es
,
as,
blermal, f our tim es,
t i ci mul, ma ny ti m es,
.
manchmal, som e tim e s
.
NOTE 1 Ginmal m ay h av e th e accent on th e first or on th e sec on d sy llable
.
.
p
In th e f orm er c ase i t i s a nu m eral, i n th e la tter an a dverb of ti m e (once u on a
ti m e ), th e f orm er b ei ng, i n c ontra dis ti nc tio n to sever a l tim es, mehrere W
hi le,
ni a l, one t im e All th e rest of th e above
i n t w o words : ei n fi
num bers m a y b e t u s w ri tte n, a n d whi le de c l i ne d in th e lu ral , to l a y a gre ater
b u t s el dom ma mbe ‘
male,
s tress u on th e nu m e ral ; a s , ; mei, brei , b ier male (
of ten w ri tten
p
.
h
m icn (or noel)
t icle finale) ; ; u a
p
whi ten ; fiber fetbd all ele, over (u pwards of ) six
MAN GRA MMA R
266
G ER
.
‘S o m an tim es ’ ‘
’
i s tra n slate d b y f ob ielmiu, tole
t i m es
i
m
m
a
n
t
e
s
h
o
w
,
y
,
y
’
‘
h
e
m
a
n
m
e
G
i
T
e
a
l
b
e
s
S
Ji a l i s
m
b ielmc t, or {u viele S
i
a
i
e
male, i nie b ele im
b
r
m any a tim e
Fe w er tim es , weniger 5
mm O nc e f or al l , ei n f li t al e Sh ale (alle
O nc e m ore , nod) einma l, a utomate
ma l)
Over a nd ov er ag ai n, nod) b ielma l
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
NO T E 2 A dj ec ti v es m ay b e f orm ed f rom e a c h of these a dv erbs by th e s u ffi x
‘
en an ber I tfire,
i s ; a s , ein ei nmaliger $
8 efutb. a s ingle v isi t ; em brei maligee ip ow
.
'
p ated k nock in g at th e door
NO E 3 M lti pli a tion i s ex p s ed thu ; iuei mal ; ioei ift (f ne) b i er brei mal
brei ill (
f
th
t im
th ee
e n i n ; ci ne 3 a mgel) "
f lth ) m un ; tw ice tw
to m u lti p ly a n m b
mul uebmeu or mit aebu multipli siren
a thri c e re
e
-
T
.
u
.
c
re s
i
o are
i
s:
ou r .
re e
es
r
ar
,
e
u
,
er
b y te n
.
Div i sion i s ex pres sed th us : aib ei i ii b ier gebt ; i vei ma l, two in f ou r i s c ontai ned
tw i ce ; ei ne 3 a mmit b ier bib ibit en (
thei len), to di v ide a nu m b er by f ou r
S u b tra c ti on is ex p res se d thu s : gtoei b ou b ier bleibt gi oei, tw o f ro m f ou r leaves
t w o ; ei ne sa bl a lm
leben t on, e tc
tmb)
Addition i s e x pre s sed th u s : ; toei nub ; loei macht b i er (
giebt b i er) ; brei an (
brei if! fecbs’ ; eine sen
t an ei ner unbern abbireu (unsurecbueu)
-
'
.
.
.
6
§ 2 45
su ch
Th ese are,
.
.
Or di n a l Nu m er a ls
all
of
th em ,
a d e ctiv es, a n d
; as , ber, bi e, baa cr ke, th e first ;
i
.
j
de clin ed
ber, bi e, baé fiebaebnte, th e
s ev e n teen th
1
.
f
er te, th e first,
amei te, th e second,
bri tte, th e th i rd,
”
?
9
9
P bi erte, th e f ou rth ,
'
fi mfte th e fif th
m fechfi e e tc
fl fi ebente,
w mte
v
,
,
.
—
—
,
l
l
l
l
p
neunte,
p
gebnte,
u
el te,
‘
smi lfte,
breiaebnte,
e bi eraehntc,
15
.
16
.
fiebgebnte,
am
taehnte
neu naebnte,
,
awangi gfi e,
ei nunba
mangigfie,
i gfte,
brei fi
bi ergi g te,
f
te.
funfsi gr
ia
alar
flebsigfle.
bunt ertfte
hunt ertunberfte,
ameibunbertfi e
tauienbii e,
awai taufenbii e,
mill i onfle
M
.
,
—
Hs
Hs
l
f
,
fa nfaebnte
[ecbegebntc
,
as
,
.
M
2 68
GER A N GRA
MMAR
.
prop er pla ce ; still th ey consti tu te only an im aginary
s eri es in th e order w hi ch th e s p e a ke r i m par ts to th e m
w h en
i n i ts
,
th e re i s a qu e sti on of
a r ea l se ri es or order, th e a dv e rbs
gusrft,
gnamsi t, subt i tt, gub i srt, aul set, ar e in u se, corr esponding to th e
Engli sh fi r st, secon d, e tc , wh en u se d i n an a dv erbial or predi
.
ca ti v e
m ea ni ng ;
Ch arles
as,
ca m e
fi rst,
s econ d
w as
Ernest,
Lewi s s p ok e th ir d, fi arl tant susrli, Qt nft an alb ei t (
not al e ber
ubmi g gubri tt
awai ts), E
.
8
247
.
Th ese are
Fr a cti ona l Nu mer a ls
.
s u bs tan ti v es,
.
f orm ed fr om th e ordi nal or
cardin al nu mb ers b
y a ddin g th e suffi x tel or tbsil wi th th e f ol
l owing sligh t ch anges i n th e stem as,
si n b ri ttsl, $ ritt si l , a th ir d
b
(part)
si n fili srtsl fili st tbsil a f our th
'
si n isiinftsl , ifii nftbsil a fif th
sin g sdfltsl 6 scbetbsi l a si xth ,
si n Bebni sl Bsbntbsi l a tenth ,
i gftsl 8 man3 i gtbsil a tw enti eth
sin Bmana
si n b u nbst til sl , b unbst ttbeil a h u ndre dth
‘
si n i anlsnbftsl i au lsnotbsi l a th ou san dth
Th ey are de cli ned a ccordi ng to th e e i gh th p ara di gm
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
‘
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
NOTE 1 Instead of sin Bi nsitsl, th e neu te r a djec tive sin b ulli es is u sed (th e
But in c alc ulations
adj ec ti ve bnlbst , s, se be ing d ec li ned, like all adj ec ti ves )
si n bath is u se d to f orm th e f ollowi ng c om pou nd nu merals , whic h are adverbs,
.
’
.
b u t m ay be adj ec ti vely inflec te d
si n balb, one
h alf
,
a nbsrtbnlb (
or sin unb sin ba i b , 1
)
5
,
bri tt (
s )balb (
or steel u nb si n be lt ), 2 5,
b i srt(s )balb (
or brsi unb sin bulb), 8 5, and so on
.
p oper nam es of towns and cou ntri es balb i s al ways u sed in
th e pl ace of balbse‘
maffncbnfstte h alf M
as
; as ba it lB ofton h al f B ton ; balb S
An d so i n th e p h as e bal b ‘
s c h u etts
p fsrb ba lb 2l fligator h al f horse hal f
all iga to ; ball
) SDt adJs toar e ba lb 6 tblangs
it (th e m ons te r) w as h al f
d agon h lf sn ak e ; balb 3 09 (
i s i bn bulb fan? sr bin
half sh e drew him
half h e sank h im self
NO T E 2 Th e m ath em atic al f orm u la is transl ated sin Gintsl
And bef ore th e
r
a
s
r
.
,
s,
,
,
,
,
’
r
r
os
,
,
,
a
,
,
.
.
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
N
OTE 3 .
The adj ec tiv e i nfl ec tion unbsrtbulbsr
bu s h els , 2 5 m easu res (p eek s ), is
269
.
'
‘Sill u 1
fi, 5
fi
t
s
sl, bt ittbulbss
p ope to com m n li fe and c om ic poetry
Ex m ples
steel b rittsl two thi ds ; f finf G erbfi sl fi e i xths ; unbsrtbulb
Bol on i nc h a nd h alf ; brittbulb fill si lsn (bt ittsbulbs While i n p pu l speec h )
3
‘
2 5 m il es ; f anf nub sin 2l cbtsl ‘
b
5
o
n
d
u
n
i
e
r
n
b
n
b
r
4
p
s
i
e
b
u
n
b
nt
s
l
g
;
pf
pf
sb
13
p ou nd ; nsnn Gll sn unb si n(s) bulb(s) 9 5 y d (ell )
a
r
e
o
.
r
,
.
,
r
v
,
s
a
ar
o
u
,
s
s
,
ar s
,
,
s
.
NO T E 4 Th e hour s of the da y are i ndicated i n th e foll owing manner
.
Q l cbs ssi t iii es i ni sbisl l i br i f! ee l wh a t o c lock i s i t ?
’
(i s il ffi ll f l l br, i t is fi ve o c loc k
Ge i fi sin Ql i srtsl unf fscbs, it i s a qu arter past fi ve
(i s if! bulb fetbd, i t is h a l f p as t fi v e
’
.
.
.
q
q
(i s if! brsi SBisrtsl uuf fd , i t i s a u arter to six
‘ it is a u arter to si x
s
l
r
o
e
t
s
i
n
i
sr
t
b
s
c
s
t
B
S
(
i
fb ,
f
minuten (abs, it i s ten m i nu tes to s ix
( s ift i n asbu ‘
E
‘
r
:
i
abs, i t i s fi v e m i nu tes ast si x
(E fi f imf Sill i nntsn nud) (fiber) (
$ t si , etc ,th e c l oc k strik es 1 , 2 , 3 , etc
Gd ftblfigt (f ins, sinsi, D
.
.
.
p
.
Ins tea d O f th e abov e ex
.
.
pre sion th e f ollowing m ay al so be f ou nd f il nf ll br
s
s
:
‘
‘
nnb si n bulb, 5 5 ; f a url l br unb sin $
Bisrtsl, 6 3 ; f i i nf l i br, sebu {Illi nntsm 5 : 1 0; set
i fl ; sbn SUl i nntsn b et (to ) fscbs‘ It i s noontim e i s tra nsla te d se i fi E
mittug, se’ ift
.
‘
‘
m
i
s
r
n
u
l
i
r
m
t
G
e
tt
t
m
d
l
t
l
um um
i
f
i
b
m
)
h
b
a
(
g
3
bisfs (an bisfsr) asit —um a
nablf, bulb sin l l bs, an ‘
mittug, um E
mittst nucbt, bee
‘
i t i s mi d ni ht
; inblf (li bs ) ;
’
,
M g s‘ t
or sn , e c
,
.
.
11
2 48
se i
.
E NUMERA LS
IND EEmtm‘
Th e f oll ow i n g ar e com pri se d
.
.
un der
th e class
of
ih
defini te Nu m eral s
member, e, so, m any a , som e
si ni ger, e, ee, som e , seve ral ,
stli cber, e, so, som e, sev eral,
i si n, l sins, i sin, no, not any,
ieber, e, so, e v ery, each
i egli cber, e, se, e v ery, each ,
iebiveber, s, ee, e very, each ,
,
.
'
b i sl er, e, as, m u ch ,
msni gsr e, se, li ttle, f e w
Th ey are decli ned as a dj ecti v es, with th e f ew li m i tation s
ull er, e, se, all, th e wh ole ,
m ention ed below
249
.
.
Rein, i sine, i sin, n o n one
,
see
y (
n o on e, n ot a , not a n
pre di ca tiv ely or sub sta nti v e ly u sed i t a ssum es th e
,
a n c i en t decle nsion , i ei ner,
EXAMPLES
,
i s de cli n ed ex actly lik e th e a r ti cle sin (
se e
23 3 ,
B u t w h en
.
,
.
f eins, i si neé
Did) {cbrscf t tsint
23 "
-
rm
.
h
no storm terrifies t ee ; i(
b tsnns
MAN GRA MMAR
27 0
GER
.
I do not k now any body h ere ; fo but sr bsnn bsfr
bier tsinsn
bloflsn, ib ud
f sin 3 6 m bsftblisfisn foll ts
t h us h e h as th e n resolve d, as no p ri nce ought
to resolve ; bu lb urb se‘blur, {i s bs ts l‘
ei nen E
nsib (U ), so i t a pp ea re d th a t sh e
g
‘
e n terta ine d no env
sin megsn
lsi ns zrrbsit, i t i s no sm all w ork ; E
y ; se i l tsi ns E
sin Sbnf t, tsi n I rnnt wi ll msbr gsbsi bn (
K em er ), no rai n a v a ils ,
bilf t, tsi n I bun, l‘
no de w , no m i st, no dri nk w ill an
Ul sn
y m ore av a il ; lb ottss Srsnnb nnb tsinss E
ftbsn % sinb (Pr ov God’ s f ri end and no m an’ s enemy ; tsin QBnnbsr, no w onder ;
es i f! tei n wdbm (S ch
h e i s not a Boh em ia n
For th e u se of fi sinsr, s, se as a su bstanti v e, see 2 3 6
Th is u se does not
ob ta i n i n th e pl ural ; bu t w h en f sinsr; s, se i s u se d r edi ca tivel
p
y, or adj ec tiv ely
w i th th e su b stanti v e om i tted, i t m ay h av e a p lu ra l ; as , 6 sfvsn i sr, u t
f
f g
‘
‘
ubsr se gi sbt l sins, s p ec tre s , say y ou ? bu t th ere a re none ; nutb ‘
utronsn f rugfl
p
‘
en ? se‘finb (bersn) tst ns i m gumsn l ager, ou as k f or c artrid es , —th ere are none
y
g
'
M
’
’
.
.
.
’
.
’
p
in th e whole c a m
For tsinsr b on bsibsn, s ee 2 5 6
Th e Englis h not a si ng le i s ni r
bt sin sinaiger,‘ or f sin sini igsr
s i ngl e c ent, i d
) bubs tsinsn si n
nigen (nicbt si nsn snnigsn) li snt
.
.
.
I
h ave not a
.
.
25 0 S ebet , isgli cbet , and i sbmsbsr, ea c h , every, a ny, a nybody,
.
ar e
both adj ecti v ely, bu t in thi s
u sed
case n e v e r
w i th th e i n
d efini te ar ticle, an d su bs ta nti v ely, and i n thi s case wi th or w i th
Out th e in defini te ar ti cl e
sing u la r n u m be r
S
.
an d o ccur only i n
.
Th ey can onl y be em ployed i n th e
i m
egl i c er a nd
b
p oetry
eb
‘
ebet are ra th er a nti qu a ted,
.
si ns Gubit rs
EXA MPLES
8 ud) , isbsr Gtrom but (
Gsinsn teuf but isbsr S
(Ril eker t), every brook h as i ts c ou rs e, ev ery stream i ts sph ere ; Gin fisher if!
‘(
n
e
e
i
s
B ill i e nnb ll ngl dif s 6 ¢mi sb (Pr om) ev ery body is th e artific er of h i s
f
si ns ®ubsn u nb Ssbsr iii bod
o w n f ortu ne or m i s fortu ne ; Ssbsr bruncbt (
) nnr unf
e u ses h is gif ts , and s ti ll ev ery one i s ha ppy
e v ery on
signs QBsi fs glil cf lid
)
‘
onl y in hi s ow n m anner ; Gi n fisher bdrt e, bar
b Ssbst gust (Burg er ), every one
h ears it, bu t ev ery one is a f raid ; sin 3 sglitbsr bsntt nnr fit!) felhit ; u bef risbigsn
everyb ody th i nk s onl y of sa tis f y ing h im self ; isblb sbs l ugent , fi bnigin, bul
on unf bsinsm I bron b srbsrrlicbt
qu een , thou h as t on th y throne ennobled
un, every ti m e
every v irtu e ; isbse n
NO T E 1 Th e Englis h h e h as los t his every cent,’ c annot be i m i tated, except
in this w ay : srb ut isbsn Gent b srlorsn
'
.
,
,
’
'
.
.
.
NO TE 2 fishes i s som etim es u sed of p ers ons m eaning everybody, bu t only in
th e p opu lar tongu e ; as , fish es b on ben bsibsn Gbslsntsn, b on bsn (
s cblnifisrn,
.
ea c
h of th e onsorts b oth ers and i sters
c
,
s
r
.
Bu t i t m ay as Well be transla ted li terally
Ginunbsr, ea ch oth er (s ee
(f i ner ben al nbsrsn or her Gina ben ill nbsrsn
“
.
25 1
.
fil li es, s, eé
ex
pres ses both nu m ber —as in milli ommen
27 2
G ER
MA N GRA MMA R
.
mmtli cb, i n a body , wi th out ex cep tion, and ganglitb, gang unb gar, entirely,
fn
w
holl y
.
.
NO TE 6 2£ll e i s i n th e p opu l ar tongu e u sed to ex press a t a n end, fi ni shed as ,
bad C oncert i f} aIIe, th e conc ert i s finis h e d ; t ag fB i er i [t all e, there is no m ore
.
'
b eer
.
NO T E 6 al li ed bad, all th is , all th es e things , h as an Old Dati v e «file, whi c h
“
.
ppe rs i n bei all ebem f t ll ; mit all e bem w ith all thi ; i nall e bem i n all
thi ; troli all ebem i n S p i te of all
'
a
a
a
,
s
er a
,
s
,
,
.
E
lli nncher e, es m a ny a , som e, n ot a j am) , s ignifies an
i n defi ni te p l u ra l i ty, wh il e bi el et‘, e, eé (
m u ch m any n ot f ew) i s
25 2
.
,
,
,
onl
,
W
and) “ i s u se d in
y stron ger, bu t h as th e sam e m eani ng
th e sin g ular (
wi th th e m ea n i ng m a ny a ), a nd i n th e plural (
wi th
’
.
)
th e m ean i ng m a ny , n e v er w i th th e d e fin i te
ar ti cl e , bu t so m e
tim e s i n th e si ng u lar w i th th e in defi ni te a r ti cl e ;
Sl l ann,
’
mand)
ei ne
gran mancl)
’
,
a s,
b ane
ein
.
mim i cs are also em ployed substantiv ely
mand)
’
eln
Sl u mber an d
.
‘
there dwells m any a b ol d
Da banfi mamb tfibner e m
eagl e ; i br l eerbet mauthen a lten St eml b (
ni anzb ei nen Srennb ) begrflfien
y ou w ill m eet m a ny a n Old a c qu ai ntanc e ; wi e mamb e o ne: lib ben Sill onb fi bon
h o w m a ny a nigh t
t ort erlnurtet (babe) nnb ini e i nantben Sfll orgen bi e G onne
EXA MPLES
’
.
.
’
-
‘
,
I ex
p
h
ec te d t
ere
’
th e m oon’ s ri s i ng , a n d h o w m a ny a m orni n g th e su n s ; JJl an.
fil llen gefall en, m any a one tri es to ple as e ev ery body ; mouthed blei bt
i unc
befler nngefagt, m a ny th i ngs be tter re m ai n u ntold ; SU
be bebanpten, som e
(be: will
'
'
p
p eo le a ssert
.
(
Qiniger, e, es, som e, si gnifies a sm all nu m b er or qu anti ty
of p er s ons or thi ngs ; as, g i t mar
ble einige fd wrabafte fil nmerf utv
ei ni geé ©elb, eini
sh e m a de so m e f a ce tious r em ark s
gen
253
.
.
gen
Wil li) babeu eini ge SZ iet e hemeifen to possess som e m on ey
,
,
,
to b e p ossesse d of s om e c ou rage, to sh ow som e ki n dn ess
(
i in‘
i ge
fi nb f ranf som e (of th e m ) a re si ck
.
,
Instead
of
ei niger,
‘
es, som e tim es etlit
b er, e, eo occ u rs ,
e,
‘
h h is rath er
w ic
of th e see d ) f ell by
s om e (
b
fiel anf ben SIBeg
th e w a y si de
t velc
b er, e, ee, w i th th e sam e m ean ing, i s Ob solete
Gi ll igee a nd etliibes occ u r s u bstantively, bu t nei ther th e m as cu line nor th e
a n ti qu ated ; as, etlit ee abet
’
.
.
f em in i ne i n th e si ngu la r
.
thane i s f re qu ently u sed f or ei ni ger, e, es ; etli cher, e, co i t i s
(E
in declin abl e , bu t suff ers p r e p osi tions to b e c onne c ted w i th i t ; a s,
mi t etmae G
i ebulb, wi th s om e p a ti ence
.
I t i s n e v er j oi n ed to a
THEO RETI C AL
27 3
PA RT.
plur al substantiv e Th e plu ral einige a nd etli d n i s f re qu ently
o m i tte d th e pl ural of th e su bsta nti v e w i th ou t a n
y a rti cl e e x
pre ssi ng su fiic i ently th e noti on of som e ; as er afi Rirfm
en, h e
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
ate som e' c h e rri es ;
geben g i e mit 28 nd) er, gi v e m e som e books ;
bait bu Qlepfel, h a v e you som e a ppl es ?
‘
fil nbere,
Qi ni ge
su b s ta nti v ely
p
u sed,
corres onds
to
th e
En gli sh som e (p e rson s )
oth er s
inige fagen
(oth er one s ) as , (E
3 e, QInbere Sl i ein, Wi emanb gi ebt feine ©runbe, som e s ay ay,
.
o th e r s no, n obod
y u tters hi s rea sons
.
Gi ll iger, e, ee nev er oc c u rs in th e signi fic ation of th e English a ny
’
h
h m ny G m ns in Ame ic a
al t ou g
a
er
a
r
hus
u se i t t
23 1
h
T i s u se , in th e m odern
.
en,
batte b erfm‘ow
ben tanbgraf m bon b efr
en " nic
h e i n e i n i g e r fi efangenflbaf t ; n batten, “ (iefi a bet
bann i n be: l l rttmbe m S
ZBort e i n i g e r i n e to i g e t b eranbem , um ibn troebenn
gefangen an batten, C ha rle s V h a d p ledged h i m s elf not to keep th e Landg rav e of
la ngu age
obsole te , ob tai ned
i n a nc ient Ge rm a n ;
as , fl at ! V.
.
Hesse “ i n a ny c a p tiv ity ” bu t af terwards h ad i n the doc u m ent th e w ord a ny
,
a l tere d i nto eterna l, in order
to k ee
p hi m a a p is ne
s
r
o
fi anm einige, sl a rcely
r.
any .
NO TE 1
i ndefi ni te
ein ;
When th e Englis h som e means an indiv i du al person or th ing not an
.
sm
all nu m b er or
as , som e
som e book , i d
;
q
,
u a nti ty ,
’
i t m u s t b e tra nsla te d b y ei n or i rgenb
f rie nd h a s told m e , ein Srennb bat mit gefagt ;
I h ave read i t in
babe ed in irgenb einem fi nite gelefen
.
NO T E 2 Th e English a ny i s not translated i n sayings lik e th ese : Is there a ny
ne ws ? finb macbric
bten be ? if a ny m oney shou ld hav e been los t, i nenn fi elb
(i nca n ia fi elb ) b ertoren gegangen fei n foll te
.
.
§ 25 4 QSi el, m u ck, m a ny, a nd weni g, li ttle, plural f ew, a re
.
so m eti m es
ed wi th ou t i nfl ec ti on (
a n d so i s th ei r c o m p ara ti v e
us
mebr a n d weni ger a l wa ys u se d ), w i th su b s ta n ti v e s in th e sin gula r
a nd
p lura l nu m b ers
.
Th i s i s al w ays th e case w h en th ey a re ex
pressi v e of qu a nti ty ; as b i el QBein b i el Si ebe ; mari a but 11 06)
Mary h as still plenty of secret
b i el verborgene $reunbe
f r iends ; i n weni g ©tunben f ann bi e ill ucbri cbt ba fei n
in
‘
th e sp ac e of a f e w h ours th e new s can be h e r e ; weni g Q
Bei é hei t
weni g g chulben n o gr ea t a m ou n t O f wi sdom of debts ; meht
en m or e l i gh t a g re a ter c row d
Bi d fl mebr fleute weni ger Row
l e ss )
less coa l ; i d) babe beren mebr (
weni ger) I h a v e m ore (
Bu t wh en den oti ng a n u m ber p oi nti ng m ore to th e
of th em
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
GERMAN GRA
27 4
MMAR
.
posing i t or th e m a ny portions of a wh ole ,
mebrere) are de cli n ed i n th e p l ural an d
b i el e, meni ge mebre (
in di v idua ls
com
,
,
weni g, e v e n i n
b i el,
th e
s in
g
—i n th e latter cas e of ten
u la r,
diff er enc e f r om th e pre dic afi i 'e f orm
r e m ark a b l e
w i th ou t any
,
,
,
E
manuel fiSranen Ri nber maren b erfam
m u c h r e p e a te d drink ing) frbmarbt ben
mel t
b i el ee i ri nf en (
Wi ngen er batte b iel en fli erbrufi h e h a d m any v ex a tions
”
(Berbt nfi and m ost abs tract n ou ns h av i ng no plural f orm th e
declin e d f orm of bi el i s th e only m eans of ex pre ssi ng a r e
Qi i ele maren eingel aben
p ea te d ac tion i n th e sa m e dire ction )
(ei el
e tc
,
.
)
a s,
b i ei e
;
,
-
,
,
.
,
maren gei ommen, m any h a d been i n v i te d, bu t f e w
weni ge S abre iii nnen illi el ee (
i nt ern, a f e w yea rs c an
abet Q
Benige
h a d com e ;
m any th ings ;
ch a ng e
brancbt nicbt b i el QBorte
at
(or b iei er
th e re i s n o n e e d of m any w ords
flBorte)
QSi el o ccu rs i n
th e m odern dec le nsi on i n p h ras es l ike bi efeé bi el e 6 d1rei en
‘a ll thi s c r in i s u l ess
se
; er bat bee b i el en ®elbee
bilft ni cbte,
y g
li d) bemdcbtigt, h e h as f orcibly ta ken p osse ssion of th at grea t
.
'
of
su m
m on ey
.
ebrere i s i n u se w i th th e m eaning sever a l ; still w ith m any w riters
NO T E 1 Sm
a nd I n c om m on l i fe i t oc c u rs al so as pl u ra l of mebr
mell iger h as no plu ral
S
.
.
.
pe l ti e ber meirie and her inenigfie nlike th e Engli h c t m w i th
m st a nd f w t (leas t) i s ne er u se d w ith ou t th e d fini te a tic le ; as bi e mei flen
93 3 m: Gnrova e m ost na tions of Eu ope ; bie wenigfteu tente i nufiten bat on
diff e f om a ll othe
in
Th se tw s p l ti
f e w p e ple h a d he d of i t
as bie gnten
th t th y c annot b e p re dica tive ly em pl y d w ith am (
Wi tt er i n bet il l ibliotbet maren bie meifi en bie ftbietbten bie wenigfi en (by no
Th e su
r a
o
e
v
,
es
r
us o
,
r
,
a
s
e
v
,
ar
o
u
,
o
e
.
o
e
u
er a
v es
r
r
rs
see
e
,
,
m ea ns a m meifien, a m weuigfi en)
.
h
T ree a dverb s are f orm ed f rom ber meifi e, nam ely , meii , m ost, f or th e most
p art am meiften to th e g eatest ex t nt and meifi ene‘ m
r
,
,
e
,
,
os t, m os tl y , m os t ti m es ;
a nd tw o of ber i nenig te, n a m e ly , am i nenig ten a nd toeni g i eue, th e f orm er m eani ng
f
f
f
{ int er an d mi nbeft denote a lesser degree or i ntensity,
W
not a s m a ller nu m ber ; th e a dv erb mi l tbefi , least, occ u rring o n ly i n c om ou nd
w ords, a nd mi nbeflene b ei ng e u iv ale nt to i neni gfi end At most i s bSt
i end ; to the
b
f
‘
’
a tmost a11 e 2t e11 erfte ; not i n the least, a ir
b t i m Sill inbefi en ; no less, nitbt minber,
f
fi
lea st, th e l a tter a t lea st
.
p
q
.
,
d
o ebr ; no mor e, ni ) t mcbr, eben o i t enig.
eben (
f
f
NO T E 2 There i s th e sa m e di fference b etw e en i t enig a nd
.
b etween li ttle a nd a li ttle, f ew and a f ew
q
‘ a nd a bou t e
th e la tte r of nit
t
e
b ,
Th e
pl
i
u ral o f ei n tnen g is
th e form er be ing th e o
ei n i nenig,
as
pp ite of b iel
os
,
u a l i n qu a ntity or n u m ber to etlnad a nd ei niger.
ei nige i oenige, or ei nige.
Exam ples : eiu wenig SIBein,
MAN GRAMMAR
27 6
G ER
.
11 m 11 111 meiflen S
IBeie‘
beit hatte, telnet (non beiben) fi esta, f einer wi th (Pf
fi el) ox
—nei t er c on u ere d,
qu a ri elli ng w i c o f th e t wo w as th e w i se 1 ,
‘
1
1
1
n e i t e r y i e lde d ;
nrlr
eu
o
n
b
e
n
e
e
o
il
i
1
1
5
1
1
2
e
n
2
ei nen h on bribe"
n
i
l
b
S
I
B
0
b
d)
f
g
,
h h
a nd as s we1 e
h
q
,
h
w h i c h road h al l I ta k e ? ne i th ; 1111f ieber non briben G ri trn auf my
i th e
id e ; ci11rit (j eber) b en beiben Qfi egen e i th
on
w y ; tei uer b en beiben
‘
l Brltben b on bribe" 111 115 “
SiBegen bribe QBege nidx n ith e w ay
9 1 9 0111 9 11 ?
B eibe f nb gut w h m (w h i h ) of both m t I ta ke ? eith er i good
t
s
e
er
r s
er
,
,
e
,
i
o
,
;
,
r
a
1
.
c
us
s
.
qu a n ti ty i s a pp rox i m a tiv ely sta te d,
th e f ollow i ng p rep o si tion s and a dv erbs a re u s e d : rttva u n r=
,
g
fain, 11 11 , gegen, a bou t ; bri nabr, fail; ai emli d), nabegu, n ea rly,
25 7
.
If
n u m b er or
a
f aunt, s c ar c ely, n ot n ea rly ; ni dl t 9 1 11 3 , n ot qu ite ;
n e x t to ;
u brr,
p wa rds of ov er ; untrr u nder down w ards of tie to
Thi r ty and O dd
f or ty a n d o dd e tc are e xp resse d by brri fiig
ab o v e, u
,
,
,
’
’
,
,
.
,
.
,
u nb ri ni gr, eini ge u nb b i rrgi , ri ni r b i era
ig.
g
g
EX A MPLES
Gtina ein b 1111brrt, a bou t one h u ndred ;
inmbert, a bou t
a h n nd red ; a11 tau fenb,
gegen gtoei teufenb, i n th e v ic i ni ty of one t ou sa nd, t wo
t ou sa nd ; bei uabe bai t, fa ft t ill I
t 11 id) ts’ ,
Dri ttel, ; i rmlicb a fle, nabega ber 9 1 113 2, f ar
n e arly
a lf , o n e
a l f , a th i1 d , a l m os t a l l , a l m os t th e w ole ne x t to not i ng ;
,
h
.
h
taunt
h
h
h
ei ni ge, sc arc e ly a ny ;
q
h
f aum ebrnfoniele a le, s c arc ely as m a ny as ; 11id) t
’
u i te el even o c l oc k ; fiber rin Dum
ab, u w ards of a do e n ;
p
z
ge n; elf l i br, n ot
fi ber taufenb, abov e one t ou san d ; 1111te1: f 1111f 3 ig, u nder fif ty ; fetbgi g bid firbgig'
'
f rom s i x ty to s ev enty ; b or 2 111111 f imf Sabren, a bou t fi ve y e ars a go ; l l itbt ei nmal
ig as one
as
gioa ngig, not e v e n as m u c h as tw e nty ; bi d 511 bi mbrt t $116
c
u ndre d f e e t ; cine b oll s Ill il u m
, f u ll one m i ll i on
h
h h
h
'
.
.
C HA PTER VIII
A D VERB S
.
A dv erbs ar e i nfl e xi ble w ords, wh ich qu alif y a predi
(a v erb, w h ere f rom th ey de ri v e th e i r na m e , o r a n adj ec
258
c a te
.
ti v e , or o th e r a dv e r b ) b y e x p re ss i ng th e
th e m a nn er, or th e
a s,
.
rt
i s n o w ti m e ;
he fingt
h a s f al len
y
s ic k ;
M
c o m es
on ;
h i ther ;
ré
a c ti on ;
i ft j r ij t B rit, i t
Ge ri i ft { tim er rrf rantt, Ch a rles
mi t finb h a n f i g gu grgrn, w e
qu en tly p re s en t ; i hr wrrbet moIfl
s u ccu m b
.
th e ti m e, or
i nten s i ty, f re qu en cy, or m ood, of th e
f ommt bi r t h” , h e
ve r
p la ce, or
a re
f ra
untrrli rgrn, yo u will p r oba bly
T HEO RETI CA L
25 9
PART
27 7
.
Ad v erbs are th eref ore to be cl asse d w ith th e obj ec ts,
.
pre position ;
a s h e a c ts p r u den tl
i n th i s
w i th p ruden ce) h e li ves h ere (
y (
tow n ) h e w ill soon com e (
in som e days )
Thi s i s th e rea son
wh y f or w a n t of a corresp on ding a d v erb th e Germ a n e x
p res ses m any En gli sh a dv erbs by su bstanti v e s p re ceded by
p re positi ons a nd vi ce ver sa as h a ppily at1m Gi lficf ; abroa d i n
bet 8 t embe h om e nad) b aufr i n dee d i n bet Ebat — 3 u 9 1ei ct)
a t th e sa m e tim e ; bi r ri té on th i s s id e ; j rn ri té
on th a t th e
fl
(
f
o th e r ) si de ; bi r D amien i brrrfri ta th e l a d i es on th e oth er s id e
‘
h
b
d
e ree s; nt
an d
ll
m
i
l
i
i
b
n
d
b
i
é
a
e
c
r
n
r
v
a
t
ti g
a
m
t
bf
g y
g
y
(
y; g g
)
a t pr e se n t
u ntrrtvrgé o n th e w a y
a n d h av e
th e
sa m e v al u e
as
su b s tantiv e
a
,
w ith
a
,
'
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
p ri m i tiv e a dv erbs w h i ch a r e ei th er r oots
or i nfl ec te d stem s or com pou n ds of tw o o r m ore of th e m an d
a dv erb i al obj ec ts ) th ere i s
th e sub sta n ti v es w i th p rep os i ti on s (
an oth er cl a s s con sti tu ti ng th e m aj ori ty of a dv er b s f orm e d f rom
19 5
s ee
ea c h a dj e c tiv e i n i ts pre dic ativ e
a dj e c tiv e s (
S om e a dj ec tiv es
f or m b e i n g c a p ab l e of serv ing as a n a dv erb
2 6 0 Be s i de th e
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
h ow e v er, a n d a l so a f e w sub sta n ti v es, a r e c h an ge d i nto a dv erbs
by m ea n s of th e su f fix l i d) or l i ngo, of w h i ch a c om ple te l i st i s
g iv e n b e lo w e a c h of th em h av i ng, b e side s, th e si m ple f orm of
a n a dv e rb , w i th a som e w h a t di ffe r ent m e ani n g
1
.
.
S uch as a re f orm ed f rom a dj ecti v es
p oo ly mis e ably
fi rmlitb,
r
r
,
,
(arm, poor, )
erflli ),
fi rstly ,
bitter, bi tter, disag reeably, of a bi tter tas te,
erft, fi rs t, b ef ore t at,
einiglicb,
e ternall y,
2111 19 , e ternally , f or ev er,
f reilich,
i ndeed, i t i s tru e,
f ret f reely ou tsp ok en, openly ,
enti rely , w
c er tai nly ,
9 11 113 , e nti re , qu i te,
gelnifi, for certa in, c erta inly ,
ét grfnnlit
b,
m orosely ,
(gra m, av erse , )
gfitlitl) ,
bi cblid) ,
’
tlirqi itb,
a m i c abl
gut, w ell,
i g ly, to a great eig t,
1113 111, h i g
ti ng, ru de n tly ,
f urg, s ortly , b riefly , s m all,
(11 119 , long , (11 119 12, a lo ng tim e,
bi tterly,
d
gei ni
fii itb, 1
‘
k tii ralid
),
“51119 1110
,
'
h ighly
h
holly
,
y,
,
c l everly , sm artl y,
new l y , la tely ,
oblongl y,
,
,
h h h
.
p
h
T Obsole te
.
h h
MAN GRAMMAR
27 8
GER
fl i ebiicb,
lebigiid} ,
.
tolerably,
(ieb, deaé rly ,
(lebig, rid of , s ingly, )
(leib, sorry , sa d ),
new ly , l atel y ,
ne11, new ,
lov ely,
m erely ,
neulich,
at bff enti itb,
p bli ly
* reit li
su fi c i en tly ,
p
fi
t eid
) ri c h ly ,
c l eanly ,
rein, c le an ,
u
b d) ,
c
o en, o enl y , f rank l y,
,
,
purely merely
,
,
ftbtneriid) ,
h ardly
{fibet i id} ,
trenlid),
i nali riitb,
‘
tb eieiit
su rel y ,
{(btner heav ily ,
fi dm secu rel y,
f a i t f u lly,
trett, f a it f ull y , truly,
v eril y , i n dee d ,
(tb ain, tru ly , i n a v eri table m anner,)
,
,
'
,
h
b,
s
hrew dly
h
'
i b ei fe, w i sely,
s m artly,
,
pru dently
,
s ageIYt
‘ w i llin l
i
g y, l ief , gl adl y, i niflig, Wi lli ngly, volu ntarily , su bm issiv ely
av e no w b ecom e a dj ec ti ves, a nd a re in fl e c ted as s u c
T ose m ark ed t u s
tb i fli gl tbn
h
h
h
h
.
.
211 m, 9 m m, lebig, (eib, toabr, do not occ u r a dverbi ally u s ed
.
2
S u ch as a r e f orm e d f rom su bstantiv es by th e s u ffix lid)
.
* mfinbii tl) , orall
y,
i nstantaneou sly ,
ex
pressly
of cou rs e, na turall y ,
,
intention ally ,
i n wri ti ng,
* tii nl>licb,
ourl y,
f
da ily ,
“
Vi tb btbeutfidg, w eekl
y,
h
rel ati v e l y,
f olgiid)
u
p on oath
,
c onse
q
,
u e ntly,
ii bri id) ye arly , ev ery y ear
9k ti1 n tlit
f b , arti fic i ally,
* monat(it
b m on thl y,
i It i
l
h
c i e fly , pr1nc 1pall y ,
,
'
'
binfitb tlitb, as regards , as to
,
h
.
h an as terisk
are al o a dj ec ti es
3 S u ch a s are f orm e d f rom par ti cipl es b y th e su ffi x l i d)
* lyoff entlitb i t i s to b e h op ed
fi ebentlid) su ppliantly
2I119 enblicf i itb a nd th e ot ers w i t
s
v
.
.
,
,
,
,
f reb entiid) , f riv olou sly,
enti itb, deliberately,
9 efi i ir
i b i flenti it
bf wi tti ngly,
gei egentlitb, by a nd by ,
binlf mgi icb(f rom binlangenb ), su ffi ciently
'
h
ra t er,
.
Only bof entiitb is not, at th e sam e tim e, a dj ec ti v ely used
.
4
.
With th e suffi x Ii ngé
bi i nbii ngs’ , blindly ,
mentbii ngs’ , assassin l ik e,
-
‘ i n a ri di
idli li nge, prec ip itously ,
tbp fl i ngd h e a dlong,
rdcfili nge, b ac kw ard s,
p osition astride
ftbrittlingd step by step
t i t tlingo,
’
ng
,
,
'
,
,
.
’
NO T E — Th e f ollow i ng adv erbs
deri ve d f rom su b stantiv es, adj ec tives,
’
a nd
a rtic i l es b
y m ea ns of th e term inat ion e : (bee) fill et gene, in th e m orning ;
(bed ) fi benbe’, i n th e eveni ng ; (bee‘
) 1 1 9 18, i n th e da y ; (bed) 91 1 11 15 , i n th e nig t ;
.
p
a re
p
-
h
T Obsolete
.
M
2 80
GER AN GRA
Whil e“
at th e most,
,
mei fleud, f or th e most part, to th e
.
(angftens, at the longest,
na
tbftene, s hortly, very
t
gre atest extent,
menigftens, at leas t,
MMAR
hes e d ys
a
soon,
one of
,
pl ac e
(serene in th e las t plac e
erflens, i n th e firs t
mtnbeflm e, at th e very leas t,
,
,
,
beftens, i n th e best m anner,
( ari ti m e, in th e fines t m anner
‘
ebefi ens, at th e soonest,
m
e
rfibe ten , not bef ore,
f
f
fpfiteli ene, at th e late st,
.
’
ras es ; as, id
) empfehle
Th e last two are u sed only in so m e com limentary
'
i
n
e
e
m
l
e
b
n
n
t
c
m
os
t
u
b
i
b
e
,
fb f
mid) befi ens, I greet you (in taking leave )
y ; cb
All of th e a bove w ords m ay assu m e an inc rease d f orc e
t ank you most kindly
by p refixi ng all “ ; as, aflerbbtbftens, at the v ery bes t ; al erminbeflens, a t th e
v ery , ver
y leas t
p
h
h
ph
I
.
.
NOTE 3
p
p
The f ollowing f orm th eir c om aratives and su erlati ves f rom other
.
s tem s :
Posi tive
.
am befi en, bell , am testifi es , best
er, b etter,
beflet , i s om
a m ebefi eu, bdlbeii en, soonest
eber, bdlber, sooner,
bait , s oon,
gem , gla dly, willingly , lieber, m ore w i lli ngly, a m liebften, m ost willi ngl y
'
tool) ! or gut, well ,
'
.
.
.
‘
IBobt i s only u sed of hea lth and luck ; as es gebt mit loom
, I am doing w ell ; er
,
.
f li l)“{i d} i eoli l h e f eels well ;
and i n a f ew c om
,
'
as ,
t tig,
i e oii i tin
beneficent, i e obli ooll eub,
pound adverbs and p tic i ples ;
ar
b enev olent, i noblger
tmi t, i b obl meineno,
’
p p
w e ll m e a ning, woii i babenb, well to do, moblgerfiflet, w ell re ared, etc
Gerri is i n Englis of ten ex ressed by th e verb to like ; “eber, am i iebfl eu, b y
-
p
h
to p r ef er , to like best.
.
(See
NOT E 4 In some particular c ases th e relati ve su perlative is f ormed b y th e
prefix w; as, atl et fi, (at th e ) firs t ; wiser, (at th e ) last ; ; tmdtbft, next, in th e
nex t plac e ; ; ubbt berfi , first of all ; ; uoberli , u pperm os t ; ; nunterfi , l owest, ; nmeift,
.
m os tly
.
NO TE 6 No oth er adverbs h av e th e c om para tive and su perlative degree, wi th
th e e x c eption of of t, often, bf rer, bf tefi , am Q ef teften ; f elten, sel dom fel tener
fei tenfi, e m B eireufteu ; febr, mebr, li btblt Of local adverbs a ki nd of c om
.
,
,
,
'
.
p
h
p ara ti v e and su erl ative m ay b e f orm ed by j oini ng to t em met): or inei ter, a m
meifi eu or am i neltefl eu ; as , oben, 1nei ter oben, a m i nciteli en obeu ; ti nten, m i ter
ti nten, am ineite ten a
f
’
tni rts, boriori rts.
men (ti nten, b orn, fei ttocirts) ; am meifteu m ine, ti nts, t inf
'
2 62 Beside th e adv e rb s of m an ner f orm ed from a dj ec tiv es,
.
g whi ch only a sm all n u m b er bel ong to th e oth er clas ses
of a dv erb s, and th e adv erbs a m on g th e num erals
24 1 ,
a nd th e pronou n s
th e f ollowi ng are excl us i v ely
2 1 3 , Note
a m on
em
ploye d as su ch :
THEO RET I C A L PA RT
281
.
p operly sp eaking as it wer
(0, th us, so
eigentlid
),
le is, h ow , as
a nbere, ot erw i se , else
to an (agent
gleicbfam,
geiviflermafien, i n som e m easu re
’
not c ou nt
un gerecbnet (w ith
wobl, well
i ng , e xc e ti ng
audfi
b liefilitb (wit
f
just as (so)
gem befo, exac tly so, j u st so
'
h
p
f onft, otherwise, els e
p e h aps som ehow anyhow
i rgenb p e h aps som eh ow any how
etu m,
r
,
r
'
e
,
,
eben o, i n th e same way,
’
r
h gem ) exc lu sive of
,
,
,
“(
lee mi tgeafilflt, a ll told
,
,
ail es geret net,
‘ i n v ai n
b ergebeno
,
b
s ues ei ngeretbnet,
u m on t', i n v a in , g rati s
fi ll ed i n fi ftee
n,
‘ ei n
bli
n
dl
n
d
o
t
e
i
bli nbl i ngs‘
a
r
s
n
i
n
e
(
,
y;
ftbiiefilitb, i nc lusiv e of
g
’
eii enbe, i n as te
in biefer i3 e,i ebnng, i n t is
f f
h
h
.
h
’
all ein , a l one
‘
u
e
b
s
n
l
, v i s ibly
g f n
rel a ti on ;
a n d s i m il a r ones .
in biefer SBerbiubung, i n th is c onnec tion ;
'
f olgenberma fien, i n th e f ollowing way
a nd s im ilar ones
.
i n biefer mfictlh bt, as regards, as to
i n biefer fl i nfitbt, in th is res ec t
erloeife, f ortu na tel y
t 'lid) , e x ressly
attserii c
gi fidliw
‘
of i tsel f
uuglii cfl ie
t o" felt
bertvei fe, u nf ortu nately, etc
’
meiuerfeite‘
abfit
, f einerfei te, uufret feits, e tc
b tli , on u r ose, i ntentionall y
on m y, on h i s , on our art
mit Sleifi,
ebenfall s, lik e wi se
mit gutem morbebatbt,
‘
‘
all erfeite, a t a ll h ands, on all sides
e
m
a uftbeme and) , to a ll a earance
b
all enf all s, erh a s, i f m u c h
gum e th ei ne, seemi ngly
‘
ant ernfail e, i m 6 egentbei l, c ontrari wi se ftbei nbar,
’
im (
f ra e), i n earnest
iebenfsll e, anyh ow , at any rate
‘
as re gards
i m S tem, in j est
in a nfeouug (with
gern, will i ngly
ftbaarenteeif e, in h ordes
p
p
.
p p
.
p
pp
'
p
p
m
.
II
263
.
1
.
.
A DV ERB S
or
PLAC E
.
Dir ecti on of m otion in general i s ex pr ess e d by
her (from else wh ere into th e vi c inity of th e s peaker ) and
bi n (f rom th e sp eaker to anoth er plac e)
Th es e a dv erbs can not be transla te d i n English e x c ep t i n a
h ith e r h i th e r
f e w ph rase s ; s uc h as f emm ber com e h ere (
w ards ) ; gel) bi n go th ere (
thi th er thi th e r wards)
ber mi t bent
iB ecl nt‘ ! h i th er wi th (
i n i ll all e mei ne
brin g h i th er) th e c u p ! D
— a nd in eas es w h e re
a ll m y f orc e i s gon e
Rraft
th e c om p ou n d a dv e rbs wobin ? ti m
ber ? a re se par a te d ; as we i ft
rbil bu bin ? w h ere do
er her ? wh e re does h e h ail from ? too ge
you go to ? ber e3 m geht ti gli d) swi fcben mei nem unb ieinem
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
24 "
MAN GRAMMA R
282
G ER
.
b att le bin uni) ber, th e m esseng er goes every day to and f ro
betw e en h i s h ouse an d m i n e
.
p ou nde d w i th bin and bet combi ne th e
A m an in a
n otio n of th e o th e r com p one nt w i th th e i r ow n
room w i ll b i d anoth er one stan di ng ou tside l omm
bet t in walk
i n ! a n d a n o th er one w i thi n w h om h e order s ou t geb bi naue
2 Th e
a d v erbs
.
com
.
,
,
,
,
,
go ou t ! wh ile , wh e n hi m self ou ts ide , h e w ill bi d anoth er one to
en ter a room th u s : geb bi nein, go i n l an d o rder h i m to com e
th u s :
ou t
l omm bet aue,
com e
f re qu ent com p ou nd a dv erbs
of
ou t
f rom th er e !
Th e m ost
thi s k i nd wi th a local sign ifi ca
ti on a re
!) erab, down(w ard )
here
binab, down(w ard ) there
binan, u p to th ere, on, onw ards
bi uauf, u p th ere (u p th i ther)
binand, ou t there (ou t thi ther )
beran, u p to h ere, on
herauf, u p here, u p h ith er
‘
berans, ou t (f rom ) here, henc e
berbei, near (u p to th e sp eaker)
binbnrd) , throu gh (throu gh there )
binein, i n th ere (i n thi th er)
‘
bi mrber, ov er there (over th i th er)
bluma , rou nd, abou t (endi ng there )
bi mm ter, down there (down thi ther )
herei n, in h ere (i n h i th er )
berfiber, ov er h ere (over hi ther)
bernm, rou nd, a bou t (endi ng here )
berunter, down here (down hi ther)
bet t er, f orward (ou t h i ther )
berga, near (u p to th e s peak er)
bingn, ne ar (a w ay f rom th e s peak er )
.
p
Th e abov e a dverbs c an as a ru le be j oine d only to v erbs e x ressi ng
m ov em ent, direc tion f rom one lac e to anot er, or transi ti on f rom one state to
ess ing re ose, or a rem ai ni ng i n th e sam e c ondition
a not er ; not to ve rbs e x r
NO TE
.
h
or pl ac e
p
p
h
p
h are other p reposition and al so adve bs and n ns that are
c om bined wi th ber a nd bi n i nto a dverb s ; they w ill be f ou n d a m ng th e followi ng
Th e Germ an la ngu age
au sa lity i ntens i ty a nd m od
a dve b s of plac e tim e
i s ri c h er th a n lm ost a ny oth er i n dverbs p articu larly a dve bs of plac e a nd i t
requ i es con t nt a ttenti on to em p loy them arig ht
3 Th e f ollow i ng is as com p le te a li st as p ossible of a ll th e
re m ai ni n g a dve rbs of plac e c l as sifi ed a ccordi ng to th e ir p ecu li ar
.
T ere
r
s,
ou
,
o
r
,
,
c
a
a
r
.
r
,
s a
.
o
,
,
,
.
.
,
ch ara cter :
a
) Su ch as conv ey th e ide a of re p ose or of a rem aining i n
,
pla ce a nd c an th e re f ore b e j oi ned only
to v e rb s e x p re ss i v e O f l oc a li ty ; as fi eben fei n l i egen figen e tc
B
u t o n th e o th e r h a nd so m e of th e se v erbs m ay b e j oi ned
(
‘
to a dv e rbs of direction as ea [tebt babi n bi nbut cbfei n, e tc )
th e
s a m e con dition
or
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
GERMA N GRA
28 4
MMA R
.
6) S u ch as conv ey th e i dea of m ov em ent, direction , tran si tion
pla c e to a no th er or fr om one condition in to a noth er
and w h i ch c a n th ere for e b e j o ine d only to v e rbs of th e s a m e
c ter ; as
ch ara
t een ficb itali en li d) Icgen, fegen l egen
gcben ficb (
ftellen bewegen e tc (Bu t on th e oth er h and th ese v erbs m a y
b e j oi ne d to a dverbs of res t ; as etroaé irgenbwo ni eberl egen
rings u mbergeben, e tc )
rnnbbernm rou ndabou t
bierbin this way
borthin th a t w ay
bernm umber a un d to and fro
babin
bierber h i the
al ong on a
obenbi n
su perfi c ially
bi d bierber thus f ar
f rom
one
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
’
,
'
,
,
'
,
r
,
,
ro
'
,
,
,
einber', along
su rf a c e
h
h
h
p
i n o’ benbin, ere along t ere , t at w ay emp or',u p , u wards
’
a t d i rec ti on
i
n
o
i
n
e
o
e
n
w
r
b
i
,
b
, w i t e r, in w
b
b
’
i rgenbinobi n', som e w ay
obenbi nnn , tow ard th e top
obenbi nanf’ ,
ii ’ berall bin, i n every di re c ti on
ni r'geubbin, i n n o di re c tion, now ere
narb oben bin,
h h
h
h
nat
b nnten bin, toward th e l ower end
nir genbi b obi n,
be unten bin, down al ong t
’
nn b ersmobi n, som e ot er way
here
'
h
’
‘
bort nnten bi n,
'
nntenbi nan , dow n t ere cl os e u p
too anbere bin,
nntenbarnnrer, down t ere b el o w
nad) i nnen bin, to w ard th e i nteri or
i nobi n and
) , tr ebln nnr, toobin
w i t ers oev e r
nad
) i nnen,
wobin and) nut , trebin antb (nnr) i mmer,
h
fonft mobin,
h
h h
nad) an en bin, toward th e ex terior
fi
nad) aufien,
h e e b ef o e
bin tenbin al ng there behind
babin ter t he e be hin d
b orn'bin, a long t
’
r
r
o
,
’
r
,
babi nterber',
’
bierbi n ter, ere b e ind
h
h
h
h
p
h
ri ngsu m , rou nda bou t
’
’
rnnbnm ,
’
p
p
.
m ost
h h
w i t ers oever
biinreg’ , away
’
e
ra
n
d
tofirte, on th e w ay ou t h ere
b
bi nans'i vci rtd, on th e w ay ou t there
‘on th e wa i n h ere
’
e
i
f
i
s
re
t
r
n
o
t
,
b
y
bineinivfi rta, on th e w ay i n there
’
r
e
b tmi rto, on th e w ay hither
, on th e w ay th i th er
bimoii rts‘
’
’
o
r
ere
i
e
r
b
, ou t a n d u p
b
bab orbi n’ , t ere b ef ore
nad) biurea bin, tow ard th e i nd art
nacb b orn bi n, towa rd th e f ore a rt
bi nterbrei n', c losing u p a series, hind
m ost
’
b ornbrnn , e tc , tow ard th e f ore a rt,
f orem os t
'
i
b
r
n
i nd art, ind
n
t
e
r
a
b
, to w a rd th e
h
i mmer,
p
h
‘
h
on th e w ay down t ere
he e
binanfi b drte on th e w ay u p th e e
beranflnarte on th e w ay u p h ere
berabtofi rts, on th e w ay down
r
r
,
,
’
ni ebertori rte, on th e w a y dow nward
i n biefer mitbtnng, i n th is direc tion
(and m a ny sim ilar ones )
h
h
bergauf ’ , berga b’ , u p ill , do wn ill
’
m
n
ro
n
r
t
i
e
m
a
b
, u p s trea m , do wn
f
fi, f
s trea m
p
i n bie b i bs, u w ards (and sim ilar ones )
.
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
28 5
.
h
NOT E
Th e verb fein m a y , so m etim es w it g re a t el ega nc e , b e connec te d
a lso w i th th e a bov e a dv erb s ; as i n at if! bi n, h e i s gone ; er iii ein bidtben oben=
.
b arren iii naib be nnten bi n ; has war (a nf bem
bi n, h e i s a littl e s u perfic ial ; ber (
im age) bei mta te ; ber 6 a)? mar an ber Belt ftbon bi erber (getommen) ; bie gi nbei
ir
i irgenbwobiu (
gefall en) ; ber Srfibli ng i lr bulb bini veg (geflogen), etc
-
'
.
) S u ch as conv ey th e i dea of proc ee ding sta rting ori ginating
f rom som e p l ace or cau se or con di tion and c a n only be j oin e d
to v e rbs of th e s am e ch ara cte r ; as f owmen ab tammen, nu
f
to arri v e ) etc
Iangen (
ba ber s on baber h ith er
i b ober w henc e wh eref rom
bortber b on bortber thi th
i rgenbtvober f om som e wh ere any
non oben ber f m th e u ppe p art
wh e
0
,
,
,
,
.
,
'
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
’
er
ro
,
=
,
,
r
r
,
er
fi’ beral ber, f rom all s i des
b on oben an,
b on nnten ber, f rom th e low er
p art
h
’
nir genbher, f rom now ere
’
h on nnt en an,
nir genbtnober,
non (
Brnnb and, f rom th e f ou ndati on
nn berdi vober, f rom el se w
h
non anfien ber f om wi th ou t
f onfi ivober
non innen ber, f rom w i t i n
,
he e
’
r
,
r
i nober nnr, a m
ber and) , i vober i mmer,
h e er
pa t
b on bi nten (ber) f om th e h i nd p art
tuober nnr (antb) i mmer, f rom w
hardt er ber, a ll along ov er i t
non binnen ( oeti c a l ), a way
h on b orn (ber ), f rom th e f ore
,
f ro m w
r
r
h it
er v
p
herever
.
barnnter ber, all alo ng b eneat
h
NO T E
h
Th e v erb fei n, to b e , i s c onnec te d w i t th e a bove a dve rbs also, w i t
’
abfia mmenb) ; er i i barii ber ber, h e i s
a n eleg ant b rev ity ; a s , er i f? anbersnaober (
b ent u on i t ; i d
) bi n baber (bort geboren)
.
p
.
d) S u ch a s c onv e y b oth th e id ea of
a nd
re
pose an d of dire ction
m a y th er ef or e be j oi ne d to ei th er cl ass of v erbs
h
h
bintan', b e i nd ot ers
'
gurtnt , b ac k , b ac k w ards
’
m
men, toget er
a
n
; f
’
a ns mfi rtd, ou tward
t ill ib dt td, in w ard
‘
retbts, to th e rig t
li nts, to th e lef t
’
i rtd, u ward
anf iuc
a bimi rtd, dow nw ard
'
h
h
p
ni ebertnfi rts,
’
b ortnarts, f orw ard
‘
i rt d, bac k w ard, to th e rear
rtrcf i vc
‘
r
t
i
c
n
t
e
r
n
t
a
i
,
b
f eitioci rts, si deways
,
.
‘
abfei to, as ide
f
’
b
an ret t, u
pright
o t tb firtd, to th e
f
’
East
rts to th e Sou th
thwa
“
‘
tnefitnii rts to th e West
,
,
h
norbwfi rte, to th e Nort
’
f ort, f orth , a way , a lbng
meg, aw ay
wei r, f ar, f ar off
wait er, f arther, f u rther
’
ri ngdnm ,a rdu nd , al l arou nd, rou nd abou t
u
u
u
u
u
e
r
n
m
b
,
u mber,
beiber’ , b y th e way
M
barnnterbi n , along below a su rface
entgegen, a ga in st, to meet somebody
'
nebenber , by th e way
'
’
b orbet , by , f oreby
mitten, mi tten i nnr, mitten in (e nter,
burd
) , fiber), in th e mids t of
b orfi’ ber,
bi nterber , i n th e rear, behind
barftberbin’, along on a surf ac e
’
26 4
.
A D V ERB S
.
h
.
ci a i , once
f
h erein“
, a t som e f u ture day
h
toann i w en ?
'
pon a tim e
'
t er’ male,
beutanta ge, now a days
iet’ 3 igeraeit, as ti mes now are
’
’
prev iously
b orber',
i
ifingfi , lately, newly
h
nenlid
) , th e ot er day, of late
b ot Rura
em, not long ago
mid)
'
,
f
‘ ’
bi nh rnf tig, for the f uture
'
’
‘
bi elmale, m any times
felten, selddm (see 26 1 , note 5 )
bereite’ , alre ady
morgeno‘
, i n th e m orni ng
binf itr',
f finf fl g,
f ilnf tigbin',
binfort’,
(fi ngfl, long ago
b or'mi ttngs, i n th e f orenoon
'
b orgei 'ten, of old
’
e mai e, eve r, at any time
i
b onie’ ber, ever, h i th erto
’
of t, er
t mata, often, oftentimes
e,
ftbon,
'
b om i ttt d,
-
'
nn hi ng i ,
’
—
,
en i ,
; nb or ,
-
’
eb emal e, f orm erly
f I
.
,
’
'
TIME
frirbefi ene at th e earliest
morgrn frftb to m orrow i n th e morning
gefiern ft bb, y es terday in th e morning
t on grfiern ber, f rom yes terday
nfitbfirnd, in a f ew days
bemmnbft,
‘
ebeftene, a t an early day
feat, nun n ow, at present
ba mate‘
, at th at ti m e
ei nmal , once u
or
'
h a, bann, th en, at t at ti me
ti
M
GER AN GRA M AR.
28 6
mi ttags‘
, a t noon
'
nnr
b mittagd, in th e afternoon
‘
abenbe, i n th e ev ening
nat
b te, in th e night
natbber, in a w hi le, later
bernad) , af terwards
bi nterber, in th e end
ittngflbin, of la te
mir'ternncbt, at mi dnigh t
um S
bath, soon
batb, now
th en
balo
eber, sooner, before
eben, j u s t, j u st now
’
‘
nie, ni r male, never
ni mmer, nev er
nim 'mermebr, nev er, neverm ore
i mmer, ev er, always, at all times
u
u
e
d
t
t
,
f
al beit, a t all ti mes
'
ll
la nge, long, a long ti me
mt g, turge Sti r, shortly, a sh ort tim e
better, th is y ear
brute, to day
geftern, y esterday
t or'geftern, day b ef ore y esterday
b or'borgeflern, th ree day s ago
morgen. to morrow
fibrrmorgen, th e day af te r to m orrow
d’ berfibermorgen, i n three day s
ful l) , fril lmitig, early, earl y i n th e
m orni ng
frdber, earlier, before
e m frfibli en, earlies t
-
-
-
'
288
G ER
IV
265
.
.
MA N GRAMMAR
A D V ERB S
.
CA U S A L I T Y
OF
.
T h e f o llo w i n g a dv e rbs e x p re ss c au sa li ty
h
h
burnm’ , t ere fore, f or t is re a son
u
u
befii b e'gell ,
.
f olglid) , a cc ordingly, c o ns equ ently
u
“(f o’
I
u
befiba lb,
Deflennn'geatb tet, n otw i th sta nding th i s
'
ni t
d
b
e
t
o
e
niget , neverth el ess
w
b
fl
f
omi t ,
’
mithi n',
howe er
v
’
tnarnm , w h y
i refii ne'gen, w
ber’ geflaf t,
herefore
p
ben’ notb, in s ite of all
.
snefibalb',
V
.
26 6
.
ate, a s
A DV ERB S
I NT ENS ITY
.
Th e f ollow ing a dv erbs ex pr ess i n te n si ty of a cti on
beiwei tem, f a r, by f ar
i b ei t,
i nei tans",
’
i nenigftene, a t least
om i nenigften, le as t
nitbt i n
n mi nb eff en, not i n th e leas t
gum unb gar nicbt,
gar nirbt, no t a t all
)ii berbi n, su erfi c i all y
(bar‘
binitc nglid) , su ffi c ientl y
meifi entbei ld’ , f or th e m ost art
meiftens,
melfi , m ost, m ostly
' f or th e
e
r
i
B
t
n
t
e
l
e
b
,
fi
g
grea test ar t
'
ei nigermafi en, to som e degree
’
as
beina’ be, n early , alm ost
f aft,
tau nt , sc arcely
bsoerlitb, ha rdly
fr
gi emlitb, ra th er
ga ng unb get , qu i te, entirel y , w
holly
ga ng,
p
gar,
’
(
f ebr, v ery, v ery m u c h mu c h
ogar , ev en, n ay
,
nnr, only
(enter, m ere , m ere ly
t loF
, only , sol el y
nicht einmal, not eve n
i nfof ern', th u s f a r
an, too
f f
"
i
e
o
t
n
t
,
f
‘
t
bB
bflene, at th e m ost
bfidfii , ex trem ely , h igh ly
i nfierfl,
«
fiberatw’ , ex ceedingly
267
.
h
an febr, too m u c
an b i el,
beitnei tem an, by f ar to o
allaufebr,
ali gn,
bnrtbone’ , t oroug ly
’
o ern ,
VI
p
p
'
l e ss
OF
h
A D V ERB S
OF
Th e f oll ow in g a dv erb s
MD
ex
O
h
.
A LI T Y
.
pre ss m ood
,
or
posi ti v eness of a ssertion
ia, y es
in wobi, wh y not ?
i nirtlitl) , rea lly
’
i
r
r
w
fi
, tru ly , i ndeed
b
f
greater or
THEO RETI C A L PA RT
perh ap p robably
t i ell eit
b t p ha p
ther
ni el mebr
i nabrba f'tig, truly , veri ly
tnobl,
i ns brlid) ,
s,
’
o
,
r
’
r,
e,
er
,
h weve thou gh
giver i t is t u th u gh
bod), ye t,
,
i n ber I bnt, i ndeed
o
i n no e ve nt,
,
nein, no
geinifi, ce rtai nly
’
pe h p
a
r
s
ra
f rei litb, i t i s tru e i ndeed
etwn ,
28 9
.
j ebenfalle’ , a t all e ve nts
bingegen, On th e oth er h and, si de
h
s , i n som e way or ot er
bnrtbnne”, b y a ll m ea ns
obnebin , m ore over, b es i des
’
’
ftblctbtbi n , s im
p ly
i l itbt, not
a bs ol u tely
i l it t eti na', b
b
y no m e a ns
i n telnet QBeife, not a t a ll, by no m eans
teines’ i nega’ , not a t a ll, b y no m e a ns
i mmerbin’ , I c a re not, ne ver m ind
’
b ol enbd , qu ite, e nti rely , a bs olu te ly
"
all erbings , i nd eed , i t is tru e
.
bnrtbs ns' ni c
h t,
Nor m —Th e ac cents m ark ed ou t abov e , a nd i n thos e a dv erbs ac cented
a nalogou s ly , a re
em
ph
th e
re g u l ar a c ce nts
as i z e d, th e a c c e nt
.
In c ases w
h n th e
e
se
a dv e rb s a re to b e
i s , as a ru le , i nv erte d f rom th e sec o nd to th e fi rs t, or
f rom th e fi rs t to th e second c om one nt ; as i l i tsbeflowe'niger, e m
as i e d nitbte”
w
p
ph z
befi oineniger ; forc ett’ , f of ern', e m p h fo’ ineit, f o’ fern ; grtfitentbei ls', em ph grfifi’a
’
’
’
tentbeil a ; i e mal e‘
, e m ph
j emale"; b or tnittags, e m p h bormit tags" Bu t in t is
.
.
.
p
h
.
.
h
res e c t th e l a ngu a ge is no t ev e ry w e re c ons i s tent.
p ecu li ar u se of som e of th e s e a dv erb s i s sh own
i n th e f ol lowin g e x am ples
2 68
Th e
.
ini e , al e
‘
ebt n o , anoere ,
i
an , iv obl
h u s i t i s w ri tten ; ber 2uh tft belnabe ft i nie bet
65 0 fi ebt es geftbrieben (S ch ), Y
mi enfd) geflaltet, th e ap e i s sh a p ed al m ost li k e a m a n ; mi c borri ta) leutbtet mit
h o w l ordly s h ines
bie matur, i nie gldngt bie G onne, i nie larbr bi e S lur !
Na tu re b e f ore m e, h o w b rillia nt i s th e s u n h o w sm ile s th e v ale ! i l l t ub g i t fo
} S it mi d) nic
beftbeiben, ober ba bes {0 i nenig Qtengi er, but
h t and) um mei n (5 ebei m
an d a re y ou s o very m odes t, or h av e y ou so li ttle c u ri osi ty ,
nifi f ragen 7 (Sch
nnen i nir ben ‘
as no t to i nqu i re a ft er m y sec ret ? i nenn er f all en mnfi, fo tB
p reie
f o gut h erbienen o le ei n 2£nberer (S ch i f h e m u st perish , w e c a n earn th e p ri ce
ie 3 0119 211 (Pr om), a s
as w ell as a nother ; tnie bie 2£lten fa ngen, fo gi ni tftbern and) D
c ro ws th e old c oc k , so c row s th e y ou ng ; itb tnnn ni t
bt a nbers (S ch I ‘cannot
do o therwise , I ca nnot h el p i t ; i n einem Srei fi aa t iii Giner ebenfo f ret ale ber
‘
id) bfinte mi d) gerabefo gil t nle t n I th ink m yself as goo d as y ou ; bu
Bett i ed gi ebt i nnbl
bifi toebi h unt, you are p e rh a p s si c k ; es gicht i nc bl teinen (
einen, h ow is i t, i s there no God ? certa i nly th ere is one : ft
b i neige fonfi inerbe
‘
i tb bi tb flra f en ! b e s ilent or (else ) I s h a ll p u ni s h you ! has Gdfi b t l t if? nitb t an
‘
i
e
n
e
t
t
f
e
i
n
i
n
a
d
Jl rm (UM), th e sword is no t too he av y nor
i
t
a
n
t
r
) f
b , a fb
(d mer d;
too l igh t, i t i s y ou r a rm th a t i s too w ea k ; an lange babeu i ntr e ertragen (S ch
to o l ong h av e w e su fi erc d i t ; i s le baben es i nobl gebfirt abet nicht b erff nnben, we
h av e h eard it indeed, bu t we h av e not u nders tood i t ; er ifi i nobl trus t, I pre
1
.
is
.
,
_
.
.
'
.
’
.
'
,
’
,
,
’
’
.
'
,
s u m e h e is si c k .
GERMAN GRA MMA R
29 0
.
Rem ark able i s th e u se of fo, wh en i t ex press es as i t i s, a s th ings (m atters )
ar e (
sta n d ), as i n meige mid
) nitb t, id) bi n fo (fo fib on or obuebin) get eigt genug, pro
v ok e m e not, I am i rri ta te d e nou g h as i t i s ; at tonnte bi e taft niibt tragen ; er
war {0 (fo (tbuu or obnebin) mfibe genus, h e c ou ld not c arry th e bu rden, bei ng tired
.
'
enoug
h as it w as
.
.
S elebrtet , mufit es‘i b i flen,
s i n trodu ces th e a pp osi ti ve , a s i n bu, ai d ei n (
en
lli enfd) grofi, mat fl i era nber 1 non
th ou , as a l e arned m a n , m u st k no w i t ; a le E
Qtnfilanb a le‘Sfirfi (ale? ein Gurn
) f lein, Al exander 1 of Russi a w as g rea t as a
'
.
.
pri nce
m an, bu t weak as a
2
.
iegt, nun, nunmebr
eben,
.
gerabe
.
j u st be w h om y ou m ean (th e same
(
Eben ber (gerabe ber) ben bu meinfi
,
i man geib obnt, b en mir b orauq ufeeeu
m a n you m ea n ) ; eben has (
gera be ba d ) i r
t is i s j u s t w at eo le a re w ont to e x ec t of m e ; eben hiefe macbritb t
a ll th e s enti nel s confi rm th e sa m e re ort ; i b ir ir on
I e 28atben (S ch
ric f tgeu al
bel‘
h p p
h
p
p
'
.
t en ed eben (fa eben, gerabe) b erfntben, w e w ere
s
j u st ab ou t try ing i t ; {0 eben (eben
j eat ) babe id) biefe Statbritbt emp fangen I hav e j u st no w received this ne w s ; er ift
eben {o alt ai d i d), h e i s ex a c tly as ol d as I am ; bad i ff ed eben (
gerabe) was wit
i d bi e ben wi nn
f ii rtbten th a t is j ust wh a t w e f e ar ; eben (gerabe) bie (b efabr i (
‘
l
i
i
t
h
a
er
t
h
a
t
c
h
ar
m
s
t
h
e
A
n
e
h
u
n
t
er
b
unn
t
i
r
a
t
i
e
t
re
i
t
s
e
v
e
d
n
s
l
;
j g
g
y
g
p
I c annot ex ac tly say th at flab tbue biee
i d) eben nic
bt (gerabe uitb t) fagen
i ebt, um ed ui cbt {mi ter tbtur gn mii flen, I do i t now that I m ay not h ave to do
i t later ; erfi i eat (nun erft) begri i fi id
onl y now I gree t
) Grub ale fi anig
y ou as k i ng ; ib ir babeu es gefebeu nun (iebt nunmebr) fiub ib ir fibergeugt, w e
,
'
’
,
,
'
’
’
.
'
’
'
,
,
h a ve seen i t now (i n c on equ ence of th t
a
s
,
u nd er
,
t
he
c ircu m sta nc es
se
) w e are
go ; mm, id) babe nitbtd bai uiber,
w ell , I h av e no obj ec tion ; nun, baa i ii febr natfirlid) , w h y, t ha t i s v ery na tural ;
w e do (sim ply ) not go w ith you (th at ’ s all ) ; ber
l b it geben eben nicht mi t
c onv i nc ed ; er taun nuumebr geben, h e m ay n ow
alte
mefpel‘
t th at eben f ort
p hi th t i t w
th e f orm er ven eration h ad
sim
ply gone (n
o
h t th ere w as no m ore v eneration ) ; bad b eer if! bein
‘
e
r
b
e
n
n
e
l
i
i
th e arm y is y ours onl y f or this m oment
t
t
t
t
i
Zi
u
b
i
f e bein
i b f
g
i t is yours ; gerabegu ou trigh t
h el
”
t
a ,
a s so, t
a
,
’
,
,
3
.
gem , Ii eber, am Ii ebiien
.
3 d) tbue ed gem , I do i t w i th pleasu re ; i tb fib erbe ed red) t gem tbuu, I s hall do
hp
h
Ih
leasu re ; i d
i t wi t m uc
ave not d one i t inten
) babe ed nicht gem getban,
tionally (not on pu r ose ) ; i tb febe ed gem , bafi S i c fparen,
am
leas ed wi t
ern i b i flen,
s ou l d lik e to k now ; icb ba
tte ibn gern
) mbtbte Q
y ou r l a ying u p ; i d
p
I h
'
I
'
h
p
I
'
h
gefragt, w ou l d f ai n ave as k e d h im ; fi e fpriibt gem , s h e i s f ond of ta lk i ng ; id)
t ri uf e rotben QBei n lieber al e l b ei fien,
li ke red w i ne b etter t a n w ite ; weltbe
h h la ngu age do y ou li ke be t ?
6 pt atbe mbgen Gi e am liebfi en
w ic
4
er t,
.
h
I
h
s
f fcbon bann
,
.
Grfi baubel n nub bauu reben !
fi rs t a c t and then talk (ac tion before
words ) ! (
Evil mufi bein ‘
Degen t iefe iB rufi bnrtbbobren
th y s w6rd m u st
-
.
MA N GRA MMA R
G ER
.
i d) fei bft bed) b ut!) berfei be ! wou l d I w ere only m y self still th e sam e ! bafi bod)
‘
wonder th at sim li c i ty is alw ays right !
bie Giufalt un met Si ecbt bebci it ! (Less
p
.
7
an d)
.
'
.
do eve n th e m ou ntai ns qu ak e ? (
Es ftbout
QBauteu and) bie S
B erge 1elbft?
ber fi rieg and) (felbft) uitbt bad fi i ubl ei u i n bet QBi ege
w a r does no t s pare
'
ev e n th e i n f a nt i n th e c ra dl e
b uff bu aucb i b obi bebutbt, i ons bu mit t ci tbft ?
‘ru
a re y ou s u re y ou h a v e c ons idere d w ell w h a t y ou a dv is e m e ?
D m
’
‘
b b d uus of t autb bangt unb grant, nut unbergagt aa Sott b ertraut ! (Gei bel ),
th eref ore , e v e n th ou gh w e be a f ra i d a nd s h u dde ri ng, only confi de i nfl ex ibly i n
‘
God fi nd) i(
i
n
n
l
i
r
abien geboreu
I too, m yself was b orn i n Arc a dia
b
2C
b
(I w a s m yself no less ) ; toad bie l eure and) (i mmer, aucb i mmer) fngen mtgen,
w h ateve r eo le m ay say , e tc
2tud
S efp euff er, m oreover, th e re
) giebt ed f ei ne (
a re no S ec tres
Start tear nitbt ; ugegeu, i (
b ancb nic
b t, Ch a rles was not resent,
n either was I
etucb ber QBeifefle tauu i rren, eve n th e wis es t m an can err
‘
'
.
.
,
.
.
p
l
p p
.
p
.
“
.
.
8
.
in
.
fi ommen G i e in ! be su re to com e ; b ergeffen G ie ed in uicbt ! be su re not to
f orge t i t ! menu fi e ed in idugnen fol ee, i f sh e s h ou ld i ndeed de ny i t ; er bat in (in
botb) feiue Gi umi fligung gegeben (Sch
h e h as g iv en hi s c onse nt, you k now mu
bi ft in uotb ein fi i ub uub i b iil fi beirutbeu ! you are only a c h i ld, a re you not ? a nd
i t e, mer uni t e glficf litber a id ib ir,
y ou are go ing to m arry ? in, inenn ba d i nabr inc
a ye, i f th a t w ere tru e , w h o, e tc ; er ir
t litb, i n er if} in S
B eraib ei fl ung, h e i s
i uuglfic
u nf ortu na te , nay , h e i s i n des ai r
.
.
.
p
.
9
berm
.
.
are y ou th en (
pray ) enti rely ou t of
G eib gbr beuu gang b en G iuneu ?
y ou r m i nd ? babt i br benu ftbon b ergeffen, i b eltbe seit ed i i ! p ray , h a v e you
a lrea dy f orgotten w h at tim e i t i s ! es fei benu, ba
fi f ii uf ®eretbte bariu fiub
(Luther ) e x c ept the re b e fi ve j ust m en (i n th e tow n ) ; bus S leifd) tuuu uicbt
auferfl ebeu, ee inerbe beuu ; ub b r begraben (Latin ), th e flesh m ay not ri se aga i n,
e x c e p t i t b e fi rs t bu ried
6 0 gebt end) benlt al e Smfibe, can“ i n lernen, so ta ke,
’
.
’
.
h
t en (a ccordin gly ), every
pa ins to l e n s m eth ing
ar
10
.
o
.
innit
.
do y ou k now anybody
fi enufl bu fonfieu nocb Semanb mei uee 5
8 mm ?
el se of m y bl ood ?
Grmorbet ii irbt meiu gauges 6 1W; ibr tbbtet (b uff buuebeu
and) meines fi i ubed { eben
don’ t des troy all m y h a p pi ness ; e lse you will
h ow
des troy bes i des th e l i fe of m y c h ild
S
IBie i b ar bie lituf uabme fouft!
w as th e rec e p tion i n th e oth er p artic u lars
G cbab’ um bie £eute, fiub foufi ic acf re
SBrti ber (S ch
w h a t a pi ty ! th ese f olk s a re i n oth er re sp e c ts b rav e fellows ;
i mar itb fi buig icQt bi n id) S
Bettler, once I was a ki ng, no w I am a beggar
f eh r
e v ery th i ng i s no longer wha t i t onc e was
Ci d if! h irbe a il es mcbr ib ie foul! (S ch
bu [ouli ib o b eri b nubet i are y ou wou nded els e wh ere ?
'
’
.
“
'
'
.
,
.
.
29 3
THE O RETICAL PART
.
11
.
etn
ae, i rgenb.
p e h p s si k ? er mufi (d) irgeub einmal
t h
e m de a m i st k e som e wh e
(i n
bn enc e (irgenb ) traut ? are y ou ,
r
a
,
i
c
re
a
a
av
(i n irgenb erib us‘
) geirrt be beu, h e m u s
’
s om e w a y , i n s om eth ing ) ; mei u Gabei mnifi ill ir geubi ni e b erre tben i uorbeu, m y
’
’
i d) botb ber
se c re t h as som e how b e e n be tray e d ; ir geubi b o unb i r geublbenu mu fi (
t lii flel finben, som e w here a nd a t som e tim e th e key m u st be fou nd ; ib ir mfl f
(en e uf i rgeub eine QBeife ed burtbfefien, w e m u st i n som e w ay or other c arry i t
th rou gh ; i oeun irgeub Seme nb es i b ei fi, fi erl i b ei fi ed gei b ifi, i f a ny b ody k now s i t,
C h a rles k no w s ; ib oflen G ie s‘enc e ldugnen w ill you p erh a ps (I h ope not, y o u
w ill ) deny it ? ib enn ed etib e e n ®elbe f eblt fegcu G ie eel, i f , p erc h a nce , m oney
i f ei ii ldi i f t, fo iff ee‘uur ei u S tboo
s hou l d be w a n ti ng , sa y i t ; i b eun eti b e ei n S w
uer, i f ac c i de n ta lly a v essel c om es i nto th e h arb or, i t i s only a sc hooner ; er i l
enc e neuu Sabre, h e i s a b ou t nine y ears ; unb i ff eti oe ein l ob unb i ii enc e eine
I ngeub —bem firebet ti e d) ! (La ti n), an d if th ere be a ny good, or any v irtue ,
-
'
'
’
,
s tri v e f or i t !
12
.
be ; burnt
.
ib e fi t id) , ermes’ , armed fi i ub i m te lteu 2£benbbe ur
b (Bolty), here I am sitti ng
th ere one i s
in th e col d ev e ning b reeze ; be fiiebt einer ued) b em ;I Be lbe
fl eeing toward th e w ood ; be i b et b es‘tier. fie begten teiuen 9 teib (U ), the n i t
a
e are d c l early , th at th ey enterta ine d no env y ; be mec
b t me n mid) erft ((bib d
(ber, be uu eutbebrlid) , f or th i s re a son th ey w eak e n m e fi rst, af terw ards to di s
e ns e w i th m y serv i ces ; be bflm t (
ic
b bebeub ei n gib eites I bor, now a second gate
‘
th e thi ngs, th at
is o e ni ng u i ckl y
Die ib iuge, bi e be toin meu fol en
‘ e eu
t
n
a
t
o
b
e
b
e
m
e
o
l
e
e
h
er
c
e
re
i
m
r
G
Q
B
b b b p tet, f oll te ed bei b ei feu, w ho(so )
(
)
ev e r m a i nta ins su c h th i ngs s h ou ld d em o ns tra te th em ; i oeull fi ll ed untergebt,
eri s hi ng, c a n y ou (
i n su c h a
teuuft 53 1! be i b obl rubig fein ! w he n ev ery th ing i s
c ase ) be c alm ?
QBeun bee‘Gi fen b bllig bou fi oble gereinigt i ll , be nu te un ea‘erlt
gef<bmi ebet i r erben, when th e iron i s w h olly se a rated f rom th e c oal, the n (and
not till then ) i t c a n b e f orge d
l l nb ic e s elebeuu ! benn i nc
i t e e n bem Suben
an d w h a t th en (
next )
next ) ? the n (
f brberfemil bie S tre f e ; u b elli iebn
‘ ‘
th e u nishm ent w ere to b e i nfl ic te d u on th e Jew i n all h aste
d le mi t b em
bie Grbe lter gequdlter
11 a
( hi rt eunoi a
b beit S
golbuen alter ber Sfih nfc
) , be (
Slli enfr
bbeit bid) (B wh en together w ith th e golden age, th e h a iness of m an
k ind disa eare d, (at that tim e ) th e p reservers of torm ente d m anki nd sent thee
(h o e ) QBer be 2 wh o goes th ere ?
fi e is ex ressi ve of c ontem orary events, a nd th eref ore indic ates reason or
osteri or to othe rs
caus e ; beuu ex resses only tim e , and only events
’
,
M
pp
p
'
q
p
.
.
.
p
p
.
p
p
.
pp
.
p
13
.
pp
‘
.
p
p
p
p
.
t, n ea r ly, a lm ost
aiemli cb ; eber ; bi el mebr, r a ther ; bei nabe, far
.
‘
h
h
l i ufere Grbe i f! ; i emlid
) tlei u i m B erbdltui fi gur G onne, ou r eart is ra t er
s m a ll i n c om ari s on to th e su n ; G inb G i e i b ieberbergefl el t b on fibrer fi reutbei t l
f o giemlitb , are y ou rec ov ered f rom your sic kness ? well, retty w ell
—
nearl y
(
p
—
p
‘i ( i n
b
b
e
e
e
i
e
i
r
e
l
e
o
l
Z
t
i
Dentftblenb bbrte, this is
S
i
e
m
r
b
b
e
i
l
d
s
l
,
b
b
b fr
)
f z
M
M
GER A N GRA M A R
29 4
.
g I h eard i n Germ any ; eber (li eber) f lein al e grofi mufi eiu
guter Steirer feiu , a goo d rider sh ou l d ra th er be sm all t h an l a rge ; i n blefem
Ra mpfe tuerbet ibr eber unterliegen e ls‘fi egeu, y ou are m ore lik ely to su c cu mb
tha n to conqu er in this stru ggle ; er gi ug nir
b t eber e (s bis ber l eg unbre d) , h e
did not go (sta rt) bef ore (u nti l ) da ybre a k ; fi at ! (a ugte eber an, St an; fpc
i ter,
C h arl es arri v e d fi rs t, Fra nc is la ter ; ber QBell fiftb ifl tei u S iftb— er i f! b ielmebr
ein G angetbi er, th e w h a le i s not a fi sh , i t i s (
m u c h m ore ) on th e contrar
y
a
m am m al ; er i fi fr
bib arbfinuig —ober b ielmebr —er ifi b erri i ci t, h e is weak
m i n de d, or rather h e is c ra zy ; fi erl if! bei uebe (fell ) {0 alt e ls m , Ch arle
s is
8 m
nearly as old as Fra nc is ; id) tam bei nabe (bei einem é aerr) atiles berloreu, I
c a m e n ea r l os ing everything ; bei uebe bette i( meiue ei nen
Si iuber getbbtet, I
b
g
was lik o to h av e kill ed my own c hil dren
nearl y th e sam e son
'
’
“
'
.
1 4 gar ; fogar ; t erbi
.
.
t
S iefe mofen finb gar (
bbn, these roses are very (indeed) bea u ti f u l ; ber a be
ben i ll get ui ibt bett dtbtlitb, th e dam age is not a t all c ons i dera ble ; er treibt ed ar
g
h
B erbrer
gu erg, h e is m u c too rec k les s ; bee S
beu lee r gar nitbt fo ftb li mm, th e
‘
c ri m e w as b y no m eans so bad ; bee l l uglfic
t i ll gar nid) t ; u befcbreibeu. th e m i s
‘
f ortu ne e di es all des c ri tion
Gi, i b erum uicbt gar you do no t m ean to say !
fogar bie si gner f angen e n bie QBebrbeit ; u reben, ev en the li ars begin to te ll th e
tru t ; i(b glaubte i bm nitbt, i (b mufite fogar in (
ei n (
i d nletbeu, I di d not b elieve
Ber
-
p
h
.
h
I c ould n ot h el p lau ghi ng i n h is f ac e ; bee il reibt gerben meiu Rinb
th at s w ell done m y c h ild ; i (
Ebreu
b bin recbt traurig I am v ery s ad ; ber red) t (
r N
th e Righ t H
onorab le M
i nertbe fi r
Go ifi s retbt be e ifi aid) t reibt
‘
tha t s righ t th at is wrong ; man taun es nicbt al en l euteu reibt umbeu one can
him , nay ,
,
,
’
s
,
,
’
.
.
please e erybody ; 91t
v
ft ! gen; retbt ! v ery w ell, ex ac tly s o, j u st so ! fi e
i b ar nit
bt t erbe bei G iuneu, sh e was not
15
mi r, only ; bl ofi, solely
.
,
,
,
not
,
.
q it i h
u
e n
ht mind (senses )
er rig
.
l auter, m erely, nothi ng but
.
fil er ; tr eibunbert z be ler ? be e ifi iueuig, only two hu ndred dollars, th at is
littl e ; i d) mar
bte uur lr iflen, u m er bleibt, I s hould only lik e to know where h e
an elli p s is , ins tead of : I s hou l d only
s tays
QBer bes nur gerbe n babeu mag
i etbt nut nicbt f ob iel ai rmen um uitbte, only
l ik e to k now w h o h as done i t ’ w
b ) le er biefer
m ak e not so m u c h noi se abou t nothi ng ; fageu G ie mit uur (bar
SD
l eufcb i ll , p ray , tell m e w h o this m an is ; uur facbte i m u nfeuge ! nur ben illi utb
nit
b t b erloren ! only not too f ast at fi rs t ! only do not l ose heart ! 2 , gleb mir d
bub ) ! do, gi v e i t m e ! E
mir fangeu blofi tleine Slfcbe, w e c atc h nothing but
nur (
'
.
’
.
.
M
’
‘ ub lo l eere
b
e
s
QBorte, t ese are bu t m eani ngless
);
(
fi b fi
w or
ds ; er i fl blofi ein Q ettler, h e is a m ere b eggar ; ni r
b t nur (blofi) Golb, eud)
Gbre bri ngt bie f i unfl, a rt brings not only gol d, b u t onor als o QBer uur immer,
load unr, 1b i e nur i mmer, tub and
) nut , etc , w osoev er, w a tev er, h ow soever,
w e rev er
b e d fl ub lauter £figen, t ese are noth ing bu t lies (
S
Er gebt mit (enter
h
only sm all f ry
s m a l l f ry
.
h
.
h
fi at! fleuten um, h e h as only m erc h ants f or c om
h
h
.
h
.
pani ons
.
GERMAN GRAM M
AR
29 6
.
f ort, h e continu efl o read to w r i te to pl a y {Sort unb f ort on and on , confi r m
End) ! b egone ! ta ke your
a ll y ; u nb {0 f ort (
wetter) a n d so on (forth ) S ort mi t (
.
,
s e lf a w a
19
.
,
.
,
,
y ! w y w ith y o !
a
a
u
mi t, wi th ; l ung, long ; bi n u nb wi eber, now a n d then , here
and
th ere
.
mini m bad mit ta ke th is w i th y ou ; eti b ae‘mitbringen to bring a th i ng along
w i th one‘
s se l f ; enuad mi tmatbeu mi t ba bei fei n to b e a p arty o a n u ndertak i n
g;
t
,
,
,
,
w h o i s c au gh t wi th th i eves is h u ng w i th
mi tgefa ngen, mi tgelmugeu (Pr
th ie ves
23 m? b aud i ft 5 0 S ufi tang, th e h ou se i s fi f ty feet long ; cine aei tta ng,
f or a w hi le ; S tunben
i laug, I agelang, in
tonatelaug, Sabrei ang, f or h ou rs , da ys,
m onth s, y ears
E
v
i an finbet bin u nb wi t her t i lt QBi ib, abet fel ten, ga m e m ay be
f ound now and th en (h ere and th ere ), bu t rarely
.
.
.
2 0 3 e, ev er ;
.
j emaIG; i a nachbcm
.
bu i nnate W
bier geivefen i h as h e ever been h ere ? 51a
inge
(ogelt buff , {0 buff bu ed j t , i f y ou h a ve e ver (a t a ny ti m e ) l i ed, you d o i t now
‘
Di e G ather! gefla lttn fi t!) it unb je ftbletbtet , th i ngs ta ke c onti nu a lly a w orse tu rn
3 9 b ier unb b ier gingen i n ei ner Ql ei ln, th ey w ent by fou r a nd four QBirfi bu nod)
li nger bier blei beu ! Se nun ! se nacbbem, Wi ll you s ta y h ere any longer ?
B ou jelm but man has begtoei fei t, th i s h as b een dou bted
Well ! As i t m ay b e ‘
SI! er
-
.
.
.
.
.
v
e er an d a n on.
3 2 i s u sed as a conju nc tion w i th c om p arative senten c es (see 1 84 Note
a nd in th e f orm is uac
bbem ; as i n c: wit h grim: ober blei ben, ia nachbem bit “o
fifinbe filth, h e w ill go or stay, ac cordi ng to c irc u ms tances
,
n.
.
C HA PTER IX
.
PREPO S I TI ONS
269
.
.
Prep ositions se rv e to conn eet a n obj e ct wi th its predi
c ate, or a n a ttribu te w i th i ts su b sta ntive a nd sh ow th e rela ti on
Most of th e prepositions w ere ori ginall y expres
b e tw een th em
s iv e of rel ati on s of l o ca l i ty b u t h a v e s in ce b e com e also ex pre s
s iv e of ti m e m a nne r caus a l i ty a n d o th e r r ela ti o ns of obj e c ts
Pre p os itions gov ern diff erent ca se s b u t ne ve r th e Nom i na tive
th i s c ase b e in g reserv ed e x cl us iv el y f or th e s u bj e ct a nd p re di
ca te Th e y u su all y p re c e de th e cases gov ern e d by th e m su ch
as f oll ow th em be in
g ori gina l ly not p re p ositions but a dverbs
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
THE O RETICAL r a rer
29 7
.
m b t ntiv s
Pre p osi tion s are e ith er genui n e or demoed f ro
'
ives
a nd a d e c t
j
No r a
su
s a
e
.
i
i ve b l oots and derivative y e bs c m p ou nd
verbs In th i f n tion th ey h ave th e n t of adverbs and a e th ere f e in
c ertain w ell defin ed cases al ways sep arated f rom th e verb
S ee
(
/
27 0 Th e ele ven f oll owin g a lw a ys govern th e Da tive
au e ou t o f f r om (
m oti on out of th e m idst or in ter ior of a
Prepos t
i ons form w th
.
s
.
u
r
r
a
c
r
a u re
o
r
,
or ,
-
,
.
.
,
,
fi
(rest)
of
ou t
au cr,
,
i
of ,
ou ts de
wi th out,
v
e
xcept beside
,
.
It
i nto com p ou n d ve rbs
n earn ess)
bet a t by n ear, w ith (
mit w i th (c om p any and ins tru m enta li ty)
m otion to a pla ce) a f ter a ccording to
nod) to (
po ssess ion, and m otion f rom a pla ce)
b oa , of f rom (
m otion towards a p e rs on ) at in f or (
purpose )
an to (
Bi nnen w i th in fammt, nebft w ith toge th er with , fei t si n ce
NOT E u nset oc cu rs wi th th e geni tive in th e ph rase aufier tent ed out of
th e o ntry
Th e pre p os i tion ob i n i ts pri m y si gni ficati on ov
gove ns th e
D ti ve ; i n i ts secondary s i gni fic ati on on a c ownt of th e Geni tive ; bu t it is
In c omp ou nd ve bs ab is u sed i nstea d of h en
now ob sol ete in ei th er
Ewa mp les — 1 cut e t on ; auger
n e e r e n te r s
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
,
.
c
u
ar
.
a
c
,
.
r
,
r
.
.
er ,
,
.
.
.
Gr tam mugbem b anfe, h e c a m e ou t of th e h ou se ; at tam eon bem anafe ber,
h e c am e from th e house ; and bed te bpt intbee tp faben l eitet f e mi t fitbt em Sat e“
’
sh e l eads th e way ou t o f th e la byri nth , f o ei lt i c
b t on Gebfif te an 6 cb6ft¢
‘
th u s I h as tene d from h ou s e to h ou s e ; t s if? ber l ei! and (h on) iB firglen,
Sch
i t i s Tell from Bii rglen (
j ust c om ing ou t of Bii rglen ) ; bie Gi mnobm r t on
f ari e
er fi
tnb auegetreten t on bem grofi
en
; bie fi tnigiu b ou n laub ; bie QBafr
p
Si ege" (S ch the w aters h a ve overfl ow e d th ei r beds i n consequ ence of th e h eav y
rai n ; ed if! and l l nbebac
bt gefib eben, i t w as done from th ou gh tless ness ; mei n
St euub tvmmt eon Gbinburg ; b en ben QBanben lengteu fie bi e t oflgen e rbi u m :
th e y took th e rus ty s words i e m th e walls ; fi e rebeten s on but «(ten
t
ib idmt n, th ey spo e of the anc ient p oets bi efee ti eb tft b oa ll bla nb, u nb b oa
.
.
k
Ra nger if! ed i n Smuflt gefefit, th i s song is by Uhland
.
and s et
i
to m u s c by
mbu h on S i nnm ? are y u o t of you r m ind ? i t ifi bon bob“
f a tall f ram e ; ber I i r
t a eo Gi fen th table
ch it
! s on 5 013 ber or
0
5mm h
f i ft h t i l
i s o f w o d th e stove of i ron ; a nd (c on) b ola eluen I ic , and (c on) (
S’Refler ma rten to m a ke a table of w d a k ni fe of i on ; and bet gl ott ci ne
I ugeub matt e” to m ake a vi rtu e of n c e i ty ; t ad 1 1m m i ii and b d C oncert
t w i ll soon be ov ; { d} anemei ueu
t i lt th e pla y is over th e co
i b it b ba it and (
K re u ze r
8
5
.
o
u
'
e is o
,
o
,
n
a
,
e
,
'
,
oo
,
e
,
,
r
,
ss
,
nc er
er
a
i
p to th e h eart s conte nt ; and be: a ro und) and bet th at!»and bet fi efabr
to wee
’
,
29 8
GERMAN G RAMMAR
"
v fromw nt pov ty danger
retten, to sa e
ou t of
a
th e h ouse ;
f
y
er
,
i
e fe n
era se: bem g enr
.
,
.
to be
w e miemanb mi t i bm rebe, aufier Gut er Gegei nb ert
y
k
i
y
be c are u l l es t an bod S pe a to hi m ou t of ou r pres enc e ; be n ib ruber ifi
a nfier Gefabt (G ), th y b ro th e r i s ou t o f d a nger ; uufier ber meiterei foflte and
)
b es des th e c a a lr a ls o som e n a ntr
nod
) Sufib olt ungeuommeu inet b en
r
i
v y
i f
y
ken in to s ervice zi ne Snrcbt and SBergtb ei flnng ans ti ebe ens ue
f o ) fear d p a ir l ove
tbuu to do som e thi ng from (
w a s to b e ta
,
.
r
,
2
.
,
,
es
.
,
b; an ; bei
nac
.
3 d) rei fe nacb b entfcbianb natb Dresben QBien mom unb nad) bem Qi efnb unb
,
,
,
,
Wetna I a m leavi ng f or Germ a ny a nd goi ng to Dresden Vie nna Rome and to
,
,
,
,
E tn a m ou nta i ns ; er [(biff te fi ch natb Sruntreicb ei n, um b on ba
nac
b b uu fe an geben, h e e m ba rke d f or France, to go th e nce h om e ; itb gebe an
‘
mei nem
n
o
n
cer
e
e
i
m
(
t
u
i2
3
tt
n
e
c
u
Z
I
t
u
e
i
n
i
, 5
, a
Z oncert, i n d
fb , g t
;
( s(
Q ett i n bie 6 d) ui e) ; er but b ie! gerei d, an: G ee nub an tunbe, an Sufi, an QBugen
u nb a
n‘
QBenn
p ferbe; toir i b erben ai l b anfe blei ben ; er ftubirt an (i n)
bu an mit gum S
B efucbe temmfi , i b i rfi bu bei ui it wow
enlang blei ben mfiflen, w h e n
y ou com e to m e on a vi s i t, y ou m u st sta y w ith m e for weeks ; itb rei fe i n mei nem
fi ergnugeu unb an mei ner B ei ebt ung, I a m tra vell i ng f or m y pleasure and i n
‘
s tru c tion ; id
bem
) bin nod) ibm ber fi drtli e, I am th e s trongest ne x t to him ; nad
)
‘
‘
a
t
n
r
n
b
Gflen, f er d i n e ; Gi er nad) em d nberen gi ngen binaue, one after th e oth er
w ent ou t ; not!) Semanbem bunen, ( egan, R
ub en, greifen, to stri ke, etc a t som e
G it gebt nad) ei nem Gle fe
body ; nad) mubm fi reben, to strive (after ) for fam e
th e Ves u
vi
,
u s a nd
’
’
_
,
'
-
'
‘
M
“
.
M
.
ei nu ng
QBa fler, sh e goes f or a glass of w a ter ; nud) mei net SUi einnng (mei ner
n G u i nea
nucb) iii bi es’ f ulfil) , i n m y op i nion (ac cord i ng to ) th i s is fa lse ; bei mit a
I keep h im conceal ed w ith m e (in m y h ou se ) at
ba it itb i bu b erborgeu
la w ) c ou rt ;
S te i ne n ; er but ei ne G teli e bei nt 6 m
. h e h as a pl ac e i n th e (
i tb babe rein 6 e bei mir, I h ave no m o ne y abou t m e ; beim Gintt itt i u e b and,
o n e nter i ng th e h ou s e ; bei biefer Gei egenlnit, on th i s occ as ion ; bei nflebem iii er
u ugi fu
f iid
S elbe fei n, to h ave
) , w i th a ll th is (af ter a ll ) h e i s u nfortu nate ; bei (
’
m one y ; bei © i nuen fei n, to be i n one s own m i nd ; bei mei ner Glue, on m y
h onor ; bei Gott, by God ; wit (efen bei m (i nt ) b et obot, we read i n Herodotu s ;
(ege biefee an ben fibrigen, la y i t along w i th th e oth ers ; Sema nbem an enoas
ra tben, to a dv is e one to a th i ng ; l atent gu m Seic
bnen, ta lent fo r dra w i ng ; er if!
B egieiter nely
gum G oibuten geboren, h e i s b orn f or a soldi er ; men i b iil fi bu gum E
‘
men unb was i niflfi bn gum {Srii bflfif ba beu ? w h om w i ll y ou take f or c om p anion,
en, a t m y feet ; a
n Sfifien fal en, to throw
a n d w h a t f or b rea kfas t ? i n mei nen She
'
’
m
’
'
’
one s s el
f at one s feet
’
.
3
mi t ; uebft
.
.
St ennbe {in ni t en I took a w alk w i th a f riend ; Gcbreiben G ie
3 d) gi ng mit ei nem (
w i te w i th s teel pe n ? er tourbe mi t ‘
mi t G rablfebet n d y
B erntbnmg beban
b it h w
t ea te d w i th c onte m pt ; uuf ei ner G ra nge t c
i gt fie ei nen b ut nebli
t i ne: $abue
on a p ole
ies a h at and a fl g b i de ; bet ‘
B uter
he c
{hu b nebli a li en f ei nen fi inbet n th e fath e d ied w i th all h is c h il dre n ; mit nich ten
-
,
,
e
,
e
as
o
ou
r
s
r
r
s
,
a rr
,
r
a
es
s
,
3 00
GER
MAN GRAMMAR
.
t efes‘58 11111 ifi f ar bie 3 11ge11b gefcbri eben, th s b oo i s w r tten f or th e ou ng ; id)
halte ibn f 11r el11e11 ebrli dyen 9111111 11, I ta e h im f or an h ones t m a n ; f 11r biefen same
(3 11 biefem 5 1ne¢e) l) 11 be i 1h te n ®elb, I h a e no m one f or th s p u rpose {Sfir
a nt
u a te d ), f or e er ; QBort f 11t S
al e Se t, f or a ll t m es ; f dr 111113 f iir (
IBort, w ord
f or w ord ; 1 119 fil t I ag, d a y b y d a y ; G i bri tt f ii r t r tt, s te p b y step ; G e te f li t
S e te, p a ge b y p age ; l e er 11icbt f 11r mid) i fi , bet i fi tr be: mi d) (Le lia ), h e th a t is
n ot w th m e i s a ga ns t m e ; er i i tobt f il t mid
i f li t bid)
), h e i s dea d to m e ; P
19 011 ke nem S mil e", th a t i s of no u s e to y ou
i
k
'
i
i
i
i
i
k
v
iq
i
'
i
i
i
'
i
v
i
y
'
i
y
.
'
i
MH
.
3
gegen ; iriber
.
.
39 1 8 6 1 116 l egt gegen merge“, th e h ou se l es towards (fa ces ) th e east ; id)
‘
i nerbe G i e gegen fi benb h r
111b 1i , I sh all
s t
o
u
t
o
w
ar
ds e en ng ; i d
) ta1111 11 i1bt
y
fi eueru gegen 6 1m m 11113 {IBell en (S ch I c anno t steer aga ns t storm a nd w a es ;
nglanb ! h a e I d u t es to En lan d ? (
li ab’ ich 93 fl d) 1e11 gegen (E
c ur
t Gun 11
g
s torm th e w a l ls ; luiber me nen S
tr be: bi e mi ngmauer (S ch
IBi llen, i n Sp te of
m y a ers o n ; id) erbrad) ben S
Briefii riber m li eu, m t er ‘
mi l m 111 1113 i ch i011 lefeu,
(Lesa ), I brok e th e s eal oi th e l e tter aga ns t m y w ll, and so I m u s t read
i t ; es‘lb aren i li t er gegen bunbert (1 11 hunt ert), th ere w ere a b ou t a h u ndred of
th em ; 913 1 3 iff mit fi ll ed gegen bid) ? w h a t i s e e ryth ng else w o rth to m e in
c om p ar s on w th th ee ? fi egeu ei11e Q u ttung 6 2 13 emrfaugen, to rece e m one y
i n cons derat on of a rece p t
i
e
e
vi i
i
i
i
v
i
i
i
i
'
i
i
Nor n
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
v
i
v
-
.
v i
v i
i
iv
.
(S egen i n com p ou n d verbs a ssu m es th e form e11tgege1 , as e11tgege11
.
f ebé n, to look f or
®ege11 i n a nc i ent Germ an was also em ployed i nstead of
.
i
gegeufibet , opp os te
.
4
.
11 m.
«
1 17 1 11 111 1 i 0
11
st1m geben w e w i ll go rou nd th e town ; es‘(
QBir tr oll en 1111 bie c
bie (
5 1 0501 bet fi w ne (S ch rou nd abou t h im w ere si tti ng th e gra ndees of th e
k i ng dom ; i n ei 11 e111 b a lbtrei s flanben 1111 i h11 her fec
h e eber fieben grofie fi nigd
bi lber (S ch ), i n a h al f c i rc le rou nd h i m stood six or s eve n l arge p i c tures of
k ni gs ; ei 11er 11111 ben 2t11t ere11, one after th e oth er ; all es ifi end) fell 11111 (f11t )
(5 1 111 (Sch v ou w i ll s ell every th ing f or m oney ; id) fp iele 51111 seitbertreib (I
p lay f or am u sem ent) , nitbt f ii t (Belt (not f or m oney, a s a n a c tor does ) niemala
nev e r to g a i n m one y, f or m on e y, a s ga m blers do ) ; id
11111 ®elb (
) fri ele p iano unb
L uflz
fl at ten, I pl a y o n th e p i ano a nd a t car ds ; 2I1l ge 11111 2t11ge, 5 1 1111 11111
.
.
.
’
-
'
'
.
‘
-
i er", i t h a ppened
gefdml) 11111 Dr
ab ou t Ea s ter ; ba a I bearer i b irb 11111 fi chen 111
11 getff ner, th e th e atre i s opene d a t
s e en o c loc
se c o nd ) day ; ei11 S
B ettler
oth e r (
; ei 11 e11 1 113 11111 ben anheren, e er
a n e y e f or a n e y e , a n d a
v
tooth f or a tooth ;
es
v y
k f o an im s ; 11111 eti b as f c gen to i nq i e
b gg
bi ttet 1111 ei11 2tlmofe
‘
‘
f r ; 11 111 gel) " I li l ee rlyeu er a ls e t
dea er by te n d ll s th an &c ; i ni e ii ett e
1
11111 3 1m ®ef1111bhei t l h w i (it w i th ) y o
h lth ?
b e t ient m d1e1 11 11 3 1
ma nbe 1 to de e v w ell of ; (
f iner 11m ben 2t11be e1 by tu rns a lt na tely ; 11111
etivad tommen t l e s m th i ng
k
'
'
11, a
o
a
e
r
o
1 ,
s r
,
o
ar a s
c
,
.
,
r
a
o
r
ur
s
o
e
ar
r
,
1,
,
u r
,
.
a
r
ea
r
e
os
s
’
1
1
er
.
§ 27 2 Th e n i ne f ol lowi n g genu i ne prep osi tion s govern th e
.
E O RE TI C A L PA RT
TH
Da tive
and
th e
3 01
.
A ccu tive th
sa
,
f orm er wh en th e y den o te l o
e
i
w h i c h ca us e s n o ch a nge of pl a c e ;
w h e n denotin g d ire cti on tow a rd m otion ch ang e of
cal i ty, r es t,
th e l a tte r,
an
or
a c t on
,
,
pl a ce :
(ne ar th e surf a ce of a th ing )
1111, o n , a t
.
on th e u pp er su rf a c
e of a th i ng)
Gui, up on , on (
hi nter b eh ind a f ter
in c om pou n d ve rbs r e pl a ce d by ei n)
i n i n i n to (
ii ber o v e r, a b o ve b e yon d, abou t con cern ing
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
u nter, u n d er, b e l ow, b ene a th , a m ong
b ut ,t b e f o re , a go
.
.
.
3 mi fd>e11, be tw e en , b etw i x t, a m on g
s um es th e f or m
baglvi fdfl n)
(in c om pou nd verbs it as
.
i
of ,
11 05 1 11, a t th e s de
com pou nd verbs i t a ssu m esct he
(in
by
/
'
f orm
Exa mp le s
.
i
93 1 6 iB i lb l)1 11gt 1111 ber QBaub, th e p c tu re h a ngs on th e w all ; id) image has
111111 1 11 Die <23 11 113 , I h aflg th e p ota i s u po n th e w 111; er ir
i 11111 Gerichte, 11 111 z bea
t er, 1 11 h er g tbule ali gefiel t , h e h olds an a pp o ntm e nt i n th e c ou rts o f la w , a t th e
th ea tre , a t th e sc h ool ; 11 111 et fi en
1 t , 1 111 br t ten 9111
11 111 ; 1b ei te11 8 ehr111
11 1,
a rc h ; b ie 9 1111
on th e fi rs t of Janu a ry, second of Fe bru ary , th rd o f
11 i fi 1111
mir, i t i s m y tu rn ; b er S etter l egt 1 11 hit , i t i s thy fa u l t ; fob iel 11 11 mit tft, i nerbe
i d) 1111111, a s f a r as de p ends on m e, I sh all do it ; b11 mnfit 11 11 ilm ftbreiben, th ou
m u s t w r te to h im ; a n bie l bfire f lovf en, to knoc k a t t h e door ; (11 1 | i e 1 1 mid)
‘111‘t 11 111 9111111111 1 11 be
h
1
1
m
1
b
a
s
h
e
t
h
ou
t
o
f
e
?
1
1
l
h
e
a
s
r © trafie, 11 11 bet
t
t
l
3
;
f
b
g
g
6 61 113 , 1111 her fi fifi e l iege", to b e s tu a te d b y th e w ays de, on th e front er, on
°
i
.
i
M
i
i
i
i
°
i
i
th y
l
than bit
dy c l se
t h e o t ; f e fi b mit (
b t 1111 ben S erfm
l ; 1 11 bie fetbsbunbert QBa gen f nb 111 ter1negs
n
ly s i x
u p on m y h
n th
w y ; es l i gt 111 ir weni g eber 11id) ts 1111 t i efem 21 111 1
h nd e d w a g n
I c l i ttl or th i ng fo th i offi e ; an ettnae arbei ten to b e engaged i n ( n )
i 1 id
etc ; ea i f
; 11 111 QBege by th e w a ys i de
) t 1111 bem i t i not t
c
as
n
i
e
’
ee s
u
o
r
a re
1
.
e
s are o
,
s
s
a re a rea
1
i
o
e ar
’
e
a
r
no
e
i
,
c
o
,
ru e
,
,
.
O
2
.
au
f
unter
p ber
.
3 21111 $ 1111) l i egt 1111f be111 I i ftbe, lege es c uf ben 6 111111, th e b ook l i es 011 th e table,
"
‘u nb w e l ive
e en 11 1l be e
1 11b , 11> ir
u t i t u p o n th e c h a i r i b ir i b ol eu 11 11 bem £1
,
’
e
m
;
gh
i
f
p
’
JJi a rtte, 1 11rh e © 1m fie, 1 11f
i n th e c ou ntr v w e go to th e c ou ntr ; i d) bi n 1111f bem ‘
i iB all e, 11 11 f b em S elbe 11110 1 11f 111 e 1l e G rube ge
ber iB brfe, c a f t er 11111 111 , auf Den
1 11f b 1e S
b brfe, 11i 1rbi e Sinefr
e,
i nefe11 ; i d
) begebe mi d) 1111f be11 1111111 11, 11 11rt c
c
1111f be11 éBall , c urbe d Sell»unb 11111 1i1 ei 11e G re be, I vs b ee n a t (in ) th e m a 1 e 1, n
y
r
i r
i
th e stree t, a t th e e
’
xc h nge at th e fa ir a t the ball i n th e fi ld
a
,
26
,
,
e
k
“
,
a nd 111 m
i
y room ;
RMAN GRAMMAR
3 02
GE
.
I go to th e m arket i nto th e street to th e e xch ange to th e ball into th e ‘
fi eld
,
to m y room
7
bi e
(21 111111 11111
.
Mi nut h
,
,
e,
e c a m e on th e
,
i
,
m nu te ; er i r eifi ed 111 1f
retbnen, to h ope
5 11 11 1 , h e k now s i t to a h a ir ; anf ei n £01119
f or, w a it f or, rec kon u pon s om e thi ng ; aufd $ 1 1
1 1, © 10611fi e, i n th e b est fi nest
m anner y f finf Genre 1111f ben Ma nn, fi ve c ents to e ac h m a n ; 11 111 mei n wort, on
m y w ord ; anf Seme nt es‘t
B efebi, a t th e c om m and of
fib er {an b (iegt nitb r 1111f fo11ber11 1111 1er bem I i fd
e, th e dog l ie s not on th e tabl e
)
,
u
b u t u nder i t ; ber {snub E
ri et
b r mi ter ben I i fa) , th e dog c reep s u nder th e table
Gi n fi bnig i f! a nter ben (
S afi en, a k i ng i s a m ong th e g uests ; i b enn 1111111 1111111
bie QBBife 10111 11 1, 111 116 111 11 11 mit beni en falli ng am dng w olves, one m u s t h ow l
1 111
,
"
.
,
.
'
-
,
meibunbert I beiern not less th an two h u ndre d dollars ;
mi ter b i eien Qi erbengnngen gi ng er 111111111 6 h e s te pp e d ou t w
i th m any c om pli
m e nts ; i 111ter b i eien Gr
b mergen fterben to die i n viol ent p ai n
i
i‘
w th th em ; n cht i nner
,
,
,
.
‘
S cS
b
IBoi te frbwebt 11ber bem merge, th e c lou d h o ers o er th e h ll ; bie QBoi te
b erg, the c lou d m o e s o er th e h ll ber QBeg ffi brt 11119 1
gi ebt fiber ben S
bios anf ben 5
3 1 1 9 , {111111 1 1 11 fiber ben werg h nweg 111 111
th e roa d l eads
i
v
i
y
v
v
v
i
i
v
i
151 11 1111 1 111 q
not onl u p th e h ll, bu t o er i t dow n to N 59 11 (
fcbeint 1 nf
bem iBerge 111 Iiegrn, e ber f e 1111 1 9 1 nber bemfeiben 111 ; iemlitb er $5111, th e c lou d
see m s to res t on
.
i
th e m ou n ta n, bu t i t h a ngs o
era b le
s
i
h e gh t
.
y d ll s ; ed 9 1 111 fiber all e Grivat tnngen
i l eber 3 111 1 115ig I ii e ler, u p wards of tw ent
i t su rp asses a ll e
ver it at a con i d
'
o
ar
xpec tation ; ib ii: i nerben fiber bie 6 11 1 1 i
1
,
123 1 11111 1 rei:
enbe
fen, we sha ll go b y Ostend to Bru ssels , itb babe mi t ibm uber bie S adi e gefpror
b en,
I h a ve spoken w ith h im abou t th i s m atter ; fiber ei ne Gache (atben, i ncinen fi r!)
i c e , to be
f r1 111 11 {i d} betrat en, f 1b 11111111111 11, {i d} 111 9 11 11, to lau gh , to w eep , to rej o‘
af fl ic te d , to w onde r a t a th i ng, to b e ang ry on a c c ou nt of
1 11ber fei ne
6 1 111
h is m i nd w as grav e b eyond h is a ge ; fiber ei nen 8 1116
Sabre 111 1 1: fei n © inn
feQen, to c ross a river ; fi ber bem SUieere i rben 11 11111 glii cflitbe Sbi entd nn, b eyond th e
,
,
.
'
pp y m en
se a th ere are al so h a
.
3
.
b ur ;
binter
.
fi anb b er bet I bnt e, fi eii e bid) b or bie l bil re I stood before th e door place
y ou rsel f before th e door ; b er bi efem I nge nicbt 11nd) beinfei ben, b efore th at day
not a f ter i t ; b ut 01 1 1 sa bren th re e y e a rs a go ; ei n 90
1111111 1 fr
bfibt t or bem megen
a c l oa k p rote c ts fro m th e ra i n ; er fp ringt b or Srenbe u nb D
11 tnirft
b efi b or
3 01: te em iol te i t!) mith
5
h e lea p s for j oy a ri d you gnas h y our teeth w ith rage
f firtbten ? w h om s h ou ld I fear ? $13 01 Semanb fl i ehen to fl ee from som ebody
th e ga rde n li es b eh i nd
fib er (
5 1 1 11 11 l i egt nitbt ber fonbern hi nter bem
th e h ou se no t b efore i t ; i d) gebe nirbt b or fonbern bi nter bas £ 11118, I go beh i nd
‘
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
'
,
.
,
’
,
,
i
Rol and rode
beh i nd h is fa th er ; bi nter bie Qfiabrbei r 1 1111 1 6 11 1111 tommen, to g et a t th e tra in
th e h ouse , n ot b e fo1 e i t
.
i
ber (Uhl
9 111 11 1111 r tt hinter 11
.
of s om e th ng
.
4 i n ; neben ; 3 1viid) cit
.
.
bt i vieber i n baflei be, I h ave
3 1h bin i n biefem { mnfe gewefen, 111111 i rb gebe nir
be e n i n th i s h ou s e, a nd I s h a ll not ente r i t a ga i n ; er befinbet [i tb i n grofier Ge
'
3 04
um
GERMAN GRAMMAR
—toil en for th e sake of
,
hro gh
t
u
; nf otge or i nf olge, i n c onsequence of ,
m ay rec ede or foll ow
a c cordi ng to (
of ,
th e c as e )
,
p
mitteld, by means
b ermi ttelft or
.
.
,
tndbt enb, du ri ng,
8
.
25 11 1
b oflard batte er blog ; m i, i nstead of t ree
2£nftatt (
fleet) bt eier S
1 att
dol lars , h e h a d onl y two 201 meiner G ratt, an beinet , fei ner, nnfrer, ent er, ihrer
G ratt, i n m y ste ad, i n th y , h is, ou r, you r, t ei r, h er stead ; a nftatt beflen, {tart
beflen, i n i ts ste a d (of t i ngs only )
2th mei ned £
8 ruberd Grate i nstead of m y
b ro t er
Th e s a m e m eani ng is ex ressed by an mei ner S tem, an bed fi finigd
6 tell e, i n m y stea d or lace, i n the king’ s lace
h
.
.
h
'
h
h
.
.
p
.
p
'
p
.
25 11 5 e r l) a l b 3 n n e r l) a (b
fib er Seine bertbeibigte fid
) anfiet ba w nub i n.
nerbatb ber Gtabt mi t gleitbem (
rr
olge, th e e nem y de fended th em s elves wi thou t
E
.
a nd
.
wi thin the c i ty w i th e q al
s uc cess .
u
fib redben (iegt oberlmlb nnb b amburg nnterbalb
bet S efl nng ‘
magbebnrg an ber (
Elbe, Dresden lies a bove, and Hambu rg below, th e
It n t er be (0
9 b er !) a l b
.
Mgd b g n th Elb
f ortre ss of
a
e ur
e
o
e.
-
b iefleitd unb ienfei t bed S eabed gi ebt ed f ei nen
fi
S i e f f e i t S en f e i t d
D
St ieben fli t mid) , there i s no eace f or m e on this or o n that side o f th e grave
b i efleit bed eteq natord i ni e ienfeit befielben erfire-t e (
t
Rb bie lyeifie gone zai 6 m !)
th ei r, th e torri d z one extend s on th is s ide th e equ ator, as on th e oth er si de , f or
'
.
.
p
.
'
2 3 ) deg re es
.
If) a l b e n ,
12
) a t b er
are al ways
‘
preceded by th eir c as e ; as ztlterd batter
,
tnarb er and bem Eienfte entluflen, on accou nt of h is old a ge h e w as dism i sse d
'
t erbatben, f or m y ,
ei n
i et , u nfert , ent ers, i n
mei netbal ben, h einer’ , (
th y , hi s, ou r, you r, t eir, h er sak e , on m y , etc , accou nt ; befibalb (used f or
t i ngs a nd w ol e sentenc es ), f or i ts s ak e , on t is acc ou nt
f rom
service ;
h
’
s
h
h
.
h
.
Z r i b it b i negen fei ner 93 erbienfte geatbtet, h e i s esteemed f or his
(
‘
r
m eri ts ; nan
c e ed ni d
) t bed { fi rms inegen, man tnfi be i bu ; inbtigen, bu t for the noise,
h e wou ld be c h as tise d ; i d
) tbne ed nid
) t bed S elbed inegen, I do not do i t for the
E
meinetinegen, beinet feinet , nnfert eh ret , iIJt et , befii oegen,
s ak e of m oney
QB e g e n
.
'
'
h
s
s
s
.
h is acco nt
on m y , thy , h is, ou r, y ou r, t eir, h e r ac c ou nt, on t
“
u
.
mat t er tBbtete ion um feiner Rieiber widen, the m u rderer
i t m —tn i t[ e n
ll m Gotted tniflen, nml b i mmela ib i llen,
killed him f or (th e sak e of ) h is c lot es
’
’
f or God s sak e, f or eaven s s a ke ; um mei nettnill en or mei netwillen, f or m y sa k e ,
.
h
h
.
feinet nnfert enret , ibretnaillen, (um m ay as well be om i tted ) um
um not om itted ), on, m y , th y , h is, etc a ccou nt f or m y , e tc sak e
befiiviflen (
‘
—
e
r
m
e
e
r
m
i
t
e
(
n
e
t
a
t
e
i
e
E
r
a
e
t
t
m
n
t
3
$
3
93
G
t
i
e
d
u mred
fi t af
b f
f
g
3 d)
f
I arrest you by v irtue of my ofli ce ; b ermfige feiner Shi nt‘e toufite er ben Qi erbatbt
‘n b d int of h is artific es h e m a na e d to divert su spic io f rom
n
a
i
i
e
n
l
e
i t!
t
b
Don (
g
)
g
y
h im s elf ; fie tann b iel e QBobltliaten ernaeifen bermBge ibred meitbtbnmd sh e c an
mi rteld )
c onf er m a ny b ene fi ts b y reason of h er ric h es ; t ie “in l oit b b ermi ttelfi (
ldfleld aufgegogen, th e w atc h is wou nd u p by m ea ns of a k ey ; bi e (all
ei ned t
'
u m bei netu
s
x
,
.
'
,
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
'
wit h (eicbt mit teld eined fi lobend bei b egt, th e weight is ea sily moved by means of
a
p l ley
u
.
THE O RETICAL PA RT
3 05
.
i er ; n h id) i d bered xigt,
s n f o l g e —£unt ber QBorte bed 93 ertragd ir
a c c ord ing to th e words o f th ec ontra c t, h e is not e nt i tl e d to a ny th ing ; bi e 65 mm
i f! (ant ber nenefien 9 tntl) rid) ten (
Befa br,
; nf olge ber nenefi en gl acbritbten) i n (
t a nt
.
.
”
b er S einb ; iebt mi t fi ri egds
fi
accordi ng to th e l ate st ne w s , th e c i ty i s i n d anger.
h
h
h
B ebingnngen ber l l ebet gabe, th e e nem y m arc es off w i t th e
i nf olge ber S
‘
n
n
o
l
e
e
i
e
r
B erbretben i(
onors o f w ar , c on form a bly to th e ca itu la ti on
i er
S f g f
ehren ab
p
'
i m Gef ci ngni fi, h e i s i n
.
p ison in c on eq ence of h i crim es
r
s
u
s
.
i erben tt oQa ll er a erate; h e m u s t die i n S p i te
Gt mnfi(
‘
‘
n
e
t
e
i
n
e
d
a lters, h e i s s til l i n offi c e,
o f a ll ph ys i c ia ns ; er i fi nod) i m a mre n g ar
b et f
n o t w ith s ta nd in
tommt ail ed ;3 1ebend nngeadptet, dea th c om es
b er
g h is a g e
I
r 0
Q It n g e a d) t e t
.
“
.
.
p
i n s ite of a ll s u
l l r in e i t
c
pp lication
s
.
h u c h sta nd n t f
r
s
o
‘
{Di e fi ircbe ftebt ni nb eit (unfern) ber p farrei, th e
11 n f e r n
.
.
ar f rom
th e
pa s nage
r o
.
‘
Die G tabt reidit brei SDl eiIen tveit lf mgd bed S tuffed, th e c i ty extends
t an g d.
t ree m iles a long th e r iv e r
’
.
h
.
f entftblmi b h erlor tndbrenb bed breifiigjfibrigen fi ri eged ; tnei
D
QB 51 l) r e n b
L
b rittel feiner (
Ei nnaobner, Germ any lost du ring th e Th irty Years War two thirds
of h en i nh a b i ta nts
.
’
.
N TE 1 Th f ll w i g f th
prepositions m ay w ith good w riters b e
f ou nd connec te d with th e Da ti ve trot
} (troflbem n pite of th i ) la ngd (lfingd
bem slnfle) tb dlfl enb (
u mbrenb bem m ea nw h ile ) nninei t unfe n (nntneit bem
e) gnf olge (wh en pl a ed af ter i ts case as ben n nefl en gi mbri cbten guf olge)
fail u r
m inen t
D ti
a
lw y place d f te
3 itten ; um I on
gum I roQ(w h ic h i
O
e
.
o o
n
o
e a bove
:
,
s
s
i
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
c
,
a
s a
e
,
s
a
r
,
,
r a
a
ve,
s
,
e
r
,
i n defi an c e of a ll m y e ntreaties ), 1regen, nufierbnlb, i nnerbulb, oberhalb, unterbnlb,
biefr
ei t, ienfeit
.
Ex am ples : —I roQali en Grbenfibeln (Tiedye) i n s pi te of all th e evils of th e
e arth ; ben G ib ranten ber bilbenben fi r
i nfte ; nfotge finb all e ibre {Signren nnbenaeg
(id
) (Lesa ) i n ac cordance w i th th e li m its of th e p las tic arts a ll th eir figu res are
’
,
,
,
‘
Guil ab d bolvb ba tte fein l ager bei SIBerben, unf ern bem Ginflnfle ber
Gu stavu s Adolph us h a d encam p ed ne a r Werben,
{navel in bie Glbe begogen
i mm ov able ;
'
th e Ha vel
not fa r f rom th e c onflu enc e O f
an d
Elbe riv ers b eneg 2 mm [anbete
i nnerbalb ad) t l agen i n 6 m m (S ch ) ; angerbalb ihrem S
B egi rte (Fo rs ter ), ou ts ide
o f t eir distric t ; bad grofie fi ebit u liege nid
lei nen ( er der ), th e
) t oberbalb bem E
i ) ; todbrenb
l arger bra in does not li e above th e lesse r one ; ldnge‘bem mini m (H
bem Gagen met tre itb, bafi, e tc (Lcht w ile sayi ng so, I rem a rk e d t a t, e tc
H
h
.
N TE‘2 QB g n w
.
h
h
h
.
p p
f orm erly u se d as a su b sta ntiv e w i t th e re osition h on ;
as , b en d mtd haegen. b y v irtue of au t ori ty ; b en metbtd inegen, accordi ng to l a w
Gebt memenftbaf t b on inegen bed b ergofinen iB hi ted
g i ve accou nt of th e
b lood s ilt !
O
.
p
NO TE 3
e e
as
h
.
Th e f ollow ing adv erb s gov ern als o th e Ge ni ti v e : bi nfi dfl d, li i li ficbtlid) ,
rii cf fi t
btlid) , w it regard to ; a ngefi dptd, in th e f ac e of , i n res enc e of ; behnf d, f or
.
h
p
.
p rpose of b y w ay of
h
h
; ngnnften, i n be al f of , f or th e b e nefi t of ; i nmitten or
i mmitten, in th e m idst of ; nnbefcbabet, wi t ou t rej u dic e to ; and som e ot ers;
th e
h
u
,
t a t are now obsolete
.
p
h
8 06
“
GERMAN GRAMMAR
.
2 7 4 Th e f ollowin g spurious
prepositi ons, h av ing still the
.
character of adv erb s,
g ov e rn th e Da ti v e a nd A ccu sa ti v e
p
dbfi, next to,
gegenubct , O pos i te to,
gemafi, according to, in accordance w ith , amnion , agai ns t, in o osi ti on to
u t
.
first); {h e A ccusa tive
4
s
pp
.
him uf, (
moti f, u p ,
blan h, berab, down,
hi na uta , (
manta , down,
marts downwards
,
,
‘ p wards,
au odrts , u
fl
bintodrtd, thi therwards ,
ba nal ts, hi therwards ,
bis, till, u p to,
f oobar, wi thou t
-
entic
i ng, al ong,
.
Nor a 1 s w ag, gegenflber, ; utniber, attai n s, «m a m, sinnarw, r
i m mi n g
entlang. hinauf, hiltab, bi mm ter, are as a ru l e p lac e d af ter th eir c ases ; binati f,
.
.
binab, (Jinunter, l ess of te n bef ore th em
O TE 2 Gtttlang occu rs, w i th good w ri ters , governi ng a Dative or Genitive ;
as , toir batten ben gangsta I ag gejagt enti ci ng bee
we h ad
been hu nti ng the whole day along th e w oo dy m ou ntai ns ; bie b abeu entlaitg bem
‘
meeresftmnbe t on s unbeam Delf t t in l eitbtes, (ant igen: (f ret etch (Forster ), the
heights along th e coast of New Holl and are c ov ere d by aligh t, sandy soil
.
N
‘
.
’
-
.
NO TE 8 fi le occurs only with prop er n am es of
place and adverbs and
nu m erals ; as his S
mith u p to Vienna ; non ®tolpe bis Q angi g f rom Stol pe to
s a noth er preposition is
Danz ig ; brei bid bier f om th re t fo r In all othe c
ti ed) l i m
e till af ter dinner ;
j oi ned to i t ; as his h at!) bem b agel n t th hill ; bid ‘
s
.
,
,
,
,
,
e
r
o
u
, o
.
r
.
o
ase
e
,
bie tut merttltbttmg, al most to ex tinc tion ; bis ; u I bt cmen gerilbrt, mov ed even to
fil onats‘
si de ; bi s tum ; ebnten bicles (
, till
tears ; bid gum Sli m e, to th e see —
(up to ) th e te nth of th is m onth ; bid t o: einigen fill i nuten, ti ll a f ew m inu tes
si n, to be true
ls ; hi s i n t en I ob rm ; (
ago ; bid b ot bie 6 mm
, u p to th e c i ty w al
E
tnigteit, h e nc e forth i nto all e ternity ; his in bie
till dea th ; t on mm on bid in (
mitts, u p to the very m idst ; bid binter bad b and, to th e‘rear of the house ; bit
cr, u p to th e breas t i n w ate r ; blo gegen meummt
8 ruf£ lg! QBa fr
an bl: $
‘
f i nch , all bu t one
till near Neu m ark : all e bis attf (
NO TE 4 bi nauf, bins !»and binuutet al w ays i m ly motion, c hange of lace ;
aw ay f rom th e S ea er) ; f e
s tai rs (
es
h
u
o
e
i
n
au
b
t
e
i
e
c
,
t
I
p
as , er g b
f
g
wp b
t
roac h ng th e s e k er) ; bum!) bu
l
a
il
h
h
ress
u
t
e
(
e
ra
a
u
n
b
e
m
,
i
n
m
p
br g
y
f
gh
i m toast ba
a
e ns lym
ie m
m
b
e
r
id
d
er
d
t
h
l
a
w
n
e
3
d
o
li
m
b
e
d
;
(t iter fl ieg er. h e c
e is also tru e of ab.
Th
sl
e
h
th
e
o
d
w
n
w
n
t
ro
w
as
e
m
t
h
e
e
n
tmtergm orfrn,
y
orts erau iodt td
and
i
attm
n
n
d
s
, b
u
f
o
i
co
m
(
h
e
r
b
d
t
a
n
a
t
s
mam , auftn r ,
lrtd downw rds ; bfitnttfl odrrs,
,
si m il ar com ounds w ith wat ts ; as , niebertoa
a
’
h
ertvcrts fatt en, to n de
i
c
r
n
n
e
as
b
e
B
t
t
e
d
e
r
i
o
d
s
a
n
r
d
g
;
,
b
towards th e rear ; hinto t
t
o c om e th e w a y h i th erwards
s
u
r
m
o
f
c
i
r
t
s
o
r
t
,
(
e
e
n
il
b
e
h
Q
B
down
l;
g;
use d i n its stea ; as ,
i
n
e
s
t
a
n
d
o
l
e
e
b
so
i
r
l
o
b
n
t
e
s
t
e
a
l
m
o
,
5 6 0mm is
y
O
n aralleled, Wi thout
u
e
t
e
i
n
b
t
l
e
o
n
g
h
b
t
d
ou
b
t
ou
t
i
w
; f
foam att elfel
’
.
p
.
p
pp
p
p
.
p
p
‘
'
N TE
peer
.
.
p k
p
.
p
d
i
GERMAN GRAMMA R
3 08
.
CHA PT ER X
.
C O NJU NC TI O NS
27 7
.
Conj un cti on s con n ect se nten ces with one anoth er, an d
.
i n di ca te a t th e sa m e tim e th e rel ation w hi ch th ey h ave between
th em sel v es accordi n g to th e i dea of th e s peak er
.
When tw o connec ted sentenc es have ei ther th e sam e su bj ec t or the
s a m e p re di ca te or a nother es senti a l p art c om m on to b oth or all of th e s ent
wces
NO T E
.
,
’
,
(as, h e eats a nd h e drinks ; m y bro ther sleeps and m y si ste r sleeps ; th e night
i nga le si ngs bea u tif u lly , and th e nig hti nga le s ings c h arm ingly ), th e two or m ore
part c ontrac ted into one (as h e cat a nd drinks ; m y
b other a nd m y s i ter sleep ; th e nigh ti nga le s i ngs be tif lly a nd c h m ingly )
Henc e th e c onj unc tions may be said to c onn c t aLso single words or parts of a
s ente nces a re f or th e m os t
r
s
,
s
au
u
ar
.
e
s entenc e .
27 8
e x ce
Al l
.
j
con unc tions
are
i n declinable, and, wi th
f ew
a
ption s w ere ori ginally a dv e rbs or deri ved f rom adv erbs
,
,
.
Wh en tw o or m ore sen tenc e s are conn ected into one th i s
,
m a y b e don e e i th e r so th a t one i s de p en dent on th e oth er, or so
th at th ey a re in dep e ndent of
th e
sen te nce
is
ca ll e d de
one a n oth er .
pen dent or sub ordi nate an d th e con
,
j unc ti on introdu cing i t su bordi n a ti ng
call e d c c or di na te
-
S ee
.
I n th e f orm er cas e
3 51
in th e latter, th ey are
.
S U B O RDI NA TIN G CONJUNC TI O NS
.
a ccessor
Th e su bordin ation of a sente n ce (
y sen tenc e)
ri n cip a l s enten c e ) m ay b e th re e f old : ei th er,
ano th er (
p
27 9
to
1
.
.
Th e
acce s sory sen ten c e
s ta nds i n
su b sta nti v e a cc e ssory s enten ce )
ti ve (
2
.
I t stands i n th e place of
s enten ce
3
.
.
of
a
su bs ta n
or
a n ad ec ti v e
j
(adj ecti v e a ccessory
or
It s tan ds i n th e
sente nce
I
)
th e pla c e
plac e of an adv erb (a dv e rbial accessory
)
.
S u bsta nt i ve a c cessory sen ten ces are i ntroduc ed by th e con
‘
whether
as
i c mei
ba mit
hat and ob
j u ncti ons Dafi, t
,
,
if ,
;
,
b
fi,
fi
THEORETI C A L PA RT
3 09
.
fierben mu ffen I know th at w e m ust die (I know th e n e ce ssi ty
of our dea th
) teb mei fi ni cbt ob er nod) Iebt I know n ot if h e
sti ll li v e s
(I know not th e f a ct of h is lif e)
,
,
,
.
II
.
A dj ec ti ve a c c essory s en ten c es a re i ntrodu ce d, n ot by
con
j unctions, bu t b y rela ti v e p ronou ns ; as, ein Si i cbter wei cbet
a j us t j u dg e
get ecbt t i cbtet a j u dge w h o j u dges r igh teou sly (
)
,
,
2 8 0 III
.
di ff ere nt
.
A dv er bi a l a c cessory sen ten c es
.
c on u n c ti on s,
ac cordi n
j
g
as
a re
in trodu ced by
th ey ex p re ss
rel a tion
of
p la ce, ti m e, m an ner , c a us e, p inp ose, c on di ti on, or c on cessi on
a ) Loc a li t
y i s ex presse d by too, w h ere, mobi n, w hi th er , timber,
.
w h ence , and th eir com p ou nds (
a s, too and i mmer, mo i mmer, mo
)
and) , w h er e v e r ;
w h er ever — to ;
mobi n na rb i mmer, mobi n and) mobi n i mmer
,
,
am
ber an d) i mmer, a mber and), a mber i mmer,
w h ere v er — f rom ) ;
Enni s Itegi mo Rartbagv ftanb Tuni s
l ies wh er e Ca rth a ge stood ; eé gi ebt f ei ne b ii i fe mobi n i d) au cb
‘
i mmer bi i cf e, th ere i s no h el p w h i ch ev er w a y I look ; bi e 6 0m m
tommt baber unb gebt babin, mober fie t
i ete gei ommen u nb mo
bin fie fteté gegangen i ii th e su n c om es an d goe s w h e re i t h as
as ,
,
,
'
,
,
com e f r om a n d gon e to e v e r bef ore
6 ) Ti m e i s e x p resse d b y th e
.
j
c on u n c ti ons
ar
e, be , w h en, a s
menn an d its com pou nds (menn and) immer menn i mmer) ; mab
,
i nbefi, i nbefien, i nbem, w h il st ; in Iange al e, as lo ng as,
w h ile ; nacbbem, a f ter ; ebe, beb or, bef or e , e re ; fei t, fei tbem, si nce ;
renb,
ate, a s soon as
hi s, till, u n til ; fobai b (are), inn
.
NOTE — ‘
3 fl s i ntrod u c es only p ast te nses , a nd a c tions th a t took place only
’
.
onc e a t a
ti m e, whi le th enn denotes
wi th pas t tenses repeated ac tion ; as menu
,
fi er gem nlid) iB rot ; aber a le er reicb getooet en war begann er
‘
er btmgrig tear, a
,
Gfifiigf ei ten an effen, w hen h e w as h u ngry , h e u sed to ea t bre ad ; bu t wh en h e
h h e began to eat sw eetm eats
h
ti ts a nd be occ u r only w i t
th e la tter b ei ng i n c o m m on u se only to dis ti n
as t tens e s ; te em; a nd th an" (
gu is i t f rom te a m , if , w en m is tak es are to b e a v oide d ) occ ur a s w el l w i t th e
113 mm ) er f or
n mt, I s a ll go
rese nt a nd f u tu re te ns es ; as , i d) gebe f ort, i nelm (
me nu ) er getommen fein mit b,
a w a y w e n h e c om es ; i d) tnerbe fortgeben, menu (
QBei t i n th e si gnific ati on of whi le is
I sh a l l b e gon e w e n h e w il l av e c o m e
h ad bec om e r ic
p
p
,
“
.
h
h
h
h
-
h
h
.
c on fined to th e vu lg ar tongu e a nd a nc i en t u sa ge
c
h
) M
a n n er
.
i s e x presse d by mte, a s ; are, as ; ai é ob, ai e menu,
as i f , as th ou gh ;
(iv) bafi (so) th at ; as, er i ii fo grog ale teb
,
,
GERMAN GRA
3 10
MMAR
.
ti n, or hate i cb t in ; er [cbrei t ale ob (are menn) er i m 6 terben
Ii ge, h e c ri es as if h e w e re dyi ng ; mi t li nt to frob, bafi mit
tanaen f onnten, w e a r e so glad th at w e w er e a ble to danc e
.
NO TE 1 2th? and toie are p ro m is cu ously u s ed af ter c om parativ es p rop er and
ale), gt fifiet mi c (
Bu t mi c is exc lu s iv ely i n u se
i mp rop er ; as , (
0 grofi i b i e (
ale)
w h en th e predic a te is a v erb w it h ou t a n a dverb of i n te ns ity ; as , fie fili gt tote
not ale), sh e s i ngs lik e a S i re n ; er ftai h toie nut (
eine G irene n
agt (
Bet ed) “ ti er
.
.
'
.
-
h
s
ben tbumen, h e di e d as onl y th e rig teous c a n di e
QBie is lik ew is e exc lus i ve ly
i n u s e a f ter foid m, e, ea, or w ere {ei ther m a y be i m lied , as , bie S om e but
h
.
p
foiib eu S tuntman tein ent ered (fiefi irn, th e s u n h as suc h a s plendor as
h as no oth er s tar ; er but ein (
maui, i vie ein t ei mttor, h e has a
foisted) E
ei uen
m ou th lik e a h am door
-
.
NO TE 2 6 0 bafi is never u sed l ike the Englis h s o tha t, i n th e signifi c ation
M
.
h
h
arcellus a ll ow e d t at Syrac u s e s ou l d be
p rovid ed th a t, if only ; as i n,
sac ked, so tha t Arc im e des s ou ld be s ared, {Nau t il us et ianbte Gpt atud a
n
h
p
h
‘
m ent b erfcbont bliebe
p lant er", b orauegefeet bafi (ivenn nut ) att ain
“
.
d) Ca u se i s ex pressed by tocii , be ca use, ba, as , si nce, m m,
n ow
th at, 3 1m m
! an d 3 1m m!
(bag)
notwi th sta ndi ng
be, th e m ore
so as , an d
ba ber {Berg
ni c t
trogbem
W
i obameb
3 11
‘
T
am, gi ng W
i nbameb 3 11m fi erge, since th e m ounta in did not com e
,
as ,
Mh m m d Mh m m d w t t th m
to
o
e
a
,
o
a
e
en
o
e
b
er { t arm mei l
ou ntai n
i
b b i ft h e i s poor b e cau se h e i s h onest ; nun er geitorben
Ert en r
i d) freuen now th at h e i s dead, his h eirs
i ii mert en [etne (
w ill rej oi ce ; (
Sai l nennbtet une 3 mm ! (
t a) mi t nnfer 23 m mi t
fl rbei t b et bi enen mii flen Ch a rl es des pi ses us th e m ore so si nce
‘
bafi) er gewarnt worben mar gi ng er auf e
we etc ; trogbent (
(t ie notwi thstanding h e h ad been Warned, h e ventured upon
er e ri i c
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
’
.
,
,
,
th e i ce
.
No r m —5
9 a gives ra ther th e r eason, toeil rath er th e cause
tneil mi n, be nun) points ou t th e e xisti ng c ircumstances
mm (mm ta,
.
) Pumose i s expressed by bag th at, bamtt in order th at
(auf bafi i n order th at i s rath er antiqu ated ) ; as er ftarb
bag (
bami t auf bafi) wit Ieben mii cbten h e died th at w e m i gh t
e
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
li v e
,
.
f ) Condi ti on i s ex pres sed by menn if farts mo wofern (ba
fern i s a nti qu ate d) in cas e (th at) ; menn anbet e menn tegent
provi de d th at, wenn nut provided th at so that (see n 2, above ) ;
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
MA N GRA MMAR:
3 12
GER
b ef ore, a nd bef ore sh e h ad se en him
i nne r; id) bi n
3 d) bin giitcf ticber feit eiii em w
f ei tbem immer oergnfigt getnefen, nft mlitb feit (fei tbem ) i cb bei Sbnen war, I h a v e
been a ier f or a m ont
as t ; si nce t a t ti m e I
av e al wa s bee n c eerf u l t
o
y
wi t, si nce I w as w i t y ou
fb as (
B eivitter tam nod) ‘
fli ittug, (a nge "nether, unb
nacbbem ee’ b arber Ian e ere net a tte th e t u nd er s torm ca m
h
,
e a f ter ou r di nner
g g g
,
som e ti m e af ter a nd a f ter i t h ad ra in e d f or a l
,
ong tim e
h pp
'
.
hp
h
h
h
h
.
h
-
.
,
Th e f oll ow in g conj un ctions
ti on s
and
.
a dv erbs, and
as
both
are
su ch
ca
su bordi na tin
g conj u nc
of be in
g u se d as co
p able
ordi na te c on u ncti ons.
j
Subordina ti ve i mp ort
Adver bi a l a nd co ordi na tive im or t
p
je (beito), see 1 84, Note 4
.
.
i e,
.
hen the e
w i th th a t there wi th
m e nwhi le (on
ly in th e p opu lar tongu e )
m eanwh ile
now at thi s tim e u nder th ese c i c u m s t nces
be, as , sinc e,
t
h
bamit, i n order t at,
i nbem, as , w ile,
h
,
r
.
,
.
a
i nbeffeu, wh ile,
.
.
h
nun, now t at,
,
r
,
a
.
foi ange (ate), fobelo (ale), and
s i m il ar c om p ou nds wi th o
f
EXA MPLES
Gotange (a le) bu gtii c
f tid) bift, foiange i t irft bu bi ei e Sreunbe ta
ben; fobe lo bu aber t om Gian
t b erlaffeu tb irfi , fobaib (ai fobaib a lelmlt } mi t ft on
autot on bei nen greunt en t ertaffen fei n
Gott en has 2tnge reid) t, foweit and) t ie
bu f ei nen
t bvf uug, so f ar as th e eye reac he s , so f ar rea c hes c rea tion
93 mmbait, ft (t o) wit ]! bu and) f ei nen Grf oig tabeu ; eben ba i oir nod»m tbfcblag
ten be tam bi e Gefahr ; (
Sort wi l a nd bnmi t lod e“ bafi (bnmit ) i nir glauben fall en
bafi er na fer recbter ti mmli fdm 9 3 a m i f} (Luther )
Sli beffen i hr i m l l eberflu ff e
fdnneigt, inbeffen lyi i ngern eure Qi rfiber ; nun es teine mange mebr i nn { ant e gicht,
.
.
-
,
.
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
mm giebt es S
b emagogen
.
C O OR DINA TI V E CO NJ UNC TI ONS
-
28 2
.
Of th e c o ordina tiv e conj unction s by f ar th e greater
“
.
-
nu m ber are sti ll legi tim a te ad ve rbs, a n d a l m ost a ny a d v e rb m ay
be
use d
as
j
con u nction
a
h ea d of th e s entenc e
.
(see
28 8
.
pla c ed at th e
wh e n
Th e Germ an lang ua g e
p oints th i s ou t
i n ev ery case by a p articula r constructi on of th e senten ce
29 8 ,
) , while th e f e w co ordinativ e conj un ctions p rop er
r e qu i re
th at of th e sim ple senten c e
Th ese
n ote
-
no su ch
constru ction, bu t
f e w genu ine co ordina tiv e c onj un c ti on s ar e unb, and
-
benn, f or ; fonbern, bu t
entmeber, eith er ;
af te r ne
(
a tiv e sentences
g
eber, or ; nami i c
b, nam ely
)
.
abet , b u t ;
; ali ei n, b ut ;
.
NO T E
2tlfo, ther ef ore, giver, i t is tru e, a nd herb, never theless, are some
times em loyed lik e a dverbs, and som etim es li ke c onj u nc tions ro er
.
p
p p
.
THEORET I CA L PART.
28 3
Th e co ordinati v e
j
co n un c ti ons ca nnot
-
.
3 13
be com pl etely
e nu m erate d
h ere , b e ca u se al m os t a n y a dv erb m ay be u sed a s
S till, t he f ollowi n g ar e th ose m ost i n u se a s conj unc tions
su ch .
i m p rop er
1
.
‘
on un c ti ons
Cop u la ti ve C
.
relation
of
j
p u t co ordi na te
e qu ali ty to on e an oth er, by
s i de ; as, u nb, and ; an d
sentences
-
i n th e
p lacing th em side by
th e f oll owi ng ad verbs : and), also ; aubem,
iiperbi ee obnebin b esi de s m oreov er ; fomobI — ale
fi
(s uch) as well as both — an d ; met er — nod) neith er — nor ;
ni cbt nut (
ntc
bt alIei n ni cbt BIo§ ) fonbern (s uch) not onl y
b ut (
also ; tbei l G—tbei lé
ar tly — par tl ; bai b — bai b n ow
p
)
y
au erbem,
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
,
,
,
th en, som eti m es
,
s om etim e s
bann, th en ; ba, th en, th e re
ferner, f arth er enbli cb, f ina11y ; an d th e exp lanatory p arti cl e
nami le
h, nam ely, to wi t
~
.
2 A dversati ve Conj u n c ti ons
.
ex
pres s though ts i n opposi tion
to ea ch oth er, and e i th e r in p a rt or e nti rely de nying each oth er ;
as , at er, bu t ;
ali ein, b u t, h ow e v er, n e v erth el e ss ;
a nd
eber, or ;
th e f ollowing a dv erbs : bocb, s till, i ebocb, bennocb, yet, sti ll, nev er
.
theles s ;
i nbeffen, h owev e r ; gi ei cbmobi , beffennngeacbtet (
bemun
geadflet), n otwi th standi ng ni cbtebeftoweni ger, n ev er th el ess ; bi n
T h e a bov e conj u ncti ons ex
gegen, bagegen, on th e contrary
p ress l i m ita ti on only, th e f ollow ing ne ga tion : entmebet — o‘
oer,
-
.
e i th er
—
or
b iel mebr,
-
b
ni c t
onbern, not
f
n ot
u
—b t
ra th e r ;
— bu t ; and th e adv erbs nicbt
tu ber
fonft (in a ncient German fo ne i ii
,
m sc
—nod) n ith —
,
e
er
nor ;
if i t i s not), els e, oth er
.
Con cessi v e Conj un cti ons in trod u ce
f a ct wh ich i s i n a
c orre la ti v e se nte nce li m i te d by h er
bor abet ; such are amar (f rom
£6 { ft tr ai n, i t i s tru e ) a nd th e a dv e rb s frei i i c
b, mobi , indeed
4 Ca usa ti ve Conj u n c ti on s i n trod u ce a cause or r eason S uch
3
.
a
.
.
.
in trodu ci ng a r ea son f or a f a c t or op ini on m e n
benn, f or (
ti one d in a p re c eding sen te n c e ) ; na ml i cb, to w i t, nam ely ; a nd
th e a dv erb s baber, befimegen, befibalb, barum, th eref ore, on th a t
bafii rh th e r ef or ; al fo, foi gi i cb, mi t
a cc ou nt, f or th a t r ea so n ;
con se qu e ntl y, accordi ngly ; all of
vnac
i
m
i
c
o
a
e
m
n
i
n
b
,
,
b
b
,
f
,
f
b
ar e
=
_
27
GERMAN GRA MMA R
3 14
.
th ese
drawi n g
s en ten ce
a
con clu si on
or
.
inf eren c e from
a
precedin g
.
p
Th e c onj unc tions pro er abet , enti veber, tl dmlith, alfo, a nd giver may
b e lac e d a f ter th e fi rs t w ords, i ns tea d of a t th e ea d of th e sente nce ,
ev en
a f te r th e a u x i lia ry v erb , bu t not l ater ; bod) never c an be t u s use d b u t in i ts
,
NO T E
.
p
pl ac e i eboth m ay b e em ployed
h
h
.
C HA PTER XI
.
INTERJ EC TI O NS
.
28 4 Intel j ections are words or sou nds e xpressing m om e n
.
tary f e eli ngs
f j oy, p ain, wonde r, abh orren c e, e n coura ge m e nt,
o
e tc ., and are so ca ll e d bec a u se
th ey are thr ow n i n between th e
parts of a sentenc e, w i th ou t bei ng es senti al to i ts m ean ing, a nd
w i th ou t e x e rtin g th e l eas t i nfl u en ce u pon th e c onstru c ti on
.
Joy i s expr essed by ah ! ha ! hetia ! juchhei ! hurrah !
Pa i n or sorrow , by ach ! oh ! wehe !
Won der by et ! ah ! aah! he ! hoho ! oh ! richer gar !
A bhor ren ce b y pfui ! fl!
Dou bt by hem ! hm !
Th e f ollowi ng are u se d i n call ing to a p erson : he ! heba ! hoIIa !
p t l to comm an d sil ence , fch ! ft ! pit ! in agreeing to a proposa l,
f
)
tom
To th ese m ay b e a dded th e im i ta tions of var ious soun ds ;
f é ! puff ! plumpé !
as , haua! pat t ang l hufd) ! f u ac
Th e f o ll o wi ng are, prop erly sp ea ki ng , a dve rbs, or ell ip ti c a l
e is m e !
s enten ces, bu t u s ed as i nterj ec ti o ns : inch ! 0 inch ! w o
l ei ber ! alas !
Sperr S efu é
h ail ! gottl oh ! ®ott iei S aul ! God b e p ra is e d !
Chris t ! he! ®ott ! by Go d ! hcim 6 atan ! by S a ta n !
~
wohIan ! w ell ! wohl auf ! ch e er u p ! getroftl be of good ch eer !
‘
a
w
ay ! on ! hal t ! hal t an ! stop ! h ol d on ! her
u
r
i
a
!
c
!
f fh f fh f
aw ay w i th
t
w
i
h
i
!
s
u
t
o
r
t
i
n
a
,
bami t ! hi th er wi th i t ! m g (
h
)
f
ri c
y ou
M
AR
GER A N GRA MM
3 16
2
.
3
.
.
Elem ber 23 am {alum g ohu ? does th e f a th er l ove his son ?
23 2i! ber i 5am feinen g ohu Ii eht, b e c a u se th e f ath er
l
oves
hi s son (1,
2 87
.
Now th e p re di ca te, wh i ch in th e abov e sentences con
si s ts of on e word, or is , in oth er w or ds, a sim
ple tense of a v erb,
m ay as well cons is t of se ve ral word s, as in bar 23 am hut feinem
S ohn gel iebt, or her 25am mirb feinen 6 01 m Iiebeu (
geli ebt
hat en) or the 6 0m m geht bee émorgeue auf or her fiehrer i f!
wirf lich eiu guter menu or mapol eou i i! {th ou l auge tobt or i f!)
werbe eiu 6 chull ehrer mert en or bu wirft wohI miibe gemorbeu
fain Wh ere thi s is th e cas e th e Gramm ar calls th e first of
th ese words (
hat, wit h, geht i ft mert e wi rft) whi ch is al ways a
p erson of one of th e aux ili a ry v erbs th e OOp u la , and th e rest
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
of th ese words
th e Pr edi ca te, w h e th er th ere
be one or two, or
even th ree of th em .
In such cases th e above arran gem ent i s wi dened as follows
I S i mp le senten ces
1
4 Predi ca te
(1 , 2, 3 ,
.
.
S ubj e ct ;
.
2
.
Copula ; 3 Obj ects ;
.
.
II Inverted sentenc es : 1
.
4 Pre di cate
Copul a ; 2 Subj ec t ; 3
.
.
.
Obj ects ;
(2 1 3
III De
p endent sen tences : 1 S ubj ect ; 2 Obj ects ; 3 Pre
di cate ; 4 Copula
(1 3 4
EXA MPLES —l if ) “ i tem hat {cineu 6 01 mgelieht (l , 2, 3 ,
2, 1 3 ,
2 b ut ber 23 am fei nen 6 01m geli ebt ? (
3 23 cm! ber 23 am irineu 6 01 m geli ebt hat (1 , 8, 4,
5 288 Inversi on takes pl ac e
1 In direct que stions ; as Bi ft bu h aul ? { ft Rad { m S omme
gemefen
ex p ressing a wi sh or desi re )
2 I n di rect op tativ e senten ces (
as mi re Rar! boc
h tm Rougerte gemeien 0 h ad Ch arl es b een at
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
th e con cer t ! mat e)! bu boch ule geboren morben, O, h adst th ou
nev er b een b orn ! o, reguete ee bod)
-
NOTE
.
Bu t wi shes m ay as
wll b
e
p
w oul d th at i t rai ned !
i ple unin
e ex ressed i n th e f orm of a s m
S YNTA X
ex
pre i e
ss v
M
en, I s hou ld li ke to se e h im
Th is i s
id) mfith te i bu
th a n mfichte u
h ibu both febeu, w hic h ex p res se s at th e sam e
v erted sentenc e ;
less
as,
h t th e f lfilm ent of th e wi h d
ti m e t
3
a
3 17
.
u
s
.
oes n ot de
p nd on th e spe k
a
e
er .
In con di ti on al sen ten ces, w h en toenn, if , i s o m i tte d ; as in
hatte i d) ein © chwert, fo ivoflte i ch, e tc , h a d I a sword, I w ou ld,
.
.
e tc ;
.
fiele ber b immel ei n fo mtnben mit , e tc , i f th e sky were
.
,
f alli ng i n, w e sh ould, e tc
.
In i m p erati v e s e n tenc es ;
te bi efen $ rlef ! ni mm
f
(bu) bit e 3 u b ergen m i nd i t ! geht (ihr) mit aIIe eure fli nch“ !
5 I n p rin ci pal sen ten c e s conn ecte d w i th de p en den t (
a cce s
sory ) on es wh en th e l atter a re pl a c e d firs t th e f orm er sec on d ;
as
mea n i d) i hn gefuuben hii tte (a c c essory s entenc e ) tourbe { ch
0 wi ll i ch
froh fein (prin ci pal sentence ) obglei ch i ch f ranf Bin, (
b och auegehen
4
.
as, fle en 6
’
,
.
,
,
,
.
NO T E 1 S till , in sentences li ke th e f ollowing : menu me!" mater mit (chm
—id) irat e toad etnberee ale SIBirth gum golbeneu tttoeu
schatteu (Jci tte i oi e id) bit
(Goethe), if m y f a ther h ad kept f or m e teac hers, as I f or you —I shou ld h ave
.
'
“
‘
h
h
b een som et ing ot er, etc ;
.
an interru
p ointed out by th e das h
se ntenc e,
plac e
ption of th e qu iet flow of th e com p ound
prevents th e inversion f rom taking
.
g
In qu otations, th equ otin sen tenc e i s i nvert ed, w en lac ed i n th e
m idst of th e qu oted words , as i d) babe uitbt getb ufit, (
math er, bafi er noch lebte
NO TE 2
.
h
p
.
predi c ate i s
pla ce d a t th e h ea d of a sente nce f or th e sak e of e m phas i s as ,
fei nen 6 ohn Ii eht ber Qi ater ni cht ; metn fi tnb hahe { ch nicht
gefunben ; geftorheu i f! er noch man; an feheu { ft ni chte hi er ;
i emanb ; etn mahrer {freuub mirb btefer e elhft
t W
gang gut i (
fii chtling ni emal s fain fi nnen thi s e gotist w ill nev er be able to
be a true f ri end ; heute f ann i d) ni cht tommen oteI f ounte er
ni cht eflen ; ni cht nut hat er ©e
geftohl en fonbern er riihmt
s i eman
u
e
i
l
i
c
e
i
c
r
i
e
e
n
a
c
m
b ettoae baron ; i mmerhi n
b
;
h f
fh fi
h
fi Ji
mag ein fli erl i utnber bae fugett I car e n ot a slan de re r m a y s ay
so ; abermul e mar ei ne Q
i i ertdftunbe oergangen a n oth er qu arter
of an h ou r w as p ast
nj n tions prop er (
nam ely th ose gi v en in
ord i na tiv e
NO T E 1 Af ter c o—
i nv ersion need not tak e plac e ; b u t th e Ge m an langua ge b ei ng f ond of
w ell c onnec ted sentences i t i s c onsi dered elegant to plac e adverbs like other
6
.
I n i n v er si on s p r op er, v i z w h en
.
an
j
ob ect or
,
,
'
,
'
'
‘
,
,
,
.
co
.
u
c
,
r
-
,
,
MAN GRA MMAR
3 13
GER
.
head of th e sentenc e w henever th ere is th e least excuse for em
ph as i zi ng th em and to im part to th em by th i s m eans th e f orc e of a conj unc ti on
(improper )
NOT E 2 There is a k ind f direc t qu es ti on that d oes not allow of an in
j
ob ec ts , at the
,
.
,
.
o
.
‘
out:
tote ! i d) sc are wa bnfinni g 2 u nb bad i f} bem Graft ! unb id
) (
bith nidt t
h e bids welciblgung befira fen ! w at ? I am i nsane (you say ) ? and
version ; as,
"
“
h
fagt"
you are i n e arnest ? and I shou ld not p ni s h y ou f o this i n ult ? ii):
3 1mm nidt ! (Sela ) Th is kind of qu esti on is nothing bu t an assertion in form
u
like a ques tion
ac ce nted
ac c ordi ng to
2 89
.
(See
3 13
r
s
In di rec t qu es tions
.
are construed
.
Th e Engli s h m anner of em h as i zing an objec t or adverb, as s hown
i n th e sentences , i t is to morro w that h e i nte nds to leave ,’ ‘
i t was only yester
day that h e denied i t,’ ‘
i t is to th is part of th e bi i i lding that my story refers :
ou ght not to be im itated i n Germa n, w here th e inv ersion off ers the best means
So that th e abov e se ntence s m u s t be transl ated, morgen hairb
of a n em hasi s
'
’
er fortgebm, gefiet u m
i laugncte er e. auf bi efen l oci ! bee Gebctubce begteht fut
m ine Geftbldgte
NOTE 8
p
.
-
-
p
.
.
NOTE 4 Only one o bj ect a t a tim e can be em phas ized by inversion ; as,
‘
i
n
t
as
i
n
E
l
s
Ias t winter, in
h
i
i
a
ar
o
c
r
f
o
e
i
e
n
e
n
i
m
:
t
a:
a
s
l
l
t
e
(eat
m
Gg
,
,
,
g
{t
.
England, there was severe c old
.
By th e particula r arrangem ent of th e dependent or
acce ssory sentenc e, th e l anguag e im presses th e m ind of th e
bearer wi th th e f act th at h e h as a dep endent sentence be
fore h im and m us t not mi stak e it f or a sim pl e or p rincipal sen
28 9
.
—th e l tt
,
ten ce
er b eing al w a ys arran ged l ik e sim
a
ple sentences,
pt when taken ou t of th e ir le gi tim ate pla ce within th e com
pound sentence, n am ely, th e first placé a nd arranged after th e
Th er ef ore , all dep endent
see 5 28 8
d ep en dent sentence (
e xc e
,
.
c
senten es ass um e
th e
su bordina te
co nstruc ti on, th e two f ollow
.
ing cases only ex ce pte d
1
Wh en m an if is omitte d in condi ti onal sentences (See
.
.
,
5 288
2
.
,
.
Wh en bag th at is omi tte d in oratio obli que and asserti ng
,
,
sai d I was
h
e
r
e
l
t
ii
t
o
Q
B
e
e
i
n
ii
r
m
e
i
d
,
t
h h‘
senten ces ; as , er fag ,
(
;
efte ©taateform,
l
e
h
b
l
i
t
i
!
e
u
b
St
i
e
e
b
l
au
b
r
i
t
o
n
e
f
ac
f
p
h is be
,
; d; g
I beli ev e th e republ ic i s th e best f orm of gov ernm ent
.
h
h
h
h
l
atter c as e th e sim ple sentence is resorte d
i
t
s
i
n
a
t
w
t
o
l
e
s
s
x
a
m
se
e
T e
p
to, to m ark the omi ssion of i oeuu or bag
.
2 9 0 Am ong th e diff erent a ttributes of a subj ect or obj ect,
.
MAN GRA MMA R
3 20
G ER
ExA MPLEs
.
3 d) tote tente mid) ibm gegei gt ; er user geftern bem (St at em ent
b orgefiell t i norben ; bi e fill ii tter b en S parta gaben i tren 6 81mm has t lvert unb
G dfilb menu fie anssogen ; id) entfi mi e mi tt befleu bor [ cutter fi ummer nittt metr
‘
I f or m ere grie f c a n not rec oll ect i t ; ma n befdfl l lb igt bie ti met il‘
a ner ber Dofla r
f li tb t th ey c h a rge th e A m eric ans w i th dol larom a ni a ; ber QItEet ematm gett i m
mer m i t ei nem G raci e ti nter bem ‘
p fi nge ter (eintcr) ; at (c a n niemals ;i tt feigl er
2ta r
gat e ; nr rechten aei t erinnern ; bi t taft bid) i n mi: b errttbnet
NO TE 1 S till , a dv erbs of tim e an d pla c e m ay j u s t a s w ell i nterc hange their
pl ac e w ith th e ob l i qu e c as es of personal pronou ns ; as , id) tabe mid) teute ibm
‘
‘i t er e n
e
e
i
or
e
n
t
i
u
m
i
b
i
e
n
t
s
e
e
i
t
t
m
t
i
l
cn
n
n
e
s
i
e
t
;
g
t
t
b
t
g
g
,
t b g fle I can
g g g ; !)
‘
'
'
’
.
‘
'
'
,
,
“
e
.
.
,
'
“
‘
.
.
'
,
never f orgiv e i t h er
.
Ge m ay f oll ow a p ersonal pronoun i a th e Dativ e ; as , St!) tube
.
mir s gebatb t, l e x pec ted th is ; er notm {i d} ? t or, h e proposed i t to hi m self
NO TE 2
.
’
.
Wi th poets th e Ge ni tive of a p ersonal pronou n m ay prec ede th e Dative a nd
’ ‘
’
ci ne: (
h
Accu sa ti ve ; a s , er eri nnerte (
id
t
e
f
or
m
s
m
i
);
t s and itnen o‘
, mte as, end
)
’
es, a re c ons idere d i nc orrec t
.
NO T E 3
.
Th e cases of
su b s tanti v e Ob ec ts m ay in terc
hange their places f r
s
e
j
o
p h ny (th e h t w d f in t ce p ec ding l nger Obj t)
or on acc u n t of hy th m i n p oetry ; as er fibergnb fei neu G oth einem b ielct fatre
th e s ak e of e u
o
o
or er
or
,
r
s an
or
r
,
a
o
ec
,
,
smarter
: ben t eflen al et Sil enft
e
t en an ; ber £9 0
fprid n
; unb ti t hes
i n Stalled einen gefdtrlitben 9 h.
non fi arl n nut (
Bi tter
Th e obj ec ts f oll ow eac ot er ere, so
benbutlet an bem Ri nige non St anfi eld)
r th e s or ter ones
rec
ede th e l on er ones, bu t a ls o th e les s i m or
t a t not onl y
g
Th e sam e i s th e c ase i n th e f oll ow i ng
ta nt ones rec e de th e m ore im orta nt
logt be?
nan tett er ; ma n E
’
.
h
.
h
p
p
h
p
h h
p
.
lli ot genfiem e prielen i n totem Subclton ben fi tt fipfer st ilner QBiefen
bie E
b iel taufenb gott a ft
bon (J G
’
s enten c e :
,
.
.
h
p
wh ole s entenc e (o
e of a ll oth er a dve b
am e th p e dic at ) tak es th p l
w h i c h a m ou nts to th
or i n othe w ords h as th e las t pl ace i n a s en tenc e w i th a sim pl e tense and i m
th ere i s a copu l a i n th e sentenc ; as
m e di at ly prec ede s th e p redic t w h
NOT E 4
.
Th e
a d verb
nit
t t, w en sim ly nega ti ving a
e s
e
,
r
e
e
,
r,
ac
r s,
r
,
a e,
e
e
ere
,
Sm ugi fifd) : nitbt ; i d) tube has nid) t
(i t liebt {
t
f
l
B et brett en nittt beflraf t
betanvtet ; id) mert e has a id) t betanvten ; er i nert fii r {cine S
e sentenc e , i t i s place d be fore that p art ;
Bu t wh enmegativ ing only o ne p art of
as i d) etre ni t
t t bi e Gtrlofen, (ont ern bie QBli t bigen ; i nir geteu nidyt i mmer nod)
Z ifcbeand, nut manchmal ; nic
h t megen tilf f , uitbt l tau nod) maf t U ) ; bu lreifit,
bafi nitt t 2£l es (
Bole iii , was glfiti gt
cine Gl tern nit t ; ti ngl i i b er i ett ha s
“
.
w
M
,
.
;
NO T E 5 Th e a dverb { e(bft f ollow s th ep art of th e sentence wh ic h i t identifies
i ; mit te
ng felbfl wi ll i d) f eten ; er reeete mi t fid) feltr
or em p h as i zes ; as , ben s a
Bu t w h en th e su bj ec t is to
u s felbft bami t, unb mi emc nben e nt ers
i
n
n
e
f
i
t
t
b
f
g
f
b e identifie d or em ph asized, felhit i s th e fi rs t w ord i n th e sentence ; as, filter
will id) geten ; or th e l as t w ord i n se ntences wi th s i mple tenses , and th e las t be
f ore th e p re d ic a te i n se ntenc es w ith a c opu la ; as, has ttue i d) fd wn felbft ; baa
‘
t
e
n
i nerbe u
p {then gut rettten 3 m mit maid en fla t a rmeu felbet tbuu ; er ftett
.
.
'
i auf
f eltr
.
S YNTA X
3 21
.
Wh en {e(bfi i s equi valent to fogar even i t im m ediately precedes th e word em
,
h
,
ph z
h
as i i ng a d v erbs ; as , felbfi 6 aben, bie fei ner
ph as i ze d And t u s al l ot er e m
G u il e gebfitrten, (etnte er ab
h e dec li ne d even re s ents w i c b ecam e h is
ra nk ; bet t
filer ta t felbft bie einfatt fi en e acbeu nictt begt iflen ; i vit smi t t en ga lm
.
p
h h
'
fogar a ufere Sili a tterfpratbe b ergefleu ; b orgfiglitt bie frti natt en Smenfcten mufit bu
fttonen ; wit i voflen erft arbei ten, balm fpielen S till , i t i s not i nc orrec t, a nd m ay
'
i
.
b e e lega nt, to
e v en
ph z
pl c
a e a ll
hese em phas i zing adverbs i m m edi t ly f te the
t
a e
a
r
word em
as i e d
a s, (
ernen erfl unb fpi elen ban", fei aufere tofang ; ben { a
tom
b orgfiglicb tabe i d) i m wage ; er trantte bi e S
IBi ttweu unb QBai fea fogar
.
With poets occu rs som etim es a personal p ronou n in an obli que cas e
a f ter all oth er obj ec ts ; as wit ta ben {l ets bie $reitei t a nd bewatrt
NO TE 6
.
.
,
NO T E 7
Th e a dv erb an, belong ing to th e i nfini tive , al w ays i m m e di ately
re c e d es th e l a tter ; as , a m bie QBatt teit a
n fa gen; u m mitt ei ne ta l be G mnbe
a ll ei n a
Th e a dverbs ftton, nod
n fete"
) , and geuug m ay also ei t er re ce de or
f ollow th e words w ic t ey i ndivi dua li e
-
p
.
.
h h h
z
p
h
.
.
NO T E 8 Th e c onj u nc ti on al a dv erbs and) , taum, 1neber, nod), entweber, mi t ,
fogar, frbon, and som e others wh en ref erri ng to a nd em phasi zing th e su bj ec t,
no t th e pre di c a te , d o not cau se an i nvers ion ; as , an: bet S p iegel gerbrmt, airtt
B
aum ei n tteinet I tei l bat on gi ng berloreu ; teet er bad Gif t
gugleirt ba g Senfter ; (
nod
) be: S old) fiub ctrenlnertte QBaflen, e tc
.
'
.
29 2
Poeti cal
.
li cense
an d
th e
la w s
of
euryth m y
and
ph ony ev en i n prose m ay in v ert th e establ ish ed order
of
s u bj e ct
i n th e f ollowin g
c o pu l a
obj ects
and p r edi cate
eu
,
,
,
,
,
c as e s
1
.
Th e Obj e cts f ollow th e predi cate, in stea d of
prec edi ng it
,
w h en a grea te r stress i s pla c e d on th em , th ou gh not great enou gh
to in v er t th e w h ole sente nc e ac cordi ng to
Ob ec t i s too l on
j
28 8 6 ;
or w h e n th e
.
g ; as,
b ag 17d) fi ery unb wa ge ioeibe an bem i not lget mgnen milt (S ch i n order th at
h eart and eye m ay rejoice over th e w ell fin ish ed ic tu re ; has alter ftb leitt t bem
wi enfcten naet anf bem Snfie (on h is h eels ), (Pr oa ) ; id) tabe all erlei natt gebatbt
fiber bie megierbe im S
menftb en, [i ct audgubreiten, neue Gntbectungeu 3 a marten,
‘er nabe c lie i n am
etc (G
D fi
ft f e
gui nea ®cfiabe (S G
.
-
.
.
p
M
.
ple se ntences wi th a copu la , wh e n i nv erte d th e
su bj ect f oll ow s on e or all of th e obj ec ts f or th e sak e of e m ph a
si s Or eu ryth m y
ei nl i d) ei lt Rn
as bi efeé S att wi t h watrlm
or am b i mmel ciii Romet) erfr
met am b i mmel (
t ei nen ; teute [lab
mi t ber innit gemi fi mi eber bi el e Qi ri efe angei ommen ; ei nen QSIi d
S ofa )
nad) bem ®rabe {enter b abe {enbet nod) ber 912m m
) auriuf (
2
.
In
s im
,
,
,
'
.
M
3 22
GER A N GRA
MMA R
.
Th e same h anspositi on of th e su bj ect an d object obtai ns i n ac cessory se n
te nces al so, th e la tter ha vin a kind of inv erte d order ; as , m i l geftet n vi br
an
t
g
ei n (
S ca n
ner tam, etc
f enn in blefem Sat“ bi el eictt a m b i mmel ein fi emet
m
"
et ft
t einen fol te, etc
.
.
pos i ti n b eing so very p oeti cal is eff ec t d by employi ng th e
m eani ngl ess p ro nou n (i s i n th e plac e o f th e subj ec t (see
2 06
as Gd i ff
‘
Th e sam e trans
o ,
Sriebe; ea if! ci ne
it
Wh en an
e
,
Mi Si
ne
.
onb nattt (S ch
,
)
.
k es th e pl ace of th e su bj ect,
y senten ce ta
th e s am e inv ersi on Ob ta in s, both i n En lis h and in Germ an
as ,
g
3
.
ac cessor
i t ittner, has an ttnn (
ee { ft etne fa
bmere g rate), it is dif
ea
-
ii t
to do th at ; cc { ft geinah,
lowi ng i di om a ti c
ex
fpaaieren au geten
‘
.
Th e fol
pressions m ay be menti oned in this con
n ec ti on
d f rent mitt (ed matbt mit St enbe) 6 te an fetn, i t gives m e pleas ure to s ee
(E
Get ttnt mit (eib, baa fagen an mfnT
en, I am sorry to s ay that
Gd mar
y ou
tt
mit G ttmet a, tn geten (getn an follen). i t gi ves me p ain to ta ke leav e (
i s rent
mitt , has settau an babeu, or bafi itt d gettan tabe, I re pent h av ing done this (or,
th a t I sh oul d have done th is )
Q 3 ib nnbert mid) , has an t bu u, I am as tonished
‘
to b ear th is
(
i s beliebt mit , es gefaat mit , es inmi: gefrtllig. has an ttao, I have
pleas u re in doing so (2 8 betrfibt (fit ment) mid) , bad an tbren.I am grieved that
‘
I shou l d, etc (Es i nsert mitt , bafi es {0 iii , I am vexed that th is should be so;
(i s teifit, bat, etc , i t i s sai d that, etc
(i s (r
t elnt. bafi, e tc , i t seems that, etc
Gd giemt (gegiemt), ed getbrt, ed fttwtt F
4). has er bantt, i t is du e (bec om ing)
t h a t h e shou ld tha nk
Gd b n flt tt {R
b t on ft lbit, bet, i t is self evident that, etc
6 3 tilf t, ed mi tt wenig eber nir
t te, ed i n fagen, i t is of li ttle or no use to say i t
t
Ge‘(
t abet nitttu es tann nitt td fttaben), t at (or tow n) man es ttnt, it does no
.
.
.
'
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
-
.
.
.
h a m to do it
r
.
4 Poetical li cense goes ev en f urther, and plac es an emph a
“
.
si ze d sub ect las t, or wh erever e l se logic doe s n ot f orbi d
j
a n ob ect bef ore
j
i t, a nd
th e co ula, or an adverb of ti m e ; as,
p
? (Sch )
2tnf bee Sili con e {sti fle
S on ber Grim e teifi rinnen mnfi ber Ga
B
nnon
s
t
i
n
e
i
n
b
e
m
o
l
l
t
e
i
e
G
r
u
t
b
i
S
a
l
m
i
e
:
t
e
n
tt
e
n
r
i
n
d
e
gi
a
t:
i
s
t
a
e
t
n
i
e
r
t
l
e
il
t
t
)
r
(
f
f
S
gf f
en, erf fi flenb
ben S erf! ber QBant ner (Sel )
Ol actbrdngt bad wolf , mit tvi lben mar
‘
n
bed (
Seldanberd 6 tnfe (Sch ) IInf fpringt be: fi bnig nnb f orbert ben S tat! (U )
i ttre ber “mant ; fitt
8 amna tte ber w
5
3 th: tonnte ben' mntbigen Glanbm
b
i
t anbnng tote.
e
n
e
ll
s
a
t
e
e
t
t
ber b eta ber l t rannen ntttt ranben (Sela )
,
a
b
f
S
id
b ranf ber 3 3 l greif t nart bem
bertetrt, bet fingli ng (
) ib m emvfietlt (S ch ) fi
'
.
.
-
a
M
.
.
.
.
S
.
B ett er (
S
t lenbert tinein (S ch )
dwell , in t en 65 m m ! ltn fr
.
p ose som e of these ar angem ents m ay be im it ted and a subj ct
p lac ed l ast wh en i t i s a longer e xpression or a rel ti e ntenc e is nnexed
S til l, ev en i n
r
,
,
r
to i t ; as , bem retbtr
taf enen
a
r
,
a
v
se
e
,
a
marine bleibt in: llnglfiote bet I reti etne: guten Ge
e
MAN GRAMMA R
3 24
G ER
29 3
of
.
.
Dep en dent sente n c e s ou gh t al wa ys to take th e pla ce
p
th e su bsta n ti v e , or a dj e cti ve , or a dv erb , w h i c h th ey re la ce
Th e
r e l a ti v
.
e or a dj e c tiv e a cc essory s e nten c e , h ow e v er, f ollows
pre ceding i t like
th e a dj e c ti v e ; a s i d) f enc e ben 972m m eon mel chem bu prid t
{ fi
fli ann) fel t Iange or i d) f enne ben menu
(ben bef annten bi efen E
felt l ange Soon mel d) em bu fpri dfil Th e la tter arrangem ent is
pref erabl e w h en the r ela ti v e se nten c e i s no t se pa rated by too
ma ny w or ds f rom i ts su bs ta n ti ve b ecau se thi s pre v ents th e
p rinc i pal senten ce f rom b eing c u t i nto tw o par ts of ten widely
sep a ra te d f rom e a ch oth er a nd th e la tter p a rt e n d in
g p erh a ps
i n on e or a f e w w ords
Th e sente n ce er 3 09 fei nen Sl ed mel
d) et uber u nb fiber mi t 23 1m befl edt war c ue a n d sim ilar one s
a re de ci d edl
ll ed
y c u m brous ; i t is be tter to sa y er 3 09 fei nen fi
th e sub sta n ti v e to wh i c h
i t ref e r s , in stea d of
,
,
,
‘
-
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
s
,
,
,
,
,
,
c ue, mel d)er, e tc
.
On th e oth e r h an d, th e re la ti v e senten c e sh ou ld not be sep
ar a te d f rom
i ts su bsta ntiv e by too m an y i nte rv ening words, a nd
n ev er so , w h en a
m i sun ders ta n di n g m ay b e appr eh en ded
sh o u ld not
er 3 09
s a y,
.
We
ll ede eem fiei be mel tber gang mi t
{einen E
,
ll ed, b ut can as w ell
$ lu t beflecl t te ar, w h ere mel d>er r ef ers to fi
Ne i th er sh ou l d w e say, ber 23 am bee
b e r ef er re d to Qeibe
’
r
fli erbred nnf» mar bee mergene i n e (Sl efé mgnifi gei emmen, mel d w
hi ngeri dfiet merben {e(Ite ; bu t ra th er, ber 25am bee fli erbred me,
wel dm, e tc , tear, e tc
.
'
.
.
h olds good of all a ccessory se nten ces th at
m ay b e i ns erte d w i th in th e pri nc ip al one ; as, bi e Qi ergmci flung
fi ll er baruber, ba g i eee b ulfe unmegli d) fdfi en, f ar m man fid)
Bu t n o t bi e Qi ergmei flung all er f arm man fid) beaten
benf en
Th e
sam e
r ul e
.
i er
i d) bi e Q
bafi f ei ne b il lie mii gli d) {dflem Ne ith er, man f ar m r
rix
h
r, bafi l ei ne b u lfe megl i d) fd)i en, beni eu
r
b
a
e
ll
e
i
u
n
Q
I
m
e
l
f
a
g
2 9 4.B ut th e b es t m e a n s of a v oidin g m i s constru ction i s th e
.
''
’
.
By pl a c in g a troubl esom e a c cessory se n
th e la tter
ten c e a t th e h ea d of th e com p ou nd se nten c e
nd s tre s s a t th e s a m e ti m e ; as , bag i cine
i
n
l
a
r
ness
a
a
e
s
c
g
I
n th e
i
u
l
n
r
e
e
w
I
I
ut
fl
i
e
r
“
d
Q
I
a
s
a
B
l
m
fi
l
i
e
h
e
i
d
d
n
ii
g
(
j
f
g
é f
, (
)
g )f )
)
i n ver si on of
sen tenc es
.
.
3 25
S YNTA X .
princi pal sentenc e th ere i s h ere no inversion, be caus e th e ao
cesso ry s en ten c e i tse lf s ta nds h er e i n th e place of su bj e ct to th e
pri nci pa l se ntenc e )
en fd fled fl fi rib befimegen
b i el e menim
mu flen ni dfi all e fd flecbt fai n
(Th e i nve rsion i n th e p ri nci pal
senten c e a nd i n a ll p ri nc i p a l s en ten ce s c onn ec ted w i th a dv e rbi a l
,
.
'
.
,
a c c essory s en te n ces , i s accoun te d f or b th e i nten tion of
y
gua ge to p oi nt out by th e i nv e rsi o n of th e prin ci p al
th at th e order of th e sen tences i s a ls o i nv erte d )
th e la n
s ente nce ,
.
Th e f ollowi ng table s
s h ow
th e
com
ple te a rra ng em ent of
w ords a cc ording to th e th ree diff eren t kinds of se nten ce
I
I
—
.
'
4
s ti
vz
h
8
n
u
'
-
-
.
4
.
.
Gen
5
.
i ti ve,
>
Ap
p os n
t iv e 1
l
2
m
.
c
o
.
2
0
?
fi
n
u
on e
-
.
n
a:
o
5
.
t
“
.
w
u
4
0
0
£
0
o
s w
E
“M w w
.
-
o
“
i r/2 7 5
o
g
g a,
4 g
v
u
.
o
P1
u
mm S
E m m
2 0 52
5
.
d m
d
fi
0
8m
.
u
5 Om
g zc
O
‘
m
5 a
3
n b
o
.
a
s
3
o
.
.
4
H
8
.
a
_
I V Pr edi ca te
.
.
p
\
.
III Obj ects
II Cop ata ,
or s i m l e
tense of
verb
Subj ect
6
ai
S i mp le a n d Oo or di n a te S en ten ces
.
3
l-n
0 9 4 - 99,
,
‘
‘
b
mmber arme mates bee b et (om en fl i n es, bee l tngtiuf litbe, batte getter" i bu m a
-
:
t it t ge u nbeu.
q ues G uc eua not! n
‘
a ber bi e glfxugenbe G onna bee
b
(
Bee be e mf
)
'
b
f
mai monbe gi ng bi eemut fiber einem f rfiben
E
.
id) regelmafiig afle Z age an betrinten
Gr vflegt (
Gate bat beute bem tebret i bren Gobi: gut Grgi ebung fibergebeu
3 th babe mitb ibm paw angeboten
213 i: geben ibm ben 6 n d? nitbt
.
.
'
.
.
II
I n ver ted S en tences
.
II S ubj ec t
.
'
4
: cl
vr
<13
as
3 h8 45 E
2g fl
0
or
E% 8
Gen
i ti v e,
a
u
u
Q
-
< 1 8 < 1Z
F1
N 00
h
.
5
.
5
Q
E
III Obj ects
.
.
p
ot er
.
Ap
os i
ti v e,
p
—
4
c om
l e m e nts
of
l om i na tiv e
p
.
.
9h
r
d
e
.
m
5
a
J
8
fi
0
o
o M
M
S
$
v
—
—
E
8
m W
5
w U
h
v
D
O
u
w
O
A
.
-
0
.
o
.
1
mOm M
M E
e
IV Predi ca te
.
u
“
.
.
m
n
o
fi
m
o
a
g
m
2 um batte (benn) ber di me mater bee b ertorneu fi inbee, bet ltnglfic
fl itbe, ed
b aid): gefuuben l
bene noc
gefteru tree aIIee g um
28
3 26
M
’
GER A N GRA
MMAR
.
933 m m(too) will er (
beam) mi: fein (
Bebei mnifi anb em aut babeu ?
wl bcbte be e eet and bulb b on ibm bef t eien I
{barre fie mit b a d fi nbenten nicbt gegeben, f o i t urbe ith, e tc
tefen G i e iefit biefen SBt ief mi t gtcubbenten bard)
e: Glacewi eber e unben
(QBenn be e teal): ware, f o) tam " toir enblitb i n i bm mi r
gf
b ier wi l i d) mm mid) b en meiuen zeihen erboten
fib aburq) wit h be: Si ngli ng nad) unb naeb gum grofieu anemi c
M
-
.
.
.
.
.
Dep en den t or S u bor di n ate S en ten ces
I II
.
II Obj ects
.
l—d
4
ees
<1g
.
6
c: o
o
o
n
i?t
o
g
Gen 5 A p
2
posi
6
Have,
9
m
g 0 8
ZQ G
t
g
E
or
<1 84 2
2
h
0
.
l
“
5
.ca
'
c om
0
.
3
.
IV
.
.
.
£1
d
'
o c:
e
, 0
?
5 a
6 5
g
0 3
”
III Pr ed i ca te
.
4, 3
p‘
0!
ot er
1
.
ti v e
l em ents
of
om i nati ve
-
1
.
.
0
o
o
r
$ 4 —3 2 3
5
5
o
g‘
“
0
9 .«
,
r-
i
1
oi
-
g ga
.
co
{menu be: arme 93 am bee b erlornen Q inbee‘
, bee l tnglfié fic
be. bafletbe geftem
h ad) b ielem GH
Q? ” enblid) auf gef unben hatte
$
18 0 tei n G onneuftrabl i bu bei feinen E
Berbredyen ftbret, e tc
B etlni ligten [i(
(Gina I bat noekber al e S
b bet nad mate mi t Sterbt {dames wfirben
39 a (tb eit) wit bem s
But fdnn tei ne Ci rlaubni fi beau gaben, (
0, e tc
l ai fomte bi eemal fiber einem (
(3 th ib eifi) bafi bie glangenbe w
S t ate aufgebt
'
.
.
.
.
'
.
C HAPTER II
.
ELEM
ENTS O F THE S IM
PLE S ENTENCE
.
29 5
1
.
.
Th e e l em en ts of a sim ple s en ten c e f orm th ree grou ps
th e Pr edi c a ti v e g r oup , c om p ri si n g S u bj e c t, Pre di ca te , an d
C o p u la
2 th e A ttri bu ti ve gr oup
(w h e re th ere i s a ny)
com p ri s i n g th e c o m pl e m e nts of th e S u bj ec t or S u bs ta ntive ;
a nd
3 th e Olyec ti ve gr oup c om pri si ng th e com plem ents of
.
,
'
,
th e
.
,
Pre di ca te
29 6
.
.
S ee th e tabl es in
29 4
.
T h e Pr edi c a ti ve group i s th e m ost i m portant of th e
th re e, con s ti tu tin g t h e sk e l e ton of th e s en te n ce , w hi l e th e o th er
p
tw o grou s
f orm
only
com
pl em ents of subj ec t a nd pre di ca te
,
MAN GRAMMAR
3 28
GER
.
‘
«
NOTE 1 Af ter one of th e au xil iary v erb s fal en, molten, mbgeu, btxrfeu, ti n
.
.
p
pp
mii fleu, th e c om lem enta ry i nfiniti ve i s of ten om itted and su lied i n
thou gh t ; as, le ad bu (tbuu) f oll ft, bae tauufi bu c urb (tbuu ) ; tone i d
) nitbt (ba
ben) mag. wi l er b oll enbe gar nitbt (a nnehmen) ; trad ber Sfll euftb nic
b t fli d) erlau
ben ) barf, bad mufi er a nd) 11i(bt (tbuu)
'
ueu,
.
p
h at a dve bs and prefixes and nou ns
m t not b e se para te d f om v erbs wi th w hi c h th ey are com p u nded ; a nd i n
2 03 w h at p ronou ns m u st not b e u sed pre di c ati vely
C ardinal and indefini te
n m eral s do not all ow of a predi c ative u se and th e En l i h w
w e th
g
NO T E 2 In
1 1 5 , n ote 1 , i s ex lai n ed w
.
r
r
us
o
.
u
s
,
e
er
r ee
(ther e a r e f our of them ), th e brothers ar e m a ny, th ey a r e f ew (a f ew), a re to be
t ra nsl ate d, re i b aren anfer brei (
ee fi ub ibrer bi er), ee u
nb ber S
B ni ber b iele, ed fl ub
i brer i b enige, etc
.
NO TE 3
.
A su bstantiv e in th e geni tive
c as e, as
predi c ate is considered
a
,
‘
Der grbfite I beil ber S firflen ift
,
wi eiu SBater tear fiberbaupt lebrbafter Statur
unfet er (
S eli nnung
In c om mon p rose, only th e follow ing ph rases of th is k ind a re a dop ted :
3 4)
bi u
bub e tc (anberer ffli einung) I a m of opi nion th a t,
‘ bad n t u I h av e a m ind to do
of a di ff ere nt op inion )
n
i
e tc (
i
ll
eu
e
b
S
IB
,
0
3
a bu ,
th at
b ut if} meinee 2tmtea‘
, th at s m y ofli c i al du ty
Scb bin gntee mutter,
I am i n good spiri ts , c h eerfu l 3 d) bin guter SDi uge 3 d) bin guter Lauue, I a m
i n a good h u m or
3 4) bin bee l obed, I am a dea d m an 3 4) bi n gleicbeu
$
8 ifi bu bed I euf eld ! are
fi lters mit i bm, I a m of th e sam e age w ith h im
mu [i nb eiuee g innes, ei uee b et aeue, we are of one heart and
you ru n m ad ? e
poetical ; as Sbr wart fo garten
.
,
,
.
.
.
’
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
'
.
’
one mi nd.
I nstead of th e
predicative Geniti ve th e prepositions b ou um i n bei gu obne
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
E iii bon ‘
2tbel ; bud ift b ou (grofiet ) Q3 ebeutung; er
G ie tour nicbt b ou
ir
l b en bobem Gefdflerbt ; ee tauu nirbt non fDauer fein (Sch )
B erlegeubeit, 212119 15 QButl) , Gorge ab ru, Snort), meri tb ei f
G ranbe (S ch ) 53 11 S
B ilbuug. 6 11mm , teben gl uten feiu ; bei Gin
B erfi aub, Surtbt, $
l ung fein ; obne ‘
S ch ) ;
nen bei Qi einnfitfei u bei guter baune fei n ; bad b eer war gum Grbarmen (
‘
b
b
e
n
n
b
e
u
e
n
e
e
n
i
re
e
e
e
e
l
n
u
m
gl
fi
b
ne
e
r
i
i
n
(
E
u
m
m
,
,
,
t
g
gg
gg
p flub t unb Ge
f
a
g
g
2 7 0 2 72
my feiu S ee th e exa m ples i n
i niiT
en, and ber {Sam
b fi ebeu is em ploye d instead
In th e foll owi ng a nd si m ilar e x pressi ons, th e ver
S ei ne Gibrif teu fteben ii ber benen S enoplwn e h i s w ri tings a re sii po
of to be
(i t flebt i n meinen feDienfteu, unter meinem fi efelfl h e is i n
ri or to Xenophon s
’
t
c
t
a
t
i
or
d
rs
r
e
n
e
n
i
n
re
r
u
e
s
S
m
c
t
h
d
r
m
e
“
t
b
n
t
i
ce
u
e
I
D
m y serv
b
{ o
,
y
Sb ,
So
,
‘
de p ends on y ou )
i nyou r p o wer (
3 111 tBri efi netb fel, i m B erbri ltuifi, i n in erbin
bung, i n {B egiebung mi t Seinaub fieben to be in corre sp onde nc e, i n prop ortion,
(
Er {trot in gutem mnf e, i n Qi uaben bet, h e is
c onnec tion, rela tion wit h , to, etc
of good repu ta tion, i n f avor with
3 11 Gotten? { nub fi eben, to be i n God s hand
t i n Bebote, every thi ng is
i re fi ebt n u
2£uf bem e piele fteben, to be at stak e att
<
ebeu bei einem
m
Ih rbatbt fl ehen to be sus p ec te d ®eb atter R
a t m y disp osal
3
i lbmam fi chen, to stand sentry
gw
i ufling, to b e godfather to a c h ild
Ic
Th u s is u se d also (
Rb befinbeu ; as , id) befiube (nu
b trebl, I am well ; an eiuem
Dt rc (i d) befi uben
gegen, etc . a re i n u se ; as , ( r
.
s
,
.
-
a
,
,
,
'
.
,
.
.
’
,
’
.
,
,
.
.
'
.
.
,
.
’
.
.
“
.
’
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
S YNTA X
3 29
.
p
1 All adve rbs of tim e and locali ty (bu t see f or th ose ex ressing
direc ti o n § 2 6 3 2 , 3 , notes ) m ay be u se d as re di ca tes ; 2 of th e rem a i nder
’
only b ergebene, nmfonfl , fo, a ubere, 111 0111, 1111111 0111 are so u s ed ; as , bad iii fi ll ed
‘
1, i 111s
Te lnet aubers ; i d
b ergebe ne or umfonfi ; bie Ga r
) bin 11100
b e ifi nitl) t (o ; (
of
Bu t fo 1s t u s u s ed only in com m on s tyle ; i n h igh e1 s ty le
i nobl (
ea l t )
B enebmen 11111 1
w e m u s t re lac e it by ber e m, f olgenbermafien, i b ie f olgt ; a s , fein E
‘ e bat erre te bet
—
a
a
e
B r bt
b
e
a
e
b
e
r
b ergang b e1 bnlt f111) f oi
g ;
(fo fo b
fl u)
fi S
NOTE 4
.
.
p
.
h
h
p
w
.
h
.
'
genbermafieu (ib ie f olgt )
O
5 In th e f ollow ing
St!) bin auf , I am u p IDie
.
N TE
phrases p epositions occur as predic ate w i th fein
(bad senflet ) if! anf th e door i s open ib ie
.
.
s
r
.
,
h e is ou t (of
i t i ft
(bae Scufter) i ft an, th e door i s shu t (
th e hou se )
fb ie QBunbe ifi auf, th e wou nd
8 013 (
5
2 13 i ii anf, th e i ce i s brok en
i s open
u m ei11 gut
ib i e sei t ift 11m, th e tim e is over (
i s iii ei 11e fcbé ne
(5 el11 iflen, i t i s a fine th ing to h av e a good consc ience (6 elui flen is h ere, p rop erly
s p ea ki ng, su bj ec t )
SDer fi rieg iii aus, th e w ar is over
Genet (tithe) ift and,
th e fi re (
c andle ) is ou t
i ub
$ 112 Si irtbe i ff aue‘
fibie Gibmergen (
, c h u rc h i s ov er
b orii bet (
b ortei), th e p ai n is over
bin burtb (bie
®efnbt ), I am throu gh
I l1fit
'
.
.
.
.
.
'
'
’
.
.
.
.
.
.
§ 29 8 Af ter two or m ore su bj ects , one of whi ch i s i n th e
.
fir st, th e oth er in th e secon d or thi rd p e rso n, th e v e rb i s i n th e
first p er son ;
th e
secon d,
an d a f ter tw o or m ore sub ec ts , on e of
j
th e oth ers i n th e th i rd
w hi ch i s in
p erson th e v erb h as th e
,
term i n ati on of th e se cond p erson p lu ral ;
(mir)
as , i d) , bu u nb 21:
moll en gufammen geben ; mi t unb i hr muflen tbeil en ; bu u nb
i hr) mbgt t e wi flen ; ihr u nb bi e Ri nber joll i et ein
ber i i ater (
§ eft babeu ; fi
b ri n; Qarl oe unb i d) (mi t beibe) begegnen bi efen
911111113 11116 1111 QB
Ot gemad) ber Rbni gi n (
S ch )
'
'
.
29 9
.
Whe n th ere are sev eral su bj ec ts in th e th i rd person
th e v erb i s p ut in th e th ird p e rs on plu ral, a s in En li sh
g
as ,
,
111
lb (
S ch )
©efunbbei t Qbre (b i nd unb
bdngen b alm unb Gd n
p racht finb ni d)i baa (Si lii d hgt g eelen (Gett ) But i n Ge rm an
S
th e predi cate m ay be a si ngular w h en e v er th e sev e ra l s ubj ec ts
c an be considered as a n u ndi v i d ed u ni t prov i de d e a ch si n l e
g
su bj e c t i s a sin ula r
as
Qiuf bl utge Gd flacbten folgt G
i efang
g
unb 1 1 11;
2111 i bm i ii b obfeu u nb
Pr ov
b erl oreu (
©e unb ®ut macbt ui cbt gl ii cfli d)
i ii baa Stud)
unb bi e Rraft unb bi e b errli cbi ei t Bi ble
(
) 8 111 ei 111al 3 1111 1 i ii bi er
NO TE 1 When two s bj c ts a e conne ted by ober 1 t1neber —obet 1b ebet
—11o(b nicht nut fonbern and) inie nitbt th e p edi te g w ith the s b
.
,
,
.
'
,
,
,
.
,
.
.
u
e
,
r
,
c
,
,
r
.
,
11
ca
a
,
rees
u
j ect neares t to it ; as , it!) eber bu 1111161 it eitben; 1111 111116 i neitben obe1 bu, I must
28 ’
MAN GRAMMAR
330
GER
.
1
ber SU
1
m m bid; be
i onb nod) (
yi eld, or th ou ; i d; will bid) f att en laflen, 1110 u m
QBebet meine 6 Q1uefter, nocb i bt e Sreunbi n mat bu ; es erbt ber
{theine
Glteru g egen, 11119 1 ihr S tud)
Gntlueber bu eber er 111115 fiet ben
h e:
t
(
f ine 11> ie ber 2l nbere ift ci i1 S tout te
'
5
.
NO T E 2
When th e su bje c t i s a c oll ec tiv e nou n i n th e singular th e predicate
.
,
h i t ; as bad 93 0i? bat fi d) berfammelt p eople h v e as em bled ; ber
9 1s t!) war i n fei ner fi
lli ei uuug getbeilt th e cou nc i l we e div ide d in th eir op i nion
Bu t ei n ‘
ange a nu m b er a n d all s tandard
p aar a p i a c ou ple a f ew eine M
nu m b ers as ei 11 ib ubeub a dozen a re c nne c ted w i th th e p edica t i n th e
plu ral as in Engli s h ; as ein paar {St euube tamen ; ei11e filil enge 6 cbiff e laufeu ei11
agrees w i t
a
,
,
r
,
a r,
,
,
,
s.
,
,
,
,
s
,
o
,
r
e
,
,
a nu m b er of vessels arri ve .
h su bstantive in th e plu ral qu alifi ed by diff erent adj ec
t i es i nto two or m ore s p ec ies i s t be e nde ed by th e si ngu lar i n Germ a n ; as
ber eugli ftbe unb fraugbfi fdi e fi buig lb aren beibe ; ugegen th e Engl is h a nd Frenc h
ki ngs w e both p rese nt ; bi e beutfcbe engii fcbe unb bdni ftbe 6 1 111 19 2 th e Germ an
English and Danis h langu ages
NO TE 4 Th e Engl i h th e Uni ted S tates is a fi ne cou ntry bie wet einigteu
Gtaaten fi nb ei11 ftbfined Snub c annot be imi tated as the a bove exam ple shows
NOTE 3
Th e Englis
.
,
v
r
o
,
r
,
,
er
1
,
,
,
.
,
’
s
.
,
,
.
,
C HAPT ER III
OF A C TIVE,
.
PA S SIVE, REFLEXIVE, AND
VERB S
I
MPERS ONAL
.
person or thing (th e
s u bj ec t of th e s enten ce) as b ein g i n a s ta te or as p erf orm in g a n
a c ti on ; as bi e 6 111111 11 fc
beint ber ii ifcber fii ngt gi fcbe Th e pas
si v e v oi c e m ak es th e l ogica l obj ect of an ac ti on th e gram m ati cal
ifcbe
s ubj ec t by r e presen ting i t as suff ering that notion ; as bi e {E
met ben 111 mbent SSi fcber gefangen
Th e Englis h la ngu age h as pro perly spea king no p assive v oice ; th e fishes
i s alm ost i denti ca l w ith th e fis hes are p is ners
are c au gh t by th e fi s h erm an
(booty ) of th e fis herm an An ac ti on w hic h th e fi hes are su ff eri ng o a process
presente d as being
w hi c h they are u nde going i s n ot ex p esse d ; b t they a e
i n a sta te ; th e m ere es lt of fish ing i m entione d Th e Germ an howe er re p
p i one s ; it m n
esents th e fi h es as b ecom ing a b ooty as de velopin g in t
t ion
toge th er w ith th e esu lt th e p roc ess w hi c h brou g ht i t abo t a nd th e
nc e i ed as su ff eri ng the reby
fi s hes a
Henc e it i that th e fi h es a c ght (Present tense ) an w ers more prop
i vorben) or the Germa n Perf ec t and th e fis h es
i fw
e fi nb gefangen (
e ly to bie G
v oi ce
3 00 Th e a ctive
.
p
re r esents
a
,
.
,
"
,
,
.
,
,
’
r
o
v
,
,
’
s
.
r
r
s
u
s
r
r
re c o
s
r
r
re
.
,
o
,
s,
r
u
r
,
,
r s
r
e
u ,
,
v
.
s
re
’
au
,
s
-r
,
GER AN GRA
MMAR
p
p
M
332
.
Or th e German m ay c h oose a n i m erso nal ex res sion , as, ed i t ltrbe ttatb einem
‘i uirb an einer
e
i
m
n
t
e
e
e
e
t
t
c
t
e
r
n
i
e
m
e
r
b
e
n
m
e
t
r
d
i
fi enefung gee
b
b gt ;
f
g rb ;
meifelt ; cd mnrt e fiber fie sctatbt ; in b i e SBerbint nng m u t e eiugetu iiligt ; es m ut e
11nd b ertraut ; es mnrt e an ei n s
mi t tet gebucht Bu t th e latter k ind of hrase i s
used only w h en no ac tive su bj ec t (
gra m m atic al obj ec t he re ) is to be m enti oned
p
.
.
Ev e n tra n si ti ve v er bs are not so m uch u sed in th e
pas siv e v oic e in Germ an as in Engli sh , be cause th e German
passi v e is m ore e x pressi v e of a passi vi ty or suff eri ng of th e
l ogi cal subj ect tha n th e English
Th e p assi ve constructi on i s
3 03
.
-
.
usu al i n th e f oll owi
“
1
.
ng c ases only
Wh en th e p erson or thi ng perf orming th e action i s to be
made m ore
prom in ent th an th e p ers on or th ing su ffering th e
action ; e g , er i ft t om 2
8 1th ericbl agen mert en h e was k illed by
li gh tning ; ber 6 nafi6 urger E
li tiinfter i ft non (
t rivia t on 6 teln6 acb
erbaut mert en, th e Cath edral of S trasbur g was bui lt by Erwin
'
.
.
,
.
of S teinbach .
2
.
Wh en the p erson or thing p erform ing th e action i s not
mert en ni cht { miner heftraft ; er
tft i rgenbmo et fd flagen mert en ; has 6 trafiturger mann
er { it i m
‘
1 4 S abrbunbet t erbaut mert en ; bi e S ugeno mufi eraogen ti er
Wh ere th e p a ssiv e i s al so use d in Engli sh
ben
i t is said th at ‘
i t must be e onceded
i t is b eliev ed ‘
NOTE 1 The phrases ‘
‘
h e is beli eved to be a
h e i s sai d to be concerned i n th e m a tter ‘
owned th at,
ex ressed ; as i n bi e i terbrec en
h
p
s
.
’
,
’
.
,
’
’
)
(
,
,
f orei gner,
’
a gre
ter c rim e is not to b e im agi ne d,’
a
a
finer
pic tu re cannot be
man fagt, man glaubt, ma n mnfi ; ugefleten, t at ;
man fngt, bafi er bet ber Ga d”betbeiiigt in(er foil babei betteiligt fem) ; man halt
ibu flit einen firem en; ein grtfiered SBerbm ben taint man nittt beaten; t in {08
neree a n»tuna ma n niche feben
seen, etc ., are to be translated
’
.
.
‘
.
i t is to be hoped
Bu t th e phrases ‘
’
,
,
‘
‘
i t is to be
1 t rem a ins to be seen,
’
th is 1s to be transla te d, etc , c an be tra ns la ted onl y m th e ac ti ve
n feten ; ed in; uwgefieten; t ied ift 3 11
n lyeff en ; es bleibt fibrig a
voi c e , as , w i ll a
“
conced ed ,
’
.
fiberfesen, etc
‘
—
i
t
i
l
k
e
a
i
n
th
e
ac
ve
i
s
rases
h
h
h
p
h
a
n
d
so
m
e
E
n
l
Nor a 2 On th e ot er
g
work does not p ay cine fi rbeit wit h nicht beaaii lt ; a h ou se i s building ee mit t
‘
mi sc hi ef ) is brewi ng ed with ein 6 mm ga mut
ein {sand gebant ; a storm (
are to be rendered i n th e p as si v e
Nor a 3 Partici ples p as t h av e a pas siv e significati on i n both l angu ages ;
see the long
su c h of th em h ow ever as h a e by u s age b ecom e lik e a dj ec tives (
.
,
,
.
’
,
’
,
’
,
,
.
.
,
li st i n t
Englis
h
.
v
,
and als o th e f ew f ollowing, may b e
'
j oined to th e verb fain, as in
S YNTA X
333
.
id
) bi n gefi nnt or gefonnen, I am di s itb bi n b et inunbert, I a m astoni she d,
ose d,
id) bi n befi firat, I am d is tu rbe d,
id) bin geib olmt, I am ac c u stom ed,
itb bin benurnlflgt, I am alarm ed, n u
eas y
ld
) bi n erf reut, I am rej oi c ed,
Also several oth ers ex ressive of a state of m i nd
p
.
p
.
NO TE 4 This use obtai ns also, w hen th e state or c ondi tion in wh ic h an ac tion
‘
resu lts i s to b e ex pressed, as i n desc ri p ti ons lik e th ese : bi e I i fdx finb gebed t, i i e
has Gaflmalfl ta nn begi nnen
Gveifen ti nt bereitet, bi t 6 3i h fi nb gelaben
.
.
3 04 Verbs, ori gi n ally tran siti v e, a re m a de i n transiti v e by
.
d) mebre mid), I def end m yse lf ;
e x erc i s e dst th yse lf ; er rei tet (
i d) , b e sav e s
as su m in g th e reflex i v e f orm ; as, i
bu fibteft bi d), th ou
mi t
him s elf ;
b et pfli d fien a ns, w e
en ga ge
h e escap es,
w e prom ise
’
ti sest,
’
For
.
I wi th stan d, ‘
th ou p rac
th es e ex pressi on s d en ote th e sa m e a s
’
ou rselves , e tc
’
Th e r eflex i v e f orm i s u s e d
.
in Germ an to a f ar greater e x tent th an i n English
A m aj ori ty
.
Germ an v erbs ar e ca p abl e of bein g u s e d refl exi v ely in som e
of
w ay or
oth er, a nd
th e
pu pil m u st rely on a good vocab u la ry
.
to b e com e f am ili ar w i th th i s
of
cl as s
v erbs
.
Th ere
si x
a re
clas ses of re fle xi ve v erbs
1
.
Th e r eflexi ves p r op er , su ch as th e abov e
e x am
pl es sh ow
.
Th e acti on of th e subj e ct returns on th e su bj ect, a nd i s confined
sam e p erson or thi ng a nd th e
a c ti on i s logi ca ll y not a n acti on prop er bu t a sta te or c on di ti on
to i t
su b ec t a nd ob e ct are th e
j
j
,
”
-
,
,
,
.
S o m e langu ages, l ike th e English , pref er h ere in m ost cases th e
'
i n transi tiv e
transi ti v e ;
ve rb,
a s,
wh ile
bi e 6 mm
oth ers,
li ke th e
bewegt i ch, th e
Germ an, pr ef er th e
sun
m ov es ; (
i t Be
h im self ) ; ber Rranf e erbolt fici), th e p ati en t
f ebrt r
i d), h e rep en ts (
r ecovers ; bi e Q
i nftecf ung b et bt ei tet fid), th e contag ion spreads
.
2
.
Th e a cti v e r eflexi oes
bard) ®efang, h e
er ermuntert
such a s
li d) gut fl rbeit
hi m self to th e w ork b y singing ;
‘
S
i m © aguerrebtbp (l i cbtbilb) bj lbet ber (
i d) felbft ab,
Si egenftano r
in th e da gu erreotyp e th e obj e ct depi cts i tself ; at et gi ebt (
i d) bem
e n coura ges
.
6 labi um, h e d ev ote s him self to stu dy
transi ti v e , an d an a cti on, n ot a
sta te
Th e acti on i s logi cally
.
or
c on di ti on, an d
langu a ges u s e h e re th e transiti v e re flexi v e f orm
all
-
3
.
Th e i di oma ti c r eflexi ves ;
as, i d)
p erh aps
.
freué mid), I rej oice ; i d)
MAN GRAMMAR
334
G ER
.
i d) b ertr‘
t é mi d) ,I lose m y w ay
Th ey b elon g to th e r efl e xi v es prop e r (
e x pressin , lik e
c lass
g
th e se , con di ti on , n ot a c ti on , a n d di ff er f rom th e m only i n th a t
fd wme mi d), I am
th er e i s
no
ash am e d ;
.
l ogi ca l ne c essi ty to con ce i v e th i s condi tion
as an ac ti on of
ra th er
th e su bj ect,
th e
contrar
th e se v e rbs a r e oth er w i se n ot in a tran si ti ve u se
th at, e v en i n con fli ct w i th
.
or
sta te
an d th a t
y,
I t i s strange,
logi c, v erbs m ay be f ou n d oth er w ise
ploye d a s reflex i v es proper (We
can n t sa
dmme ci nen fi nberen bu t only i d) fdfii me mi d )
i
d
)
y
f
o
Th e Ge rm a n con c ei ves th e suff ering su bj cot obj e ct as influenced
n ot i n tran siti v e use, b ut em
.
,
,
.
-
n ot f rom el s ewh ere, b ut
“
by i ts elf
4 Passi v e r eflex i ves ;
,
.
bad b ola bearbei tet r
i d) l ei d) t, th e
‘
ca rve d, cu t, e tc
w ood i s easil y w orke d (
) bad Rorn bri ld fl li d)
raid) , th e gra in s a r e f as t th r esh e d ; t i n Rird fihurm fii ebl t fid)
fd)Ied)t, a c h urch ste epl e i s not easi ly stol en Thi s u se i s con
fi ned to th e se and a f e w sim ilar phr ases
A n obj ect th at c a n
a s,
.
.
.
-
.
.
r aw m a te ri al
y b e con ceiv ed a s worke d u p on, sufl er ing,
i s represente d as work i ng u p on
u n der th e a ction of a Su bj e c t,
'
onl
i tself ; th i s being an e x p an si on of th e i diom ati c use m entione d
un der th e l a st cla s s, e xtende d f rom ani m a te to i nan i m ate b ei ngs
.
A ll th e abov e phr ases m ay, of course, w ith preci sel y e qu al force,
b e e x p ress e d in th e passi ve ; a s, has 33 013 wit h l ei d fi bearbei tt t
.
5
.
Rec ip r oc a l ver bs
as, bi e beibcn
warteien fd flagjen (i d) th e
,
pa rties figh t (e a ch oth er ) ; bi e ®efd)mi ji er li eben fid) einanber
Th
e ac ti on
note
2
0
5
or li chen fi d) or li chen ei nanber se e
)
(
only
is
f e re n t
seem i ngl
y
j
s u b ec ts
ob ect of
j
on
re fle x i v e, bu t rath e r a
ea ch
oth er, eac h
.
,
,
,
m u tu a l a cti on of di f
becom i ng i n i ts turn th e
th e oth er s a cti on
’
.
Reflexi ves i mp rop er ; as, i d) i od) e mit tin ®0t i d)t, I cook
f
r
m
self a m eal ; mit i aufeu a ns etmas, w e bu y o urs elv e s
o
( ) y
6
.
h
e prop ose d to
m
o
r
i
d
n
)
(
h
)
h im se lf ; r
i d) ci t
r us angembbnen abgetr ii bnen to a ccu stom to
Th e r efle xi v e obj ec t i s i n th e
to disa ccu s tom
w ean f rom
Da tiv e
th e Nom i nativ e and Dati ve are th e sam e p erson or
som e th in g
(f or
oursel v es
er na
;
,
,
,
,
'
,
.
,
th i n g,
and
th e v e rb, be ing
a
di re c t obj e ct i n th e A cc u sati v e
.
tran siti v e, assu m es, besides, a.
MMA R
M
336
GER AN GRA
h
i )
p
off
(agen t, to e nc a m
l ehnen anf, to lean (re ose ) on
‘
‘ n t nn i t is wort
ee Iobnt fich es a
th e
b ,
w ile (to do i t)
(i d) ( en (anfl é fen to be dissolv ed
p
h
h
M
p
matben (an envua), to set abou t a
h
t i ng
’
1
01
~
mebren (
b ermebren) to m u l ti ply
meflen mi t Semant , to m easure one s
,
'
’
h (i n a fight)
sel f w i t
p
mi nbern (b erminbern), to di m i ni sh
O
mi ttbeilen
to com m u ni
’
c a te one s own f eelings , to s read
Q0
0
wh a
h
to cool
tfiblen
h
v
‘
rtnnmen, to s toop
(d E
fid) ergiefien, to flow fort
erbeben, to ri s e
erbei tern, to c l ear, c eer u p
fln
erbeil en, to c lear u p
“a
erbieen, to grow h ot
“
erholen b en, to re c over f rom
fln
eri iqtern, to re m em b er
fia
et f ldren, to e x lain
fl“
ertnnbi gen na tb, to i nqu ir e f or
ermfiben, to grow tire d
erftreo
ten inobi n, to e xten d to
a
et ivebren (
Gen ), to ward off
flh
ertrei fen ale train, to
rov e tru e
eriveitern, to b e e nl arged
B
finben i n etib ae, to p u t u p i t
s
.
t i ng
p
ov er
fifitb ten, to fl ee, esc ape
mutf fen, to sho w re sista nce
Ka
nc
i lnen b on (mit ), to f eed on (to gain
fi
ormen, to as su m e f orm
f
a
f orwaif en, to c l ear ou t, retire
f ortfeQen, to continue
f ti gen to su bm it to
f fil en mi t, to grow f u ll of
f li rtbten h er to be af ra id of
'
a live li h ood
nieberbfitt en
t
to bow down
ni eberla en mo, to s e ttl e do w n
'
'
fl
,
nieberlegen (
legen), to l ay dow n (to
sl ee
,
p
by )
p
p)
p
bi e I bfir i ff net {E
d} , th e door fli es o en
gatten mit, to a i r, cou le
(i d) pati ent, to be off
geben, to s t0p , c ease
’
e
b
s
id
e
s
e
t
r
i
a
ed gebfibt t (
t
e
é
pafit fi t!) f dr, t at is b ecoming
),
g
gb
(d) ,
f or
giemt {i d} , i t is ro er, du e , be
fi t ri egen, qualen mi t, to dru dge in
c om ing
(
‘
3
t
s
i
a
t
e
i
t
regen, to b e sti rring
o
c
e
e
ll
e
n
n
o
a
s
w
i
(d) g f
a,
a
'
h
p p
h
:
gei v nen an, to ac c u stom to
’
n
e
en
a
n
o
c
e
t
a
t
, to k ee
(stic k ) to
b
anbalten a n mead, to old on to
‘
e
a lten an etiva e
h
f lb
hym
p
reimen, to r
;
ho
f
he e is at t k e
s a
r
fich bi nfen, fi tb a n
:
or
anf bdn en, to ac
f
e , to fi t
b ettb as, to f ollowa given
rid
pten nac
d irec tion
,
tQ,
ed hanbel t i tbu m, th e qu estion i s ab Ou a
t
rabren,
2
ringel n, to be c u rl ing
2
rollen, to roll
'
QO
rdtben, to re dd en, b ecom e re d
ftbib drgen to grow bl ac k
c u m u late
,
bef ten an, to c li ng to , attac h to
berablaflen, to c ondescend
bet ti mtt eiben, to roam
(Gen to boas t of
ow rou nd
rnnben, to gr
rfiflen an, to p re pare f or
fammeln (b erfa mmeln), to assem ble
‘ t aaren
f fb
ra men
h
'
h
to c as t th e sk i n, to slou g
’
t
e
n
t
o
b
e
o
n
o
n
e
s gu ard
i
t
b
,
.
irren, tb err, be m is taken
‘
tebren an etib ae, to heed (a warn
ftbti rfen, to grow sh arper
fdfitbten, to b ecom e arra nged
i ng )
l ayers
tldren, to c lear (u p )
'
f t li d) . it i s dec ent (to do i t)
as ftblc
in
S YNTAX
‘ to a dapt one’ s
e
i
n
e
i
a
e
i
f
n
b
i
t
e
d
,
{ } fb
(i d) nnterftbt eiben, to su bscribe, sign
i
se l f to
fcbtagen mi t Sent , to figh t a m an
'
fdflfingeln,
to m ean der,
337
.
U.
nnterfi eben (Ge m ), to u ndertak e
u
b erabreben mi t Sent
fi ber etib a s’, to
.
hi ng by c onfere nce
sel f )
b erdnbern to h nge ( n
se ttle a t
to wi nd
o ne s w ay
’
M
,
c
a
'
o
e s
er berbrennt
) bie b ane, h e bu rns h is
ftbli efien, to be conc lu ded, shu t
han d
ftbmi egen, to c ri nge
ftbii eiben (i n ben ginger), to c u t (i d) b erbii rgen, to go secu ri ty
’
one s o wn fi ng er
’
(
b ert oppein, to dou ble
)
in
p
b erfdrben to c h ange olo
b erebeln, to i m
fd) onen, to tak e c are of one s self
ftbattf ein, to roc k , to be s wu ng
ftbib ingen (anfftbi m), to ri se, cli m b
’
'
rov e
c
,
tn
r
b erfangen, to ge t e nta ngled
b ergelnn, to c om m i t a f a u l t
up
'
h ergeflen, to b e ras
h
f enten, to sink
feaen, to si t down, tak e a seat,
b ergieithen mi t, to settl e a diff erenc e
to settle
wit
h
own
bergrei fen i n, to m ak e a wrong (gri
’
f onnen, to bas k
fperren, to res is t
fpnben, to s peed, m ake has te
f all en, to be stowed (of water )
(
fleiget it to i ncreas e (in degree )
’
J
b
t
i
n
s
o
e
n
n
b
i
e
a
t
o
n
e
s
e
i
n
t
t
,
( b
)
g
f b
c
h nd
o
b ergrfifiern, to increase
b erbalten, to be
p ortion
,
o wn
h ice
nn
h ave to bear a pro
,
b erbeira tben mi t, to m a rry a
b ermdblen mi t,
a
teil en, to f eign,
f
p
‘
h ead )
(
firti nben gegen, to bristle u p , resi st
q
div ide i nto )
'
,
h
h
h eav en ) loom
(eat an leiften), h edoes
h is u tm os t to (e ff ec t a thi ng )
fi t!) fiberei ien, to b e too rash , over hasty
fiberbeben, to b e a ssu m i ng
u mftbanen, to look a rou n d
umfeben,
to tu rn
mi t S ena , to
nnterbai ten
h
(L
h erlaufen, to go as tray
h
b erlieben, to f all in love w i t
“
h dt
‘
ee b erlobnt fid) i t is wort h th e w hile
b erloben, to b e b etrot
e
o
,
fi ll) b ermebren to i nc re as e
u bermeffen to be f rivolous, foolh ardy
,
(t
,
er fiberbietet {i d}
nmib enben
u bet la flen anf to rely u pon
,
1 h tbfirmen, to tower (to
7t
erv erte d i nto
b et idngern, to gro w longer
{i reiten mit, to di s u te , u arrel w i t
‘
e
n
fi
fi b anf, to lean , rec line u on
tdttft
ben (i n), to b e m istak e n (i n )
’
e
s
n
Y
e
e
i
e
n
i
i
t
i
b
l
t
h
a , t ey dis trib
[
(d)
to
u te a t i ng a m ong t em s el ves (
p
p
b ertebren i n, to b e
one s o w n
h
r
b erjimgen, to grow y ou ng
fiofien (an ben stow), to s trik e
h
p e son
'
rete nd
p
pe )
h
b erminbern, to dec rease
u bermiftben (mifth en) mit to m i ngle
,
a
tal k w i t
unterreben mi t S ent , to c onv erse ,
h
b erneigen, to b ow down
b erretbnen, to m isc alc u l a te
b erreben, to m a k e a s li
b erfpret
ben,
29
o
p to l ng
b erf t
b laf en, to sle e
aa
b erft
b li mmern, to bec om e worse,
N
b erfcbletbtern,
b erftbi ucten, to c
fb
p f th e tongu e
u
c onf e r w i t
nnter c eiben t on, to diff er f rom
,
b e m ix ed u p w ith
rou n d
av e
b ermi etben an, to go to servi ce wi th
H
o
o
hoke
b erft nern, to bec om e fi ner
GERMA N
338
GRAMMAR
.
fid) bet fcbreiben, to m ake a m istake in ficb beradrtehr to become pam pered
’
,
Wri ting
bet ft
bw3 ren, to cons i re
b erfeben, to m a ke a mi s take
atitbt beefelnn ei ner ©at
be, to be u n
p
l
t
‘
b eq mfen, to bear i nteres t
b ergbgern, to be re ta rded
‘
b orbereiteu, to
a w a re o f
a
wegfeaen fiber, not to regard a th ing
berfi eben an cum , to acc ede to (
a
(as too s ligh t)
i negfleblen, to sn eak awa
y
)
hi gh
wegftbleitben,
b erfiel en, to dissem ble
i b egioenben t on, to turn th e back on
m
i d) t er it e mid) an, I try m y forces
in (a task )
(i d) t erfimbigen an, to sin agai ns t
‘b erta en, to a dj ourn
g
men
b ertiefen i n, to be ab sorbed (
abioenben h on,
metre", to resis t, show fight
’
bec ome
i neigern
h
i nenben an, to a ddress one
recon
h
peated
inieberlwlen, to be re
whi t en, to wind one’s w ay
(an)bertranen Semanbem, to trust
to
p
bet b ielf d ltigen, to be m u lti li ed
b erinanbeln i n, to a ssu m e th e f orm
of
6 n
p
p
'
p
’
h
b eri b enben f ist , to i n terc ede for
gufa mmeugieben, to be contracted, to
s rink ,
h
b ermirren,
‘
b erib it l litben, to be reali ed
Oh
h
ganten mit, to qu arrel wit
3 ieben, to be war ed , ex tenu a ted
get fh euen, to dis erse , b e di s ersed
ea giemt ficl) , i t is b ecom ing , due
fi ch gurfirf gleben, to retire, wit draw
b erinicf eln i n, to get i nvolved i n
h
.
t i ng, to ref u se
i nenben, to be turned
c iled to, m a k e an agreem ent w i t
a m a n , c onfid e
h
to h esitate abou t a
tveit en an, to delig t i n
tally ) in
b ertmgen mit, to
’
r
“when, to revolve, wallow
t erfp dten, to c om e l ate
b erfi eigen, to m ou nt (fly ) too
p epare (one 5 self) for
i na bren nor, to be on th e gu ard f rom
b eg filmen mi t, to b e rec onc i led to
c ondition
h
b erwunbetu, to b e as tonis ed
p
z
6a
beri ni ftben, to be wi ed ou t
Q“
b ertnfibnen, to bec om e
N TE 2 Of th
O
.
i gt i d) a
ed tri
n, i t
(
id
ed triff t (
),
p am pered
e second c l ass of
al m ost all verbs u se d refl ex ively i n
NO TE 8
reflexiv e v erbs
h
h an
bu t t ose m arked w it
c l as s ; all
no e x am
ples a e equ red
r
r
i
Englis h bei ng als o so u sed i n Germ an
Th e f oll owi ng a re th e m ost im
.
h appens
,
.
p tant reflex i e e bs of th e th ird
v
or
v r
g exc l usively as
o c cu rri n
as teri s k
reflex ives
* i(
h
a
rgere
mitt fiber, I
am
v ex ed
h
w it
li d) anfdfitf en an
,
to m ak e arrange
'
h
dle wi t
m e nts f or
bi vingen, to rise
ffr
‘
’
(d) begeben nad) , to betak e one s self to
to re nou nce
begeben
befaflen mi t, to attend to, to m ed
i
an
h
bebanten bei, to render t anks to
beeif ern, to ex ert on e's sel f
’
l
e
e
a
e
s
i
t
o
o
e
n
n
b fi fi
y
self to
pp
h
begnfigeu mit, to be c ontented wit
behelf en mi t, to m ak e s i ft wit
h
beia ufen auf, to am ou nt to
to get
bematbtigen
sion of
h
posses
MAN GRA MMA R
3 40
G ER
.
( t etinae f ai i fen, to bu y som eth ing f or one s sel f
(i d) etions anfttaff eu,
’
it
id
) etinas
tolen, to f etc
h som ething f o one s sel f
(
(i d) etib a d erlauben, to i ndu lge in
'
r
h
‘ansbi tten to requ est som eth in f or one s f
i
n
o
i
e
t
s
t
s el
(t
g
(nt etinas a neignen to a pp p iate som th ing f or one 5 self
(d
i ) eti uas a mna i en,
f
’
to a rrogate som et i ng to one’ s self
’
,
i
ro
,
r
e
id
) etib as anei gnen,
(
(i d) etib as getrauen, to dare to u nd rtak e, to trust one 5 sel f
e
t:
i
e
i
s
b
ra
e
t
a
t
n
n
d
)
(
(i d) cum s ausbebingen to stipu late
’
,
,
.
IMPERS O NA L VERB S
3 05
ee
.
Such v erbs a s ea regnet, i t ra in s, ed fetnei t, i t snows,
.
bagelt i t h ails es fri ert i t f reez es ee ttaut i t th a ws es bli gt,
,
,
,
,
,
,
i t li gh ten s, eé bonnert, i t th unders, ed tagt, i t d a wn s, eé bunf ei t
i t grows d ark, ar e I mp erson a l Ver bs p rop er , b e cau se th ey h a ve,
,
i n stead of th r ee p ersons in both plu ral
of ea ch
a n d s in u l ar, onl
g
y on e
ten se , th e th i rd p erson s i ngular, a nd no s ubj e ct can even
b e su ppli e d in th ou gh t to wh i ch th e pr e di cate i s j oin e d
.
Th e f ollowi ng : es i ii E
d i t, menu, tell, i t i s cold, w arm , ligh t ;
ed
mi rb Dani el, i t grow s dark ;
late , e arly, f our o clock ,
’
ar e
i ii
ed
fpdt friil) bi er Utt i t i s
,
,
,
diff er ent f rom th e abov e only i n
th at a subj e ct m ay a t l eas t be su ppli e d, n am ely, th e w ea ther,
‘
or th e tim e
S im ilar are ea i l o t, som ebod k nocks a t th e
’
’
pf
.
y
ftl fld gt th e c lock strikes ; eé Iii utet f lingelt th e b ell
r in gs ; t é trom
Wi t t
mel t th e dru m i s bea ting ; ed wit h filtenb (
m orning) dra ws n ear ; as i fi mit teifi I am h ot ;
gen) ev e ning (
ba d) s piri ts ; es
es i ii mi t gu t (
fati ettt) 3 11 Matte I a m i n good (
i mi r woti I f ee l w ell
i(
i mit iibeI I f eel un w ell ; ed i (
door ;
té
,
,
,
?
,
,
,
,
M
.
,
,
ore like th e
first cl as s ar e th e f ollowi ng :
'
tnngert mitt , I am hu ngry, or mitt es iammert mitt
ed rent mit
t
tnngert, and so on
I pity
es
hi sty
eel f riert mit
t I am c hilly
ed fttanbert mi t I sh u dder
ed bur i et mid) , I am t
f
r
,
,
t natt, I long for
ed gei dfi et mit
t and), I l u st af ter
es b ertangt mit
es grant mit b ot ,
I repent of
I am af raid of
h
ee etelt mit ber, I am disgu ste d w it
ed (
t
t ininbelt mir, I am giddy, di
zzy
pleased h ere
es betagt mit ti er I am comf ortable h ere
fi
rge i ll t mir tier, I am
ea
,
S YNTA X
‘
eo i i mit bange, I am u neasy abou t
f
3 41
.
h
tommi (
b i el ) bam af an, ob, i t (
mu c )
‘
es ma ngelt an fi at , m one
de ends o n w e t er
y is wa nting
’
’
es f etl t
ee i (
i tein alb eifel, bafi, t ere ’ s no doubt
es gebt ittt
b u t th at
es
p
h h
h
’
t
es beber
i , if
dfi) nitt t b ieler QBorte i b enn bem (bad) (0 i(
(es brau
’
he e s no need of m ny wo ds
t
NO T E 1
r
.
’
a
stan ds so, e tc .
Here belong also som e i diom atic phrases noticed al ready in
3 03 , note 2 , an d i n th e li st of
2 04, note 1
3 04, note 3 , occ u r i m
u nde r
r
th e m atter
Fi nally , all
.
th e verb s of
2 06 ,
e m oti on
p er on lly ; as ea f reut mitt es bett ti bt mitt es
s
’
a
,
,
,
grit mt, jammert, ftt mergt, drgert m itt, etc , a nd ed trdttmt mi t, I dre am ; mitt
'
bdutt t, m et i nks ; es ftt iti fert mitt , I f eel s l ee y ; es abut mit , I f ore bode
’
»
.
p
h
NOT E 2
.
p
hp
Th e f oll ow i ng verb s are im ersonal i n b ot
lu ral and singul ar
’
id
) , es trif t (
id
(
I d geftt i ett, es‘ereignet (
), i t a ens
$ inge geftt eben, erei gnen (
id
id
) , treff en (
) , t i ng s a en
(i s geli ngt mi t , get dtt mi t , gi dd t mit (bie 6 nd ”glfictt), I su c ceed i n a t ing
ZDiefe G ott en geli ngen, geratten, glii if en (mit ), I su c c eed i n t ese t ings
.
h pp
h
h pp
'
.
.
h
NO TE 3
A f ew i m
personal ph as es oc
h
h
.
.
p
i n th e as s iv e v oic e ; a s, ed i b irb
‘i bnrt mt nit
’
t
n
r
e
a
r
t
b
a
n
u
ea
b
e
i
t
e
s
i
i
re
e
t
o
e
n
e
r
t
e
n
e
s
i
t
b
t
m
i
b
;
;
t s t t geflattet ;
(
g
((
i
g
(
ed mnrt e b orauegef ett ; ed wit h b i el bat on gefpmt en ; ed mnrt e b iel gefi mgen unb
.
r
cur
-
getangt
.
NO TE 4 Here b elong also th e phrases, ed gett mit gut: f tblettt, I get along
v ery w ell , badly ; i b i e gett s Stnen ? h ow are y ou ? ed
gett be)! % dd) et li of t i b ie
.
'
h books as with m en
ben Sil enfd nn, i t is of ten wi t
.
C HA PTER I V
.
TH
E
Md l ty i
MO OD S
.
s e x re ss e d
by a dverbs of m ood au xili ary
A n acti on i s e i th er real, or
v e rb s, a nd th e m oods of th e v e rb
3 06
'
.
a z
.
p
.
p ossi bl e only or n ec essary
Reali ty i s e xpr essed by th e In di ca ti ve M
ood a nd a i r m a tt on
fi
by one of th e a dv erb s i s yes bod) ye t watt li d) tr u l y mirtli fi,
.
,
'
,
,
r e a ll
y
,
e tc
.
,
,
,
i
a dd ed to i t, w i th ou t i n v ers o n of
,
,
th e sen ten ce
.
6 a
:
t tat itt en 23 am geli ebt unb gewi fi fie Ii ebt i tn nod) (Lesa )
S ela ) gii rmatr baa G
i liid war (
i nt er
o (
t miri i i d) (
3 a bem i (
‘
Rii tntei t toID(S ch )
Th e co ntrary of affirmation i s ex pressed by negation ; th a t
ra
,
,
.
,
.
29
.
AN GRA
GERM
3 42
i s, by
etc .
one
of
(se e
th e adverbs
2 6 6,
MMAR
.
mit t not, f eiti eé ivegfi, not at all
,
,
But i ndefini te
ar ti cl es
posi ti ve
and
indefini te
pronouns are , in negati v e se ntences, contracte d wi th
th e n egation in to f ai n, m
i m anb, ni ctté s nam ely, r
ei n i nstead
of n ot a n ot a n
i cmanb i nste ad of not a nybody ni chte m
y M
ste a d of not a n thi n
E 3 i d) tabs E
eine fBli se geieten, l
y
g
’
,
,
,
.
:
.
h ave n ot s e en any ligh tnings
But see
.
23 3
.
NOT E —In th e Germanism s, E
ZBi e grofi mufi ni ttt vein fl erger (
tin, bad bu
G oltt ed fagfi , h ow great m ust you r v ex a ti on (not ) be since you say th a t i QBi e
terrlitt i ii nittt bie e difip fung ! h ow magnifi cent is crea ti on ! —nitt t i s su perfiu
one, m ay equ ally well be om i tte d, and need not b e trans lated.
mufi bein Wa ste (
t in! wi th a qu es ti on,
c om bina tion of an exc lam a ti on, ini c
‘
“
mufi nittt t eiu a u ger
3 07
.
We have here a
.
fein i
A di rect questi on is as k ed, with out th e English use of
th e au xili ary v erb to do, m e rely by i n v erti ng th e
'
cordi n g to
we ti ff bu gemefen ? fi i ft bu
b ait bu has 58 116) gefunben ? ©i autft bu mit ?
28 8 1 , note 2 ;
mai n ga unt ?
senten ce, ao
as,
.
th at i s, a qu esti on not as ked i n th e
A n i n di r ect qu e
sti on
ni ng p erson, bu t r elated by th e sp e ak er i n
w ords of th e qu esti o
h is own words ; as , er fragte mi d), ob i d) mi tt mutt ffitlte, h e
a sk e d m e if I f elt well ; i d) mutt: ni d)t, w
as i d) bat on talten
foll i e I di d not know h ow I sh ould consider tha t ; ct fragte,
marum i d) ni ctt gei ommen mat e— is a dependent sente nce and
see
2 88 note
trea ted as su ch (
NOTE 1 In answering a direct qu estion id and min or other adverbs of
,
,
,
,
,
.
os , Do you k now i t ?
m ood, are em ployed. The English way of a nswering,
Will you go to see hi m ? will,’ is
ave not
do ’ ; Ha ve y ou seen it ?
‘ e
e
l
i
s
:
i
1
:
e
e
t
i
t
t
r
a
n
s
a
o
n
Q
B
n
6
nev er i m itated ; th e correc
fl
3 ; taft bu ed ge
-
—
.
I h
I
I
'
febeu ! mein ; m il t Stt itn befucten i 3 a (or geinifi, in bett , o in, ib aram ni tt t) ; or
'
h
h
’
was t ere no c oncert ? t ere was one, seat teiu Sl ow
mt ! iatc ott (but , is bott ) ! The above Englis h rases may be im itated, bu t
Only b y re ea ti ng th e com lete sentenc e of th e qu es tion ; as , babeu Git as safe
‘
I
nn ! id) bat e cs gcfeteu ; wont Sin ibu befudyen i wit inol en ibu befutt eu
a f te r a ne gative question :
p
'
h p
p
.
I have given you th e money —have I not ?
‘ou are tired are ou not ? h e was not present was h e ? I h av e not told
y
y
—
elt gegebcn !
m
abe id) 3 m
nlttt bad (
B
h
nsl ated
t
ra
ve I ?
u
t
b
e
s
o
s
a
m
b
o
y u
NOTE 2 Th e Englis h p hrases ,
.
’
.
t uittt (emu)
G i na Eie nicht mat e ? war at em m gegemmi rtig i itt tab: t it a t or
‘
st gegen
! (ware) er in bar 1 0
gafngt i or fonts it tad bit it irtlitt gefegt babeu ! it
'
’
GERMAN GRAMMA R
3 44
3
.
.
Necessi tyenf orced by la w or na tu re i s e x pressed by muffen ;
Wi enlchen mufien itert en ; Stint er mfiffen i tren (il tern
alIe
as,
tommen) will, mu g r
i d) bii ci en
gebordmt ; mer t urd) bi e QBel t (
(Pr oa ) ; hefti nbi ger Rei chtfinn mu mit Q umm ei t enben, er
"
g
p e tual l e v i ty m ust e n d in stu p i dity
4
.
b
p
.
Nec es si ty to be enf or c ed by the w ill of
a n other
p erson i s
presse d by foll en ; as er full r
te fallen {elm unb nad) i l)r terben
f
h e sh a ll se e h e r f all a nd di e af ter h er ; mer ni cbt arbei ten wi ll
Pr aia ) w h ile n ecessi ty enf or ced by the w i ll
i effen (
f oil and) ulw
o
f the su bj ect i s e x pres se d by moll en ; as ber Wi enid) f ar m was
er wi ll mea n er wi ll was er f ann (
Racism ) m an ca n do wh a t h e
ex
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
Wills to do, if h e i s only willin g to do wh at h e can
.
NO T E 1 Slll fiffen wi th a negation answers som etim es to th e Engl ish I m u st
not, w hen i de ntic a l w i th ‘
I h a d rath er not,’ ‘
I shou ld rath er not ; as i n Shit
misfit nitbt al li ed angreifen, ib ae Sbr f ett, y ou m ust not touc h w hatever y ou s ee
Ne w 2 fill ii F
te, i n th e s ente n c es i d) mfifite nicht i n (
Europa gelnefen fei n, menu
i d) has nitbt gefeben ba beu i noll te ; er mil fite uidnSi ting f ain, um get etb t an banbeln ;
‘
a ns wers to I s h ou ld
e tc
.
’
’
“
’
.
.
,
’
.
,
NO TE 3
.
Th e S u bj u nc tive Im
p fec t id) foll te (eigentlitb m ay b e a dd d o not)
er
e
r
m, abet id) werbe es lieber nitbt
in th e ph ras es, i d) i oli te morgen nail) (E
belfea 9 9 0
is th e English I ou gh t to ’
tbuu,
’
.
NO T E 4 528 0119 11 i n n egati ve s entenc es i s little diff ere nt f rom , and ra th er m ore
ex p re ss i v e th an , uit
eu wil
l (mas); fiver tann mitt
bt mtgen y as i n im am i d) nitb t efT
.
haw
NO TE 5 Th e Germ anis m , er wil bet Grfinber bed tuf tfcbifies gei b efen feiu, h e
’
.
c l a im s to b e th e i nventor of
th e ba ll oon ; bi e
matbbaru luall en Gate babei getroff en
babeu, th e n eigh bors ass ert tha t the y h av e c au g ht you a t i t,
.
p
is an elli ti cal
b wteu, m a k e h old to assert
sayi ng f or i vol en be al
.
Non e 6 6 0am occurs som etim es idi om atic ally u sed f or ‘
i t i s sai d wh en i t i s
of course n ot an a u xil iary v e rb of m ood ; as, bie alteu ®ried mt f al en bi e (
i nn it!)
’
.
,
B i ellveiberei getannt babeu, th e an c i en t Greek s a re s ai d to
t nng ber S
th e i nsti tu ti on o f
p
b e h is accom lic e
.
no w n
l i tftbulbiger fein, th ou art s ai d to
$ 1; f oll ft fei n w
QBas fall bad (bebeu ten) ? wh a t m ea ns t h at ?
p lyg m y
o
h av e k
a
.
’
‘
sh ou l d i n sente nc es l ik e
i t is i m
NO T E 7 Th e English i di om atic u s e of ‘
p ossi ble th at h e sh ould h av e done i t ’ ‘i t is prop er th at I sh ou ld do it ’ ‘I
.
hould h av e
‘ho ld
si m il ar ph a e s w h e
w on der t h at h e
r s
,
s
re
s
u
,
sa i d s o,
’
ex
p
‘
I re ret th a t th is s hou ld be so
resse s
h
g
p os ibility o a m d t do bt
s
r
o es
u
,
,
’
,
a nd
c annot
be i m i ta ted, bu t i s to be re ndere d ei t er i n th e i ndi cative or su bj u nc tive a s th e
‘
c as e m a y re qu ire ; as , ea iii unmfiglit
b, bafi er ed getbau but ; ee iff meine ‘
p fiidvt,
S YNTAX .
bafi i n
tertime
t ied fo ifi
3 45
id) lt unbere mid), bafi er bad ger
agt l)at ; id
) bebanere, bafi
.
3 09
.
P er mi ssi on , as w ell as comm an d or ca u sa ti on, i s e x
‘
presse d by l afien to le t ; as IaB
t i bu gebcn l e t h i m go (
l et
h im alone
p erm i t hi m to go er Ififit mi d) mi lieu bafi er berelt
se nds m e W
i ft h e l ets m e know (
or d) th a t h e i s r e a d ; m
it
y
li efien ein b ane bauen w e h a d a h ou se b u il t ; fi e laflen son
‘
Qonoon ubren l ommen th ey ge t w a tc h es brou gh t f rom Lon don
er l fifit ben b unt tangen h e m a k es th e dog dance ; ber E
ll i cl fit r
l fifit ben Qi erbrecl) “ binri cbten th e j u dge ca us es th e crim in al to be
e x e c u ted
(th e acti v e h er e i nste ad of the Engli sh p assi v e v oi ce
i s a ccou n te d f or by a n elli p sis ber Sl i d fler lfi t ci ne Qeute ben
fi {
i i erbrecben B
inri cbten h e a llow s h i s f olk s (
s e rv a nts
) to ex e cu te
th e cri m i na l)
i d) bt mei ien, th is can b e prov e d ; as l a t
has Ififit (
fi
ficl) a i d)t Iau gnen
Care m u st b e tak en to avoid th e am biguity th t m ay occur in th e u se of (af
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
a
t
‘
’
F
or
i
n
s
t
a
n
ce
e
i
l
i
i
u
a
e
m
a
m
e
a
n
I
m
a
d
e
hi
t
c
m
l
n
b
ea
t
f
b fi b fb g
,
(nam ely ,
y
s om eb ody else ), a nd I h ad h im b e a te n (
h im sel f ) ; in th e f ormer case ftblagm
en.
p
p
i s a c ti v ely em loy e d ; i n th e l a tter, assively Th e a m b i gu i ty is eas il y a v oide d
b y ta k i ng, i ns tea d of laflen, a not er v erb , as erlauben, or bef eblen, a s th e c ase
m ay dem and
h
'
.
.
Ra m a and muffen, th e infini ti v e wi th 3 11 i s
so m e tim es e m ploye d b o th i n a p assi v e a nd ac ti v e sen s e ; as
‘
S ies blei bt not!) i n tbuu th is rem ai ns to be done ; i d) babe eine a rbei t i n ma
‘
then I h av e a w ork to d o ; bao menft
b licbe l ebeii i ii eii i gall ant i n i oeltbem b iel ; i i
a n l if e i s a s ta te i n w h i c h m u c h i s to be
ertragen unb ioenig ; u geni efien i ft h u m
3 1 0 Instea d of
.
,
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
e nd u red a nd l i ttle to b e en oy e d ;
j
t iefes ll nglfid! i fl 11 00
) ; u ertragen (tann ertragen
‘
m ii , I h a v to s pe nd m oney (I c an S p end m oney ) ;
bi efer iB ri ef i r
i nidi t i n lefeu (f ar
m ii itbt gelefen inerbeu) mas ifi ; u tabeln, thi s is
to be bla m e d (bad f ault or mufi getabelt ivet ben)
Th e pass iv e c o nstru c tion of
th e ab ove English sente nc e s ca nnot b e i m i tated i n Germ a n, wh ere th e in fin itiv e
i oerben) ; i d) babe (
Belt an beri el
.
.
h p assiv ely or ac tively
m ay be tak e n ei t er
.
‘
h e i s to go to Fra nc e ,’ ‘
Th e En gli s
I w as to off er a ra yer,’ c a nnot b e
i m ita ted i n Germ a n, b u t m u st be transla ted er bat nail) St a ntreid) ; n selmi ;
p
h
.
oute t ort eten
id) r
.
3 11
c a l ls
.
From th e abov e in fin iti v e wi th 3 11 (
or su i n e, as B ecker
p
i t) com es a n a dj ec ti v e , o ccurr ing o nly i n a n attrib u ti v e con
ne c tion, wi th a
pa ssi ve m eanin g ex pressiv e of a m oral or physi
,
MA N GRA MMAR
3 46
GER
.
y or p oss ibili ty (
yerandi a m ) ; as, ein 3 11 ertragettbeé
Uebel, a n e v i l th a t m ay b e e n du re d , has nadfltene an begebenbe
c al n e c essit
fi
f eft, th e a pproach ing c e lebra ti on (th a t 1 s to be c el ebra ted in a
f ew da ys ) ; ber 3 11 et martenbe Qi ote, th e (
e x p e cte d m esse n er to
)
g
be e x p e c ted
Bu t all th ese a dj e cti v es h av e a p as siv e m ea ning,
.
.
se ldom ,
occu r
a n d are
n ot
f orm e d of
n eu ter
or
i ntra nsi ti v e
(it i s i n corr ec t to say eine 3 11 bl ei benbe (Sinri d flung an
a rran e m e nt th at i s to r em ai n
g
) a nd only of th ose transi tiv e
v e rb s
,
,
of
whi ch th ere ex i sts n o a dj e cti v e in li d) an d bar wi th
It i s be tter to e x pr ess th e fir st of th e
s am e m e a n i n g
v e rbs
th e
.
a bov e
phrases th us : ei n et tragli d) ee Rebel
.
§ 3 1 2 Th e Indi c a ti v e
.
Md
asse rts
oo
.
f ac t, or w h at i s con
a
p erson spea ki ng a s su ch ei th er a ffirm ati vely or
n ega ti v ely ; a s 0
3 1? bat bae Qi erbred nn begangen, benn er l augnet
In di rec t qu estion s i t
eé ni d u; i d) will mi t S bnen ni d) t reben
asks i f th e ass erti on i s re ally f oun de d in f a ct ; as { ft bae bei n
Gra ft ? i d) l awt es f awn gl aubea are you in ear nest ? I cannot
s ide re d by th e
,
'
,
.
-
,
,
b eli ev e i t
.
NOT E —Th e Indi cativ e is someti m es u sed i nstead of th e Im pera tive, and
s te p thou f orward !
th a t too v ery e nergetic ally ; as i n bu tri ttfi b or
Sl)t
b e silent u ntil y ou are c alle d u pon !
{tbi oeigt his man cud; aufruf t
.
3 13
Th e S u bj u ncti ve ] l[ ood
'
re
pre s ents an a ction as not
f ou n de d i n reali ty, a t least i n th e sp eak er s m in d, and is appli
’
in th e f ol low i n g
c abl e, th eref ore,
1
.
cas es :
Wh en th e a ction i s to be represented as merely p ossi ble
,
mi t fagt ei ne traurige fil bnung, bag
Em de fein werbefi, ii ber wel d) e bi e 6 pani er i n bae Saab
bu bi e E
ck
S
r
e
n
t
e
e
e
n
m
) (Er fiufiert bag er lid) um eine 6 teil e tea m
(
g
f
in
a ccessory s enten ces ;
as ,
-
'
s
.
Th i s i s a lw ays th e case i n qu otations of th e w ords
or a ti o i n di rec ta ,
o f oth er p erson s, w h en rela te d by th e S peak er (
)
ben babe,
pt wh en th e spe aker ex pressly represents th e quote d words
as con ta i ni n g h i s ow n conv i ction ; as (
i t felbft l) at gefagt bafi er
gefel flt bat ; whil e babe h ere w ould i ndi cate th at th e sp eaker
does not i nte nd to ex p ress h is own conv i c tion of th is guilt
not
But (
r melt bafi feta ileben i n ®efal) r i f t (
E
lei) beca use
e x ce
,
,
.
,
,
3 48
MAR.
GER AN GRA M
M
,
eri l aren tunate
; er that ea, obne but id) as batte biuberu f ouueu ;
i d) babe i ei n Qaub gefuuben, mo es f etus ®ei ftli d) eu gegeben hatte
.
But in all th ese
cases
th e i n di ca ti v e
li kewi se, w h en re
oc c urs
ali t
y i s to be exp resse d i n p r ef er en ce to p ossi bility,
popula r la n gu a ge pref ers h ere th e in dica ti v e
a nd
th e
.
§ 3 1 4 Th e Con di ti ona l an d th e S u bjun cti ve Imp erf ect a nd
.
Plu p er
f ec t a re
u se d
interch a n ge a bly in
con di ti on a l s e n te n c es ,
wh e n a su pp osi ti on con trary to re ali ty i s m ade, and exclu si v ely
213 mm i d) {0 (
mi rte, fa tnii rbe i d) Iii geu (rage
bu t h e n e i th er says i t, n or li es ; l‘
Benn ber b i mmel ei nfiel e, fo
or mii rbeu mi t 211
mii fiteu mit QIH
e fierbeu (
1s ftet beu mii flen) B ut
i n su ch ;
as ,
'
.
both th e on e and th e o th er are , i n th e s p eak er s op ini on, con tra ry
’
fib eun er bami t aufri ebm gemefeu mare, fo mii rbe er ei11
or ma
re ct ei11 Start gemefen)
Starr gemefen fciu (
Here th e S ubj
Plup erf i s ev en pref erred, o n a c cou nt of th e cum be rsom e f orm
This h ol ds good only of th e
of th e com poun d Conditi on al
pri nc ipal se ntence of th e two ; th e ac cessory one , or, in a word,
to rea li ty
.
.
.
.
.
'
.
th a
t w h i ch i s introduced by mea n, i s , with good writers, scarcel y
55c
For i n sta nc e, menu i d) (
fur beiue
55reuubichaft gii be (not gebeu miirbe) [o roii rbe fi e fii r une bei be
or more fi e,
i ei ne Gbre ielit (
f o un d i n th e Condition al
.
.
NO TE 1 It is ev ident, that condi tional c l au ses representing th e a c ti ons as
.
her be expres sed in th e C onditional nor i n th e S ubj nctive Im
perfec t o Pl perf ect 9 13 m i! ed fugi e mobee‘vierrc f einen ®ott 9 569 lb mi fate
m an i bu erfi nben In Robes pi e rre s op i nion th e c ontrary of h is as m p tion is
t e ; th eref e th e S u bj u nc tiv e ( th e C onditional i n th e sec nd s en ten e ) is
real
c an nei t
r
u
'
u
.
,
,
.
,
’
.
or
ru
su
,
or
o
c
Bu t 11 mm ei 11 6 m ift, fo giebt es and) cine geoff enbat te (rev ealed)
l egi tim a te
meligiou, h as i n b ot sentences Indicatives, b ecau se th e s eak er re resents
th e c onte nts of bot as f ac ts
.
h
p
h
p
.
No n e 2 It m ay occ u r with good wri ters th at only one of th e tw o sen tenc es
.
pressed in the Indic ati e th e other i n
B t th is i s to be ac cou nte d f or f rom oth r
c om bi ne d i nto a c ondi tional cl au se
j
th e Su b u nc tiv e or Conditi onal
.
i s ex
v
u
,
e
i t e, fo — nun,
f ac ts bey ond th e co nditional c onnec tion ; as in tow n bad watt i nc
{ 0 if! ali as l l nfi unigc glaublid) , if t i s be tru e w ell , every i ece of nonsense
Here th e S e ak e r i nterru ts th e condi tional c onnec tion, a nd
i s, t e n, a gos el
h e now be liev e d t a t to b e tru e w i c h e h a d c onsidere d
c ontin u es as t ou g
c ontrary to re al ity i n th e fi rs t h al f of h is c lau se ; and in th e se ntenc e , wean
h
p
h
p
.
h
h
h
Mammon (p arentage 6 m ill —{ei er s bemi
p
p
h h
.
’
,
am m on
d fat micb ! i f M
er i t s ai ) :
f
’
3 49
S YNTA X .
i s God now a days
p
h
th e i nterru tion is e qu al ly
be i t so, e is not m y God !
observa ble, a nd th e s u bj u nc tiv e i n th e s ec ond sente nc e to be accou nted f or s e
c ordi ng to
3 13 2
-
-
.
-
.
Wh e n th e C onditional i s m ade u se of i n other th an conditi onal
s e nten ces i t c a nno t be i nte rc h a n e d w i th th e S u bj u nc ti v e Prese nt or Pas t
g
NO TE 3
.
.
,
For i ns tance : er fragte mid) , ob id) bad tbuu tb drbe (not than ; th e C onditional
i s to be a ccou nte d f or as a n elli p ti c al e x p re ssio n : ob id) h as tbuu tofirbe, tr euu id)
f i lm “, or som e s i m ila r sentenc e )
3 d) glaubte uitbt, bafi er geuefeu tufirbe (not
gendfe ; th e C onditional i s u se d h e re i nste a d of th e S u bj u nc tive Fu tu re bafi er
geuefeu mert e, bec a u se th e p ri nci p al sentenc e i s i n th e Past tense, and so
,
.
s
h o ld th e ccessory one be also)
NO TE 4 The S u bj u nc tive Im p erfe t is u sed i n i ndignant qu estions or i n
u c h as e x p e
s t ong do b t ; as M
e 2 id
) hi m has getba u ? (i d
) ba be ed nitbt
u
a
.
c
,
i m Gagimi t bie fi t nigi u non S ti mu la nt
(S ufi fi euubl itb br
emp augeu l
.
s
r ss a
b
get au)
r
,
'
.
“
.
§ 3 15
Engli sh
in
Md i
y in Germ an
Th e fi rst an d th i rd p e rsons, si ngula r and
Th e Imp er a ti ve
.
f
l l ub has fi lled tudre et logeu
(bu t s h e d id not )
a nd
u
.
oo
.
s u sed
s i m ilarl
plura l a re i n both lang ua ge s take n from th e S ubj u nc tiv e Pres
ent th ere b e i n g no o th e r f orm s a pp ro pr ia te d to th i s m ood th an
th e secon d p er son si n g an d plu r
For insta nce fei ft
till h e m ay be
ftill ! b e si le nt ! er fei ftill fi e lei en f ull fei en mit (
sil ent th ey m a y b e s il e n t le t u s be sil e nt ; or M
r wofien [till
fein ! er mii ge (iei mogen) [ti l fain !
Th e Ge m an ph as es audgetrunteu e m p ty y u gl as ses ! aufgeftau
No r m
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
r
.
ben !
rise !
h
bie t
h
r
o
,
‘
e
f orm
e
of
‘
hen c om ades let
,
r
o
f ree dom !
h to th battl fi eld and on t
e ne rge tic
r
i verter gegogeu ! or beraud mi t ben Gcbtner teru l l et th e s words
'
’
’ ‘
tr oli lauf, fi amerabeu, auf e p f erb, auf e’ p r
et t i i u e Sell) , i n D
ie
b e u ns ea t e d !
'
e
t
i
l
i
e
o
u
e
t
(K or n er ), u p t
S fl g ag
m a rc
,
,
-
c om m and , to
Wafer auegetrunteu feiu !
us
,
m ou nt th e
h
orses , l e t us
cons titu te a very effi c ient a nd
be ac c ounted f or by an
p
ell i sis ;
as ,
Igfit bie
C HA PTER V
.
T HE T ENS ES
3 16
.
.
Th e Pr esen t Tense e x presses th a t w hi ch i s goi ng on at
th e ti m e w e a re s p eakin g ;
be, wit h ein fi aué gebau t
30
.
d) {chrei ba u nb mdhrenb i d) fd wei
Th e Germ an la ng uage h as bu t thi s
as , i
M
3 50
GER AN GRA
one f o rm
am
p
f or th e
wri tin g
erf ect i
vri ti n
,
I do w ri te
and
.
; an d th e Pe rf ec t
; an d so on, i n all te nses
e
s
n
a
n
r
’
‘
I di d wri te
’
,
i d) babe gefcbrieben
I h av e been
.
N TE 1 Th E gli h ‘I m w iti g m y b
.
an d
’
y
O
m anner th e Im
sa m e
I h av e wr itten, bu t lik ewi se
n ot onl
g
’
In th e
’
I w as w riting
d) {cbri eb answ ers to
’
.
pre sent wh i ch expre sses also th e English ‘
I
‘
as w ell as to
I wr ote
m e a ns
MMAR
a
e c orrec tly transl ated i n Germ an
f
b y i d) bi n i n
n Gibrei ben begrifl
en, or id) bin fiber bem (
bei m) e drei ben, or i ii )
do wri te m ay be trans la ted by id)
ftbrei be eben (eben jt ) ; a nd th e English
‘
r
e
i
e
t
n
i
re
i
e
r
l
b
c
c
t
o
i
b
licb an d so on throug all tenses
fb
i , bf b
I
N TE 2 Th P
O
.
proper tense i n m ost languages to ex
h
resent i s , t eref ore, th e
e
.
h
,
,
p ess th at wh i c h‘is always going ou ; as has Lebeu iff f urs bie fi lmfi iff tang
r
,
,
nll e Sill enft
ben n nx en fl erben.
fl
NO TE 3
.
th e f u tu re
Th e Present is als o s om etim es u sed i nste ad of th e Fu tu re te nse, w
ac tion
i s to be
p
re resented a s su re to tak e
pl a
hen
i d) gebe mor
9 2n nad) t onbon ; er fi ngt bente fi benb i m fi onaert ; i n finei gabren gebe i d
) a nd)
m, n ae bu nut naiIIft, re uest h im only ,
Stati on ; bitte i bu nut , (o giebt a: bit 2 m
a nd h e w ill give you every th ing y ou wis h
wet lafi bid) brauf , id) (afre f etbtenb
‘
i
e
r
o
n
e
e
n
e
b
e
t be ,
r fii bre fi e and p i lfen (Sch )u S
B i glein f d m
aeigen i m QBalbe,
Di e ‘
b
mnrte nut , ba lb rnbeflLbu and)
Ge tommt bie seit (Bible), th e hou r c om e th
ce ;
as ,
q
“
‘
.
.
.
N TE 4 Th
O
of
.
e so called his tori ca l Present is u sed i n narra tives a nd descri
-
past f ac ts f o th e ak e of greate l iveli ness ; as
s
r
r
ptions
,
'
(bib ofl,
IBafler (
S ad QBnfler rnnfcbt , bad S
Gi n Slider fafi Duran,
Gab not!) her ti nge! rnbeb ol!
seen hi s and {p et s binan
unb i ni e er f i s t , u nb mie er (e n f d) t ,
1 b e i l t 17d) bi e Slut empor ;
2am bem belnegten QBafler r a n f tbt ,
Goeth e)
Gin f entbtee QBeib berb or
'
’
“
.
'
.
N TE 5 Th P
O
s tate of
res ent
e
.
h
t i ngs ,
i s i diom a tic ally
past b ef o e i
r ,
s
to be
u se d
.
i nste ad
p
e x ressed as
of
th e P er
f ect wh an a
sti ll conti nu ing ;
b biu
as , i (
ftb on gebn 3 abre i n at meri ta, I hav e already been i n Am eric a ten years $ ieft
Si irtbe fleht ftb on bnnbert Sabre, th is c hu rc h h as stood one h u ndred y ears
“
.
.
.
3 17
Th e Perf ec t Tense re p resents pas t tim e ab solutel y, or
.
.
in oth er w ords, as com pl ete d at th e ti m e wh en th e sp eak er is
-
p e aking ; as i d) babe gefd nieben I h av e w ritten (I h av e don e
w ri ti ng) ; ei n b ane i ft gebant mert en a h ou se h as been bu ilt
(i s bu ilt ) I t is th eref ore th e proper te nse to e x press th at w hi ch
irrevocably past ; a s, bi e fi
ca nnot be u ndone, b eca use
lli c
bter
‘
s
,
,
,
.
A N GRA M
MAR
GERM
3 52
.
bi uben merben, wit h
Iangfi i n e (
d rab gefnnf en fai n, wh en
’
er
gain , h e w i ll l ong h av e been in hi s gra ve
He nce th e Fu tur e i s th e prop er te nse to ex press th at whi ch
th e trees w i ll bloom
a
.
h app en s i n p resent tim e , b ut a t wh ose re ality th e
onl
gu ess ;
y
k nock s
re flop t
f
a s,
i t is
th e door,
at
cc mi rb mein
s
p eaker c an
3 re1111b fein, som ebody
-
p rob ably (i t wi ll be) m y f ri end
.
Whine g bbne werbm in bi efem Qingm blide i n S
p arta angef om
f
by thi s ti m e ), h a v e ar
men fei n, m y s on s will, in thi s m om ent (
ri v e d
in Pari s
S br mert et (becb) nicbt b erl angen, bub i d) mei
.
brecben foil
nen (
i ii)
you w ill
desire m e to bre ak m y
not
oa th .
N TE 1 Th E gl i h
O
e
.
n
s
I wi ll ,’ ‘
I wou ld,’ i s som etim es u sed to
au xili ary verb
p ess repe ted ac tion p e ent and past ; as c hildren will spoil their toy s
w ill tear t hei r c l othes b ecau se th ey a e c h ild en
S ocra tes wou l d (was ac
c ustom e d ) a t ti m es s tand s till f or h ou rs i n th e sam e pl ce and m e di t te
Thi s
ex
r
a
,
r s
,
r
,
,
r
a
’
a
.
Germ a n, bu t m ust b e tra nslated, fi inber p flegen ibr 6 11i“
m g 511 b erberben; G otrateo vflegte 3 11 aeiten anf ei11en1 S ta te 3 11 fi eben, etc
c annot b e i m i tate d i n
!
.
N TE 2 Th E gli h ‘I m g i g t d
O
.
Fu tu re
o
o,
e tc . , is
Th e I mp erf ect Tense
re
presents
n
e
s
o n
a
’
ex
pressed by th e Germ an
.
§ 3 19
.
i n th e O p ini on
of
an
action
th e sp eak er , bu t not com pl eted i n
as
pas t
r ef er e nce
to a n oth er c o nte m p ora ry a c ti on ; as , i d) mar nod) bri m Gfien, ar
e
'
bi e greunbe ei ntratén, I w as
sti ll
at
di nner, wh en m y f ri ends
has b ane murbe gebaut, are ei n gener auebrad), th e
Th e I m p erf e ct i s,
h ou se w a s bu ilding, w h e n a fire b rok e o u t
en tered ;
.
th e r ef ore, th e h i stori c a l ten se, b eca u se in h i s tori cal n arra tion
e v e nts ar e p l a ce d on a com m on b a ckgrou nd of
‘
NO TE 1 Th e Im perf ec t h as i ts legitim ate pl ace
1. w
,
.
tim e
.
h en tw o p ast f c ts
a
°
re l ate d i n t wo conn ec te d sente nc es , a re c oi nc ident i n t i m e ; as , 111r1 re11b er
b
,
ftb li ef,
—2 w h en they c oinc ide only partially th e accessory sentence
‘
b
e
r
e
e
n
m
o
k
c
h
l
auf t i nei l er mir nitbt p afite I h ave
a
ec
t
as
i
b
I
m
e
r
f
t
h
e
p
is in
;
d) b
3 w he n of two connec te d sen tenc es
sol d th at c oa t bec au se i t di d not fi t m e ;
'
arbei tete
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
p esses a p ast ac tion of a longer du ation i t is p t i n th e Im p f ect
‘
t
h
t
e
as
i
e
e
h
p
r
se
d
b
e
o
h
r
e
bafi i d
es
i
b
e
e
x
i
m
e
m
r
t
te e
bgf b
) bie
w
y
y
one e x
a
r
r
r
a
v
eble
m
u
,
er
,
’
,
,
moti onen 511 b erei nigen (S ch ) ; er tonnte biei geben
,
i neit er ci i1 reir
ber 91111 1111
ber Eann war ; er bat (batte) b iel gegeben, treii er ci 11 reir
war ; er 1m1rbe b i el gegeben babeu, meit er ei 11 reicber 9311 1111 iron —4 i n general,
w h e n a lo nger du ra tion of p as t ti m e is to be ex presse d ; as, bie ®rierbe11 maren
‘
.
B olt.
ei 11 begabtes S
S YNTA X
N TE 2
p
85 3
.
p p
p
p
Th e Im erfec t i s al so th e ro er tense in desc ri tions of
as t
w e n th e descri t ion re presents th em as of a lon er du ra tion ; as , i n
g
O
.
h
f a c ts,
p
ber f reien matur lebten bie 6 ri ecben bee Sabres grfifiten I beil mtbei oe babin
(Jacobs ), th e Greek s assed th e greates t art of th e year w i t ou t trou ble ou t
of d oors
’
p
p
h
.
N TE 3 Th Imp f t I di ti
O
e
.
n
er ec
h Germ n and Eng
ontra
y of re li ty bec a use th at whi h i p s t i s
ca
j
ve an d S u b u nc ti ve i n bot
a
h i s u sed to ex p e s th
p ast h Ope of a c h ange pa ti cula ly i n c ondi ti onal sentenc e ; as i n 11>e1111 er
bad rba t (
0 war er b rlore11 i f h e did i t (
w oul d h ave done i t ) h e w s l t
Th e Indi c a ti e i n b oth
es ex presses th at th e
esu lt i s u navoida bl e
QBenn
ed f ei nen 913 mm gdbe f a batt en 111 11 autb f ei nen Sri bli n
g i f th ere w e no w i nt
w e h o ld l
h e no sp i ng (bu t the e i s a wi nt and a sp i i ng ) QBenu
er fi firbe [ 0 th e re" i nir b erl oren should h e die w e s ho ld b
lost (bu t h e does
not di
a nd w
n t lo t
i th e p eak e
op in ion )
QBa r e 11 89 lid) ba tteft
bu e mi t morbebarbt ba bi n trei ben i b olI en ? (S h
(B t i t is i m p ss ible h e h as
n t i nten ded to go s o f a
$
011 i nci t ed 23 011 E
manuel 7 (S h ) (It is i m possi ble
li s
r s
e c
r
,
e
,
v
r
a
c
,
r
u
,
r
r
e are
o
s
,
M
’ '
r s
c
1
e
’
s
’
o
.
u
,
s
.
e r,
er
,
e,
ie
,
r
,
os
.
i
av
,
a
,
c as
a so
a
s
,
s
s
1
.
u
.
.
o
,
c
.
,
‘ r aben — ib i rb
(
Es i vii b nir
t
e
i e id) (anti ib ir es f a!
b fb
tbe11 7 (G ) (S ee b
bdtt id) nur etinaa fii r f e getban ! (G w ou ld I h ad
’
done s om e thi ng 1n h er beh a lf ! 9 ging e b ou bier gerab ' i n a {i elb bee Z obra unb
inerter bnrtbbrii ngen mei nen Qi nfen ! (S ela )
all e t
Safi infi re i d) i n ben G trom
‘
‘
e
l
G
I
r
e
u
n
u
w
as
n
ea
l
s
u
b
m
e
r
e
d
i
n
t
h
e
r
i
v
er
JRir ift, al e vb id) and ber
(
g f
y
g
528 2 11 fol te
mir and) , u nb nocb bagu. a le u n
i fit’ i d) nirbt i nobi n
i t seem s to
m e a s th ou gh I w ere to u it th e worl d ; a nd so i t s eem s to m e, a nd y e t m ore,
a s th ou gh I k ne w n ot f or w h a t l a ce
3 di bin i n ni eiuem beben fo glii ctlid) uitbt
i tte (Less ), I h ave not been so
geivefen, bab irb bad SBergnfigen oft empf unben br
h a y in m y li fe as to have often ex erienc ed this leasure
y ou are not Don
a nu el
.
)
’
’
.
.
.
.
.
.
q
p
'
.
pp
p
N TE 4 Th E gli h ‘h
O
n
e
.
s
’
e c an
p
.
‘
h e c ou ld not h av e don e i t (a nd sim il ar
’
,
or
ph ases with th e au xiliary ve bs of m ood ) is s m etim es identic al wi th h e h as
r
r
o
,
h ad not not b een able to do i t,’ a nd m u s t so be translate d i n Germ an : er bat
or
‘
Here th e Englis h langu age bein g u nable to f orm a
(batte) ee nitbt tbuu tbuueu.
,
perf c t or p l perf ec t of ‘I can ‘I m st etc ex p esses these tenses i n th e
p edi ate instead of th e copu l a Bu t this rather ill ogic al p ac ti c h s s p ead
over cas e w h ere no su h ex c u se ex is ts ; f or i n tan e i n s y ing
l ike th e e :
‘
w e h ope d to h ave seen you ib ir batten geboff t Ei e 3 11 feben ; ‘
I w te d to h a e
s p ok en w i th h im
i (b batte geib finftbt mit i bm 3 11 fprec
a p
c tice th t c an
b en
e
r
’
u
,
c
’
u
.
,
r
,
.
c
s
s
c
r
e
a
s
s
an
v
,
’
,
’
,
,
not be i m ita ted i n Germ a n
a
ra
,
r
a
.
Di ff erent f rom this u se is th a t w here th e predi c ate i s really c onc eiv ed i n th e
Perf ec t or Plu
pe f c t t n e
r e
e
s
h l ngu ages agree ; as
b ot
a
,
he c opula i n th e P e t Imp f t w h n
t h
fi ish e d th e
t th i h
r to m o
w w m
‘
,
a nd t
a
r sen
s
'
ou
rro
-
e
or
us
e r ec
av e
,
e
n
w ork , morgen u m biefe G runbe 1x
1 i 1n
e11 i nir b ie 2Crbei t b oll enbet ba beu ; h e m u s t
’
ha
'
h h m n it m t b th t h h l i d ) er 116 q florben fein ;
? (w h i h m n c n i t b e th t h e h s not told i t
w ou ld h e not h e t l d i t y
ve
d i e d (w i c
ea
av
o
s,
us
ou
e
a
c
e
ea
s,
as ( e
a
,
11
1
e
a
a
Sbnen nicbt getagt babeu ? 3 111 11111 bie G arbe a bgerban babeu (or
eu), I wa nt to h av e th e a ff a ir s e ttle d
i ri n
3 d) will ber l bfi ter geinefen fei li I w i ll
‘ i l mi
r
a
l
n
a
or gra nt), I h av e do ne it
ib iefer ‘
e
w
t bem 6 11111 11 1
all ow (
8 rd
p bb
3 0"
f
oll te er ee
’
'
.
.
,
~
M
3 54
MMAR
GER AN GRA
.
berfcbaft gemad fl babeu, th is braggart s ays h e (will
wi th th e Su ltan
have it h e) h as f rate rni zed
.
5 3 20 Th e Plup erf ect
.
p
ex re ss es, as
in English,
an a c tion
pas t in th e e ye s of th e spe aker bef ore anoth er acti on is past
a s, al e bet 23 am ge tot ben war erbten ei ne 6 5 1111
f
f
5 fein fli er
s
,
mii gen, wh en th e f a th er was de ad, hi s son s i nh eri te d hi s f or
‘
tu n e
Af te r h e h ad sai d i t, h e de parte d, nadfoem er es gefagt
.
hatte etc
.
,
What is said of both moods of th e Im perfec t in (3 19 note 3 holds
Nom
good also of th e Plu
,
perf ec t
,
.
3 2 1 In c omp oun d senten ces th e p rinc ipal one i s au th ori
ta tiv e f or th e de p e ndent on es ; if i t i s in th e Present, th es e
.
b e i n th e Pre sent ; if i t i s i n th e Past, th ese sh ou ld be
sh oul d
so ;
i f i t is i n th e Fu ture, th es e
sh oul d
instance : i d) mfinfih e, bag 1111 geber
t;
er
be lik e wi se so
.
For
wiinfrbte; bafi i d) ginge ;
bu mi di bofien, bag i d) geben werbe
.
Bu t wh en th e ac ti on s expr es se d in th e
acc essory sente nces are
princ i pal and in th e
pe rf orme d in diff erent tim es
,
oth er words, ei th er af te r th e oth er, one
or,
in
is i n th e Perf ect, wh en
i s in th e Present ; on e is in th e Plu p erf ect, w h en
co m
th e oth er i s i n th e Im perf e c t ; a n d one i s in th e Perf ect (
pou nd) Future , wh e n th e oth er i s in th e sim ple Future ; as ,
th e
oth er
-
‘itte abg‘
ef dflagen mert en i ii babe i d) ni cbts
n mei ne B
nacbbex
'
,
.
Bitte mit atgefibi agen mot ben
m i ter 3 11 Bitten ; nacbbein meine fi
war, batte i d) ni cbte wetter an Bi tten ; wenn bi efe 23 1m 1111: ab
geid flagen mt nben fein wi th, mert e i d) 11 111 ni d)té wetter 3 11 Bitten
baben
Or on em ay be i n th e Pe rf ec t or Present, and th e oth er i n
th e Fu ture ; as , er behauptet, morgen mert e eine grofie 6 0mm
finfternifi ftattfinben ; fie bat gemeiflagt, bafibeutc bet QBeIt (tube
Th es e sente n ce s turned i nto p as t tim e will ru n
ei ntreten mert e
morgen etne grofie 6 0m
th u s : er Bebauptete (
batte
‘
nenfi nfterni fi [tattfinben mii rt e ; fie batte gemei flagt, bafi beute bet
'
.
s
‘
'
.
‘
'
.
'
QBeIt (
i nbe eintt eten mii rt e
.
r e la ti v e tenses
(S ee
Th e Conditi onal answ ers to th e
j u st as th e Fu ture answers to th e absolute tens es
.
M
3 56
GER A N GRA
h ere w i th good writers
MMA R
.
p
It i s s im ly b arb arous to say , ed
mi re mfigiirb, but i d) gen
e ; id
) toufite, but id) ti nne, was i d) tocil e
occu rs sca rc ely a nyw
.
.
N TE 6 I
O
pri nc i p l s nt n es i n
n or a ti o obli qua
.
a
e
e
c
re l a tive tenses
m ay b e f ol
low ed by a c c es sory se ntenc es i n absolu te tenses ; as , er fegte, er fei beif en l l itbt
b eu, er te et he tommeu
gets ifi Gugen batte b erfvror
Th e l earne d Germ a n gra m m a ria n, ori t Hau t, i s of o i ni on t at t i s u se is
th e only l eg iti m a te one, or, in ot er w ords, t at or a ti o obliqu e i s in all c as es to
.
M z
h
.
p
h
p
h
h
pressed by the S bj n tive of th e Present or Pe f ct or Fu tur be th e
p i nc i pal ntenc e in a relati ve or an absolu te tense ; that i t should never be i n
ti o
t d ced by th e c onj nc ti on bafi an d th a t th e w h le theo y of th e
Gms
m i s ti n Germ a n
Temp
n d h as c e pt i n f om th e Lati n
B t th e m tte is
f
f om b ei ng e ttl d ; a n d th i th eo y h as bee n a dop te d by our c las sic al writ
be e x
u
u
c
r e
,
e,
,
se
r
ro
u
u
oru
ar
-
s
r
o
,
,
r
r
a
e
s
ecu
r
a
u
.
r
r
ers , an d is c ons ta ntly in prac ti ce .
C HA PTER VI
.
COMBINA TI ON
T HE A TTRIBU T IVE
.
§ 3 22 Th e g en er al m e an i ng of
.
a
subs ta n tiv e
(subj ec t or
) is in di vidu ali z e d or parti cul a ri z e d by attribu tes ; th e
a ttrib utes m ay b e e x pr ess e d
1 By an adj e ctiv e or a dj e cti v e pron ou n or nu m eral ; as
her grii ne 23 1mm mein b ane, j enee E
UZiibd nn, funf g i rafien
ob ect
j
,
.
,
,
,
aIIe
Seine
2 By a substan ti v e, or a dj ec tiv e, or ordinal numb er, in ap
.
.
s ri n
m
e
t
o
n
b
a
n
23
m
b
S
fi g ; Gl enna bi e 6 tolge
h
,
p
fi arl ber ©rofie ; Sp i ne bet mea nte
3
By a su bsta nti v e in th e ge ni ti v e or by a pr ep osi tion wi th i ts
cas e ; as , h as Seben ber W
i enid nn ; ber ®0b ernor b on E
ll en) an s
4 By an a dj ec ti v e cla u se ; as t i n 6 chil l er, ber mirf li d) fl ei fiig tft
i ti on ;
os
as,
.
,
.
.
'
.
,
.
(
fi ctt
3 117681 ; beinahe ei n S abr ; i aum bi e b iilfte ;
all ei n ; faft ei n 5
‘
a
e
a
s
n
i
m
l
i
b
d
e
)
a
g g Bolt
5
.
By
one
of
th e
a dv erb s
of
i n ten si ty
as ,
.
3 23
.
Th e
a ttributi v e
ad ec ti v e
j
ag re es w i th
i ts sub stan ti v e
in gen der, nu m b er, a nd case, an d is , wi th its com plem e nts,
see
f or exc epti ons
2 9 0, note
gen erall y placed b ef ore i t (
'
‘
S YNTA X
1)
3 57
.
ein 3 11 Q
911mm
IiIem entfcbl offener
E
mann, eine bi eraig 8 11g Innge éBt uci e, ein i n ali en i i erbrecben
aufgemac
bfener Wi enfci)
ci1t
a s,
ent c i o ener
fb fl
'
.
NO T E
Th e a dj e c ti v e b oll, f u ll of , i s alw ay s
.
pl ced af ter th e su bst ntive
a
a
,
(sat ten b oa b oa {Banta m or abb rev ia ted, boll 53 5mm ; et1i b er), b oll (1111 11)
as ci 1i
G orgen
.
Th e a pposi ti v e, as
3 24
.
n u m ber w i th
a ru le, a grees
th e su bstanti v e to w hi ch i t
in gen der, ca s e, a n d
ge nerall y
s ta nds a f ter i t ; a s , b a t bu has 6 d Io
) fi gefeben, has bobs Gd flvfi
i
am meet ? (U ) Q
Inf ber b od)3 ei t mei nee gnfibi gen Si erra, bee
M
r ef er s, a n d
.
l
Efai ggt afen
p
unb i d), bi e QIermfi e, ftii nbe gang aIIein, mii fit
i d) b en i bm, ben (
Si ngi gen, mi d) trennen
S br f ennt i bn, ben
reu n
6 d) ii pfer f ii bner b eere (S ela )
fiber [trengen S i ana, ber {E
’
.
rbabene fli ernnnft,
(
E
Ii cbtbell e i cebter bee gBttIi d nn b auptee, melfe G
i riinberin bee
iibrerin ber © terne ! (S ela )
QBeItgebaubee, E
E
S ch )
et u ne fol gen (
bi n ber S agben, Iun
'
.
NO T E — When th e a pp osi tiv e pre cedes th e su b sta ntiv e w h i c h i t qu alifi es
th e f orm er only i s i n fle c te d ; a s , b i e Grease“ bee fi tni greitbs ‘
p reufien ; bi e 901mm
b ed fi a i fere Start; bie Sa bri t bee b erm E
mii ller ; i n ben erfi en I agen bed mounts
923 01111
a nvil ; bi e ‘
16 3 ,
(S ee
p rofefloren a n ber
.
,
'
’
'
.
3 25
of
’
T h e Gen iti v e i s th e corre ct tra n s la tion of th e Engli sh
.
in a ll cases w h er e th i s
preposi ti on sta nds a ttrib u ti v ely be
(as
bi e Sti nbe bee 23 11 11111213 , th e bark of
tw e e n tw o su b stan ti v es
‘
,
th e tree ; ber ®arten bee $urften, th e garde n
of
th e pri n c e ;
ber
6 01 m bee fl u tes, th e son of th e ph ysi cia n ; ber SBiirgermei fi er
i d fl ber 6 0111112, th e li gh t
ber Gtabt, th e m ayor of th e c i ty baa E
‘
of th e su n ; ber 6 d) atten bee 5
Ba111n eé ; bi e Graiebung ber Ri ncer,
Grai ebung ber (
Si tern,
a n d bi e
of
an d
th e p a ren ts
i s e x p resse d
an d
th e edu ca tion
‘of th e ch ildren
’
wh en possessi on , r elation, or a ffini ty
.
N TE 1 S m tim
h to i s to b e ex pressed by th e Germ an Gen
to th e
i ti e ; as h e i a f i nd to m y b roth er ph ysic i an t th e king c onf e
q een f ather t th e affl ic ted etc er ifi ei 11 Greunb meines éBrnberd 25e bee
O
.
v
,
e
s
,
u
o
es
th e Englis
r e
a
o
,
,
ssor
’
’
o
,
.
,
,
B atet bet
fi finigc (or bei m fi tnige), meirbtb ater ber fi bnigi n (bei ber fi tnigi n), ei1xS
i ngten (i m ita ted : ei 1 ‘
B a ter ben QBebrdngten, or f fir bie iB ebrfingten)
iB ebrc
’
.
N TE 2 Th E gli h th pl
O
.
e
n
s
e
f
’
easu re o seei ng y ou ,
th e
h op e of killing a deer
’
,
11} 511
i s to be translate d bad Q hrgnfigen, Gi e 511 feben ; bie Qoff nung ei11e11 {9 11 1
MAN GRAMMAR
3 58
GER
.
n iegm ; — by p pO i ti
on ; as , has i
B ergnx
rgen be
an
.
or
a
re
s
'
i Street h abi t-t, bie b uffering
‘ ir ne
u
e
u
i
e
r
i
n
s
G
e
f
g g
b fd
N TE 8
“
pre pos ition b on is em ployed inste ad of th e Genitive c ase
1 Wherev er th e Geni ti e c annot b e p int d ou t in any way ; as (i n water
f t n c h il dren (th e Geni ti ve ; ebn mat er wou ld be
t on ; rbn fl inbern a f th
O
Th e
.
v
.
a
,
o
er o
e
,
e
like th e Nom inati ve ) ; bie Shi te non 23 311111113 11 (th e Gen 58 3111111: li ke th e
Bu t w erev er th e defi ni te arti c le is to th e p u r ose, we re fer i t ; as , bie 9 13111:
uge t on p ari s
ber 5
3 611111 0; bie L
(S ee
.
h
2
‘
p
.
p
.
Wi th attribu tiv e s u bstan ti ves ex pressi ng quali ty or material
.
i ft non QBirbtigteit ; ei 11
b on m iter Sartre; ei11 Grftbc
‘
as , sin
Mann bo11 Smart t
‘
p frrb
ru e to his
,
h
w ord ; b en a nfeben, of a u t ori ty ; b ou (
S emicbt, of dis ti nc ti on, c onsequence : bu t
ann bee wa res, aid t ber I tat, m a n of words , not of ac ti on ; ei11 Sh aun bed
d o Sm
fi rirges, a m an of w ar, a warri or y riu 21711 1111 fibres G auge, a nd 11011 3 171 1 111
b en geri ngem QBertln, a ma tter of li ttle
Gw
lage, a man of your c as t ; ei ne
cine I nfel t on s
val ue ; ei11 Sting 11 011
marmor, a tablet of marble
1 6 3 , note
8 For a thi rd c ase , see
’
Th e English an angel of a c h ild, a rogu e of a servant,’ and si m ilar expres
‘
s ions, m ay be imi tate d ; as , ei n Q ngel b en einem fi inbe, ei11 6 11
mm ben einem
webienteu
.
.
.
.
N TE 4 Th G i ti
O
en
e
.
j
ve de
pending on an indefini te pronoun or nu meral or
pe l ati e deg ee is t m ed th e P
,
,
Geni ti ve as, Steiner
meiner {St mut e; cine ber grtfiten S ele ctm
en ; ber jaasde feiner Etbne Th is f orm
of expression is rath er f requ e nt i n Germ a n , partic u l arly when the p ronou n,
nu m eral , or adj ec tive is to b e p oi nte d ou t e m ph a ti c al l y ; as , be f enbrfi mit ber
ergen b ie!
wt: babeu (0 her guteu {Srennbe i nenig (Sch ) ; ed fei genug
d
ber 6 1 3111“ (Sch )
ad ec tiv e i n th e su
r
v
r
,
er
'
ar ti ave
-
.
.
p p
p
Th e re osition ban i s f requ ently u sed i nstea d of th e artiti ve genitive ; as a
wi fe: (f i ner, meaning a m an of
ru le, in th e hrases mer b on 11nd ! wh ic h of u s (
’
’
’
einer ben 11nd, one of u s (bu t f or all of u s ,
all of them , toir all e,
ou r rau k )
fi e out , is th e righ t tran slation ) ; ieber s on end), eac h of you 513 011 ben Graniern
toaren gegen at
b tbunbert, eon ben mieberlauberu etlirbe I aufm b auf bem p laee
gebli eben, unb auf beiben Gei ten ionrben t icle t on bem b ornebmfi en and bermifit
(Sch)
p
‘
.
.
N TE 5 Th E gli h of i
O
n
e
.
s
s not tra nsl ate d at all
M
p
In th e hrases ber erfi e Sinai , th e fi rs t of ay ; ber ; ioei te fi bri l, th e second
1, th e fi f th of Augu st
of A ri l ; ber fi nf te 2013 111
as, ci ne Slafc
2 Aft er names of measur e, weight, or number (see
be
e; ri n {Dum b Gier ; ein megi meot e otbannz ri n
QBrin; ci11 9) f1111b fl ar
p avier, a qu i re of a er ; ei 1 G ul f suff er, a lu m of s u ga r ; ri1 (Bebifi 5 81mma
se t of teeth ; ea gi ebt b iele fi rten I biere, t h ere are m a ny k in ds of ani m als ; mi t
einem e ra
s e b ut; [th i ng er mid) , w i th a iece of wood ; ein fi aufrn Grit), a grea t
i rage Smea fr
deal of m oney ; ei 11 : m
ben, a great m any m en ; etne p t ife I abat,
i nc h of s nuff ; mit brei p aar Ed wina (p aar being here a numeral , as is
a
lik ewise Q ueens in boa ginei 23 111 3 111) Gieru, i nstea d of neei ib utenbrn e m)
S ela )
ed $ 11Qe11b guter St eunbe (
Bu t with an adj ecti ve we find ei11 bow
1
.
p
.
.
‘
pp
p
p
‘
p
‘
‘
'
.
.
MAN GRA MMAR
‘
3 60
G ER
.
i n g ph rase i s lik ely to ru n in Germ an in to one com p ou n d w ord
w ith i t ;
as ,
m a tter of f ac t, Zi tatfacbe
m a n of onor, Glarenmaun
latb t orbnung
order o f b attle , t
m an of bu s i ness, Geftbhft dmauu
art of
p
h
dro
tax on dogs , {ouub eftenet
B li nbenanfi alt
i nstitu ti on f or th e b li nd , S
dealer i n glas s , (
S la slfiub ler
m
d ay of m arri age, b o ei tatag
IBalyrlyei tali ebe
l ov e of tru t , S
h
dan c in g, T ai ntuuft
of blood,
Dbnmatbt
pu bl ic spi rit, 6 emeinfein
a. f aintin g fi t, eine
B lumentran;
wreath of fl owers , S
.
C HA PT ER VH
.
O BJEC TI VE C O
MB I NA TI ON
.
§ 3 28 Th e gen eral i dea of a n ac tion, e x presse d by a v erb
or a dj ecti v e , is in divi du ali z ed or par ti culari z ed by i ts o lyec ts
.
’
.
Th e s e m a y ei th er b e comp le ti ng oly ects,
’
to c om pl e te th e n oti on of th e
’
’
h e gi v e s ,
m ak e ,
su ch a s a r e n ec e ssa ry
pre di ca te ; th u s
I h av e ,
’
,
’
,
,
you m ak e ch eese ,
th at re qu ir e su ch Obj ec ts are term ed ob
j ecti ve v e rbs
m one y,
’
.
a dver
a re
you
I h av e
pl e te wi th ou t an Obj e ct ; as
‘
h e giv es a c onc er t etc — a n d v erbs
a re in com
’
’
bi a l oycc ts, su ch
as
o nly
a dd
th e
Or th ey
.
p arti cul ar circu m
pla ce tim e m an ner de gr ee etc as I
‘
m ak e ch e es e ‘e v ery w e ek h e sle eps tw i c e a day w e liv e
sta nc es of
a n ac ti on , as
‘
i n Boston
a greeably
’
,
,
’
,
,
’
‘
tr e m bl e m u ch
'
;
,
—a nd v erbs re
'
qu iri ng su ch Obj ec ts onl y are te rm e d su ly ec tev e ve rbs
N TE
.
,
’
y ou
,
,
.
Th e sa m e v erb m ay , according to i ts d i f erent sig nific a tions , b e an
C om are w it ea c ot er f or i ns tanc e,
obj e c ti v e v erb or a s u bj ec ti ve v erb
’ ‘
‘
h e m oves a ouse ’ ; th e ou se is
th e s e ntenc es , I m ov to th e c oun try ,
O
.
.
d
t ey bu rned th e
bu rning ,’ ‘
h
3 29
.
h ou e
s
p
h
h
h
h
h
’
.
Th er e are f ou r kin ds of com pl e tin g Obj ects, v i z
‘
T h e S ufi er t ng Gyect, e x pr e sse d b y th e A cc u s a ti v e
T h e Pers ona l Olyec t, ex presse d by th e Dati v e
.
'
.
'
.
T h e Gen i ti ve Obj ect, e xpr esse d by th e Gen i tiv e
Th e Fa c ti tzve Olyec t, ex pressed by th e Nom ina ti ve, or A ccu
.
’
sati v e, or a
'
prep osi ti on
.
S YNTAX
-
3 61
.
3 3 0 All tran si tiv e v erbs g ov ern th e A ccusati v e case
.
.
A v e rb i s sai d to b e tra n siti v e wh en i ts obj ec t i s c onc ei v e d to
s uff e r
h e ki ll s
by th e a c ti on of th e v e rb ; as, ‘
‘h e dr i nks w i n e ’ e tc T h e Ge rm a n i s diff e ren t i n
,
be
or
a ff e c te d
th e dog,
th e u s e o f tra n si ti v e v erbs f rom th e
’
.
En gli sh , a n d h en ce i t i s
.
y to c lassif y th e m in Ge rm a n
n e cess a r
1
.
.
All c a u sa ti v e v e rb s a r e tr an si ti v e , th a t i s, a ll th ose wh i ch
pre ss th a t a p erson or th i ng cau ses a noth er to do som e th in g
a s Ie ren to te a c h
b
(to m ak e som eb ody l earn ) fillfl en to l ea d
(to m ak e s om ebody go) Th er e a r e tw o k in ds
a
) Deri v a ti v es f orm e d f rom in tran si tiv e s or a dj e cti v es, an d
as
e m ploy e d e x cl u s i v e ly a s c a usa ti v es
ex
,
,
,
,
.
,
f rom
f eti en, to seat,
fteflen, to p la ce,
,
M
en, to si t,
et
fieben, to stan d
(29 m, to lay ,
f fi ljrm , to lead,
flare", to pu t,
f al en, to f ell ,
(eaten, to sink ,
fpt engen, to bu rst,
f ahren to m ov e
fticf en, to sti c k
f allen, to f all
ti nten, to si nk
fpringen, to
range", to su ckle,
flauben, to ra is e
pi g
i ncit e", to aw a k en,
i natben, to w ak e
(m od
erft
brecf en (a nc
f orm ), to f rig t
f orm ), to be
e n,
f rig te ne d,
f
b u rs t, s
p
.
h
b erft
bwinbeu, to
to
v anis
squ an
h
fangen, to sgc k
fliebeii , to fl y li ke
fcbwemmen,
fd mi mmen,
m a k e s w im ,
we i g
h
a
h
s w im
toiegen, to wei gh
t ing,
marin e", to m ak e
warm, w arm
warm ,
f retl en to rej oi c e,
f ret), glad
fd mfitb en, to w eak en, f rom (thread) , w eak
‘ tro
t
o
t
r
t
r
t
t
h
a
e
n
s
e
n
e
n
a
l
,
fl
fi , s ng
g
,
tfibteu, to k ill,
der,
‘
du st
i ndgen, tui egen, to
h
s end,
,
ftiefien, to flow
lmugen, to h ang
d u s t,
'
.
b erfcbtnenben,
r n
h ng
a
be
to
drown ed
dro w n ,
bangen, beaten, to
trmteu, to dri nk
'
f rom erfauf en,
fififien, to floa t,
,
p
to
li ege", to l ie
m a k e s ring,
‘
t rdnl en, to give to
drink,
er d ner
f en
ffinfen,
tobt, dead
.
6) Pri m i tiv e v erbs, a dopti n g th e cau sa tiv e m eani ng w ith ou t
ch angi n g th e ir f orm , and a c cordi n
gly used both transi ti v ely a n d
in tra nsiti v e ly ;
as ,
batten, to be b ak e d, a nd to b ak e
som e t i ng (
se e
1 06 note 3 )
h
.
bleidmi , to b e ble a c h e d, a nd to b leac h
h ing ( e
som e t
se
1 06 , note 8 )
u, to b e brok en, a nd to brea k
bredw
s om e t ing
h
rei en,
fi
h
to b e torn, and to tear
som e
t i ng
f abren to m ove qu i c kly , and to drive
,
a tea m
gieben, to m ov e , and to draw,
som ethi ng
pull
~
3 62
G ER
i
to
4 3 9 ",
s w if tly , and
ru n
hi ng
to
'
MA N GR A MMA R
ftbiefien, to ru s h
h
t i ng
batten, to s to
hing
a nd
,
to s
z
a nth em to be gra in g, an d to
c h ase
-
p astu e
r
beifien, to be c alle d, a nd to c al l
abnebmen, to d ec re a s e , a n d to ta k e ofi
som et
'
.
hoot s m e
'
o
h etc
m eflen, to b e of a c erta in l engt
an d to m e asu re som e t ing
braten, to b e f rie d, a nd to f ry
'
p h lt a d to t p h ld
a
,
,
s o
n
,
h
o
s om et
brennen, to b e b u rni n g (on fi re ), an d
t o b u rn som et i n g
h ot ), a nd
f orben, fieben, to b e b oilin g (
to b oil s om e t ing
ei gen, to b e m elti ng (
m olte n), and
to m el t, f o u n d
to b e ex ti ngu is
h
h
m
ex tingu i s
h
,
.
,
hed and to
,
ftbib eil en, to be sw oll en, and to c au se to
s w ell
p
p
verbet ben, to be s oil ed , and to s oil
.
NO TE
Th e i ntransiti ve v erb i s a l w ays i nflec te d a ccordi ng to th e anc ient
f orm , Wh ere th is i s possible , a nd th e tra ns itive v erb ac c ording to th e m odern
N TE 2 Thi p
how ever is not so com m n in G rm an as i n Engli h
‘to m
h t o p I rnvven
n v
a nd i
a dm i tte d w i th d eri va tiv e v e bs ; a
to re tu rn a v i si t einen §
marfib iren faflen ; ‘
8 ef ntb crinibérn ; a nd of p i m i ti e
‘
to
bov e no ca sati e sh o ld b e f o m d th
n a
v e b s not m enti oned
horse or t ru n a lin ‘to w alk a ho se c annot be li te ally translated (zine
O
s
.
s
e
rac ti ce ,
o
,
er
r
'
s,
e
s
’
a rc
r o s,
’
r
,
a
r
‘
’
,
o
e,
‘
u
v
’
r
u
’
,
r
e
,
:
u s,
v
ru
r
tinie i eben, ei n p ferb geben, t ennen
2
.
Ve rbs w i th th e pre fix be are transiti ve ; th e f oll owi n g ar e
s u ch as
we re ori gin all y i ntransi ti v e, an d h av e b e en m ade tra n
prefix be
e
i d) bente an m e ad I th ink of som
thi ng
it!) biene Semanbem I e v e som ebody
si ti v e by th e
i d) bebente cub ed, I c onsi der som eth ing,
,
,
id) bebiene Semant en, I am a servan t to
som ebody ,
id) brobe Semanbem, I u tter a thr eat icb bebrobe Semanten, I th reaten s om e
body ,
aga i ns t,
i d) f abre anf bem G n ome, I go on th e i tb befabre ben S train , I nav iga te th e
rive r,
ri ver,
i d; begreif e, I c onceive,
i d) greife nad) atte nd, I gri e a t,
id) beba nbte Semant en mi t fi lagbeit, 1
i d) banble mi t Ringm
tt, I a c t ru de nt
trea t som eb ody ru dently,
lr,
ber fi bnig beberrfdn fei n SBolt,
bet fi bnig berrftbt fiber ei n ‘
B oll‘
,
er beia mmert fein Glenb,
er ja mmert fiber fei n Glent ,
i d) tinge fiber f ei nen l ob,
tcp battage feinen I ob,
i d) tomme,
omme Q
id) bel‘
Selb,
i d»(ange natb etlb ae‘
id) belange Gi nen, to c oncern, to sue, to
. I stretc h ou t th e
h an d f or som ething,
ac c u s e ,
id) (ebe,
en beleben ben
wi enfw
p lab,
i d) lbge,
i t!) belage bid) ,
,
s r
p
p
,
p
‘
GERMAN GRA MMA R
.
ob e ct onl y
Th e l a s t tw o tak e f or th e s econ d
Qi i el eé , a n d si m ilar wor d s
j
mae, ni cbtd,
et
.
NOTE —In a p as si ve se nte nce this
h
double Accu s a tiv e i s c a nged i nto a
Zeber mi t mut t ben toniglitben maxim
dou ble nom i na tiv e ; as , man nennt bi e G
as s i v ely , bie Geber mirb mi t
one j u s tly c alls th e c ed ar th e k i ngly tre e ;
(K 1
3 m m genaunt, th e c e da r i s j u s tly c a lle d th e kingly tree
Sl ed ” ber tbuiglicbe 5
Of th e a bov e v erb s lebt en a lone c an not b e t u s c a nged i nto th e pass ive : ih
‘
t
s te a d ot er i nurbe bi efe v
be gei ebrt, w ic i s i ncorre c t, we m u st s ay er ib urbe
i n biefet G p ratb e unterric
btet Co m a re 3 3 8
.
p
.
’
.
p
.
5
h h
h
h
'
.
Neu ter an d intra nsi ti v e v erbs, su ch as meinen, {(
blafen,
.
f ampfen, bl i den, Ii tbeln, etc , a r e of su ch a na tu re as to precl u de
.
prop erly gov erni ng an A cc usa ti v e
th ei r
an d i ntran siti v e v e rb s conn ec te d
w i th
S till, w e fin d n eu ter
.
an
j
ob ec t
i n th e A c cusa
.
press i v eness in ph rases li ke th e f ollow i ng
I brdnen mei nen, to w ee p tea rs ; ei nen fanften 6 d flaf fdflafen
to sl ee p a qu i et sl ee p ; ei nen guten Rumpf tdmpfen to figh t a
good figh t ; b ag bl i den to look h a tred to l ook dagge rs ; Si ebe
Idd nln to sm il e lov e {i t eube atbmen to br eath e j oy ; einen
St raum trii umen to drea m a —dream ; i d) itebe meinen sll tamt
I b rav e ev ery enem y) i d) gebe
I sta n d aga in st m y a dv ersa ry (
ti v e , wi th grea t
ex
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
meinen 933 m, I go m y w ay, th i s w ay
.
p roper cas e to ex pre ss m easu re (of
w ei ght a ge di sta n ce ; as ci nen fi
ti m e s e e
gufi l ung ; has
i d) ni ergi g 6 l1m auf beiben 6 ei teft ; ei nen S entner
b ane erftrecf t (
illed e mi t mit
it er ; ber Rnabe i ft einen mount al t ; er i ft etne S
é
e
a
e
b
a
Bud) { ft tei nen Gent merti) ; er mat tete etnen 21n
e
n
n
gg g ;
6
Th e A ccu sa tiv e i s th e
.
,
,
,
,
M
genbli cf
.
§ 331
The Da ti v e
.
j
a d ec tiv e s
acti v e
w h i ch
i s gov ern e d by th ose verbs and
a
comp le ting
obj ect conc e iv ed as
ca e
s
re qu i re
.
Wh en a v erb requ ire s two c om pleting obj ec ts one of w h ic h i s a thing th e
'
.
h
pers on th‘e form e
,
,
’
i n th e Ac c u sa tive c as e , bec au se
t i s rea lly m a s u fi eri ng s tate ; th e l a tter i nth e Da tiv e, b ec a u se i t rem a i ns ac ti v e
u n der th e ac tion of th e su bj ec t, —th e ac tion i s d one f or h is b e nefi t or i n h is
ot er a
,
rule , i s pu t
r, as a
'
half ; as id) get e i bm (5 eib id) b et fvred)t bir sabhmg; a nd th s all th e e bs
be
-
,
,
v r
u
fl
g i vi ng , p erm i tting , p erf or ini ng
a dvising , p rm ising , sa ying , sh owin g , send ing , a nd s im ilar ones
, gove rn both c ases
'
c onv e y ing th e no tio n o f o er ing
'
S YNTAX
Th e f ollowing verb s also belong h ere, w hi c h ta k e i n English
a t th e sa m e ti m e.
a
3 65
.
“
di ff ere nt c onstru c ti on
Semanbem ens ue 9 3 1111211, mifigbnnen, not to gru dge, to gru dge som ebody s om e
h
t i ng
hing from a p erson (bu t
ob a p r on of a thin g )
nehmen or rauben, to rob , to tak e som e t
Semanben einer ®ecbe berauben to r
,
e s
webren, b et terment, to prevent som ebody f rom doing
b erbergen, b erbeblen, to h i de (
c oncea l ) som eth ing f rom som e
'
p
erson
mn to p ardon a person for som ethi ng
b orloerf en to rep roac h one w ith a th ing
f lagen to c o m p lai n to som ebody of som eth i ng
broben to th rea ten s om ebody w i th som e th ing
h ergeben, b erat i
,
,
,
,
'
glau belt, to beli ev e som ebody in a m a tter
lohnen, to reward s om eb o dy for som e th i ng
'
NO TE 1
Th e Eng li s
h langu age h
.
g lost th e term i na tions of decl ension,
f requ ently ex resses th e Dati v e cas e b y th e re osi tion to ; or, t is re osi tion
being om itted, no di s tinc ti on i s m a de between th e Da ti v e a nd Ac c usa ti ve c as es
It is c om ara tiv ely eas y f or th e u il to fi nd ou t w i c 18 th e Da tive , w i c th e
Accu sa ti ve , w en one of th e verb s of off eri ng , gi v ing, erm i tti ng, erform i ng,
.
p
,
av i n
p p
h p p
.
p
p p
h
h h
p
h h
p
prom ising saying how ing sending e tc go ern tw bj cts Not
onl y i s one of th e two as a ru le a p
on bu t thi s p ersona l obj ec t i s not su ff er
‘
i ng u nder th e ac tion i
the ac ti e ; i n th e enten
I ff e y
b k th e
p erson y is to be conc ived ac cep ting th e b ook ; in th e sentence h e sent
le tte
th e p erson sh e i s c oncei ed as recei ing th e le tter ; and so on
he
It i s m o e ditfi c lt f o th e Engli h learn er of G m n to d i stingu i h th e
c as e w h e re to i s to b e tra n l ated by th e Ge m n D tiv e f o m th e c ase w h e e
n
i t m u t be tran l ate d by a p re posi ti on (511 w ith p e
and) a nd i n w ith
pl ce ) Th e p u pi l m st th erefore in dou btf u l c as e c onsi de w hethe th e
preposition to is to ex press m oti n towards a plac e or p e on In s c h i n t n
preposi ti on i also u sed in Ge m an ; as I send a l tte to F ankf o t id)
ce
a dvi s ing,
,
,
s
,
,
ou,
r
,
r
u
a
s
ce
s
v
,
r
o
er
r
a
a
s,
,
r
r
el
Dnl‘
f
nat
b
’
,
s
r
s,
‘
r
rs
s
eube einen iB rie
oo
r
rso
.
u
a
ou a
a
,
o
s
r
.
s
s
.
.
v
s
s
e
as
e
r,
o o
,
v
’
r a
s
v
.
,
ers
,
s ra
,
,
.
r
e
,
r
u
s a
r
r ,
‘11rt I am oin to m u ncle i ) e e u mei nem
1
1
l
m
;
8
g
g
y
, d g b
f ;
.
Th e v erb fagen, like all c onvey i ng a sim ilar i dea (as Ginem eti oas’ anti b orteu,
to a ns w er som e t i ng to som eb ody , (
f inem eti b ae‘mi ttbei i en, to comm u nic ate
som ethi ng to som eb ody , ei nem t ri nae b erratben, to be tray s thing to a
erson,
Bu t instead of er fegte
e tc
belongs to th e c l ass of verbs enu m e rate d ab ove
‘
And th e v erbs (
i nfirm , to u tter,
ed mit , som etim es er fagte ee 3 11 mit i s f ou nd
ers ona l obj e c t w i t
re osi ti on gegen ;
th e
ronou nc e , ta k e th e
a ii dfp retben, to
’
mei mmg gegen 11nd au e‘ Rem ark
as , er du fi erte es gegen mi d
) , an d er (
prod) fei ne E
able i s th e Germ an e x ress ion, i d
) 111 116 i bu fvretben, m u st s e ak to h im ; er bat
ben p rdfibenten gefvror
b eu, h e s ok e to th e res i dent
h
p
.
.
.
.
p
p
p p
h
.
p
‘
p
p
Th e Dativ e c annot become su bj ec t
as si v e v oi ce
(See
NO T
2
into th e
p
332
.
p
I
.
wh n th e s nt n
e
e
e ce
i s tu rned
.
.
l
.
Th e f ollowi ng v erbs, all of th em intra nsitiv e , gov
3 1
GERMA N GRA MMA R
“
3 66
.
e rn onl
c a se
y one dir ec t or com pl eti ng obj ect, and th is in th e Dati v e
.
Ginem a nbangen, to a dh ere to
a n i e en, to s u i t,
f b
Ginem geborrben, to ob ey som ebody
gendgen, to su ffi ce som ebody
pleas e
m eitben, to ev ad e , go ou t of
si eicben, to resemble som e
body
groiien, to bear a grudge to som e
b ody
beifen (bei ), to hel a erson in a
th ing
buibigen, to do h omage to
(aufrben, to li sten to
mangetn, to b e m issing
m ind, to a roac h , to com e
au
th e wa y
begegnen, to m e et a
t 8 3 0 2 , note 2 )
person (see
.
p p
bei fpri ugen, bei fteben, to as sist
a
person
bei tommen, to ge t a t
bei tret m, bei ii immm , belofii tb
ten, to ass e nt to
p erson
bieneu (mit) to se v e a pers on
(to h elp a p son to som e
h
pp
be aten, to t ank a
,
near to
r
.
er
mi tten, to be u sef ul to
emem Gefdpdft obliegen, to a pply one s
self to a b u si nes
s
Ginem fdaben, to inj ure a person
fibrinen. to seem to a p erson
erfc
bei ueu, to appear to a pers on
meideln, to fl atte r a person
fw
'
einf aflen,
to
occ ur
to
som e
body’ s mi nd
ei nleut ten, to b e ev ident
b
ent an
t “, to b e f orgotten
r
p
enrgeben, eut fi ieben, to esc a e
’
ei nem ll ebel
f rom
m tfagen, to renou nce to
ei ner Gatbe m tfpm bm , to corres pond to
Ginem f rblen, to be w an ti ng
fi euern, to pu t a sto p to an
abuse
Einem trance to tr us t 111 a person
“
,
.
tw een, to b i d defiance to a per
fill tben, to c u rse to
f olgen, to f ollow
ei ner Q uit e frbbnen to be addi cted to
Ginem gefail eu to please somebody
mififeflen, to dis please some
son
unterliegeu, to suc cumb to
incidmt, to y iel d to
inlberfprer
ben, tribrrfieben, to te
,
.
sis t to
p
toili fabren, to com ly wi th
; ubtren, to listen to.
body
gebbren (angebbren, ; ugebbren),
to belong to som e body
Lik ewi se th e f ollowing im p ersonal v erbs
(ei11 l tnghrct), I m eet
(w i th an ac cident)
ed febtt mir en, es mangett mit an, I
'
ed begegnet mit
am
in want of
‘
ffi
b I am wronge d
biefe Gbre gt bfibrt bi t bier
: (
fibre ge
aiemt bir, biefe fi bre tommt bit 3 11,
ee ge d ebt mir l l urec t,
,
h honor belongs to you
t is
ed gebt uii r gut,
I am Well ofi’
es gebt mit f r
b lerbt, I am badly ofi
ed geiingt (
glfuf t ) mi t , I su c c eed i n
‘
’
’
19 1319 : mit febi, cc mifilingt, mifigbutt
ee (
mit , I f ail in
es gereitbt mir 3 11m werbienfte, it i s a
m erit of m ine
es gilt mit gi eid
), i t is all th e nam e to
'
.
me
biefec fi leib flebt mit } th is dress fits me
M
GER A N GRA
3 68
MMAR
.
gemanbem enn“ erlauben, to p erm it an ac tion to som ebody
p erson w i th regard to a thing
th ing to
n f ess
gefiebsn t
p son f om doing a thi ng
b arbieten to p h i b it
u
u
b et i nebt e i
net banten to w e som eth i ng t a p erson
‘
b et benl sn t fi n d f a lt wi th som ebody s doing a thing
b erberben to p oil a thin g f or one
erleitbtern, to c as e a
a.
o co
,
a.
ro
,
,
o
,
Nor a
o
o
,
ll
(t
a
i ,
r
er
.
’
u
s
.
Ginem sine Gad) : b erfi cbern (assu re) an d Q iuzu cine: Gncbe nerfic
bern,
‘
are us ed i ndis c rim ina tely ; and so i t is wi th Ginsu; a n d Ginsu eti nas lebt en
.
“
.
Th e Dati ve is f urth er
pl oye d wi th m any com pound
v erbal e x pressi ons, re u i rin
q
g an acti v e obj ect a nd ha vi n g th e
f orce of si m ple v erbs su ch as,
Semanbeni m bc tbnn to h u rt
Semant em an i beii toerbcn to fall to
3
.
em
,
,
,
web! tbnn, to benefit
nnrecbt tbnn, to do wron g
one s lot
’
ben fi of mtnben, to
som ebody
c ou rt
.
etlnad f unbtbnn, t
o annou nce
nnbgeben,
E
‘
b obn fnrctben, to scofi at
QBOt t batten, to keep one s
som ebody
’
has? S
ZBort reben, to exc u se
w ord
ommen, to
an b filf e E
'
to one s assis tanc e
o
som ebody
com e
S n tbnft mit l eib, I f eel sorry f or you
'
4 Th e f ollowing i m p erso nal
ex
.
.
pressions prop er gov ern a
Dati v e of p erson
t o abut mit ,
I f orebode
cs bangt mit , I f eel anxious
‘
f tbi oinbelt min I f eel giddy , di zzy
t e ftbina nt mit , m y heart m isgi ves m e
’
cs
h inks
’
cs bi mlt mit , m e t
as tra
nmt mit ,
51t
ca 0
es i
'
mit ,
’
cs etei t mit b ar, I am di sgu sted with
cs grant mit , I f eel h on o
n} a m a f ra id
I dream
nmir (wool, feitfam, i ts! ) an wi ntbe,
I f eel (well strangely ill )
,
,
.
-
A la rge nu m b e r of a dj ec ti v es gov ern th e Dati ve of
c om pl eting obj ect ; th e f ol low i n g are th e m ost usu al
333
.
dbnlld) , similar
abgeneigt, averse f rom
minnig, revolti ng f rom
ab
’
'
fl
pprop riate
angeme en, a
h
angm bt, i n eri ted
i nnate i n
angent bm, ag reeable
a nfi tfiig, re u ls iv e, off ensi ve
drgerlitb, vexa tious
angeborcn,
p
bangs, f earf u l
bebentlicb, dou btf ul ,
betannt, k nown
hesitating
beinnfit, c onsc ious
bequem, c onveni ent
begrei flitb , conc eivable
h p
bebii l fl itb, el f u l
benacbbart, neig bori ng
beftbinct lid) , tro u bles om e, bu rdensome
h
S YNTA X
p
btbanet lid) , i ti abl e
betrfibenb, affli c ti ng
bt nnrnbigenb, disqu ieting
both, f avorable
ti nt , i nte lligible, c le ar
lccfi ig, trou blesom e
(ieb, dear
'
bantbat , g ra tef u l
‘
d), pecu li ar
eigentbi i mli
t igen,
p
d
eri nnt rlicb, p resent to re collec ti on
et i oii nft
b t, w i s hed f or
f remt , strange
‘
e
n
b
fr n lid) , f riendly ,kind, afi able
f ut tb tbar, form idable
entbebrli ) , u nnecessar
y , dis ensable
gemt i n, c om m on
gemeinfam,
‘
gemti fi, a ccording to
geneigt, i nc lined
gei vogen, f av orable
3 69
.
(eib, griev ous
mdglitb, ossible
nat
b tbei lig, rej u di c ial
nfitbig, notbinent ig, necessar
y
p
p
nabe, n ear
p
h p
ftbmt t glitb p inf ul
pei nlitb, a i nf ul
retbt, rig t, leasin
g
,
a
ftbrect litb, terrible
ftbnlbig o wi ng, indebted
,
h
’
tren, f ai t f ul
'
fibet legen, su pei ior
'
nnansfi ebl itb, in tolerable
h
nnet trdglicb,
geinacbft n, equ al to, a m atc f or
nneri nartet, u nex ec ted
) , ros erou s
gebei blid
n nb ergefilitb, not to be f orgotten
gefd bt l itb, da ngerous
nnnet boff t, not look ed f or
gefd l lig, c om l ai sant
b et bnnben, obl iged
gt geni ndt tig, resent
gebi rig, du e, a ertaini ng (bu t wi th a b erbdtbtig, su s ec ted
t i n g, gebbt‘ig
b arbet blid) , des tru c tive of
b erbafit, odiou s
gelegen, o ortu ne
b erfldnblitb; i ntelligible
genebm, o ortu ne, agreeable
b et inanbt, relate d
gera tben, advan tageou s
b ortbeilbaf t, a dv a ntageous
gefnnb, condu ci ve
i nibrig, a dv erse, loat som e
geioifi , su re
‘
i
i
n
diff
ere
n
e l com e
t
i ni lltommen, w
gleitbgfii t g,
m i nded
i noblgt finnt, w ell—
gu t, w ell m inded towards
gndbig, grac i ou s
antt dglitb, condu c ive
bei i fa m, salu tary
angdnglitb, a c cess ible
binbet litb, i ndering
angetban, a ddic te d to
p
p
p
p
h
p
pp
p
pp
pp
h
-
h
.
p u nds w ith nu as nntt en nnlitb etc and m any others derived
f om ve b w h ic h go e n th e Da tive ;
gebot fc m f olgfnm gabtt ig gefldnbig
h
Also t eir c om
o
,
,
,
.
as ,
r
r s
in
i alid) ,
fibdblitb, bienlitb (s erv ic eabl e )
v r
,
,
,
,
,
.
— Gs i ft mit (ieb bafi tn tommfi I am gl a d that etc Gs‘
‘
tour i bm (cit um t iefen iBn infi h e w as sor y f or th is loss ; i d) bin mit tei neo
S t blet a bei nnfit I am not cons c i ou s of any f a ul t ; has iii ibt b et bdtb tig sh e sus
Ru
ptu
re
,
,
,
,
.
,
r
,
p e c ts i t
.
Th e Dati v e i s fr e qu ently j oine d to v erb s and adj e c
ti v es th e m e a nin g of w hi ch does not re qu ire a com p leting p e r
334
.
,
MA N GRA MMAR
3 70
G ER
.
point ou t th at th e action of th e verb
re doun ds to th e b e n e fit or i nj u r
of a p ers on, or ex ci tes hi s
y
j
sonal
ob ect,
i nterest ;
m e rely to
a s,
f ree is th e ro ad f or the wanderer (
B ol
{Su i iii bent monu m bet fmeg
ber St ennb mit bet li ebenee flerbt n ? (Sch ) s h all m y loving f riend die ? SR
?
is i t reall y tru e ? art th ou unh urt (
for
and
) gcte i fij biil t n mit u nnerlest !
m e ) ? Sbr b arf ner i nst ineifi mit bad (
tbtnftc t i er 1 UhL), you harpers, w ho
k now s th e fi nes t tu ne (f or m e ) ? Infit mit bcrci n ben 2 m
m
rib
Gegrii fit (
mit , eblc fiberrn
h i s fi rst “ bai t: mir t i n tri be: S lot
t
th e surround
.
,
,
,
h
b ail ibncn !
wo to h er !
pp
QBobl i bm ! ha y h e ! QBebc ibt !
Stb lobe mit ben mbcintncin ! I pre f er Hock
i ngs w ere s rou de d f or m e by a dark veil
.
.
It i s f rom th e f requ ent us e of this Dati ve o
f benefi t or i nterest in Ger
m a n, tha t sayi ngs lik e th e f ollo wi ng h ave s ru ng : t i n S tein fie! mit anf ben
S erf, a s tone fell u on m y head ; {i t ftb nitt li d) i n ben Singer, she c ut h er fi nger ;
‘
a t every de arture my h eart
bei j ebem d bftbieb gi tta r mir bad f ur;
trembles ; fi e fa nf en i bm an gfifien
th ey s a nk do wn a t h is f eet ; bent {
Seinbe
ben mdd gng abftb neibt n, to c u t off th e ene m y ’ s re treat ; be: fi ovf tbnt al l: met,
m y h ead ac h es ; t iefe nrmen fi int er bracben mit has b erg; bem Rt ieger mnrte has
wein ir eggtftboflen; bit filli ntter [tart bit franc (U )
NOT E
.
p
p
p
M
.
5 3 3 5 Th e f ollowi ng pre posi tions
p
ex ress th e
t en
of
a re
.
p ersonal obj e ct of a dj ec ti v es
em
ployed to
.
gegen, towa rds, (with th e Accu sative case?) a f ter th e adj ec ti ves frennblitb,
ic
btig, off en, f ra nk , ou ts oken, get tint, natb r
btig, indulgent,
f einblitb, gttig, anft ir
gt anfam, etc
1
.
p
-
.
mit, with, af ter su c h v erb s and a dj ecti ves as c onv ey th e idea of being re
lated to, connected with , satisfied with , i nti ma te wi th, oc cup i ed with , nmted with ,
m elted togeth er, or blended wi th
nglis h are su c h w convey th e i dea of bei n charmed wi ih,
Diff erent f rom th e E
g
See 9 3 8 7
p leased wi th , etc
2
.
'
.
.
.
8
f i t , f or, af ter such as convey th e idea of bei ng i nteres ted in or f or a perL
-
.
hi ng ; usef ul fo ; decided f or or in favor of somebody ; in a pau ion wi th ;
son or t
.
r
'
da ng erous to ; una vaibng f or
.
p
4 non, o
f , i s em loyed ins te ad
verbs, to ex res s th e ac ti ve a oot
b
.
p
of
th e Engli s
h
af te r
th e p assi ve voi ce o
f
mnrt e son (by ) mdnbern crftblagcn; fi e
toirb eon fishermann geli ebt ; bi : 9 mm ber snfw
aner maren eon ben b trft
bits
bt nb t Gmpfinbnngm betnegt, th e he arts of th e s pec tators were moved b th e
y
’
m os t various f ee lings
Nor a
as , t r
.
p
p
Th e c om leti ng Dati ve obj ec t, i t i s tru e, as a rule, i s a ers on ; but
i t m ay , i n m any c ase s , b e a th ing f or w h ose b ene fi t th e a c tion is done or wh ic h
,
is to be re re sente d as rem a ining a c tive u nder so m ebody ’ s ac tion or u nder a
state of thi ngs ; as , n
o trgebe mitb bet Rnnft ; er trant bem QBettet ; icb gfinne ten
.
p
MAN GRAMMAR
3 72
GER
'
.
h Ace ) to h eed
b
(
p flegen, (or with Ace ) to nurs e, tak e
a n: babeu, (or wi th anf) to heed
c are of
bebfirf en, (or with Ac c ) to b e i n want of (
or w i th A c c ) to sp are
cbonen, (
begehren, (or wi th A00 ) to desi re
fp ot ten, (or wi th fiber) to m ock at
bm ncben, (or wi th Ac e ) to w ant
nerf ebi en, (
or w i th Ac e ) to m i ss
entbehren (
or w i th A c e ) to do wi th ou t nergen
en, (
or w i th A c c
) to f orge t
entm tben, to di s pen se w i th
i nabrnebmen, (
o r with Ac e
to take
)
‘
ur a n/ or wit
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
'
,
.
.
.
h
ermangein, to b e w i t ou t
f
c are o
mangeln, (i a th e Bibl e ) to b e wi th ou t
erim
i bnen, (or w ith A c e ) to m enti on
benten, (or with an) to rem em ber
gebenten,
geniefien, (or w ith Ac e ) to enj oy
‘
a
r
r
e
n
or
with auf) to wa i t f or
b
, (
(acben, (or w i th fiber) to lau gh at
'
marten, (or wi th Ac e ) toattend tn
.
’
.
t
ph
.
gei eabr tb erbfen, (or w i th Ac e ) to becom e
.
aw a re of
.
.
get rid
of
_
Al so leben, f et ben, etc , i n th e
h
toe leet ben, (
or w i t
'
an tbtig
fi
sig
ras es :
bafi t ied teal): ift, h e li ves i n th e beli e f , e tc
h erbici tben, to di e
mert en, (or wi th Acc ) to get
.
ht of
er (
ebt be:
'
{j oflnnng (bee
fibee biaflen l obed fi erben, l obes
.
.
5
i
Th e f ol low n g adj ectives g ov ern th e Geni ti ve of
.
p
com let
i ng obj e ct
behii rf tig, in want of
benbtbigt, fi i need of
bewnfit, consc ious of
ei ngebent, mind f ul of
p
leer, (or wi th t en) em ty of
mficbttg, m aste r of
uni t e, (
or with Ac c ) tired of
fatt, (or w i th ac ) satiated , sick of
(or w i th a n and Dat ) gu ilty of
gebent,
‘
(
fi
l
tbeilbaf t, artaki ng i n
f fig, fap able of
thei lbaf tig.
f t ol) (or w ith fiber) gla d of
fiberbrfifli g, (or wi th Acc ) weary of
geiodrtig, i n ex ec tation of
b erbdcbtig, s us ec ted of
gei ni fi, c erta i n of
w i th Ac c ) ac customed to b et lnftig, f orfe i ting
habhaf t, (or with A c c ) getting pos boil, (or with b on) f ull of
or wi th Ac e ) worth , worth y
s e s s ion of
toertbfit (
of
l‘
unbig, v e rs ed m
'
or w i th Ac c ) f ree of
lebig, (
tmit big, worthy of
(06 , (or w i th Acc ) u i t of
'
M
.
.
'
.
p
'
,
p
.
p
.
.
.
'
.
.
q
Nor m —Th e pre posi ti ons anf, an and fiber are, i n this connec tion, al ways
,
ployed with th e A u ative
-
‘
'
QBertl), in the m ean i ng worth , go verns al
Way s the Accusa ti ve , as i n English ; as, ei nen Dollar i nertb, be e mud) i f! teinen
’
‘
s
l
l
ra
n
d
o
l
l
ar
s
o
o
k
i
s
or
t
h
a
d
ar
Th
e
h
e
i
v
m
o
a
l
e
r
i
n
e
t
h
e
b
n
o
t
w
e
l b
t tb,
(
e
g
Worth of su gar ’ is tra ns la ted, geben ®te mit f li t einen I lyaler Butt er, or Butt er
em
cc
'
s
.
'
.
p
”
‘
F gtfiee u
ef h l i
,
s
,
s
now
h the Acc us ative exc lusively ; as nicbtd
in u s e w i t
mi t e ; or w i th an, as i n fB ieiem nii ae
.
,
'
3 73
S YNTAX.
‘
‘
‘
moi! SIBein ei11 (5 m t ol sBier a tumbler f ull of beer ;
elnee I bol ero Q
Bertb. )
,
,
h
b oll l l mnill en fprong i d
) e11f (Lessi ng ):
connec ti on
In t is
ofte n
not!
ta ke s th e
Sreube, f u ll of j oy Bu t w i th an attri bu te th e Geni
K n)
nmg (
ti ve i s i n dis p ensa b le ; as , bee g
p agers G eele tear boll fdfier b om
term in a ti o n er ;
’
a s , h oll er
.
.
I n s te ad of th e Ge ni ti ve cas e , th e p re posi tion s an, auf,
nod), fiber, u m, m m, b ut , fii r, are use d to e xp ress th e m oti ve of
337
.
a n a ction :
1
I n ge neral , v erbs conv eyi ng th e idea of
.
Grief , sorrow, v exa tion,
com
plaint pleasu e as tonish ment pri de require
r
,
,
,
,
h th e Acc u sativ e
er fiber w i th th e Ac c us ati v e
Vi to y t iu m ph m c king at dom i ni on
non wi th th e D tive
S p eak ing or h e i ng fiber w i th th e A cc usa ti v e
holdi ng to an wi th th e Accu
Th i nki ng of rem em b e ing a c c tom ing t
u ber w it
c
r
.
,
r
o
,
ar
ov
,
.
.
a
, or
,
r
,
o,
us
,
.
,
s ati ve .
Rej oi c ing, del igh t, dou b t, dying of , an w ith th e Da tiv e
S e para tion or privation, delivery , dista nce , recov ery , f reedom f rom , b ou
t wi th
.
.
th e Da ti v e
.
h p
p
p
C onfi de nce , o e , e nvy , su s i c ion, a ns wering, li stening, ay ing a ttention to,
th e Ac c u sa tive
auf w it
Longi ng , looking ou t f or, s ending f or, as iring, stri ving, aski ng f or, tas t ng,
sm ell ing of , h ad
) w i t th e Dative
h
.
i
p
h
.
Be gg i ng or entrea ting,
c ontend ing,
h th e Accu
m ou rni ng abou t, a m wi t
sa tiv e
.
Fe ar, av ers ion, h orror, fl igh t, h iding, protec ti on, secu ri ty f rom , but with th e
Dativ e
.
h
T a nk s ,
Da ti ve
c are
pro ision f or pu ni shm ent and reward for f iir with th e
f or,
v
,
,
.
Want a nd abou ndi ng equ ality i n believing in on w i th th e Dative
,
,
A dj ec ti v es ta ke th e
.
,
pre posi tions a s th e corresp ond
i ng v erbs ; besides th e f ollowin g pr eposi tions occur gov erne d
see
by a dj ec tiv e s (
With th ose expressive of f orm color and dim ensions h on ; as
2
.
sam e
,
,
,
,
,
herrlich non Gefia lt, Sarbe; grofi,
b er; be n {Sorta
em
B au ; gri m, rotb, (
t
on w i t
,
tang, breit t on 6 eff elt, 3 cm ,
'
h th Dative w ith arm reid) (an (Beth (Babeu) grofi tlein (an Geift 6 9
e
,
,
,
,
,
,
;
eti red
flatt ) f ront (an ben Qi lottern) ; (eer (an I ngenben), fiat t, r
) (an fi eifi, an“
(en) f ruc
h tbar (an Getre ibe)
i n wi th th e Da tiv e , w ith gefdflctt, erf abren tlng beinanbert etc (i n ei ner
a d) fleet fr
S team er), grofi(i m w hen) ; w i th th e Ac cu s ative,
fi tmfl) ei nr
binacb(i n (
.
,
.
,
’
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
h
i n b erli ebt i n (in love w i t )
th e Da tiv e , i n s a yi ngs like fcbi oarg b or werger ; blehb t or Snrcbt
nor w i t
;
‘
‘
a tbemln
d b er d nl rengi mg, b re at less f rom (wi t ) e x erti on ; tobt b er ‘
mubigteit
h
.
h
32
h
.
M
3 74
GER AN GRA
MMAR
.
h th e Dative i n anf einem ”age t h at anf einem 9 1m taut anf einem
f wi t
au
meme (ohm
,
,
,
tig anf warti m e
h th e Ac cusative in [i otaonf eingebitbet anf eiferffiw
.
f wit
an
,
,
,
,
,
drgerlid) , ergiirnt, bdfe a uf
enb, i nfammengefeet and ; was ift and ibm gett er:
one wi th th e Da tive , m beften
.
ben ! w
hat has b ecom e of h i m ?
No w
res
p
Th e f oll owi ng
on ding Eu gl i sh :
m ost at variance wi th th e cor
constru c tions
are
.
th e pia no
fi arte, 6 11m l) , fi lab i er, Slfite fpi elen, to play at c ards , on
auf (
Ew en loegeben, binmeifen, gielen, to m ak e at one, point, aim at
i tb beatebe mid) anf Gi e i negen, I ref er to you f or
i sen anf, to value, to rate som ething at
envoy {ar
euros red
) 11en anf
an enoc e rer neu, b ertranen, to re c kon on, confide in
b
f
f Semanb ailrnen to be angry w ith
an
,
mit eti nad (
i anbeln, to deal It) , trafii e in
ullen, billigen, to acc e t of , all ow of, a
m m annebmen,
(
Einen 11m etioae betrdgen, to c eat one ou t of a thi ng
‘
Ginen 11 m etinae bringen, to de ri ve one of
11m ethi c s tommen, to lose som et ing
“
M
h
p
p
p
pprove of
h
non S emanbem abn
angen, to de end on
b en ethane l eben, to su b sist on
mi t fiemanbem s
mi tl eib babeu, to h ave ity (m ercy ) on
I
i nfinfi
semanbem 1003 11 S
ben, to c ongratu late one u on
‘
i d) tann es nicbt 11ber e b erg bri ngen, I c annot fi nd i t in m y heart
b orbereitet feil1 auf eine g a e, to b e re are d f or
p
M
p
’
m
p p
.
f an ac
3 3 8 The Fa cteti ve Oyect expresses th e
'
eff ect o
.
tion, brou g h t
abou t
predicate on th e subj ect or obj ect
by th e
.
Th e eff e ct m ay be a real one ; as, w e grow older, th e li eutenant
i s m ade a c olonel, h e ch an ge s stone i n to br ea d, h e cri es him self
'
boa rse ;
or a n
im agi nary one ;
as, h e
i s considered a gen tle
m a n , h e th i nks hi m self w i se
.
T h e f ac ti tiv e obj ec t i s ex pressed, i n a cti v e s enten ces, i n th e
A c cu sa ti v e, i n p as siv e sente nces in th e Nom i nativ e, i n both cas es
wi th ou t th e ai d of any pre position , af ter th e f ollow i ng v erbs
1
.
Wh en th e f actitiv e obj ect is a substanti v e af ter
,
werben, to b ecom e, grow, tu rn out,
bl eiben, to re m ain,
hei fien to c all b e Ca lle d
Ex A MP LEs —3 d) i nerbe ei11 SUi enfr
b
nennenh to n am e
,
m an,
,
,
.
men
: th a n i d) nitbt mert en, I
grow a
m ore I c a nnot bec om e ; er wi t h ei11 iB ettler bleiben ; feine Gtterlr bei en
fi
—
.
RMAN GRAMMA R
3 76
GE
.
hief ; ib lt mi tten bid) 3 11111 s m
iebsrim
ter w e app oi nt y ou u mp ire ; ber 932ml)
i anne ; ur (E
age red ou nds to th e h onor of a m an ; bat
bre
gereldn(i ft) bem {D
‘
mter {eli te 11te ; 11111 G reen ber Riot er bienen old age shou ld never be an obj ec t
of c hil di sh m oc k y
s
ma frer mire ; 1 (f i e and SIBaflet wit h Gie have th e
s am e m ea ning ; ndtbige mid
) nitb t 3 11 m Gebraucbe mei net SZBaff en ! com pel m e
not to m ak e u se of m y a m ! er ; mang mi r fi irft
b en auf h e f orced ch erri es u pon
me ; befii uunen tann mid) niebts 111m filleucbel morb nothi ng can enti ce m e to as
n
sas sinatio
ma
semanben when to in tiga te abet t eben to persu ade {up gam
fien ermabnen to ex hort b et lei ten to (indu ce to ) beraosf orbern to c hallenge
13d) bereiten 111 einer 9 1 1111111119 Al so th e f oll owi ng idi om atic ex pressions
a t
,
,
c ou r
,
'
er
,
,
r
s
,
,
s
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
Ginem enoas' 3 11: 3 11 111101 : geben, to say
Q inen 111 Gaff e bitten, to invi te one
Q inen 3 11m S eli m baben, to m ake f un of som eth ing in re ply
Q inen 111111 mart en batten, to f ool one etmas 111 6 1m m bri ngen, to bring about
eg, it c omes to war
Gineo got o ne: fi ellen, to c al l one to es tomme 3 11111
bad i f! 3 11111 wermeifeln, that is des per
ac cou nt
‘
ate
b
e1 , grfin1en, arbei ten, etc
o
e
i
1
1
l
1
1
t
r
I
)
fid 1
M
.
2 Th e
.
.
preposition i n (wi th th e Accusa ti v e of substanti ves)
i s used after th e f oll ow in g an d syn onym ou s verbs :
rermanbeln, to ch a nge i nto,
bringen, to bring into ,
geratben, to f all into
'
tbetl en, to divi de into ,
aerfaden, to decay i nto,
EXA MPLES
.
QBafler in QBein berioanbetn ; bi e sB eute i n glehbe I beile tbellen;
in ; 11) Grant ; erfal en; semant en i n merlegenbeit, i n snotty, i n (; ur) ‘
B eruoei flung,
’
i n s tatben bringen, feten, b erfeaen; i n ‘
B erlegenbeit, 920th, mergi nei flung, i 11’ e ta
‘
e
n
r
a
nn
n
e
n
i
t
B ermuuberung, i n teipmftbaft geratben; in iB ranb gerotten, to
G
,
,
d)
f
take fire ; i n mean?) flei en, to set fi re to ; We 583 m feeen, to c arry i nto eff ect
(reality ) ; in O rbnnng bringen, to pu t in order
.
.
3
of
.
Th e prep ositi on fur is us ed af ter verbs expressing an ac t
inte ll ect ;
as,
’
balten anfeben f1ir to h old,
acbten, anerf ennen fitt , to co nsider, acknowled e,
g
erflciren, au é gehen fi t to pronounce
gel ten fii r, to be ta ken f or
,
,
.
'
,
,
.
Ex i st en ce —93 1 11 bait ibu fi n: ei nen G alen, h e is th ou ght to h a s spy ; id)
ertldre bid) file mei nen tebeneretter, I dec lare you th e sav e r of m
y lif e ; or got
li d) f ar eineu fi dnfiler and h e p asge d him self off f or an arti st ; id) e1dm (balte, fete
ed
an) f i n
: etne Glue, e tc , I dee m i t an h onor ; 11r heili
f
g gelten
4 Th e conj un cti on 1 16 , as , ass u m i ng alm ost th e ch aracter of
,
'
.
.
.
a
p re p osi tio n
f ollow i ng :
,
introdu ce s
a
fi cti ti v e obj ec t in p hras es like th e
377
S YNTA X .
i d) fete bid) ai d mei nen Ga unt an, I consider y ou as my f ri end
i d) betratbte i bu a le 1111 ftbfi blitb, I h old h im h arm l ess
i d) Ifmm te (
i t ale fi i nb, I k ne w h er as a c hil d
i tb tenne i bu a le Q3 e1 fa flet t ines iB utbea, I know h i m as th e a u th or
i tb et ftbei ue i bm al e beftbrf mtt, I a ear to h im as a bloc k hea d
iB actbus i oit b of t ale 523 006 bargefleut, Bacc hu s i s of ten re resented a s a ram
.
’
pp
p
NO TE 1 Th e Englis h p hras es,
.
I k now h i m to be honest I conside r you to
be m y f ri end cannot be imi ta ted exce p t i n th is w ay
NO T E 2 Th e Angl ic is m i n sayi ngs li ke ‘
a s m u c h as h e th ou gh t w ou l d b e
’
.
,
’
,
.
,
.
s u fii c i e nt,
i s to be re n de re d , fot i el ale’ er f i t 9 3 11113
’
bielt, or (obiel ale itb
D1 5 3 9 11119 fei n mii rt e
.
3 40 Th e f a cti ti v e obj ect i s th e I nfiniti v e of
a v erb wi th out
.
an i n Sayin gs li ke th e f ollowi ng
3 d) fab ibu fierbeu I saw h im die ; er bfirte mid) (atheu h e h eard m e lau gh ; et
f i blt fcill b er; bmb eu ; i bir tooflen fi e fi ngen matben w e w ill m ak e h er si ng ; ith
blei be fiae11 liegen fi ebeu I c onti nu e (rem ai n ) si tti ng ly ing s tanding ; itb gebe
bid m e not to s peak b u t
bettelu ; beifi mitt) nitbt t ebeu bei fi mid) ftbi oeigeu
to b e s ilent ; bei11 g11ti11t f tiges i ood mad
) t mitt gi ttern ; bet S ti nger ldfit fei u i ich
1 1 13 1113 11
(
ML) 3 d) babe i 11 (E11g(a11b mitb an b ie! geioi lmen (emm (Sela ) b ilf
,
,
'
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
'
.
.
mit arbeiten ; it!) i nerbe i bu arbei ten (ebreu
.
NO T E I Th e ab ov e verbs , and th e au xiliary verb s
fob
.
(en, i b oli an, 111 11flet1, are th e only ones tha t gov ern th e Infi nitive w i thou t 3 11 Al l
oth e r v erbs c a able of governi ng an Infini tiv e tak e i t with 511 ; as , er glaubt 513
flat ten; fie ftbeineu i011 511 beratbten
'
'
.
p
.
Ne w
2
Anal ogou s is th e use of th e Partici ple Pas t i n beriet en 9 1 15211, to
'
.
be lost
.
CHAPTER VIII
.
A DVERBI AL OBJEC T S
Th e rela ti on of Loca lzty i s th r e ef ol d ; nam ely, e ith er,
local ity prop er)
or, 2 Res t i n a p la c e (
oti on f r om a p la c e
3 41
1
.
or ,
.
'
M
Mt
.
v
'
.
a t on tow a r ds a p la c e
'
(d ire ction prop er )
.
Loc ali ty m ay b e ex pressed e i ther b y an a dv erb of locality , or by a prep osi
ti on wi th a c as e of a nou n or p remi u m, or by an accessory sente nce
(S ee
.
32*
GERM AN GRAMMA R
3 78
.
We h ave menti oned wh at i s to be said under this head in
regards adverbs and in
,
2 7 2 , as regards
270
h
pre positions
2 6 3 , as
.
Th e Germ an, l ik e eve ry ot er langu ag e, m ak es ex tens ive use of ad
ori c al w
ay a bstrac t
v e 1 bs and
re ositi ons of l oc ali ty to e x res s i n a m eta
noti ons an d id eas
Th e f oll owi ng are som e of th e m ost rem ark able of t i s
k i nd :
NO TE
.
p p
p
ph
h
.
9
f
fl
si n, to provi de f or
auf eti oas bebattt (
hf tt ic en, to a
fi fin l e
anf bi e S
IBi enftbaf ten (
'
pply one s self to sc ience
’
a uf bi e iB ei ne bringen, to rais e an arm y
ei 11
t en {sei nb auf ’ d { Janrt ftt lagen, to defeat an enem y
‘
f fi fein, to be prepared f or
m e at: auf bie (ange want ftbieben, to delay something
es tommt anf mitt an, at etivae 9 ef1teté11 (
all, i t dep ends on me wh eth er i t shall
f
au
eti nae ge a t
’
b e done
f etinae befi eten to insis t u pon
l et ben to die of a si ckness
an ei ner fi rauttei t (
au
,
‘
,
.
fl a t 9 eten, to go to work
‘
an QBei eteit, Satren, etc , gunetmen, to grow i n years, wi sdom , etc
’
t
k
a
t
o
ee
b
ac
k
t
r
a
i
res
an fit!) tal ten (mi t feiner teibenft
n
o
n
e
s self
t f ),
,
b et setter (bie 6 tt ulb) li egt an mit , it!) bin 6 m?) an, th e f au lt is wi th m e (
mine)
’
a
s
a
t
o
e
n
t
n
e
v
s
e
i
n
e
t
e
i
b
e
a
a
n
e
m
a
n
b
e
m
n
l
n
o
n
e
as sion on somebody
t
t
ft f
f
St
fl ,
ea liegt mit nit
t ts am la119 e11 i et en, I c are not f or a long li fe
an (
auf) eti oae u n in d
) matten, to l ay c laim to som eth ing
id) bi ll an be: S hite, i t i s m y tu rn
an ei nem s
a mba, einem mi it e, einem 15 1 15111111 arbeiten, to work on a book, pic
ture , bu ilding
’
t
o
a
ea
l
t
o
o
n
s c onsc ienc e
n
b
e
e
r1
1
e
n
i
t
n
e
n
e
e
e
i
n
i
e
a (
a11f) fi ma
G fr f t b f ,
p
an eti nae xtei l (
2Inttei l ) netmen, to tak e interest in
and bet moll e fall en, to act ou t of c h arac ter
a nd bet 9 1 111 f att en, to des ond , to b e bored to des erati on
'
u
t
o
f
sc
oo
l
t
o
t
e
ll
t
a
l
es
o
h
and ber Gttule ft
i
a
e
t n t n,
i n Q tnmad t f all en, to swoon
i n t iaf fal en, to f all as lee
eti oa d i 111 Gebd tnifi betalten, to rem em ber somethi ng
bei Semant em i n gutem 2C11benten bleiben, to c ontinu e in f avor wi th somebody
Gint u i n ben 8 m m ttun, to exc om m u ni cate, to ou tl aw one
i n 8 11rtt t, 2£119 ft ia9 en (feten), to dri ve one to des air, des ondenc y
i n s Q uarter" inget1, to f righ ten i nto oltroonery
i n g ee fi ecten, to get u nder w ay (at sea )
i n Die Gage, i n S
B eriegeutei t geratten, to get em barras sed, to be at a loss
i m gi 1tt 1i Qi lauben fei n, to bel i eve in f u ll earnest
’
eti oa s i 111 2£119 e betalten, not to l ose si gh t of
m il e f ein, to be i n earnest
i m b olleu (E
bei m mamen nennen, to c all one by na m e
B et flaube, bei G innen fei n, to be in one’ s mind
bei S
an 11
.
.
p
m
p
w
_
‘
p
_
p
m
p
p
‘
’
p
p
p
MAN GRAMMAR
3 80
GER
.
peak to hi m to nigh t ; ieben I a9 innfi ltt e‘erleben I must wi tness it every
ery d y ; gefi ern fl benb
d y ; a ll e I age tann baa geftteben th is m y h ppe
11 1 b iele
l t n igh t ; t ier
ed 51111 1 iebes 5111 111 a ll emal ba a et il e sm i te britte let te 511
‘
t
h
i
a
f
t
er
n
oon ; morgen f t 11t
Male ; tente 9111111 9 this noon ; biefen mattmittag
’
will S
a
as
—
,
,
,
s
,
,
to m orrow m orn ing
,
,
,
,
,
a
n ev
a
a
,
2
,
-
,
.
(wi th th e Dative ) i s pref erred , w h en an adj ecti v e i s j oined to th e su b
.
as , an einem
fif
n tern ttbenbe ;
“
bent
a nberaumten
I nge, on th e ap
’
t
Th is f orm i s u se d w ith th e nam es of m onths ; as , 11 111 2 0fl e11 9 10.
o
i
n
e
d
d ay
p
‘ i nterc h a n ea bl
a
b
i
e
b embet , 11 111 brit ten 2 0
1111, e tc , 9 er
e
,
®t
g
y w i th ben 2 0fi e11 9 10
Also wi th th e nam es of da ys ; as , 1 111 G onn
b ember, ben bri tten 21m“
, 9 efttat t i es
1 111 b e1 9 1 119 e11en 9111111111 11
ta9 e
1, b et gangene 5011111110111 111 111 er ta,
We dnes day , Su nday las t h e was h ere ; and so i nte rc hange a bly 11 11 jenem I nge, ; e
’
e
n
n
1 1 9 traf fi tt e, i t h a ened th at day ; an jebem biefet I age (ieben biefer I nge)
tommt er 111 111i r, on eac h of th ese day s h e com es to m e ; 11111 2Cbe11be, i n th e
eveni ng ; 11 111 1111 1 9 111, 11111 l oge
s tan tiv e ;
an
.
.
.
'
‘
pp
’
.
S til l m ore i nde fi ni te are 11111 an d gegen ; as , ee' tear 11111 QBeitnatbten (tet um),
mitternatb t, 11111
11m Q flern, 11111 p fi ngfi en, 11111 ben 2 0fl en 9 1 1 11 1 111 1
1 11 (
terum) , 11111 S
fill i ttag, 11111 I agesanbt ntb, 11111 6 01111 e111111te1 9 1 119 , 11m biefeibe sei t, bafi, e tc , i t
w as a b ou t C ri stm as , Eas te r; Pentec os t, a bou t th e 2 0th of Nov em ber, a b ou t
m i dni g t , daybreak , s u ndown , th e s am e ti m e t at, etc ; a nd in te rc angeably ,
9e9 e11 SIBeitnatbt en, and so on ; 11111 1 2 l l tt
3
‘
.
.
h
h
h
h
.
.
l i me: a nd 1113 111 1 111 denote sync ronism i n a n i ndefini te w ay ; as , (
0 t ap
’
i natt enb t ee ; etnfhn i bigen fi a mpfee all e megi menter gum 2£n9 ri ff ta men
so
4
h
.
h t d ri ng th e ten hou
t
a
u
rs
’
b attle al l th e
regim e nts
c am e
i nto ac ti on ; 111 11 f mt
we are b orn u nder th e s a m e s tars ; 11111et
geboren nuter 9 !eid) en e ternen
bem Getteebienfl ), du ri ng th e serv ic e ; unter fi at ! bem (
ber Si it tt e (
Breton 1111 1
fibeutftb lanb bl11te11b, u n der C arlemagne, Germ any w as in a fl ou ris ing con
di tio n
l l ebet (wi t th e Acc u sa tiv e , rarely th e Da tive ) ex resses sync ronism in an
h
'
h
.
p
h
h
p
i ndefini te w ay , li ke 1111ter ; as , 11 11 : 9 111 1111 blei ben bei 3 ema11bem, to as s th e
h a t 1 119 fiber, bi e 9 111 1111 fiber, m ean, on th e
t
ni g t wi t ; fiber l iftte, a t table
‘
And
ot er a nd, a ll day, a ll th e nig t ; but: gauge Sat: 11bet , a ll th e y ear rou nd
wi t th e Dati ve it ex res ses s yn c roni s m and c ausali ty s im u ltaneously ; as,
h
h
h h
h
.
p
h
.
h
16111 1 QBatne bee tebene befi e {shif te
11
G ttabe, 111 5 11 ber bem (
i ty t at th e b es t h alf o f li f e m us t ass u nder th is beau tif u l i llu sion
'
p
p
h
a
.
Gie bet
en wit
h 9 1111; 11ber bem tefen, you f orget m e enti re ly over your book
gen
5 Th e Genitiv e is used i n an i n de finite w a y onl y in th e f oll owi ng hras es
bee) 58101 9 21111 , 9 11 19 13 01 11 Sh a e), 1 1 9 11 31111111 , 1 1 9 6
21be11bs‘
, i n th e ev en i ng, (
barauf, (best) 9111111 9 6 , (
bee) w
i i tternattts, mormi ttags, inatt mittage; (bee) g aunt
tage, montage, Q ienflagd, 51111111 11111 , S
Donnerli age, St ei taga’, G onnabenbs‘ (or
Th e e x ress ions 11 m 6 0111111 9 1 , 6 0111111 9 5 ,
wi th th e Ac c u sa tive , 6 0111111 9 ,
6 9 111111 9 , a nd ben Gonntag, are th us f ar dif erent, th at am G onntage, etc ,
is u s e d o nly of as t ti m e, as an ei nem g onntage fi at t er ; ben G onntag, ete , ia
ref erre d w i th f u tu re tim e , as t en G onntag toet be itt arbei ten ; Gonntag, etc ,
m ay b e u se d both w ith as t and f u tu re tim e ; 6 0111111 9 6 m ea ns on every Sun
°
'
.
.
m
p
’
p
.
p
p
.
.
p
e
3 81
rax .
'
da y , ’ a s (be6 ) 6 0111111 9 6 9 ebe i1b 9 e106b11li1b f111 3 11 e11
Also (t e6 ) 91101 9 1 116 , 9 11 1b16 ,
2tb1 11b6 , £0
1i111 9 6 , 1111111 1 111 11 16, Q3 01 111i tt1 9 6 , 9 11 1bmi 111 9 6 , are u s ed of te n to ex
‘
.
p s ‘e y m o ning e y nig ht i n th e night ti m e gene lly F th x
p e i n of ce tain m orni ng e to th e A c usati e i p f e d ;
11 1bfle11
ie11e11 9110 9 1 11 11111 111be1 1 119 And to 914 1b16 co re ponds be1 1 11 9 1 11111 I nge in
re s
v er
’
r
r ss o
a
’
ver
,
,
or
’
r
t
,
ra
-
e e
'
c
,
or
.
v
s
re
rre
a s,
1
,
'
1
-
1
,
th e da y ti m e
r
.
s
,
,
.
3 11 wi th th e Da tive oc curs w ith nou ns i ndi c ati ve of sp ace o
f ti me 6 ie 1111
ben i n ftbib atben 6 11111ben mid) 9 efebe11 (S ch ) ; 111 161 1111 111 Sabre feib ibe gebot en !
i 11 i b i eb iel sei t 111 1111 1111111 mi t ‘
Da mvf (wit h s tea m ) 111111) mew 9 01 1: 10111 1111 11 3 3 11
11
i nute" 3 11 ei nem I age (F
1 51 (
id
9 1 6 11111111 11 111111 ; ebn M
; b iel 1b1111, i n a da y
m u c h m a y b e done ; in ; i oangig Se bren werbe i d) ein Grew fei n, i n twe nty y ears
I shall be an old m an ; i n beinen Stabt en ift 11111 1 11011) 1101! b off nung
1
.
-
.
.
-
7
.
p
p
$ i1111e11 a nd i1111e1 ba lb ex ress th e s am e tim e a s i n, only ointing ou t s im u l
t aneou s ly th e fi na l term or term s ; a s , bie wriefe i 1111ten
1, D
1 5 bi 1111e11 S
mitternatbt
u nb 93101 9 e11 fi arl06 50
111111 111 berlaflen fol! (S ch th e letters ru n t u s , t a t be tw ee n
m idn ig t a nd m orning C a rlos i s to le ave
adri d
21 11111101 “ mit bi1111e11 (inner
balb) ; ebn I agen, wi t in ten day s
.
h
'
M
.
h
h
h
.
.
h
h
iB ei is u s ed, w en not so m u c th e tim e as th e c ircu m sta nces an d m otiv es of
‘
r
e
oin te d ou t ; as , bei j eh m d bfd
action a e to b e
fieb gittert mit 011 6 $1 1 ; (S ela ) ;
8
.
p
h
h I
h
’
t i111
bei bi efem 211 1111111 erfiat rte id) , a t t i s s i g t, w as stru c k w i th orror ; 6 i(
!
’
i t i s a s i t i s w o nt to b e i n c a rgi ng ; bei all ebem
tb ie d bei m Ginbauen gebt (S ch
i ft er t11d) t bofe, w i t al t at h e i s mot e d ; bei I age ftblfi f t er, bei 9 111 1“ 1111 19 1 er
Th e E
ngli sh
by t is tim e i s mif t lerib eile
h
.
h
'
.
"
h
h
h
.
.
h
pp
h
2(11f (wi t Ac c u s a tiv e ) oc c u rs w i t v erb s den oti ng a del a y , or a n a o inte d
‘
f u tu re ti me ; as, b erftbi ebe 1111bt6 auf m01 9 e11, 1111 6 bu beute 1b1111 ta nnfl
(
2 1 but
mid) 1 11f beute befiell t, h e h as ordered m y c om ing f or to day
2C11f QBieberfeben,
9
.
.
-
«
.
to see u s a g a i n
.
h Ac cu sative ) denotes tim ei n th e m ost definite w ay ; as er 11 111
1 0 2I11f (wi t
.
,
1
f be11 (111 i t be111 ) 6 th i1 g b ier i l bt , h e c am e as th e c loc k stru c k f ou r ; er iii
or biefelbe $
1Ri 11111e) 1 119 1 10111 1111 11 ; fei a11f bie 6 11111111 211 !
id)
1 11f bie mi nute (
tann bie aei t 11i1b t 1111f be11 1 1 9 (11 11f 221 9 nub 6 ti t11he) 9 1 1 1111 befltmmeu, I ca nno t
’
t E
omm i t
a pp oi nt th e v ery hou r ; 1111f be11 6 0111111 9 fvdteflene
h bin, I shal l c om e
S u nd ay , a t th e v ery la te st ; 1 11f aIIe Sdll e fei be !
1 1 3 11 in this c onnec tion i s h a lf an ti qu a te d, an d occ u rs onl y i n ph rases lik e
th ese : ; 11 2111f11 n9 be6 2tori l6 ; 111 Gabe biefe6 Sabre6 ; 5111: retb ten 3 ei t ; 3 111
te11 sei t or l i ngei t ; 3 111 sei t a t p res ent now ; 3 11111 erben, gtb eiten, b1 111e11, (eaten
1 11
.
'
Male f
,
,
h
3 11 i b i eberbolten
a t m any diff erent ti m es ; 3 11 b et ft
b iebener scit, b erftbiebeueu (3 11 setten) sei
a t ti m e s ) ; ; 11 jeber 6 t1111be ; unb er 11 1 1 13161 fie 5111
t en, at dif f erent tim e , ti m es (
felbigen 6 11111be (Sch ) ; 111 9 111 1 11, 111 QBeibuacbteu, 3 11m neuen Sabre
,
or
th e fi rst, second, t i rd, las t tim e ;
-
.
‘
Ant ec e denc e in ti m e is ex resse d b y 1101 i n a m ore ge neral w ay ; as , eo
l itbte11 93101 9 e11 10111 (Pr ov ) ; 1101 £ 111 .
11 1111 1101 2£be11b a11ber6 10erben, 1 16 e6
gem, a s ort tim e ago ; 1101: 1 19 1 Sabre", ei g t years a go
12
p
.
h
13
.
Al so by
h
6 (bi
M
11 16 11101 9 1 11 10111
'
“
1111e11 ), u p
W6 ibifl n
'
e
.
.
to, wh en th e extrem e term is
pointed ou t ; as
,
MAN GRAMMAR
3 82
GER
.
pressed by
i n a g eneral w ay ; as , nntb bun
bert Sabren (
11 1111 5 11 111 11 111cbr geben, afte r one
i n 11111101 1 1 Snbren) wit h 1 6
u nd re d y ears t ere w ill
rinc es
e r aps b e no m ore
’
By naf , i m ly ing a t th e s a m e tim e c au s ali ty ; as, n11f blnt ge 6 tbi ncb11 n folgt
n11f mei n ®ebei 6 entf ernte ficb
(
Befang 111111 I a113 ; unb 5233 1 111 naf QBell e
ri ncess reti re d
n11f b1 11 erften E
B liit
bi e Sii rfti n
a t my c o m m a n d th e
‘
bemertte it9 6 , I erc eived i t a t th e ve ry fir st glance ; bnrnuf ergri ff 11 feinen Gli t
1 4 A su bsequ ent ti m e i s ex
.
h
p h
h
p
p
p
p
ftb lnfif th ereu pon h e f orm ed h is plan
15
.
.
h wi th th e Acc u sative) ex press a f u twre time in a
l l eber a nd i n (bot
'
.
,
‘
fiber ntbt I nge. in ntbt I ngen, in 0111 3 11111 I ngen, 1i ber bier3 ebn
gene ral w ay ; as ,
h
h
h
I nge, a w eek enc e, i n eig t day s, i n a f ortnig t ; erib nrten 6 te mid) , 93 1 1113 , i n
1 1111 1 6 111111 1 (
S ch ) ; fiber ein 51 11 1111 6 (
0 1011 311 1 Sbr 111 11
9 feben (Bible), a li ttle
w il e a nd ye s a ll see m e
h
h
.
3 44 Dur a ti on of tim e i s ex presse d,
.
M"
By th e Ac c u sative ; as, 1 1 111 1 11 11111 9 1 1 3 1 11 I ng
nu bem ll fer 1 ) id
)
bie 1111111 111 11 21111
(nnge I nge, t a6 tnnb ber ®1 i et
ben mit b en
fntbenb
orgen (
Sch )
9 1 11 ber 93 1 1113 1 ffi11 qualen mitb f1b011 01 11 9 1 113 1 11
Of te n th e adverb lnag i s ali ixe d or f oll ows to s ow t at th e w ol e of th e
tim e m entioned is c onsu m ed by th e ac tion ; as , I n9 1 (nng, f or w ol e day s ; 6 11111,
111 11111119 , f or w ole ou rs ; 18 01111 1111 119 , 9310111111 11 119 , etc
i e I rene b i er3 i9 3 abre
SD
’
not qu i te ten ye ars
lnng betb nbrt (Sch ) 2111 3 el) en Snbr, 1 11 Die 3 ebn 3 11 111 1 , i s ‘
1
.
M
.
h
h
h
h
h
h
1
.
.
.
b) ; bie 9 n113 e QBotbe 0111 111 (fiber), th e whole week
'
9 1 11 9 11 113 1 11 6 011111111 11ber (bnrt
$
rou n d.
p
p
6 ett ex resses th e c omm enc em ent of a s ace of tim e c ontinu i ng u p to th e
resent, or tim e of th e ac ti on s ok en of ; as , (
eit 9 1111 1 1 (
i nb i b ir befi gei vi fi(
Sela )
(21 ii 1001 feit 01 1 i Snbren, h e h as b een dead these th ree y ears ; fei t ‘
menftbenge
benl‘
en ib nr e6 f0 gelb efen, f rom tim e imm em orial i t h ad b een thu s
3 $
z
3 i6 ex res ses ti m e u p to th e resent m om ent, or last mom ent mentioned ;
as , i d
11111
) bin i bm 11 1 11 gebli eben bi6 311m I ob (S ch ) ; bi 6 bierber bi n i d
) 0bue 6 10
(S ch ) ; id) 101 1 01 bi 6 111 01 9 111 blei ben Ins tead of bi6 , nnf with th e Accusativ e i s
of ten u se d ; as , nnf ac
ht I nge b erreifen, to m ake a tri of eight days
2
.
p
p
'
.
.
.
p
.
p
.
p
3 45
Th e a dv er bi al oh ects
’
.
b
a dver s
by
one
of
f
o
m a nn er
ma nner are ex pressed eith er
by su b stantiv es wi th
mi t, obne, nnf, a nd), 3 11, 1111111 , or by a
2 6 1,
th e p reposi ti ons
Geniti v e case
f
o
.
or
.
p
p
111111 and obne are u sed, lik e wi th and m thtm t, to ex ress th e resenc e or ah
sence of a qu ali ty of a n ac ti on, or su bj ec t, or obj ec t ; as , 1 1 (
pritbt mit fi efi bl nber
0bl1e S oftbmnr
f , h e s eaks w it feeling , bu t w i t ou t taste
3 11) li ebe obne {Joffi
1
’
.
p
~
h
h
1111119 , mit I 001 6 n11 9 fi 1111b 111 11 Ge nbr be6 £ebe116
f
(Sch)
Dbne 5 89 1 1 11, 0bne 5113 01 11
fiemnnb mit or bei ei nem genmen 11111111 11
ftbreiten fie 3 111 rnfcben I bnt
NOTE
.
h
p
.
p
h
Th e Germ ans li ke t i s kind of ex ressi on so well , as to em loy
i t s u p erfl u ou sly ; as , mit bem ib oltb e i n ber { i nnb greif t 1 1: i bn n11 (w ere eit er
ben 513 0111) i n ber 9 11 1111 [ see
or 111 11 bem b old
pe gri ff er i bn 1 11, would
.
h
.
GERMAN GRA MMA R
3 84
.
j ct is ex pressed by s on ; as er tft eon bon
er 91
8mm
Wh en th e cause
truni en ; bi e slii ffe fd mell en s on bem Si egen
of th e sub e
,
,
.
acts in a n e ati v e w a , th e
g
y
a ga in st i t, i t i s
j
su b e c t s tri v in g
ex
pressed by not or c ue as man f ar m not Webel nicbte feben ; not
(w e) flangemeil e gfibnen; (S ee 2 7 2
,
.
5
2
3 69 811 d enotes i n su ch cases a n e x te rna l obstacl e to th e
‘
a c ti on ; as, wegen fremben E
ei dj tfinm e 3 11 l eiben babeu ; wages
[dyl edyten QBettet e megbl eiben
.
2
Th e m eans
.
of
acti on
is ex pre ssed by mi t and bard), th e
instrum ent by mit, mi ttele, b ermi ttelft ;
as, mit
s
r
b
u
n
u
m
t
fl
n
(
)
f
9 1 mg etmae bewlt ten ; ber imm fdy tit fret tu rd; fli ernunft, [tart
ba rd) (
S alsas, bard) 6 anftmutl; grofi unb rei d) t urd; Gdj i ge
‘
(Sela ) ; burg!) (an) ®tft fterben ; untergel m bard) I borbett unb
bi e {schi st filnberet
.
Norn
b ut ch, and, son; and i c egen ru n som etim es so cl osely together, as
to be c a p abl e of rep lac i ng eac h oth er ; as , but tb (megen, b elt ) fremoe S chulb lei
t eny eti nc d berth (
ee ; n
e Grofimntb
eon) semanbem mad mt (a g
a
) fclbft but ch fal fi
b
r
‘
h eese Th e di‘fi ere nce i s, h ow ev er, qu ite di scerni ble : t urd)
(nus, te egen f 6 (c
‘
denotes th e p assive m eans q
f an ej ect i ntended by th e subj ect, and can, there‘fore,
'
.
'
.
.
.
p
be exc h anged wi th ben
1 In as si ve sentences , w hen th e subj ec t i s su fi ering
u nder th e ac tion of an obj ec t, w h ic h , th ou gh a
ers on, i s re resented as a m ere
’
t i l ttl e ge.
tool or m eans i n th e h an ds of anoth er ; as , Q dfat ie ut be but ch (
or b en) m
tfibtet. 93 a" g rate d re rese nt
s Bru tus as t h e real res onsible c au se, bard) as
th e m ere tool of somebo dy else, or in th e h an ds of f a te or rovidence
2 Af ter
th e verbs sum bdrm. erfubt en, lem m, n talten b oa Sent ences; or hard
) Semc nben
In itb (a n: bad eon fi afl , th e b en re resents Rat ! as a teac h er, bard) as a m e re m eans
of learni ng something
S nub c an be exc ha nged wi th fin ger; af ter som e neuter
verbs , as leibm , erbcn, anter eo
fi
g n, w hen th e sufi ering subj ec t c an i n some way
be consi dered as not e nti rely as siv e, b u t re mai ning ac tive in a m easure ; as,
Rat ! (eibct beint fl e tgm , where fi nd is b eati ng u p u nder his bu rden of suff ering ;
bu t in Rat ! leibet ba rd) bio, h e i s so f ar h ome down u nder i t as to re main only
as siv e
In id) tm ccbte but ch sin Gefdyrei w e fi nd a barbarism ; it m us t run
thus : lib i nurbe bard) t in fi efc
b rei “i ntui t, b ec au se ca ve en ex resses a rem nant
‘ a mie i s l ik ewi se a barbarism
of self act ivi ty
e
m
a
e
i
n
e
e
n
e
i
ne
s
t
(
S
,
dj
g
3 d)
because m gen shows a rem nant of reason in th e su ff eri ng su bj ect, th at is
not
ossible i n th e ac tion of a waki ng ; b u t w e ca n say , i cb crieat
btc b en cinem
Geftbrei, becau se here th e su bj ec t is i nc i ted to as m uc h activ ity as is ossible
i n aw aking by a ca us e th a t is giv e n by c on
And w e c an say i(b et leacbte and
alter fi m olmbelt wt befli mmten G a mes, al thou gh and ex resses only an ac ti on
of i ntellec t or m i nd, bec au
se a h abi tu de i s c ontrac te d only by a c c work ing of
the intellect or mi nd
.
p
p
p
p
p
p
.
.
.
p
.
'
s
p
p
'
'
.
-
m
.
m
p
p
p
.
p
-
.
S YNTAX
3
.
3 85
.
Th e m ean s of knowi ng or di stinguish ing som eth in g i s con
’
as , man i e
v ey e d b
bt e hit
[
(by)
bu bait gemei nt
y an
an
ben Q
Iugen an, gemifi
(
t ine (mode am Rl ang, einen Qi ogel am
(
b ein g, ei nen menu am (
b ang, cinen S torm an ben QBorten
Bu t th e sour ce of in
f ennt man an ali en Dt ten
f orm ation, wh en i n an i m ate, i s aue ; as , w e t abrung, §Bud)em ,
Wi ttbetlungen Qinberer etmae mi ffen, f ennen
.
m or a l m oti ve i s
pressed by
d u e or not ; th e extern a l m oti ve by megen bal ben, u m
mili eu
4
.
’
Th e i n terna l or so call ed
-
ex
,
as ;
Gr but li d) ans‘gluten (
Brfinben guf fuf geaogen, h e h as retired f or (f rom ) good
reas ons
(
i t wit h nor Zi a get (and merger) brauu nub blau ; er i i and (not ) (c uter
‘
€8 efd
Ga tes tbuu rein
) eibenl) ei t ungltxttlitb (he re bard) w ou ld be j u st as prop er )
—not nor tiebe, b ecau se no: ex p resses th e da ngerou s
and tiebe gum (
Bi tten
-
.
.
h
a nd t rou bl esom e, and th e sal u tary a nd f u rt eri ng m oti v e
‘
—
r lmt fi d
Q‘
) toegen 93h?
.
bigteit aurfiitgej ogeu, on accou nt of weari ness ;
not and, bec au se h e i s u nw illi n
g
to re tire ; not h er, bec ause h e is ac ti ve i n retiri ng ; i t i s a resolu tion prom te d by
h
h
h
p
p
p
.
his ow n j u dgm ent, a l t ou g f or a trou blesom e reason ; h e is not rom ted to do
so by a c a use ; still be r m ig t b e def e nde d, on th e grou nd t a t th e m otive is
h ere som ething of a c au se
.
h
fib er Glue balben (ivegelt. um ber Glue wi den) crim e
tbuu ; not and fi bre, b ec au se h onor i s not a m otiv e , b u t an external di sti nc ti on ;
bu t w e c an say and Glugef fibl etinae than (f rom a m b i tion )
h es St iebend mit:
S
l e ftbinei gen, to be s ilent f or th e sak e of eace (or has Sri ebens i negen or
(en {tit
elber
t ) ; bu t n ot and 8 mm“. n or b er St i eben, bec a u s e th at eace i s fi rs t to c om e
D
f rom ou ts ide ; bu t w e c an s a y and {Sriebens‘
iiebe ftbteeigen Th e am in i nst ant
il an
a nd D
at um h as th e f orce of um
.
'
.
p
M
5
.
p
.
.
Th e p urp ose i s ex p ressed by 3 11, bu t i f th e pu rp ose i s to
d to th e bene fit of a n oth er p e rson or th in g, by
fii r ; as,
r edou n
fptel e an metner (Swelli ng unb angl ei d) 3m SBeIebrung; i d)
5) e fii r bi e fl a tten fil l ed) mi t ci n f o tii d) Rt fingd nm itt
a
l
e
(
m
m
r
f
f
Brau t (U M
mei ne {ii fie fi
) S ci) bi n es, fitt ben ct gebfirget (but)
I am h i m f or wh om h e h as vou ch ed ; h ere um befltnt
i d)
'
.
.
'
5
mi li eu m i gh t be tol era te d, b ecau s e h e m ay h av e done s o ei th er
f r om th e m otiv e of lov e f or, or f or th e p u rp ose of b en efi tin g, hi s
f ri en d
.
6
.
i§ut bi e {St eibei t ffimpfen, fterben
.
Th e eff ect of
an a c ti on , e v en
if
n ot
i ntende d, i s
al so e x
‘
p re ssed by 3 11 ; as bi e Saute Ii cis i d) gut Si aferei (S ch ) SDtefe
adbenten ; fi e finb li d)
fi ne Bri ngen mi d) gut fli erameiflung, gu m W
’
,
.
_
33
3 86
‘
GERMAN GRA MMAR
.
eln abnl i d), th ey are so li k e a s to be tak en f or eac h
gum fli ermed fl
o th er
.
Conf orm i ty of an ac ti on or concl u si on w i th la w s of nature
or th e will of som e p e rson i s e x pre s se d b y a nd) ; as , a nd; meinen
heften Rt fiften ; nad) bem ®eiege, ber Statue, S emanbee QBill en
ore ex pres si v e in th i s r es pect i s
l eben
gemfifi as, bar ©i tte
gemdfi
7
.
M
.
.
8
S ufol ge (infol ge) and b ermege ex press m ere c onse quence
'
.
,
wi th out regard to whe th er i t is th e conse quenc e
f
of
a
m otiv e
or a ca u se , th e f orm er hin tin
a t an
i nternal c au se ;
bf
S ee
.
27 3
-
tnne mart er ei n 23 W
{etnee flei d nr
Bufolge m eans als o ac c or di ng to (wh at on e says)
er Iei c t inni g
fdflvenbet
as,
g r a th er at an ex tern al , th e l atte r
b la des marb
3 ufolge fei nes grvfien (
u nb s ermii ge
.
.
An (f
ec t contra ry
to th e
c au s e
or m oti ve , th e
presse d by mihet
so ca lle d
-
aumibet ,
a a i n st, c on tra r
g
y to, ungeacbtet, n otw i thsta ndi ng, nos, i n sp i te
o ; in di sc ri m in a tely
f
a dversati ve
c a us e
r e as on ,
or
is
ex
,
.
1 0 A cti on s r edoun ding to th e di sa dvan ta ge of
.
meb dy r
so
o
o
hing ar e ex presse d by gegen an d What ; as ftrenge bi d)
mit er) bei ne Wei gung an ; untem ebmt ni cbte gegen
ni cht gegen (
(mit er) enre greunbe!
som et
3 47
,
.
Wh en th e subj ect 15 th e sam e in both sentence s the
,
pur pose is a lso exp resse d by th e I nfiniti v e wi th an (th e so ca lled
-
S u pin um ) , and th e la tter fre qu en tly i nten sified wi th a m; as , um
i n order to
fi t!) an gerftreuen bai t fi e fid) i n fi amberg auf
recreate h erself , sh e i s li vi n
Bleiben, l
S ci) f vmme nld)t 3 11
g i n Ba m be rg
’
=
S
ch
i
e
m
b
n
n
e
e
n
t
m
m
u
m
e
t
n
re
i
o
i
d
Si
c
;
b
t
)
a
f
( )
b a fp
.
bat bi d) bet Rai fer bergeid fldt (Sch )
3 48 I nstea d of a dv erbial obj e c ts of m ann er ti m e a nd
c ausa li ty
som e tim es p arti c ip les p re sen t
(only in p oetry and
lof ty s tyle) a n d p artic ipl es p as t (
c hi efl
y i n lof ty s tyl e) are e m
‘
l
p oye d ; as fi e blieb nacbr
be
i n 92acboenf en, sol! (
i nnenb fteben (
l angfam) wetter ; t i es filli es bei mit
bani en) ; wit gi ngen gii gernb (
b
( en
.
‘
.
,
,
.
,
,
'
GERM AN GRAMMAR
3 88
.
listen to r ea son Bu t a n i ndi ihdaa lizi ng obj e c t c onfi nes th e c lass or Spec ies of
a n ac tion to a s ing le obj ec t ; as , to d ri nk w i ne now, or f r om th es e tu mb le r s, or
h er e, or with ou r f ri ends to s e ek re f u g e th er e, or th en, or f or th ese reasons , or
’
’
n
w
i
t
o
e
s own ea r s,
h
or
t
h
e
s
o
n
o
t
i n one s house, or wi th a comp a ni on , to li s te n
g,
la ngu a ge, i n t is res ec t, diff ers
a n d th e Engl is
In Germ an
or a ttenti vely
f rom i t o nly i n s ec i alties —th e w ord wi ne, r ef ug e, r eason, i s ere si ngle d ou t
f rom all th e w ords of th e se ntence b y th e acc ent of th e s eak er, w h o ronou nces
th e w ord a l i ttl e l ou der, or i n a ig er k ey , t an th e ot er words, and a t the
lac e i n th e sentenc e , nam ely , th e l as t b efore the
arti cu l ar
s a m e ti m e b y a
p re dic a te h ere t ere i s a c o u la , an d th e v ery las t w ere t ere is none ; as,
lBei u ; id} babe ni emals i n f einem p ai tfe
e mit i bm S
i t!) tm nt t a mai e‘i n feinem { ma r
mi t i bm QBei n gem mten ; er fud) te t ort a nd guteit Grant ee mi t fei nem fi ef fibrteu
°
‘
aufluit t ; er i e oil te t ort and gluten fi ri mt en mit einem ®ef<1lmeu su flii ct t fl l tbt ll
C om are t ese sentences w it t e f ollowing : i (
b tranf (ta male i n feinem b aufe
mi t i bm) t e a G
i le s QBeilt (th e ac cent and th e c onstru c tion rem ai n th e s am e,
w et er w e om i t one or m ore of th e obj ec ts i n a re nt esis , or not ) ; er bat t ort
‘
fei nen fi effi brten gefucbt ; er btrte aufmertfam t em (Befange 3 11 ; ba r er nicte eti t a
.
-
h
.
p
p
h
w
h h
p
h
p
h
p
p
h
p
h
h
h
.
p
h
h h
'
p
h h
h
'
au mertfa m t em Q
i e ange augebtrt !
h
h p
T is natu ral order of se ntences a nd s oce n
tu ation m ay, as w e ave se en in th e c a ter on c ons tru c tion, be i nverted by
th e r e toric al a ccent and an i nv erted c onstruc tion
In t is c as e, t a t one of
f
f
’
h
h
h
h
th e obj ec t so i ngled ou t —w h e n it is not p la c ed at th e head of th e se nte nc e
2 88
w hi c h i th e m ost prom ine nt place n or a t th e end a f ter th e p edic ate
w h ic h i s th e second i n im p ortance
is p lac ed las t b efore th e p edic a te in
sentences w i th
pu la or last in su ch as h ave no c opu la ; as itt trac t t amald
mi t i bm QBein in feinem fixtur
e(
not e ls e wh ere ) ; niema i s babe i c
b QBein mit i bm
ange
i n fei nem b aufe getri ml‘
en (
bu t p erh aps els e w here ) ; id) weifi t afi er t em Ger
.
s
s
s
.
,
r
,
r
a co
,
,
,
f
f
si l flud nmi t einem
(Befii lnten fa tt en (not a lone ) ; er ins ure t ort mi t einem ®efci brten 3 11fl11d) t ans gm
t en (
St imt en fatten (not i nconsi derately ) ; er innate and gate“ S mi tt en t ort 511
flucb t fatten (or ail flutbt gerat e t ort (li chen, no t any where els e ) This great
au mert a m gubtrte (by no m eans i nattentively ) ; er i nc li te t ort
'
,
.
p
p li abili ty of th e langu age wi th regard t o ac c ent a nd c ons tru c tion gives ow er
u il m us t take
to e x ress th e nicest s a des of r etori c al em
asis , and th e
ains to bec om e f ami li ar w i t i t
p
p
h
Th e
h
n atur al
h
ph
p p
.
arra n
ob ects
gem ent of th e sev eral
j
th ere f ore, th e f oll owi n g
1
.
2
.
»
Q
A ccu sati v e , Da ti v e, a nd Gen itiv e of p ersonal pronou ns
.
A dv erb ial obj ect of ti m e (
a dv e rb of ti m e
)
.
e
A dv erbial obj ec t of lo c ali ty (
a dv erb of pl ace
)
h
adve rb of ca u se
A dv erbi al obj ect of cau sali ty (
)
t
.
.
Dative of s ub stantives)
Com pl e ti n g pe rson a l obj ec t (
5
6
A c cu sati ve )
Com pl e ting suff e ring obj e c t (
“ A dve rbs of m o da li ty o r n egation
!
0
.
1
.
.
S YNTA X
8
.
9
.
3 89
.
Obj ects of m anner
Com p leting obj e ct of locali ty, or Geni tiv e
.
or
Facti ti ve
ob ec t.
j
NO T E
h
h
T is natu ral order c a n be i nv erted, so t at 1 and 2 m a y ex c
lac es, an d 3 and 4 e xc ange lac es wi t 5 and 6 , f or reasons giv en i n
29 2
notes 1 an d 3 , a nd
.
p
h
p
h
h ange
2 9 1,
,
.
Ex AMPLns
fiener t er QBeiaget er t itbtete nnter t en G vai i iern eine grt fie
miet erlage a‘n (Sch ) fill etne © (bnfe ft eflen mi t iB egierte (
b ras (S ch ) L
Dierer
et nbi icte erfli il te t ie gedngfi igte Grat e mi t t en ft oii eften é off nnngen (S ch )
Di e
{boflente t ee fi a li fen Gabi rfibmten ibm fo bdufig t ad G fikf fei ner ll ntertlmnen
u nter feiner gttrergieicben megiernng not t nfi et t urd
) t en 20111 1112 es mi tgngeni efien
(i d) entfdflofi
Sn t er einen p ant t ad Gibi t ert i n t er ant ern t i e (finate
m fl t oivn) jest fDetttftb la ll b b on einem C
Z nt e 3 11m a nbet u ais
fi ebt ma n i nn (6 11m
S i eger (
Befeageber nnt micbter t nt tb ftb reiten (S c h )
(
i s if! ein angielnnt es
mr
G ibc
Z rli ntnngegeifi mit ei nem mfitbtigen Gtemente i m
p i el, t en menft
t i icben (
f en (S ch ); ‘
fi ampf e an erbiic
p app enbei m fi arb am f olgent en I nge an teipgig a n
‘t en i ot t aid err m nnertannt
e
i
n
e
n
n
S
c
h
t
i
e
e
Q
B
n
t
e
n
r
o
e
e
n
e
a
t
e
t
I
b
b
f
(
)
i
b vv n
{o fd
(S ela)
.
'
'
.
.
“
‘
.
-
,
,
’
,
.
.
.
C HA PTER X
.
OF THE C O
MPO U ND S ENTENCE
.
A n a cc essory s enten ce m ust be con si dered as ori gi
or a su b
n atin g f rom , an d as u se d i ns te a d of , e i th er th e su fiec t (
3 51
s ta nti v e
.
)
,
or th e a ttr i bu te, or a n a dv er bi a l ob ec t of
j
th e
princ i p al
I n th e f orm er c as e i t i s call e d a su b stan ti v e a ccess ory
s en ten c e ; i n th e se con d, a n a dj ec ti v e a cce ssory s en ten ce ; i n th e
se nten ce .
thi rd, an a dv erbi a l acces sory senten c e
.
i enlcten mi fien, t afi fi e feti ertaft fint
EXA MPL ES — 1 Sli de W
ar ni d flé mei fi
enlc
i
ei n E
lli
i
i
ei t) ; 2
t
e
i
e
r
a
)
e
i
r
,
g
g
t
t
g
b
f
(
S
i
emnnt, meiI er ft
i
i
m
a
T
i
3
s
n
t
t
e
e
c
e
n
r
W
e
n
t
i
n
w
i
n
e
n
;
b
t
g
f
)
fl
(
megen fei ner Qii geniwfi i gf ei t)
oft Iii gt (
’
.
.
'
.
'
,
.
.
All acce ssory se nten c es h av e a p arti cul ar con stru ction
.
(See
3 90
GERMA N GRAMMAR
I
.
S UB S TA NTI V E AC CES S O RY S ENTENC ES
.
§ 3 52 A sub sta n ti v e ac c ess or y s en te n c e , w h en
a ffirm a ti v e,
.
i s in trodu ced by th e c onj u n c ti on t ag, th a t
.
a n i nte rro
gati v e, by
Db, if ,w h eth er , or one of th e i n terro g a ti v e pronou n s a nd a dv erbs
e et ? 111 0 ? mi e ? moran ? marnm ? mo
(mer ? was ?
mi t ? e tc ) as i d) wei B t nfi i d) gefehl t hat e ; er mnfite ni ctt ob
i d) t arnm mer t ee geitau tat ; ee
er gefehl t tatte ; ee hant el t (
i ft nnerti arli d) marnm er ni d>i au fri et en i ft
3 5 3 Wh e n th e pre di ca te of th e p ri ncip al sentenc e gov ern s
a p re p osition a dem on stra ti v e pro no u n or a dv erb com pound ed
w i th thi s p re posi ti on m u s t b e a dded i n th i s pri n ci pal sen tence
to w hi ch th e c onj u nc tion re f ers ; as er befcbaftigt fid) bami t
was feine Sh attt arn tha n ; mein grofiter Qi orttei i t eftant t arin
ee beut elt fid)
t afi t i e iti ebe ant 6 ti l e terrietent war
t at nm ob er es gei tau
NO TE 1 In 2 89 it i alread y m entioned th at bnfi m ay b e om i tted as ‘
is
c ti on of th e i m ple
som eti m es d one in Engl i h an d tha t i n th i s c se th e c n t
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
s
.
,
s
a
,
o
s ru
s
‘ et an
e
i
t
u
t
e
r
a
e
e
t
e
t
b
fi , b
g b
or cc o rdin ate sentenc e re tu rns ; as , i (
-
i n th e c as e of 3 5 3
It m u st be a dded
.
Bu t never so
.
si on m u st b e
h ere th at ob may lik ew ise be om itted and that th e omis
,
,
pointe d ou t b y givi ng th e ac ces ory sentence th e c on t
s ru c tion of a
s
ple entence ; a
'
b foil te er gehen ot er a id) t (oh er genen foll te) ;
id
n imi nt eflen t arnm, tear id
er betfimmerte (
) nicbt i n
) anft iet en ot er aid) t (ob id) i n
riet eli i b m: ot er nic
b t) Thi s m a y as th e ab ove exam ples s how, be done ev en
F
si m
s
s , er i t n i te nit t,
f
s
,
.
i n th e c as e o f
d ou ble u estion
q
3 5 3 ; b u t in
all c as es only w
hen th e a
c c ess ory s entence is a
possi ble to say er tfimmerte fitb niibt t nrnm 1111 : ich
Or wh en i t is excep ti na lly done as i n i d) ta nt! mid) nitbt eri nnern
aufrieben
i b eren G i e i nt fi cngert ? w e h ave not a n accessory sentence bef ore u bu t a
s i m pl e one an d not a n indirec t qu estion bu t a di rec t one j oined to another
w i th o t c onne c ti on
NO T E 2 S ubstanti ve a cc essory sentenc es stand som etim es i n th e place
tp l ti ng ob
of a con
j t adver bi a l acc essory sentences i n th e place of a non
c omp le ti ng ob
j ct B t s ince i t is i n som e c es dependent m ere ly on the
i ntenti on of th e s p eak r w h th er an obj ec t i to b e con ide ed as c om pleting
om eti m es a non c om pl eti ng obj
t m a y b e e leva te d to
or n ot c om pleti ng and
th e d igni ty f a com ple ting one th e m ay b e acces so y se nten s w h ic h m ay
b ta ntive a nd a d e b i l ; as i d) ftb fi me mid) t afi i(h ee b er
b e c la ed both as
It is i m
.
,
,
’
o
.
,
s,
,
,
,
u
.
.
e
ec
e
,
as
u
.
e
e
s
,
se en babe (id)
fr
,
su
s
r
er
v r
s
i
fcti me mitt n einei
r
ec
-
o
ss
s
a
,
ce
,
SBergefiiictteit, or i d) fdfii me mid; toegen meinee‘
GERMAN GRAMMAR
3 92
.
f wei d un filli es ani ommt ? baa b ane mel cheé mit gebort (mein
b ane)
Th e relati v p onou n i neve
m i tte d as m ay b e done i n English one c ase
ex ce p t d (
B t th d m onst a ti ve c re l tiv e m ay be om i tte d wh er
see
x
p t i n th e case m entione d i n 226 note 2
ev e i t is om i tte d in Engl i s h
au
,
.
r o
s
r
e
e
u
r
,
e
e
e
ce
,
,
a
or
r
.
,
(accessory) sentence allows a re la ti v e
pronoun to b e em ployed only in th at case whi ch is prop er to it
fr om th e gov ernm en t of th e sen te n ce
Th e Engli sh I am (
th e
‘
m a n ) wh om h e Sp eaks of
w
h
e
re
h e of w h o m wou ld be
(
m or e corr e c t) cann ot b e i m i ta ted bu t is to be tr ansla ted i d)
bi n ber b on melchem er ipri cbt
NO TE 1 Th e el ative a djectives
e es a nd bet bie t ag agree consequent
w i th th e s b tanti
ly nly i n gende
nd nu m b
t w h i h th y re fe ;
bie
3 55
.
r ela tiv e
Th e
'
.
,
’
’
,
,
,
.
,
’
r
.
er
r a
o
,
,
u
s
ve
,
o
c
‘
e
r
as ,
efi er ; bar
; p ans, fixr trekked id) fofebr
58 mm, berm bu erivdbntefi , war meine d
ei ngenommen bi n (w hi c h I a m so f ond of ) gebfirt einem Sreunbe ; bi e S tfi ble,
m ute ; erbrotben i b i i rben, begaiflte er Still, af ter th e correla tiv e dem ons tra ti v e
f oltber, or w here th is ronou n m ay b e su li ed, th e adverb toie m ay ta ke th e
i f en, tb ie it
lace of i neitber, e, ed ; as , $
3 01 foiib en Gw
gebant fib erben, bat man
‘ einn t a i d i nstea d of mic i s here obsolete
er
n
i
t
e
t
a
l
t
b
fi (
) ; mit bea ten, i b i e er (iii )
g
f
id
l afit (
) nid) ts anfangen, su c h eo le as be a re diffi c u lt to dea l with ; ei 11 b er;
i ni e (
f ares (ift) st iegt I onneu 6 0mg auf nub Siliill ionen (Sch)
(See 2 2 6 ,
.
p
p
pp
-
p p
-
note
N TE 2 Wh
O
en
.
th e rela tiv e refers to a su b stantiv e i ndi cative of
”
or m anner, i nstead of th e relat i ve
e, ed a nd a
q
M
,
p p ition one of th e ad
re
v erb s i nc, i nann (
wean, ha ), a id, or mi c is f re u entl y u s ed,
-
place time
os
,
,
j u st as in Engli sh ; as
,
fi ennfi t n bad tant , too bie Si tronen i a
D mi ner St ag,
mi (or i n i b eicbem),
tb emi (an weit
b em ) enbi itb ber G oibnt i n s { eben beimtebrt, i n t ie Slll enfdflidmit
G o f ebr i b ar man i n sib eif el fiber bie e m, i b i e (auf i t ela
) c) ber fi rieg
‘
gef ii brt i b erben foil te (S ee 2 2 5 , note
Now that,’ i n sen te nces lik e how that h e i s dead, w e know wh at we h ave
lost,’ c a n only b e trans la te d by nun ba, or ba (See 3 6 2 , note
-
’
.
.
N TE 8 P ti i pl
O
.
sente nces
ar
as ,
c
h present and p ast m y tak e th e place of adjec ti e
es , b ot
,
v
a
Sum (S emanti c i t al) “ bad fi nnftgei oebe bed Sublet s, bellgici ngenb
'
3 3 c m ben mantei i b fi bi t, t on gidii genber Geit e geni ebt,
i nglei rben ‘
p nrpnt rcbimmernt (Sch ) Bu t thi s shou l d onl y be done when the
i b i e ber G ibnee bee 2£etna
.
.
p tic i ple efers b c k to a N m i n ti e o Acc u sati e c ase It w o ld b e a g e t
p oeti l license i f n t a b b i m to y id) ertb ied bem Sb icbtet get a t mit
‘
e gel rdnt w ou l d re f er to id
t orbeer mei ne S
B erebrung (b ec
) w h ile i t is a n tt i
b te of SDitbter) ; i n
w m
t f m ana pp si tion a nd
ch
y i d) gab bem
ar
r
ca
a
,
o
ar ar s
v
r
v
sa
,
su
c ases
r a
u
.
,
,
au s
,
u
a
o
a
,
e
us
or
o
,
sa
r
,
SDitb ter, bem mi t { orbeer getré nten, etc , or else use an a dj ec ti v e, id) gab Deni mi t
tot beer getrfinten ib icbter, etc
.
-
.
S YNTA X
II I
3 56
corre s
.
3 93
.
AD V ERBI A L A CC ESS O RY S ENTENC ES
.
.
A dv erb i a l a cc essory senten c e s e x press , in s te a d of th e
p onding a dverbs th e locali ty tim e m anne r ca u sali ty or
,
i nten s i ty of an ac tion
1
,
,
,
,
.
A dv er bi a l A ccessory S en ten ces of Loc a li t
y
.
.
Th e p rin c ip a l sen tenc e tak es a de m on strati v e a dv erb of local
i ty, an d th e a ccessory sen tence a relati v e
as ,
P r incip al S entence
A ccessory Sentence
.
.
be, t ort,
mo,
wobi n,
meter
babin,
baber, b on t a,
,
a nd sim i lar a dv e rbs
N TE 1 Th d m
O
.
e
e
ons tra tiv e
a nd S i m i la r r el a tive s .
.
m ay be om i tted w
h en follow ed by
a c orres
pond
i ng (not a diff erent ) re la tiv e ; a s , we b ie {Retell glfiben (bort ) bm nfet ber Si bein
(K om er ) 3 d) gebe babin, th e nod) tei n Sill enfd) geib efen (babin c a nnot be om it
ted ) ; cv fi arb gerabe ba, wobi n er (
id
) aei tlebene gefebnt batte (t a not om is sible )
Sli irbt ii bera ll , too QBafler i ii , finb Srfifdi e; abet tb o ma n (
er
ib e bfirt; ift QBa fr
Si Br
.
.
’
-
Bi e, 6 ra f, (t ati n) ni obi n bi e ‘
QSeben G
p fi itbt Gi e rnf t (Sch )
tamen (ebenbaim ), u mber all e Slll ongolen tamen
ib ie I dri ca
.
.
N TE 2 QB ln t mb
p
f requ ently se arated ; as , i13 0 9 20
1!
’
t n bi n ! too tommit t u ber ? i nt id)
e
r
too id
) b tomme i t a gebt er bi n ;
t a tom mt er ber ; i d
t ort ftammt er ber
) sc ar, inc tei n G onne nli raifl
T i s se ara tion obta i n s bot in c om m on convers ati on and i n oetry to a great
e x te nt , i n a sim i lar w a y as i n E
nglis ; f or i ns tance , bort fi eigt er hi nein, h e de
sc e nds t erein ; bier fa
fi er gang oben baranf (baranf i s ere a lm ost leonastic ,
a nd a dde d onl y to m a ke th e d e scri t ion m ore
ic turesqu e ), h e w as s i tti ng t ere
O
.
o
n,
i
er, babi n, baber, are
“
.
p
h
h
h
h
on ;
p
p
p
h
p
'
ba bat er fid) bineingefhi rgt, a nd babi nei n bat er (
id
) gefiii rgt
Com
.
a nd 2 7 6
p
a re
h
M
) 27 5
.
2 A dver bi a l Accessory S ehtences of
.
Ti m e
.
Wh en synch roni sm i s to be e x pressed th e accessory
m a n) al e be ivi e i nbem i nt efi i nt efien
s en te n c e ta ke s m a n (
wei l tni brenb (mi brenb bag i s a n ti qu ate d) ; a n d th e pri n c i p al
3 57
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
s e n te n c e
tak es
as
c orre la ti v e
be, bamal e, bann, baaumal, bu t
pre ssly fi x e d a nd m uch
m ore s e l do m w h en th e p ri n c i p a l se n te n c e p re c e de s ; as 6 0nd
menu ber 23 am aueaog Ii eben Ri nber, t a mar ei n grenen etc
ea gei obte, etc
r es, al e i d) mi t i n mei nem b et a
l
e
a
ch
n
i
e
r
o
S
D
a
( )
o n ly
w h e n th e ti m e i s to b e m ore
ex
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
MAR
GERM
AN GRA M
3 94
.
p
p
QBemt i s used of resent and f u tu re ti m e, b u t of ast time only when the
ac ti on is re eate d (
d a n d be (th e l atter i m lyi ng, a t th e
2 n
see
2 8 0 6 , n ote )
s a m e ti m e
m a ny ing cir c u m s ta nc e s , a nd occu rring al so in
, a re ason or a c c o
resent tim e ) are u se d of ac ti ons Oc c u rr in g onl y o nc e a t a tim e ; a le i s , th ere
Ex am les : QBemi bie QBoIf en
f ore, th e h i stori c al conj u n c tion of as t ti m e
‘
o
e
b
b
e
r
u
m
n
e
u
il
t
b
a
r b
S
rgeu, wemt bu mpf t f n
cbi na
,
f ii bien
getbfit mt ben b i mmel (
nod) ti l ed lag i n
(i d) alI e b ergen i n ba d furcbtbaren G cb iif fate 6 m m“ (Sch)
i nd) ; nub jest, be her Grf olg gefitbert
wei ter g erm , bu ba tteft bu Gntldflufi unb w
id
(
bu t er bit (Sch )
i(
) b on bit (
bieb, be (
i , be f f mgfl bu an an gegen (S ch) e mer (
w e er auf ber S trafie mid) (iefi, (o (obsol ete ) soar er mit i mmer i n B
( ebonten ge
‘
'
‘
i
e
e
n
u
n
b
a
l
e
i
i
e
b
e
r
t
u
n
n
e
i
n
a
n
b
b
r
e
u
i
i
e
i
e
s
a
m
d
n
l
b
i
n
%
n
e
t
m
d
2Inblic
fd
b
b f
)
,
;
d)
) f
f
i e lb it f l id
i e (ber m) bi e l l nfii l e ; u bei neinen, i nenn (
) erfcbei uen (Sch )
aeit i(
QBie a nd i nbem oi nt ou t th e sy nc hroni s m w i th gre ate r e m h as is ; as , unb wie
i tb bet i nci te swi nger (
S ch )
er ivi ntt mi t bem S i nger, auf rba t (
Snbem i cb bier
t erm i te, hi ngt er (
mi t t er (Sch ) ; loie has gefcbab, ba tear id) (eibet "i(bt
(
b on bie E
augegen ; i nbem er nod) rebete, nabten bi e {B erfolgen
sii befi a nd inbeflen ex ress both the ac tions as filli ng u p th e sam e spac e of
tim e , and loci ! (anti qu a ted ) a n d l b fibt enb ex ress b esides th at this s a c e of tim e
i s ot s om e du ration ; as , bae’ Gifen mufi geftbmiebet i nerben, m il (w h ile ) ed glfibt
u nb i nabrenb i bn bi e mac
be find ”, geni efit er (einec Srebeld fit urbt
B et ficbem ugen t on S reunbftba f t, i nbefi bi e {neuea
®ie gaben einanber gegenfei tige ‘
ied gefd) ab, t a (
afi er, bi e {sa
ut e i m
b olt { mg fiberfi oflen (S ela ) ; i b fibreub c ues D
p
p
.
.
.
p
p
p
p
.
“
'
’
.
'
p
p
.
'
p
p
p
'
’
'
S d oofie
o (
ange (
ale) i s while , a s , ic
g obatb (ai d) is as soon as, and (
b gebe (elbfl ; u
it e);
i bm, foba lb id) ltll t t on bit erfabt e, ba g er rubig if} ; (obalb ale er ben (B
obai b ben { th an erblir
f t, ai d
be ) nabm er meifiaus, or er batte a i d) t (
erbl ictte, (
i d) m it fi riflen p lagen, felt
b oli te (
i ng
er meifiaue nabm, no soon er — th a n , wet a
i b bl i
i bu ? (
S alts ) ‘
a nd ten; unb fingen
Daa i(
l genug, (clause ale le i: uitbt mebt
.
’
‘
.
ba ben
.
3 58
Wh en th e predi cate O f th e prin c ipal sentence p recedes
.
i n tim e th a t of th e a ccessory se nte n c e, ebe or Benet , bef or e, ere,
an d w h e n
i n trodu ces th e la tter ;
th e p re di ca te of th e f orm er f ol
low s i a t m e, nac
bbem or ate, af ter , i s e m ploye d ;
i
mimic be: Gtmi be toubt
as ,
b lfipf t (S ch )
(i e entfr
fiber fi é nig b erliefi gl i m
berg, umbbem er es mi t einer bi nlfinglid nn is efaatmg b eefeben batte (Sch ) 3 d)
ba b bei n QBos t, bu i b irft a id) t eber banbeln, been: bu mid) (elbet; fibergeugt (S ch
’
u nb eb ibm nod
) had 528 0“ entf all en, ba bfirt man s b en ben Gibi fieu bal en (S ch )
an bafi is obsol e te ; b u t ebe bafi is still in u se )
(madm
,
ebe
.
'
’
.
'
’
.
.
3 59
.
Du r ati on of tim e i s m oreov er, e xpressed by fei tbem
,
(fei t) w hi c h m a y be u sh ered i n or f oll owe d by a correla ti v e
feitbem i n th e princi pal s ente nce poin ting out th e com m e nce
m en t of th e tim e m ention e d ; w hi le hi s p oi nts out th e final
,
,
396
4
MA N GRAMMAR
GER
.
.
Wh en i n com para tiv e corr elativ e s enten ces th e accessory
.
,
,
pre c e des i t i s i ntrodu c e d b y fa i n stea d of mi c ; a s
(a (tbon fi e fang (o bii fili d) mar fie b en ®eflcbt (not mi e
(o gt ofi and) (Bol i ab fei n mocbte (o befiegte ibn bet Heine Dub it
ei n gall
bed) ; (
o ti ef mat (
a bed) er (
tant (
sen ten ce
,.
,
,
,
,
5
Th e
.
‘th e m or e — th e be tter
En glish
’
,
a nd
s i m i l ar com
p a ra ti v e co rr e la tiv e se nte n c e s , a r e i ntrodu c e d by ie in th e a cces
s ory, a
n d be o i n th e pr i n ci p a l s en ten ce ins tea d of be to a se co nd
fl
(
f
i e Of ten a ppea rs ) ; as S e wetter man i n bet t obra ng fortrii dt,
befto nabet tommi man bem l h erforicbl itben ; ie mebt man bi e
(
St fabrnng an nu gen mei fi befto mebr fiebt man, bafi has li ner
S e [ anger bie e ase
forfcbli cbe f ei nen brai tifiben Wu gen bat
i nt fi e 3a b et fteben
fi nb, j e (tbmet er (
,
,
.
§ 3 6 1 Th e i n ten si ty n o less th an th e m an ner of an ac tion
.
presse d by i ts eff ec t ; in this case but} th a t i ntrodu ces th e
a c cessor
0 i n th e p ri n c i pal se ntence ;
y pr ec e de d f r e qu entl y by (
a s ni c
bte fit (0 gu t bag man es ni cbt b erbefiern i onnte Th e
English so — a s to i s transla ted i n th e sa m e w a y ; as We find
n o p eo pl e so r u de a s to b ewi th ou t a n
y rule s o f poli teness nor
an
Fr a nk
y so p ol ite a s n ot to h a v e any r e m a i ns of ru d en ess (
li n ) QBir fi nt en f ei n 23 01? (
a t ab bag ee obne Si egel n ber b ai
Ii cbtei t mat e unb f einee (
0 WM
t e ni c
)
bt einige Gpnren
s
oon Si obbei t bii tte
NO TE 1 Th e English h ow ever is i mi tated in the f ollowing cas es where the
su bj ec t i s th e am e i n both se nten c
0 tlng (
; as er war (
gefrbeibt p fi fli g) tein
QInf feben an matben h e w as sm art eno g h to rai se no ex i t m nt ; er roar (
o
bumm (d) an b erra tben h e w
eveal h im self ;
s tu p id enou g h (
so s tu p id as ) to
f ei en G i e (o gnt mit an (agent be k in d eno gh to tel l m ; er mat (a frennblid)
” a
mid) (i trem
tg nnei fen h w as
i
n
m
e
n
e
r
5
i
i
o
d
as
t
o
di
ec
t
m
e
b
mgelvifi
)
; d
g
‘
u m ) bi ec bebanvten
l
n
finnt n I m certai n en gh ab t i t to st t it
genng (
g
p itivel y In ll the e nt n es {0 i ndicates an i ntensity j ust su fii c ient to
h a e a c ert in effe t
NO TE 2 If th e ti n i s too intense to h av e a c e t in ff t gn is introd ced
i th e p i nc i p l e nt n e t w h h th e c
l ti e al e bafi w i th th e S bj nc ti e
is
ex
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
’
,
t
,
'
,
,
.
.
,
,
s
,
‘
es
i
,
so
o
a
.
v
a
s
c
r
a
s
e
a e
ou
ou
a
c
.
ac
.
se
,
r
,
os
e
u
’
,
n
e
e
r
,
,
e
as
,
l
c
u
.
,
,
,
o
e
r a
c
,
o
ic
orre a
v
’
e
ec
u
,
u
u
v
Pa st ans w ers i n th e ac c essory s entenc e ; as , Dies i (
l an gut, ale bafi es b erloren
i nt ; n (
tblnad
geben (eli te, th is i s to o goo d to be los t ; mit (
) , a le bafi mit es b erfn
(ben ti unten
Th e English , h owe ver, m ay be i m ita ted, whe n th e s u bj e c t is the
.
S YNTAX .
sam e
3 97
h sentenc es ; as t ies ift an gut (um) b erloren an geri en; er if? i n er):
i n b ot
,
,
(id) , (um) and an befi eli len
.
4
A dv er bi a l Ac cessory S en ten c es of Ca u sa li ty
.
.
§ 3 6 2 A r ea l c a u se o r a m oti ve i s e x pres sed by meil, be
.
c a u s e, a n d a r ea son
sen ten ce , w h e n
i n con cl us ions by ba, si n ce, as , th e p ri n c ip al
f ollo w i n g th e a cc e ssory, h a v ing som etim es th e
eil r
te ni cht
in ; as bi efe Rinber mi ffen ni chte, m
i n bi e © dnt l e geben ; weiI mit arm maren [o mnt ben mit bi ntan
gefet
j t (I ns te ad of in th e corr ela tiv e adv e rb barum befimegen
or be balb occ u rs w i th
fi
grea te r em ph a s is b oth wh en th e pri nci p al
s e nte nc e concl u des a nd wh en i t f ollow s
as (
i t batte bi e SDi en—
[i e
{ei neé b ofeo befimegen b erl affen tb etl nicht allee nad) feinem
6 i nne gi ng ) D u hi fi bod) gl ii ci li ct) ? 3 a bu mu fit ee fei n t a
bu fo grog bi ft u nb geebrt l — S d) bi n é t a (
meil w ou ld be better
h e re ) i d) (
i nd) mieberfebe (
S ure 6 ti mme b ernebni e (S ch )
Da
er ni c
ht f ranl war, in (not befiivegen barum) mirb et mobl
c orre la ti v e a dv e rb
’
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
’
,
.
,
’
,
tommen
.
No r a 1 S inc e barnm befitoegen, befi batb c an onl y c orre sp ond to toei t, th e
u es ti on i ntrodu c e d b y marti ni ? c a n o nly b e a ns w ere d b y i b ei l ; a s i oaru m bift
bu f ro nt ! toei l bu tra nl‘fai n toi il fi
QBarnm bii rfen wit i brer lacben tb ei l tb ir ei nen
f urtb tbat en b auf en ai i einii tben
,
.
q
,
“
.
NO T E 2
Ins tea d of ba, th e a dv erb mm or mm ba,
j u nc tion ; as , mm id) fie bir empf eble, ficrb’ i cb rubig
rei nwi oenben
!) i lt, ba be i tb ni tbta
.
now th a t, i s
u se d as
c on
mm be t ied li d) {0 b er
.
,
.
bial ex pression, i n fi li betratbt beif en bag (u ni t) but ben
t , wil
l itb bit bie G trafe eri aflen, c onsi dering th at y ou are, e tc ,
firaf t genug bi r
NOT E 3
.
Th e
a dv er
-
'
i s a nti
q
.
u a ted
3 63
.
.
T h e m ea ns th rou gh whi c h a n eff ect i s p rodu ce d i s ex
pressed by baburd)
,
s e n te n ce ;
cess or
y
bami t, i n th e p r inci pal, a n d bag i n th e ao
,
as,
babnrd)
merben wit
en bafi toit
menfm
‘
,
‘
fli ernu nft gebraue
ben ; bamit wi t h es beioirf t, bafi {Sri eoe
I n English ,
i m Qunh e wi t h, bag alIe ®nten guiammenbal ten
f
u n ere
.
by by, w ith th e p a r ti c i pl e p re se n t
o f ou r r ea s on, w e g ro w to b e m en
s e cu
thi s i s co m m o nl y tra nsl a te d
‘
b
y m a ki ng u se
’
ri t
y i n th e cou n try i s e ff ec te d by th e go od c i ti z e n s u n i tin g
as ,
.
3 64
.
Th e i nten ti on i s ex pre ss ed by hami t i n th e acce ssory
34
MAN GRAMMA R
3 98
G ER
.
wh i ch bafi i s p rop er to com m on conve rsa
sen tence , in stea d of
(auf bafi was th e an ci e nt f orm )
tion
‘ ’
’ ‘
’
n
t
(Ed) i mb i (
b e an, bamit Sbr d 2 e
nid
) t [ fi nger finne
as ,
G prid) bentlitbet , bafi icb
'
to iflet
'
m
bafi bir d i onblgebe nub bu
re iB ater u nb S a rter, an
(fib
f
’
lange l ebeft auf Grben
S om e tim es bat tug: is c orrel a ti ve to ba mi t ; as ,
bari um eben l eibt er fi ei nem, ba mi t er fi ete an geben babe (Less )
b ami t biee’ ge
’
f
i
e
D
c
a
a
t
u
m
i d) fobi el gearbei tet
b
fbb,
b
-
s
.
.
Th e Eng l i s
h l t i t an lated by bamit “id”; as h e s pok e low lest w e shoul d
es
s
r
s
,
b e overh e ard, er (
brad) lei fe, bami t i b it nicbt belanfcbt mi t t en
.
3 65
Con di ti on i s exp ress e d by menu (
fofern, t afern, mo
i m galle bafi, fall s) in th e a ccessory
m0 i s anti qu ate d,
.
fern
,
se nten ce ,
p rincip al
to w h i ch , i n th e
bann, may r ef er
,
th e
corr elati v e
in ba, or
,
as ,
QBenn i d) a id) t finnen nub bicbteu f all , (
0 tft has l eben mit tein zeben mebr
’
'
c
t
loenn i d
i
ll
t
e
i
d
t
n
n
i
re
i
e
e
b
a
r
S
e
l
a
n
m
c
b
u
t
t
l
B
t
b
e
t
u
ti
r
i
e
b
e
n
i
n
f
i
f
i
t
,
b
b
)
)
b
f
(
) s f
f
i d) , toean m i n $
3 01? mi d) rii bmte
j eb mit , i oofern cd bit gefii ll t, bee tebene
en
t, f alls bn ed toagfl
6 lii |£ nub Srenben (Gait ) was wit h bein tooe‘(
.
'
‘
-
.
.
O
N TE 1 QB n m y b
mitted, and invers ion of th e sentenc e tak e place,
bu t in thi s c ase th e c orre lativ e { 0 i n th e pri nc ip a l s en tence c a n be
(see 2 8 9
om i tte d onl y i n p oetr ; a s , Gtebt e nut erft bier u nten glfictl it
b, (o i nerben and) t ie
y
‘
b
r
r
retbten S terne fcbeinen (S ch )
i
lI
b
u
i
e
l
e
e
l
ennen (
o fieb tni e bie2 m
l
b
QB f
d) f
been ee trei ben ; i oil fl bu bie 2£nbern b erfi ebn, (fo) bi lif i n bein eigenes
O
en
.
a
e o
’
.
.
’ ’
,
.
,
,
'
’
h
I n t is c as e , i n
poet y a nd d ily c n
q
r
o v ers ation
a
th e
p i nc i p l e nt n
r
a
s
e
c e i s s om e
’
’
(
n
b
e
u
m
n
3
t
i
d
E ) , 5 9 id) mein b eer gnrfiif l
f
(S ch ) ; toad tool tefl bu mad) en, tbii te itb bat ? Or, i n b oth kinds of s ty le, th e
c ond i tional se ntence is tu rne d i nto a n i m erative one ; as , G t i i m Q efibe, unb
bu i oobnfl i m 9 1t
I bne bad ei nmal, nub bu foli ft febea, i f y ou do tha t,
(S ch )
(v e ntu re to do i t, and ) y ou s h all f eel th e c onsequ enc es
tim es tu rne d i nto
a
u es ti on ; as , i b ie
’
p
.
NO TE 2 QBenn anbere menu fiberban
pt, de note {f a t a ll as , er toire li d) bat
‘
menu er ent ers, menu at fi berbaup t) nocb ber G diam
i i ber (
tbit men, menu anbere er (
’
,
.
'
'
ti biai ii
Th e
i nas m u c h
Englis h ‘
f ern ale)
i n as f ar a s,’
as ,
are re nd ere d
by
fofet n (i nfo
.
For th e use of th e I ndica ti v e a nd S u bj unc ti ve i n condition a l
sen tences, s e e 5 3 1 4
.
3 66
.
Th e
c oncessi on, o r
a dv ersa ti v e c a use or r eas on
i s, th a t w h i ch e x pl a ins or i s resp onsible f or ra th er th e
of
(th at
co ntrary
th e eff ec t or c on clu sion , i s e x pre s se d by obgl ei d) , obfcbon, ob=
)
mobl, menn gl ei d), menu and), menn fcbon, a n d th e p rin c ip al sen
GERMAN GRAMMA R
400
.
CHA PTER X I
.
C O—
ORDI NA T E S ENTENCES
.
Wh en two sentenc es not dep endent on each oth er are
c onne cte d i n to a co mpoun d s enten e c th e
yare call ed co ordznate
3 69
,
.
,
'
-
,
U n der thi s h ead, w e sh al l m enti on
sen ten c es.
tions diff eren t f rom th e Engli sh
Th e
o nl
y cons truc
.
bod), nut , binge
th ey
gen, bagegen, bennod), fonbern, are all translate d by but
a re, h ow e v er, of diff erent f or ce
l er i s th e m ost inde fini te
o f th em , a nd i ntrodu ces s entence s ex p ressi n
g dafi r ence from
a dv ers ati v e
con u nctions
abet , all elu,
j
.
i ebe tft 26 nod)
b agi ft pat teii fd), abet bie E
Lesa )
webt (
b eili g acbten wit bi e ©ei iter, abet Wamen finb
nne Q unft ; mii rbi g ebren wit bi e s
JJtei fter, abet fret tft nné bi e
Runfl (UM
)
NOTE
a n: i s prec eded by one m ember of th e sentenc e wh en this is to be
m arked as in opp osition to anoth er one ; as er tennt bid) nith e; i(
b abet f enne bid)
Sch ) i bu b ergifit bi e weleibigtni g er a ber thut ee‘ni e Th is f orce i lost w
hen
a bet follo ws af ter th e sec ond or thi rd m ember of th e sentence ; as er b et fvtad
)
a ntece de nt one s
as , ber
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
s
.
,
,
'
fl
ea, er bat es abet b erge en.
p
p
artial negation of th e
2Il ei n and bad) introdu ce a
recedi ng sentence, 9
indera nc e, lim i tation, or i m robability of th e a c tion ; as , bn bifi geinnb, all ein
ba d i f! nicbt genng file ei nen fill atrofen ; er tbnnte b i et QSntee‘i n bet e
mm aus’
’
both ) er i l engbeq ig ; gern erl‘
ricbten, a ll ein (
enu id
) an. bu i b il fi meln QBobl
a ll ei n b et la nge nit
bt, bafi id) anf beinem QBeg ee’ fi nben (all (S ch ) T erefore abet
m ay b e em oyed i ns tead of allein or bod
) , bu t not th e c ontra ry
p
h
.
’
.
pl
h
.
p
9 1m m ay be em loyed for either a bet or allei n; as , bari n war er mei nem Ql a
‘
nnr batte biefet babei einen
ter dl) nlid
l
i
e
n
b
a
n
e
ra
o
b
Z Beidpbeit (abet bi efer
G
)
g
fl
meine SUl ntter batte t on Sngenb anf abnlitbe g efimnmgen
batte, e tc
nnt
maren fie (al ei n fie nan en) bei ibr nitbt gut meti e gebieben
'
.
-
p
h p
p
S onbern, but, is ec u liar to th e Ge rm an lang u a g e
It c ontra dic ts ositively
th e re dic ate or ot er art of a
rece di ng ne ga tiv e s en te nce , assertin
g at th e
s a m e tim e i ts c ontrar , and intens ifies, t ere f ore , th e
rece din
y
g nega tion ; as ,
’
n
F
e
e
i
b
o
i
n
a
e
e
5
b
e
d
e
b
t
n
i
i
i
n
i
d
n
9
1
t
, fonbern tebrten nnb erritbtetet G ar
S
(
g
b?
( ) d)
) t um an dbenb i nben, fonbern
w as (S ela ) gli a n mnfi reben nnb (i d) rfibren, nid
‘
Gelb ifle 8 xi cbee ftbeinen geftbt ieben an (t in,
(i d) anf feinem p ofien an erbalten
’
‘(et ne onbern bamit man tb i e ba bet
e
a
s
b
e
l l it
i
m
a
n
n
b
aea
n
t
b
a
m
t
, f
warfaflet
b
fl, fi
p
.
p
m
.
‘
p
h
'
‘
'
mead gen mfit babe
'
S YNTA X
plac e i n t d of fonbern w h enever th e p rec eding
di te d p ti lly ffi m e d ;
onl y p a ti lly c ont
er b er
Bu t abet h as l egi tim ate
nega tiv e a ss ertio n is
401
.
s ea
r
a
,
ra
c
ar
,
a
a
r
as ,
=
f ebt gwar nitb r (
Sri ecbi fd) a bet griecbi ftbe Gefdfi tbte bat er ftnbirt ; er flarb nicht
(
gerabe a n ben Salgen bi efer QBtmbe, abet er innb ei n fi rfipp el blei ben A nd both
,
-
.
h
o r bennod)
h
m ay f ollow a n ega tio n, wh e n som e t i ng e ntirely d i flere nt f rom t a t
'
p ecedi ng sentence is as se ted bu t t th e s m e tim e a l g ical
i ty of b th asse ti n ex i t ; as id) babe nitbt geftblaf en unb bod) (bennocb)
nega ti ve d i n th e
s im il ar
r
r
o
r
o
s s
s
a
,
a
o
,
,
bi n id) mil be ; i t!) tann nicbt bitbten, bod) tann i d) bi tbteri fc
be Gc
b bnlniten ennpfinben
W ere th e logi c al si m ila rity of both assertions i s v ery rem ote , a c om ic al effec t
.
h
i s p od ce d n th is c ase by abet bod
) etc
d fol! mit Ga d) fingen 7 id) tann
as , i )
'
r
u
i
,
,
ee nirbt ; abet (
bott) mein fB rnber blal bi e
f
.
.
Slbte
.
place of both w hen no i n er ion i to be
e ff ec te d see § 2 83 note ) ex p
s i n c o o di na t
ent nces w h t obgletd
) e tc
th ough ex pre
in a cessory se ntences nam ely e ff ec ts or on eq ence c nt
y
to w h t w
e x p c te d f om th e c a ses or pre m ises ; as i d
) i b oll te gern ben éB ie
9 04) a nd benuub (jeboib takes the
5
,
res
,
as
a
r
-
c
ss
,
v
e
,
e
r
s
e
a
c
,
u
s
s
s
,
s
u
o
.
ra r
.
,
bermann retren, bod; es if! rein nnmbglicb (S ch )
,
Ge if! bi e fd) bnfl e h of nung
bbtb es i fEnnr eine b off nnng (f or th e cons tru c tion, see § 2 8 2 , note )
SBi elea‘
i nfinfd fl fi t!) ber S
Ul enftb, nnb bad) bebarf er nnr i b enig
fB eifleben [all fie
mit i n mei nen ‘
fib ie Win e
p lanen, u nb banned) nid) te babei an fiftben babeu
t itaner finb ft
mufil‘er, fi e finb jebb cb anf bem QBege beflere an i nerben
blecb te E
.
’
.
,
'
.
While bocb a nd bennod) i n a m aj ority of c ases wherever no strong logic al
,
q
dis ti nc tion i s m a de be twee n c au s e an d eff ec t, or reason a nd c onse u e nce , a re
h
'
h
h
indifi e re ntly u se d , t ey m u s t not be conf ou nde d , w en b ot a re to b e logi
c all y distingu is e d ; as , er war ni t
bt eingelaben, nnb bocbtam er, w ere h is c om i ng
h
p
p
h
p
e ar ni t
i s re res ente d as not e x ec te d, bu t a s ossible ; i n er n
b t eingelaben, nnb
bennod
) ta m er, hi s com i ng i s re p res e nte d as absolu tel y aga inst e x ec tation ,
a lm ost im ossible , b u t i n s i te of it
a
ening
p
p
p
h pp
.
S ebod) w h en h eading th e sentence, h as bu t a feebl e a dv ersativ e p ow er and
c om es n ear to how ever ; as i d
) gebe iebod) id) bofie i b i ebergntommen, I a m l ea v
,
,
,
,
h ope however t ret n And so of i nbeflen
NO TE 1 mod) is empl oyed elliptic ally when th e speak er passes ov er to an
o th e su bj e t ; as bi e Q
Ibi nefen babeu ; nerft bae ‘
p nlb er erf nnben ; bod) id) i b b ll te
'
i ng, I
o
ur
.
.
.
r
,
c
,
‘
E
‘
Af ter bod) a sentence like bvtb baa’
ia b on ben ( rfinbnngen bes 9Jl ittelaltere reben
.
gebbrt eigentlid) nicbt bi erber, is to b e su pplied
'
Of th e u se of bod
) as a m ere a dverb, we
N TE 2 b ing g n
O
.
e e
.
h ave spoken in
26 8 6
.
q
.
a nd bagegen oc cu r less f re u ently , to c ontrast,
p a tic larly
r
u
i n sc ie ntific la ngu age , c ontrary a ss ertions ; as , 2Intb nlo gebt f rei nmber nub fpritbt
mi t fei nem S firften; I aflo bagegen bleibt b erbannt i n feinem si mmer unb allein
'
6 0111? and ed fei benn bafi (th e latter m ore f requ ently w i th th e S u bj u nc ti v e )
oi nting ou t t h e
ex ress a con di ti o nal neg a ti on , as do else an d u n less ; fonfi
e ff e c t o f a n u nf u l fi lle d c ondi tion , ea f ei benn, ba fi, th e c au se as a n i ndis e ns able
conditi o si ne qua non ) of th e eff e c t ; as h air tnfiflen fl ei fi ig f ei n, fonft
c o ndition (
‘
b
n
i
s
r
e
r
e
n
c
r
e
n
a
i
r
i
i
b
i
w
n
t
Iernen, es f el benn bafi i b i r fieifiig finb ; Gigen
c
ts ;
le n h
b
b
’
‘
‘
b
t
r
n
l
a
e
r
i
n
o
n
n
c
t
n
b
t
b
i
e
r
t
I
b
(p
g ei t a nd
fei n mnfi frttb gegfi bmt fib erben, (an)? arm
‘
bu(
ange
Someti m es ee fet bean is s h ortened i nto th e f ollowing f orm : mi emanb (
p
p
p
'
.
’
.
3 4*
GERMAN GRA MMA R
402
.
steben tomvoniren, ma
‘
bie tente ; n befcbci men, er mfifite fie benn b oe befn Goiegei
'
batten tooilen
3 7 0 Al l o th er co or dina tin g c onj un cti ons are used l ik e th e
-
.
ponding English
benn, f or ; ai fo, foigli d),
bemnaci) , e tc , accordin gly, con se qu ently ; baber, befibalb, be§=
toegen, th eref ore , on a ccoun t of th a t ; baeum, f or th at pur pose ;
co rres
as , u nb, a n d ;
.
as ,
Goibaten
3 d) bin mein eignee f aete, nnb ale foicber tbn’ id) , seas id) will
maren ebener, benn bie ali enge gebt nad) bem Glad (Sch ) fiber b entfc
be bat
St eineit ber Q efinnnng, nnb babee met te er niebe, ioenn ee ibm an Q efcbmadefrei
[ni t f eble
re
3 th iooli te ben gangling feben, aber nneetannt, unb befibalb bar
i d) mid) eigentiitb anf ben SIBeg gemacbt (6 )
3 d) toil! fi e bef rei en, brnm bin id)
fi n will)! ben sleet , ai fo outfit bu and) bie Smi ttel i ool en
bier (Sch)
‘
Diefer S
B eioeie if! bfinbig, bemnatb tbnnen toir bi e 6 am auf fitb beruhen (
aflen;
enfi
alle M
i erben, f olglitb amt bu
ben mfiflen (
NO TE 1 i i nb has sometimes a c a u sal m eaning ; as, rein patriotifcber fill encbei
‘
morb mirb entbectt, unb er mnfi ent flieben
Die s
menge tann tficbtige gli m mer;
ub te
ni d
nen jebmei t ; nr i ai
ti erbeii t ob id)
) t entbebren, unb bie z dcbti gen n
at) ben Selab
nub i d
mein b er; bewingen tann; id) (
) erftblng ibu nitb t (S ch)
NOTE 2 Dber, or, is som etimes u sed f or obee fanft, or else ; as , bu febiefiefl,
obee fiiebfi mit belnem fi naben (S ch)
r mi l fi ed gefteben
(E
, eber
: es gebt ibm
fcbletbt Som etim es ober and abet occ ur comb ined ; as , Gines b oil weiben) mnfi
geftbeben, enti oeber er fiegt, ober aber er ifi ganglitb b ernitb tet
NOTE 3 G o occurs in th e place of alfo; as, (i t bani: mir nitbt mebr tranen fe
Sch )
tann id) ancb nitbt mebr a
ttra
ct (
.
.
.
s
'
.
'
.
.
.
,
.
.
'
.
,
.
N TE 4 In ll
O
a
.
j
c o-ordi nate sentences , i ntrodu ce d by an adverb or ob ec t or
predicate and therefore in erte d th e personal pr nou n c annot be om itted as is
d one in Englis h bec au se it is th e su bj t of s everal suc h sentenc es ; as G:
ren anf unb bann b erfiiefi ee mid
naom mi d) eeft in it Go
) h e rec eived m e firs t with
he ) repulsed me ; man bangt bie ti ei nen $ lebe bie grofien iafit
h on r nd th en (
v
,
o
,
,
ec
,
,
,
,
o
,
,
a
ma n(aufen
.
C HA PTER XII
.
RA C T ED SENTENCES
or VERBALS AND C ONT
.
Th e Germ an u se of partic i pl e s a nd i nfiniti ves i s v e ry
diffe re nt from th e Engli s h , and is of m u ch l ess f requ en cy as
r e ard th e Pa rtici ple Prese n t a nd S u pi n e
g
s
3 71
.
.
MMAR
GERMAN GRA
404
.
NO TE 2 Th e su pine is em ploy ed a f ter th e prepos itions obne anflatt and um,
as w e h a v e al rea d
n fein ; er
y see n ; f or i ns ta nc e : id) ma g nicht leben obne fret a
fibrin: ; nrfict, anfi att b orinii rts‘an tommen ; fie gi ng, nut an fierben
,
.
.
,
.
N TE 3 Th
O
.
f rom th e s u
p
p ine a pp
q
p
lac e O f se nte nces f orm ed
f re u e ntl y i n th e
ti c k e t
i ne a n d th e v e rb fei n, as i n Englis ; f or insta nc e , ‘
s to be h ad
e su
e a rs
h
ete (
a nd i ns te a d of c om
B iH
(are to b e h a d ), S
finb ) an babeu bei,
p ou nd w ords ; as , eiu sB etber j nm I rinten, ei n 58 nd) gum tefen (ein I rintbecber, ein
l efebncb) ;
a n d a f te r a dj e c ti ves a nd a dve rbs , to e x press th e p arti c u lar
u a l it ;
y
as , blefes 2
8 nd) i f! gnt (nfiai id) , angenebm ) an l efen ; es tft bente amnntbig ; n mant el n ;
i ibtig a np i feim; ftbiner ; n b erftelnn ; leitb t an begreif en; f ebt ; n betldgen 1 h e
p rc
Englis h ‘I hav e to work, m ay b e i m ita ted, i(b babe an at beiten ; ‘
h e h as
m u c h m oney to s p e nd,’ er bat b iei (
5 e answgeben
etc
.
q
-
’
.
’
.
N TE 4 Th G m
fi e! fo bafi er anf bie {Sfifie an fi eben tam h e f ell
tan di ng u p righ t ; blefes b ans tommt mit thenet ; u li chen ; baa foil
s o as to rem a i n s
bit thenet ; n fl ehen tommen f or th i s you s h all p ay dea rly ! wit ta men i n bem
are pl eonas m s, th e s u pine b ein
Bette neben eiuanber an Iiegen, —
feiben S
g su
O
e
.
er
anis m s : er
,
,
.
,
p erfluous
.
N TE 5
O
In
.
r s s , th e
m an ;
as ,
th e
,
ph a e
NO TE 6
Englis h, ‘
be so good as to ri se,’ and similar
is n ot tra ns la te d ; as , 1eiu S te {0 gnt anfgnfteben
renderi ng
.
as
'
.
p
Th e ell i tic al Engli s
‘
to tell th e tru th
h u se of th e Infi niti e m y be r ndered i n G r
v
a
e
e
b e is m ad,’ nm bie QBatnlyei t an fagen
er i i toll
i
.
NOTE 7 Th e Engli sh Infi ni tive af ter c om p ara tiv es to determ i ne th e degree of
i n te nsi ty i s im i tate d ; as , er ir
i d) barin ; n irt en, h e 15 mu c h
i b i el 3 n fdflan um (
.
“
'
.
too s
to blu n der i n t
hre
hat
.
See
3 6 1 , notes 1 a nd 2
§ 3 7 4 Da ily conv ers ati on sh u n s th e
.
.
p a rti ceple
1 7 7 , a n d of th e p a r ti
u se
of
p r esen t, e xce p t th ose e n um e ra ted i n
c i le s
p
p a st, e x ce pt th ose gi v e n i n th e li s t i n
p oeti ca l
u se i s
1
.
,
rh e to ri ca l , a n d s ci en tifi c
th e
19 1
la ngu a ge, a m ore
Bu t in
.
e x tensi v e
m a de of both pa rti ci p les to sh or ten se n tenc es, vi z
.
Wh en ac com panying circum stan ces of an a c tion ar e to be
press e d (see 5
as er tuna
te fingenb bernm ; mit faben
i bu gerubrt an ; er tommi gefahren (
geritten gel anfen geflogen
getaugt gefprnugen gefchritten)
as
2 T o ex press i m p er ati v e sentenc es (
see
anfge
ex
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
‘
ftanoen ! anegetrnni en
.
To f orm
a ttribu ti v e
a d e ctiv e s ex
j
ph ysi ca l ne c essity, Or possibility (see
3
.
'
geubee ll ebel
.
pressiv e of a m oral or
as
ei n 311 ef tra
,
405
sYNTAx .
4 Both kinds of partici ples ar e used as a ttribu tiv e adj e cti v es,
.
and as a
ppositi v es (w i th out i nflecti on) to a grea t e x tent a s ei n
‘
reifenber Rau mann ber B
e
e
e
t
r
o
n
Betrii ger Bei fti mmenbe 91nt
f
g
wort baa bierburd) 3 111: fli eramei flung getrachte Wfibé en ; ei 11 bun
QBaffm bie an bi e 3 59 11: [tropenber E
li ii ubet ; bar (Bat ten m m
feiner ei gnen b ani) gepflegt unb [ii fie {Srixd fie Bringenb I n ap
p osi ti on every pa rti ci ple m ay be e m ployed i n th e u ninflecte d
or p r e di cativ e f orm th ou h not a l wa s with ele a nce
g
y
g
,
,
.
=
,
,
,
’
.
,
,
5
.
I n elliptic al se ntences, in stea d of accessory se ntences of a ll
.
ki nds, bu t only i n
ph ras es f u lly a dopted by th e language ; as,
bi e 6 nd) e bei Bi d fie Befeben (11m m bie ©ad) e Bel Qi d fie t efebcn
wi t h) in berli eren mi t ni d) t bi el an ibm
(
t inmai angefangen
(ba mit einmal angefangen babeu) miifien wit and) b oficnben
E
pi cs ei nmai al e wabr angenommen (menu bi t e ei nmal ale watt
angenommm i ii ) woe folgt t orq ue ? Dirian gabl et atgered mrt
(auegenommen) this f au lt ex c epted ; bi eé anlangenb (Betreffenb)
i ft meine ini tia ti ng wi th regard to th is, etc
th e p ar
6 Wh en th e subj e ct i s th e sam e in both s entenc es (
ti ci p ia l a nd th e princi pal ), ev ery accessory sente nc e of th e
present or im p erf e ct tens e of th e acti ve m ay be turned i nto a
pa rti ci pl e present ev ery passiv e sentence in th e perf ect or plu
p erf ec t in to a p arti ci ple p ast ; as, mii breub i d) i m 23 6 th! lag
i m Qi ette Ii cgenb bad) te i d) barixber nad)
bacbte i d) barixt er mi d)
t a er an ber 6 d)ul tet bet munbet mar)
an ber g and er b erwunbet (
i
c er mar, tonnte er a i d) t
m
t
r
ac
e
b
u
m
m
e
n
a
f
o
t
e
11
e
n
t
d
u
e
r
,
b
fg
;
3
f )
.
.
,
.
,
.
,
'
’
-
b ernim ti g t eben, i rritated, as h e w as, etc
’
f
.
S till, this u se ou gh t
to be m anaged w ith great di s c re tion , a nd s paringly, th e la n
x c ep t wh ere great
u a e not f avori ng sen tenc es th u s sh ortened, e
g g
bre v i ty i s f or som e good reason i ntende d
.
3 3 9 ) as , i d) febe mi d)
see
In th e cas e of f a ctiti v e obj e cts (
ebe mi d) b eri oren ; i d)
i
tt
e
t
d
er
e
i
i
m
e
d
n
i
d
i
t
t
b
)
n
e
g
;
) g
bg ; ) i b
g
r y discre e t i n th i s
e
v
e
b
i
m
u
s
t
l
p
u
p
e
t
h
B
u
t
m
t
r
l
a
fi nbe mi d) e h
i
sh e d m odel e x a m p l e s
bl
t
a
o
n
d
es
e
o
b
n
t
n
d
o
a
e
us ,
y
g
m
en, i n her 23 09 21
m
f
o
e
e
n
as
o
s
i
r
m
s
m
a
n
e
G
m
e
fl
s
o
,
g
8 In
g
7
.
’
.
.
.
MAN GRAMMAR
406
GER
.
tam geftogen, th e bird cam e flyi n g ; gegangen, geritten, gefabren
tommen, to a rri v e on f oot, on h or seba ck, i n a conv eyance ; b et
s
Ioren geben, to be l os t
.
No oth er con stru c ti on s w i th Parti cipl es a nd In fin i tiv es,
com m on i n Engli sh , c an be i m ita te d
We classif y th em , in
3 75
.
“
.
or de r
to sh ow , b y a f ew e x am ples, h ow th ey m ay be best trans
la te d i n Ge rm a n
1
of
.
.
A ccusativ e w i th I nfiniti v e is i ncorrect, ex c ept in th e case
§ 3 7 2 2 ; as,
.
‘
1 k now h i m to b e a rascal , i d
w
a
e
r
e
i
n
r
l
w
n
G
c
)
b e ift
s e
K
.
h
I t ink h i m (to be ) a ble to do i t, i cb bait: ibn f fir f abig 9 5 i n thun
.
p
p
I allow hi s ri nc i les to b e wrong , hp 9 9 6 2 an, bafi (
ci ne fi rni i bf dae fe tid
) fi nk)
He m ade m e to do his will , er bt acb te mid) bagn, an than, was a locate
.
.
2
.
Elli pti cal or sh orten e d se ntences
as ,
He was at a l oss w h at to say er i oar b erlegen was er fagen foll te
,
,
.
I cannot tell w h at to thi nk of it, i d) tann nicht fagen, toad i d) bat on benten foil
To look at h im , one wou l d thi nk , inenn man i bn anfiebt, f ol te man bcnten
Am bi tion i s a th ing ne ve r to b e sati s fi e d, fi brgei ; i fi ni t i nf riebengnflell en
A f eeling not to be des c ribed, gi n nicbt an befcbrei benoes (
b efi n
n, or bae’ nid) t
ann
befd nichen mert en E
A l ette r to be f orwarded to, si n iB rief, ber nad) (
an)
beftrbert inert en foil
.
.
.
’
-
.
.
3
.
Af ter [0 an d fol d) , wh en th ese words h a v e
th e Engli sh Infini ti v e i s r e nder e d by th e fin i te
so enr a
p
ge d a s to be u n able to s
‘
eak, ci
th e em ph as is ,
v erb
as , h e was
war in wntbenb, bafi er
fpred nn f onnte
4 Th e Engli sh I nfini tiv e a f ter v erbs of beli evi ng wa nti ng
ni d) t
.
,
.
,
,
desi ri ng, or deri ng, exp ec ti ng , m ay b e i m ita ted in Germ an Wh ere
th e su bj ect of th e p ri n c i pal
s am e, an d a f ter v e rbs of
a nd
th e dep en dent
c om m a n d, e v e n w h en
se n tence
i s th e
th e obj ec t o f th e
principal i s th e subj ect of th e de p e ndent se ntence ; a s er Befahl
th at I sh ou ld do i t) ; i d) mii nirbe bei n $rennb
mit ca 3 11 tha n (
h inner gl aubten
3 11 fai n ; i d) benf e red)t gebanbei t an hat en ; bi e t
non ben ©6ttern gut Q
BeItberrfcbaft Beitinnnt 3 11 fain ; wi t ge
A nd c oll oqu ial ly
beni en morgen i n e 6 d) anfpi e[ an geben
i d) mfinicbe S bnen mvbi an Ieben (
bag Gi t moi) ! l eben) w hi ch
h e told m e to be sile nt
m us t not be i m i ta ted
Th e En li sh ‘
,
,
,
,
=
’
,
.
,
,
’
.
g
P A RT I V
.
M
FI RS T GER A N REA DER
1
.
.
(
t i n Si abe I) a11e einen Rafe one einem 13 1 1111: gcitobi en unb flog
ba11111 anf ei nen fli anm
8 1min? fab 1 )n unb m1111 id) 1e ben
Rafe an bef onnnen Qt trat ai fb u nter ben 58 1 11111 u nb fogi e
D Si abe, mi e id) bu i ft bei n (b efi eber, in fd) 11n ale baa bee QIbIere,
meld) er ber Qi ogel bee 8 ene i ii QBenn beine 6 11mm ebenfo {cbbn
mare, bn mfirft ber erfte alter i gel " C
21, i bad) 1e ber E
ll abe, ,,i d)
mnfi i I) 111 mei ne 6 t i n1111 e bbren Iaflen — fie i ft ni d)t gar in fd) Ied) t
11111 er f rii d n
te Ian1 , bar11ber fi eI i i) 1n ber Rafe and bem 6 d)na
9 1nd) QIefop
bel, n1 11 mel d nm ber Ii ftige {Sacha entfioi)
'
'
.
.
2
.
(
t in b nnb ftabl bent Rod n ei n 6 1nd $Iei fd) one ber Rud w
9116 er, ea 11n 911a111e tragenb, 1111111 ei nen
u nb entfloi) bannt
{5111 6 fd mamm, bemertte er fei n ei genee Ti ib 1 111 Haven 6 p1egeI bee
i en fremben ©11nb, be1 ebenfall e ei n
QBaflere, I) 1eIt ee abet fin en
B iIbe, 11tu ee
6 11111 aid) trii ge 23 1 11 Si rib fcbnappte e1 nad) bem fi
i bm abannebmen, b erIor abet babei fein ei genee gleifd) u nb mar [1
3 119 111111) [111 feinen ® tabitab1 u nb {ci ne b abgi er beftraft
gl ad) QIeiop
'
'
’
'
'
M
3
.
b i e fli i en e u nb b i e Ena b e
.
baé fat)
Gi n SBi end nn tranf unb fie! baraber i n ben
Bl éi ttd nn c an bet Qanbe
b on vben ei ne Eaube u nb brad) ei n é
’
3 3 11 6 E
Bi end nn fd) mam1n banad) unb barf fid)
u nb ma1 f e 11
) r 3 11
5
m
e
8 nd)
c
i
i
b
l
ii
i
a
n
d
d
S n ta rget 8 13 11 fafi nnfre St anbe i n
)
g
(
Ein S ager bane id) on ben b abn
ri eben mi eber anf ber Qanbe
{E
’
i
S
a
d
i
d
tll ein Bi encben f am,
anf fie gefpannt.
b ! ft a e i bn i n bi e
b anb ; pu ff ! gi ng ber ganae 6 d)11 § ba neben SDie i anbe flog
QBe1n banf t ii e nun 161 fieben
bab on
1
rbarmt end) miiIi g frember
(
E
’
‘
m
i
r
m
1
m
e
n
t
e
n
i
b
b
e
21
b
Q
i
o
b
$
13 11 g e ft
b
’
SDer 211 111 11 f ann bir e morgen geben
émid mei i e
.
.
.
.
.
.
GERMA N GR A MMA R
41 0
.
S et ‘
Ror b mi n b,
4
.
S et 91 1 1 111 1111 ging einmaI fpa3 i eren, abet ba er ein milbcr
(
b eiell e mar, ba tri eb er a11e1 1ei li ning 2116 er in ben (b at ten
1am, ba 3 au r
ni dte er ben
1e er bi e Si ofe an ben b aaren, ber 2111e E
©1enge1, brad) bi e rei fen 21pri f oien ab u nb marf bi e 23 1m m i n ben
eg er bi e 21e1)1 1 n
Rod » S m {Selbe trieb er e6 nod) firger S 1 [ N
i n ben e tanb, fd)1111e11e bi e unrei fen 21epfeI ab, rifi bi e 5
8 11111111
non ben 3 meigen unb ftrente fie i n ber Sufi umber, ia, einen
Baum ftiir3 te er gan3 11111, bafi bie 2Bu1 3 1 111 i n bi e
aIten fcbmad nn é
Sp bbe ftanben
ente 11agen 3 u bem fib inbi bni e
S 11 gingen bi e E
g,
bet i n feinent E
uc bl oiie bi e Q
Bi nbe nad) S ei ieben gefangen bi lt,
11) 11e n 11) 111, ma6 bet mfifte Worbminb
eber geben Ii fit, unb fi e er3 1
angeri cbtet hatte, unb m
i e ber (
bat ten u nb ba6 8 e1b tranerten
11be1 ba6 geib, ba6 er i bnen 3 ugef11gt bdtte S a Ii efi ber Rbnig
ben 21111 bmi11b 111mme n unb fragte i bu, ob e6 mcbr fei, mas bi e
Seute f lagten
6 1? f ounte e6 nid) 1 leugnen, benn ber 3 eritiirte
Gi arten unb ba6 3 e1 11111 1e {5e Iagen not 2111e1 2111gen S a fragte
ber Rbni g : ,,233 a1:11111 bait bu ba6 getban 1 “ S er 1111 1 1 1 1111; ant
mortete :
i d) babe e6 ni d)i bbie gemei nt ; 1d) m0111e ipi eIen
11111 bee Si b fe, unb 11111 ber 2111e, unb ber 211
1, unb 111 11 ben
11 1101
Hebri gen S ci) babe ni d)t gebad)i, bag 16 ibnen 11121) tbuu mii rt e “
S a fagte ber Rbnig : ,,2Benn bu ei n ia grober ©111e1er bift, bann
barf 1111 bi d) ni d) i 1ne1) r bi naueIaflen
S en gan3 en 6 11111 111111 fi ber
111 115 i d) bi d) ei n e pert t baIten ; 1m 2B1nte1 , menn e6 f eine 23 1u men
gf
u nb f ei ne 23 11
t inbte
111“ unb f eine {E
gi ebt, bann magft bu
binau6 geben unb fpi eIen S Q febe, bu 1111111 11 11111 f111 "6 1216
u nb ben é c
i
eS
BIumen unb bie 8 111bte
ii
r
b
c
e
i
t
u
e
c
a
b
t
n
b
,
f
h
.
.
,
“
_
.
'
'
'
.
.
.
-
s
;
.
.
'
.
'
M
.
&tm
.
ut
5
S et S i f teIf i nf
.
an.
.
2116 ber 11ebe ©1 11 bie QSBgIei n mad)1e, ba gab er i bnen S eine
3 n1u b ii pfen unb iSIfigeI 3 11111 8 1i egen unb 6 d)n11be1 3 11111 greflen,
aber 1 1111) 3 11 111 Gingen
unb a16 fie a11e ferti g maren u nb um
u mber itanben, ba nabm er einen grogan fiarbenf aiten unb maIte
11)nen bunte % ebe1 n S a 1am bi e i aube an bie Si cibe, unb erbiei t
ei nen b 1a11 e n {3 1 16 unb t btbii c
be gi figei, unb ber Ranarienb ogeI
murbe 111 9 e mie ei ne Gi none, u nb bi e éBad111e13 e murbe grau
u nb betam ei nen fc
bmar3 en 6 11 111) u nb einen mei fien 81rd bane
b en, unb all e S bgel murben prii d n
ig gefii t bt, mte e6 1111) fii r febea
fcbi dt 21111 einer mar 11111 19 geweben, me11 er bi nter ben anbet u
'
.
.
.
.
.
;
GERMA N GRA
41 2
MMAR
.
febeu 1011 1t a6 e6 i fi figt ein Rinbcben a11f bet
(
i t be u nb fed) 6 H
eine Q
ZBii lfcben berum bi e fabt en 1m1net auf ba6
Rinb 3 u unb fibnappen i bm nacb ben Sp anben — abet bi e a11e
QBBIfin mat ni cht babei bi e mat wi eber i n ben 2Ba1b geIaufen ;
Ie n nad) ben Spfinbtb en fibnappen
u nb 10enn i bm n u n bi e flBB
fcbl i gt ba6 Ri ab fie mi t bem b613 et nen 26 ffe1 auf bi e 21afe u nb
“
e
e
a
t
i
1
111
11e
a
u
:
0
b
t
1
b
b
i
t
6
a
t
1
1
t
v
b
)g
3
f g
ll nb bet 98 01e munbet te fid) unb 11ef gefcbminb bin unb fd flug
111 11 bem 6 tocte u ntet bi e f l ei nen 2Bbl fe ba
fi fie alIe ba00n l i e fen
u nb ba6 Ria b nabm et gefc
bminb b 0n b et (bt be 111 bie Spbbe u nb
11ef u11b 11ef ; benu et bad fie, bi e a11e 233 151fin 11511n1e 101e b e1 10m
men
unb ba mi bt te e6 gat ni cbt 1ange ba f amen bi e 23 auet n
aué bent S ot fe mi t b eu gabeln unb S t efcbfiegel n unb 1
0 01111 11 ben
213 01f tobt macben
unb bi e 911111111 1am aucb mi t u nb ba fie fab
bafi bet 233 01f b a6 Ri nb ni cbt geft effen batte mat fie febr b et gnitgt
u nb banf te bem guten Wanne 1au fenb111 a1, u nb noé mebt be
m
Ii ebeu 65011, bafi et i bt Ri nb bebii tet batte
gr 3 at ob6
h
auber t ut u nb
'
,
,
,
,
'
,
,
’
.
.
.
,
,
=
.
,
.
.
,
,
'
,
.
.
.
S emanb 1) 0t 1e ci1t fcbt e11 111be6 ®e f113t e 1 au6 einent 21acbbar
banfe bringen u nb e111e (u m) 3 u feben tua6 e6 bebeutete QBa6
9 — S et 9111 1 5 111
t
u
e
a
b
5
b1e11 ei nen ft embeu Rnaben unb feq g
f
l eibe6 f t af1e11 11111 e1ne111 6 tocte , 21bet u m 13 1111111 e16
11m au6 S
milIen fil acbbat , mat uru fcbIagt i bt ben at men S ungen f0 febt ?
“
n
1
e
1
0
m
1
1
et
i
e
t
et
antmot tete bet
1
e
t
1
0
?
?
met f1
b b
1 b10fi n1e 1ne 6 23 1 ubet 6 © obu, unb et i fi 3 u fei nem
171mm , ,e6 i r
.
.
,
,
,
23 et gnii gen bi er
.
8
D
Ieifiet in
ebt fi ng, mec et 0011 bet S
(
si n g tbubmacbet batte e1ne11 E
ebaIten 1011t be u nb ni cbt genug 3 u effen, f0101e ni t
I
t
ec
c
e
r
b
b
g
b
f f
S et S unge bachte auf ei n
ma16 S uttet 3 u fei nem 23 1 01e bef am
efieu bem
macben E
bnnte
ei fiet bemet fi i c
911111e1, mi e et bi e6 a1n b
b
‘
(
Einnt aI bei $1111 ” fing et an bittet lid) 3 u 10e1ne n ,,2Ba6 i fi bit ,
“
“
S ei ftet , ,, ma6 feb11 bit ?
,,2 c,
S unge, 1 1ef bet m
mat bie 2111110 01 1, ,,111e1ne 21ugen toet ben alIe Eage fd)1ecbtet ; i a)
"
é
S
w
e
t
f
e
n
e
n
1
e
n
t
t
u
1
11
1
n
n
1
t
o
t
e
f ann ni cbt e1n111a
b bi e Butte a f e e B
S et 971e1fiet b et fianb ben 23 1111 unb bat fei ne if t au, fie f0111e i bm
meni gfien6 e110a6 fi i fe 3 un1 23 1 01e geben ®1e gab i bm al fo ein
11
5
egann bet 23 nt f1be 1aut
1
b
1
1
1
e
n
R
a
e
11111
1
1
1
e
1
u
6
6
n
n
a
n
b
ii
9
)
;
3
)
f
g 3
”
t
1
?
n
e
b
e
a
b
b
e
nn
n
u
0
1
1acben
Baé b fi u
,,Q
3 11 iubeIu unb
ut t ab ! mei ne 2111 gen finb wi eber beffet
11
1
1
1
1
1
71
t
e
e
t
r
a
b
b
1
g
f
s
M
.
.
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
_
MAN READ ER
FIRS T GER
.
worben,” fcbt i e bet 2 ebt 11ng ; ,gi cb f ann but cb mei nen Rafe (b1n
”
but tb) b1e {St an
ei fiet i n feben
ge
M
.
9
S et bet ubmte beutfcbe 972a1et 13 01b ei n f am naeb (
ngIanb 1m
E
‘
‘
S abre 1 5 2 6 , u nb batte ba6 6111111 bie 23 e1anntfcbaf1 be6 Rat bina16
23 01fe1) 3 11 macben, 10e1cbet be’1 i bm b et fcbi ebene 23 11bet befiefite
S i efe gefieIen bem fi at bi nal f0 febt , bab et fie bem Rbni g b éi nl‘id)
V1 11 3 ei gte, a16 bi efet einmaI bei i bm 3 11 G
i afie mat
S et Rbnig
bemunbet te fie, unb bet G
i ii nfifi ng 100111e fie ibm befibaIb fcbenf en
2111e1n bet Rbni g b et Iangte ben 9711 161 3 11 feben unb fagte, a16
i bm bi efet b ot gefieflt 10ut be
fi un ba 111) b en s:veum babe, nun
,,E
’
“
E
m bgt i bt feine Bi lbet bebaf ten
unb et nabm 1bn 11111 ficb 1n 6
16ni g11cbe 6 1b10fi unb gab 1b1n b et fibi ebene 21uftt i ge, mel c
be et
3 11 b e6 1116 1111
3 6 b oIIet Buft i ebenbeit au6 f11bt te
(
i fnfi 10at 13 01be1n bam11 befcbfiftigt, e1ne S ame 3 n ma1en, unb
batte bef0b1en, bafi man mi emanb ein1affen f0111e (i in genn
flet
2 0rb 1am unb 0e1 1angte 3 u tt i tt ; u nb a16 man i bm b en au6 bt i111
Ii rben S efebI b e6 éma1e1 6 me1be1e, get i etb er i n 8 0m , meiI et
ann mi e et i1b e t a 11 8 u11 111 babe, unb tt at bie
g1anbte, bab e1u
i nbt i ni ng fab,
S bfit e mi t bem gufie ei n
2116 ©01bei n ben (
E
10at f et 1bn i n bet et ften b i ge b i e S t eppe bi nu ntet ; bann abet
abu ts gegen ben 3 0m be6
e111e et 3 u1tt 51 1
511 19 u nb bat i bn um (
201 b unb
21be11ge n
2Babt enb et 11 011) bei m Rbni g tvar, 1am bet $
ZaIet fi1t ba6 , 1t a6 et getban (batte), befit aft
forberte, bafi b et W
”
e
n
t
u
f
t
t
b
e
6
b
?
mii
2E
Sb
f ragte bet Rbnig ,,S cb 1ann j eben
Bau et n fieben 53 0t b6 matben ; abet au6
21ugenb11d au6 fieben fi
“
i
m
e
fieben 8 01 b6 bann teb f einen e n3 igen b ol bein aeb n
'
.
’
.
'
'
.
.
‘
'
'
.
-
,
,
.
'
'
“
.
'
'
'
'
.
'
.
'
.
'
.
‘
M
‘
,
'
.
‘
.
'
'
.
.
.
eoa b b onS efit ei c
2116 bet b et 3 og E
b ficb 311 bemieni gen Ei nfafie
111001 ga t ten
t ufiete, 11 11111 1 1ni t bet 6 11)Iacbt bei 2
i n bi e 6 11m
et mi t fei nen 2
1111ben unb
e1u f0 fc
b1e1bte6 Ga be
b aupfl euten ei nen gt 0fien Rt ieg6 t at’ b, 101e u nb auf me11be1n 2Bege
© ein b ofnat t
man am befien ben @ 1btoe13 ern 1n 6 flanb fieIe
lfi ei n
2Da6 1 f1 benn bei ne E
10at aucb 3 ugegen u nb Iéi cbe11e ba3 n
”
Eut et g tefie,
rebete i bn 3 n1egt b et b et 3 og an
u ng ?
,,21u (
“
er
0
et
t
b
b 3 g, b et fetj te ienet , ,,mfit be i cb ni cbt bat iibet bet atben,
mi e i cb i n ba6 Qanb (binei n), f0nbet n mi e 1 cb 101ebe t bet au6 10m=
”
unb et bebi el t 91e1b 1, benn 2Benige b 0n bem Ipeet e
men m bcbte
be6 b er3 og6 f amen 101 11 berau6
3
m
’
-
'
.
'
‘
.
.
’
'
.
3
2
.
GERMAN GRA MMA R
418
.
’
bem anbet u Sau fe i n é ®efid)t, u nb eé 1am bem QBolfe bot
mi e b agel u nb S 0nnet mettet
2116 et abet nod) ni d)t abl i efi, ba
3 09 bet S i get fei nen b it fd) fii n9 et bet au é unb bi eb bem S fegt i mm
t ed) té unb l i nté iibet ben Ropf, ba
b et blu ti g unb beul enb bab on
S
t annte
” Stun, Bt ubet
fragte bet gnaw, al6 et i bn
tommen fab, ,,mi e bi fi bu benn mi t bem W
i enfiben fet ti9 9 em0t =
ben
ll a9 te et , {0 babe i d) mi t bi e 6 ti t 1e beé SD
Ienfd nn
bod) ni d) i 9 ebacbt
Qt fi nabm et ei n S l aet obt b 0n bet 6 d)ultet
u nb bl i eé bi nei n, bab mit b bt en u nb © eben b et in
9 9 ; bann bl i eé
et n0d) mal é bi u ei n, bae fd) met 3 te 9 an3 9 emal ti
S ulegt, a16 i d)
9
n od
Ri ppe au6 bem
) i mmet auf i bn l osgi ng, 3 09 et eine bl ante E
Seibe unb {d)l u9 mi d) bami t i n’ e ®efid)t, bafi mit 9 t ii n u nb bl au
b ot ben Q
l ugen mut be “
6 i ebfi bu nun,“ fa9 te bet gud fl bbb
ni fib, ,,maé bu fii t ei n s
p t ablbaué bifi
and
.
z
.
-
.
.
.
18
Wl a n ta n n é n i d) t a 11en 8 en ten t ecbt m a d) en
’
.
.
Gin S alt er moll te mit fei nem 6 obne i n bie Gtabt, um etli cbe
fl am en ein3 uf aufen, unb nabm befimegen [einen Gfel l ebig mi t
(ficb) untet megé , a16 fie neben bem (Sfil bet 3 u Su fie 9 1n9 en,
,
.
S
1am ei n Si eifenbet u nb t i ef
D i bt Eb0t en ! i bt babt ein f0
—
e
t
a
6
e
a
t
t
e
i
i
b
cu
b
ib
e
t
e
t
l
d
d
é
m
0
t
t
a
e
n
16
n
n
t
e
unb i bt
)
b ,
)
fi
b
9
”
“
li t
u fie
l auft nebenbet 3 u iE
(
a
e
li cbt, {a9 te bet S auet ,
bt E
“
m
e
i
n
m
l
a
u
n
é
e
ib
e
u
i
1
0
1
a
e
e
0
m
m
6
b
ll nb fie fii egen
,
,
,,
fi
ffi 9 n
el u nb t i tten
92i d)t 1an9 e, unb eé f am ein anbet et
auf ben
Si ei fienbet , bet fd) t i e fd) 0n 10011 flBei tem : ,,6 d)ii mt ibt eud) ni d) t,
i bt t 0ben ®efell en, bafi i bt 3 u3 mei t auffigt ? Sbt metbet ba6 at me
“
i
t
a
t
a
n
t
e
t
Ebiet 3 ug
i t b n d) t 9 n3 u d) 1 fa9 te bet
"(
21111 , ,,mit moll en li ebet bid) 3 u % ufie 9 eben l afien, unb i d) mill
“
t ei ten
unb f0 tbaten fie
S a nabte ei 11 bri ttet IBanbet é
m ann unb rebete ben E
Bauet an : ,,Sp ini 6 d) anbe, altet Ret l,
bi fi bu benn ni d) t 9 t 0fi u nb fiat f 9 enu9 , bafi bu beinen at men
ufie einbet l au fen l i fit, mii bt enb bu T
el bet 9 eben
S ungen 3 u {E
“
S
u
n
tbnntefi
fi
o
l
m b , b et fegte bet 98 am, ,,bu tannfi es aud)
,,
"
einmal b et fu d) en,
u nb et l iefi ben S
But fd) en an fei ner ®tatt
reiten
3 ulegt 1am nod) ei n QBanbet et unb {mad) z ,,S unge,
menu i d) mi e bu mi re, i d) 9 i n9 e 3 u SSufie u nb li efie meinen alten
”
l
e
u
1
e
e
S atet binauf ; bu bafi bod) m0b g l nbe © i b t ?
nu n ? maé foll en mi t iegt mad) en
ft a9 te bet Qll te
QBit finb beibe 3 11 gufi 9 e9 an9 en unb baben beibe geri tten ; u nb
“
bu fomobl, al e i d) babe all ei n geri tten 2
’
‘
é fel bie 23 01 t
unb fie ii bet legten fid) 6 t ed) t unb bauben bem (
-
M
.
.
.
.
z
.
.
.
MAN GRAMMA R
42 4
G ER
.
mitl eibigeé L
b et 3 batte, bol te et
mabel unb 8 mit n bet aué u nb nabete fie 3 nfammen S ie S obue
’
e
i
b ban te fid bei i bm anf e fd bnfie ; ba et abet fdmat 3 en smitn
gebt audt batte, {0 baben fei t bet S ei t all e S obnen eine fdmat 3 e
Wad)
Gt i mm
b batte
aué get n t
.
233 ei l
ein
et
.
.
.
25
M g n l a nb
(
Et 3 a bl u n g a u 6 b e m
.
ot
e
e.
Mn
S n bet i ii t tei tri eb ein febr reider unb bot nebmet
an
ei nen 2l t men, bet i n u m eine 2B0 l t at au le te, mi t 6
b
f b
de1tmot ten
u nb 6 dliigen b on fid ab, u nb a16 et i bn ni dt mebt ett ei en
d
f onnte, mat f et i bn nod) mi t ei nem 6 tei ne 2111e, bi e ed fuben,
oet bt ofi t é , abet m
i emanb f ounte et tatben, mat um bet at me
mann ben 6 tein aufbob unb obne ein 213 011 3 u {agen, i n bie
e fiedte unb E
memanb badte bat an bafi et i bn bon nun
bei fid tt agen mii t be 21bet ba6 tbat et mit tlid mad
u nb S ag b et ii bte bet t ei de Nkanu einen fdl edten 6 tt ei d
u nb m
ut be beé megen nid t nut feineé
S et mbgené b et lufiig,
fonbet n mufite and nad bot tiget 6 itte 3 ut 6 dau unb 6 danbe
i iel geiegt burd bi e 6 tabt t eiten
t ii dmiit té auf einen (
2ln
6 bott unb 6 dimpf feblte es ni dt S et 9Rann mit bem t fitb=
felbaften 6 teine i n bet i afde fianb untet ben Sufdauet n eben
Bel eibi get
and ba u nb ettannte {einen é
S egt fubt et {dnell mit
bet banb i n bi e i afde ; iegt gt i ff et nad bem 6 teine ; ieet bob
et i bn fdon i n bi e S
Bel eibiget 3 u
hii be, u m ibn miebet nad {einem E
met fen 21bet mie b on ei nem guten ®ei fie gemat nt, li efi et ibn
miebet fall en unb gin9 mi t bemegtem (fi efidte baoon
E
vi an foil i m (
blii de nidt
S at ané 1ann man l ernen et fiené
u bet mii tbig ni di u nft eunbfid unb beleibigenb gegen get inge
unb at me meniden fein ; benn eé 1ann b ot btadt l ei dt aubers
orgen mat unb
2Bet bit a16 $t eunb
met ben, a16 es am ft ii ben M
ni dté 11119 111 tann bet tann bi ell ei dt al e geinb bit fd aben
8 mei ten6 : Wan foil {einem 5 11110: f einen 6 t ein i n bet i afde
S enn a16 b et a t me
h ad e i m S emen nadtt agen
u nb f ei ne S
Mann ben {einen auf bie (Et be failen li eg unb babon ging,
Stade an bi efem Sei nbe au6 3 uiiben,
fpt ad et 3 u fid {elbfi
fo 1an9 e et t ei d u nb glitdli d mat mat tbbt i dt unbgeffibt lid ;
iegt, mo et ungl ii dlid i fi, mi t e £6 unmenfdli d un d ni i )
ga e e
b b
.
1
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
v
-
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,,
'
,
g gg;
0
26
.
S te Sfi fi b e
0
0
.
Qé mat en ei nmal 3 mei S t iy
fbet , bie mat en Rti egé l eute, unb bet
MAN REA DER
FI RS T GER
425
.
ibnt n mat t ei d, bet anbet e at m S a m011te bet at me
fid au 6 1einer 210t1) be11en, 3 09 ben Rt i egé t od auo u nb marb
ei n fB auet
21110 grub u nb badte et 1ei n 6 ti1dden 21det u nb
Rii be,
fii ete Si ii ben S et 6 amen gi ng au 1, unb eé mudé ei ne E
bi e marb 9 t ofi u nb fiat t u nb marb 3 u 1ebenbé bi det unb molIte gat
ni d t an1
bot en 3 u mad 1en, 10 bafi ni emalé mat fol d eine Stube
S ul egt mat fie 10 9 t 0fi, bafi man fie au1 ei nen
9 e1eben mot ben
2Ba9 en 1e9 en mufite, um fie bom Sp labe 3 u bt ingen
S et 5 1111 9 1
’
Sj liid
u
t
e
n
i
t
a
e
mfi
0b é 1ein (
d , m e t bamit anfangen
0bet ll nglii cf mi t e
a l id badte et t , ,2Set 1au11t bu fie, mas
mit fi bu ®t ofieé ba1ut be10mmen, u nb mill 1t bu fie 1elbet e11en, 10
’
1
e
tbuu bi e 1 i nen Si tiben benfil ben S i enfi 21m befien i 1t e, bu
bri ng fie bem Rbnige, u nb madfi i bm ei n ® e1d en1 bami t “
21110 ub et fie au1 ben 2Ba9 en, 1pannte 1eine S dfen b ot , bt adte
unb 1
d en1te fie bem Rbnige
fie an ben
1a9 te bet Rbni g,
ao fitt ei n 1e1t1a1n S i ng i 1
mit i 1t bi el 2Bunbet l id eé
i ba6 ? E
,,m
b ot bi e 2l u9 en getommen, abet 10 ei n Ungetbiim nod ni d)t !
21nd
’
mas fiit 6 amen mag bie 9 emad1en 1ei n ? Dbet bit get ii tb é
all ein, unb bu bi 1
t ei n
nei n,
1a9 te bet
§B auet , ,,ein ®1fidé 1i nb bi n i d ni d)t, i d bi n nut ei n at met
Rt iegé mann, bet fid ni d t mebt nabt en tonnte ; bat um bi ng i d
ben Rt i egé t od an ben Wagel unb bau te ba6 Sanb
3 d) babe
n od ei nen S t uber, bet i fi t ei d u nb end, J
pet t Rbni g, mobl be
“
s
a
ll
t
t
u
t
i
a
b
e
a
b
e
n
i
t
é
u
b
b
i
o
o
n
e
ZB
e
l
t
b
e
t
e
n
f an ; d
ug
n
b
d
g 11e
S a emb1anb bet Rbnig Sni tl eib mi t i bm unb 1pt ad : ,,S einet
21t mutb 1ol11t bu ii bet boben 1ein unb 10 t on mit be1den1t met ben,
”
5
e
l
e
m
S a 1d en1te
bafi bu mobl bei nem t ei d n Bt ubet g i d 10m 1t
et i bm b i eIe 21edet , 2Bi e1en unb b erben u nb mad) te i bn fiei nt ei d,
10 bafi beo anbet u éBt ubet é Si ei dtbum bem 1einen 9 at ni dt f ounte
b et gl i den met ben
2116 bi e1et bbt te, mass 1ei n S t uber mi t einet ein3 i gen Stube
et mot ben batte, beneibete et i bn unb 1ann bi n u nb bet , mi e et
fid) and ei n 101deé (Si lii d 3 umenben 1bnne (i t mollte t é abet
nod b i el ge1dei tet anfan
gen, nabm 1edé aufiet ot bentli d 1d) iine
wfet be unb bt adte fie bem Rbnige (i t meinte ni dté 2lnbet eé
al e, bet mut be i bm ei n oi el 9 t bfiet eé ®egenge1den1 maden ,
benn, batte 1ei n S t uber 10 b i el fitt eine Si ii be bef ommen, mas
miit be i bm fii t 10 1d 0ne sp fet be ni d t 2111e6 met ben
‘
lfi afien unb 1d)i en an
S et fi bni g l obte bi e sp fet be ti bet bi e E
1pt ad et ,
fiet ot bentlid oet gnugt tibet ba6 (55e1den1
1i deé ®e1den1
11 i d end) fitt ein 10 tt e11
aé fitt e inen S an1
,,m
36
eine t on
.
’
'
.
.
'
.
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
'
'
’
-
'
.
.
.
_
.
~
'
.
'
.
'
.
.
.
“
'
12
‘
GERMAN GRAMMAR
4 28
.
tam an einem 2
8 m m, ber bi ng b olt fi wf el, unb t i er i bm an :
d)
,,a
Ma l mid)
tte
,
fittel micb wit a cur
el fi ub cfll e mit einanbet rei f "
ib u ftbflttelte eg ben 2
8 m m,
fw
bafi bi e e(evfel fielen ale regneten fie, unb fib fittelte fo (ange, his team mebt 0ben
i nat ; unb a le ea a IIe i n ei nen b unfen qufummeugetegt ba tte, ging ed wiebec m i ter
a h d) ta m ed an eifiem f lemen b mw, but ane gau
f re einea tte 8 m m; we“ fie a bet
f o grofie 5 50m batte mat h i bm angfé unb eo‘m ate f ortlgufen S
b ie alte {St ate
a bet r i ef i bm and) : " was? f at c
btefi bu bitb, (iebed Rinb ? blei b bei mir menn bu all e
2trbeit ci m b anfe orbentlitb tbuu
W, {0 Toll Dim? gut germ; nut mufit bu we:
? but mei n watt gut macbfl unb ee fleifiig muf flbfittelfi, bafi bie Sebem flie
geben, but
gen bann ftbnei t ed i n ber QBelt ; ic
b bi n bie St an fi eue “ SIBeit bie m te ibm (o
gut gufpt ad) , fo fafite fid) bad mauve“ ein b erg, i ni fligte eh! unb begab (
id) i n i bt aa
50m m (
2 6 beforgte aud) aued mu!) i vret Sufi iebenbei t unb f‘
B ett
b fittelte ibt ba6 S
i mmer getvattig auf bafi bie Sebern tvie Gcbneefiwten umber flogen‘; baf fle batte ed
aud) ei n ga ted teben bei i bt , tei n ba
res E
ZBort unb a ue I nge ®efotteuee unb (
Beg
bratened
9 m 1m : es ei ne sei tlang bei ber {St an Qofle, ha inat b ed traurrg nub
‘ ei n ab e!
i nu fite anfange felbfi nid) t wad i bm f eblte ; enblicb met tre ee‘ ba ee
)
b
fi
war ; nub ob ed bier gleid; b i e! taufeubmat befler war a w an b aud {o batte eo‘bow
ein met (
angen D
av
i n a tid} fagte ea an i bt : , ,ic
b babe be) : Summer and) b and
tt iegt unb menn ed mit amb a nd; {0 gut bi er unteu gem
0 f all ]! i (b bod
, (
) nid) t lf m
‘
e fagte : " es
) mufi wi eber bi tmurm ben {meinigenfl l Di e St an b on
get blei ben, i d
b aud b ertangfl, unb mei t bi t mit (0 m a g ebi ent (mit
gefctflt mit , bafi bu miebet h ad) ‘
{ 0 wi ll i d) bid) felbfi ib iebet lfinanf br i ngen " Gie nahm ed barauf bei bet b unb
‘
unb f fibrte es b ot em grofiea 1 1m
b at? l bor ma t h auf getbau, unb wi e bad man
t
mtet fianb, fie! ei n geivattiger ®olbregem unb fi ll ed Qi olb btieb an
(ben gem be bat n
‘
f t wat t)
i bm bange“, (o bafi ed fiber unb fiber bab on bebec
b a e foul! bu babeu ,
,, f
mu 43 0m, unb ga b i bm and) bie Gvule
wai t bu {o fl eifiig geivefen biff , " (mad) bie {E
en
mi ebet , bie ibm in ben éB m unen gefaflen war; SDam uf loat h bad I bot b erfdylofr
‘
uv
e" befanb ficb oben auf ber QBelt, nid
unb bad ma
) t meit h on fei ner mu tter b a u d,
u mm unb t i ef :
unb ale ed i n ben {Jartam, fa fi bee foal) ”auf bem m
y
‘
,
.
“
-
'
’
.
'
.
.
,
.
M
.
u
,
.
.
'
.
‘
,
,
’
'
.
,
,
'
,
'
’
-
.
;
,
.
’
‘
-
,
a
.
'
’
,
.
.
,
'
‘
unfere golbene Suug m u i f! u mber bi e. ”
f
‘
fi t antam warb ed
Da i n ed hi nei n a feiner fl u tter unb mei t ed 0 mit (
Both beber
,
,
{
5
g g
b mufite a fled enable";
gut au fgenommen un
‘
es, wad i m
vea en ewxlflte «H
a
n begegnet ab ut , u nb aw bie S
imm e 0
6m ,
n bem grofien meicbtlmm getommeu war, ivoute fie be: a nbet n
auf meltbe e m ed a
t b erfcba f en
G ie mufite fid) an
bafiiicbeu unb f au len I ochtet get ne baflelbe Glfic
‘
ben m
s utmen feaen unb fpimnen ; unb ba mi t i bt e Givule blutig mat h, ftca
) fie flab i n
id
e
bi e g i nger unb gerfliefi (
S ornbecE
20mm mat f fie bie Gpute
) bie b omb an ber D
i n ben Bm unen u nb {sp rang felbe hi nei n ® ie tam, wi e bi e anbet e, auf bi e fcbfine
‘
Z Bi efe unb i n auf bemfelben p fabe i oei ter em fie an bem B actof en gelangte,
aieb mieb m ud, gi eb mi d) rand, f onfi b erbrenm i tb, id)
brie bad §3 rob miebet
fe
"
a
e
e
n
fi
u
d
a
n
(
n
a
b
c
f
Sb i c Sau te abet autinortete : , , ba batte icb £q mitb
t
bin (
h
gfi
g
“
i
m
a
e
n
unb gi ng f ort
m
c
u
t
éB atb tam fie an bem 2tpf elbaum, ber i ef :
,
e
b
d
)
f
g p
‘
)
e
m
a
c
fi
e
m
i
t
t
i
w
i
t
a ep f et finb aue mi t einanbet rei f “ Gie a nt
l
c
c
tt
fi
t
,,
d) , fb
d,
h, f b
morrete abe , , bu f ontmft mit t ed) t, ed a mte mic einet auf ben fi ovf f atten, “ unb
e mfie t o: bet St an fi nite b aud tam, f i1rtbtete fie ful) nid)t,
gi ng bami t m i te
.
-
r
m
'
.
.
r
e
‘
g g
.
.
.
r
.
r
.
r
.
GERMAN REA DER
FI RS T
42 9
.
mei t fie b ou i ort n gt ofieu 3 3 1mm fibou gei; 6t t batte unb b et bi ngte fit!) gleid) gu ibt
2£m et fien I a g tba t fi
:e fi
ttb ®ei b al t au, tb at
wemi
fieifiig uub f olgte bet S t au Jame ‘
‘ e i t
i
t
w
a
a
a
nu
e
t
b
e
t
e
e
e
b
b
i
a
t
e
a
n
d
b
b
s
e
a
a
b
l
e
o
t
b
r
(
S
d
)
g
fi
fi
fi b fibeuten u uu be ;
eu a m br i tten nod
a m wei ten l ag a bet fiug fie fd mt an gu f auflena
) mebt , ba monte
G i e mad) te and,» bet Sm u b el e ba a Q3 ett nid) t
i nt geq at ui tbt au f fielu u
fie w
i ni e fit
b d gebfibt te u nb fibfittette ed nid) t bafi bi e S ebet n auf fiogeu £Da o‘wat b b ie
Dieufi a uf Sh ad umt bie Sau le wool 5n
Stau b one batb mfibe unb faste i bt beu E
ft i ebeu unb mei nte nuu it fit be bet (Bolbt egeu tommen ; bie St a u b one f fibt te fie
aud) gu bem 1 1m ; a wfie abet bat uu tet m
us tvat b fia tt bee Golbed ein grofiet
‘
Si eflel b oll c
b aa i fi gut iB elolyuuug b ei net fb ieufie “ fagre bie
p etl) ausgefibfittet , , S
S t au f aoll e unb fiblofi ba d I bot an 23 4 ta m bie Sau te bei m unb st at gau ami t
‘
p ecb beberf t, unb bet { mint auf bem wt uuuen a w et fie fab t i ef
,
.
,
'
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
'
'
’
.
,
.
.
,
,
o
ige
, , if et if i, uu ete t mue
E
‘
f
fb
ung t au i
S
f
r
“
b
i
e
w
e
i
e
b
fi
.
b ad p etb biieb abet au i bt jfi mgewuub town, {0 (au ge fie (ebte, nid) t abgefieu
a t ttbet 3 u QB 6 t i m m
s
.
'
.
29
.
.
.
.
® aé E
Ri e f e u f p i e Igeu g
.
3 m Glfafi auf bet {B urg gumt bie a n ei nem babeu B erg bei ei nem QBaflerfal!
l i egt it at eu bie 9 mm b ot Beiteu grofie SRi ef eu; Q i uma l g i ng bad miefeuft f mleiu
‘ a i nna e e en ioie ed ba u nten ware uub tam bi d a nat
e
a
u
e
t
b
i
t (b
b
mt
f fi b {oadlad}
au f eiu b et bem QBalb getegene; fi ttet f el b ba d get abe b ou beu S
B auet n befieflt
i nat b
Gd bli eb b ot QBet ivuubet ung fielnu unb ftbaute ben ‘
p fiug bie wret be uub
‘
Gi “ f pt cu b fie unb gi ng bet au ; bao
i eute au bad i bt a ll ey etma d {Reuea tb at
“
uebme id
9 a f uiete fie ui ebet gut t e fpt eitete i hr e Gcbfit ge and fit id)
5
) mit mi t
Snuu l i ef fie
mi t bet f ) au b fiber bad Selb fing aued gu fammeu u ub tbate binei u
0 if“
B et g (
) ifi bafi
gau; b et gmtgt nad) b au d beu S elfen biua uf fpt iugeub too be: S
‘
i tt unb usat bt obeu
ei u tmenftb mttbfam fl ettet u mufi ba tha t fie ei nen d
Gi mei u fi iub “ fvt atb et
$ 8! mi ttet fafi get ab a m I i fcb a le fie ei ntt a t
bi e St eu be fib aut bit ia and ben 2£ugeu bet aue “ 6 i e mad) te
ma a‘bt iugfi bu
fit ge auf uub liefi i bu lfiueiu febeu , SIBad bafi bu fo Bapvelitbea
gefibmi ub i bt e G w
bat i u ?"
B atet 9 at an at tigee S pi elbi ng ! f o wad Gibbnea (; ab uh mei u
Gi S
{Dat auf ua bm fie ei nd ua tb bem anbet u bet aud uub
(ebtag a b cb nid)t gebabt
et u mi t iljt eu ‘
n
e
au
:
b
n
i
g
b
i
B
f
b
eu
e
u
i
e
e
a
d
e
fl
t
s
I
)
p fet ben ; li ef bet um
f
W
fi
f
‘
t
e
b
b
i
e
m
u
b
e
e
e
i
n
e
b
a
l
b
et
i
b
d
H
i
ne
n
u
i
e
u
b
u
JBeleu
n
[
a
t
au
e
e
d
a
t
t
r
f
S
d)
fid)
fb g
{b
Eet <13 atet abet f pt ad) : fi iub bad ifi teiufi piek
D
bat auf bi u u ub bet bewegte
'
-
,
,
,
,
,
,
fi
.
’
.
,
—
,
,
,
.
,
,
.
,
'
,
,
'
.
,
.
,
,,
,
,
,
.
,,
’
.
,
’
,,
,
,
.
’
,
,
'
,
,
’
.
,,
.
,
r
bues’ augefii f tet ! fi e!) nut gteitb unb tt agd wi ebe (;iuab
mad St fiuleiu wei nte, ed h alf abet nid) td , , 932it ifi bet iBauet f eiu
i nd I bat
G pi etaeugfl ' ragte bet gl i tte et ufiba f t, , , ia; (eib d uitb t, bag bu mit mut t fi, f t a m
’
’
4
m
e
a
i
u
n
b
eu
l
u
3 genommen (
t
b
a
s
a
u
b
o
a fled {a d
d) p m,
yafi
) te i b i ebet ei n unb tt g
o babeu wit mi efen auf unfet em S el fenuefi
erfetb, (
23 am bet fB auet nicot feiu 2tcE
fi bu was t
geng, ba ba
.
r
’
.
uit
b ro
’
w lebeu u
.
S t fibet 3
B
.
u 913 Q} i m m
.
.
t
.
GER MAN GRAMMAR
43 0
.
3 0 ® i e © a cbf en u u b bi e Ebu t i u g et
.
.
S i e G acbfeu gogen aud u nb f ameu mit i bt eu 6 tb i fieu au beu Q t t, bet fi aboiab a
D
ei ui nobuet , bie I bii t iuget , suwibet uub
bei fit, ba mat en i bueu bie £aubes‘
fit itteu
bef tig fetii eiu bi e G adpfeu bebaup teteu beu b af eu, u nb ed i t u be eilt S
B uub ge
auf eu u ub b et f aufeu tbuueu, wad fie bei iebten, abet
fib lofleu : bi e G ad fleu foil teu E
a bfiebeu b ou w
i eufibeumOt b unb £5
1 11bet t aub
ib iefet S1 i ebe tou be uuu aud) b i ele
‘
e
a
e
l
e
9
a
e
I g g ba t u
211
b t beu G atbfeu 6 e f eblte, bad) teu fie, ba g §B 1111b11ifi i t fit e
111111 1 6
ib u gefcbab, bafi einet i bt et Situgli uge and ben 6 d) i ff eu a ua‘
tt a t, mi t
‘
‘
b i elem ®olb belabeu, mi t g1i ibe11eu R
etteu u nb gfilbeueu 6 pa119 eu
C
Z iu I bii t iuget
begeguete biefi
em u nb (
b ad) : ,, wad tt figfi bu fo b i el Golb au beinem audgebuuget teu
“
anfl b b t tete bet © a1bfe, , , unb trage bi ed G
, , fitb futbe fi fiufet ,
b alfe 2 "
i olb blofi
beg b uugere‘ba lbeu, beu itb lei be ; i b i e foflte i tb mid
5 olb bet gufigeu 1" fib e
) an (
C
t bii t iuget f a gte, was e; getteu (
on
e
fai et auf fagre bet a nbet e : , , mit l iegt uitbto’
ba mn, bu foflfi mit geben, was bu fei bet magfi “ Lu
tbelub et iniebet te jeu et : , , lo
wi l id) bit baf fi t beiueu matf mi t E
beuu ea‘lag au bem Dre getabe b i el
( t be f fi fleu
°
t be augeb1
< 11f t
(E
o fei ueu (
t be unb ga
fib e Gatb fe bi eit a lr
Rent auf, empfiug bie (E
b
bas’ S olb bi u ; fie gi ngen b ou eina nb et , i bt es b anbela’ beibe f t ob £Die I bfit iuget
’
(obteu beu 3 bt igeu, bafi et 11111 { 0 fi
b letbteu p t ei e fo b ieieer QSOIb et laugt ; bet Gaib fe
e gu beu t
abet ta m mi t bet t
i fieu unb i ef, ba i bu etlidpe tbbtiib t fibah eu, b ie
‘
G ad fieu i bm 111 f olgeu auf : balb 1b 11t beu fie fei ne 1 bot beit gut bei fieu QBie fie
i bm 111111 nacbfolgteu, nabm et t e, fit eute fie f ei n bi mue auf bi e Seibet aud, 1111b
S ie I bii t i uget abet , 1t e(d) e ba g fabeu, fib uf teu 6 8s
D
bebe1f te ei neu gt ofieu ma u m
‘
b
t
b
8 1111b babe11
e
t
t
t
eu
et
i
e
u
s
bt uc
i ie 6 acbfe11 li efien fageu : ,,beu £
b
a
b
au
t
e
un
fi
S
b D
g
{
mit iebergeit unb bei lig gebalten, bae‘(aub, bad hai mi t unfet em fi otb et it ot beu,
u mit t u bi g bebal teu obet ed mit beu QBa ff en b et tbeibigeu
i t ofle
b iet auf b et .
‘
i t fiumueu bie Gi ui b obuet bao Goib, unb beu fie tfit glicb gept i efen ba tten, bi ei teu fie
fli t i bt ee l l ubeilee i l t fatbet {Die I but i uget t euu teu 111111 got uig auf bie Gaib leu
eil1, bie © ac
bfe11 a bet bebauuteteu but d) bag meibt bed f i t ieges ba d u mliegeube sanb
gi atbbem b eu beibeu I beiieu lau ge unb bef ti g gefititten mat , unb bi e I but iuget 1111
‘
‘
tet lageu, fo tameu fie 1the ei n, an ei nem befii mmteu S t e, iebod) obne QBaff eu, bea
neu en St iebend it egeu gufammeu 111 geben
§B ei beu Gatbfeu 111111 ib m: es be ge
i eflet 511 tt ageu, i ni e bie 2f 11gei 11 nod
bt atb te 6 i tte, gt ofie SD
) t buu, u nb bi efe 11ab111e11
eu i bt e Sei ube
et ia mmiuug 2513 bi e G at
fie u nte i bt eu fi leibet u au th mi t in bie Q
b
f
'
‘
f t inebt loe unb i bt a S fit fieu ali e gegemmi t tig fabeu, ad) teteu fie bi e Gei egeubei t fa:
‘ au eu £a11bee’ 11 e fi
‘
b
e
u
1
1
m
a
c
t
g ,
g g
fib
3 b m d uigeu, fibet fieteu bie I bfit i uget unb et febeue
mit i bt eu smefiet u unb e legten fie aue, bafi a ud) nid) t ei ne ubet bi ieb fD abut d)
e langten bie S acbfeu gt ofieu Sl ur, unb bi e beuacbbat teu E
B Bltet bu ben fie 111 fii t tb
t eu an
unb
lei ten beu E
nameu b ou bet I bat ab, toei l (olive {Ui efiet in
ibt et t aibe Gaw
le bi efieu
'
.
r
.
'
‘
r
.
_
.
.
'
.
.
r
r
r
.
'
.
'
r
.
'
'
’
‘
.
r
'
.
'
'
.
.
r
.
'
’
.
’
.
s
r
r s
’
.
'
‘
r
’
.
r
'
r
r
.
'
.
’
.
mr abet 3 u SIB G r i m m
.
31
.
.
.
.
S e t © 0 111 gu Ru i n
.
mm
mafleriei
d ei ne S
39 a b et mafi fic
t uug audffi bt eu
b bet % a11u1 eifiet unb fvt atb z ,, ebet foil ba6 gt ofie
imbufiet b oueubet feiu, ale bet get i nge QBaflet bau I" fb ad fvt atb et , lb eii et all ei n
’
2nd bet wau bed Sb oma 3 11
begauu, 1b oli te man get abe au )
.
'
'
GERMAN GRAMMA R
43 2
.
r
baa at meGtief l inb an
"
e
n
e
i
b
11
e
t
t
u
b
n
e
i
1
1
1
1
i
G
e
b
b
G
a
o
l!
b
a
a
e
n
b
g lb
e(
S fib p f
fi
"
8 t ob eflen will, 111116 es b et bi enen ; binaue mi t bet fi fitbm magbfl
{mad) en fie, , ,lb et S
Gi t nabnteu i bm fei ne fi
b bneu fi leibet meg, 3 ogen ibm ei nen g au en alten fi ittel an,
gabeu ibm b3 l3 et ue S tbube, Ia tbten ed ba nn au 6 unb f ubt teu ed i n bie R ” 501
mufite ed [ 0 fdmme fi t bei t tbuu, f t 11b b ot Sl ag auffieben, QBa flet tragen, S euet an
'
et fiunlit
mad) en, botben unb toafiben Q beh bt ei u tbateu ibm bie t tnefiet u all eo
be
‘
i
e
t
e
11
n
e
e
i
b
l
e
i
n
e
r
o
n
e
n
e
n
b
e
n
u
n
b
£
i
1
1
d fibe,
b
a
b
t
tet
e
d
u
b
i
t
e
i
i
e
t
b
( f
E
b 3
,
l
fp
fib t t bm
‘ en unb e lb iebet a us‘
o
b
a
ta
lefen mufite 2l benb3 , 11> en11 ea fitb 111 11be gear
( fi fiQ
fi
en2
anbet n mufite fid
beitet batte, tam ea i n l‘
8m, (
) neben beu b et b i n bie 2l fibe
legen 11111 m i l ea bat u m unmet fiaubig u ub fib mnbig auafab, nannten li e at
2l f tbe n p u t t e l
Ge tt ug fitb 3 u, bafi bet 53 am ei nmal i n bie Slli efie 3 ieben mollte, ba fiagte et bie
beiben Gtief tbtb tet , was et i bnen mi tb i ngen f oll te
6 113 111 fi leibet , “ faget bie
t i ne ;
unb Gbelfieine, “ bie 3 1t ei te
bu, 2l fibe11puttel, " fi>t atb et ,
”
ba6 et fie gl eid, baa eutb auf eut em b ei mit eg
, ,111a3 1t ill fi bu babe i
"
an ben b ut fibfit, bad bt t d x f li t mi d
(i t tau fte nun fi t bie beiben Gtief
) ab
fibui efiern fibbne fi leibet , ‘
p e len unb Gbelfieine, unb anf bem mfitf tb eg, ale et but d)
ei nen gt finen lB uftb t i tt, fit eif te i bu ei11 { i afelt eis unb fiiefi ibm beu b ut ab
23 a
bt atb et bad mei t ab unb nabm es mi t tel ls et 111 11) b ans: tam, gab et ben G tief
tbt
btet n, 1t ad fie fitb gemllnfib t b(11e11, 11nb bem Zl ftbeuvnttcl gab et bad {Reid 1111 11
’
1
l
1
bent b afelbufib 2l fd
e
u
t
e
l
b
a
u
t
te i bm, gi11g 3 u fei ne 1111111 1“ (
p
S t ab uub p fian3 te
)
baa gl eid bat auf, unb lt eiute fo feb , bafi ee’ b an {ei nen 1 111 51111111 begofleu loat b
(
2 3 111111116 abet uub it at b ci1t fibbnet Q3 a11111 2l f1beup uttel g ng all e I age bt eimal
B bglein auf be11 23 a11111 ,
bat untet , i t eiute unb betete, unb all emal tam t i 1t l b eifiee S
B bglei u i b at f i bm bet ab, mad ea fid; nut i nfinftbte
S
"11b
Ge begab fitb abet , bafi bet Si bnig ei 1 Sefi anfiell te, baa bt ei Z age banet a foll te,
u ub t1ati 3 n a l e ftbbnen Su ngfrauen i 111 sa nbe ei ngelaben tt ut ben, bamit fit
b fei n
G obu ei ne Q taut auefud) en mbtbte fibie 3 iti t i Gt ief fiblnefiet n, ale fie bi t ten, bafi
‘
s
b
t
a
e
u
e
n
tt
l
u
t
t
e
t
e
n
e
u
n
r
u
t
e
I
D
i
i
J
I
p
n
e
a
u
b
a
e
t
e
i
n
e
n
o
ll
t
e
n
m
a
t
e
,
e
i
t
b
f
t
b
p
,
f
f
g
g
b
fb
fi
‘
uno bie b aut e, bilt fie u nd b i e t
(ben :
u be uub mad) t a nd bit t ual eu
"
i
l
o
g
e
b
n
e
2Ifd1enp uttel gebortbte, it eiute
t
t
t
e
i
t
a
n
b
e
d
i
o
w
e
1
1
1
1
fi
,
t
fi
b
b
g
f
f fi
3
a bet , toei l ed aut
b get a 3 11111 1 11113 m tgegangen 11151, unb ba t bie Etiefmuttet , fie
.
’
r
M
.
'
'
'
.
’
’
.
i
.
.
r
.
.
u
.
.
r
.
.
.
’
r
’
.
r
'
'
.
i
.
’
’
.
.
m
u ben
.
i
b u Ji f tbenp uttel, b oll s tau b unb
fpt atb fie,
eit uub bafi te
ine fi leibet ! wi ll fi ta n3 e11 unb ba fi tei ue 6 11mm!“
, , bu toil fi 3 111 b adn
ed a bet mi t mi tten anhi elt, [111 c d) fie enblitb : , , ba babe lib bit ci ne
t i nfen i n bi e 21:e gefibti ttet, unb 11m mbu bi e t iarta i n 3 1vei ® tu11ben tb i ebet aud
”
i am " g ng but d) bie b i ntet tbii t nntp
may m
gelefen bafi, {o foll fi bu mi tgebm
bem Ga ten unb t i ef : , , i br 3ab111e11 I ti ubdmt , ibt I nt tel tfiubdnu, all ibt 11113 11 111
untet bem b i mmel, l emme unb belfi mit lefen,
11161 1“ ea i bm erla
1
“
.
,,
-
'
i
.
r
u
'
w
t I brfcben, bie fi
bie g ten i11e
bletbten ine fi rbpf
.
en.“
u
23 a tamen 3 11111 fi fltbenf enfiet 3 111ei wei f e 1 3 1111111111 bet ei n unb banatb bi e Z ri el
B bglein untet bem b i mmel
1111111 1 11, 1111b eublit
b ftblt it t ten unb fibmat mten all e S
bet ei n unb liefien fid) 11111 bie 2l ftb e niebet 111111 bie I anbana niotten mit ben Rbt fi
‘
t
n
b
b
a
n
e
u
b
i
e
fl
t
i
e
i
u
b
n
i
l
i
a
n
i
t
t
t
a
i
t
i
l
i
n
b
n
a
n
i
e
n
u
n
e
,
,
fi
,
,
(b
p
n , p , p
g
g
h
p
v v ,
fig
‘unb la en all e ten fi bt nleiu in bie t fi el QBie ei ne Giunbe bet 11111 tb at ,
i
l
fl
p ,
g
f
.
u
'
u
'
.
IRST GERMAN READER
F
3
.
mat en fie fibou f et tig unb fingeu all e miebet bi nang Ib a bt atbte bae w
i fibtben bie
‘
(
6 1bfi1T
el bet G rief m uttet unb f t eu te fitl) u nb glau bte, ea bii t f te 111111 mi t auf bie
{ wtbmt geben 2l be1 fie fpt atb , , nei u 2l ftbeup uttel bu i ommfi bb tb ni cht mi t, bu
ei ne fi l eibet uub l aunfi nicbt ta u gen “
211; 1 11 111111 i b ei nte, (
ba fi F
11 1 11 d
) fie : , 111 e11 11
bu mit 3 111 ei 6 tbf1 |T
eln b oll l i u feu i n ei net G tuube au a bet fi tbe
ei n leren ba u nfi
f
"
“
b
o
e
e
n
o
l
u
m
i
t
u nb ba d
1
91 1111 (
b
l f fi
) te : , , baa ba nn ea ia 11 i 1n11 et 11 el1t
b fittete
g
fie gl1> ei 6 d) 1i [f t ln l i u fen i n bie 2l ftbe ; a bet baa ibi fibtben gi ng but tb bie b intet tbfit
bem 6 at ten u nb t i ef : , , i bt 3 abmeu I ii ubcbeu, i bt I ut teltfiubtben, all i bt QBbg
l ei u nte bem fi i mmel, l ommt unb belf t mit lefen
'
,
,
’
'
,
.
,
‘
-
1
.
,
r
’
,
’
,
.
,
’
'
s
u r
«
,
u
ftbeu, bie fibled mn i116 fi t bpf tbeu ”
bi e g ten i 116 s
.
53 a bamen 3 11111 fi ii tbeuf enfiet ginei i t ei fie Z i mbtben be t t i n, unb bauatb bie I ut tel
t 1111btbe11, 1111b enbli tb fiblb it t ten u nb fi
B Bglein u ntet bem b i mmel
blb ti t mten all e S
l l nb bie I fiubtben nitf ten mi t i bt en
bet ei n unb liefien fid) 1111 bi e el fcbe niebet
fi bp ftben unb fingeu an p i t, p il‘
, p it, p i t, unb ba finge n bi e 11b i gen 1 1111
) a n vil , p i t,
l l ub ebe ei ue ba lbe © tu nbe
p i t, p i t, u nb la fen a ll e gu ten Si bt net i n bie © tbi1 fieln
23 u bt a1b te ba6
bet 11m i vat , 1b at eu fie ftb on f et ti g uub fib geu a l e i viebet bi nano’
5111511 1111 11 bet ® t iefinuttet bie © 1b f1 fieln, uub f t eute fitb unb gla u bte, 111111 bii t f te ed
m it auf bi e b etb3 ei t geben
2l bet fie fvt atb : , , e6 bi lf t bit all ea ll itbl‘é : bu tommfi
‘
b
i
e
i
n
e
e
i
b
e
u
t
a nnfi nicbt tangen ; lb it mii fiten 111111 bei
n
nd
t
fil
) t mi t, beu n bu bafi F
“
i tten 3 11 u ub gi ng mit i bt en 3 111 ei fiol3 en
n
net fi
f
i
m
e
b at auf l ebt te fie i bm beu
b
I btbtet n f o t
einet SJ
i uttet 6 tab
2l tt 111111 niema nb mebt babei m i b at‘, g ng 2l 1tben'
p uttel 3 11 (
u ntet ben {oafelba u m uub t i ef :
s
'
“
.
'
’
r
‘
“
’
.
.
'
.
M
‘
.
r
:
.
i
‘
'
ftbfittel bi tb
QBit f fi olb unb G ilbet fibe mid)
t ii ttel b i ) u nb
d
r
,
.
f a i oat f i bm bet 93 1 3 11 ei11 golben uub filbet u fi leib bet uutet , u nb mi t G eibe unb
D
G i lbet audgefiitf te p autofieln 3 3 a 3 0g es‘bae Si leib a n uub gi11g 3 11t b otb 3 eit
’
G eine t loefiet u a bet u nb bie G tief muttet ba nnten ed ni th i unb mei nten, ea 111 11fite
0 (
10
611 fab ed i n bem golbueu fi leibe aue’
2l tt
cine f rembe fi fiui gstotbtet fei n, (
‘
S et
D
2l fibe11uuttel batbten fie ga t nicbt uub glau bten, ee lfi ge babeim i 11i 6 &1a
fi bnigefobn tam i bm entgegeu, 11a bm ed bei bet {Dau b uub ta u 3 te mi t ibm Ci t
i nc li te and
) t loa liefi, u nb
) mi t fonfi ni emanb ta n3 eu, a lfo bafi et i bm bie b anb nid
“
i b enn ei11 anbet et ta m, ee a nf3 uf 0t bet n, fpt atb et : , , bad i fi u1ei ne 7 31 113 et i n
‘o n
‘2l be11b tb at ba ivoll te ed na il
‘ea
e
n
e
u
e
a
n
e
b
i
t
b
i
e
fi
i
n
e
t
a
t
b
a
,
(2 5
) b f g b
g f b
a
“
e
eben, n
b
oem ba a
n
b
e
l
i
e
i
beu n et i b oll te (
t
t
t
e
e
i
u
m
b
a bet f pt at
i
t
t
,
b
g
b ,, b g b
’
u
b
a
e
n
1
1
a
a
n
e
u
t
n
b
t
n
e
m
a
e
u
1
6
l
b
i
t
i
e
e
ti
v
t
i
b
b
lb b
fp a g
fibbne SUifibtben a ngebbt te G
9 1111 i nat tete bet fi bnigsfobu bi e bet ma tet bani uub fagte ibm, bad f t embe $7 3 l
$ 11 batb te et : , , lol te eo 2l f1benp uttel
(beu fel i n bad I aubenbaue gefvt ungen
‘ auben aue‘ent=
7 " u ub e mu teu i bm 2l t unb
b
e
a
e
n
b
a
m
i
t
t
t
i
n
e
I
a
t
t
e
n
b
n
b
e
,
i
t
b
g
fi
fi
f
‘
n
m
a men, lag
3 11>ei fib lagen f ou nte ; abet es mat ni ema nb ba1 i11 ll nb a le fie i s { ud b
2l fi
b en1>utt el i n (m en fib mubi gen fi leibet u i n bet 2l fd) e, unb t i11 tt ubed Dell funv
(ben b annte i m ® tbot nfiei n ; be1111 2£ftbe111>11ttel tb at gefibi t i nb and b em I nubeu
bau d bi u rea bet a bgefpt ungen uub tb at 3 11 bent b a felba nmtb t n gela u f en, ba batte ea
‘ ta b ele t uub bet S
‘
B ogel batte fie it iebet
b
a
n
n
u
e
e
u
a
s
t
b
et
au
l
e
i
bi e fibbueu fi
g g,
f 6
g b
‘
’
.
.
°
’
.
.
.
’
.
.
.
'
.
.
’
’
.
.
’
’
.
r
.
37
GERMAN GRAMMAR
43 4
.
it eggenouun en, unb bann batte ea fit!) i n {ei nem gt aueu fi i tteltben in bie £ 1111 3 ut
2&e gefebt
.
21111 anbet n 1 11g, ale ba g S efi non neu em a nbu h, u nb bi e (
Eltet n unb G ti efltbib e
fiet n lb iebet fet t 111a1 en, g ng fi ftbenpu ttel 3 11 bem {sa felbau tu unb fpt atb
'
i
,,
fi fiumtben, t fittel bid) unb ftbfittel bid) ,
QBit f fi olb unb G il bet fiber mid)
.
$ a it at f bet 28 1 111 1 1 111 nod) b iel fi oi 3 tt ¢3 fi leib bet ab, ale am not igen l ag 111111
‘
eit
11 111 ee mi t bi elem Si leibe a uf bet b odn
etfiau nte iebermann fiber fei ne
® ¢bnbei t $ et fi bnigdfobn a bet batte geib at tet, bis ea ta m, nabm ed gleid) bei bet
b anb, unb tan3 te nut all ein mit ibm QBenn bie anbet n ta men u nb 1 11 aufiot bet
t en, fpt acb et : , ,bae ifi 1u ei ne I fin3 et i n "
21111 es nun 2£benb tb at , tool te ed fot t,
‘
u nb bet fi bnigsfobn ging i bm nad) u nb tooll te feben, i n toelt
bec b au d ea gi ng; abet
ed fvt ang ibm f at t unb i n ben fi at ten bi ntet bem b au d
$ at i n fianb eilt ftbbnet
gt ofiet iB aum, an beni b i e bet rlitb fien B it uen bi ngen ; auf ben tlettet te ea bebenb
‘ i n el’ommen tb at
e
b
b
toie ei n Gid) bbt nt
n
u
n
e
t
b
u
i
e
o
n
i
b
u
e
11
i
t
t
1
fi
t
t
b
e
s
b
,
,
b g
b
b
g f
fi
i ti btben i fi
Gt i nat tete abet bi s’ bet SBa tet ta m u nb {11 1 ad) 3 11 ibm 1 , , bae‘f t embe m
mit entlb i fib t uub icb glanbe ed ifi anf beu Q3 irnbaum gefpt uugen “ $ et mate;
’
"
t
e
e
i
1
1
l
u
u 11b li eg fitb bie 2l t t bolen uub bi eb beu
bad
:
r
ll
s
e
n
t
l
?
e
o
t
e
e
t
t
2
,,
fb v
)
f
ll nb a le fie i u bie ii iube ta men, l11 g
Q au m 11m, a bet es tb at nie1na11b bat auf
t11i e fonfi and) , benn es 111 at auf bet anbet n g ei te b o t
2l fd; e111>11ttel ba i n bet
B ogel au f bem { oatelbfiumtbeu bie fi
E
Baum bet abgefpt ungen, ba tte bem S
bbuen fi lei
bet i b i ebet gebt atbt unb f ei 11 gt a nesrfi i ttelfb en a 11ge3 ogen
ltet u unb t nt efiet n f o t mat en, ging 2tfibeuputtel
2t111 bt itten 1 1i g, ale bie (E
i b iebet 3 u f einet 9Ji uttet (
St ab unb (b ad) 3 11 bem ma mas"
.
'
’
.
.
’
.
.
.
-
.
,
'
’
.
.
r
r
,,
é fiumtben,
B
r utt l bid)
e
u
.
nub t fit tel bi ) ,
fb
d
fi it f Gb lb u ub G ilbet ubet mid)
.
‘
1n3 enb, tt ie ed
St n it at f i bm bet 1
3 119 1 1 ei11 fi leib bet a b, ba d th at ( 5111119 unb gL
ti m l ei11d geba bt ba tte, nnb bi e ‘
p antofiel n i va ea 9 11113 golben 2113 ed i n bem
fi leib 3 u bet b odmi t tam, 11111511111 fie al e n icbt, 111113 fie not meri t uubet ung fagen
(11111111 $ t e fi buigafobn ta 113 te gan3 allei n mi t ibm, unb i oenn ea einet auff ot bet tt ,
"
i
c
ne
11
i
n
m
et
t
a
e
t
b
d
i
e
i
c
1
a
I
,
,
3
fi
fp b
‘
21 13 ed n1111 21benb 1oar, 1ool te a fibenb uttel f o t nub bet fi bnigdfobn it all te ea
beglei ten ; abet ed eutfpt ang i bm f o geftbi oi nb, ba 6 et nid) t f olgen tonnte $ et
Rbnigs‘fobn batte a bet eine t ifi gebt autb t u nb ba tte bie ga n3 e I t ep ve mit ‘
; be
p ea
‘ i na b t au
l
n
b
t
at
a
a
e
a
e
i
e
e
a
b
t
n
a
nmfiel bed 11113111111 11:
c
l
,
,
b
fp g, bet li nte
fi b
fi
‘
bangen gebl ieben $ 11 : fi bnigsfobn bob i bn au f, unb et tb a t tlei n 11nb 3 iet lid) unb
n111
bfien Sbi ot gen ging et ba mit 3 11 bem 9111 11 11 unb fa gte 3 11 ibm,
ga n3 golben
teiue anbet e fol te fei ne QSema bliu i t et ben a le bie, a n bet en S ufi biefet gu bene
nafite $ 11 f re ten fid) bie beiben t i b efiet n, benn fie ba tten fibbne Sfifie
$ ie altefie gi ng i ni t bem 6 ebah i n bie Rammet u nb booll te ibn a npt obit en unb
bie w
i ntt et fianb babei
l et fie f ou nte mi t bet gt ofien sebe 11i1bt bi neintommen,
‘
i en
ub tb at i bt 3 11 l lei n ; ba t eid
u nb bet t
e unb fpt a t
) te i bt b ie 5111111 11 1 ei 11 w
b:
’
a
bta utbfi bu nitbt mebt 3 11 Sufi 3 11
, , b u bi e gebe ab, 111 11 1111 bu fi bnigin bifi, ft
“
e
e
n
$ 1111 111111 1111 11 bi eb bie gebe ab, 3 1t 1111gte beu S115 i n beu 6 11ml), b et bifi
b
g
u
'
r
'
'
0 111
.
.
.
r
.
.
m
'
.
'
.
.
u
.
.
'
.
°
.
r
I N D EX
u
N B
.
Th e n m be
.
Abstra ct nou ns
.
rs r f r t p g s x p t h s i p r th s s wh i h r f r t
s i
o
e e
a e
,
e
t o e n
ce
ec t ons
r
s
th ei
termi nation ,
8 2 8 6 ; th e a t les, 1 6 6
A e o y enten e , 3 1 8
b tanti e ,
ad e t
3 9 0 3 92
e, 3 9 3
3 9 5 3 ad
4 00
v erb ial , 3 9 5
m tan es of a n
A om a ny ng
a ti on, 3 9 9 , 3 83 , 4 04, 405
A cco di ng to,
29 6
at
A
e , go e n e d b y
e o i t on ,
3 02 , 3 07 go e ne d by th e
29 9 —
ed
i ca te , 3 6 1 —3 6 4 ; do ble , 3 6 3 , 3 6 4,
3 7 4 , 3 7 5 ; w th nt a n t e , 3 6 4 ; of
m ea
e, a ge , w e gh t, d tan e . 3 6 4 ;
3 82 ; w th tang aifi x ed ,
of t m e , 3 7 9
3 82
A t e , d ffe ent i n m ea n ng i n Ge m
a nd
ngl , 1 1 9 , 3 3 0
ne d
A t e
e b , w h h m ay b e t
nto
a
e, 3 3 1 , 3 3 2
Add e ng e on , 2 3 4
dj ec tiv es , th e de l e n o n , 2 11
2 19 ;
e d a t e a nd a tt b ti e , 2 1 1
e d onl y as
e d a te , 2 1 5 , 2 16 ;
u ed on ly as a tt b te , 2 1 5 , 2 1 6 ;
i nde l n a ble in er, 2 1 5 ; deg ee of
on, 21 9 ; no t
om a
e t ble of
deg ee of om a o n, 2 2 2 , 2 2 5 ; not
e t b le of
e l a t e , 223 ; w th
eg la
om a a t e a nd su erl a
p
t e, 2 2 4
dve rbia l ob e t , 8 7 7 3 8 7 ; of lo al
ty , 3 7 7
3 7 9 ; of t m e , 3 7 9
3 82 ; o f
m a nne , 3 82
e,
a u e , m ot
of
m ea n ,
3 86 ; of ef fe t,
o e , 3 83
ega d
3 8 7 th e
a
a nge m e nt w th
to a ent, 3 8 8
ad
Ad e b , 2 7 6 —2 9 6 ; fo m e d f o
W l th (1d) a nd
27 7
j ec ti’ves
Of m a n ne 2 7 9 ;
l i nge, 2 7 7 , 2 7 8
a en
e e
c
,
o
e e
.
rr u r
s
th o e i n end, 2 80 i eg la c om p arat
and
e l , 2 80
b y t he
efi
3 11
2 80
Oi l a e , ber, bi u, 2 8 1 , 2 8 2
e o e , 2 83 ; o f di re c
of l o al ty or
t on , 2 84 ; of or g na t n g 2 85 — Of
t m e, 2 8 6 ; of
a
a l ty , 2 8 8 ; of i a
ten ty a nd m odal ty , 2 88 , 289 , 3 56
A ent of a d e b , 2 8 9 ; e l
2 9 6 ; fo ini e,
t e of th e u se , 2 8 9
’
a i e, ebenfo, anberd, 111, 111 0111, 2 8 9 ;
eben, 1ebt, nuu, 11 1111 mebr, gerabe, gem ,
l i ebe , a m li ebfieu, erfi , fibb u, bauu,
b ed) , 2 9 1 ; aud) , 111 ,
2 9 0, 2 9 1 ;
beuu, f onfi, 2 9 2 ; m m , irgeub, ba,
bann, gi emlid) , ebe , b iei mebr, beina be,
f afi, 2 9 3 ; gar, f oga , recbt, 2 9 4 ; 1111
blofi, Iauter, 2 9 4 ; al e, mic, glen
2 9 5 ; ei nma l, i mme , i mmerbiu, mei
u eti b egen, f o t, 2 9 6 ; mi t, lung, bi n
‘
u nbi ui eber, 1e, 1e111a le, j e nacbbem,
296
U e d as
ed a te , 3 29
Af ter , a s a
e o t on, a n a d e b, and
e o t on,
a on
n t on, 3 1 1 ; as a
2 8 7 ; as a
2 9 8 ; a s a n a d e b , 2 83
n t on , 3 09 , 3 1 1
on
All, t a n l , 27 1 (he i s a ll energy, all of
ir r i c
su p r
pr x
— p c
cc ss r s
cs
su s
v
j c iv
c i
rps
i
ii i
cc p i c irc u s c
i
c us i
c
si
i
r
cc
vrs
p cu i
cc us iv
vr
pr p s i s i i s
ir
vr
pr
u
i i r s i iv s
r
su r
i
is c
i
i
r
r
c iv i r
i
r
E
”
c iv v r s
ic
ur
r
s
i p ss iv
r
r ss i p rs s
ir c s i
s
pr i c s
pr i c iv
ri u v
pr p s i i
vr
us
pr i c s
c ju c i
pr p si i
s
ri u s
vr
ci
r s
c ju c i
c p ri s
sus c p i
r s
r s c p ri s
sus c p i
su p r iv
i Am w i ti g tr sl 3 5 0
3 52
irr u r c p r iv
Am g i g t
iv
S hi ll
t
A g li c i sm s w i th
rti cl m i t d
i t
1 6 7 ; w i th
j cs
c i
—
i ll i
16 3
w i th
d v rb s f
i
i
h
h th
ll k i ds 2 8 1 2 9 6
r
c s
iv
2 5 0;
s p u rp s
c
y 2 7 0 fi s t 2 9 0 h wh
t 270 I h p
2 9 1 ; it
ir rr
i r r hi
y
lf 2 3 6 lik 2 9 5 ; m i
thi
t
cc
d f mi
23 8 23 9 ( f i
m
r
rm
vrs
h thi g 2 45 ;
t 275 ;
th
w
u m r ls 2 6 2 26 9 27 6 ;
th t 3 9 7
r
,
.
-
-
.
.
.
‘
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
-
.
,
.
37
.
.
.
.
,
.
-
'
.
.
.
-
.
as ,
n
r
o n
n
an
,
.
o,
.
a , as a
,
a
a
n
ever
,
se
,
a ,
te
o
; ea c
;
r
cen
,
o
e
ac
, e
o
er ,
o,
e
o e,
e,
a
r en
n
;
,
;
es ,
as v r u e
,
a
,
ever
e
e
er , e c .,
c
us on,
s no
s
.
,
n e,
n e, e c .
o
n e,
ac
no su c
n
e a
,
no
,
-
,
INDEX
43 8
.
c
Ja mes Bu h anan, 2 6 0; one sa ys, B e sur e, 2 9 2
a nd,
2 7 5 , 3 13
both if
p eop le sa y, 2 5 7 ; p r a y, 2 9 2 som e win e, Both
both these, 2 7 5
u s, 2 7 5
2 5 5 I ha ve som e, 2 5 5 , 2 7 3 1 som ebody,
2 5 7 ; such , 2 44
s u ch
Bu t, t a n 1 , 3 1 3 , 4 00
s omethi ng ,
a s, 2 45 , 2 5 4
s uch w th a d e t , 2 4 5
th e bear er 0
Ca m e n ea r (lo ing ), 2 9 4
ther e i s, ther e a r e, 2 3 6
thi , 2 44 ; th en , 2 9 0, 2 9 2 ; ver y (t e Ca n, ou ld, tra qs 1 ,
t a ll y
Cannot bu t, ca nn ot h elp (do ng ), 843
ver y be t), 2 9 0 who, w h e n el l
om para ti v e
o e ,
im o e , an d
e d, 2 5 1
om o nd , 2 2 0
A7 wth er , i rans l , 2 6 7
Com a on of a d e t e , 2 1 9 2 2 4
A n w e n to q e t on , 3 42
2 5 6 , Com lem ent of om a at e a nd s u
A ny, an y Ody, a nythi ng , t an l
p e l a t e, 2 2 2 , 2 2 3 2 2 8
e ed , 3 43
e h e n on e
C om o t on, a nom ahous , of
A
h i en
t e , 1 05
A o t on, 3 19 , 3 5 6 w h en p e ed ng
i ts
b ta nt e, th e a o it e only i s Com o nd wo ds, f o m ed, 9 0 1 05
n e te d, 3 5 7
om pou nd
u b tant e , f o m e d , 9 1 ;
A t le , defi n te , de len i on of , 1 6 0
w th (
fi le , iBegierbe,
ge nde ,
u se of , 1 6 1
16 7
o nt a ted W th
S utbt, t t, fi uube, 9 1 ; w th 1111 ,
l i e , Zi ne , ti bi ae, t rers, (
2 1 111, 111111
p re pos , 1 6 1 ; w th p ro e r no n , 1 6 4,
1 6 5 ; af te both a nd a l, 1 6 3 ;
e
9 3 ; th e a
e nt, 9 3 ; w i t h I bei l, 1 8 9 ;
e
f or o e
ono n, 2 4 0
In defi
fili a l and S‘
Ji a bl, 1 7 5 ; (
2 15 ,
u se o f , 1 6 1
n te , de l e n on of , 1 6 1
Com o n d a dje t e , w th t eid) , b ol ,
167
l ee , toe, mfifiig, t ed) t, bui tiu, f errig,
th e
um, a nd oth e wi e, 9 4
ac
A t le , th ei u se w th n am e of m a
olle t
e nt, 9 4
e , 166
te ria l s , 1 6 6
w th
e o ti on ,
C om o nd a d e b a nd
w th ab t a t no n , 1 6 6
9 5 th e
a
ent, 9 5
As, t a n 1 , 2 88 —2 9 1 , 8 7 7 , 3 9 7 a s m uch
i n asmu h Com o nd e b , th e f o m at on, 9 6 ;
m or e, a s m a ny a g a i n, 2 7 6
w th no n , 9 6 , 1 5 7 ; w th a d e b
as , i n a f a/r a s, 3 9 8
e o t on
9 6 ; w th i nse para
2 89 ,
and
t a n l , 2 80, 2 81 , 2 8 6
At
,
e fi e , ge
9 6 ; w th be , ent=,
ble
9 7 , 3 6 2 w th cmn , 9 8 ; ers , 9 8 ; w th
of th e e nten e , 3 2 6 ,
Att b ti e g o
b er=, 9 8 ; w th get , 9 9 ; w th mlfifi ,
56
3 60
3trib u tiv e a d e t e 2 1 5 2 1 6 3 5 6 3 5 7
e nt, 9 9 , 1 5 9 ; w th
a
9 9 , a nd th e
,
,
,
,
e nt 9 9 , 1 5 9 ;
a
b oll , 9 9 , a nd t h e
gen t e , 3 5 7 ; i s e la e d
w th tr ibera 9 9 , a nd th e a ent, 9 9 ,
by re o t on, 3 5 7 , 3 5 8
1 5 9 5 w th 1e ieber=, 1 00, a nd t h e
l a y e b babe , c onj u g 1 3 2 ; u se
A
a
e nt , 9 9 , 1 5 9 ; w th bi urera, 1 00,
ofi
a
e nt, 9 9 , 1 5 9 ; w th b111 1b=,
a n d th e
i
u ng , 1 2 8 ; u se
n
o
e
,
f
1 00, an d th e a e nt, 9 9 , 1 5 9 ; w th
of , 1 5
15 2
a
ent, 9 9 , 1 5 9 ;
111m , 1 00, a nd th e
oet y , 3 5 1 ;
om tte d i n
w th fi be , 1 01 , a nd th e a e nt, 1 00,
e, 3 5 1
i n th e e fe t a
ac
nte ’ , 1 02 , a nd th e
1 5 9 w th
l a y e b o f m ood, c onj u g , 1 49 ,
A
e o i ti on :
w th
e nt, 1 02 , 1 5 9 ;
ngl , 1 4 9 ;
1 5 0; n ot de f e t e , ” in
w th
1 03 ; w th a11=, 1 03
w th
i eg l a p a rt ic , 1 5 0 nfi n t e om t
a f , 1 03 ; w th a11c=, 1 04 ; w th bei ,
e
o
te d af te th e m , 3 2 8 ; e
1 04 ; w th ein=, 1 04 ; w t h mi te , 1 04 ;
tbnnen, 3 4 3 ;
b i l ity or ne e ty
'
w th
1 04 ; w th ob=, 1 04 ; w th
3
m
ii fleu, i nols
bi nf en an d mbgeu, 43 ;
e o
b ow, 1 04 ; w th am , 1 05 ; w th
l eu, f al len, 3 4 4 ; lafleu, 3 45 ; 111 1
s i tio ns a n d
efi e , 1 5 8
e d th
,
f en, (eben, bbreu, belfeu,
C om o n d e nte n es , 3 08 3 1 1 ; do bly
1 50
om o u nd ed, 3 5 5 5 th e
c ons tru c
t on 8 89
4 06
e o t on, an a d e b ,
B ef or e, a s a
ln
C on d t on , e
e
e d , 3 1 0, 3 1 1 ;
e o
a nd a
on
n t o n, 3 1 1 ; a s a
e ted ent en e (
w h e n 11 mm i om i t
2 86 ,
t o n, 3 01 ; a s a n a d e b, 2 83
te d,
8 48 , 3 5 3
2 9 0 as a on n t on, 3 09 , 3 11
one
.
'
-
r s
1
i
s
j c
us
s
ri
g
u si s
r s
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
£
c
.
.
c
s
j c iv
p p si i
ux i i r v r
i iv
rp c
.
u
.
'
.
p r
.
p r c p ss iv
ux i i r v r s
c iv
E
rr u r
i i iv i
r
x pr ss p ss i
c ss i
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
.
.
'
s
"
.
.
.
e
'
-
'
’
s
us
us
.
pr p s i i
c ju c i
vr
c ju c i
.
'
.
i
i
pu
p ri s
j c iv s
p
s c p r iv
r iv
p si i
su s
iv
pu
r r
s s iv s r
r
i
r
i
s
s
ir cc
pu
c iv s i
r
r s
ir
c
pu
vrs
pr p s i s
ir cc
p u v r s ir r i
i
u s
i
vrs
pr p s i i s
i
pr x s
i
i
s
i
i
s
i
ir cc
i
s
ir cc
i
ir cc
i
ir
cc
i
ir cc
i
ir cc
i
ir cc
i
rs
ir cc
i u r
ir
c
i pr p s s
i
i
i
us
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i pr p
i
pr x s
pu s
c
u
ir
c p
i
ii
x pr ss
vr s
c
s
,
.
c
pr p r
.
'
.
.
i
pr p r
.
.
ppr s i xpr ss
pp s i i
rc i
su s iv
pp s iv
i flc
r ic
i
c s
c rc
i
i
u s
r
s rv s
p ss ss pr u
i
c si
r ic s
r
i
s
i c c iv s
i src u s
r s
r s
ri u v r u p
.
.
c
.
s
s
c
.
.
.
.
.
ip i c
s
.
vr
pr p s i
-
.
.
.
.
.
4 40
I NDEX
.
r f su bst t 1 6 7 1 89 ; f i Md r d cl s i of m ul i s 1 9 2
c m p l t l i st f su ch (12 7 b) 1 9 8
f y u g
i m ls 1 6 9 ;
m ls 16 8
m s f th i gs d t rm i d by th ir
Of f m i i s 1 9 2 1 9 8 1 9 9
dD l
V b
cl ss 1 6 9 1 7 1 by th ir t rm i
M ds d l
;
ti
171 —
1 89 ;
f s
s m th s
f th m ds 3 41 849
s d m u M t; tr sl 844 858
d d y s 1 6 9 ; f st
w m t ri ls 1 7 0
f
t i s 170
f
pr p r m s 1 7 0; d bl g d r N y tr sl 2 9 4
1 87
f rc d by
N c ss i ty x pr ss d wh
im l s 1 6 8
G
i
m
f
l w
tu r
3 44 ; b y th W ll f
D l
G i ti v c
d cl s i
th r p r s
3 44 3 45
i
3 56 —3 6 0 ; c r wdi g
f N i th
t
l 2 75 276
G rm
3 59 ; g
syll bl s li st f 1 7 4 ; w i th
N ut r m
g i ti v s i
r d by r fl iv v rbs 3 7 1 ; t
pr fi x s 1 7 5 1 7 7
3 71
im p
l
d i t
iti
t m u ld d f
b s tr ct
N ut r
s i tiv 3 7 2 ; g v d by dj c tiv s
Of s v r l syll bl s i
ti s 1 7 7
3 72 ;
cc m p yi g i m t
f
1 84 ; i
l 181 ;
1 82 ;
1 83 ;
3 83 ; f th
3 7 9 3 80
1 85
l i
th
f t f l 16
mi d 2 9 5
N
N
t
tr s l
b dy
If ; c ju cti i s x pr ss d wh
y t
26 9
i t rr g tiv 3 42
3 90
Nt
i gl tr sl 2 7 0
Im p r tiv c ju g ti
C j g
w th t 89 7
N w tr sl 2 9 0 2 9 3 ;
ti
th r w i s
x pr ss d 3 46 3 4 9 Nu m r ls 2 6 0 2 7 6 ; d fi it 2 6 0 26 9 ;
;
3 52 3 53 ;
c rdi l 2 6 1 ; di s t i b u tiv 2 6 3 ;
Im p rf c t t s it
ss s th c tr ry f r l ity 3 52
i ti
d m u l tipl i c ti v 2 6 4 ; 1
prgli h i di m s t t b i m i t t d, f d) i g l aini f d) 9 9 9 11 2 6 4
bt
idi m s 3 5 5
853 ; G rm
r i t r tiv 2 6 5 ; d diti
f
l v rbs 3 4 0 3 41
m u l i pl i c ti
d divi s i
Im p r
ti
sl w h
r d i l 2 6 6 d y s f th
tr
d v rb 2 83 2 8 6
I
26 6
t
26 7 ; d i
pr p s iti 3 02 3 03
m th 2 6 7 ; (lb b
wh
b t
2 6 7 f r ti
l 26 8 ;
ti
ti
I di c tiv m d i t p u rp rt 3 41 3 46
us d i s t d f th i m p r t iv 3 46
b lb 2 6 8 ; h u rs f th d y 2 6 9
26 9
I d fi it 26 9 27 6
l‘i
I dir c t qu s ti s 3 42 ; m us t b m th
i
d
t
2 7 0; ll r 2 7 1 ; l
su bju c tiv 3 47
b
d p d t
u xi l i ry 2 7 2 ; l b m 2 7 2 ; m mb r 2 7 2 ;
I fi i ti v
i i g r 2 7 2 ; eti s 2 7 2 ; i ig — m
v rbs 1 49 1 5 0;
th s
f m d
274 ;
ig m in
m i tt d ) 3 2 8
f ctit iv
b
2 7 3 ; ni l t
h
( ft
Wh i c h
t b
sd
j c t 3 7 7 ; i s te d f s t c s 3 8 6
b ib 2 7 5
3 2 8 4 03 ; w i th 3
4 08
pr di c t s 3 2 8
Wi t u t 3
E gl i h d G rm i di m s 403 404
3 26
I t rj c ti s 8 1 4
Obj c tiv g u p f th s t
8 15 3 2 6
t r c ti
I tr s i tiv v rbs 3 3 1 ; th ir p s iv
3 6 0 3 77 i t
33 1 332
3 8 7 3 88
f th s t c 3 1 6 3 1 7 3 22
I v rs i
Obj c ts th su ff i g x pr s d by
I t tr s l 2 3 2 23 6 2 3 7
c u s 3 6 0 3 6 4 th p r l by d t
id tr sl 8 44
i iv b y g m 3 7 1
It i
3 6 4 3 7 0 th g t
m
3 7 4 ; th f c ti t iv by c us
J t t r sl 2 89 29 0 2 9 5
3 74 3 77
p p
Odd (3 0 d dd ) t r sl 2 2 6
Lik t t r sl 2 9 0 I d
t lik 8 43 ; O tr sl 2 9 7 3 56 3 5 7 3 5 8 8 5 9 8 6 0
I h ld li k 3 4 3
d dj
dj c tiv s
f t r E g]
pr u s t tr s l t d 22 8
Jil y m ig ht t r sl 3 43
O ly tr s l 29 4
Mi x d d l
f
2 15
f Op t tiv s t c s i v r t d
s tr
816
l
t
l 2 89 2 9 2
O
j g f v rb s 1 4 8
Gende
an . ,
o
a
o
,
e
na
o
o
n
o
n
an
e e
,
a
o e n
an
ne
e
o
eas on
o
on ,
a
an
a n
,
o
e
e
e
-
,
,
o
ra
e
,
na
na
,
on
o ne
an
o
a e
a
oo
,
n
en
as e,
e
s on ,
en e ,
e
an
a
a
en
e
e
an
,
.
e
e ex
e
-
e ne
o erne
a,
o
a
c es ,
o
ano
e
e
on ,
n
o
e
er ,
rans
ov
e
e
ono
n
n e,
e
n ra n
a
an
o
ec en
ra n
an
e
e
c rc u
s an
e
on
,
on,
n
e
e
e ,
,
e
i
.
o
e
.
o ,
,
or a
a
e
n
,
e,
en,
a ,
no
a
e e a
e n,
o
.
e
,
o , 11
,
, no
an
n
.
.
,
o, no one, no o
e n con
e
,
er,
n
en en o
,
.
en,
e
:
a
,
,
ever
on
.
e s , no
e
.
,
e
e
e,
,
ers ona
v e,
e
na
an,
e
.
.
,
or
on, see
o
s un
.
,
,
ec ens
,
a
.
,
u se,
en
s
an
e e
es o
oo
e
us
.
°
e ner c na
er s an
.
u so o
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
e c e ns , see
,
ne ,
o
,
ou
n ne
e
'
a
o
e e
o
a
,
as c
on
en
e
an
c .,
,e
.
,
.
n e
o a
e,
,
e,
on
a
e a
on
o
e
e
en e,
e
e
e
n
s
e
e s on a
n,
an
.
en
e
e
n
no
o
e
an
o
a
e
on,
oo
ea
o
e
on
,
o
r a
ve an
s n e n,
a
,
e
e a
,
e
e a
e
,
e
e,
e e n en
.
a
on
,
o
en o
,
e
nc
v e,
n e
n
on ,
e
e
an
as
e
o
,
e
e
as
s sa
en en e,
,
an
,
.
,
e
an
o,
.
e,
e
.
.
or
.
,
e,
an
,
e
e c e ns
.
.
o
,
s c ons
u
on,
,
er n
, e
n
o
a
os ,
.
an
,
e
,
.
e u e
en e nc e,
.
,
e
n
ono
n
, no
an
,
e
a
.
e,
a c
.
.
.
an
,
rans
,
,
or no
.
a
e
e
an
a e
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
an
a
.
.
.
en en e ,
r , or e se,
.
.
.
,
e
e,
,
a
a
e s ona ,
en
,
o
ac
es e
n
e
e
.
c on u
en ,
e
e
an
ne,
o
.
e
e
o
e
re
e,
.
,
e
,
,
e ,
en
,
,
,
on
a n en
.
e
,
r
.
,
.
’
an
s ou
l
,
,
'
oen
ro
e
us ,
.
,
c anno
.
,
a
e
a e ,
e
.
,
,
,
an er ’
e
,
na
,
e
e
s
ona ,
.
e
,
o
.
.
,
.
on o
an
,
11,
ra c
on o ,
a e, a
e,
e,
,
e n,
e ,
e
2
on, s u
-
are,
.
,
n e
an
e
9
a e ,
en
o
,
o
e,
n
,
e n en e
,
an
s
o
e
2 11
.
o
a e e
oo
o
e,
an er, e c ,
ac
,
a
a
a
11,
ho
o e
,
n
e ,
n
on
a
a
'
e
v s.
on , a n
a
e
er,
e,
e,
na ,
,
.
e,
a
t
n e
a ,
n
ea
e,
on
a
.
no
r
o
,
.
,
e
na ,
.
.
,
,
,
e
..
on ,
,
s
,
an
a
.
,
en
,
a e
.
,
,
e a
,
e,
an
,
ex
,
o
o
.
,
ea
n
n n
,
o
e
e
n
e
a
e o
a
n
e
s us e ,
on
on u a
o n, see
e e
e
a s n
o
.
,
,
.
con
.
,
I IW
I IEJI .
Or a ti o obliqua , 3 46 , 3 47 , 3 5 6
Ough t to, e
e
e d, 3 4 4
xpr ss
p u ds
P arti c i pl es pres ent us ed as dje c ti ves
onl y pr d i c t iv ely
2 17
p as t m us t
not b e f orm ed of neu te r v e rbs 2 1 8 ;
p a s t a nd pre s en t s us c ep ti ble of de
grees of c m p ri son 2 2 5 2 2 7 p s t
of w h i ch no v rb ex i s ts
2 2 7 ; p as t
i di m tism j n Wr i t t en 9 2 11211 3 7 7 i n
s tead of w h ole se nte nc s 3 86 8 87
pr pe r rath r to h igh sty le 404 4 06
i di m s i n Engl i sh and G rm an 4 06
4 07
i ncorrect ex cep t i n c om i cal
l ng u ge 4 07
P a rts of s p eec h 7 1 (1
P ass ive voi ce f verb s i t p u rp ort 1 1 9 ;
c onju ga ted 1 1 9 1 2 5 3 3 1 3 3 2 ; wh en
a
,
e
a
,
,
,
,
,
o
a
,.
e
o
a
,
,
,
,
a
,
e ,
o
e
,
,
o
e
,
,
,
a
a
.
,
,
o
s
,
,
3 72
3 7 4, 3 7 8 , 3 81
3 83
bi ntet , 3 02 , (i n c om o nd ,
i n, 3 02 , (1 111,
3 2 8, 3 7 3 ,
3 8 1 3 83 ; 11 ebe11, 3 02 ; fibe ,
3 01 , (i n om o nd ,
3 7 3 , 3 8 0,
3 82 ;
nte , 3 01 , (i n om o n d
,
nor, 3 01 ,
3 8 4,
3 85 ; aloi ftben, 3 02
W th gen t e
fiatt (a nil att ), anfierbalb, i nnerlmlb,
obcrlya lb, unterba lb, bi e ci rs,
fl
11 11 11 1113 . batt e , tuegm , tu f t, 5 01 111 3 9 1 ,
(1 111, longs, t ot, 1111geatb tet, 11111119 11,
1111f er11 , 11 m
1ni l e11, nermi ttelfi (m i t
tale), 16 3151 9 110, ; 11f olge, 3 03
3 05 , 3 8 4
S
3 86
o
e o t on , w th
d at e : 115115 6 , gemfifi, gegenfiber, ; 11=
wise , 3 06 , 3 8 4, 3 8 5 ; w th a
a
‘
’
abindrte, anfinfirte, 0
111 11311 19 ,
e
berinnrts’ , ent lang, hi na f , (111111 5, bi n
u ntet , his (
3 81 ,
(01109 1 1 3 06
Jo ned to a d e b , 3 07
e d a s p re
d e nte , 3 2 9
e e nt te n e, i ts u se and
o t, 3 49 ,
3 5 0; n tead of th e
n l h
e fe t,
g
n
o
.
.
,
441
,
pu s
r
-
pu s
-
c
u
r
pu s
i
i iv
c
.
'
r
r
—
s
—
p u ri us pr p s i i s
—
iv
r
.
i
i
cc us
pr f rr d 3 3 2
u
s
P rf c t t s i t
d p u rp rt 3 5 0
3 5 1 3 55
us d i s t d f th E g l
i
vrs
us
i m p rf c t 3 5 1 f th p ssiv m i ts
i s
th
ux ili ry v rb m rt 3 5 1
Pr s
s
p u rp r
P h p tr sl 2 9 2 2 9 3
is
E is p r c
P l u p rf c t i t
3 5 4 3 55
3 50
D l
Pl u r l d l
b
I
P i cip l s t c s c s t u ti
f
3 30
E li sh wh
t i
G rm
3 16
3 18
t i E gli sh 3 3 0 P r
i g rm
wh
u s divis i f 23 4 P rs l
P ss ib il i ty x pr ss d 3 43 —3 45
2 3 1 ; th ir th ir d p rs
s i g u l r m us t
P r di c t w h t p rs f th v rb 3 2 9
b
r f rr d t th gr m m g d r
i s 2 3 2 ; t h t r l 2 3 2 ; f g i tiv
3 27 3 2 8
w h t w rd s m y b
i E g] i p l u r l )
i s i g u l r (wh
d d tiv
b fl
b m t rm us d
3 29
23 3 ; c
tr c t d w i th p p
i t
P r di c tiv f rm f dj ctiv s 2 1 1 ; i
dv rbs 2 3 3 ; r fl x iv
2 3 5 ; r c ip
c m p r 2 2 1 ; d su p rl 2 2 9 i
23 7 ; p
l 23 6 — P ss ss iv
d v rb i ll y s d 2 3 0
di ti
d tt i b u tiv f rm 2 3 7
P r di c ti v gr u p f th s t c 3 2 6
2 3 8 ; d fi it
rti cl s rv s i t d
P r p s i ti s w i th d tiv l
d
2 4 0; u s d su b s t tiv ly 2 40
D
c m p u ds
3 74 3 7 8
t ti
246 ; c tr c t d
2 9 7 (i
m
2 40—
w i th p p
3 84 3 85
i t dv rb s 2 43 ; wh
fi 2 9 7 b i 2 9 8 (i
c m p u ds
3 2 8 3 7 8 3 81 3 83
t 2 43 ; x pr ss th E g] th f
m
m
th l tt
2 9 9 3 81 ; mi t 2 9 8 (i
2 44 ; th
u t r is b
bi n
p u ds
3 7 4 3 82 (su p r fl u us
j t w i th pr di c t s f ll g d rs
i c m p u ds
sd i
3 84 ;
d u mb rs 2 44 ; b f lb
nd) 2 9 8 (
s t d f p rs l pr u 2 45 ; b
3 7 3 3 82 3 8 5 ;
bff 2 9 8 2 9 9 ;
u ig w ith f llow i g g i ti 2 46
f dmmt 2 9 9 ; f i t 2 9 9 ; 9
tr c t d
29 8 (
i
m
2 47
2 49 ; c
3 7 3 3 7 4 3 82 3 8 4 ; 3
t
g ti
i t dv rbs 2 47 ; 1 3
p u ds
3 28 874 3 75
w i th p p
W i th cc us tiv l
3 84 3 85
l
f b 2 48 ; 1 3 i st d f 1
3 8 4,
d c rr l tiv
m 24 8
R l tiv
bu r h 2 9 9 (i c m p u d s
29 9
3 73
3 7 6 3 9 4 3 85 ;
2 49 ; {
us d i s t d 2 5 0; h wh
3 85 ; f
299
3 00; b
th t whi ch 2 5 0 ; w s
d t lb o
1 ib
g g
3 00
ly
t e
d h s u s d i t rc h
3 82 ( p fl
g b ly
3 79
2 5 1 ; m us t
lw ys t k
th
fi rs t
(i c m p u ds
Wi th d tiv d cc u s tiv
pl c 2 5 3 ; i s m i t d i G rm
3 80
3 72
ly i
s 253 ; d m t
c m p u ds
3 01 (i
m
l ti o m itt d 254 ; wh
t m it
3 73 3 78
f 3 01 (
,
e
,
e e
e
e
en e,
.
,
s u se a n
e
,
e
e
,
e a
a
er a
s,
e
e
.
e
o
e
a
e, o
e
en,
.
,
e n no
o
e
a e,
e
n
e
n
e
n
r n
a
en e n e ,
an ,
n
n
ono
,
e
n
e so,
en n
e
,
e e
,
an
a
o
e
a
.
e
a
u
e
a
e
o
,
on
,
n
o
e
o
o
n
nen,
,
.
o
e
n
ons ra
n
re
,
n
,
tte
-
o
o
,
,
ec
n
an
,
o
e
os
ea
o
os
e
,
e
e
o
,
e
on a
or
e
.
e
er
su
a
er e
e
e
en
e ne
a e
a
,
n
e
en e
e u e
n
er
n,
ono
,
e
.
,
e
n oa
,
ns ea
on
.
n o
.
o
e
e
,
re
e
er ,
n
e
e,
r
e
e,
o
n e rro a
ve ,
c
11,
,
,
,
a
a
e
'
01 ,
,
en
e
v e,
e a
o
e
an
e
n co
e
e ,
e,
e
a
e
no ,
,
,
,
en
e
,
re
e a
n
e
e
an
e
,
,
.
,
ve
.
,
a
.
,
,
,
roc a ,
,
e,
.
or
e en,
,
an ,
,
n
s
e
e a one :
,
e
a
en en e,
,
,
n
ca
,
,
r
,
,
,
,
.
a
e na u a ,
e,
a
o n
a
o
e
a n er,
,
o
e ,
an
,
a
o
e
a
o
n
a
e
ona ,
e
on
o
on
o
e
e
a
.
e
o ,
'
a
n
.
on
r c
.
e
ot
,
n
on o ,
,
e
e
on
.
.
on o
a
a
.
,
e
a
o
a
n
en n o
e
.
e c ensz n.
.
an ,
.
.
.
,
n
n
.
,
,
ec e ns , see
e
,
o
s u se,
,
,
ea
e
an
o
n
a ,
n
,
n co
re
e
a one
a u en
os
'
n
.
on
n o a
.
v e,
en
111
,
,
a
e
111
e
,
n
ea
o
11a=
e a
e,
e
o,
‘
t ,
'
i 1r,
e e11, n
,
n
,
er
u ou s
o
o
n
,
n
n
ru
,
,
o ne,
er,
su
,
o
,
,
.
a n,
o
n
,
,
0
,
a
,
11111 ,
,
va
n
e
an
a
,
a
e an
a
o
o
n
,
au ,
a
e
a
,
,
i n co
e,
a
a
on
n one c a e ,
re a
v
e
,
’
ue t e ,
an
n e
o
o
,
e
a
,
ea
a
,
’
o
e an
e a
.
an
n
e
,
e
e
t e
ea
e
an
ons r c or
.
en no o
44 2
IND
EX
.
c ontra cted w i th prepos S u bs t nti ves us d only in pl u r l 2 07 ;
i nto dverbs 2 5 4 ; who
254 ;
i n s i ng u l r 2 04 ; i n E ngl i s h nly i n
“ wi th er s m 2 5 5
Indefi ni t
255
a l 2 07
in g ni tive as pr di c tes
p
te d, 2 5 4
a
soever ,
,
o
,
e,
Sch u mann,
Pr p r
si
m
i r
r
.
c
u s
.
i
ir ct i v rt th c str
ti
3 16 ;
t i v rt d 3 1 8 ; w i th u t
t r ns ] t d
3 42 ; i dir c t 3 42 3 4 9
Qu t ti s i i v rt d c s t c ti
Qu es t o ns d
e
,
n e
no
n
e
,
on .
a
o
.
on
o 3
3 17
e
n
ue
o
,
n
n
,
on
e
e
o,
é8
ur
25 6
scmunt ,
isma ab, nid) te, 2 5 7 ; 111 1111 , 2 5 7 ;
’
eti na e, 2 5 8 ; irgenb, 2 6 9 ; G ne , fi ct
‘
11 er, 2 5 9 ; d l efi, 2 6 0
o e no n , de len on , 2 08
gende ,
19 7
2 02 2 04
e
e
.
,
,
on
on,
ru
3
a ,
o
,
e
,
e
a
,
.
S uch , which, 2 5 4
S e la t e d eg ee of a d e t e , 22 2 ;
ab ol te , 22 2 ; ela t e , 22 3 ;
e di a
t e f o m , 2 29
u p r iv
s u
iv
r
j c iv s
.
r
r
iv
pr c
.
s s of th e ve rb 1 07 ; thei r p u rp rt
3 49
3 56
Th t conj u n cti on e x pr 3 9 0 3 9 1 3 9 6
3 99
Th e
the w i th c om p a ra tives 2 22 3 9 6
Th en tr nsl 2 9 0 2 9 2
T tr ns l ted 2 8 1 2 82 2 84 2 8 7 2 8 9 ;
Ten e
o
,
,
.
a
,
.
,
,
,
,
,
,
-
.
,
a
,
o,
Ra ther , 2 9 3
Re fl e x e onou ns 2 3 5 , 23 6
Re fl ex e e bs , class fi cat on, 3 3 3
e
,
a
e,
.
2 00
25 7 ;
-
a
.
.
a
,
a
.
.
,
-
,
,
,
,
w h e n a pre pos , 2 9 7 3 00, 3 5 7
Too,
2 88, 2 8 9 , 3 9 6
T a n t e e b , m ay be tu n ed nto
t h e as
e
o e, 3 3 1 , 3 3 2 ; not so
of ten as i n
ngl h , 3 3 2
b e om e i n
t a n t e by as
m ng th e e e
e
f o m , 3 3 3 ; las fi a t on, 3 6 1 ; c a u
sativ e s a nd a l t o f th e m , 3 6 1
w th
th e
e fix be , 3 6 2 , 3 6 4
w th th e
iv pr
iv v r
i i
l is t
r s i iv v r s
r i
f th pr p r
d i d i m ti c
fl
p s iv v i c
iv s m s t i
8 3 5 3 3 9 ; li t f
E is
c
fl i
i m pr p r 3 3 9 3 40
r s i iv
su i
r fl x iv
R l tiv
d c rr l iv pr
u s 2 49
r
c si c i
2 5 5 s t c s 3 89 4 06 3 9 2 3 9 3
is
i
pr
i
S lf t b tr sl t d 2 3 5 2 3 6 3 5 9
fi
m
fib r s
mm
f c mp u d
S p r bl pr p s i t i s
3 63
)i t
v rbs 9 6 1 02 ; t s p r bl 1 03
1 05 1 55 15 8
Um l t i v rb s f
c i t f m 13 6 ;
i
th
su bj im p fl 1 2 5 1 3 8 1 3 9
Sh kl x pr s d 1 1 8 3 44
u s d wi th dv bs
1 42
i th s c d
d th ird
G i l) b fi b
p s s i g pr s 13 8 1 3 9 1 42 1 45
c p u l i st d f f i 3 2 8
dv rb
pr p s iti
1 47 ; i
b t ti
i th pl u r l
Si
c ju c ti 3 1 1 ;
dv rb 2 86
1 9 4 2 02 ; i th c m p ri s
f d
22 0
pr p s iti 2 9 9 ;
2 87 ;
j ti
ju cti 3 09
bj t
sw r t d
pr di V rb ls tw p rti ipl s d tw i h i
S
t 23 4
ti
1 07
f 1 06 ; th ir u mb r
t
V rb s d ivi s i
S
x pr ss d 3 9 6 4 04
S m h b tt
m ht
h b tt
275
f m ds 1 07 ; f t s s 1 07 ; f p
s s 1 07 th ir c ju g ti
s d w i th pr p si ti
1 08
6 t in"
1 5 9 ; f th
c i t c ju g ti 1 08 ;
cop u l i s t d f f i 3 2 8
f th m d r
1 08 ; i rr g l r 1 4 8
S u bj u c tiv m d i t p u rp t
us d i t rch g bly wi th th
l 3 4 8 3 49 ; w i th th i d i c
d i ti
Wi ll w ld x pr ss d 1 1 8 3 44 852
3 47
s d i i di g t
3 53
tiv
Wi s h s x pr ss d 8 1 6 3 43 3 47
ti s 3 4 9 ; i m p f c t 3 5 3 ; f
g
th r f rc
tfim
bd f a h
Y t tr sl 2 9 1
3 55
.
.
,
o
e
e
o
o
e
o
e x ve s
o
e an
e
,
ex
s
o
re
e at
o
n
,
.
,
e
en e n e ,
ono
-
,
.
.
re
a
n u se ,
'
e a
an
-
.
.
,
“
e
e
o
e
an
a e
a a
e
e
o
,
e
,
on
o
o
o
e a a
e
,
nce, as
an
n
on
e
a
e o
n
on ,
.
o an
e s
o e
c a e,
o, e
o
uc
e
e
as a c on
e
e
ec
er , so
,
,
uc
e
e
n su
ec
e
ea
e
oo
ona ,
e,
on ,
i en,
.
,
,
,
v es,
e
en
,
e on
,
an
,
,
s an
v es ,
n
e
a ,
e
o
a
on o
a
c
e
an
n
a
er ,
e
,
,
.
a
o
,
,
o
n a
o
,
on ,
o
e an
e
o e n,
ou
,
en e
on
e
o
e
n
e
en
on
o
,
a
er
on ,
a
on ,
e u a ,
.
e c on
e
,
n
er e
r e ,
a
or ,
s
oo
.
a n ea
u e
as
on o ,
,
o
.
ons ,
a n,
o
e
.
o
e
a, n
n e
e
.
-
or
_
u e
n
or
,
v es ,
as
,
on,
as a n o
n
.
,
,
er
.
"
.
o
e
e
an
n
on, or
as an a
o
,
er
e o
e
e
as a
,
.
a
,
on,
as a
er
a n,
o
111
.
n
n
a
,
e
,
e,
.
,
e
ea
n
a,
o
,
ti 1
n et =,
n
au
es e
e n en,
xes ,
re
.
.
,
r
,
no
,
ou
,
as
n
ano
a
nan
o
,
n
e
,
u es
in
o
e
e
e
,
e
e
e
e,
e ,
THE
,
,
,
,
,
.
en,
.
e
END
an
.
.
,
.
,
.
,